Primelink c9065 c9070 Mfp Service Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 1948

Xerox PrimeLink C9065/

C9070 Multifunctional Printer


Service Documentation
Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer
Service Documentation
Xerox PrimeLink C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer Service Documentation
705P01465
2nd Issue
September 2021
Prepared by:
Xerox Corporation
800 Phillips Road
Webster, New York 14580
© 2021 Xerox Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Xerox®, Xerox, Design® and PrimeLink® are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
NOTICE
While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service personnel only. Xerox
does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components or parts of such
equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms re-
garding customer or third-party provided service.

CAUTION: This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference
to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide
reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the
user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
Introduction 2nd Issue

Introduction
About this Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
How to Use this Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Change History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Symbology and Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Health and Safety Incident reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi
Translated Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

i Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Introduction

About this Manual Organization


This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for this copier/printers. The The titles of the sections and a description of the information contained in each section are con-
Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and tained in the following paragraphs:
has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating condition. It is the con-
Section 1: Service Call Procedures
trolling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Introduction of the Serv-
This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service call
ice Documentation.
on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for all service
This manual contains information that applies to NASG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers. calls.

Service Manual Revision Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs


The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identified. This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault Code re-
lated faults (with the exception of image quality problems).

Section 3: Image Quality


This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as well as
image quality specifications and image defect samples.

Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.

Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following special
conditions:

• When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.

• When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the Parts
List.

• When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.

• When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.

• When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.

Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions,
and notes.

Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the cor-
rect operation of the system.

Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings,
cautions and notes.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer ii


Service Documentation
Introduction 2nd Issue

Section 5: Parts Lists


This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.

Section 6: General Procedures/Information


This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Information.

Section 7: Wiring Data


This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, diagrams of the power distribution wire
networks in the machine and Block Schematic Diagrams.

iii Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Introduction

How to U se thi s Docu me ntation Change History


The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the service The Change History represents the changes to the service manual following the initial release.
call. The call must be entered using these procedures.

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams


Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the SGS. The BSDs
show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or non-mechanical, in-
puts or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor drive, mechanical link-
ages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an overall view of how the
entire subsystem works.

It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It will
be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer iv


Service Documentation
Introduction 2nd Issue

Sy m b o l o g y a n d N o m e n c l a t u r e
The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes


Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The words
WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component associated
with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or CAUTION is
always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:

WARNING: Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power
supplied to the machine. The machine could activate and cause serious personal injury
when the power is on or electrical power is supplied.

DANGER: Ne pas effectuer de dépannage avec le contact principal activé ou avec l'ali-
mentation électrique appliquée à la machine: celle-ci pourrait démarrer et causer de
graves blessures.

AVVERTENZA: Non effettuare alcuna riparazione con la macchina accesa o con l'ali-
mentazione elettrica inserita. La macchina potrebbe avviarsi all'improvviso e causare
gravi ferite.

VORSICHT: Es dürfen keine Reparaturarbeiten durchgeführt werden, solange das Gerät


eingeschalten oder mit der Stromquelle verbunden ist. Das Gerät kann u.U in den Ak-
tiv-Zustand übergehen und somit erhebliche körperliche Schäden verursachen.

AVISO: No realice reparaciones con la máquina encendida o conectada a la corriente.


La máquina podría activarse y ocasionar daños personales graves.

CAUTION: A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a


practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
equipment.

Note: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure,


practice, condition, or statement.

v Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Introduction

Machine Safety Icons WARNING: Do not defeat or electrically bypass the ROS Safety Interlock Switch for
The following safety icons are displayed on the machine: any reason. The ROS emits an undetectable laser beam that could cause serious per-
manent damage to the eyes if directly viewed or viewed from a surface that may have
WARNING: Use extreme care when replacing the Raster Output Scanner (ROS) or
reflected the laser beam.
touching the high voltage lead. Discharge the laser assembly by touching the high
voltage lead to the machine frame. The ROS utilizes a laser assembly that stores a high DANGER: Ne pas shunter le contact de sécurité du ROS, quelle que soit la raison. Le
voltage charge after the power has been removed and represents a shock hazard that ROS émet un rayon laser indétectable qui peut causer de graves blessures perma-
could cause serious personal injury if not discharged. nentes aux yeux s'il est regardé directement ou par le biais d'une surface qui le
réfléchit.
DANGER: Faire très attention lors du changement du générateur de balayage (ROS) ou
lors de la manipulation du câble de haute tension. Décharger le système laser en tou- AVVERTENZA: Non ostacolare o bypassare elettronicamente l'interruttore blocco di si-
chant le câble HT au bâti machine: le ROS utilise un système laser qui retient une haute curezza ROS per nessun motivo. Il ROS emette un raggio laser invisibile che può cau-
tension après la coupure de l'alimentation, représentant un risque de choc et de graves sare gravi ferite permanenti agli occhi se viene guardato direttamente o attraverso
blessures. una superficie riflettente.

AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione nel sostituire il Raster Output Scanner (ROS) o VORSICHT: Den ROS (Rasterausgabescanner)-Sicherheitssperrschalter auf keinen Fall
nel toccare il cavo di alta tensione. Scaricare il complessivo laser collegando il cavo di vernichten oder elektronisch umgehen. Der ROS sondert einen nicht feststellbaren La-
alta tensione col telaio della macchina. Il ROS utilizza un complessivo laser che ritiene serstrahl ab, der irreparable Augenschäden verursachen kann, wenn direkt oder über
una carica di alta tensione dopo il taglio dell'alimentazione con conseguente grave eine Spiegelfläche hineingesehen wird.
pericolo di scossa elettrica e serie ferite.
AVISO: No intente modificar o desviar electrónicamente el interruptor de seguridad
VORSICHT: Beim Ersetzen der Lasereinheit (ROS) und beim Umgang mit Hochspan- por ningún motivo. El ROS emite un rayo láser que no se puede detectar, que podría
nungsleitern ist äußerste Vorsicht geboten. Die Lasereinheit muss durch Berühren des puede causar grave daño permanente a los ojos si se lo mira directamente o desde
Hochspannungsleiters mit dem Gehäuse des Geräts entladen werden. Nach Betrieb una superficie que refleja el rayo láser.
der Lasereinheit (ROS) bleibt immer eine Hochspannungsladung zurück, welche ein
hohes Elektroschockrisiko darstellt. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten.

AVISO: Use extrema precaución para sustituir el Escáner de salida ráster (ROS) o tocar
el cable de alto voltaje. Descargue el sistema láser tocando el cable de alto voltaje del Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol
bastidor de la máquina. El ROS utiliza un sistema láser que retiene carga de alto vol-
Laser Hazard Statement
taje después de interrumpir la alimentación de energía y representa un grave peligro
que puede ocasionar daños personales graves si no se descarga. DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.

CAUTION: The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser
Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation.

For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.

An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer vi


Service Documentation
Introduction 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Customer Access Label

This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to avoid
touching the hot surfaces.

Figure 3 Heated Surface Label

Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operating.
Use caution when reaching in the machine.

Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label

These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

Figure 5 ESD warning Label

vii Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Introduction

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit


The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of elec-
tronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being imple-
mented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new
acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today.

This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent of all
PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service Kit will
eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will improve prod-
uct reliability and reduce callbacks.

The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive compo-
nents are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit boards or con-
nectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when circuit boards are
returned for repair.

The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit Usage in
the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.

Illustration Symbols
Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer viii


Service Documentation
Introduction 2nd Issue

Signal Nomenclature Table 2 Logic Levels


Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs. VOLTAGE H/L SPECIFICATIONS

+5 VDC H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC


L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC

+24 VDC H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC L=


0.0 TO 0.8 VDC

DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs


The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC voltage,
the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test point is the lo-
cation for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be found in a RAP:

There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68.

In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature Other examples of a statement found in a RAP might be:

Voltage Measurement and Specifications • There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33.
Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless • -15 VDC is measured between TP21 and TP33.
some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC voltage should be
• In these examples, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would
made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire.
be placed on TP33.
Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications
• If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION
the copier frame.
INPUT POWER 220 V 198 VAC TO 242 VAC

INPUT POWER 100 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC

INPUT POWER 120 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC

+5 VDC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC

+24 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC

Logic Voltage Levels


Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless
some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure.

ix Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Introduction

S a fe t y I n fo r m a t i o n
The WARNING that follows is for general guidance when live working.

WARNING: Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe
working.
Toner Cartridge
Safety Icons
The product contains a toner cartridge that is recyclable. Under various state and local laws, it may
The safety icons that follow are displayed on the machine:
be illegal to dispose of the cartridge into the municipal waste. Check with the local waste officials

ESD Caution Symbol for details on recycling options or the proper disposal procedures.

Fuses
WARNING: Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong
type or rating of fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.

Part Replacement
Only use genuine Xerox approved spare parts or components to maintain compliance with legisla-
tion and safety certification. Also refer to GP 25 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).
CAUTION: Certain components in this product are susceptible to damage from elec-
trostatic discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage. Disassembly Precautions
Do not leave the machine with any covers removed at a customer location.
Location Arrow Symbol
The location arrow symbol points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object. Reassembly Precautions
Use extreme care during assembly. Check all harnesses to ensure they do not contact moving parts
and do not get trapped between components.

General Procedures
Observe all warnings displayed on the machine and written in the service procedures. Do not at-
tempt to perform any task that is not specified in the service procedures.
Hot Surface Symbol
This symbol indicates hot surfaces. Take care when servicing the machine.

Lethal Voltage Symbol


This symbol indicates potentially lethal voltages. Take care when servicing the machine when the
power cord is connected.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer x


Safety Information Service Documentation
Introduction 2nd Issue

H e a l t h a n d S a fe t y I n c i d e n t r e p o r t i n g a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any associated
equipment located in the vicinity of the incident.
I. Summary
This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S and/or the

products (equipment and materials) at customer locations. Business Division.

c. Implement all safety retrofits.


II. Scope
Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide. 3. Xerox EH&S shall:

III. Objective a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.


To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to ensure b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary.
Xerox regulatory compliance.
c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies.
IV. Definitions d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents.
Incident:
VI. Appendices
An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or property The Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox Product (Form # EH&S-700) is available in
damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical injury to an oper- the following location:
ator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are included in this definition.
• GSN Library 1789
V. Requirements
Initial Report:

1. Xerox organizations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to Xerox
Environment Health and Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event.

2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health and
Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product).

3. The initial notification may be made by the method that follows:

• Email Xerox EH&S at: [email protected].

• Fax Xerox EH&S at: 585-422-2249.

Note: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail.

Responsibilities for resolution:

1. Business Groups/Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the incident shall:

a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.

b. Fund all field retrofits.

2. Field Service Operations shall:

xi Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Health and Safety Incident reporting
2nd Issue Introduction

Tra n s l a t e d Wa r n i n g s
Translated Warnings are located at point of need in the Service Documentation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer xii


Service Documentation
1 Service Call Procedures 2nd Issue

1 Service Call Procedures


Service Call Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
SCP 1 Initial Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
SCP 2 Call Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
SCP 4 Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
SCP 5 Final Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

13 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 1 Service Call Procedures

S e r v i c e C a l l Pr o c e d u r e s SCP 1 Initial Actions


Service Strategy Purpose
The service strategy for this Copier/Printer is to perform any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) ac- The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the reason
tions before attempting to repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.
without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any re-
Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
maining problems.
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for
Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur when us- broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to
ing the accessories. remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change
the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter.
Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.
Procedure
Service Call Procedures
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
The Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The procedures
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order.
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
SCP 1 Initial Actions On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
The Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
caused the service call.
1. For Paper Curl problems, go to the System Administration Guide - Advanced Settings, to resolve.
SCP 2 Call Flow 2. Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer.
Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures.
a. Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask about the
SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any unusual sounds
This section provides the information needed to perform the High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) or other indications.
actions.
b. After informing the customer that the machine will not be available for copying and printing,

SCP 4 Cleaning Procedures disconnect the machine from the customer’s network.

The cleaning procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call. c. If a new installation, refer to Rigger Install/Removal instructions (Adobe PDF files in the Serv-
ice Interface Library) to be sure all packing material is removed.
SCP 5 Final Actions
The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activities d. Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in to the power source,
are also performed in the Final Actions. and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace the power cords
as required. Check that the circuit breaker is not tripped.

e. If the machine appears to be inoperative, go to SCP 2 Call Flow and repair the problem.
Then continue below.

f. Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality and
weight. The specified paper for optimum image quality with this machine is Section 6 Prod-
uct Specifications Paper Capacities. Look for any damage to the copies, oil marks, image
quality defects, or other indications of a problem the customer did not report.

g. Record the billing meter readings.

• Press the Machine Status button on Control Panel.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 14


Service Call Procedures Service Documentation
1 Service Call Procedures 2nd Issue

• Select the Billing tab on the UI. S C P 2 Cal l Fl o w


• Record the values for the Billing Meters Procedure
1.3.1 Verify the Problem
h. Enter the diagnostic mode (Accessing UI Diagnostics).
1. If the Fault Code(s) can be repeated, go the machine Fault Code RAPs.
Note: If a fault code is displayed while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to that fault
2. If the problem does not display a fault code and appears to be electrical in nature refer to the
code RAP and repair the fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the Diagnostic Proce-
Chain 1 RAPs shown below:
dure that you were performing.
• OF 1.2 AC Power
i. Determine what HFSI action is required based on the customer output volume.
• OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3/ +5 VDC)
• HFSI Procedure -
• OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC)
1. Press the Adjustment/Other button then the HFSI Counter button.
• OF 2.4 DADF DC Power
2. From the HFSI list, enter the Chain-Link code for each of the items.
3. If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to the BSDs.
3. Press the Confirm button to determine if an item needs servicing. Record the Chain-
4. If the print is acceptable refer the customer to the appropriate analyst or Information Technol-
Link for any items that require action.
ogy person. If the print shows the defect, refer to the IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP in Sec-
j. Refer to the HFSI section for the detailed HFSI information. tion 3 and/or the Fiery Documentation to resolve the problem.
k. Select the History File. Display and record the information in the Fail History, Jam History,
1.3.2 Check Copy Quality
Fail Counter, and Jam Counter. Classify this information into categories:
1. Determine if the Image Quality problem is copier or printer related
• Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call.
• Run copies from the Platen Glass (Copier Mode) (With Scanner)
• Information that is related to secondary problems.
• Run prints using a digitally stored test pattern (Printer Mode).
• Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a problem.
2. Make 3 copies using the appropriate test patterns and check the image quality for:
l. Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that caused
• Copy density
the service call or any secondary problem.
• High background
3. Perform any required HFSI activities identified in Step 4. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Ac-
tivities section. • Abnormal lines

4. Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer ran • Black lines/Black bands

once repairs are complete to verify repairs are effective. • Other image quality defects

5. Go to SCP 2 Call Flow to further investigate machine condition. 3. If there is a problem with image quality, refer to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP in Section 3
Image Quality Troubleshooting, or refer to other published technical information in the Eureka
and Service Bulletin databases.

1.3.3 Check Paper Feeders


1. On the UI, refer to HFSI Counter and check the number of feeds for each Tray. Replace the Feed
Roll, Nudger Roll and Retard Roll as a set if required.

2. After replacement, reset the counters for the applicable Tray.

1.3.4 Check Jam Counters


1. Enter JAM counter dC120 Failure Counter (Faults).

15 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation SCP 2 Call Flow
2nd Issue 1 Service Call Procedures

2. Check for paper jams and document jams.

3. If there are any codes with frequent jams recorded, handle them as secondary Fault Codes.

4. Check the number of misfeeds dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) from each Tray.

5. If there are any codes with frequent misfeeds recorded, handle them as secondary Fault Codes.

6. After repairing any secondary Fault Codes, clear the code by pressing the Refresh button.

1.3.5 Check Field HFSIs


1. Refer to HFSI Counter and open the HFSI Counter.

2. Scan the HFSIs looking for components that are near their threshold.

3. Inspect items that are near their threshold and make a determination as to whether or not the
items will last until the next service call. Replace as necessary and reset the counters. Continue
the service call with HFSI Counter.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 16


SCP 2 Call Flow Service Documentation
1 Service Call Procedures 2nd Issue

S C P 3 D e ta i l e d M a i n t e n a n c e A c t i v i t i e s ( H F S I ) 2. Perform the service actions in Table 1 for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) counters that
are over threshold or approaching the threshold. Using the customer's output volume numbers
Procedure
(high, medium, or low volume), evaluate which HFSI actions should be performed now to avoid
1. Print an HSFI Report and scan the list for items that have reached replacement threshold: Enter
an additional service call in the near future.
Diagnostics>Machine Status>Print Reports>CE>HSFI Report>Start

17 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities
2nd Issue 1 Service Call Procedures

Table 1 Xerox PL C9065/C9070 HFSI


Li-
Mod- Chain nk
ule No No HFSI Description Description Action Count

Xero 954 80- Drum Cartridge Y (PL 90.1) Drum Cartridge Y NVM Initialize Drum Cycle 86,000/
0 C9070
81,000/
C9065

Xero 954 80- Drum Cartridge M (PL 90.1) Drum Cartridge M NVM Initialize Drum Cycle 86,000/
1 C9070
81,000/
C9065

Xero 954 80- Drum Cartridge C (PL 90.1) Drum Cartridge C NVM Initialize Drum Cycle 86,000/
2 C9070
81,000/
C9065

Xero 954 80- Drum Cartridge K (PL 90.1) Drum Cartridge K NVM Initialize Drum Cycle 219,000/
3 C9070
206,000/
C9065

Xero 954 80- CC Assembly (PL 90.9) CC Assembly View/Reset Count


4

Deve 954 80- Deve Housing Y (PL 90.6) Deve Motor Y Deve Motor On 1,500,000
5

Deve 954 80- Deve Housing M (PL 90.6) Deve Motor M Deve Motor On 1,500,000
6

Deve 954 80- Deve Housing C (PL 90.6) Deve Motor C Deve Motor On 1,500,000
7

Deve 954 80- Deve Housing K (PL 90.6) Deve Motor K Deve Motor On 1,500,000
8

X’ter 954 80- 1st BTR Roll Y (PL 90.15) 1sr BTR View/Reset Count 800,000
9

X’ter 954 81- 1st BTR Roll M (PL 90.15) 1sr BTR View/Reset Count 800,000
0

X’ter 954 81- 1st BTR Roll C (PL 90.15) 1sr BTR View/Reset Count 800,000
1

X’ter 954 81- 1st BTR Roll K (PL 90.15) 1sr BTR View/Reset Count 800,000
2

X'fer 954 81- 2ND BTR Roll Assembly (PL 80.19) 2nd BTR 2 Process 216.0mm:BW,FC/+1 Process 216.0mm:BW, 300,000
3 FC/+2

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 18


SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities Service Documentation
1 Service Call Procedures 2nd Issue

Li-
Mod- Chain nk
ule No No HFSI Description Description Action Count

X'fer 954 81- IBT Belt Unit (PL 90.12) IBT Belt 2 Process 216.0mm:BW,FC/+1 Process 216.0mm:BW, 600,000
4 FC/+2

X'fer 954 81- IBT Cleaner Assembly (PL 90.14) IBT Belt Cleaner 2 Process 216.0mm:BW,FC/+1 Process 216.0mm:BW, 300,000
5 FC/+2

Drive & 954 81- CC Filter (PL 40.9) CC Filter Fuser (DuplexSide1) (Simple Duplex) Process 216.0mm: 280,000
NO- 6 BW/+1,FC/+2 Process 216.0mm: BW/+2,FC/+4
HAD

Drive & 954 81- Suction Filter (PL 40.7) Ozone Suction Filter Fuser (DuplexSide1) (Simplex Duplex Process 840,000
NO- 7 216.0mm: BW/+1,FC/+2 Process 216.0mm: BW/+2,FC/
HAD +4

Drive & 954 81- Fuser Filter (PL 40.7) Fusing Unit Filter Fuser (DuplexSide1 (Simplex Duplex Process 216.0mm: 800,000
NO- 8 BW/+1,FC/+2 Process 216.0mm: BW/+2,FC/+4
HAD

Fusing 954 81- Standard Fusing Unit (PL 10.1) Standard Fuser Fusing Unit Process 216.0mm:BW,FC/+1 Process 200,000
9 216.0mmà:BW,FC/+2

P/H 954 82- Tray 1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (PL 80.2) Tray 1 Feed Roll, Tray 1 Retard Roll, View/Reset Count 300,000
0 Tray 1 Nudger Roll, Feed

P/H 954 82- Tray 2 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (PL 80.3) Tray 2 Feed Roll, Tray 2 Retard Roll, View/Reset Count 300,000
1 Tray 2 Nudger Roll, Feed

P/H 954 82- Tray 3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (PL 80.6) Tray 3 Feed Roll, Tray 3 Retard Roll, View/Reset Count 300,000
2 Tray 3 Nudger Roll, Feed

P/H 954 82- Tray 4 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (PL 80.8) Tray 4 Feed Roll, Tray 4 Retard Roll, View/Reset Count 300,000
3 Tray 4 Nudger Roll, Feed

P/H 954 82- MSI/Tray 5 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (PL 80.15) MSI/Tray 5 Feed Roll, MSI/Tray 5 Re- View/Reset Count 300,000
4 tard Roll, MSI/Tray 5 Nudger Roll,
Feed

P/H 954 82- Take Away Roll 1 (PL 80.10) Take Away Roll 1 (Tray 1 Feeder) View/Reset Count 1,500,000
7

P/H 954 82- Take Away Roll 2 (PL 80.10) Take Away Roll 2 (Tray 2 Feeder) View/Reset Count 1,500,000
8

P/H 954 82- Take Away Roll 3 (PL 80.10) Take Away Roll 3 (Tray 3 Feeder) View/Reset Count 1,500,000
9

P/H 954 83- Take Away Roll 4 (PL 80.10) Take Away Roll 4 (Tray 4 Feeder) View/Reset Count 1,500,000
0

P/H 954 83- Take Away Roll 5 (PL 80.14) Take Away Roll 5 (Tray 5 Feeder) View/Reset Count 1,500,000
1

P/H 954 83- Take Away Clutch 1 (PL 80.12) Take Away Clutch1 On/Off View/Reset Count 1,500,000
5

19 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities
2nd Issue 1 Service Call Procedures

Li-
Mod- Chain nk
ule No No HFSI Description Description Action Count

P/H 954 83- Take Away Clutch 2 (PL 80.12) Take Away Clutch2 On/Off View/Reset Count 1,500,000
6

P/H 954 83- Tray 1 Feeder Unit (PL 80.1) Tray 1 Feeder Unit Feed View/Reset Count 1,500,000
7

P/H 954 83- Tray 2 Feeder Unit (PL 80.3) Tray 2 Feeder Unit Feed View/Reset Count 1,500,000
8

P/H 954 83- Tray 3 Feeder Unit (PL 80.5) Tray 3 Feeder Unit Feed View/Reset Count 1,500,000
9

P/H 954 84- Tray 4 Feeder Unit (PL 80.7) Tray 4 Feeder Unit Feed View/Reset Count 1,500,000
0

P/H 954 84- MSI/Feeder Unit (PL 80.15) MSI Feeder Unit Feed View/Reset Count 1,500,000
1

P/H 954 84- MSI Pre Regi Roll (PL 80.14) MSI Pre Registration Roll View/Reset Count 1,500,000
9

Fuser 954 85- Fuser (PL 10.1) Conductive Fuser Unit Fuser Process 216.0mm:BW,FC/+1 Process 216.0mm: 200,000
0 BW,FC/+2

Drive 954 86- Filter Assembly (PL 1.1) UPF Filter View/Reset Count 128,000
0

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 20


SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities Service Documentation
1 Service Call Procedures 2nd Issue

S C P 4 C l e a n i n g Pr o c e d u r e s
3. Refer to SCP 4 Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions. Purpose
4. Reset any HSFI Counter that has been replaced: The purpose is to provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every call.

Enter Diagnostics>MachineStatus>Maintenance/Diagnostics>Adjustment/Others>HSFI Coun- Procedure


ter>select the HSFI line item to be reset>Details>Reset Current Value>Reset CAUTION: Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual.

General Cleaning

Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed oth-
erwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.

1. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads)


Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.

2. Toner Dispense Units


Vacuum the Toner Dispense units.

3. Jam Sensors
Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.

4. Fuser Components (best cleaned when hot).


Wipe with a lint free cloth.

5. Scanner

a. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the Document Glass.

b. Clean the Document Cover.

6. DADF
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film Remover
as required.

21 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation SCP 4 Cleaning Procedures
2nd Issue 1 Service Call Procedures

SCP 5 Final Actions


Purpose
The intent of this procedure is to be used as a guide to follow at the end of every service call.

Procedure
1. Verify that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry cloth or
a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.

2. Check the supply of consumables. Verify that an adequate supply of consumables is available
according to local operating procedures.

3. Conduct any operator training that is needed. Verify that the operator understands that the Au-
tomatic Gradation Adjustment procedure in the User Guide should be used to adjust the colors.

4. Complete the Service Log.

5. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the Customer:

a. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper.

b. Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern registered
to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.

c. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the service log
in Tray 1.

d. Present the copies to the customer.

6. Exit Diagnostics.

7. Reconnect the machine to the customer network.

8. Issue copy credits as needed.

9. Discuss the service call with the customer to Verify that the customer understands what has
been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 22


SCP 5 Final Actions Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

2 Status Indicator RAPs


001 - Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
001 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Chain 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
002-400 ProCessing Previous Job In AWPM Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 003-780 Scan Image Compression Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
002-500 UI Scan Panel RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 003-795 AMS Limit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
002-770 Insufficient HDD Capacity RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 003-910 Perfect Bind Cover Doc Count Over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Chain 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 003-913 Document Size Error (Without Ability for Auto Detect) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
003-310 IISS Extended Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 003-915 DADF Multi Feed Detection Sensor Broken/Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
003-311 DADF CDI I/F Software Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
003-313, 003-314 IITsc RAM Access Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
003-318 DADF Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
003-319 DADF Video Driver Detection Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 003-940 Insufficient Memory Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 003-941 Page memory insufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 003-942 Document Size Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
003-325 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 003-944 Image Repeat Count Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 003-946 APS Image Rotation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 003-947 Replaced Original Count Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 003-948 Replaced Original Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
003-329 Communication Fail 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 003-951 1job max page over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 003-952 Return Documents Color Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 003-955 Documents size exchange error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 003-956 Documents Size Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 003-963 APS Tray Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 003-966 ATS/APS Destination Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 003-967 DADF APS No Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 003-968 Punch Position Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
003-338 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 003-969 Punch Size Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
003-339 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
003-340 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 003-971 Prevention Code Detect with the Right to Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
003-341 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 003-972 Stored Page Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
003-342 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 003-973 Image Rotation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
003-343 DADF-Controller Communication Fault 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 003-974 Next Original Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
003-344 Power On Hotline Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fault 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 003-977 Document Mismatch (Multi Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fault 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 003-978 Color Document Mismatch (Multi Scan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
003-347, 003-348 IITsc SD Card/HDD Access Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 003-980 Staple Position Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
003-700 Returned a lot of Documents error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 003-981 Staple Size Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
003-701 Duplication prevention code detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 003-982 IITsc HDD access error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Chain 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
003-703 Auto Color Correction Patch Position Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 005-121 DADF Feed Out Sensor On Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
003-704 Color Correction Value Difference Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
003-705 Paper Size Mismatch of the Energy Saving Return Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
003-706 Last Doc Fix Without Perfect Bind Body Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 005-124 DADF Lead Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 005-125 DADF Registration Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 005-126 DADF Platen Exit Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
003-752 600dpi Cannot Be Scanned (DADF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 005-127 DADF Platen Exit Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 005-128 DADF Exit Sensor 1 On Jam (Simplex Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
003-754 S2X recoverable error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 005-129 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Off Jam (Simplex Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
003-755 S2X command error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 005-141 DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
003-756 S2X command error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 005-144 DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 005-146 DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
003-760 Scan Settings Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 005-153 DADF Lead Registration Sensor Off Jam (Perforated Original Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

23 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
005-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fault (Document Set) (Within Job) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 016-234, 016-235 XCP Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 016-236 XCP Not Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
005-196 Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 016-237 Auth plugin not active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 016-238 Custom svc not active. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
005-198 Too Short Size Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 016-239 Auth contents not exist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
005-199 Too Long Size Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
005-210 DADF Download Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 016-241 SW Option Fail (SIP_FAX Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
005-212 Bottom Sensor Logic Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 016-242 System GMT Clock Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
005-275 DADF RAM Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 016-244 Self-Signed Certificate Auto Update Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
005-280 DADF EEPROM Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 016-245 Invalid Accessory in Auth and Account Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
005-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 016-246 Invalid Accessory in Auth and Account Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
005-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fault (No Document). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 016-310 ssmm Job Log Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
005-283 DADF Stack Height Sensor Logic Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 016-311 Scanner was not Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Run) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
005-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Run) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 016-315 NIIT Interface Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
005-905, 906 DADF Feed In/Out Sensor Static Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 016-316 Page Memory is Not Detected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
005-907, 920 DADF Pre Registration/Skew Detect Sensor Static Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 016-317 Page Memory Broken-Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
005-908, 909 DADF Registration/Lead Registration Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 016-318 Page Memory Broken-Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 016-319 Long Boot Diag IIT Interface Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
005-911 DADF Exit Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
005-915, 916, 917 DADF APS Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 016-321 Fax Module Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Fault (Document Set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 016-322 JBA Account Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
005-921 Let SEF Detect Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
005-940 DADF No Original Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
005-941 DADF Not Enough Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 016-325 Using Personal Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
005-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 016-326 Cont-UI Cable Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
005-945 or 005-497 FS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 016-327 BackPlane Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
005-946 or 005-948 SS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 016-328 Cont-MCU Cable Connection Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Chain 007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 016-329 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Not Detected Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
007-954 SMH Size Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 016-330 Cont System Memory Fail-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
007-959 OHP Kind Mismatch (Not white frame OHP) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
007-960 Paper Kind Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
007-969 CentreTray Full Stack RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 016-333 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Standard Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Chain 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 016-334 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
010-320 Heat Roll Over Heat Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
010-321 Fuser Nip Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
010-322 Fuser NC Center Sensor Disconnection Fault Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
010-323 Fuser Rear NC Sensor Disconnection Fault Rap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
010-324 Fuser NVM Fault Rap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
010-327 Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fault Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
010-328 Fuser Not Ready Time Fault Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
010-330 Fuser Motor Fault Rap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 016-342 Cont RTC Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
010-334 Fuser NC Sensor Fault Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 016-343 Long Boot Diag Timer Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
010-338 Wait Heat Roll Fusing On Time Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
010-357 Fuser Pitch Rejection Fault Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 016-346 Cont A4FAX Modem Diagnosis Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
010-414 Fusing Unit Web Life End RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
010-420 Fuser Assembly Life Near End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
010-421 Fuser Assembly Life End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 016-349 Cont MAC AddrController Data Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Chain 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
016-210 Software Option Fault (HDD Does Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
016-211, 016-212, 016-213 Software Option Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 016-352 Internal Network Initialize Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax Unit Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 016-353 Cont IOT-Controller Communication Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
016-220 through 016-228 S2X Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 016-354 Cont IIT-Controller Communication Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 016-355 Cont IoAsic Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 016-356 Cont Video ASIC Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 016-357 Cont EP-Controller Communication Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 016-358 Cont Parallel Card Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 24


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
016-359 Cont USB HUB Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
016-360 Cont UI Fail-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
016-361 Cont USB 3.0 Device Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
016-362 Cont UI Fail-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL
016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 016-503 SMTP Server AddrController Resolution Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 016-504 POP Server AddrController Resolution Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 016-505 POP Authentication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 016-506 Image Log HDD Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
016-368 Cont Torino Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
016-370 Cont Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
016-372 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
016-373 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
016-374 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 016-513 SMTP Server Reception Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
016-375 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 016-514 XPS Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
016-376 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 016-515 XPS Short of Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
016-377 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
016-378 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
016-379 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
016-380 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
016-381 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 016-520 MRC HW Job Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
016-382 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 016-521 SmartCard Not Found. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
016-383 Cont OS Communication Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 016-522 LDAP SSL error 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
016-400 Authentication error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 016-523 LDAP SSL error 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
016-401 Authentication method mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 016-524 LDAP SSL error 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
016-402 Authentication timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 016-525 LDAP SSL error 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
016-403 Authentication certificate mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 016-526 LDAP SSL error 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
016-404 Other authentication error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 016-527 LDAP SSL error 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
016-405 Certificate data base file failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 016-528 SmartCard Not Auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
016-406 802.1x Client Certificate Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 016-529 Remote Download server timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
016-407 XCP Plugin Security Exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 016-535 Remote Download file accController error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 016-537 Remote Download server connection error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 016-538 Remote Download file write error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 016-545 Attestation Agent error 545 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
016-416 An invalid state mControllerage received from server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 016-546 Attestation Agent error 546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
016-417 Invalid network settings were found.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 016-548 Attestation Agent error 548 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
016-421 Input Tray is Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 016-553 Attestation Agent error 553 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
016-422 Diag Offline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 016-554 Attestation Agent error 554 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
016-423 Offline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 016-555 Attestation Agent error 555 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
016-424 Low Power Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 016-556 Attestation Agent error 556 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
016-425 Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 016-557 Attestation Agent error 557 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
016-427 802.1x authentication failure (Network 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 016-558 Attestation Agent error 558 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
016-428 802.1x EAP type not supported (Network 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 016-559 Remote Download parameter error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
016-429 802.1x authentication failure by timing out (Network 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 016-560 Attestation Agent error 560 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
016-430 802.1x certificate failure (Network 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
016-431 802.1x inside failure (Network 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
016-432 802.1x client certificate failure (Network 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 016-565 Backup Restore Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
016-454 DNS Renewal Fault of Dynamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 016-567 Backup Capacity Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
016-455 SNTP Server Time-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 016-568 Backup Restore Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
016-456 SNTP Time Asynchronous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 016-569 Attestation Agent error 569 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

25 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
016-570 Job ticket out of memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 016-717 Fax/Internet FAX Send Result Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
016-571 Job ticket wrong param . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 016-718 Insufficient PCL6 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
016-572 Job ticket media error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 016-719 Insufficient PCL Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
016-573 Job ticket parse error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 016-720 PCL Command Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
016-574 Host name solution error in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 016-721 Other Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 016-722 Job Cancel by Staple Position NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
016-576 Server connection error in FTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 016-723 Job Cancel by Punch Position NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
016-577 Problem in FTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 016-724 Complex Position Fault of Staple and Punch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
016-578 Login/Password Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 016-727 0-page document is unstorable in a MailBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
016-582 File creation failure in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 016-729 TIFF Data Size Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure In Ftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 016-730 Unsupported ART Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
016-584 Folder Creation Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 016-731 Invalid TIFF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
016-585 File Delete Failure In Ftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 016-732 Form Not Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure In Ftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 016-733 Destination AddrController Resolution Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 016-734 Simplified Destination Result Report Output Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 016-735 Updating Job Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
016-589 Data read failure from FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 016-736 Remote Directory Lock Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 016-737 Lock Directory Deletion Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 016-738 PS Booklet Print Output Paper Size Incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file accController error in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 016-739 Document and Output Mismatched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 016-740 PS Booklet Output Tray Incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
016-595 PORT command failure in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 016-742 Download Data ProductID Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
016-597 Same name file exists in FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 016-744 Download Data CeckSum Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
016-598 Email mControllerage size over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 016-745 Xpjl Soft Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
016-599 Email mControllerage size over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 016-746 Unsupported PDF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
016-600 KO Authentication Locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 016-747 No Memory For Drawing Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
016-601 Illegal AccController Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 016-748 HD Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
016-603 HDD not found Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 016-749 JCL Syntax Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
016-604 CreatEd Debug-log By System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 016-750 Print job ticket description error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
016-605 Created Debug-log By ExtCont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 016-751 PDF Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
016-606 Cont-BP Cable Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 016-752 PDF Short of Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
016-607 Cont-UI Cable Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 016-753 PDF Password Mismatched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
016-608 Cont-MCU Cable Connection Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
016-609 PCI Option No Support Device Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 016-755 PDF Print Prohibited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
016-610 PCIEX Option No Support Device Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 016-756 Auditron-Prohibit Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
016-611 SD Card Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 016-757 Auditron-Invalid User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
016-612 Log Image Creation Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 016-758 Auditron-Disabled Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
016-700 Password is under minimum figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 016-759 Auditron-Reached Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
016-701 Out of ART EX Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 016-760 PS Decompose Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
016-702 Out of Page Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 016-761 FIFO Empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
016-703 Email to Invalid Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 016-762 Print LANG Not Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
016-704 Mailbox is Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 016-763 POP server is not found. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
016-705 Secure Print Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 016-764 SMTP Server Connect Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 016-765 SMTP Server HD Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
016-707 Sample Print Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 016-766 SMTP Server File System Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 016-767 Invalid E-mail AddrController . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
016-709 ART EX Command Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 016-768 Invalid Sender AddrController . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
016-710 Delayed Print Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
016-711 Email Send Size Limit Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formatter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 016-771 Scan Data Repository Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
016-713 Security Box Password Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 016-772 Scan Data Repository Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
016-714 Security Box is not Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 016-773 Invalid IP AddrController. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 016-774 HD Full-ComprControllerion Convert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 016-775 HD Full-Image Convert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 26


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
016-776 Image Convert Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 017-527 SFTP Scan Internal Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
016-777 HD AccController Fault-Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 017-529 Folder Access Denied Via Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
016-778 HD Full-Scan Image Convert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 017-530 Protocol Not Supported For Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
016-779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 017-700 ThinPrint Connection Timeout Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
016-780 HD AccController Fault-Image Convert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 017-701 ThinPrint Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
016-781 Scan Server Connect Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 017-702 ThinPrint Invalid Data Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
016-782 Scan Server Login Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 017-703 ThinPrint Over Maximum Data Size Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
016-783 Invalid Server Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 017-704 ThinPrint Internal Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
016-784 Server Write Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 017-705, 706, 707, 708 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Invalid Certification Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
016-785 Server HD Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 017-709 ThinPrint SSL Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 017-710 Media Type is Not Supported by Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 017-711 SIP Redirect Response Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
016-788 Retrieve to Browser Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 017-712 SIP Session Timeout Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
016-789 HD Full-Job Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 017-713 Start TLS Unsupported Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
016-791 File Retrieve Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 017-714 SMTP Over SSL Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
016-792 Specified Job Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 017-715 SSL Cert Untrusted Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
016-793 MF I/O HD Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 017-716, 717, 718 SSL Cert Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
016-794 Media Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 017-719 SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
016-795 Media Reader: Format Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 017-720, 017-721 Contract Type Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
016-796 Document Insert Operation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 017-721 Geographic Region Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
016-797 Media Reader: Image File Read Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 017-722 Total Impressions Over Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
016-798 No Trust Marking Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 017-723 DocuWorks Unsupported Character Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
016-799 Print Instruction Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 017-724 Denshi-Pen Syntax Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 017-725 Forced Annotation Syntax Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
016-911 Multi-Paper Required On A Single Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 017-728 Scan JobFlow Document Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
016-912 Insert Position NG Before Perfect Bind Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 017-729 Temporary Error in PDL Transfer RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
016-913 Page Delete NG Perfect Bind Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 017-730 Network Error in PDL Transfer RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
016-914 Page Delete NG Perfect Bind Body All Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 017-731 POP Server Not Connect Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
016-916 HELD_BY_JOB_LIMITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 017-732 Offline Error in PDL Transfer RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
016-917 Job Held by Toner Y Life End (Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 017-733 Internal Error in PDL Transfer RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
016-918 Job Held by Toner M Life End (Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 017-734 IPP Data Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
016-919 Job Held by Toner C Life End (Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 017-735 Auditron - Prohibit Device Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
016-920 Job Held by ATS/APS No Destination Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 017-737 Custom Transfer Out of Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
016-921 DADF MULTI FEED DETECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 017-738, 017-746 HDD Internal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 017-739, 017-740 Transfer Service Not Available RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
016-941 Booklet Mix Size NG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 017-741 Custom Transfer Invalid Plug-In RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 017-742, 743, 744 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
016-943 Insert Doc Duplex Mix Size NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 017-745 Custom Transfer Plug-in Disk Full RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
016-944 Document Merge Cover/Separator Doc Merge NG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 017-747 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
016-945 Insert doc Duplex Print NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 017-748 Custom Transfer Plug-In Invalid machine RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
016-946 Insert doc into Covers/Separators NG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 017-749 Custom Transfer Plug-In XML Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
016-947 APS No Destination Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 017-750 Custom Transfer Plug-In Internal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
016-948 Small Book action NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 017-751 Custom Transfer Plug-In Other Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
016-949 Booklet Cover/Separator/Blank Paper NG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 017-754 Scan Disable During DFE ASRS Print Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
016-981 HDD AccController Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 017-755 Software Download Via Network Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
016-982 HDD AccController Fault 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 017-756 AAA Registration Data Invalid RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
016-983 Image Log HDD Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 017-759 Download Data Inspection Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
016-985 Data Size Over Flow (Scan to Email) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 017-760, 771 POP Over SSL Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 017-761, 767 SSL Server Cert Untrusted Fail (POP) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Chain 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 017-762, 768, 769, 770 SSL Server Cert Fail (POP) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
017-500 Job Limit Illegal Response RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 017-765 POP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
017-501 Multiple Permission Restrictions RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 017-766 POP Over SSL Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
017-503 Password Over Maximum RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 017-772 Scan All Blank Page Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
017-504, 017-505, 017-528 Job Limit RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 017-773 Netlog Task Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
017-506 Job Limit Rejected RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 017-774 Message Lost Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
017-507 Job History Full RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 017-775 Network API Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
017-508 JobLimit Estimation No Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 017-776, 017-777 Syslog Server Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
017-510 and 017-511 Remote Download Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 017-778 Queue Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
017-516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 526 SFTP Server Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 017-779 Link Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

27 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
017-780 Held Job Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 018-558 HTTP File Not Found RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
017-782, 784, 785, 786 Custom Image Processing Plug-In RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 018-559 HTTP File Duplication Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
017-783 Custom Image Processing Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 018-560 HTTP Server Login Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
017-787 Google Cloud Print Data Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 018-561 HTTP Server Not Found RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
017-789 Job Limit Estimation Logic Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 018-562 HTTP Client Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
017-790 to 017-799 Print Permission RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 018-563 HTTP Server Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Chain 018 - Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 018-564 Host Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 018-565 Proxy Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
018-401 Inconsistent SIP Configuration RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 018-566 Server Connect Error in HTTP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
018-402 SIP Server Communication Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 018-567 HTTP Server Access Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
018-403 SIP Registration Fail (Authentication) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 018-568 HTTP Server SSL Access Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
018-404 SIP Registration Fail (Other) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 018-569 HTTP Server Certificate Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
018-405 UserAccount Disable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 018-570 HTTP Certificate Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
018-406 Setting Status of Same IP Address (IPv4) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 018-571 Internal Error in Scan RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
018-407 Setting Status of Same IP Address (IPv6) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 018-572 Invalid Char in Context RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
018-408 Duplicate IP Address IPv4 (Ether2) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 018-573 Invalid Char in Server RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
018-409 Duplicate IPv6 Address (Ether2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 018-574 Invalid Char in Volume RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
018-410 Dynamic DNS - IPv4 Update Failure (Ether2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 018-575 Invalid Char in Login RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
018-411 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 Update Failure (Ether2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 018-576 Invalid Char in Path RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
018-412, 413, 414, 415, 416 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 018-577 Invalid Char in File RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
018-437 LPD Communication Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 018-578 NW Server Not Found RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
018-438 LPD Print Data Size Exceeding The Limit RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 018-579 NW Server Disk Full RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
018-439 Wi-Fi Direct Stops by the Conflict Setting for Ad-hoc RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 018-580 Netware Invalid Volume RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
018-440 Wi-Fi Direct Stops by the Conflict Setting for IPv6 Mode RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 018-581 Netware Invalid Path RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
018-441 Wi-Fi Direct Stops by the Conflict Setting for 5 GHz Mode RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 018-582 Access Right Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 018-583 NW Server Disk Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 018-584 NW Server Access Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 018-585 Netware Error in Use RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 018-586 Netware Login Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
018-504 CA Session ID Mismatch RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 018-587 File Duplication Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
018-505 SMB-DOS Protocol Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 018-588 Scan Filing Policy Invalid RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
018-506 CA Field ID Mismatch RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 018-589 NEXTNAME.DAT Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
018-507 CA Credential Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 018-590 Same Name Exists RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 018-591 File Name Suffix Limit Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 018-592 Lock Folder Create Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
018-510 Host Name Solution Error in BMLinkS RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 018-593 Lock Folder Delete Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
018-511 DNS Server Un-sets Up in BMLinkS RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 018-595 LDAP Protocol Error 595 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
018-512, 018-513 BMLinkS Service Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 018-700 Network Stack is not Initialized Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 018-701 LDAP Protocol Error 01 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
018-516 BMLinkS Unsupported-attribute RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 018-702 LDAP Protocol Error 02 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 018-703 LDAP Protocol Error 03 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 018-704 LDAP Protocol Error 04 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
018-519 BMLinkS Unknown-error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 018-705 LDAP Protocol Error 05 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
018-520, 521, 522, 523 BMLinkS Scan and Communication Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 018-706 LDAP Protocol Error 06 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 018-707 LDAP Protocol Error 07 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 018-708 LDAP Protocol Error 08 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 018-709 Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 018-710 LDAP Protocol Error 09 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
018-528 Soap Request Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 018-711 LDAP Protocol Error 11 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 018-712 LDAP Protocol Error 12 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
018-530 Authentication Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 018-713 LDAP Protocol Error 13 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 018-714 LDAP Protocol Error 14 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 018-716 LDAP Protocol Error 16 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
018-533 Invalid Mail was detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 018-717 LDAP Protocol Error 17 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
018-543 Shared Name Error in SMB Server RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 018-718 LDAP Protocol Error 18 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
018-547 Number Restriction Over of SMB Scan Users RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 018-719 LDAP Protocol Error 19 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
018-556 HTTP Server Script Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 018-720 LDAP Protocol Error 20 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
018-557 HTTP Invalid Char in Filename RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 018-721 LDAP Protocol Error 21 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 28


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
018-722 GCP Network Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC ALREADY Unregistered RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
018-723 GCP Certification Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
018-724 GCP SSL Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC Already Registered (EP-SV) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
018-725 Kerberos Authentication Protocol Error (22) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC Already Registered (EP-DX) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
018-726 Kerberos Authentication Protocol Error (70) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC Already Registered (EP-TRESS) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
018-727 Kerberos Authentication Protocol Error (71) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 021-515, 516 Wrong M/C Type or Serial Number RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
018-728 Kerberos Authentication Protocol Error (72) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 021-517, 518, 519 SOAP Fault: The Service Not Responded RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
018-729 GCP Network Timeout Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 021-520, 521, 522 Couldn't connect to CA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
018-730 GCP Network Other Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 021-523 Internal Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
018-731 GCP HDD Limit Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 021-524, 525 Registration Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
018-732 to 736, 748, 749, 750 to 754, 764 to 771, 780, 782 to 797 LDAP Protocol Error 021-527 An invalid Message Was Received RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 021-528 Communication Setting Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
018-737 GCP Other Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 021-529 Machine Has Already Latest Firmware RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
018-738 through 018-746 GCP Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 021-530 An Internal Error Has Occurred On Update Server RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
018-747 Server not found in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 021-531 Service Is Temporarily Unavailable On Update Svr RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
018-755 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 021-532 Found An Unsupported ROM Set RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
018-756 Server Login Response Timeout in SMB RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 021-533 Software Update Unoperational By User RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
018-757 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 021-534 Found An Unsupported Submodule RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
018-758 Picture Preservation Place or File Name Mistake RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 021-535 Found An Unsupported Peripheral RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
018-759 Picture Preservation Place or File Name Invalid RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 021-536 Machine Already Has A Chain Link File RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
018-760 DFS Link Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 021-537 A Software Update Conflict Has Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
018-761 Out of Server Memory in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 021-538 Couldn’t Start Software Update Due To User Operation RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
018-762 Server Response Timeout in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 021-539 The Power Supply Was Off At Reserved Time RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
018-763 Char Convert Error in SMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 021-540 The Power Was Turned Off During Downloading Has Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
018-772 Shared name not found in server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 021-541 An Invalid Software Update Configuration Has Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
018-773 Shared name error in server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 021-542 Reserved Software Update Capability Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
018-774 CSB Print Host Name Resolve Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 021-543 Invalid Software Version Information Detect Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
018-775 CSB Print Proxy Server Connect Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 021-582 SW Update And Batch Conflict Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
018-776 CSB Print Network Timeout Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 021-583 A New Firmware Was Detected After The Download RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
018-777 CSB Print Network Connect Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 021-700 Accessory Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
018-778 CSB Print Certification Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 021-733 Accessory Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
018-779 CSB Print SSL Connect Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
018-781 LDAP Protocol Error 81 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
018-798 CSB Print Network Other Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
018-799 CSB Print Abort to Get File from CSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Chain 021 - FDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 021-772 EPDX Install Remove Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
021-210 USB IC Card Reader Connection Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 021-941 Scan Service Paused By Disable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
021-211 USB IC Card Reader Broken RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 021-942 Scan Service Paused By Color Mode RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
021-212 USB IC Card Reader Preparing Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 021-943 Print Service Paused By Disable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
021-213 Controller Price Table Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 021-944 Print Service Paused By Color Mode RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
021-214 USB IC Card Reader Encryption Setting Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 021-945 Service Paused By Disable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
021-215 Invalid Accessory Type RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 021-946 Service Paused By Color Mode RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
021-360 Accessory Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
021-400 Check Request RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
021-401 USB IC Card Reader Connection Error Info RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Chain 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
021-402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 502, 503, 504, 507, 508 Network Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 023-500 Panel ROM Download Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
021-409 A Miscellaneous HTTP Session Error was Detected Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 023-600 Held Down Key Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
021-410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 552, 553 CA Fail 023-601 Held Down Softkey Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Chain 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
021-427, 428, 431, 432, 434, 435, 437, 438, 439, 440 4G/3G Connection Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX) 024-312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 024-321 3 Position Data Recovery Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
021-429 SIM card NG Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 024-322 SEEPROM Refurbish Already Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
021-430 Time setting Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 024-323 SEEPROM Refurbish Over Count Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
021-500 EP Accessory Job Exclusion RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 024-324 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
021-501 Invalid URL Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 024-340 to 024-361, 371 to 376 IOT-ESS Communication Fault / Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
021-505 Couldn’t Establish SSL Session RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
021-506 An Invalid Peer Certificate Has Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
021-509 SOAP Fault: An Invalid Message Detected RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 024-364 DMA Transfer Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

29 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
024-365 Decompressed Data Exceeds Buffer Size RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 026-714 to 026-717 Connection to Xerox Server or Proxy Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
024-366 JBIG Library Other Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
024-367 Decompress Other Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 026-719 Internal Error in Scan RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
024-368 PCI Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 026-720 to 026-723 Media Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
024-370 Marker Code Detect Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 026-724, 026-725 Remote Download File Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
024-600 to 024-614, 024-616 to 024-621, 024-625 to 024-627 Billing \ SWKey \ Modal \ Serial No 026-726 Inconsistent Options RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
\ Product \ Shipping Counters RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 026-727 Media Filepath Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
024-615 IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 026-728, 026-729 WSD Scan Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
024-622 TCB Skew Limit Over Warning RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 026-730 Tray Paper Size Not Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, Or No Hard Disk RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 026-731 to 026-733 PJL Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
024-701 Invalid Instruction Of Face Inversion RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 026-734 PJL Diag Mode RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
024-702 Paper Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 026-735 Authentication Makes Waiting Print Jobs Deleted RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
024-705 Force Annotation Template Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 026-736 Internal Error in HTTP Upload RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
024-707, 708 Duplex Inversion Prohibited Media Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 026-737 Network Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
024-746 Selected Paper Tray Parameter Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 026-738 Browser Close During Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
024-747 Print Instruction Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 026-739 Waiting Scan Job Deleted RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Chain 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
024-910 Tray 1 Size Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 027-310, 027-311 DFE Communication Fail (SubSystem) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
024-911 Tray 2 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 027-312, 027-313 ExtPrint Check Mode Error (SubSystem). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
024-912 Tray 3 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 027-313 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch (SubSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
024-913 Tray 4 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 027-400 Net Off Line RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
024-923 Y Toner Cartridge Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 027-442, 443, 444 Duplicate IP Address 1 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
024-924 Magenta Toner Cartridge Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
024-925 Cyan Toner Cartridge Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 027-446 Duplicate IP Address 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
024-927 OCT Full Stack RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 027-447 Duplicate IP Address 3 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
024-933, 024-940, 024-941 Operation Y Drum End of Life RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 027-452 Duplicate IP Address 4 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
024-934 Paper Kind Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
024-935, 024-936, 024-937, 024-938, 024-935 Wrong Medium Type RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
024-946, 024-947, 024-948, 024-949 Tray Not In Position RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 027-503, 504, 533, 773, 785, 786 Server Communication Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 027-513 SMB Scan Client Access RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 027-514 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 027-515 DNS Server Setup in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
024-954 Tray 5 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
024-958 SMH Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 027-518 Login Name or Password Error in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
024-965 ATS/APS No Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 027-519 Scanning Picture Preservation Place Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Chain 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Over in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
025-596 Diag HDD Fault 1 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 027-522 File Creation Failure in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
025-597 Diag HDD Fault 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Chain 026 - Scan; Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 027-524 Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
026-400 Exceed the Number of Connection of USB Host Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 027-525, 027-527 File Delete Failure in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
026-401 IOT Registration Error Occurring RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure in SMB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
026-402 Changed IOT Speed Slow Mode RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 027-528 Data Write Failure to SMB Server RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
026-403 Stop printing and wait for toner cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 027-529 Data Read Failure From SMB Server RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
026-700 LDAP Protocol MAX Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 027-530 File Name Duplicate Failure in SMB RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
026-701 Address Book Request Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 027-531 SMB Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 027-532 NEXTNAME File Access Error in SMB RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
026-703 Abort with Logout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 027-543 SMB Server Name Specification Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
026-704 DocuWorks Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 027-547, 027-548 SMB Protocol Errors 1 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 027-549, 027-572 to 027-576 SMB Protocol Error 4-009 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
026-706 DocuWorks Print Prohibited RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 027-564 SMB Protocol Error 4-024 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
026-707 DocuWorks Unlock Failed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 027-565, 027-578 SMB Protocol Errors 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
026-708 URL Data Size Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 027-566 SMB Protocol Error 4-026 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
026-709 URL HDD Full RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) Not Started RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
026-710 S/MIME Unsupported Cipher Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 027-584 SMB Protocol Error 4-044 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
026-711 Multi-Page File Size Over Limit RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 027-585 SMB Protocol Error 4-045 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
026-712 HTTP Out Job Overlap Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 027-586 SMB Protocol Error 4-046 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
026-713 Could Not Detect Proxy Server Automatically RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 027-587 SMB Protocol Error 4-047 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 30


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
027-588, 027-589 SMB Protocol Errors 3 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511 027-783 WebDAV User Authentication RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
027-590 SMB Protocol Error 4-050 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 027-784 WebDAV Proxy Server Authentication RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
027-591 SMB Protocol Error 4-051 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 027-787 WebDAV File Name Dupulication Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
027-600 External Print Check Mode Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 027-788, 027-793 WebDAV Request Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
027-700 Mail Address Domain Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 027-789, 791, 795 Access Forbidden RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
027-701 Disconnected Network Cable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 027-790, 029-792 WebDAV File Not Found RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
027-702 to 027-709 Certificate for Addresses Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 027-794 WebDAV Server Internal Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
027-710 to 027-715 S/MIME Mail Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 027-796 Email Not Printed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
027-716 Unsigned Mail Receipt Was Rejected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
027-717 No MX Record at DNS RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 027-798 JFS Target Document Not Found RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
027-720, 027-721 Extension Server Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 027-799 WebDAV Server Insufficient Storage RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
027-722 Extension Server Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 Chain 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
027-723 Extension Server Authentication Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 028-910 to 028-913 Fusing Unit Failures RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
027-724, 725, 726 Extension Server Access Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518 028-916 to 028-924 Trayn Setting Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
027-727 Extension Server Parameters RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518 028-930 to 028-931 Trayn Set Confirm Wait Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
027-728 Extension Server File Exceeded RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 028-940 to 027-944 Trayn Tab Confirm Wait Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 028-950 to 028-954 Trayn Offline Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
027-732 Server Access Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 028-960 to 028-964 Trayn Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
027-733 Server SSL Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 028-986 Tray Size Mismatch (Tray can not detect PaperSize) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
027-734 Server Certificate Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 028-987 ATS/APS No Destination Error (Tray can not detect Paper Size) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
027-735 Machine SSL Configuration Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 028-988, 028-989 Tray 5 Faults RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
027-736 Machine Certificate Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Chain 033 - FAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
027-737 Template Server Read Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 030-910 Tray 5 Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
027-740 Template Server Login Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 033-311 Invalid Address Book Data RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
027-741 Template Server Connect Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 033-312 to 033-327 Fax Time Out / Device Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
027-742 HDD File System Full RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 033-328 to 033-336 Failed to Initialize Fax Log RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
027-743 Template Server Install Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 033-337, 033-338 FaxCard Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
027-744 Template Server Error 1 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 033-339 Faxc 2 Not Respond When System Is Sleeping RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
027-745 Template Server Error 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 033-340 Pflite_Fax_Log_Write_Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
027-746 Job Template Pool Server Not Ready RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 033-341 Illegal Type Of Fax Box RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 033-363 Fax Control RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
027-751 Job Template Analysis Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 033-500 No CS after RS Req RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 033-501 No PIX Data RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
027-753 Job Flow Service Request Disabled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 033-502 Post Message Resend Exceeded RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 033-503, 033-504, 033-505 Fax T(n) Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
027-757 Extension Server SSL Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 033-506 DCN Receive RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
027-758 System Credential Setting Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 033-507 Destination Has No Receiving Ability RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
027-759 Reference Server Connection Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 033-508 Destination Polling Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 033-509 DCS/NSS Re-transmission Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
027-761 Web Print Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 033-510 Fallback Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 033-511 DTC/NSC Resend Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
027-763 Auditron Cannot Verify User RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 033-512 Remote Has No Relay RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
027-764 AirPrint Scan Data Transfer Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 033-513 Remote Has No Mailbox RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
027-765 Host Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 033-514 Carrier Down Detected RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
027-766 Proxy Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 033-516 EOR Receive RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
027-767 WebDAV Server SSL Access Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 033-517 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
027-768 WebDAV Server Certificate Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 033-518 Remote Cannot Receive SUB RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
027-769 WebDAV Server Access Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 033-519 PTS Has No SEP Capability RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
027-770 PDL Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 033-520 Remote Cannot Receive Password RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
027-771 DFE Disk Full RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 033-521 Transmission Canceled via DTMF RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
027-772, 774, 776 SMTP Server Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 033-522 DTMF I/F Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
027-775 Too Many SMTP Addresses RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 033-523 to 033-525 Line Not Connected RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
027-777 SMTP Server Non Support RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 033-526 ECM Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 033-527 EOR-Q Send RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
027-779 Authentication Failure by SMTP-AUTH RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 033-528 RTN Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
027-780 WebDAV Network Interface Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 033-529 RTN Receive RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
027-781 WebDAV Spool Size Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
027-782 WebDAV Server Redirector Limit RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 033-531 DTMF Procedure Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

31 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
033-532 Illegal Command Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 033-702 Number Of Dial Digits Exceeded RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
033-533 T.30 Protocol Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571 033-703 Unsupported Fax Job Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
033-534 Unsupported Function at Remote RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571 033-704 Cannot Access Mailbox RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 033-710 No Document RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
033-536 Ring Stop before Fax Device Release RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 033-711 Page Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
033-537 In/Out Conflict RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 033-712, 033-713 Fax Control RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
033-538 Fax Sending Image Process Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 033-714 Scan Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
033-539 Fax Receive Image Process Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 033-715 Cannot Start Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
033-540 Fax Printing Image Process Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 033-716 No Specified Mailbox RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
033-541 No Destination Specified RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 033-717 Incorrect Password RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
033-542 Illegal Channel Request RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 033-718 No Document in Mailbox RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
033-543 Illegal Dial Data RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 033-719 Fax Job Canceled RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
033-544 Busy Tone Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 033-720 Document Creation Failed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
033-545 T0 Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
033-546 No Dial Tone RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 033-722 Fax Immediate Send Store Job Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
033-547 Abort During Transmission RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 033-724 Fax Receive Memory Overflow RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
033-548 Cannot Perform Manual Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 033-725 Insufficient HDD Space RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
033-549 Fax Service Disabled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 033-726 Fax Duplex Print Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
033-550 Cannot Disable Fax Service RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 033-727 Cannot Rotate Image RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
033-551 Fax I/F Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 033-728 Auto Print Canceled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
033-552 G3 Receive Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 033-730 Fax Service Recovery Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
033-553 No Mailbox/Relay RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 033-731 Inconsistent Instructions RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
033-554 Wrong Password/Receive RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 033-732 Print Job Canceled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
033-555 Incorrect Machine Password RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582 033-733 Fax Document Number RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
033-556 Wrong Password/Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582 033-734 Fax Print Suspension RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
033-557 Destinations or Services Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
033-558 Remote ID Rejection RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 033-736 Internet FAX Off Ramp Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
033-563 Wrong Paper Size RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 033-737 Fax Card Job Canceled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
033-564 Fax Power Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 033-738 JBIG Information Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
033-565 Destination Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 033-740 Fax Immediate Receive Print Canceled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
033-566 Unable to Initiate Call RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 033-741 Fax Page Read Open Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
033-567 Illegal Dial Data RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586 033-742 Fax Page Read Close Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
033-568 FCM Watchdog Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586 033-743 Fax Page Write Open Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
033-569 Image Direction Conflict RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 033-744 Fax Page Write Close Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
033-570 Retry Overflow RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 033-745 Fax Data Write Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
033-571 Manual Send Job Canceled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588 033-746 Fax Data Read Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
033-572 Fax Report Print Job Delayed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588 033-747 Fax Service Start RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
033-573 Domain Regulation Check Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589 033-748 Fax ServicE Illegal Sequence RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
033-574 Access to a Non-Mounted Channel RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589 033-749 Fax Card Memory Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
033-575 Modem Polarity Inversion Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 033-750 Fax Format Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
033-576 Inaccurate Dial Data RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 033-751 Activity Report Suspended RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
033-577 Modem Image Under Run RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 033-755 Fax Printing is Canceled RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
033-578 Modem Frame Size Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 033-790 Fax Control RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592 033-791 Fax Control RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
033-581 Access Authentication Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592 033-792 Fax Control RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
033-582 Mismatched Ability RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 Chain 034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
033-583 Temporarily Unavailable RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 034-211 Slot 1 Board Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
033-584 SIP Request Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 034-212 Slot 2 Board Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
033-585 SIP Request Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 034-500 Dial Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
033-587 T38 Session Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
033-588 T38 Packet Lost RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
033-589 T38 Malformed Packet Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 034-507 Password Check Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
033-590 T38 Send Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
033-592 FoIP Internal Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 034-510 DTMF Procedure Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
033-593 Canceled by Remote Peer RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
033-700 T1 Timeout Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599 034-512 Detect Endless Loop RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
033-701 Retry Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599 034-513 Receive Command Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 32


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
034-514 Requested Function Unsupported RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 034-744 Unacceptable Channel RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
034-515 Illegal Command Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 034-745 Outgoing Call to Channel Set RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
034-519 No. of Destinations Exceeded RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 034-746 No Usable Lines RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
034-520 No. of Services Exceeded RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 034-747 Switching Equipment Congestion RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 034-748 Specified Line Cannot be Used RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
034-522 No Manual Send Line RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 034-749 Network Congestion Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
034-523 Fax Service Disabled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 034-750 Network Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
034-524 Unable To Cancel Operation RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 034-751 Temporary Network Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
034-525 Specified Chain-Link Not Exist RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 034-752 Destination Terminal Busy RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
034-526 Chain-Link No. Out of Scope RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 034-753 Destination Not Responding RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
034-527 Dial Control Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 034-754 No Response from Destination RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
034-528 Cannot Perform Manual Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 034-755 Destination Rejecting Call RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
034-529 Document Paper Size RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 034-756 Destination Faulty RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
034-550 Write to Fax Card-ROM Error Detection RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No. RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodeChang RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 034-759 No Relay Network Route RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
034-701 Software Reset RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 034-760 No Line To Destination RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
034-702 No Destination Specified RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
034-703 D Channel Link RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 034-762 Facility Rejected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639 034-763 Communication Capability Disallowed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power On RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639 034-764 Communication Capability Not Configured RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power Off RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 034-765 Feature Limit Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
034-707 FRMR Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 034-766 Selected Communication Not Implemented RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641 034-767 Selected Mode Not Implemented RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
034-709 Illegal Frame Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641 034-768 Restricted Digital Information Only RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
034-710 DL Link Establishment Received RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 034-769 Error by Service, Feature RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
034-711 Waiting for Link Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 034-770 Reply to Status Query RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 034-771 Access Information Discarded RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
034-713 Timeout-Transmission Canceled RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 034-772 Fax Connection Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 034-773 Invalid Dial Number Specified RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 034-774 Invalid Line Specified RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
034-716 Connection Timeout (T313) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645 034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
034-717 Resume Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645 034-776 Insufficient Required Information RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
034-718 Normal Disconnection RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 034-777 Undefined Message Type RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
034-719 No Available Lines RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 034-778 Incorrect Message or Type RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 034-779 No information or Not Defined RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
034-721 Format, Contents Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 034-780 Invalid Information RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
034-722 Suspension Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
034-723 No Timer Assigned RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 034-782 Error Cleared due to Timeout RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
034-724 Illegal Sequence RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649 034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
034-725 L3 Task Internal Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649 034-784 Destination Number Changed RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 034-785 Incompatible Destination RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 034-786 Call Identity not in Use RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
034-728 Invalid Destination RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 034-787 Call Identity in Use RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
034-729 Line Disconnect, In-Channel PB Send RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 034-788 Show Other Causes RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
034-730 In and Out Call Conflict RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
034-731 Fax Network Disconnected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
034-732 Fax Network Timeout Disconnect RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653 034-791 Line 1 not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
034-733 Call Status Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653 034-792 Line 2 not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
034-734 HI Task Internal Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654 034-793 Line 3 not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
034-735 ISDN D Channel RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654 034-794 Line 4 not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
034-736 Wrong Notice from FAX Network RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655 034-795 Line 5 not Connected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
034-737 Incoming Call Response Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655 034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656 034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
034-739 Layer 1 Not Synchronized RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656 034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
034-740 Transmission of Frame Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
034-741 Unable to Send Frame RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 Chain 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
034-742 Frame Send Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658 041-311 MCU F3 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
034-743 Abnormal Frame-Sending DMA RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658 041-312 MCU F4 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

33 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
041-337 MD TM F1 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688 Chain 057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
041-338 MD TM F2 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689 057-324 MCU F9 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
041-339 MCU F11 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689 057-325 MCU F10 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
041-344 MD IO F1 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690 057-326 MCU F13 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
041-346 MD IO F3 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690 057-327 MD TM F5 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
041-347 TM Drive Serial I/F Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691 057-328 MD TM F6 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
041-350 MD IO F7 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691 057-329 MD TM F7 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
041-354 MD IO F9 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692 Chain 058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
041-355 MD IO F10 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692 058-349 DC Input Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
041-356 MD IO F11 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 Chain 059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
041-357 MD IO F12 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 059-313 Wait Heat Roll Fusing Short On Time Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
041-365 MCU F12 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694 059-326 Heat Roll Sensor Disconnection Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
041-370 MD TM F3 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694 Chain 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
041-372 MD TM F4 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695 061-310 Video ASIC 1 Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
041-500, 041-501 Write To IOT-ROM Error Detection RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695 061-311 Video ASIC 2 Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Chain 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 061-313 SOS Long Fault Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
042-313 Rear Cooling Fan Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 061-315 SOS Long Fault Black RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
042-320 Drum Motor Fail Y RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697 061-317 SOS Short Fault Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
042-321 Drum Motor Fail M RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698 061-319 SOS Short Fault Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
042-322 Drum Motor Fail C RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699 061-320 Polygon Motor 1 Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
042-323 Drum Motor Fail K RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 061-321 Polygon Motor 2 Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
042-324 IBT Drive Motor Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701 061-323 No SOS Fault Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
042-325 Main Motor Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702 061-325 No SOS Fault Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
042-326 Belt Home Position Too Long RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703 061-326 ROS Connect Fault Y RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
042-327 Belt Position Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704 061-327 ROS Connect Fault Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
042-328 Belt Edge Sensor Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705 061-328 ROS Connect Fault Cyan RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
042-330 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705 061-329 ROS Connect Fault Black RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
042-331 Blower Fan Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706 061-334 ROS Yellow/Magenta VDD Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
042-338 CC Intake Fan Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707 061-335 ROS Black/Cyan VDD Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
042-343 Rear Add Fan Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707 061-336 ROS Yellow/Magenta VDD Down Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
042-600 Belt Walk Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708 061-337 ROS Black/Cyan VDD Down Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
042-601 Belt Edge Learn Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709 061-338 SOS Stop Magenta Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
042-602 Belt Edge Check Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709 061-339 SOS Stop Black Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
042-603 Suction/Ozone Filter Life End Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710 061-340 ROS LD Fault Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
042-642 UFP Filter Life Fail (Hidden Fail) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710 061-341 ROS LD Fault Y RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
043-376 UFP Fan Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 061-342 ROS LD Fault Magenta RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Chain 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 061-343 ROS LD Fault Cyan RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
045-310 Image Ready NG RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 061-348 Polygon Motor 1 Ready Check Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
045-311 Controller Comm Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 061-349 Polygon Motor 2 Ready Check Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
045-312 Driver Connect Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 061-380 ROS Data Fault Y RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
045-314 IOT Sequence Time Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 061-381 ROS Data Fault Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
045-315 Video Line M Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 061-382 ROS Data Fault Cyan RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
045-316 Video Line K Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 061-383 ROS Data Fault Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
045-317 MCU CPLD Serial I/F Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715 061-604 LD Alarm Y RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
045-318 FPGA Config Fault on MCU RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715 061-605 LD Alarm Magenta RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
045-360 CONTIF Fault Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716 061-606 LD Alarm Cyan RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
045-361 CONTIF Fault M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716 061-607 LD Alarm Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
045-362 CONTIF Fault C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717 061-608 Video Line K Hidden Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
045-363 CONTIF Fault K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717 061-609 Video Line M Hidden Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
045-364 IRECT Fault Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718 Chain 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
045-365 IRECT Fault M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718 062-277 IIT-DADF Communication Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
045-366 IRECT Fault C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
045-367 IRECT Fault K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 062-311 IIT Software Logic Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
Chain 47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 062-313 Unexecutable Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
047-210 OCT Offset Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 062-345 IIT EEPROM Fault (IIT) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
047-310 Output Device Communication Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 062-360 Carriage Position Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
047-320 All Tray Broken Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723 062-362 X Hard Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723 062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Chain 057-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724 062-380 AGC Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 34


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
062-386 AOC Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755 075-211 Tray 5 Lift Down Sensor On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
062-389 Carriage Over Run (Scan End) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756 Chain 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
062-393 CCD PWB Sync Signal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756 077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off Jam Straight RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757 077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
062-395 Trans PWB Power Cable Connection Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758 077-107 Fuser Exit Sensor Off Jam Invert RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
062-397 IIT-Cont Video Cable Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758 077-109 IOT Exit Sensor On Jam Straight RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
062-398 IIT-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759 077-111 IOT Exit Sensor On Jam Invert RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
062-399 DADF-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759 077-113 IOT Exit Sensor Off Jam Straight RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 077-115 IOT Exit Sensor Off Jam Invert RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
Chain 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 077-118 Pre Registration In Sensor On (Duplex) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
063-210 Extension EEPROM Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761 077-120 Post 2nd BTR Sensor On JAM RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761 077-121 Post 2nd BTR Sensor Paper On Belt JAM RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
Chain 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762 077-123 Registration In Sensor On Jam (Duplex) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
065-221 CIS AGC Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762 077-129 Duplex In Sensor On Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
065-222 CIS AOC Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763 077-130 Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
065-223 CIS Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764 077-132 Invert In Sensor Off Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
065-224 CIS Device Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764 077-145 Lead Registration Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
065-225 CIS Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 077-168 Invert In Sensor Off Check Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
Chain 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 077-300 Front Cover Interlock Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
071-100 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766 077-301 Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
071-101 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766 077-302 Right Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
071-104 Tray 1 Pre Registration Sensor On Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767 077-303 Transfer Module 2 Interlock Open RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767 077-304 MSI Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768 077-312 Feeder Communication Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
071-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768 077-320 All Feed Tray Broken Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
071-940 Tray 1 LiftUp NG RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 077-909 IOT Static Jam Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
Chain 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 077-911 Paper Size Mismatch, Job Continue RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
072-100 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor On RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770 077-967 APS Paper Type Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
072-101 Feed Out Sensor On RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770 077-968 Paper Type Changed Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
072-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771 Chain 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
072-104 Pre-Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 2) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771 078-101 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
072-105 Registration In Sensor On Jam (Tray 2) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772 Chain 89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772 089-600 Incorrect Fast Scan Positioning Cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
072-211 Tray 2 Size Sensor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773 089-601 Inner MOB Sensor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773 089-602 CENTER MOB Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
Chain 73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774 089-603 OUTER MOB Sensor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
073-100 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor On RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774 089-604 INNER MOB Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
073-101 Tray 3 Misfeed Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 089-605 CENTER MOB Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
073-102 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 089-606 OUTER MOB Sensor Y Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
073-104 Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 3) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 089-607 INNER MOB Sensor M Rough ADJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
073-105 Registration In Sensor On Jam (Tray 3) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 089-608 CENTER MOB Sensor M Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777 089-609 OUTER MOB Sensor M Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
073-211 Tray 3 Size Sensor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777 089-610 INNER MOB Sensor C Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 089-611 CENTER MOB Sensor C Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
Chain 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 089-612 MOB Sensor OUT C Rough ADJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
074-100 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779 089-613 INNER MOB Sensor K Rough ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
074-101 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779 089-614 CENTER MOB Sensor K Rough ADJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
074-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780 089-615 MOB Sensor OUT K Rough ADJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
074-103 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780 089-616 RC Data OverFlow Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
074-104 Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781 089-617 RC Data OverRange Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
074-105 Registration In Sensor On Jam (Tray 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781 089-621 RC Temp Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782 089-639 Lead Registration Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
074-211 Tray 4 Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
074-940 Tray#4 LiftUp NG RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783 Chain 91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
Chain 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783 091-312 Charge K / Preclean HVPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
075-100 Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784 091-313 Drum Cartridge CRUM ASIC Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
075-109 Paper from Tray 5 On Pre Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785 091-320 Charge Scorotron Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
075-135 Regi. In Sensor On Jam (MSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785 091-324, 091-325, 091-326 BCR Y/M/C Line Cut Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
075-210 Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786 091-400 Waste Toner Bottle (Regular) Near Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819

35 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
091-401 Black Drum Cartridge Near End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819 093-409 C Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
091-406 Drum Cartridge K Pre Near Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 093-421 K1 Toner Cartridge Near Empty and the K2 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
091-407 Drum K CRUM Data Trouble Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 093-422 K2 Toner Cartridge Near Empty and the K1 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
091-411 Y Drum Cartridge Near End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821 093-423 Y Toner Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
091-416 Drum Cartridge Y Pre Near Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821 093-424 M Toner Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
091-417 Drum Y CRUM Trouble Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822 093-425 C Toner Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
091-421 M Drum Cartridge Near End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822 093-426, 093-427, 093-428, 093-429, 093-436 Toner K YMC CRUM/DRUM Trouble
091-424 Drum K Life End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823 Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
091-426 Drum Cartridge M Pre Near Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823 093-432, 093-433, 093-434, 093-435 Toner K1, K2, K Near Life End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
091-431 C Drum Cartridge Near End-of-Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824 093-435 Drum/Toner Cartridge Quality Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
091-436 Drum Cartridge C Pre Near Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824 093-600 Dispense Near Broken Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
091-437 Drum C CRUM Trouble Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825 093-601 Dispense Near Broken M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
091-442 Drum Cartridge CRUM Trouble Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825 093-602 Dispense Near Broken C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
091-600 Environment Temperature Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826 093-603 Dispense Near Broken K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
091-601 Environment Humidity Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826 093-912 Toner Empty K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
091-602 BCR AC OUT Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827 093-918 Toner CRUM Comm Fault K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
091-910 Waste Bottle Not Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827 093-924 Toner CRUM Comm Fault K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
091-911 Waste Bottle Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828 093-925 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fault K1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
091-913 Drum Cartridge K Life End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828 093-926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
091-914 Drum K CRUM Comm Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829 093-927 Toner CRUM Comm Fault Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
091-915 Drum K CRUM Data Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829 093-928 Toner CRUM Comm Fault M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
091-916 Drum K CRUM Data Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 093-929 Toner CRUM Comm Fault C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
091-917 Drum Y CRUM Comm Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 093-932 Toner Cartridge Exchange Time Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
091-918 Drum M CRUM Comm Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831 093-933 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fault Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
091-919 Drum C CRUM Comm Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831 093-934 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fault M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
091-920 Drum Y CRUM Data Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832 093-935 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fault C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
091-921 Drum K CRUM Not Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832 093-936 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fault K2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
091-922 Drum M CRUM Data Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 093-937 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
091-923 Drum C CRUM Data Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 093-938 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
091-924 Drum Y CRUM Data Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834 093-939 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
091-925 Drum M CRUM Data Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834 093-940 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
091-926 Drum C CRUM Data Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835 Chain 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
091-927 Drum Y CRUM Not Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835 094-320 1st BTR Retract Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
091-928 Drum M CRUM Not Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836 094-321 1st BTR Contact Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
091-929 Drum C CRUM Not Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836 094-322 2nd BTR Retract Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
Chain 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837 094-323 2nd BTR Contact Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
092-649 ADC Shutter Open Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837 Chain 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
092-650 ADC Shutter Close Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838 102-311 to 102-318 USB Dongle Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
092-651 ADC Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838 102-319 USB Dongle NVM List Setting Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
092-652 ADC Patch Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839 102-356 EWS Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
092-657 ATC Sensor Y Amplitude Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839 102-380 MF UI Cont Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
092-658 ATC Sensor M Amplitude Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 102-381 Data Link Layer Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
092-659 ATC Sensor C Amplitude Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 102-382 Application Layer Command Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
092-660 ATC Sensor K Amplitude Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841 Chain 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
092-661 Environmental Temperature Sensor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841 103-310 SW Option Fail (Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
092-662 Environmental Humidity Sensor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842 103-311 Hybrid (Secure) Water Mark Setting Mismatch RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
092-663 Minisetup ADC Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842 103-312 Hybrid (Secure) Water Mark HW not detected (Side 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
092-665 ATC YMCK Average Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843 103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
Chain 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843 103-314 Possible Prohibited Originals (System Fail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
093-300 Marking Drawer Interlock Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844 Chain 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
093-313 Low Toner Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844 112-700 Puncher Waste Bin Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
093-314 Y Dispense Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845 Chain 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
093-315 Magenta Dispense Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846 116-210 Media Reader Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
093-316 Cyan Dispense Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847 116-211 Media Reader Cable Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
093-317 Black Dispense Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848 116-212 [Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
093-320 Developer Motor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849 116-220 Downloader Initialization Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
093-329 Toner Refill Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 116-310 ssmm Job Log Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
093-407 Y Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
093-408 M Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851 116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 36


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
116-314 Ethernet AddrController Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882 116-379 MCC Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
116-315 Controller RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883 116-380 Controller Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
116-316 Controller RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883 116-381 ABL Initialize Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
116-317 Standard ROM DIMM #1 Check Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 884 116-382 AddrController Book Library Initialization Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
116-318 Expansion ROM DIMM #2 Check Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 884 116-383 PIT Lib Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 116-384 DCS Software Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
116-320 STREAMZ Soft Fatal error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 116-385 IDC Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
116-321 System Software Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886 116-386 Incorrect USB port used for FAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886 116-387 MRC HW Fatal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
116-323 Controller NVRAM W/R Check Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887 116-388 HD Not Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
116-324 Software Exception Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887 116-389 Add-On RAM Not Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
116-325 Controller Fan Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888 116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
116-328 L2 Cache Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888 116-391 Country Code/Territory Code/Paper Size Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
116-329 Serial IF Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 116-392 Machine Code Check Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
116-330 HDD File System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
116-331 Invalid Log Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
116-332 Controller On Board ROM Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 116-395 USB Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
116-333 LocalTalk Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 116-397 AAAmgr Illegal Setting Area Coverage Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
116-336 Redirector HD Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892 116-399 Machine Under Initialization For 10 Minutes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
116-337 SNTP S/W Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892 116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
116-338 JBA S/W Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893 116-701 Memory-Duplex Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
116-339 JBA No HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893 116-702 Print with Substitute Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
116-340 Memory Insufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894 116-703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
116-341 ROM VER Incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894 116-704 Media Reader Not Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
116-342 SESAMi Manager Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895 116-705 Media Reader Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
116-343 Main PWBA IC Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895 116-706 Media Reader: File Attribute Read. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
116-345 TokenRing Board Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896 116-707 Media Reader: Image File Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
116-346 Formatter Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896 116-708 Media Reader: File Attribute Read. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
116-348 Redirector Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897 116-709 Media Reader: Image File Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
116-349 SIF Pflite Function Call Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897 116-710 HP-GL Spool File Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898 116-711 PLW Size/Orientation Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927
116-351 AppleTalk Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898 116-712 Insufficient RAM or HD Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
116-352 NetWare Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899 116-713 HDD Full Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
116-353 HDD Physical Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
116-354 HDD Product Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
116-355 Agent Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
116-356 HDD Format Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901 116-717 MediaLib: Not Execute New Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
116-357 PostScript Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901 116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
116-358 Salutation Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902 116-719 XPIF Parameter Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
116-359 PLW Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902 116-720 PCL Memory Low Page Simplified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
116-360 SMB Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903 116-721 Permission-Print in color (Job modified). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
116-361 Spool Fatal HDD Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903 116-722 Permission-Print in color (24/7 never) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
116-362 SSDP Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904 116-723 Permission-Print Application In Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904 116-724 Permission-Print Application In Simplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
116-364 Timer Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 116-725 HDD Full For Image Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
116-365 Spool Fatal Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 116-726 Permission-Print Application In Color/Simplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
116-366 Report Generator Operation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 116-727 Permission-Print 1-Sided Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 116-728 Permission-Multiple Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
116-368 Dump Print Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907 116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
116-370 XJCL Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907 116-738 Size/Orientation Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
116-372 P-Formatter Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 116-740 Numeric Value Calculation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
116-374 Auto Switch Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 116-742 Max Logo Registered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
116-375 I-Formatter Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
116-376 Port 9100 Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 116-745 ART Command Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
116-377 Video DMA Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 116-746 Selected Form Not Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
116-378 MCR Soft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 116-747 Invalid Page Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941

37 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
116-748 Page Without Image Draw Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 117-361 Billing control data conflict error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
116-749 PostScript Font Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 117-362 USB Dongle Illegal TSC Contract Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
116-750 Banner Sheet cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 117-363 USB Dongle CountUp Mode Setting Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 117-364 Key Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 117-365 Wi-Fi Longdiag Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 117-367 MODE_LOCK_Severe_Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 117-371 System Fail of JobLimits with HCS configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 117-372 Detection of Operating System Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 117-373 User Data Convert Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 117-375 Storage Device Encryption Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 117-376 Encrypted Storage Mount Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 Chain 118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
116-780 Attached Document Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 118-310 IPSEC Internal Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
116-790 Stapling Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 118-311 GCP Soft Fatal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
Chain 117 - 118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 118-312 CSB Soft Fatal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
Chain 117 RAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Chain 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
117-310 WSD Scan S/W Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 121-310 FDI-Accessory Communication Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
117-311 Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Chain 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
117-312 Device Self Test Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 123-207 Comm Manager Target Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
117-316 Contract Manager Software Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
117-317 Contract Manager PPP_contract Finishing Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 123-310 Send Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
117-318 Contract Manager PPP DC Command Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 123-311 Receive Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
117-319 SD Card Program or Font Data Access Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 123-312 EVM Uses Wrong API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
117-320 SD Card HW Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 123-317 Receive Message Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982
117-321 SD Card Invalid Type Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953 123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982
117-322 SD Card Encrypt Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953 123-320 NVM initialized for FCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
117-323 SD Card File Access Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 123-322 Target Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
117-324 SD Card Other Product Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 123-323 Address Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
117-325 Contract Manager RTC Hardware Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955 123-325 Object Creation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
117-326 ESS NVRAM SW Access Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955 123-326 Memory Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985
117-327 ESS NVRAM (SD Card) HW Access Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 123-327 Button Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985
117-328 Detect invalid combination of function for image log Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 123-328 UI Internal I/F Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
117-329 SD Card Not Found Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 123-329 UI Internal I/F Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
117-330 XBDS Soft Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 123-332 I/F Fault (Invalid Parameter CP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
117-331 Uninitialize used HDD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958 123-333 I/F Fault (Impossible Communication). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
117-332 Uninitialize used NVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958 123-337 Frame Data Fault with Invalid Data Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
117-333 Uninitialize used SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 123-338 Frame Data Fault Offset Address Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
117-334 BMLinkS Manager Soft Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 123-339 Display Request Code Invalid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
117-335 Invalid NVM of Convert Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 123-340 Interface Fault GUAM-DM I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
117-336 PCI Option No Support Device Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 123-341 Event Queue Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
117-337 PCIEX Option No Support Device Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 123-342 Event Queue Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
117-338 SD Card Connection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 123-343 Invalid Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991
117-339 NVM Backup Is Not Carried Out Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 123-344 Invalid Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991
117-340 Other HDD Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 123-345 Timer Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
117-341 EP-BB Certificate Sign Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963 123-346 Invalid Timer Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
117-342 Storage device incorrect-exchanged Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963 123-350 One Touch Key Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
117-343 Log Sending Parameter Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 123-352 Sys EEPROM Read Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
117-344 Invalid User Job Type Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 123-353 UI Cable Connect Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
117-345 SSMM Batch Setting Duration Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965 123-354 Decrease in 24V Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
117-347 SEEP Billing Counter Life End Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965 123-355 Decrease in 5V Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
117-348 Uninitialize Used SD CARD Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 123-356 FAX OTK Cable Connect Error (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
117-349 GRS Software Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 123-357 Sys EEPROM Write Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
117-350 Client Scan S/W Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967 123-358 Log EEPROM Write Error (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
117-354 JobLimit System Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967 123-362 No Object (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
117-355 Hard Disk Not Found Fail on Device Using Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968 123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
117-356 JobLimit Estimation System Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968 123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
117-357 TPM Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969 123-370 Interface Length Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
117-358 JAL Software Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969 123-371 Interface Parameter Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999
117-360 Date Limit Exceeding Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970 123-372 Interface Sequence Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 38


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
123-373 Channel Fault (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 124-345 Billing Meter Type Restoration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029
123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 124-346 All Billing CountTypes Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030
123-375 Internal Resource Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001 124-347 Billing CountType Restoration Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030
123-376 Internal Memory Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001 124-348 All Modal Break Points Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1031
123-377 UI Timer Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1002 124-349 Modal Break Point Restoration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1031
123-378 Interface Format Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1002 124-350 CRUM OEM Fault All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
123-379 Dispatch Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003 124-351 CRUM OEM Fault MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
123-380 Copy Interface Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003 124-352 CRUM OEM Fault SYS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1033
123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004 124-353 CRUM OEM Fault SYS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1033
123-382 Scanner Interface Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004 124-354 DC132 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1034
123-383 Report Interface Fault (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1005 124-355 DC132 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1034
123-384 Server Access Fault (HB/FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1005 124-356 Serial No Restoration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1006 124-357 Product No Restoration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1006 124-359 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007 124-360 CRUM Validation Fault All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
123-388 Attribute Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007 124-361 CRUM Validation Fault MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
123-389 Argument Fault (HB/FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008 124-362 CRUM Validation Fault SYS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
123-390 Job Parameter Fault (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008 124-363 CRUM Validation Fault SYS 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038
123-391 Job Execution Argument Fault (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009 124-364 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038
123-392 Auditron Illegal (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009 124-367 IOT Speed Change IOT Model Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
123-393 EP Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010 124-368 Shipping Place Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
123-394 File Access Illegal (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010 124-369 Shipping Place Restoration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
123-395 NVM Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011 124-370 Shipping Place Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
123-396 FF Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011 124-372 IOT sc Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
123-397 MGR Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012 124-373 IOT Manager SW Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012 124-374 IOT IM Device Driver SW Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
123-399 Internal Fault (UI-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013 124-380 CRUM Market Fault All (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fault (UI-Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013 124-381 CRUM Market Fault MCU (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
Chain 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014 124-382 CRUM Market Fault SYS 1 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
124-310 Product No Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014 124-383 CRUM Market Fault SYS 2 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
124-311 Serial No Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015 124-390 CRUM OEM Fault All (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
124-312 Product No Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015 124-391 CRUM OEM Fault MCU (2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
124-313 Serial No Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016 124-392 CRUM OEM Fault SYS 1 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
124-314 IOT Speed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016 124-393 CRUM OEM Fault SYS 2 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
124-315 All IOT Speed Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017 124-701 Output Tray Changed from Side Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
124-316 Product Model Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017 124-704 Folder Tray Changed to Center Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
124-317 All Product Model Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018 124-705 Punching Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
124-318 Product Type For SWKey Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018 124-706 Folding Cancelled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
124-319 All Product Type For SWKey Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019 124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
124-320 EEPROM Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019 124-709 Max Sheet Volume for Stapling Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
124-321 Backup SRAM Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020 Chain 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
124-322 Copy/Scan/Print Disabled Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020 125-311 PSW cont Unexpected Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1050
124-323 Copy/Scan/Print disabled Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021 Chain 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1050
124-324 All Billings Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021 127-210 DFE Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
124-325 Billing Restoration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022 127-211 DFE Parameter Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022 127-312 DFE Video Link Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023 127-313 ESS Video Link Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
124-331 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023 127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
124-332 Contract Data Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1024 127-315 ThinPrint S/W Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
124-334 Standard Font ROM Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1024 127-220 DEF Communication Fault (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
124-335 Font ROM Not Found. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025 127-221 Fax Parameter Value Invalid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
124-337 Controller Standard RAM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025 127-310 Ext Srv. Req Soft Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1055
124-338 Identical Font ROMs Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026 127-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1055
124-339 ROM DIMM From Another Product Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026 127-320 DFE Critical Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1056
124-340 CRUM Market Fault All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027 127-337 Template HD Write Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1056
124-341 CRUM Market Fault MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027 127-342 Job Template Monitor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
124-342 CRUM Market Fault SYS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028 127-353 LPD Soft Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
124-343 CRUM Market Fault SYS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028 127-354 FTP Server Software Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
124-344 All Billings Metertypes Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029 127-396 Mail IO Soft Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058

39 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
127-398 'IPP Soft Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059
127-399 JME Soft Fatal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059
127-700 SIP Registration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1060
Chain 132 - 134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1060
Chain 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1060
132-310, 132-311, 132-312, 132-313 LUI/UI Fail RAPs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
Chain 133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
133-210 Illegal Fax Parameter RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
133-215 Fax USB Device RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
133-220 Fax Control Task RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
133-222 Fax Card does not respond RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
133-225 Fax Address Book Illegal Setting RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
133-226 Country Code RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
133-281 Received unknown message RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
133-282 Fax Card Download RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
133-701 Replacement Character Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
Chain 134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
134-210, 134-211 Fax Fail RAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
Chain 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
500-030 Timer Internal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
500-033 Diag Document Not Detected/Enough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
500-035 Diag Document Invalid Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
500-990 Printing Aborted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
Other Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
OF 1.1 Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1078
OF 1.2 AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1078
OF 1.3 AC Protect Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3/ +5 VDC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
OF 2.4 DADF DC Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
OF 3 Network Job Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
OF 3.1 Network Controller Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
OF 3.2 Status LEDs (On PWBs) Information RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
OF 8.1 Paper Feed Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
OF 9.1 Registration Measuring Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
OF 13-1 Secure Access RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
OF 1 Intermittent Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1088
OF 2 Other Faults RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1088
OF 3 Audible Noise RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 40


Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 1 To n e r C R U M M i s m a t c h R A P
One or more Toner Cartridges are of the wrong type (i.e., a “Sold” cartridge installed in a “metered”
configured machine.
Refer to 001 for more information on the PrimeLink Adaptive Vivid and Vivid + Flourescent Toner
configuration.

Procedure
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
2. Select Supplies.
3. The UI displays Cartridge Error for the mismatched cartridge.
4. Set NVM values:
Before installing or changing an Adaptive Kit or the CMYK toner dispenser assembly, assign the
Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) values for each toner assembly.

CAUTION: Before installing or changing an Adaptive Kit or the CMYK toner dispenser
assembly, assign the Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) values for each toner assembly.
a. At the device control panel, log in as Administrator.
1. Press the Log In/Out button.
2. Type [admin] , then touch Next.
3. Type the administrator password, refer to GP 11, then touch Enter.
b. Press the Machine Status button, then touch the Tools tab.
c. Touch System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance > NVM Read/Write ,
Figure 1.

Figure 1 Select NVM Read/Write


d. To enter the NVM code [762–998], then touch Confirm , the current NVM value appears.
e. In the New Value box, Figure 2, enter the number from the list below for the toner assembly
to be installed, then touch Save.

41 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 001
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
Toner assembly values:
• 0 : Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow
• 1 : Gold, White, Silver, Clear (Vivid)
• 2 : Flo-Black, Flo-Cyan, Flo-Magenta, Flo Yellow (Fluorescent)

Figure 2 New NVM value entry


f. Touch Reboot Now.
5. Perform the RAP corresponding to the color displayed on the UI:
• 093-937 Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
• 093-938 Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
• 093-939 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
• 093-926 Toner K CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
• 093-940 Toner K2 CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 42


001 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 2 - 4 0 0 Pr o Ce s s i n g Pr e v i o u s J o b I n AW P M Fa i l R A P 0 0 2 - 5 0 0 U I S c a n Pa n e l R A P
An error has occurred when the previous Job is being processed at AWPM
Error in CUI scan panel UI detection.
Procedure
1. Stop the job monitoring at the AWPM. Primary Causes
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. IIT being occupied.
3. Perform the job again. 2. Fault is occurring.
3. Service is not CUI.
4. The upper limit number of sheet for XSA.

Procedure
1. Clear all faults listed on the UI.
2. Remove any documents from the IIT.
3. Check for any restrictions due to XSA.
4. Repeat the operation again.

43 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 002-400
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 2 - 7 7 0 I n s u f fi c i e n t H D D C a p a c i t y R A P

Insufficient HDD capacity while processing the job template within a job.

Procedure
1. Delete any possible documents on the hard drive to free up disk space.
2. Enter CE MODE, Accessing UI Diagnostics.
3. Perform dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test.
4. After the machine restarts, and if the fault persists, reenter CE MODE, then perform dC 355 Initi-
alize Hard Disk.
5. If the fault persists, install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 44


002-770 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

003-310 IISS Extended Memory RAP 0 0 3 - 3 1 1 DA D F C D I I / F S o f t w a r e M i s m a t c h R A P

IISS extended memory capacity shortage in spite of [with FaxCard] (below 256MB). After avoiding DADF CDI I/F software mismatch
detection condition of 116-389 at power on, extended memory capacity in document scanning
area below 256MB is detected with DADFsc-detected FaultCode, while FaxCard is mounted. Limita- Procedure
tions at the error occurrence are as follows: Upgrade DADF software to same version as controller.
• PF1.5 DADF, Not usable when this fault occurs. Fax send is performable using platen.
• PF1 DADF, DADF is operable even when this fault occurs. Duplex scanning is conducted with me-
chanical reverse operation.

Procedure
CAUTION: The accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure states
to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering On the
IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered Off and
then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord. Power Off
and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT and accessories.
• If powering Off then ON does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Reinstall the software.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

45 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 1 3 , 0 0 3 - 3 1 4 I I Ts c R A M A c c e s s Fa i l u r e R A P 0 0 3 - 3 1 8 DA D F S o f t w a r e Fa u l t

003-313 When attempting to read/write into the RAM, the IITsc detected that an NG was DADF Software Fault.
returned.
Initial Actions
003-314 When attempting to read/write into the NVRAM, the IITsc detected that an NG was
returned. For a blank UI or if the machine fails to boot correctly go to OF 1.1 Power On.
Refer to OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3 / +5 VDC), OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC) and OF 2.4 DADF
Procedure DC Power to Verify that the DADF LVPS power applied is correct.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
The fault persists. Procedure
Y N • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. 1. Reinstall the software.
Upgrade the software GP 2.
The fault persists. If the fault persists:
Y N
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
2. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, when the UI is completely dark, disconnect the power cord, then let
machine site for at least 5 minutes. Reconnect the power cord, then switch on the machine.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Switch off the machine, then remove and reinstall the Controller RAM DIMM. Switch on the
machine.

CAUTION: When removing and reinstalling the RAM, the main power must be
switched off and the power cord disconnected.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check the installation of the MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Backplane PWB, NVM
PWB, and the IIT Trans PWB connectors and harnesses to make sure that they are installed prop-
erly, then perform the same operation where the error occurred.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new DIMM 4G, PL 3.2 Item 2. Switch on the machine, then perform the same operation
where the error occurred.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 46


003-313, 003-314 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 1 9 DA D F V i d e o D r i v e r D e t e c t i o n Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 3 2 0 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1
Description
DADF Video Driver Detection Fault. An internal processing error occurred in the Controller PWB.
• An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.
Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

47 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-319
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 2 1 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 2 0 0 3 - 3 2 2 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 3
Description Description
• After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the • After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the
IISS (the Sequence No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct). IISS (the Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 48


003-321 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 2 3 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 4 0 0 3 - 3 2 4 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 5
Description Description
• After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the • After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the
IISS (the message length of the sent Message Packet is not correct). IISS (the check code of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

49 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-323
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 2 5 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 6 0 0 3 - 3 2 6 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 7
Description
Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller
Communication Fault 6.) • After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the
IISS (framing error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 50


003-325 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 2 7 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 8 0 0 3 - 3 2 8 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 9
Description After a command was sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the receiving abortion error was detected after the header has been recognized at the IISS).
• After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the
IISS (overrun error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
Procedure
Procedure • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

51 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-327
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 2 9 Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 0 0 0 3 - 3 3 0 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 1
Description Description
• The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. • The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 52


003-329 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 3 1 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 2 0 0 3 - 3 3 2 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 3
Description Description
• The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message • The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of
length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

53 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-331
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 3 3 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 4 0 0 3 - 3 3 4 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 5
Description Description
• The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was • The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error
detected by hardware of the UART.) was detected by hardware of the UART.)

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 54


003-333 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 3 5 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 6 0 0 3 - 3 3 6 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 7
Description Description
• The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error • The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiv-
was detected by hardware of the UART.) ing was detected after the header has been recognized.)

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

55 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-335
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 3 7 I I S S - E S S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 1 8 0 0 3 - 3 3 8 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 1 9
Description
Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller
• After recovering from Power Saver mode, there was no response for a specified time after the Communication Fault 19.)
Power ON command was sent to the IISS.

Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 56


003-337 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 3 9 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 2 0 0 0 3 - 3 4 0 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 2 1
Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller
Communication Fault 20.) Communication Fault 21.)

Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Reinstall the software. 1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists: If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

57 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-339
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 4 1 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 2 2 0 0 3 - 3 4 2 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 2 3
Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller
Communication Fault 22.) Communication Fault 23.)

Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Reinstall the software. 1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists: If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 58


003-341 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 4 3 DA D F - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 2 4 0 0 3 - 3 4 4 Po w e r O n H o t l i n e Fa u l t
This status code is displayed for a power on hotline Fault.
Controller PWB detected a communication Fault between DADF and Controller. (DADF-Controller
Communication Fault 24.) Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: 1. Reinstall the software.

1. Reinstall the software. If the fault persists:

If the fault persists: 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

59 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-343
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 3 4 5 X P I O U n m a t c h Fa u l t 1 0 0 3 - 3 4 6 X P I O U n m a tc h Fa u l t 1
X PIO Unmatch Fault 1. An abnormality with the X hot line was detected when an X job Fault was X PIO Mismatch Fault 2. An abnormality with the X hot line was detected when DADF image deliv-
received from the DADF. ered was received from the DADF.

Procedure Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Reinstall the software. 1. Reinstall the software.
If the fault persists: If the fault persists:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 60


003-345 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 3 4 7 , 0 0 3 - 3 4 8 I I Ts c S D Ca r d / H D D A c c e s s Fa i l u r e 0 0 3 - 7 0 0 Re t u r n e d a l o t o f D o c u m e n t s e r r o r
003-347 When attempting to read/write into the SD Card, the IITsc detected that an NG was Description
returned.
• When the originals are ejected due to a Jam, etc., it was detected that the number of ejected
003-348 When attempting to read from/write into the Hard Disk, the IITsc detected that an NG originals is more than the number that was taken in.
was returned.
Procedure
Procedure • Check the output, reload the originals that were not copied yet and start again.

Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.


The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Upgrade the software GP 2.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, when the UI is completely dark, disconnect the power cord, then let
machine site for at least 5 minutes. Reconnect the power cord, then switch on the machine.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Switch off the machine, then remove and reinstall the Controller RAM DIMM. Switch on the
machine.

CAUTION: When removing and reinstalling the RAM, the main power must be
switched off.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check the installation of the MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Backplane PWB, NVM
PWB, and the IIT Trans PWB connectors and harnControlleres to make sure that they are installed
properly, then perform the same operation where the error occurred.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new DIMM 4G, PL 3.2 Item 2. Switch on the machine, then perform the same operation
where the error occurred.
The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

61 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-347, 003-348
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

00 3 - 7 0 1 D u p l ic at i o n pr e ve n t io n c o d e d e t ec t 0 0 3 - 7 0 2 D i f fe r e n t m a g n i fi c a t i o n , fo r s u r fa c e a n d b a c k o f a
Description document
• When the document was scanned, the HWM Detection H/W detected copy restriction codes in Different magnification, for surface and back of a document
the document.
Primary Causes
Procedure
In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as
• Use a document which does not have any copy restriction codes embedded.
apply different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document.
If the fault persists, perform the following procedure to correct it.
Detection error due to Hybrid Watermark Board failure. Procedure
Replace the Hybrid Watermark Board. • Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1)
and the back (side 2) of the document.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 62


003-701 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 7 0 3 A u t o Co l o r Co r r e c t i o n Pa t c h Po s i t i o n Fa i l 0 0 3 - 7 0 4 Co l o r Co r r e c t i o n Va l u e D i f fe r e n c e Fa i l
Auto Color Correction Patch Position Fail Color Correction Value Difference Fail
Color Correction Patch position error during 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan. Color correction color difference error during 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan.

Primary Causes Primary Causes


• - When the position check patch could not be detected. • When the value of the 14 Shades patch for each color of the scanned color correction pattern is
(Either the paper is small, the paper orientation is SEF, the document side 1 and side 2 is abnormal or when a color difference error of the correction value was detected.
swapped, something other than the color correction chart is loaded, or etc.).
Procedure
- When 2 or more sheets of documents are loaded.
• Check whether the 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Correction Chart is loaded correctly.
- When the [Start] button is pressed when no document is loaded.

Procedure
• Load the 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Correction Chart correctly.

63 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-703
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 7 0 5 Pa p e r S i z e M i s m a tc h o f t h e E n e r g y S a v i n g Re t u r n Fa i l 0 0 3 - 7 0 6 L a s t D o c F i x W i t h o u t Pe r fe c t B i n d B o d y Pa g e
Paper Size Mismatch of the Energy Saving Return Fail Description
A Paper Size mismatch error when returning from Energy Saver mode. • When it was confirmed that there is no next document even before scanning the body page dur-
ing Perfect Bind.
Primary Causes <Examples of conceivable occurrence cases>
• When the Paper Size was changed in the middle of Energy Saver mode (partial sleep) and, upon -No next document was confirmed due to timeout of Auto Resume Timer (including the wait for
returning from the Energy Saver mode, a Copy Job (tray specification) was performed before addition of cover pages)
the change in Tray Size was detected. -The no next document button was selected after the separator scan before scanning the body
Procedure -No next document was confirmed as the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets had been
exceeded
• Cancel the job and then retry/reset the Job.
Procedure
• Perform the copy again while making sure that the body pages are scanned properly.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 64


003-705 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 7 5 0 B o o k D u p l e x - I n s u f fi c i e n t D o c s 0 0 3 - 7 5 1 U n d e r PA N T H E R C a p a c i t y ( S c a n )
Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs. Insufficient original sheets for a duplex book. Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan). Was below the PANTHER capacity in the Scan service (DADF sc).

Procedure Procedure
• Change the parameters and repeat the operation. If the problem continues, Power Off and then • Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area (Width MM. x Length MM.).
On.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
Software Mismatch. Reinstall the software
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

65 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-750
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 7 5 2 6 0 0 d p i C a n n o t B e S c a n n e d ( DA D F ) 0 0 3 - 7 53 Can no t s c an o ve r 3 0 0 DP I
This status code is displayed if 600dpi cannot be scanned (DADF). Description
• The 300 dpi resolution or more which cannot be scanned was detected after the DADF Mixed
Procedure 2-Sided Mode job is accepted.
• Perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: Procedure
• Perform scanning at 200 dpi or lower resolution, or specify a job to scan with NON-MIX mode.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 66


003-752 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 7 5 4 S 2 X r e c o v e ra b l e e r r o r 003-755 S2X command error


Description Description
• A recoverable error was notified from S2X. • The S2X returned a command error.

Procedure Procedure
• Execute the same job again. • Execute the same job again.

67 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-754
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

003-756 S2X command error 0 0 3 - 7 57 Can no t s c an o ve r 4 0 0 DP I


All documents detected as blank paper at FAX Blank Detection. Description
Primary Causes • The 400 dpi resolution or more which cannot be scanned was detected after the DADF Mixed
2-Sided Mode job is accepted.
• All scanned documents were detected as blank paper at Blank Detection.
Procedure
Procedure • Perform scanning at 300 dpi or lower resolution, or specify a job to scan with NON-MIX mode.
• Check whether the documents are blank or inside out and execute the same job again. Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 68


003-756 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 7 6 0 S c a n S e t t i n g s Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 7 6 1 I n c o r r e c t Pa p e r Tra y S i z e
Scan Settings Fault. Read settings were incorrect. Description
• When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in APS, the paper size is dif-
Procedure ferent from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.
1. Abort the job. change the parameters, then repeat the operation.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
3. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2. • Change the job activation parameters such as Tray No., Paper Size, and repeat the operation.

69 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-760
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 7 6 3 A d j u s t m e n t C h a r t N o t Fo u n d 0 0 3 - 7 6 4 D o c u m e n t i n s u f fi c i e n t ( i m a g e o v e r l a y )
Adjustment Chart Not Found. Error reading the contrast correction chart. Description
• During Image Overlay, only 1 page can be stored (single sheet document).
Procedure
This occurs in B/W machines and does not occur in Color machines
• Place the auto gradation adjustment chart properly and retry.
– If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: Procedure
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. • Abort job automatically.

2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.


3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 70


003-763 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 7 8 0 S c a n I m a g e Co m p r e s s i o n Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 7 9 5 A M S L i m i t Fa u l t
Scan Image Compression Fault. Read image Compression error. AMS Limit Fault. When using the automatic magnification specification (AMS) it was outside the
magnification range (25% ~ 400%) after the original was automatically detected.
Procedure
• Abort the job. change the scan resolution parameters and repeat the operation. Procedure
• Abort the job. change the parameters and repeat the operation.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.

3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

71 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-780
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 1 0 Pe r fe c t B i n d Co v e r D o c Co u n t O v e r 0 0 3 - 9 1 3 D o c u m e n t S i z e E r r o r ( W i t h o u t A b i l i t y fo r A u t o D e t e c t )
Description Description
• When the required number of cover pages had been scanned, • When using IIT/DADF without ability for auto detect, and virtual original size prohibition func-
1. A next document still exists at the DADF tion is selected
2. A document that was specified for Duplex Scan only had its Side 1 scanned Procedure
3. 2 Sided Scan was instructed at Platen Book Copying, but only 1 side was scanned • Enter the appropriate value for original size.
Procedure
• As the scanning for cover page was forcibly ended, you can continue by starting the scan for the
middle documents.
To end, press <C>.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 72


003-910 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 1 5 DA D F M u l t i Fe e d D e t e c t i o n S e n s o r B r o ke n / 0 0 3 - 9 30 Can no t s c an o ve r 3 0 0 DP I
Disconnected For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.
Description Primary Causes
• When a DADF Job is active and Multi-Feed Detection is available, the DADF detected 005-600 • Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
(DADF Multi-Feed Detection - Error Fail) or 005-601 (DADF Multi-Feed Detection - AMP Not Con- document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
nected Fail)
(During detection, IITsc is changed to 003-915 and issued) Procedure
• Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.
Procedure
• If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Select [Resume Job (no DADF multi-feed)] or [Delete Job] (same operation as user actions).

73 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-915
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

00 3 - 9 3 1 Ca n n o t s c an o ve r 40 0 D P I 0 0 3 -9 32 Can not s c an 6 0 0D PI
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available. For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.

Primary Causes Primary Causes


• Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 • Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

Procedure Procedure
• Operate for scanning at below 400dpi. • Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.
• If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 74


003-931 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

00 3 - 9 3 3 N e xt Do cu me n t s Can n o t s c a n o ve r 3 0 0 DP I 0 0 3 -9 34 N ex t D oc um en ts Ca nnot sc an over 4 00 D PI


For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next
next document exists). document exists).

Primary Causes Primary Causes


• Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 • Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

Procedure Procedure
• Operate for scanning at below 300dpi. • Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
• If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

75 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-933
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

00 3 - 9 3 5 N e xt Do cu me n t s Can n o t s c a n o ve r 6 0 0 DP I 0 0 3 - 9 4 0 I n s u f fi c i e n t M e m o r y Fa u l t
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next document This status code is displayed if the DAM Memory is insufficient.
exists).
Procedure
Primary Causes Cancel the job
• Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 • Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. again.
Procedure • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Operate for scanning at below 600dpi. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
• If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 76


003-935 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 4 1 Pa g e m e m o r y i n s u f fi c i e n t 0 0 3 - 9 4 2 D o c u m e n t S i z e Fa u l t
A shortage of page memory Document Size Fault. The size of the original could not be automatically recognized.

Primary Causes Procedure


• There is not enough page memory to store the image. • Enter the appropriate value for the document size.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
Procedure
• Change the parameter(s) and operate again. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
• If the fault persists, check that the page memory is installed and turn OFF then ON the power. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

77 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-941
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 4 4 I m a g e Re p e a t Co u n t Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 4 6 A P S I m a g e Ro t a t i o n Fa u l t
Image Repeat Count Fault. The image repeat count was incorrect, so images have been omitted. Copy Vertical/Horizontal Difference (APS). Without rotation the image would be truncated, but a
paper size that cannot be rotated was selected.
Procedure
• Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation. Procedure
• Select an appropriate paper tray manually.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.

3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 78


003-944 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 4 7 Re p l a c e d O r i g i n a l Co u n t Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 4 8 Re p l a c e d O r i g i n a l M i s m a t c h
Replaced Original Count Fault. The number of original sheets replaced by the user is less than the Replaced Original Mismatch. The originals that have been put into position are different (original
number of sheets originally put into position. size, direction, or ACS color mode) from those before the replacement.

Procedure Procedure
• Reload the correct number of documents. • Return a document with the correct size again.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

79 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-947
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

00 3 - 9 5 1 1 j o b m ax p a ge o ve r 0 0 3 - 9 5 2 Re t u r n D o c u m e n t s C o l o r M i s m a t c h
Stored pages limit for a job exceeded Return Documents Color mismatch. The originals were replaced but the color of the originals re-
placed by the user was different.
Primary Causes
• The number of pages that can be scanned for a job is exceeded. Procedure
• Return a document with the correct color again.
Procedure • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 80


003-951 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

003-955 Documents size exchange error 0 0 3 - 9 5 6 D o c u m e n t s S i z e Fa u l t


Description Documents Size Unknown Fault. The platen was selected and the size of the original cannot be
specified (only applies to APS).
• When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/ori-
entation from the initial document was detected.
Procedure
– Only Image Overlay has the function that inhibits different sizes during document added. • Enter a document size from the Panel or select a tray.
Procedure • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• Reload the document. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

81 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-955
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 6 3 A P S Tra y Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 6 5 AT S / A P S N o Pa p e r
This is an Auto Paper Select fault. One of the following conditions exist: ATS/APS No Paper. There is no paper in the trays that can be selected with APS.
• There is no APS tray that can supply paper without truncating the image.· The image is larger
than A3 or 17".
Initial Actions
• A tray other than TTM is not set up for APS and the image is larger than A4 or letter.· Enter the System Admin mode. (press the Log In/Out button, enter the user name and the pass-
word. Defaults are admin and 1111 ). Select System Settings / System Settings / Common Set-
• All trays set up for APS are broken. tings / Paper Tray Settings / Paper Type Priority. Verify that the paper trays are not all set to Auto
• All trays that could be set up for APS are not set up that way. Paper Off.
• All trays have an irregular specification.
Procedure
• All trays have the color attribute and the copies are black-and-white. • Add paper.
• All trays have the black-and-white attribute and the copies are color. • If the problem occurs frequently, check the No Paper Sensor of the tray.
Initial Actions • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
Enter the System Administrator mode (press Log In/Out , enter user name - admin and the default 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
password - 1111 ) and follow this path:
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
• System Settings
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
• System Settings
• Common Settings
• Paper Tray Settings
• Paper Type Priority
Verify that the paper trays are not all set to Auto Paper Off.

Procedure
Select the tray and retry.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 82


003-963 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 6 6 AT S / A P S D e s t i n a t i o n Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 6 7 DA D F A P S N o D e s t i n a t i o n
ATS/APS No Destination Fault. There are no trays that can be selected with APS. Description
• The detected paper size is not in the Tray.
Procedure
• Change the setting and retry. Procedure
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: 1. Either load the paper size that is displayed on the Panel into the Tray or select a Tray that con-
tains the desired paper size.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. In the case where an A4SEF document was misdetected to be a Letter document, first cancel
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. the job, set the DADF Document Guide properly to both sides of the scanned document and
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. then operate again.

83 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-966
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 6 8 P u n c h Po s i t i o n Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 6 9 P u n c h S i z e Fa u l t
Punch Position Fault. It is not possible to punch at the selected location. Punch Size Fault. It is not possible to punch with the selected paper size.

Procedure Procedure
• Specify an appropriate punch position, clear Punching or cancel Punch, and execute the job • Clear Punching and retry.
again.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 84


003-968 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 7 0 FA X L i n e M e m o r y O v e r f l o w 0 0 3 - 9 7 1 Pr e v e n t i o n Co d e D e t e c t w i t h t h e R i g h t t o Ca n c e l
The number of FAX slow-scan lines is over. Copy restriction codes detected in document to be copied (for users who has the permission to tem-
porarily clear the detection)
Primary Causes
• The number of slow-scan lines has exceeded the upper limit due to Fax parallel composition, Primary Causes
long- document enlargement, etc. • When job scan was executed by a user who has the permission to temporarily clear the copy re-
striction code detection, copy restriction codes were detected in the document.
Procedure
• Press the Continue button to store data up to the memory capacity and continue scanning the Procedure
next document, or, press the Cancel button to abort the job. • Because this document cannot be copied, press the [Cancel] or [Continue] button on the panel.
• Switch off, then SWITCH on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, check the installation of
the page memory.

85 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-970
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 7 2 S t o r e d Pa g e O v e r f l o w 0 0 3 - 9 7 3 I m a g e Ro ta t i o n Fa u l t
Maximum Stored Page Over Flow. The number of original sheets exceeded the maximum number The directions of the original and the image are different, and the image would be truncated if it
of sheets that can be stored. isn't rotated, but it isn't possible to rotate.

Procedure Procedure
• Keep the qty of docs within the max qty of docs to be stored. • Start, leaving the condition as it is, or cancel the job.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 86


003-972 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 7 4 N e x t O r i g i n a l S p e c i fi c a t i o n 0 0 3 - 9 7 6 FA X L i n e M e m o r y O v e r f l o w ( N u p )
Next Original Specification. All the originals that were put into position have been scanned. No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.

Procedure Primary Causes


• Decide whether there is another document. • The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: as Fax parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents.
Or Page Memory is full.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. Procedure
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. • press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun
the job.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, check the installation of the
page memory.

87 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-974
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

003-977 D ocum ent M ism atch (Multi S can) 0 0 3 - 9 7 8 Co l o r D o c u m e n t M i s m a t c h ( M u l t i S c a n )


Document Mismatch (Multi Scan). The originals were replaced during consecutive page copying or Color Document Mismatch (Multi Scan).
duplex book scanning.
1. The originals were replaced during consecutive page copying, or ‘as book’, or during poster
Procedure scanning.
• Reload a correct size document and resume operation. 2. In a multi-scan job on the platen (consecutive page copying, ‘as book’, or poster), there was mo-
tion that accompanied the replacement of the originals, and the user replaced originals with a
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
different size from before, or replaced originals with a different color for ACS.
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
Procedure
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
• Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 88


003-977 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 3 - 9 8 0 S ta p l e Po s i t i o n Fa u l t 0 0 3 - 9 8 1 S t a p l e S i z e Fa u l t
Staple Position Fault. It is not possible to staple at the specified location. Staple Size Fault. It is not possible to staple with the selected paper size.

Procedure Procedure
• Specify a Staple position again, change the setting, or cancel Staple, and execute the same job • Specify a Staple position again, change the setting, or cancel Staple, and execute the same job
again. again.
• If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following: • If powering Off then On does not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB. 1. Check the connection between the DADF PWB and Controller PWB.
2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. 2. Install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

89 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 003-980
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 3 - 9 8 2 I I Ts c H D D a c c e s s e r r o r
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.

Procedure
1. Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, then repeat the
operation.
2. Expand the HDD partition size of the Copy service.
3. If the fault persists, install a new HDD Assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 90


003-982 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 1 2 1 DA D F Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n J a m 0 0 5 - 1 2 2 DA D F S i m p l e x / S i d e 1 DA D F Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r
On Jam
DADF Feed Out Sensor On Jam
• The Feed Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start of pre-feed. DADF Simplex/Side 1 DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam.
• In the duplex case, the Feed Sensor did not detect the original within a given time after the start 1. The DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not come on within a given time after the Feed Sensor
of the first feed operation (Feed Motor On (CW)). came on for the first original.
Procedure 2. The DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start of the
Refer to the following procedures as required: pre-registration operation for the second or later original.

• GP 20, How to Check Motor. Procedure


• GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. Refer to the following procedures as required:

Check the following: • GP 20, How to Check a Motor.


• GP 21, How to Check a Sensor.
1. Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path.
2. The surface of the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, and Retard Roll for foreign substances or wear. Check the following:

3. The DADF Feed Out Sensor (dC330, code [005-205]) for operation failure, PL 5.9 Item 2. • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper.

4. The DADF Feed Motor (dC330, code [005-004]) for operation failure, PL 5.5 Item 1. • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec/improperly loaded document.

5. The Nudger Roll for Nip operation failure. • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation.

6. The Drive Gear for wear and damage. • Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation.

7. The Timing Belt for skipped teeth and improper Belt tension. • DADF Pre Regi Sensor (DC330 [005-206]) for operation failure, PL 5.9 Item 2.

8. The amount of grease at the Pulley and Gear. • DADF Feed Motor (DC330 [005-004]) for operation failure, PL 5.5 Item 1.

9. If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. • DADF Pre Regi Motor (DC330 [005-013]) for operation failure, PL 5.10 Item 1.
• DADF Takeaway Clutch (DC330 [005-087]) for operation failure, PL 5.10 Item 6.
• Drive gears for wear/breakage.
• The Timing Belt for skipped teeth and improper Belt tension.
• The amount of grease at the Pulley and Gear.
• Feed Clutch for an improper operation.
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

91 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-121
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 1 2 3 DA D F S i m p l e x / S i d e 1 R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m 0 0 5 - 1 2 4 DA D F L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m

DADF Simplex/Side 1 Registration Sensor On Jam. The Registration Sensor did not come on within a DADF Lead Registration Sensor On Jam. The Lead Registration Sensor did not come on within a giv-
given time after the DADF Pre Registration Sensor came on. en time after the start of reading (Registration motor On).

Procedure Procedure
1. Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path. Check the following:
2. The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Pre Regi Roll for foreign substances. • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
3. The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Pre Regi Roll for wear. • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
4. The DADF Regi Sensor (DC330 [005-110]) for operation failure, PL 5.9 Item 2. • Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
5. The DADF Pre Regi Sensor (DC330 [005-206]) for operation failure, PL 5.9 Item 2. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
6. The DADF Pre Regi Motor (DC330 [005-013]) for operation failure, PL 5.10 Item 1. • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
7. The DADF Takeaway Clutch (DC330 [005-087]) for operation failure, PL 5.10 Item 6. – Lead Registration Sensor P/J 779-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B8
8. The Drive Gear for wear and damage. – Lead Registration Sensor P/J 779-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B9
9. The Timing Belt for skipped teeth and improper Belt tension. – Lead Registration Sensor P/J 779-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B7
10. The amount of grease at the Pulley and Gear. • If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
11. If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 92


005-123 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 1 2 5 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O f f J a m 0 0 5 - 1 2 6 DA D F P l a t e n E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m

DADF Registration Sensor Off Jam. The Lead Registration Sensor did not turn off within a given DADF Platen Exit Sensor On Jam. The Out Sensor did not come on within a given time after the
time after the start of reading (Registration Motor On). start of reading (Registration Motor On).

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document
• Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
– DADF Registration Sensor P/J 776-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A8 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– DADF Registration Sensor P/J 776-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A9 – Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B5
– DADF Registration Sensor P/J 776-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A7 – Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B6
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3. – Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B4
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

93 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-125
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 1 2 7 DA D F P l a t e n E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m 0 0 5 - 1 2 8 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r 1 O n J a m ( S i m p l e x M o d e )
DADF Platen Exit Sensor Off Jam. The Platen Exit Sensor did not turn off within a given time after DADF Exit Sensor 1 On Jam (Simplex Mode). In simplex mode, Exit Sensor #1 did not come on with-
the Registration Sensor turned off. in a given time after the Out Sensor turned off.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) • Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B5 – DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A2
– Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B6 – DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A3
– Platen Exit Sensor P/J 778-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-B4 – DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A1
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 94


005-127 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 1 2 9 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r 1 O f f J a m ( S i m p l e x M o d e ) 0 0 5 - 1 4 1 DA D F Fe e d S e n s o r O f f J a m

DADF Exit Sensor 1 Off Jam (Simplex Mode). In simplex mode, Exit Sensor 1 did not turn off within
DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam. The DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned off before the Feed Sensor
a given time after the Platen Exit Sensor turned off.
turned off.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following:
Check the following:
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check if any out-of-spec doc was transported.
• No.1 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• Exit Area for a foreign object/the deformed Static Elimination Brush
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J -2763 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A8
• Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A9
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A7
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-2 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A2
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-1 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A3
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J 774-3 to DADF PWB P/J 757-A1
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

95 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-129
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 1 4 4 DA D F DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m 0 0 5 - 1 4 6 DA D F DA D F Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m

DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam. The DADF Pre Registration Sensor came on before a DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam. The DADF Pre Registration Sensor came on before a
given time due to original skew. given time due to original skew.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check if the document guides are properly set. • Check if the document guides are properly set.
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Nudger Roll for uniform contact with the tray loaded with documents. • Nudger Roll for uniform contact with the tray loaded with documents.
• Feed Roll/Retard Roll for uniform contact with the document. • Feed Roll/Retard Roll for uniform contact with the document.
• Check for any damaged/curled/out-of-spec/improperly loaded doc. • Check for any damaged/curled/out-of-spec/improperly loaded doc.
• Check for an out-of-spec combination of sizes (Mixed Sizes) • Check for an out-of-spec combination of sizes (Mixed Sizes)
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-2 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A8 – DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-2 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A8
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-1 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A9 – DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-1 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A9
– DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-3 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A7 – DADF DADF Pre Registration Sensor P/J 763-3 to DADF PWB P/J 754-A7
• If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 96


005-144 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 1 5 3 DA D F Le a d Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O f f J a m ( Pe r fo ra t e d 0 0 5 - 1 6 0 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa u l t ( D o c u m e n t S e t ) ( W i t h i n J o b )
Original Mode)
DADF Tray Lift Up Fault (Document Set) (Within Job). The originals were put into position and the
Stack Height sensor did not come on within a given time after the tray began rising. Or, it was de-
DADF lead registration sensor off jam (perforated original mode). In perforated original mode, the
tected that the Bottom Sensor did not turn off. (Detected during run, stop, or purge.).
lead registration sensor did not turn off within a given time after the sensor came on.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears.
• Check the hole (not the center, the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at the doc TE The gears rotate with no load.
is within 19mm from the doc TE. Y N
• Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-207] to activate Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
the DADF lead registration sensor. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-086]. Select Start.
• If the DADF lead registration sensor fails, install a new DADF lead registration sensor, PL 5.9 The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.)
Item 4. Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK On +24VDC circuit to the DADF
PWB.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 758 from the DADF PWB.
Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector
J758.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF Tray Motor Assembly, PL 5.5.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-203] (DADF Stack
Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Tray Full Sensor, PL 12.2.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-202] (DADF Bottom
Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor, PL 5.6.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

97 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-153
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

005-194 S iz e M ism atch Ja m on Slow S can M ix S iz e 0 0 5 - 1 9 6 S i z e M i s m a tc h J a m o n N o M i x S i z e


Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size. ‘Secondary scan mix’ was specified and it was detected Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size. It was detected that the second or later original sheet had a dif-
that the size in the main scan direction was different from the width of the originals guide. ferent size from that of the first original.

Procedure Procedure
Follow the instructions on the UI. Follow the instructions on the UI. If the originals are all the same size, or if this fault is declared dur-
ing a single-original copy job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 98


005-194 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 1 9 7 Pr o h i b i t Co m b i n e S i z e J a m 0 0 5 - 1 9 8 To o S h o r t S i z e J a m
Prohibit Combine Size Jam. A size that does not allow combining was detected. Too Short Size Jam. The originals could not be transported because the length was too short in the
secondary scan direction. (When the leading edge of the original reached the DADF Pre Registration
Procedure Sensor the trailing edge had already passed the Feed Sensor.).
Follow the instructions on the UI.
Procedure
Check the size of the doc the user ran. If it is within the allowable DADF paper transport length
[min. size=A5 (140mmx210mm)], check the following:
dC330 code [005-206] DADF Pre Registration Sensor, PL 5.9.
dC330 code [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor 1/2, PL 5.8.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

99 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-197
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 1 9 9 To o Lo n g S i z e J a m 0 0 5 - 2 1 0 DA D F D o w n l o a d Fa i l
When the IISS starts up (Power ON/Sleep recovery), it was detected that the DADF is in Download
Too Long Size Jam. Originals were detected that were longer than the secondary scan length that Mode.
the DADF can transport.
Cause/Action
• Simplex mode: 670.0 mm or more.
Perform the DADF software download.
• Duplex mode: 477.4 mm or more.

Procedure
Check the size of the doc the user ran. If it is within the allowable DADF paper transport length,
check the following:
dC330 [005-206] DADF Pre Registration Sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
dC330 [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor 1/2, PL 5.9 Item 2.
If the fault persists, replace DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 100


005-199 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 2 1 2 B o t t o m S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa i l 0 0 5 - 2 7 5 DA D F R A M Fa u l t
When the IISS starts up (Power ON/Sleep recovery), it was detected that the DADF is in Download
Mode. DADF RAM Fault. An error was detected in the DADF PWB RAM. (Checked when power is switched
on.).
Cause/Action
Perform the DADF software download. Procedure
If switching the Machine Off then On does not resolve the problem, install a new DADF PWB, PL
5.3.

101 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-212
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 2 8 0 DA D F E E P R O M Fa u l t 0 0 5 - 2 8 1 DA D F Tra y L i f t D o w n Fa u l t
DADF EEPROM Fault. A write error to DADF EEPROM or a communication error with EEPROM was DADF Tray Lift Down Fault. The Bottom Sensor did not come on within a given time after the DADF
detected. tray began to lower.
Procedure Initial Actions
If switching the Machine Off then On does not resolve the problem, replace DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Check that there is no foreign object under the Tray.

Procedure
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears.
The gears rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Down operation.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-091]. Select Start.
The Tray Motor rotates. (Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK On +24VDC circuit to J753-1
on the DADF PWB.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 758 from the DADF PWB.
Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector
J758.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF Tray Motor Assembly, PL 5.5.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-202] (DADF Bottom
Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor, PL 5.6.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 102


005-280 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 2 8 2 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa u l t ( N o D o c u m e n t ) 0 0 5 - 2 8 3 DA D F S t a c k H e i g h t S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa u l t

DADF Tray Lift Up Fault (No Document). During the initializing movement when no document had DADF Stack Height Sensor Logic Fault.
been put into position, the Bottom Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the tray began
to rise. Procedure
No corrective action is required, for information only.
Procedure
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears.
The gears rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-086]. Select Start.
The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 758-1 on the DADF PWB (+) and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK On +24VDC circuit to P/J 753-1
on the DADF PWB.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 758 from DADF PWB.
Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector P/J
758.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF Tray Motor Assembly, PL 5.5.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-203] (DADF Stack
Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF Stack Height Sensor.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-202] (DADF Bottom
Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor, PL 5.5.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

103 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-282
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 2 8 4 DA D F A P S S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa u l t 0 0 5 - 3 0 5 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n ( R u n )

DADF APS Sensor Logic Fault. There is a logical inconsistency among the outputs of APS Sensors 1 ~
3. DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Run). During a DADF operation the Feeder Cover Interlock
opened.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, then check the following sensors. Procedure
If any of the sensors exhibits a problem, troubleshoot that sensor, Perform GP 21, How to Check a Manually close the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch.
Sensor, to troubleshoot the sensor. If none of the sensors have a problem, install a new DADF PWB,
PL 5.3. 005-305 has disappeared. (005-308 appears.)
Y N
dC330 [005-218] DADF APS Sensor 1, PL 5.9 Item 2. +24VDC is measured between P/J 753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
dC330 [005-219] DADF APS Sensor 2, PL 5.9 Item 2. +24VDC is measured between Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1-1(+) and GND (-).
dC330 [005-220] DADF APS Sensor 3, PL 5.9 Item 2. Y N
+24VDC is measured between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F2-2 (+) and
GND (-).
Y N
+24 VDC is measured at P/J 753-2 on the DADF PWB.
Y N
+24 VDC is measured at P/J 755 (pins A10-A14 and B1-B4) on the
DADF PWB.
Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit through the DADF PWB, to the IIT
+24 V LVPS, PL 1.3. Check for a blown Fuse (F1000 on the
DADF PWB), open wire, short, or poor contact. Refer to, OF 2.4
DADF DC Power RAP.
Replace:
• Fuse F1 on the DADF PWB.
• DADF PWB.
Check the circuit between P/J 753-2 on the DADF PWB and the Feeder Cov-
er Interlock Switch F2-2 for an open wire, short or poor contact.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF Cover Interlock Switch, PL 5.7.
Check the circuit between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1-1 and P/J 753-1 on the
DADF PWB for an open wire, short or poor contact.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
The problem is a misalignment between the DADF Feeder Cover and the Switch. Check for a bent
Feeder Cover actuator and/or an improperly positioned Switch.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 104


005-284 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 3 0 9 DA D F L / H C o v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n ( R u n ) 0 0 5 - 5 0 0 W r i t e t o DA D F - R O M e r r o r d e t e c t i o n ( D u r i n g D L D
method)
DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Run). During a DADF operation the L/H Interlock opened.
Description
Procedure • An error was detected when writing data to the DADF-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly.
The Sensor actuator has operated properly. Procedure
Y N • Retry job. If retry failed, replace the DADF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD meth-
Check for the following: od again.
• Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover
• Foreign objects.
• Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator
Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 755-A2 (+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the circuit between P/J 786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and P/J 755-A2 on the
DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 786-1 (+) and -3 (-) of L/H Cover Interlock Sensor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J 755-A3 (+) and -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
Check the circuits each between P/J 755-A3 on the DADF PWB and P/J 786-1 of the L/H Cover
Interlock Sensor, and between P/J 755-A1 on the DADF PWB and P/J 786-3 of the L/H Cover
Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
If the fault persists, install a new L/H Cover Interlock Sensor, PL 5.7.

105 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-309
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 9 0 5 , 9 0 6 DA D F Fe e d I n / O u t S e n s o r S ta t i c J a m 0 0 5 - 9 0 7 , 9 2 0 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n / S k e w D e t e c t S e n s o r S t a t i c
Jam
005-905 The DADF feed in sensor 1/2 went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed BSD 5.6 DADF Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
or platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.
005-907 The DADF pre registration sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock
005-906 The DADF feed out sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed or closed or platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.
platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.
005-920 The DADF skew detect sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock
Procedure closed or platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.
Check the following:
Procedure
1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. Check the following:
2. Verify correct sensor installation.
1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
2. Verify proper sensor installation.
• DADF feed in sensor 1 J120-2 to DADF PWB J762-2
3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• DADF feed in sensor 2 J121-2 to DADF PWB J762-5
• DADF pre registration sensor J 105-1 to DADF PWB J 753-A15
• DADF feed out sensor J112-2 to DADF PWB J754-5
• DADF pre registration sensor J 105-3 to DADF PWB J 753-A13
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• DADF pre registration sensor J 105-2 to DADF PWB J 753-A14
a. DADF feed in sensor 1/2, PL 5.8 Item 3. • DADF skew detect sensor J 111-1 to DADF PWB J 754-3
b. DADF feed out sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2. • DADF skew detect sensor J 111-3 to DADF PWB J 754-1
c. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. • DADF skew detect sensor J 111-2 to DADF PWB J 754-2
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. DADF pre registration sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
b. DADF skew detect sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
c. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 106


005-905, 906 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 9 0 8 , 9 0 9 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n / L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r 0 0 5 - 9 1 0 DA D F O u t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m R A P
Static J am
The DADF out sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed or platen inter-
BSD 5.7 DADF Document Registration lock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.
005-908 The DADF registration sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed
or platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected. Procedure
Check the following:
005-909 The DADF lead registration sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock
closed or platen interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected. 1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
2. Verify proper sensor installation.
Procedure
3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Check the following:
• DADF out sensor J 104-1 to DADF PWB J 753-A10
1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• DADF out sensor J 104-3 to DADF PWB J 753-A12
2. Verify proper sensor installation.
• DADF out sensor J 104-2 to DADF PWB J 753-A11
3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• DADF registration sensor J 101-1 to DADF PWB J 753-A3
a. DADF out sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
• DADF registration sensor J 101-3 to DADF PWB J 753-A1
b. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
• DADF registration sensor J 101-2 to DADF PWB J 753-A2
• DADF lead registration sensor J 102-1 to DADF PWB J 753-A4
• DADF lead registration sensor J 102-3 to DADF PWB J 753-A6
• DADF lead registration sensor J 102-2 to DADF PWB J 753-A5
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. DADF registration sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
b. DADF lead registration sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
c. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

107 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-908, 909
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 9 1 1 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m 0 0 5 - 9 1 5 , 9 1 6 , 9 1 7 DA D F A P S S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m
The DADF exit sensor went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed or platen inter- The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 went active during: power ON or feeder cover interlock closed or platen
lock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected. interlock closed causing the DADF sensor paper detected.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. 1. Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
2. Verify proper sensor installation. 2. The sensor for improper installation
3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: 3. Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• DADF exit sensor J 113-3 to DADF PWB J 754-7 • No.1 APS Sensor J 106-1 to DADF PWB J 753-B3
• DADF exit sensor J 113-1 to DADF PWB J 754-9 • No.1 APS Sensor J 106-3 to DADF PWB J 753-B1
• DADF exit sensor J 113-2 to DADF PWB J 754-8 • No.1 APS Sensor J 106-2 to DADF PWB J 753-B2
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required: • No.2 APS Sensor J 107-1 to DADF PWB J 753-B6
a. DADF exit sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2. • No.2 APS Sensor J 107-3 to DADF PWB J 753-B4
b. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4. • No.2 APS Sensor J 107-2 to DADF PWB J 753-B5
• No.3 APS Sensor J 108-1 to DADF PWB J 753-B9
• No.3 APS Sensor J 108-3 to DADF PWB J 753-B7
• No.3 APS Sensor J 108-2 to DADF PWB J 753-B8
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. DADF APS sensor 1/2/3, PL 5.9 Item 2.
b. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 108


005-911 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 9 1 9 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa u l t ( D o c u m e n t S e t ) 0 0 5 - 9 2 1 Le t S E F D e t e c t E r r o r

The originals were put into position and the stack height sensor did not come on within a given The DADF document guide width detected a Letter SEF width.
time after the tray began rising. Or, it was detected that the bottom sensor did not turn off. (De-
tected at a time other than run, stop, or purge.) Procedure
Follow the instructions on the UI screen.
Procedure
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears.
The gears rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-086]. Select Start.
The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 768-4 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 760-2(+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK On +24VDC circuit to P/J 760-2
on the DADF PWB.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect P/J 759 from the DADF PWB. Approximately
19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4 pins each of Connector J759.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new DADF tray motor assembly, PL 5.5 Item 9.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-202] (DADF bottom
sensor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
1. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF bottom sensor, PL 5.6
Item 6.
2. If the DADF bottom sensor fails, install a new DADF bottom sensor, PL 5.6 Item 6.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [005-203] (DADF Level Sen-
sor). Select Start.
Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
1. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the DADF level sensor, PL 5.8 Item
6.
2. If the DADF level sensor fails, install a new DADF level sensor, PL 5.8 Item 6.
If the fault persists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.

109 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-919
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 5 - 9 4 0 DA D F N o O r i g i n a l Fa u l t 0 0 5 - 9 4 1 DA D F N o t E n o u g h D o c u m e n t

It was detected the original document was removed. After all originals were returned it was detected that the number of originals was insufficient.

Procedure Procedure
Follow the instructions on the UI. Follow the instructions on the UI.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 110


005-940 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 5 - 9 4 2 DA D F Tra y S ta c k O v e r Fa u l t 0 0 5 - 9 4 5 o r 0 0 5 - 4 9 7 F S - S i z e M i s m a tc h J a m o n N o M i x - S i z e o r
SS Mix-Size
The tray level sensor or bottom sensor detected more paper in the tray than the job performed
expected. 005-945 FS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size (no paper fed)
Initial Actions 005-947 FS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size (paper fed)
• Reduce the number of originals, then repeat the operation. In No Mix or Slow Scan (SS) Mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in
• Remove the loaded document and check the display. Fast Scan (FS) direction was transported from the DADF.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Initial Actions
• Follow the instructions on the UI display.
Check the paper in the feed tray for multiple paper sizes, remove the odd sized sheets from the
Procedure feeder, then rerun the operation initiating the fault.
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. Procedure
The connectors are OK. Follow the instructions on the UI screen, is the fault persists, pperform the following steps:
Y N
Correct the connector issues. 1. Refer to BSD 5.3, verify the paper width meets the criteria in the table for the APS sensors. Pay
Refer to REP 5.19, check the harness and connector on the bottom sensor. Correct any loose connec- close attention to the NOTE in BSD 5.3
tions and repair any damage to the harness if found. 2. Refer to REP 5.19, check the harness and each connector on each tray APS sensor 1 through 4
The fault persists. and the DADF document set sensor. Correct any loose connections and repair any damage to
Y N the harness if found.
Perform SCP 5. 3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
Refer to REP 5.26, check the harness and connector on the DADF level sensor. Correct any loose con- 4. Enter dC330, code (below), actuate the tray APS sensors to verify proper operation. Install new
nections and repair any damage to the harness if found. components as required.
The fault persists.
Y N • [005-215] - tray APS sensor 1, PL 5.6 Item 6.
Perform SCP 5. • [005-216] - tray APS sensor 2, PL 5.6 Item 6.
• [005-217] - tray APS sensor 3, PL 5.6 Item 6.
1. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
• [005-302] - tray APS sensor 4, PL 5.6 Item 6.
2. Enter dC330, code [005-202] to actuate the bottom sensor, then code [005-203] to actuate the
DADF level sensor to verify proper operation. If either sensor fails, install new components as 5. While still in dC330, enter code [005-102]. Actuate the DADF document set sensor to verify
required: proper operation. If the DADF document set sensor fails, install a new DADF document set sen-
sor, PL 5.6 Item 10.
• Bottom sensor, PL 5.6 Item 6.
6. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• DADF level sensor, PL 5.8 Item 6.
The fault persists. a. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
Y N b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
Perform SCP 5.
Install new components as required:
1. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
2. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

111 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 005-942
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

005-946 or 005-948 SS -Siz e M is match J am on N o M ix -Si ze


005-496 SS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size (no paper fed)
005-498 SS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size (paper fed)
In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Slow Scan (SS) direction
was transported from the DADF.

Initial Actions
Check the paper in the feed tray for multiple paper sizes, remove the odd sized sheets from the
feeder, then rerun the operation initiating the fault.

Procedure
Follow the instructions on the UI screen, is the fault persists, pperform the following steps:
1. Refer to BSD 5.3, verify the paper width meets the criteria in the table for the APS sensors. Pay
close attention to the NOTE in BSD 5.3
2. Refer to REP 5.34, check the harness and each connector on each DADF APS sensor 1, 2, 3, the
DADF pre-regi sensor, and the DADF feed in sensor. Correct any loose connections and repair
any damage to the harness if found.
3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
4. Enter dC330, code (below), actuate the DADF APS sensors to verify proper operation. Install new
components as required.
• [005-218] - DADF APS sensor 1, PL 5.9 Item 2.
• [005-219] - DADF APS sensor 2, PL 5.9 Item 2.
• [005-220] - DADF APS sensor 3, PL 5.9 Item 2.
5. While still in dC330, enter code [005-206]. Actuate the DADF pre-regi sensor to verify proper op-
eration. If the DADF pre-regi sensor fails, install a new DADF pre-regi sensor, PL 5.9 Item 2.
6. While still in dC330, enter code [005-204/205]. Actuate the DADF feed in sensor 1/2 to verify
proper operation. If the DADF feed in sensor 1/2 fails, install a new DADF feed in sensor 1/2, PL
5.8 Item 3.
7. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 112


005-946 or 005-948 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 0 7 - 9 5 4 S M H S i z e M i s m a tc h R A P 0 0 7 - 9 5 9 O H P K i n d M i s m a t c h ( N o t w h i t e fr a m e O H P ) R A P
The size information specified for printing through this machine is different from the size of SMH When checking Transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding has started, jam oc-
paper (=the Tray Dial-set size). curs when borders were detected.

Procedure Precedure
1. Load the SMH with paper of the size that the customer selected for the job. Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
2. Set the SMH Dial for the size that the customer selected for the job.

Note: If the dial does not have the desired paper size, set it for Other.

113 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 007-954
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 0 7 - 9 6 0 Pa p e r K i n d M i s m a t c h R A P 0 0 7 - 9 6 9 Ce n t r e Tra y Fu l l S t a c k R A P
When Plain Paper was fed although the User has specified for Transparency, or when Transparency Paper full stack on the center tray was detected.
was fed when the specification was for anything other than Transparency.
Procedure
Procedure Remove the paper from the tray.
Load transparency, plain paper, or the correct paper type as specified, and then clear the error.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 114


007-960 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 0 - 3 2 0 H e a t Ro l l O v e r H e a t Fa u l t R A P
Heat Roll Over Heat Fault. A high temperature was detected for fuser heat roll STS-1, fuser heat roll
STS-2, or Fuser Heat Roll STS-3.

Note: It is necessary to set NVM 744-213 to 0 in order to clear this failure.


Initial Actions
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault.
• Check that the Heat Roll Sensor is in proper contact with the Heat Roll.
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Sensor is not damaged or dirty.
Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Remove the Fuser Unit, REP 10.1. Disconnect the connectors P/J146
(white) on the Heat Roll Sensor. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2.
The resistance is infinite.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a new
MCU PWB, PL 1.2.
• Heat Roll Sensor P/J 146-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-B1
• Heat Roll Sensor P/J 146-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-B2
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. Disconnect Connector P/J510 from
the AC Power Supply. Measure the resistance regarding the following:
• P/J510 -10 to GND
Every resistance is infinite.
Y N
Check any circuit that shows its resistance is not infinite for a short to GND.
install a new Fuser Assy, PL 10.1. install a new AC Power Supply, PL 1.3 and the MCU PWB, PL 1.2, in
order.

115 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 010-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 0 - 3 2 1 Fu s e r N i p Fa u l t R A P 0 1 0 - 3 2 2 Fu s e r N C Ce n t e r S e n s o r D i s c o n n e c t i o n Fa u l t Ra p

Fuser Nip Fault. Fuser NC Center Sensor Disconnection Fault. (Fuser Temperature Sensor Fault).

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is • Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is
turned on. turned on.
• Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s. • Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Check that the Fuser Nip Sensor actuator is properly installed and Check the following wires for continuity:
not damaged. • MCU P/J 405-A7 to NC Center Sensor P/J -1150
• MCU P/J 405-A8 to NC Center Sensor P/J 150-2
• MCU P/J 405-A9 to NC Center Sensor P/J 150-3
The wires check out OK.
FUSER NIP Y N
SENSOR
• Verify connectors are properly connected.
• Repair wires or Install a new Fuser, PL 10.1.
• Install a new Fuser Assy (PL 10.1).
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

The actuator is properly installed and not damaged.


Y N
• Re-install the actuator properly.
• Repair/Install a new Fuser, PL 10.1.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-203] Fuser Nip Sensor.
Actuate the Fuser Nip Sensor by moving the actuator manually, then release the actuator.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the Fuser Nip Sensor connector,P/J173. If the fault persists, install a new Fuser, PL 10.1.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 116


010-321 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 0 - 3 2 3 Fu s e r Re a r N C S e n s o r D i s c o n n e c t i o n Fa u l t Ra p 0 1 0 - 3 2 4 Fu s e r N V M Fa u l t Ra p
Fuser NVM Fault.
Fuser Rear Sensor Disconnection Fault. (Fuser Temperature Sensor Fault).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Note: It is necessary to set NVM [745-418] to 0 in order to clear this fault and then Power machine
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault. Off then On.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is
turned on. Procedure
• Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is
Procedure turned on.
Check the following wires for continuity: • Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
• MCU P/J 405-A4 to NC Rear Sensor P/J 151-1 • Check that all connectors on the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) are properly connected.
• MCU P/J 405-A5 to NC Rear Sensor P/J 151-2 • Reload system software.
• MCU P/J 405-A6 to NC Rear Sensor P/J 151-3 • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
The wires check out OK.
Y N
• Verify connectors are properly connected.
• Repair wires or Install a new Fuser (PL 10.1).
• Install a new Fuser Assy (PL 10.1).
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

117 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 010-323
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 0 - 3 2 7 S ta n d b y H e a t Ro l l Fu s e r O n Ti m e Fa u l t Ra p 3. Disconnect the connectors (P/J 63A, P/J 63B) from the Sub Heat Rod. Measure the resistance be-
tween both ends of the Sub Heat Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Check the following for continuity.
• MCU PWB P/J 407-B5 to AC Power Supply P/J 510-12
Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fault. Main Lamp #1, Main Lamp #2, or the Sub Lamp is continu- • MCU PWB P/J 407-B13 to AC Power Supply P/J 510-4
ally flashing abnormally during standby state or low power state.
4. Install a new Fuser Assy (PL 10.1) (Machine Consumables)
Note: Standby state: the state during which the heat roll is maintained at the temperature re-
quired for printing.

Initial Action Main


Heat
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it. Rod 1
• Check the Heat Roll Sensor is free from dirt.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors (P/J 612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are
free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that P/J 146 (white) on the Heat Roll Sensor is connected.

Procedure
Power On Checks
1. Turn On the power. Check the Input Power to the AC Power Supply (BSD 1.1).
2. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter Diagnostics, Entering
and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-007] (Main Heat Rod 1). Select Start. The
Main Heat Rod 1 (Figure 1) is lit. Main
3. Enter code [010-008] (Main Heat Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heat Rod 2 (Figure 1) is lit. Sub Heat Rod Heat
Rod 2
4. Enter code [010-009] (Sub Heat Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heat Rod (Figure 1) is lit.
Power Off Checks
1. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 10.1). Disconnect the connectors (P/J 61A, P/J 61B) from the Main
Heat Rod 1. Measure the resistance between both ends of the Main Heat Rod 1. The resistance
is 10 ohms or less.
• Check the following:
– Measure the resistance between both ends of the Thermostat. The resistance is 10
ohms or less.
– Heat Roll Sensor for dirt/improper installation
– The wire between P/J 407-B7 on the MCU PWB and P/J 510-10 on the AC Power Supply
for an open circuit
– See dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Fault History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the
past, go to 010-320.
2. Disconnect the connectors (P/J 62A, P/J 62B) from the Main Heat Rod 2. Measure the resistance
between both ends of the Main Heat Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Check the following:
• Measure the resistance between both ends of the Thermostat. The resistance is 10 ohms or
less.
• Heat Roll Sensor for dirt/improper installation
• The wire between P/J 407-B6 on the MCU PWB and P/J 510-11 on the AC Power Supply for
an open circuit
• The wire between P/J 407-B5 on the MCU PWB to P/J 510-12 on the AC Power Supply for an
open circuit

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 118


010-327 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 0 - 3 2 8 Fu s e r N o t Re a d y Ti m e Fa u l t Ra p 0 1 0 - 3 3 0 Fu s e r M o t o r Fa u l t Ra p

Fuser Motor Fault. A rotation abnormality was detected in the Fuser Motor.
Fuser Not Ready Time Fault.
NVM Status Information provided during IOT Fusing Process
Procedure
• NVM 745-472 Fuser Internal State when Not Ready Time Fault occurs Manually rotate the Fuser Drive Motor rotor.
– 0: No Fault occurs The rotor rotates without any load.
Y N
– 1: Warmup Heat Roll Does Not Rotate Remove any load from the Fuser Unit, such as binding Fuser Drive gears and binding
– 2: Warmup Heat Roll Does Not Rotate bearings.
– 3: Hot Not Ready Wait Turn On the power. Cheat the Front Door Interlock. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnos-
tics Mode, dC330, code [010-001] (Fuser Drive Motor). Select Start.
– 4: Standby The Fuser Drive Motor has rotated.
– 5: Control Y N
– 6: Print Process Ended +24VDC is measured between P/J211-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y N
– 7: Low Power
+24VDC is measured between P/J 514-8 (+) and -4 (-) on the AC Power Supply.
• NVM 745-473 - Center NC Sensor monitor temperature at the point in time when Not Ready Y N
Time Fail occurs +24VDC is measured between P/J 400-10 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
• NVM 745-474 - Rear NC Sensor monitor temperature at the point in time when Not Ready Time Y N
Fail occurs Check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to P/J 400-10 (+) on the MCU PWB.
• NVM 745-475 - Heart Roll STS monitor temperature at the point in time when Not Ready Time Install a new AC Power Supply (PL 1.3).
Fail occurs Check the circuits each between P/J 514-8 on the MCU PWB and P/J 211-1 on the Fuser
Drive Motor, and between P/J 514-4 on the MCU PWB and P/J 211-2 on the Fuser Drive
Note: Standby state: the state during which the heat roll is maintained at the temperature re- Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
quired for printing. +5VDC is measured between P/J 212-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y N
Procedure CR9 on the MCU PWB is lit.
• Check that there is no foreign object or paper wound around the Heat Roll surface. Y N
• Check the Fuser Sensors are free of dirt. Check the +5VDC circuit to P/J 400-2 on the MCU PWB.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit do not have Check the circuits each between P/J 412-A8 on the MCU PWB and P/J 212-1 on the Fu-
bent pins, foreign objects and overheated components. ser Drive Motor, and between P/J 412-A7 on the MCU PWB and P/J 212-2 on the Fuser
Drive Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
• Install a new Fuser Assy (PL 10.1) (Machine Consumables)
Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A6 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-3
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A5 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-4
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A4 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-5
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A3 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-6
Every resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N
Check any wire that exhibits more than 10ohms for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new Fuser Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in order.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A5 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-4
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A4 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-5
• MCU PWB P/J 412-A3 to Fuser Drive Motor P/J 212-6
Every resistance is 10 ohms or less.

119 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 010-328
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
Y N 0 1 0 - 3 3 4 Fu s e r N C S e n s o r Fa u l t Ra p
Check any wire that exhibits more than 10ohms for an open wire or poor contact.
If no problem is found, Install a new Fuser Drive Motor (PL 1.3). If the problem persists, Install a
new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Fuser NC Sensor Fault.

Initial Actions
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the fault.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is
turned on.
• Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
Procedure
Check the following wires for continuity:
• MCU P/J 405-A7 to NC Center Sensor P/J 150-1
• MCU P/J 405-A8 to NC Center Sensor P/J 150-2
• MCU P/J 405-A9 to NC Center Sensor P/J 150-3
• MCU P/J 405-A4 to NC Rear Sensor P/J 151-1
• MCU P/J 405-A5 to NC Rear Sensor P/J 151-2
• MCU P/J 405-A6 to NC Rear Sensor P/J -3151
The wires check out OK.
Y N
• Verify connectors are properly connected.
• Repair wires or Install a new Fuser, PL 10.1.
Install a new Fuser, PL 10.1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 120


010-334 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 0 - 3 3 8 Wa i t H e a t Ro l l Fu s i n g O n Ti m e Fa i l 0 1 0 - 3 5 7 Fu s e r P i t c h Re j e c t i o n Fa u l t Ra p

In the Wait state, warm up does not complete because the H/Roll temperature has not risen within Fuser Pitch Rejection Fault. Main Lamp #1, Main Lamp #2, or the Sub Lamp is continually flashing
the specific time. abnormally during standby state or low power state.

Initial Actions NVM Status Information provided during IOT Fusing Process
• NVM 745-695 Fuser Center NC Sensor temperature monitor value 1Count=1[C deg] at time of
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
Pitch denial Fail occurrence
connections.
• NVM 745-696 - Fuser Rear NC Sensor temperature monitor value 1Count=1[C deg] at time of
Cause/Action Pitch denial Fail occurrence
Check the following: • NVM 745-697 - Fuser Heat Roll STS Sensor temperature monitor value 1Count=1 [C deg] at time
• Main Lamp 1: dC330 [010-007], PL 10.2. of Pitch denial Fail occurrence
• Main Lamp 2: dC330 [010-008], PL 10.2. • NVM 745-698 - Pitch denial primary factor 0 at time of Pitch denial Fail occurs instead of 1~4
• Sub Lamp: dC330 [010-009], PL 10.2. Note: Standby state: the state during which the heat roll is maintained at the temperature re-
• The Drawer Connector for poor contact. quired for printing.
• The Center NC Sensor or Rear NC Sensor for dropped parts, contamination on sensor, and clog- Initial Action
ging due to foreign substances.
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it.
• The Heat Roll for wound up, stuck paper.
• Check the Heat Roll Sensor is free from dirt.
• Check if the Lamp turns ON during the warm up. (When normal, the Main 1 Lamp and Main 2
• Check that the Drawer Connectors (P/J 612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are
Lamp turn ON alternately.)
free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
If no problems are found, Install a new following parts in sequence: • Check that P/J 146 (white) on the Heat Roll Sensor is connected.
• Fusing Unit Assembly, PL 10.1.
Procedure
• AC Power Supply N11A, PL 1.3.
Power On Checks
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2.
1. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter Diagnostics, Entering
and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-007] (Main Heat Rod 1). Select Start. The
Main Heat Rod 1 (Figure 1) is lit.
2. Enter code [010-008] (Main Heat Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heat Rod 2 (Figure 1) is lit.
3. Enter code [010-009] (Sub Heat Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heat Rod (Figure 1) is lit.
Power Off Checks
1. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 10.1). Disconnect the connectors (P/J 61A, P/J 61B) from the Main
Heat Rod 1. Measure the resistance between both ends of the Main Heat Rod 1. The resistance
is 10 ohms or less.
• Check the following:
– Measure the resistance between both ends of the Thermostat. The resistance is 10
ohms or less.
– Heat Roll Sensor for dirt/improper installation
– The wire between P/J 407-B7 on the MCU PWB and P/J 510-10 on the AC Power Supply
for an open circuit
– See dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Fault History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the
past, go to 010-320.
2. Disconnect the connectors (P/J 62A, P/J 62B) from the Main Heat Rod 2. Measure the resistance
between both ends of the Main Heat Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Check the following:

121 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 010-338
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
• Measure the resistance between both ends of the Thermostat. The resistance is 10 ohms or 0 1 0 - 4 1 4 Fu s i n g U n i t We b L i fe E n d R A P
less.
• Heat Roll Sensor for dirt/improper installation The Fusing Cleaning WEB Unit Life End (Dead Stop) has occurred.
• The wire between P/J 407-B6 on the MCU PWB and P/J 510-11 on the AC Power Supply for Procedure
an open circuit
Replace the Fusing Cleaning WEB Unit.
• The wire between P/J 407-B5 on the MCU PWB to P/J 510-12 on the AC Power Supply for an
open circuit
3. Disconnect the connectors (P/J 63A, P/J 63B) from the Sub Heat Rod. Measure the resistance be-
tween both ends of the Sub Heat Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Check the following for continuity.
• MCU PWB P/J 407-B5 to AC Power Supply P/J 510-12
• MCU PWB P/J 407-B13 to AC Power Supply P/J 510-4
4. Install a new Fuser Assy (PL 10.1) (Machine Consumables)

Main
Heat
Rod 1

Main
Sub Heat Rod Heat
Rod 2

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 122


010-414 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 0 - 4 2 0 Fu s e r A s s e m b l y L i fe N e a r E n d 0 1 0 - 4 2 1 Fu s e r A s s e m b l y L i fe E n d

Fuser Assembly Life Near End. The time for replacing the fuser assembly is getting close. Fuser Assembly Life End. It is time to Install a new Fuser Assembly.

Procedure Procedure
Install a new Fuser Assembly (PL 10.1). Install a new Fuser Assembly (PL 10.1).

123 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 010-420
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 2 1 0 S o f t w a r e O p t i o n Fa u l t ( H D D D o e s N o t E x i s t )

Software Option Fault (HDD Does Not Exist). The HDD is not installed.

Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following
procedures.

Procedure
Check the Controller PWB-HDD connection,P/J310.
There is +5VDC at P/J310.
Y N
Install a new Controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 124


016-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 2 1 1 , 0 1 6 - 2 1 2 , 0 1 6 - 2 1 3 S o f t w a r e O p t i o n Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 2 1 4 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( Fa x U n i t N o t E x i s t )
016-210 SW Option Fault (System Memory Low Volume). The Fax Unit is not installed or an error is detected when SW optional fax function was enabled.
016-212 SW Option Fault (Page Memory Low). Procedure
016-213 SW Option Fault (Printer CARD Does Not Exist). 1. Verify the fax unit is to be installed, disable the SW optional fax if no fax for the machine.
2. Install the Fax module kit, P/N 497K20240, PL 20.1.
Procedure 3. If the fault persists, install a new Fax PWB, PL 20.2 Item 11.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Remove, then reinstall the DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
• Install new components as required:
1. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
2. Controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

125 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-211, 016-212, 016-213
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 2 2 0 t h r o u g h 0 1 6 - 2 2 8 S 2 X Fa u l t s 0 1 6 - 2 2 9 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( FC W - U I N o t E x i s t )
016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Fault. The HB-UI is connected when the FCW Panel option is set.
016-221 S2X communication error Procedure
016-222 S2X self-diag error Disconnect the HB-UI and connect the FCW-UI.

016-223 S2X SDRAM Error


016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error
016-227 S2X IIT Connection Error
016-228 S2X Image ProcControllering Error

Procedure
This feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software problem may exist. Up-
grade the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 126


016-220 through 016-228 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 2 3 1 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( I m a g e E x t P W B N o t E x i s t ) 0 1 6 - 2 3 2 M RC H W I n i t i a l i z e E r r o r
When the SW Option function is set to [Enabled], the Controller PWB either detected that the Im- An error has occurred during High ComprController on Board initialization.
age Ext PWB is not installed, or the Image Ext PWB has failed.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Check if the device supports the High ComprController on Board.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. Install a new High ComprController on Board.
4. Install new components, in order, as required:
a. DIMM (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Backplane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

127 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-231
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 2 3 3 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( U S B H o s t N o t E x i s t ) 016-234, 016-235 XCP Error


When the SW optional function is being enabled, the USB port (and USB Host Card) for the Control- 016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error. Lack of memory causes the XCP to stop.
ler PWB was detected to be not installed or having errors.
016-235 XCP Internal Error RAP. Another internal error causes the XCP function to stop.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC355, Initialize Hard Disk
to clear all memory locations.
3. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 128


016-233 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 6 - 2 3 6 X C P No t A c t ive 0 1 6 - 2 37 A u t h p l u g in n o t ac t ive
A fault occures when the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up: A fault occures when the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up:
• Condition 1: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the embedded plug-in fea- • Condition 1: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the embedded plug-in fea-
ture has become disabled. ture has become disabled.
• Condition 2: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the XPC smart card selec- • Condition 2: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the XPC smart card selec-
tion service status has not become [Active]. tion service status has not become [Active].
• Condition 3: Failure when reading the file of authentication custom plug-in.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform checks as follows: 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
a. Enable the embedded plug-in feature. 2. Login as System Administrator. Select [Properties] > [Security] > [Plug-in Settings] > [enable] ,
register the authentication custom plug-in, then restart the machine.
For UI Panel:
1. Login as System Administrator, select [System Settings] > [Common Service Settings] >
[Plug-in Settings].
2. Set [Embedded Plug-ins] to [Enabled], then restart the machine.
For CWIS:
1. Login as System Administrator. Select [Properties] > [Security] > [Plug-in Settings] >
[Plug-in Settings] , enable [Plug-in Settings], then restart the machine.

129 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-236
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

01 6 - 2 3 8 C u s t o m s vc n o t ac t ive 016-239 Auth contents not exist


A fault occures when the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up: A fault occures when the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up:
• Condition 2: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the XPC smart card selec- • Condition 1: The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the embedded plug-in fea-
tion service status has not become [Active]. ture has become disabled.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Input the software key for the External AccController Kit. 2. Register the authentication custom service.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 130


016-238 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 2 4 0 S 2 X N V M C h e c k S u m Fa i l 0 1 6 - 2 4 1 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( S I P _ FA X N o t E x i s t )
S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test. The NGN optional function is set to [Enabled] and the SIP_FAX SW Key is not enabled.

Procedure Procedure
Install a new NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16. 1. If no fax kit is installed, disable NGN option function.
2. Install the fax module kit 497K20240, then enable the SIP_FAX SW Key.
3. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

131 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-240
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 2 4 2 Sy s t e m G MT C l o c k Fa i l 0 1 6 - 2 4 4 S e l f - S i g n e d Ce r t i fi c a t e A u t o U p d a t e Fa i l u r e
System GMT Clock Fail. The self-signed certificate automatic update function has failed for some reason.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Install a new NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16.
3. Install a new controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 132


016-242 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-245 Invalid Accessory in Auth and Account Mode 016-246 Invalid Accessory in Auth and Account Mode
When the machine starts up, a combination of authentication and accounting modes that is for the When the machine starts up, a combination of authentication and accounting modes that is prohib-
accessory connection is detected. ited for the accessory connected is detected.

Procedure Procedure
If the connected accessory is not required. 1. Verify the correct accessory is installed.
1. Disable the accessory connection in KO mode. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 2. Change the settings for the accessory in KO mode.
3. Switch off the machine, GP 19.
If the connected accessory is required.
4. Remove the incorrect accessory, install the correct accessory, then switch on the machine.
1. Re-set the authentication and accounting modes in KO mode. Switch off, then switch on the ma-
chine, GP 19.

133 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-245
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 1 0 s s m m J o b Lo g Fu l l 016-311 Scanner was not Detected


A job log file was not received from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored
exceeded the specified value (280). The scanner was not detected.

Procedure Procedure
• Extract the job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that switch off, the There is +12 VDC on the IIT PWB.
switch on the machine, GP 19. Y N
Go to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation IIT +24VDC and
check for an open wire between P/J 720 pins 1 and 2 on the IIT PWB and P/J 504 pins 6 and
3 on the Main LVPS.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the problem still exists, check the connection be-
tween IIT PWB and Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 134


016-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 1 2 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( H y b r i d Wa t e r M a r k N o t E x i s t ) 0 1 6 - 3 1 3 H y b r i d Wa t e r M a r k s e t t i n g m i s m a t c h
• Hybrid Watermark detection H/W is not installed, the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not
become available. Description
• The Hybrid WaterMark Detection H/W was detected but the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit)
• When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the Hybrid Water- did not become enabled. The detection timing is only during power ON/reboot, and is performed
mark Detection H/W is not installed. This is detected prior to 016-313. Option name to be de- after 016-312.
tected [Secure Watermark Kit].
Procedure
Procedure
• Enable the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit).
1. Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, switch off, the
switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, it could be due to detection error. Install a
new Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS Board.

135 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-312
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 1 4 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( H y b r i d Wa t e r M a r k N o t E x i s t ) 0 1 6 - 3 1 5 N I I T I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t
Description NIIT Interface Fault. An error was detected in the I/F between the scanner and the main chassis.
• When the SW optional function is set to [Available] and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are com-
bined, the machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect Pro- Procedure
tection Code for both sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
boards is installed, the Paper Security function is available for the detected side.
Check the IIT-DADF Cable, PL 5.3 Item 3, between the DADF PWB and the Controller PWB.
Procedure Install a new IIT-DADF Cable, PL 5.3 Item 3, as required.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 136


016-314 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 1 6 Pa g e M e m o r y i s N o t D e t e c t e d 0 1 6 - 3 1 7 Pa g e M e m o r y B r o k e n - S t a n d a r d
Page Memory is Not Detected. It was detected that the page memory (standard) for the scanner Page Memory Broken-Standard. An error was detected with the page memory (standard) for the
portion was not installed. scanner portion.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
If the problem still exists, switch the power off. Remove then reinstall the Page Memory (standard) If the problem still exists, switch the power off. Remove then reinstall the Page Memory (standard)
from Controller PWB. from Controller PWB.
If the problem still exists, install a new Page Memory and Controller PWB (PL 3.2) in order. If the problem still exists, replace Page Memory and Controller PWB (PL 3.2) in order.

137 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-316
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 1 8 Pa g e M e m o r y B r o k e n - O p t i o n 0 1 6 - 3 1 9 Lo n g B o o t D i a g I I T I n t e r fa c e Fa i l
Page Memory Broken-Option. An error was detected with the page memory (option) for the scanner Description
portion.
• An error in the I/F between the scanner and the Main Unit was detected.
Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Turn the power OFF/ON. If the fault persists, do the following:
If the problem still exists, switch the power off. Remove then reinstall the Page Memory (standard) 1. Install or install a new I/F between the scanner and the Main Unit.
from Controller PWB. 2. Install a new Controller PWB or the IISS PWB.
If the problem still exists, replace Page Memory and Controller PWB (PL 3.2) in order.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 138


016-318 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 2 0 D o c u m e n t Fo r m a t t e r Fa t a l E r r o r 0 1 6 - 3 2 1 Fa x M o d u l e E r r o r
Description Description
• A software error was detected when documents were converted. • SysCheckFax() returned error. When PFNOTEXIST is returned, the system is determined to have
a configuration without Fax.
Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

139 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 2 2 J B A A c c o u n t Fu l l 0 1 6 - 3 2 3 B - Fo r m a t t e r Fa ta l E r r o r
JBA Account Full. The JBA accounting data is full. Description
• An unrecoverable error was detected in the image conversion procControllering section of the B-
Procedure Formatter task used for sending Fax from the extended Mailbox for [Multi-Send using Instruc-
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. tion Manual] or [Multi-Send UI].
If the problem still exists, switch the power off and check the Controller PWB and IIT PWB
connections.
Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Reinstall the software.
If the problem still exists, replace Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
After an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data, turn the power Off then On.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 140


016-322 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 6 - 3 2 4 S c h e d u l ed Im ag e O ve rw r it e 0 1 6 - 3 2 5 U s i n g Pe r s o n a l Ce r t i fi c a t e
Description Description
• SysCon is issued when it is time to perform the Scheduled Image Overwrite. • The IC Card personal certificate is set in the certificate for signing.

Procedure Procedure
• Wait until the Scheduled Image Overwrite has completed. • Set system data 790-389 to 0.
To cancel it, turn the power OFF and ON.

141 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-324
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 2 6 Co n t - U I C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 2 7 B a c k P l a n e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l
Description Description
• The controller has detected a failure at its cable connection with the UI • The controller has detected a failure at its connection with the BackPlane

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON • Turn the power OFF and ON.
If the fault persists, perform the following: If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Check the connection of the cable between the controller and UI. 1. Pull out and reinsert the controller.
2. Install a new cable.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 142


016-326 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 2 8 Co n t - M C U C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 2 9 Lo n g B o o t D i a g Pa g e M e m o r y N o t D e t e c t e d Fa i l
Description Description
• The controller has detected a failure at its cable connection with the MCU • Controller Section Page Memory (Standard) was detected to be not installed.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON. • Turn the power OFF/ON. If the fault persists, do the following:
If the fault persists, perform the following: 1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Standard)
1. Check the connection of the cable between the controller and MCU. 2. Install a new Page Memory (Standard)

2. Install a new cable.

143 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-328
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 3 0 Co n t Sy s t e m M e m o r y Fa i l - 1 0 1 6 - 3 3 1 Co n t Sy s t e m M e m o r y Fa i l - 2
Description Description
• The memory size that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value. • The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert Controller RAM DIMM #1. 1. Remove and insert Controller RAM DIMM #2.
2. Replace Controller RAM DIMM #1. 2. Replace Controller RAM DIMM #2.
3. Install a new Controller PWB. 3. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 144


016-330 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 3 2 Co n t Sy s t e m M e m o r y Fa i l - 3 0 1 6 - 3 3 3 Lo n g B o o t D i a g Pa g e M e m o r y B r o ke n S t a n d a r d Fa i l
Description Description
• The total memory size that is installed in Slot 1 and 2 is detected to be outside the specification • Controller Section Page Memory (Standard) error was detected.
value.
Procedure
Procedure • Turn the power OFF/ON. If the fault persists, do the following:
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: 1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Standard)
1. Remove and insert Controller RAM DIMM #1 and Controller RAM DIMM #2. 2. Install a new Page Memory (Standard)
2. Replace Controller RAM DIMM #1 and Controller RAM DIMM #2.
3. Install a new Controller PWB.

145 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-332
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 3 4 Lo n g B o o t D i a g Pa g e M e m o r y B r o ke n O p t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 3 5 Co n t Pr o g ra m R O M Fa i l - 1
Description Description
• Controller Section Page Memory (Option) error was detected. • The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power OFF/ON. If the fault persists, do the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Option) 1. Install a new DIMM 4GB.
2. Install a new Page Memory (Option)
2. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 146


016-334 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 3 6 Co n t Pr o g ra m R O M Fa i l - 2 0 1 6 - 3 3 7 Co n t Pr o g ra m R O M Fa i l - 3
Description Description
• Program ROM1 write command has failed. • Program ROM2 write command has failed.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert DIMM 4GB. 1. Remove and insert DIMM 4GB.
2. Install a new DIMM 4GB. 2. Install a new DIMM 4GB.
3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit. 3. Install a new Controller PWB.
4. Install a new Printer Kit.
5. Install a new Controller PWB.

147 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-336
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 3 8 Co n t Fo n t R O M Fa i l - 1 0 1 6 - 3 3 9 Co n t Fo n t R O M Fa i l - 2
Description Description
• The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value. • The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Install a new Printer Kit. 1. Remove and insert Controller Font ROM DIMM #1.
2. Install a new Controller PWB. 2. Replace Controller Font ROM DIMM #1.
3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit.
4. Install a new Printer Kit.
5. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 148


016-338 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 4 0 Co n t Fo n t R O M Fa i l - 3 0 1 6 - 3 4 1 Co n t Fo n t R O M Fa i l - 4
Description Description
• The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value. • The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert Controller Font ROM DIMM #2. 1. Remove and insert Controller Font ROM DIMM #2.
2. Replace Controller Font ROM DIMM #2. 2. Replace Controller Font ROM DIMM #2.
3. Install a new Controller PWB. 3. Install a new Controller PWB.

149 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-340
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 4 2 Co n t RT C Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 4 3 Lo n g B o o t D i a g Ti m e r Fa i l
Description Description
• The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13) • A Timer error was detected.
The time is not moving forward
Procedure
Procedure • Turn the power OFF/ON. If the fault persists, do the following:
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. If an NVM PWB exists, install a new NVM PWB.
If the fault persists, perform the following procedures in sequence. 2. Install a new Controller PWB
1. Install a new failed component.
2. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 150


016-342 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 4 5 Co n t N V - M e m o r y Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 4 6 Co n t A 4 FA X M o d e m D i a g n o s i s Fa i l
Description Description
• The data of the header addrController is detected to be 0x00. • An A4 Fax Modem diagnosis error was detected by the Boot Diag.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is re-
occurring.If the trouble persists, install a new Controller PWB.
1. Install a new NV-RAM board.
2. Install a new Controller PWB.

151 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-345
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 4 7 Co n t Pa g e M e m o r y Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 4 8 Co n t Pa g e M e m o r y Fa i l - 2
Description Description
• The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value. • An error occurred in the W/R/V test on the Page Memory.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (option). 1. Check the Page Memory for contact.
2. Install a new Page Memory (option). 2. Install a new Page Memory.
3. Install a new Controller PWB. 3. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 152


016-347 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 4 9 Co n t M A C A d d r Co n t r o l l e r D a ta Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 5 0 Co n t S E E P - R O M Fa i l - 1
Description Description
• The 3-byte header of the MAC AddrController is not an FX Code (08-00-37). • The Product ID cannot be obtained.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
reoccurring.
1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).
[When the SEEP ROM is installed on the BP PWB]
2. Check the Controller PWB and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).
1. Check the SEEP ROM contacts (for bent and broken pins, etc.)
3. Install a new Controller PWB.
2. Check the contacts between the Controller PWB and the BP PWB (for disconnected cables,
etc.)
3. BP PWB
4. Controller PWB
[When the SEEP ROM is installed on the Controller PWB]
1. Check the SEEP ROM contacts (for bent and broken pins, etc.)
2. Install a new Controller PWB

153 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-349
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 5 1 Co n t S E E P - R O M Fa i l - 2 0 1 6 - 3 5 2 I n t e r n a l N e t w o r k I n i t i a l i z e Fa i l
Description Failure to initialize internal network I/F when power On (failed to set loopback addrController) is
detected.
• An error occurred during W/R/V test.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off the machine, confirm the control panel light is off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).
2. Check the Controller PWB and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).
3. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 154


016-351 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 5 3 Co n t I OT - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 5 4 Co n t I I T - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l
Description Description
• When the IOT is unable to communicate with the Controller. • When the Scanner is unable to communicate with the Controller.

Procedure Procedure
• 1. Pull out and reinsert the System Memory. • 1. Pull out and reinsert the System Memory.
2. Pull out and reinsert the Controller PWB. 2. Pull out and reinsert the Controller PWB.
3. Pull out and reinsert the BP PWB. 3. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT harnController (at the BP PWB side and the Trans PWB
If performing 1 to 3 does not improve the situation, install new components in the order of Con- side).
troller PWB -> BP PWB -> MCU PWB. If performing 1 to 3 does not improve the situation, install new components in the order of Con-
troller PWB -> BP PWB -> IIT harnController -> Trans PWB.

155 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-353
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 5 5 Co n t I o A s i c Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 5 6 Co n t V i d e o A S I C Fa i l
Description Description
• At Scanner diagnostic, an error has occurred at (Copy path, Scan path). • At IOT diagnostic, an error has occurred (Print path).

Procedure Procedure
• 1. Pull out and reinsert the System Memory. • 1. Pull out and reinsert the System Memory.
2. Pull out and reinsert the Page Memory. 2. Pull out and reinsert the Page Memory.
3. Pull out and reinsert the Controller PWB. If the fault persists, install new components in the order of System Memory -> Page Memory ->
4. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT harnController (at the BP PWB side and the Trans PWB Controller PWB.
side).
If the fault persists, install new components in the order of System Memory -> Page Memory ->
Controller PWB -> BP PWB -> IIT harnController -> Trans PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 156


016-355 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 5 7 Co n t E P - Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 5 8 Co n t Pa ra l l e l C a r d Fa i l
Description Description
• When the EP Device is unable to communicate with the Controller. • When error has occurred at W/R/V test on the internal register of the Parallel Card.

Procedure Procedure
• 1. Disconnect and reconnect the EP I/F Connection Cable. • 1. Remove and reinstall the Parallel Port.
2. If possible, check the EP I/F Power Supply (check for blown FUSE). 2. Pull out and reinsert the PCI Riser PWB.
If the fault persists, install new components in the order of Controller PWB -> EP Device. If the fault persists, install new components in the order of Parallel Port -> PCI Riser PWB -> Con-
troller PWB.

157 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-357
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 5 9 Co n t U S B H U B Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 6 0 Co n t U I Fa i l - 1
Description Description
• When the USB HUB connection is invalid. • An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.

Procedure Procedure
• Install a new Controller PWB. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert the UI card.
2. Install a new UI card.
3. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 158


016-359 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 6 1 Co n t U S B 3 . 0 D e v i c e Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 6 2 Co n t U I Fa i l - 2
Description Description
• When error has occurred at W/R/V test on the internal register of the USB 3.0 Device. • UI Communication error has occurred.
An error occurred during W/R/V test of VRAM. The Command/Status line is normal if entering
Procedure the Long Boot Mode.
• Install a new Controller PWB.
Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Disconnect, then reconnect the UI cable.
2. Install a new control panel assembly. PL 2.1 Item 1.
3. Install a new Controller PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

159 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-361
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 6 3 Co n t Ly ra C a r d Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 6 4 Co n t U S B 2 . 0 H o s t Fa i l
Description Description
• An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register. • An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card. 1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
2. Remove and insert the JPEG board. 2. Remove and insert the USB 2.0 Host card.
3. Install a new Lyzer card. 3. Install a new Lyzer card.
4. Install a new JPEG board. 4. Install a new USB2.0Host card.
5. Install a new Controller PWB. 5. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 160


016-363 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 6 5 Co n t U S B 2 . 0 D e v i c e Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 6 6 Co n t H D D Fa i l - 1
Description Description
• An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register. • An error has occurred during IDE Controller check (ideDrv equivalent)

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and install the Lyzer card. 1. Disconnect and connect the HDD cable.
2. Remove and install the USB 2.0 Device card. 2. Remove and insert the HDD.
3. Install a new Lyzer card. 3. Install a new HDD and the HDD cable.
4. Install a new USB 2.0 Device card. 4. Install a new Controller PWB.
5. Install a new Controller PWB.

161 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-365
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 6 7 Co n t H D D Fa i l - 2 0 1 6 - 3 6 8 Co n t To r i n o Fa i l
Description Description
• An error occurred during W/R/V test of HDD. • An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Disconnect and connect the HDD cable. 1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
2. Remove and insert the HDD. 2. Remove and insert the Torino board.
3. Install a new HDD and the HDD cable. 3. Install a new Lyzer card.
4. Install a new Controller PWB. 4. Install a new Torino board.
5. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 162


016-367 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 6 9 Co n t S 2 X P W B Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 7 0 Co n t Fa i l
Description Description
• An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval. • A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of the Rendering Engine.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following.
1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card. 1. Install a new Controller PWB.
2. Remove and insert the S2X board.
3. Install a new Lyzer card.
4. Install a new S2X board.
5. Install a new Controller PWB.

163 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-369
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 7 1 Co n t U S B 1 . 1 H o s t Fa i l 0 1 6 - 3 7 2 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - A
Description Description
• A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of USB1.1Host (No communication with the • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition A).
Fax Unit could be established).
Procedure
Procedure • Do this procedure.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Power OFF then ON.
1. Check the cable for connection.
2. Initialize the HDD.
2. Install a new cable.
3. Install a new Fax Unit.
4. Install a new Controller PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 164


016-371 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 7 3 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - B 0 1 6 - 3 7 4 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - C
Description Description
• Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition B). • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition C).

Procedure Procedure
• Do this procedure. • Do this procedure.
1. Power OFF then ON. 1. Power OFF then ON.
2. Initialize the HDD. 2. Initialize the HDD.

165 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-373
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 7 5 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - D 0 1 6 - 3 7 6 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - E
Description Description
• Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition D). • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition E).

Procedure Procedure
• Do this procedure. • Do this procedure.
1. Power OFF then ON. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Initialize the HDD. 2. Initialize the HDD.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 166


016-375 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 7 7 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - F 0 1 6 - 3 7 8 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - G
Description Description
• Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition F). • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition G).

Procedure Procedure
• Do this procedure. • Do this procedure.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Initialize the HDD. 2. Initialize the HDD.

167 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-377
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 7 9 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - H 0 1 6 - 3 8 0 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - I
Description Description
• Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition H). • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition I).

Procedure Procedure
• Do this procedure. • Do this procedure.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Initialize the HDD. 2. Initialize the HDD.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 168


016-379 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 3 8 1 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - J 0 1 6 - 3 8 2 Co n t H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa i l - P
Description Description
• Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition J). • Boot Diag detected a logic error with HDD (Partition P).

Procedure Procedure
• Do this procedure. • Do this procedure.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Initialize the HDD. 2. Initialize the HDD.

169 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-381
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 3 8 3 Co n t O S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 016-400 Authentication error


Description 802.1x Authentication error (Wrong user name or wrong password). User name or password set for
M/C is not correct. Switch setting of “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C
• When Linux and vxWorks cannot communicate with each other
is not correct.
Procedure Procedure
• Turn OFF the power, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn ON the
• Correctly input 802.1x-authenticated user name or password from M/C operation panel
power again.
• Check the switch setting of “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 170


016-383 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-401 Au th en ticati on me thod m ism atch 016-402 Authentication timeout


802.1x Authentication method mismatch (M/C authentication method not supported by authenti- 802.1x Authentication timeout (No response signal received from “Authentication device”).
cation server). Fail signal informing that authentication method set for M/C cannot be procControl-
lered is received from “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C. Procedure
• Check switch setting and network connection of “Authentication device” physically network-con-
Procedure nected with M/C and connect it properly.
• Set M/C Authentication method to that same as being set in Authentication Service. • When the problem persists after user action, check setting of switch connected to the device
• Check 802.1x Authentication method from UI. and network connection.

171 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-401
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 0 3 A u t h e n t i c a t i o n c e r t i fi c a t e m i s m a t c h 016-404 Other authentication error


802.1x Authentication certificate mismatch. Root certificate, Authentication Server certificate, is 802.1x Other authentication error. Internal error occurs with 802.1xSupplicant function of M/C. Ille-
not stored in M/C or not consistent. gal protocol signal is received from authentication server.

Procedure Procedure
• Store in the M/C the Root Certificate of Server Certificate of Authentication Sever. • Retry the operation.
• If Root Certificate is not available, set “Server Certificate Verification” in Device 802.1x setting • Check the Log File.
item to INVALID.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 172


016-403 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 0 5 Ce r t i fi c a t e d a t a b a s e fi l e fa i l u r e 0 1 6 - 4 0 6 8 0 2 . 1 x C l i e n t Ce r t i fi c a t e Fa i l u r e
Certificate data base file failure. Header abnormal/size abnormal detected when certificate data Description
base file being read during system startup.
• [EAP-TLS] is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication for Network 1, but
the SSL client certificate is not set or has been deleted.
Procedure
• Execute Certificate initialization from Maintenance. See (Delete All Certificates / Initialize Procedure
Settings).
• (1) Store the client certificate to this machine SSL and set as SSL client certificate.
(2) If the setting of SSL client certificate cannot be made, select other than [EAP-TLS] as the au-
thentication method.

173 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-405
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-407 XCP Plugin Security Exception 016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin


Description Description
• The Package Management function has detected Security Exception. • The Package Management function has detected the damaged Jar file.

Procedure Procedure
• Correct the plug-in and then install it again. • Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 174


016-407 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 0 9 X C P P l u g i n Ve r s i o n I n c o m p a t i b l e 0 1 6 - 4 1 0 X C P _ P LU G I N _ P R O P E RT Y _ I N VA L I D
Description Description
• The Package Management function has detected a version mismatch. • The Package Management function has detected the invalid definition file.

Procedure Procedure
• Correct the plug-in and then install it again. • Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

175 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-409
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 1 1 X C P _ U N S U P P O RT E D _ C L A S S _ V E R S I O N 016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error


Description Description
• The Package Management function has detected an unsupported class file version. • The Package Management function has detected the plug-in has caused an error that is in-
cluded in a miscellaneous group of errors.
Procedure
• Correct the plug-in and then install it again. Procedure
• Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 176


016-411 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 1 3 Co u l d n t d e t e c t p r o x y s e r v e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y . 0 1 6 - 4 1 4 Co u l d n t c o n n e c t t o Xe r o x s e r v e r o r p r o x y .
Description Description
• The proxy server could not be detected automatically. • The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server.
When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the (A network path problem, an open wire, etc.)
proxy server setting from the DHCP server. However, the attempt has failed.
For the details, see below: Procedure
• Check the following:
– The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running
of JavaScript.) – the connection of the LAN Cable
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error) – the IP AddrController setting
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large) – the default Gateway setting
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout) – the subnet mask setting
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.) – the DNS Server addrController setting
– the proxy server addrController setting
Procedure
• Check the following: If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the
customers network administrator because there is a possibility of a network failure.
– the default Gateway setting When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal
– the subnet mask setting communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
– the DNS Server addrController setting
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the
network administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server
failure, or an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the
way that allows it to give back the proxy server addrController, an error of this code will occur.)
The Network Environment check items are as follows:
– The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can
be reached on the network.
– The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server addrController, or
the file size is 64KB or lController.
– The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be
reached on the network.
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and
network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division
for directions.

177 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-413
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 1 5 Co n n e c t i o n t o Xe r o x s e r v e r h a s t i m e d o u t . 0 1 6 - 4 1 6 A n i n v a l i d s t a t e m C o n t r o l l e r a g e r e c e i v e d fr o m s e r v e r .
Description Description
• There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting • The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a mControllerage indicating an abnormal
in a timeout. condition.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 178


016-415 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 1 7 I n v a l i d n e t w o r k s e t t i n g s w e r e fo u n d . 0 1 6 - 4 2 1 I n p u t Tra y i s Re m o v e d
Description Description
• An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating. • The Paper Tray is removed.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the following: • Install the Paper Tray.
– the IP addrController setting
– the default Gateway setting
– the subnet mask setting
– the DNS Server addrController setting
– the proxy server addrController setting
– the Xerox Communication Server URL setting
– Set [Verify the remote server certificate] to OFF.
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the
customers network administrator because there is a possibility of a network failure.
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.

179 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-417
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-422 Diag Offline 016-423 Offline


Description Description
• 1. When the Diag operation is in progrController, it turns Offline. • 1. Job procControllering is not available due to other failures.
2. Job procControllering is not available as the panel operation (other than during Diag) is in
Procedure progrController.
• Clear any failure that is indicated by other displayed mControllerages. 3. Job procControllering is not available because a third party is using remote accController.
If the Diag operation is in progrController, complete it.
If somebody is in remote accController, wait for the accController to end. Procedure
• Clear any failure that is indicated by other displayed mControllerages.
If the panel operation is in progrController, complete it.
If somebody is in remote accController, wait for the accController to end.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 180


016-422 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 2 4 L o w Po w e r M o d e 016-425 Sleep Mode


Description Description
• When moving to the Low Power Mode. • When moving to the Sleep Power Saver Mode.

Procedure Procedure
• Cancel the Power Saver from the Panel or remotely. The Power Saver will also be canceled when • Cancel the Power Saver from the Panel or remotely. The Power Saver will also be canceled when
a Job is issued. a Job is issued.

181 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-424
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 2 7 8 0 2 . 1 x a u t h e n t i c a t i o n fa i l u r e ( N e t w o r k 2 ) 016-428 802.1x EAP type not supported (Network 2)


Description Description
• Detects one of the following conditions for the Network 2. • Received a Fail signal from the [Authentication Device] that is physically network connected to
(1) The user name or password that has been set in the machine is incorrect. the network 2 of the machine saying unable to procController the encryption method that is set
to the machine.
(2) The switch setting of the [Authentication Device] which is physically network connected to
this machine is not correct. Procedure
• Set the authentication method of Network 2 of this device to the same authentication method
Procedure as the one set in the authentication server.
• (1) Enter the user name or password of the 802.1x authentication (Network 2 setting) from the
machine panel. Check the 802.1x authenticating method from UI
(2) Check the switch setting of the [Authentication Device] which is physically network con-
nected to the network 2 of this machine.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 182


016-427 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 2 9 8 0 2 . 1 x a u t h e n t i c a t i o n fa i l u r e b y t i m i n g o u t ( N e t w o r k 0 1 6 - 4 3 0 8 0 2 . 1 x c e r t i fi c a t e fa i l u r e ( N e t w o r k 2 )
2) Description
Description • (1) The route certificate of the server certificate (for Network 2)of the authentication server is
not stored in the machine or it does not match.
• Authentication timeout since there was no response signal from the [Authentication Device]
that is physically network connected with the network 2 of this machine.
Procedure
Procedure • 1. Store the Route Certificate for the server certificate (for Network 2) of the authentication
server in the machine.
• Check the switch setting or network connection of the [Authentication Device] which is physi-
cally network connected to Network 2 of this machine and connect it correctly. 2. If unable to obtain the route certificate of the server certificate, disable the [Server Authenti-
cation Inspection] for the 802.1x setting item (Network 2) of the device.

183 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-429
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 3 1 8 0 2 . 1 x i n s i d e fa i l u r e ( N e t w o r k 2 ) 0 1 6 - 4 3 2 8 0 2 . 1 x c l i e n t c e r t i fi c a t e fa i l u r e ( N e t w o r k 2 )
Description Description
• An internal error has occurred in the 802.1x supplicant function of the machine. • [EAP-TLS] is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication for Network 2, but
(1) Received an invalid protocol signal from the authentication server in Network 2 of this the SSL client certificate is not set or has been deleted.
machine
Procedure
Procedure • (1) Store the client certificate to this machine SSL and set as SSL client certificate.
• Repeat the operation. (2) If the setting of SSL client certificate cannot be made, select other than [EAP-TLS] as the au-
thentication method.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 184


016-431 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG


SMB Host Name Duplicated. There is another PC with the same host name on the network. Description
• Failed to update of the IPv6 addrController and host name to the DNS server.
Procedure
Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the set- Procedure
ting is duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device.
1. Check that DNS server addrController is set properly in the device.
2. Check with the customers System Administrator whether the DNS server settings that allow Dy-
namic DNS using IPv6 addrController have been made.

185 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-450
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 4 5 4 D N S Re n e w a l Fa u l t o f D y n a m i c 0 1 6 - 4 5 5 S N T P S e r v e r Ti m e - O u t
DNS Renewal Fault of Dynamic. An IP addrController could not be obtained from DNS. SNTP Server Time-Out. There was no response from the SNTP server within the given time (60
seconds).
Procedure
1. Check that DNS server addrController is set properly in the device. Procedure
Manually set the correct time if the time that the machine shows is different from the correct time.
2. Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic
DNS have been made.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 186


016-454 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 4 5 6 S N T P Ti m e A sy n c h r o n o u s 0 1 6 - 4 6 1 U n d e r n o n - t ra n s m i t t e d i m a g e l o g s ta g n a t i o n
SNTP Time Asynchronous. A mControllerage was received that was not synchronized with the Description
standard synchronization source from the SNTP.
• When system data [Level of Ensuring Image Log Transfer] is set to [High] creation of a new job
becomes restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed.
Procedure
Manually set the correct time if the time that the machine shows is different from the correct time. Procedure
• Check the image log management server status and the network status, and clear any cause
that may impede the transfer of image logs to the image log server.
Check the transfer settings and transfer all logs that are yet to be transferred.
Or, change the transfer guarantee level to [Low]. Note that setting the transfer guarantee level
to [Low] may cause the image logs to get deleted in sequence even before they are transferred.

187 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-456
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 0 0 W r i t e t o Co n t - R O M e r r o r d e t e c t i o n ( D u r i n g D L D 016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD


method) method)
Description Description
• An error was detected when writing data to the Cont-ROM. • An error was detected when writing data to the S2X-ROM
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

Procedure Procedure
• Retry job. If retry failed, install a new Controller-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD • Retry job. If retry failed, install a new S2X-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD meth-
method again. od again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 188


016-500 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 0 2 W r i t e t o Co n t / S 2 X / I I S S / DA D F / I OT / F i n / Fa x C a r d e r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 0 3 S MT P S e r v e r A d d r Co n t r o l l e r Re s o l u t i o n Fa u l t
detection (During PJL method) SMTP Server AddrController Resolution Fault. The SMTP server name was not correct when sending
mail.
Description
• An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine Procedure
Not able to carry out normal operation because content of one of the ROMs is missing. Specify the correct SMTP Server name or use IP AddrController to specify the server.

Procedure
• Perform download in DLD Mode, and follow the Error Code displayed by the machine to identify
the faulty ROM.
Install a new faulty ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

189 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-502
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 0 4 P O P S e r v e r A d d r Co n t r o l l e r Re s o l u t i o n Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 5 0 5 P O P A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa u l t
POP Server AddrController Resolution Fault. The POP3 server name was not correct when sending POP Authentication Fault. There was a failure logging in to the POP3 server when sending mail.
mail.
Procedure
Procedure Correctly specify authentication info registered at the POP server.
Specify the correct POP Server name or use IP AddrController to specify the server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 190


016-504 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 0 6 I m a g e L o g H D D Fu l l 0 1 6 - 5 0 7 I m a g e Lo g S e n d Fa i l 0 1
Description Description
• When the system data [Level of Ensuring Log image Creation] is set to [High] the log image • With the system data [Auto Transfer Setting] set to [Transfer by the job] a log image transfer
storage area on the disk becomes full (during procControllering any job other than copy/scan fails, making it impossible to continue a target job.
jobs).
Procedure
Procedure • Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear
• Try to rerun the job. any factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in
the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, the level is set to Low, log
image creation cannot be ensured.

191 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-506
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 0 8 I m a g e Lo g S e n d Fa i l 0 2 0 1 6 - 5 0 9 I m a g e Lo g N o S e n d R u l e 0 1
Description Description
• An image log transfer fails. • With the system data [Auto Transfer] set to [Transfer by Job], transfer rules are not registered,
causing a job to be discontinued.
Procedure
• Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear Procedure
any factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server. • Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 192


016-508 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 1 0 I m a g e Lo g N o S e n d R u l e 0 2 0 1 6 - 5 1 1 I m a g e Lo g I n v a l i d S e n d R u l e 0 1
Description Description
• Because transfer rules are not registered, a transfer fails. • With the system data [Auto Transfer] set to [Transfer by Job], illegal transfer rules cause a job to
be discontinued.
Procedure
• Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device. Procedure
• Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

193 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-510
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 1 2 I m a g e Lo g I n v a l i d S e n d R u l e 0 2 0 1 6 - 5 1 3 S M T P S e r v e r Re c e p t i o n E r r o r
Description Description
• Illegal transfer rules cause a transfer failure. • SMTP Server Response Receive Timeout

Procedure Procedure
• Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device. 1. Timeout has occurred.
• Server Load is Heavy/Network Traffic is High
-> Wait awhile before re-executing job.
• Check that SMTP Send Port No. is correct.
->If the fault persists, consult with the Network Administrator.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 194


016-512 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-514 XPS Error 016-515 XPS Short of Memory


Description Description
During XPS Bridge procControllering, Invalid Schema, Parameter Error, damage to XPS File, or an er- During XPS Bridge procControllering, a lack of memory was detected.
ror internal to XPS Decomposer occurred.
Procedure
Procedure If print mode is set to [high resolution], change it to [standard]. If print mode is set to [standard],
Print from XPS Viewer, using a painter driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). change it to [high speed].
If memory is still insufficient, expand memory.
If memory is expanded to the maximum but the problem still occurs, print from XPS Viewer, using a
driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

195 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-514
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 1 6 X P S Pr i n t Ti c ke t d e s c r i p t i o n e r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 1 7 P S B o o k l e t I l l e g a l Co l o r M o d e C h a n g e
PrintTicket included in a XPS document is based on [grammar not supported by this machine] or Description
has [print instructions not supported by this machine].
While PS Decomp was interpreting a booklet job, a change to ProcController Color Model or the res-
olution/binary/multi-valued parameter was detected.
Procedure
Check whether the users way of using the application that sends a print job and the print instruc- Procedure
tions have problems.
Rewrite the PostScript file in the way that does not allow the page device, ProcController Color Mod-
If they have no problems, ask not Fuji Xerox but a vendor that produces the application that sends el, to be changed in the procController.
a print job about the operation of the application. If this does not resolve the problem, get a list of
printer settings, a job history report, and the print data with PrintTicket to send, and go to the fol-
lowing to resolve the problem.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 196


016-516 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 1 8 P S B o o k l e t Co n f l i c t W M 0 1 6 - 5 1 9 D e v i c e DV - R e a c h e d L i m i t
Description Description
• PS Booklet and Watermarks were specified at the same time. • A number of printable sides is set in the device and the number of printed sides as the job is run-
ning has reached that number.
Procedure
• PS Booklet and Watermark/UUID cannot be specified at the same time. Cancel either one. Procedure
• Contact the System Administrator to request for a change in the limit of the printable sides.

197 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-518
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 2 0 M RC H W J o b E r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 2 1 S m a r t C a r d N o t Fo u n d
Description Description
• An error has occurred during the usage of High ComprControllerion Board. • After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card was removed or the Card
Reader was detached, which causes the personal signature to fail.
Procedure
• Repeat the operation or change the output file format/color mode. Procedure
If the fault persists, perform the following procedure to correct it. • Insert the Smart Card into the Reader and check the PIN again before performing the personal
signature scan.
Install a new High ComprControllerion Board.
If the Card Reader was detached, reconnect it again and restart the device.
If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status improved.
– Install a new Memory Modules on the Main PWBA
– Install a new Main PWBA.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 198


016-520 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 2 2 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 2 0 1 6 - 5 2 3 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 3
Description Description
• SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. • SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The SSL client certificate cannot be obtained. The Server certificate data is incorrect

Procedure Procedure
• Install the SSL client certificate into the device as the LDAP Server will request for it. • The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP Server.
Register the root certificate of the LDAP Server SSL certificate in the device.

199 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-522
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 2 4 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 4 0 1 6 - 5 2 5 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 5
Description Description
• SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. • SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server certificate is close to expiring The Server certificate has expired

Procedure Procedure
• Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid. • Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid.
Although this error can also be avoided by setting [SSL Communication During Authentication] Although this error can also be avoided by setting [SSL Server Authentication] to [OFF] at the
of [LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings] to [Disabled] at the device, keep in mind that it device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected
would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server. LDAP Server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 200


016-524 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 2 6 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 6 0 1 6 - 5 2 7 L DA P S S L e r r o r 1 1 7
Description Description
• SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. • SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server Name and the certificate do not match. SLL authentication internal error has occurred.

Procedure Procedure
• Ensure that the addrController of the LDAP Server set in the device matches the addrController • An internal error has occurred in the program.
of the LDAP Server defined in the SSL certificate.
Although this error can also be avoided by setting [SSL Server Authentication] to [OFF] at the
device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected
LDAP Server.

201 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-526
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

01 6 -5 2 8 S ma rt Ca rd N ot Aut h 0 1 6 - 5 2 9 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d s e r v e r t i m e o u t
Description Description
• After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card PIN check status was cleared, • There was no response within the specified time (45 sec) when connecting to the Remote Down-
which causes the personal signature to fail. load server.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the PIN and again perform the personal signature scan. • Check the network connection. Check that the Remote Download server is properly configured
and operating on the network.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 202


016-528 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 3 3 K e r b e r o s A t t e s ta t i o n p r o t o c o l e r r o r 3 7 016-534 Ke rb e ros A tte stati on pr otocol er r or 41,42


Description Description
• A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (37) • A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (41, 42)

Procedure Procedure
• The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock skew • Although the Kerberos Server exists in a realm that is set in the device, the addrController of the
limit of the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos server are set Kerberos Server that was set cannot be connected to.
correctly. Check that the realm name and Server addrController in the Kerberos Settings of the device are
At the same time, check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and set correctly.
the Kerberos server are the same. When connected to a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Server, use all upper case for the realm
name.

203 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-533
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 3 5 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d fi l e a c c C o n t r o l l e r e r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 3 6 H o s t n a m e s o l u t i o n e r r o r i n Re m o t e D o w n l o a d
Description Description
• The specified FW update file (Download image file) is not found in the Remote Download • Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS accController before connecting
server. to the Remote Download server. DNS library call error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Remote Download server for the FW update file. • Check the connection to the DNS.
Or, check whether the Remote Download server name has been registered in the DNS.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 204


016-535 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 3 7 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d s e r v e r c o n n e c t i o n e r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 3 8 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d fi l e w r i t e e r r o r
Description Description
• The port of the connection destination Remote Download server is not open. • The FW update file that was obtained from the Remote Download server cannot be saved prop-
erly into the HDD.
Procedure
• Check the network connection setting (port) of the Remote Download server. Procedure
• Check the HDD for free space and delete unnecessary files. Or, install a new HDD.

205 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-537
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 3 9 K e r b e r o s A t t e s ta t i o n p r o t o c o l e r r o r o t h e r 016-543 Atte station Age nt er r or 543


Description Description
• A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (Others) • The specified realm/domain has disappeared from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent (the
domain was manually deleted at the ApeosWare Authentication Agent after obtaining the
Procedure realm name list from the device)
• An internal error has occurred in the program.
Procedure
• Update the realm list, using the Update Realm button on the device, or add the domain to the
ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
To update the device realm information, perform the following: PrController the [Authentication
Agent] button on the Authentication window of the device. The Authentication Agent window
appears. PrController the [Update] button on the window.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 206


016-539 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-545 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 545 016-546 Atte station Age nt er r or 546
Description Description
• A Clock skew error has occurred in attestation. • A general user has attempted to obtain other users user information (GetUserInformation
The time of ApeosWare Authentication Agent and ActiveDirectory is out of sync with the upper method only).
limit of the Kerberos ClockSkew set in the ActiveDirectory. The User Name included in the WWW-Authorization of the http header is different from the
<UserID> included in the request mControllerage of the GetUserInformation method.
Procedure
• Match the time of the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication agent is installed in with the Procedure
time of the PC where the ActiveDirectory is. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Furthermore, if the Windows Time Service in the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication Agent
is installed is stopped, start it up.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication agent User Guide for solutions.

207 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-545
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-548 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 548 016-553 Atte station Age nt er r or 553
Description Description
• The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not in the • The version information written in the SOAP Header cannot be understood. The ApeosWare Au-
database (GetUserInformation method only). thentication Agent does not support the version of the device interface.
The device is not registered in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Procedure
Procedure • The version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent needs to be upgraded.
• Register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the [ApeosWare Authenti- Check that the machine is a product that is supported by the upgraded version of the Apeos-
cation Agent User Guide] for solutions. Ware Authentication Agent.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 208


016-548 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-554 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 554 016-555 Atte station Age nt er r or 555
Description Description
• The existence check for the specified user in the event of an authentication error has failed. • Timed out when connecting to the authentication server.
The domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentica- The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active Directory.
tion Agent domain is incorrect.
Procedure
Procedure • Check that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent can connect to the database or the Active
• Set the domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authen- Directory.
tication Agent domain to the correct items. Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

209 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-554
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-556 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 556 016-557 Atte station Age nt er r or 557
Description An internal error has occurred in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
• Timeout during database procControllering.
Procedure
Error has occurred in the database that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is connected to
• Check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
due to overloading.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.
Procedure
• Wait for a while before authenticating again as the service is overloaded.
If that did not solve the problem, check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 210


016-556 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-558 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 558 0 1 6 - 5 5 9 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d p a r a m e t e r e r r o r


Description Description
• The machine has received an unknown error from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. • When performing the Remote Download, an invalid value is set in the required system data.

Procedure Procedure
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Check that all system data that must be set to perform the Remote Download have been prop-
erly set.
Example: Check the server settings corresponding to the IP mode, etc.

211 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-558
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-560 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 560 016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent
Description Description
• A communication error has occurred between the ApeosWare Authentication Agent and the • Two or more entries with the same IC card information were found in the temporary user DB of
machine. Active Directory or Authentication Agent.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check that the network cable is connected and check the settings of the Authentication Agent • Make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory or Authentication
function. Agent do not have the same IC card information.
2. If DNS addrController of the Server is set as the Server name/IP addrController of the Apeos-
Ware Authentication Agent in the printer function settings list, check that DNS is enabled.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 212


016-560 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 6 3 I m a g e Lo g M e m o r y Fu l l ( E x p . K i t ) 0 1 6 - 5 6 4 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d S e r v e r A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa i l e d
Description Description
• When the system data [Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level] is set to [High], the Image Exten- • When accControllering the Remote Download server, an authentication error notification was is-
sion Kit has insufficient memory. sued from the server.

Procedure Procedure
• Set the image quality to [Normal]. • Check that the correct user name and password was specified when accControllering the Re-
mote Download server.

213 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-563
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 6 5 B a c k u p Re s t o r e E r r o r 0 1 6 - 5 6 6 B a c k u p Re s t o r e C o n d i t i o n E r r o r
Description Description
• When performing backup, there is no backup storage destination. • During backup, the FW download file that has the same version as the machine cannot be
• When performing restore or deletion of backup files, there are no backup files. found.
• During restore, the machine configuration during backup and restore does not match. Therefore,
Procedure the restore cannot be performed.
• For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the fault persists, use a PC • At an attempt to restore a specific backed-up file, a backed-up file for another device or a wrong
to check the USB memory for a [backup] directory. If it is not there, create it. backed-up file has been selected.
• When performing restore or deletion of backup files from the USB backup file, check that the
USB Memory is properly installed. Procedure
• During backup, save the FW download file into the dwld directory in the USB memory, plug it in-
to the machine, and then perform the backup.
• During restore, use the same IOT and IIT ROM versions as those during backup. When perform-
ing restore using a USB backup file, also use the same HDD configuration.
• If there is no HDD, use the same Controller ROM versions as well. If the same configuration can-
not be attained, delete the backup file from the panel.
• If the problem occurred at an attempt to restore a backed-up file from an external place, check
that the Controller/IIT/IOT/FAX ROM version is still the same as the version used when the
backed-up file was created. Furthermore, check the device is the same as the one that generated
the backed-up file.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 214


016-565 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 6 7 B a c k u p C a p a c i t y Fu l l 0 1 6 - 5 6 8 B a c k u p Re s t o r e Fa i l e d
• The backup destination has insufficient capacity. • An HDD accController error has occurred.
• The memory is not enough for data-to-back-up to be encrypted. • A USB Memory accController error has occurred.
• The backup file was corrupted during restore.
Procedure
1. Before performing the HDD backup, delete existing backup files through the panel to increase • An unexpected error has occurred.
the capacity.
Procedure
2. Before performing USB backup, delete the backup files in the USB memory through the panel,
1. Initialize the HDD, dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk.
or use a PC to delete unnecessary files in the USB memory to increase the capacity.
2. Before performing restore using the HDD backup file, delete backup files through the UI panel.
If the fault persists, initialize the HDD, dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk.
3. For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the fault persists, use a PC
to format the USB Memory.
4. When performing restore using USB backup files, check that the USB Memory is properly in-
stalled. If the fault persists, use the UI panel or a PC to delete the backup files.
5. If the problem still persists, use a PC to format the USB Memory.

215 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-567
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-569 Atte stati on Agent e rr or 569 0 1 6 - 5 7 0 J o b t i c ke t o u t o f m e m o r y


Errors related to the functions of the Authentication Agent other than listed previously. Description
• XPIF Parser detectout of memory while interpreting job ticket.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
• Increase memory size for job ticket on UI Panel, restart MC, and then run the job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 216


016-569 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 7 1 J o b t i c ke t w r o n g p a ra m 0 1 6 - 5 7 2 J o b t i c ke t m e d i a e r r o r
Description Description
• Decomposer detects job ticket has instructed Device to do what is inconsistent with device spec. • Decomposer detects paper whose properties are specified by job ticket cannot be recognized as
paper (size/type/color) supported by device.
Procedure
• Check for a mismatch between parameters specified by job ticket, correct the parameters and Procedure
then resend the job. • Check that the device that receives data can print it onto paper whose properties (size/type/
weight/color/punched) are specified by job ticket.

217 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-571
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 7 3 J o b t i c ke t p a r s e e r r o r 016-574 Host name solution error in FTP


Description Description
• XPIF Parser has received and procControllered job ticket that has syntax impossible to interpret. • Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS accController before connecting
to the FTP Server. DNS library call error.
Procedure
• Ensure the following: software is properly installed on client that generates job ticket; operation- Procedure
al requirements are met; and software version matches device version. 1. Check the connection to the DNS.
Or, check whether the destination server name has been registered in the DNS.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 218


016-573 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP 0 1 6 - 5 76 Se r ve r c o n n ec t io n e r r o r in F TP


Description Description
• Before connecting to the FTP server, the DNS server was detected to be not set. DNS library call • Failed to connect to the FTP server.
error.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination FTP server and this ma-
1. Set the DNS addrController. chine is available. For example, check the following:
Or, set the destination server addrController using IP addrController. • Check that the Server IP addrController is correct.
• Check the connection of network cables.

219 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-575
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 7 7 Pr o b l e m i n F T P s e r v i c e 0 1 6 - 5 7 8 L o g i n / Pa s s w o r d E r r o r
Description A login name or password error in FTP scan.
• Failed to connect to the FTP service of the destination server.
Procedure
Procedure Print a Configuration Report and have the customer confirm that the Default File Destination or Al-
ternate File Destination settings listed on the last page of the report are correctly set in the ma-
• Take any one of the following actions:
chine, especially the Login Name.
– Check that the FTP service of the Server is operating.
Ask the customer to reset or change the Password for the machine's User account on their FTP serv-
– Check that the FTP port number of the Server matches the FTP port number that is set on er as the Password may have expired. If they change the Password at their server, then the new
the machine. Password must be entered into the File Destination settings in the machine. Refer to the System Ad-
ministrator Guide.
Have the customer attempt to log in to their FTP server from a PC on their network and using the
Login Name and Password specified in the machine. This will verify that the Name and Password
are correct.
If the machine problem persists, then have the customer refer to the product's System Administra-
tor Guide to be sure that the machine is properly configured or have them contact the Xerox Cus-
tomer Support Center.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 220


016-577 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP 0 1 6 - 5 8 0 F i l e n a m e a c q u i s i t i o n fa i l u r e fr o m F T P s e r v e r


Description Description
• When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move • The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connect-
to the RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination. ing to the FTP server.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct. 1. Check the accController right to the FTP scan server.

221 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-579
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 8 1 F i l e n a m e s u f fi x l i m i t o v e r i n F T P 0 1 6 - 5 8 2 F i l e c r e a t i o n fa i l u r e i n F T P
Description Description
• When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file • When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.
name/folder name suffix exceeded the limit.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination
1. Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder. 2. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 222


016-581 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 8 3 Lo c k Fo l d e r C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e I n F t p 0 1 6 - 5 8 4 Fo l d e r C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e
Description A failure in creating a FTP scan folder
• When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder crea-
tion has failed. Procedure
Print a Configuration Report and have the customer confirm that the Default File Destination or Al-
Procedure ternate File Destination settings listed on the last page of the report are correctly set in the ma-
chine, especially the Login Name.
1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry
the job. Have the customer perform the following:
2. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.
1. Log in to their FTP server from a PC on their network and using the Login Name and Password
3. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists. specified in the machine.
4. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. 2. Create a Folder on the FTP server in the location that the machine should be transferring files in-
to and copy a file into the Folder. Then delete the file and folder. This will verify that the ma-
chine's User account has proper permissions on the FTP server.
3. Have them verify that there is sufficient file space in the destination on the FTP server to allow
the machine to transfer files.
4. Have the customer check for an abundance of files and folders and delete some of them if
possible.
If the machine problem persists, then have the customer refer to the product's System Administra-
tor Guide to be sure that the machine is properly configured or have them contact the Xerox Cus-
tomer Support Center.

223 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-583
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 8 5 F i l e D e l e t e Fa i l u r e I n F t p 0 1 6 - 5 8 6 Lo c k Fo l d e r D e l e t e Fa i l u r e I n F t p
Description Description
• When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. • When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has
failed.
Procedure
1. Check the accController right to the server. Procedure
1. Check the accController right to the server.
2. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry
the job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 224


016-585 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 8 7 Fo l d e r d e l e t e fa i l u r e i n F T P 0 1 6 - 5 8 8 D a t a w r i t e - i n fa i l u r e t o F T P s e r v e r
Description Description
• When deleting a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. • Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check the accController right to the server. 1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

225 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-587
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 8 9 D a t a r e a d fa i l u r e fr o m F T P s e r v e r 0 1 6 - 5 9 0 D a t a r e a d i n g fa i l u r e fr o m F T P s e r v e r
Description Description
• Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save • Unable to save a file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer
to PC) FTP transfer. because File Name Conflict is set to Cancel Job.

Procedure Procedure
• Check whether there is accController right to the FTP server and grant the proper rights. • Set File Name Conflict to other than Cancel Job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 226


016-589 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 9 1 F T P s c a n fi l i n g p o l i c y i n j u s t i c e 0 1 6 - 5 9 2 N E X T N A M E . DAT fi l e a c c Co n t r o l l e r e r r o r i n F T P
Description Description
• Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with • An error has occurred when accControllering the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to the
the FTP server. FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer.

Procedure Procedure
1. When Add is selected for File Name Conflict, check that the file format is not set to Multi-page. 1. When Add is selected for File Name Conflict, check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.

227 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-591
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan 0 1 6 - 5 9 4 T Y P E c o m m a n d fa i l u r e i n F T P


Description Description
• A Redirector internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server. • The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

Procedure Procedure
• Repeat the operation. • Repeat the operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 228


016-593 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 9 5 P O RT c o m m a n d fa i l u r e i n F T P 0 1 6 - 5 9 6 C D U P c o m m a n d fa i l u r e i n F T P
Description Description
• The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error) • The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

Procedure Procedure
• Repeat the operation. • Repeat the operation.

229 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-595
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 5 9 7 S a m e n a m e fi l e e x i s t s i n F T P s e r v e r 0 1 6 - 5 9 8 E m a i l m Co n t r o l l e ra g e s i z e o v e r
Description Description
• The procController was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after • In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data max mControllerage size.
connecting to the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications)
Procedure
Procedure • Perform the following:
• Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accControllering the same folder
in the same server. 1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
3. Change max mControllerage size to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 230


016-597 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 5 9 9 E m a i l m Co n t r o l l e ra g e s i z e o v e r 0 1 6 - 6 0 0 K O A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Lo c ke d
Description KO Authentication Locked. The number of consecutive KO authentication errors reached the num-
ber specified in system data: ‘Maximum Consecutive KO Authentication Errors [700-563]).
• In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data max mControllerage size.

Procedure Procedure
Only record the data to the history.
• Perform the following:
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
3. Change max mControllerage size to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)

231 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-599
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 6 0 1 I l l e g a l A c c Co n t r o l l e r D e t e c t i o n 0 1 6 - 6 0 3 H D D n o t fo u n d Fa i l
Illegal AccController Detection. The number of authentication errors (including CO/KO) within a giv- Description
en time reached the number specified in system data: ‘Maximum Number of Authentication Errors
• Although the HDD was connected in the previous Power ON, now it cannot be detected.
(dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-564]).

Procedure Procedure
• (No User intervention needed)
Only record the data to the history.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 232


016-601 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 6 0 4 C r e a t E d D e b u g - l o g By S y s t e m 0 1 6 - 6 0 5 C r e a t e d D e b u g - l o g By E x t C o n t
Description Description
• 1. When the power is turned OFF and a debug log is automatically created during job execution • When a debug log is created by a request from an external DFE such as DocuSP
2. When the power is turned ON and a debug log is automatically created while the power is
turned OFF and the Power OFF Sequence is not executed Procedure
• Collect the debug log if necControllerary.
Procedure
• Collect the debug log if necControllerary.

233 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-604
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 6 0 6 Co n t - B P C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 6 0 7 Co n t - U I C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l
Description Description
• Fault in the connection with the back plane is detected by the controller. • Fault in the connection with the UI Cable is detected by the controller.

Procedure Procedure
• Repair the connection fault. • Repair the connection fault.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 234


016-606 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 6 0 8 Co n t - M C U C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 6 0 9 P C I O p t i o n N o S u p p o r t D e v i c e Fa i l
Description Description
• Fault in the connection with the MCU Cable is detected by the controller. • Unknown PCI Option is detected by the controller.

Procedure Procedure
• Repair the connection fault. • Remove unknown PCI Option.

235 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-608
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 6 1 0 P C I E X O p t i o n N o S u p p o r t D e v i c e Fa i l 0 1 6 - 6 1 1 S D C a r d Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l
Description Description
• Unknown PCI Ex Option is detected by the controller. • SD Card not inserted is detected by controller.

Procedure Procedure
• Remove unknown PCI Ex Option. • Insert SD Card.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 236


016-610 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 6 1 2 Lo g I m a g e C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e 0 1 6 - 7 0 0 P a s s w o r d i s u n d e r m i n i m u m fi g u r e s
Description Description
• An error has occurred during the creation of the log image. (This is limited to when the assur- • The number of password digits for the job received is lController than the minimum.
ance level is Low for log image creation.) *Enable setting the minimum number of password digits for a security print and an authentica-
tion print in order not to store any job for which a lController-than-minimum number of pass-
Procedure word digits are entered.
• (No CE intervention needed)
Procedure
• Use a minimum or larger number of password digits for the job to print out.
If the fault persists, perform the following:

237 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-612
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 0 1 O u t o f A RT E X M e m o r y 0 1 6 - 7 0 2 O u t o f Pa g e B u f fe r
Out of ART EX Memory. Insufficient memory was detected while using ART EX. Out of Page Buffer. Even a single page could not be comprControllered. It was detected that the
print page buffer was insufficient.
Procedure
1. Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX. (In some cases, actual memory must be Procedure
increased) 1. Change the Print mode (Example: High Quality mode → Normal mode).
2. Change the print mode. (Example: High Quality mode → Normal mode) 2. Reduce the resolution.
3. Lower the resolution. 3. Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled].
4. Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled]. 4. Increase the page buffer.
5. Execute [Image ComprControllerion] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver. 5. Execute [Image ComprControllerion] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver.
6. For PCL, set the [PCL Heap Memory/Band Buffer Ratio] to above 1:2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 238


016-701 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-703 Email to Invalid Box 0 1 6 - 7 0 4 M a i l b o x i s Fu l l


Email to Invalid Box. E-mail was received that specified a security box that was not enabled or that Mailbox is Full. The full condition was detected when accControllering the HD.
was not valid.
Procedure
Procedure Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.
1. Ask the sender to register the numbered mailbox as specified and to send mail to the mailbox.
2. Ask the sender to send mail to the valid mailbox.

239 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-703
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 0 5 S e c u r e Pr i n t Fa u l t 016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded


Secure Print Fault. Secure storage was not possible without the HDD. A failure occurred when regis- Max. User Number Exceeded. It was detected that the HDD was full because the maximum number
tering a securely printed document. of users for secure printing was exceeded.

Procedure Procedure
Check that HDD is installed. Remove any unnecessary doc/user to perform reprinting.
If the problem occurs with the machine with HDD, check that the correct operation for security print
is performed.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 240


016-705 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 0 7 S a m p l e Pr i n t Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 0 8 H D Fu l l b y A n n o t a t i o n / Wa t e r m a r k I m a g e
Sample Print Fault. A sample print was not possible because the HDD was not installed. HD Full by Annotation/Watermark Image. The job terminated because the full condition was de-
tected during HD storage of an annotation or watermark image.
Procedure
Check that HDD is installed. If the problem occurs with the machine with HDD, check that the cor- Procedure
rect operation for proof print is performed. • Cancel Annotation/Watermark and repeat the operation.
• Reduce the number of document pages. In Mixed Size mode, only a single size is available.
• For printing Stored Document, delete unnecessary documents from the HDD and repeat the
operation.
• Expand the capacity of the HDD partition of the relevant service.

241 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-707
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 0 9 A RT E X Co m m a n d Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 1 0 D e l a ye d Pr i n t Fa u l t
ART EX Command Fault. An ART EX command error occurred during PLW procControllering. Delayed Print Fault.

Procedure Initial Actions


This error occurs when some parts of the created print file are missing or abnormal. In parallel con- Check whether the HDD is installed.
nection, check it according to the procedures given below.
1. Set [Parallel Bi-Directional Communication] to [Off] in the printer driver. Procedure
1. Free up the HDD capacity.
2. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.
2. If Secure Print/Proof Print or Knowledge Storage Print is specified, disable them.
3. Install a new parallel cable.
3. Reduce the Delay Print jobs waiting to 100 jobs or lController.
4. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.
5. Change the BIOS settings in the PC. (change the current parallel port settings to others.) If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations are correct.
6. Change the power supply outlet (socket).
In network connection, connect the PC with the printer for checking.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 242


016-709 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-711 Email Send Size Limit Exceeded 0 1 6 - 7 1 2 U n d e r PA N T H E R C a p a c i t y ( I - Fo r m a t t e r )


• In mailing FAX and instructions for forwarding, the transmission module (Redirection) tried to Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formatter).
send to the network, data whose size is over the system data ‘the upper limit of Scan to Email
data size. Procedure
Note: In Scan to Email, the same system data is referred to and 016-985 is detected at an at- Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area.
tempt to store images.
Procedure
1. Reduce resolution (image quality for transmission), which is a send parameter, to resend the
image.
2. Reduce reduce/enlarge ratio, which is a send parameter, to retry. (E.g. Reduce A3 to A4.)
3. Change ‘Upper limit of data size in the System Setting screen on UI Panel. (Default 2MB
recommended)

243 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-711
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 1 3 S e c u r i t y B o x Pa s s w o r d Fa u l t 016-714 Security Box is not Enabled


Security Box Password Fault. Password composition failed during storage to a security box. Security Box is not Enabled. During storage to a security box the security box was not enabled.

Procedure Procedure
Set a correct password and try again. Open the appropriate mailbox and try again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 244


016-713 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 1 5 E S C P Fo r m I n v a l i d Pa s s w o r d 0 1 6 - 7 1 6 T I F F D a ta O ve r f l o w
Description TIFF Data Overflow. A TIFF file could not be spooled because the capacity of the HDD was
exceeded.
• Incorrect password was input when attempting to use ESCP form. Job is aborted.

Procedure Procedure
Install the HDD or increase the capacity of the HDD.
• Input the correct password to use ESCP Form.

245 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-715
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 1 7 Fa x / I n t e r n e t FA X S e n d Re s u l t N o t Fo u n d 0 1 6 - 7 1 8 I n s u f fi c i e n t P C L 6 M e m o r y
Description Out of PCL6 Memory. Insufficient memory was detected when using PCL6.
• Failed attempt to create Unsent Report or Monitor Report because the Send Result Data that is
required to create the report is not stored in the memory/HDD of the device. Procedure
Decrease resolution or avoid using Duplex Print/N-Up, to instruct the MC to reprint.
– HDD Full due to an Internet FAX document send with size exceeding the partition C size
(2GB or 4GB), resulting in the Internet FAX Send Result Data being unable to be stored.
– Over 200 jobs were executed since the last selected Output Report job, resulting in the Inter-
net FAX Send Result Data being overwritten.

Procedure
• Split any Internet FAX documents that would exceed 2GB in document storage size into several
jobs and control the usage amount of memory, HDD, etc.
• If there is a large amount of Scanner/Internet FAX documents being procControllered, please
wait until the other scanner/Internet FAX jobs are completed before performing your Scanner/
Internet FAX job.
• Do not perform over 200 jobs in between the end of the job that you want to output the report
for until the actual report output operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 246


016-717 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 1 9 I n s u f fi c i e n t P C L M e m o r y 0 1 6 - 7 2 0 P C L Co m m a n d Fa u l t
Out of PCL Memory. Insufficient memory was detected when using PCL. PCL Command Fault. A PCL command error occurred during PCL procControllering.

Procedure Procedure
Increase the PCL memory size. Increasing the memory for the whole system will increase the memo- Cancel the job to retry.
ry to be allocated to the Decomposer in some measure.
UI settings or other ways cannot explicitly increase the PCL memory.
Therefore, if a job is aborted due to insufficient memory when the memory has been increased to
the maximum capacity, change the printer driver settings to see if printing becomes available.

247 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-719
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 2 1 O t h e r Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 2 2 J o b C a n c e l b y S t a p l e Po s i t i o n N G
Other Fault. An unexpected error occurred during print procControllering. Job Cancel by Staple Position NG. A job was cancelled because the staple position was impossible.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: • Check the Staple settings for the print data to be sent to the printer.
• Check that with ‘Paper Tray Settings set to ‘Auto Tray Selection disabled for all the trays in • Check the client driver settings or PC settings.
‘Common Settings under System Settings, Auto Tray Selection is not selected.
• Check ESC/P Command Fault then Print Fault.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 248


016-721 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 2 3 J o b C a n c e l b y P u n c h Po s i t i o n N G 0 1 6 - 7 2 4 Co m p l e x Po s i t i o n Fa u l t o f S t a p l e a n d Pu n c h
Job Cancel by Punch Position NG. A job was cancelled because the punch position was impossible. Complex Position Fault of Staple and Punch.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Punch settings for the print data to be sent to the printer. Change settings so that the same binding position (same side of output paper) is specified.
• Check the client driver settings or PC settings.

249 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-723
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 2 5 B - Fo r m a t t e r L i b ra r y I m a g e Co n v e r s i o n E r r o r 0 1 6 - 7 2 6 P D L A u t o S w i tc h Fa u l t
Description PDL Auto Switch Fault. The print language could not be automatically selected when the print mode
specification was ‘automatic.
• An error has occurred where the Mailbox document cannot be converted to Facsimile Data when
Job Flow function of the machine is used to send the scanned documents stored in the Mailbox
to the Facsimile Device. Procedure
In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below.
Procedure 1. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.
• Do not use the Job Flow function.
2. Install a new parallel cable.
On the Facsimile selection screen of the machine, specify to directly scan the document and
send it to the Facsimile recipient. 3. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.
4. Change the print language from [Auto] to [ARTEX] or [PS] fixed by selecting [Emulation Set-
tings]>[Print Mode] in CWIS.
If not in parallel connection, check Step 4 above.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 250


016-725 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 2 7 0 - p a g e d o c u m e n t i s u n s t o ra b l e i n a M a i l B o x . 016-728 U nsup p orte d TI FF D ata


Description Unsupported TIFF Data. An unsupported tag was included in a TIFF file.
• The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is can-
celed because 0 page documents cannot be stored. Procedure
Remove any unsupported Tag from the data and reprint. Explain to the customer that the TIFF file
Procedure is not supported.
• Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page.
If Paper Saving is ON, turn it OFF and print again. Check that the printed document is not a
blank paper, and input some text if it is blank.

251 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-727
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-729 TI FF D ata Si ze E xce ede d 0 1 6 - 7 3 0 U n s u p p o r t e d A RT Co m m a n d


TIFF Data Size too Big. A TIFF file could not be printed because the number of colors or resolution Unsupported ART Command. A command that is not supported by ART IV was detected.
exceeded the upper bound for the permitted range.
Procedure
Procedure Remove any unsupported command from the data and reprint. Explain to the customer that the
Change the color qty/resolution of the TIFF file and reprint. ART file is not supported.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 252


016-729 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-731 I nva lid TIFF D ata 0 1 6 - 7 3 2 Fo r m N o t Re g i s t e r e d


Invalid TIFF Data. Printing was not possible because the TIFF data was truncated. Form Not Registered. The decomposer detected that the specified form was not registered.

Procedure Procedure
Wait for a while and then resend the data. Resend the form data.

253 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-731
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 3 3 D e s t i n a t i o n A d d r Co n t r o l l e r Re s o l u t i o n Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 3 4 S i m p l i fi e d D e s t i n a t i o n Re s u l t Re p o r t O u t p u t Fa u l t
Destination AddrController Resolution Fault. Simple Transmission report invocation error. An error occurred while outputting a simple destination
addrController result report.
1. An IP addrController could not be obtained from the character string on the right side of the @
sign in the destination mail addrController when sending mail by a peer-to-peer communication Procedure
method.
1. Set [Receive via SMTP] for E-mail receive setting on the sending device.
2. The character string on the right side of the @ sign could not be resolved by DNS as an FQDN
2. Remove the restriction on receiving E-mails from a self-domain in the receivable domain list if
when sending mail by a peer-to-peer communication method.
any.
Procedure
• Check if the destination addrController has been entered properly.
• Set a correct DNS server addrController.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 254


016-733 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 3 5 U p d a t i n g J o b Te m p l a t e 0 1 6 - 7 3 6 Re m o t e D i r e c t o r y Lo c k Fa u l t
Updating Job Template. It decided to print the ‘Job Template List while updating a job template. Remote directory lock error. Lock directory creation failed.

Procedure Procedure
After the job template update is complete, retry. 1. Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute
the job again.
2. Make correct settings for the permissions to the transfer destination directories.
3. Secure a disk capacity if the HDD for the transfer destination directory is full.

255 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-735
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 3 7 Lo c k D i r e c t o r y D e l e t i o n Fa i l 0 1 6 - 7 3 8 P S B o o k l e t P r i n t O u t p u t Pa p e r S i z e I n c o r r e c t
Remote lock directory remove Fault. Lock directory deletion failed. PS Booklet Print Output Paper Size is illegal. Designated paper size is incorrect.

Procedure Procedure
Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing.
the job again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 256


016-737 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-739 D ocum ent an d O utpu t M ism atche d 0 1 6 - 7 4 0 P S B o o k l e t O u t p u t Tra y I n c o r r e c t


Mismatch between PS Booklet Doc and Output Paper. Document and Output Mismatched. PS Booklet Output Tray is incorrect.

Procedure Procedure
Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing. Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.

257 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-739
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 4 1 D o w n l o a d M o d e N G J o b Fa i l 0 1 6 - 7 4 2 D o w n l o a d D a t a Pr o d u c t I D E r r o r
Description Description
• Unable to transit to Download Mode because download prohibition was detected due to SysDa- • The Product ID sent in the download data and the Product ID (SysData: 700-421 to 700-428)
ta:700-420 = 1, or because a job exists. stored in the SEEP-ROM do not match.
• The machine did not transit to Download Mode because it detected User Operation in ProgrCon-
troller. (The machine remains in the User Operation in ProgrController state for 1 minute after Procedure
panel operation was completed) • Because this could be due to incorrect download data, re-obtain the download data and perform
the operation again.
Procedure
• Cancel the Download Prohibited mode and check that the jobs have completed before retrying
the operation. Check that the Communicating LED is OFF.
• After completing a panel operation, wait for 1 minute or longer before starting the download
operation.
If the fault persists, carry out the following procedure:
Cancel the Download Prohibited mode (set SysData:700-420 to 0) before retrying the
operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 258


016-741 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 4 3 D o w n l o a d D a ta M o d e l M i s m a tc h 0 1 6 - 7 4 4 D o w n l o a d D a t a Ce c k S u m E r r o r
Description The checksum of download data is incorrect.
• The Model Name obtained from the installed IISS/DADF/IOT/Fax Unit/Finisher and the Model
Name contained in each firmware CDI header in the downloaded file do not match. Procedure
1. Connect the connection cables to the device properly and try again.
In the Controller, the comparison is between the [Model Name obtained from currently installed
ROM header] and the [Model Name in download file].
[Exception]
Model Names are not checked in DCC450G IOT MACS because their I/F specifications are old.
• The panel type (HB or FCW) connected to the device during the download and the panel type
(HB or FCW) contained in the Controller firmware CDI header in the download file do not
match.

Procedure
• The download file is incorrect. Obtain the download file for the same model as the machine to
be updated and perform the operation again.
Or, obtain the download file that supports the panel type (FCW-UI or HB-UI) connected to the
machine and perform the operation again.

259 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-743
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 4 5 X p j l S o f t Fa i l 016-746 Unsupported PDF File


Description Unsupported PDF File.
• Cases such as Pflite Strm function error, download open, ioctrl error, and memory not allocated. • An unsupported function was included in a transmitted PDF.
• A transparency or JBIG2 was included in a PDF file for PDF 1.3.
Procedure
1. Clear the job causing the fault. Procedure
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine. Ask the customer to print from Acrobat Reader via the driver.
3. Run the job again

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 260


016-745 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 4 7 N o M e m o r y Fo r D ra w i n g A n n o t a t i o n 0 1 6 - 7 4 8 H D Fu l l
Description HD Full. The full condition was detected during HD accController.
• When drawing an annotation image with the copy repeat function specified, there would be in-
sufficient memory in this machines Controller PWB. Procedure
Increase free HDD space and reprint.
Procedure
1. Increase the annotation image size.
2. Reduce the number of repeat images for the repeat function.
Avoid insufficient memory by performing a combination of the above steps 1 and 2.

261 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-747
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 4 9 J C L Sy n t a x Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 5 0 Pr i n t j o b t i c ke t d e s c r i p t i o n e r r o r
JCL Syntax Fault. A syntax error was detected in a JCL or PJL command. PDF print job ticket description error has occurred.

Procedure When the customer uses applications such as ContentsBridge2005, etc. to send a PDF directly, the
machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job
1. If a long cable is used for parallel connection, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.
ticket data is either text that is not supported in this machine or print instruction that is not sup-
2. Check whether the PC has sufficient memory. ported in this machine.
3. Check the HDD in the PC for breakage.
Procedure
4. Check whether the settings in the printer driver properties>[Printer Configuration] are different 1. Check the operation instruction used by the operator for correct sending of PDF documments
from the actual configuration. from the machine.
2. Inform the customer of the of the unsupported application type and the description in the
above information.
3. Attept the operation using a stardard operation for sending a PDF from the machine.
4. If the fault persists, verify the machine software is the most current version, then upgrade the
software, GP 2, then run the send operation again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 262


016-749 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 5 1 P D F Fa u l t 016-752 PDF Short of Memory


PDF Fault. A syntax error, usage of an undefined command, parameter error, corrupted PDF file, or PDF Short of Memory. It was detected that there was insufficient memory during PDF bridge
PDF decomposer internal error occurred during PDF bridge procControllering. procControllering.

Procedure Procedure
Print from Acrobat Reader by using the driver. Change a print mode as follows: from ‘High Resolution to ‘Standard or from ‘Standard to ‘High
Speed.
If the problem still persists, add a memory. If despite a max capacity of memory the problem still
persists, print from Acrobat Reader by using the driver.

263 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-751
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 5 3 P D F Pa s s w o r d M i s m a t c h e d 0 1 6 - 7 5 4 P D F L Z W N o t I n s ta l l e d
PDF Password Mismatched. The password specified on the UI panel and the password specified in PDF LZW Not Installed. A PDF file that used LZW comprControllerion technology was procControl-
XJPL (specified by the contents bridge) did not agree when procControllering a PDF file that was lered by the PDF bridge when the ‘Contents Bridge Expansion Kit was not installed.
password protected.
Procedure
Procedure Install ‘Contents Bridge Expansion Kit, or print from Acrobat Reader by using the driver.
Specify the correct password on UI Panel or through Contents Bridge.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 264


016-753 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 5 5 P D F Pr i n t Pr o h i b i t e d 0 1 6 - 7 5 6 A u d i t r o n - Pr o h i b i t S e r v i c e
PDF Print Prohibited. A PDF file for which it had been specified that printing was prohibited was Auditron-Prohibit Service. The use of this service is prohibited.
procControllered.
Procedure
Procedure Ask the account administrator to permit the use of services.
Clear the prohibition of printing a PDF file and then print it by using Acrobat.

265 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-755
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-757 Auditron-Invalid User 0 1 6 - 7 5 8 A u d i t r o n - D i s a b l e d Fu n c t i o n


Auditron-Invalid User. A user account is invalid. Auditron-Disabled Function. A function cannot be used due to lack of rights or permission.

Procedure Procedure
Set the correct account and retry. 1. Reset to another function available for the account and retry.
2. Ask the account administrator to add the right.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 266


016-757 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 5 9 A u d i t r o n - Re a c h e d L i m i t 0 1 6 - 7 6 0 P S D e c o m p o s e Fa u l t
Auditron-Reached Limit. The upper bound to the number of pages that can be copied was reached. PS Decompose Fault. An error occurred during postscript (option) procControllering.

Procedure Procedure
Ask the account administrator to set a new paper qty. • Set a print mode to ‘Speed Preferred.
• Resend the job. (If the fault persists, check the execution environment and data.)

267 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-759
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 6 1 F I FO E m p t y . 0 1 6 - 7 6 2 Pr i n t L A N G N o t I n s t a l l e d
FIFO Empty. Image expansion error (FIFO empty error). Print LANG Not Installed. A function that is not installed (such as a print language or print utility)
was specified.
Procedure
Print in the Speed Preferred mode. If this does not resolve the problem, use the Print Guarantee Procedure
mode for print. (Only for the machine with this mode.) In ‘Printer Mode specify a print language.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 268


016-761 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 6 3 P O P s e r v e r i s n o t fo u n d . 0 1 6 - 7 6 4 S MT P S e r v e r Co n n e c t Fa u l t
Description SMTP Server Connect Fault. It was not possible to connect to the SMTP server.
• The destination requested could not resolve the POP server destination.
Procedure
Procedure Take out mail from the Server HDD. Restart SMTP Services.
1. Check the following to see if the POP server, which is a destination, and this machine can com-
municate with each other on the network.
• The server IP addrController is correct.
• The network cable is connected.

269 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-763
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 6 5 S MT P S e r v e r H D Fu l l 0 1 6 - 7 6 6 S MT P S e r v e r F i l e Sy s t e m Fa u l t
SMTP Server HD Full. It was not possible to send mail because the HDD capacity of the SMTP server SMTP Server File System Fault. An error occurred in the SMTP server.
was full.
Procedure
Procedure Contact the SMTP Server administrator. Reconsider the preset limit to the server capacity.
Take out mail from the Server HDD. Reconsider the capacity of the server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 270


016-765 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 6 7 I n v a l i d E - m a i l A d d r Co n t r o l l e r 0 1 6 - 7 6 8 I n v a l i d S e n d e r A d d r Co n t r o l l e r
Invalid E-mail AddrController. It was not possible to send because the mail addrController was Invalid Sender AddrController. It was not possible to connect to the SMTP server because the mail
wrong. addrController of this equipment was not correct.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the mail addrController is correct and resend the mail. Check the set-up MC mail addrController to see if the Email addrController is valid in the domain.

271 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-767
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 6 9 S MT P S e r v e r U n s u p p o r t e d D S N 0 1 6 - 7 7 0 T h e d i r e c t fa x fu n c t i o n i s c a n c e l e d by N V M .
SMTP Server Unsupported DSN. The SMTP server does not support path verification (DNS). Description
• Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.
Procedure
Enable the ESMTP function of the nearest SMTP server, or set DNS to Off and send. Procedure
• To release the direct FAX job prohibition, set the target system to 0.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 272


016-769 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 7 1 S c a n D a t a Re p o s i t o r y Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 7 2 S c a n D a t a Re p o s i t o r y Fa u l t
Scan Data Repository Fault. The scan data repository addrController cannot be obtained with the Scan Data Repository Fault. The scan data repository addrController cannot be obtained with the
CentreWare scan service. CentreWare scan service.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection to DNS, or check to see if the scan data repository domain name is registered Set the DNS addrController, or use the IP addrController as the scan data repository addrController.
at DNS.

273 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-771
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 7 3 I n v a l i d I P A d d r Co n t r o l l e r 0 1 6 - 7 7 4 H D Fu l l - Co m p r Co n t r o l l e r i o n Co n v e r t
Invalid IP AddrController. The IP addrController of this equipment is not specified correctly. HD Full-ComprControllerion Convert. ComprControllerion and conversion procControllering is not
possible because there is insufficient HDD capacity.
Procedure
Check the DHCP environment, or set the fixed IP addrController for this machine. Procedure
Remove un-necControllerary data from HDD to increase free space, and retry.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 274


016-773 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 7 5 H D Fu l l - I m a g e C o n v e r t 0 1 6 - 7 7 6 I m a g e Co n v e r t Fa u l t
HD Full-Image Convert. Image conversion procControllering is not possible because there is insuffi- Image Convert Fault. An error occurred during image conversion procControllering.
cient HDD capacity.
Procedure
Procedure 1. In CentreWare Internet Services, check data. (A portion of the data might have finished image
Remove un-necControllerary data from HDD to increase free space, and retry. conversion procControllering.)
2. Attempt to take out data by forced polling.

275 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-775
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 7 7 H D A c c Co n t r o l l e r Fa u l t - I m a g e 0 1 6 - 7 7 8 H D Fu l l - S c a n I m a g e Co n v e r t
HD AccController ERR-Image Convert. An error occurred in the HDD during image procControllering. HD Full-Scan Image Convert. Scan image procControllering was interrupted because the HDD ca-
pacity was exceeded.
Procedure
1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and format the HDD. Procedure
Increase free HDD space and rescan.
2. If the problem still persists, install a new HDD (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 276


016-777 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-779 0 1 6 - 7 8 0 H D A c c Co n t r o l l e r Fa u l t - I m a g e Co n v e r t
Scan Image Conversion Fault. An error occurred during scan image conversion procControllering. HD AccController ERR-Image Convert. An error occurred in the HDD during scan image conversion
procControllering.
Procedure
Retry the operation. Procedure
1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and format the HDD.
2. If the problem still persists, install a new HDD (PL 3.2).

277 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-779
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 8 1 S c a n S e r v e r Co n n e c t Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 8 2 S c a n S e r v e r Lo g i n Fa u l t
Scan Server Connect Fault. The CentreWare scan service could not connect to the server to send a Scan Server Login Fault. The CentreWare scan service could not log into the server to send a file.
file.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Set up the login name and password at the destination server.
1. Set up the proper machine ‘Subnet Mask and ‘Gateway.
2. Set up the proper login name and password in attributes that the Job Template file has.
2. ‘PING from the destination server, check that the machine is connected.
3. In CentreWare and on the client PC, set the same account as the above at resources.
3. Check that the machine with Windows or UNIX can connect to the destination server via ftp.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 278


016-781 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 8 3 I n v a l i d S e r v e r Pa t h 0 1 6 - 7 8 4 S e r v e r W r i t e Fa u l t
Invalid Server Path. The CentreWare scan service could not find the specified server path to send a Server Write Fault. An error occurred when writing to the server with the CentreWare scan service.
file.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Check for ‘Write Authorization into the server directory.
Check the name of the path to the server which path is set up on the job template.
2. Check the server disk for free space.

279 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-783
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 8 5 S e r v e r H D Fu l l 0 1 6 - 7 8 6 H D Fu l l - S c a n W r i t e Fa u l t
Server HD Full. The CentreWare scan service could not send a file because the HDD of the server HD Full-Scan Write Fault. It was not possible to write a file while using the scan function because
had insufficient capacity. the HDD capacity was insufficient.

Procedure Procedure
Check that there is ‘Write Authorization in the server directory and increase free space on the server 1. A print job may make HDD full for a while, so wait for a while and retry.
disk. 2. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and format HDD.
3. Install a new HDD (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 280


016-785 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 6 - 7 8 7 I n va l id Se r ver IP A D D 0 1 6 - 7 8 8 Re t r i e v e t o B r o w s e r Fa u l t
Invalid Server IP ADD. The server addrController specified in a job template was wrong. Retrieve to Browser Fault. The retrieval of a file from a web browser failed.

Procedure Procedure
Specify the correct job template, or check the contents (string Repository Name) of the job tem- 1. Reload the browser page and perform retrieval operation again.
plate file.
2. Activate the browser again and perform retrieval operation again.
3. Turn the device Off then On and perform retrieval operation again.
Note that no actions are required if the job was canceled by a user.
4. Improve the connection status to a network.
5. Check whether there are problems such as duplicated IP addrControlleres.

281 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-787
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 8 9 H D Fu l l - J o b M e m o r y 0 1 6 - 7 9 1 F i l e Re t r i e v e Fa u l t
HD Full-Job Memory. ProcControllering was interrupted because the required HDD capacity to proc- File Retrieve Fault. There was an error in obtaining a file.
Controller mail was exceeded.
Procedure
Procedure Check server directory structure and files (whether files exist, etc.). Check for the right to accControl-
Reduce resolution or reduction/enlargement ratio to decrease the data size or send in several ler both. Check whether accController to the specified transfer destination server is available.
pieces.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 282


016-789 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 9 2 S p e c i fi e d J o b N o t Fo u n d 0 1 6 - 7 9 3 M F I / O H D Fu l l
Specified Job Not Found. The job log for a job specified in the panel could not be obtained when MF I/O HD Full. The HDD capacity was insufficient.
outputting an aggregate report by job.
Procedure
Procedure Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD (dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk).
Remove unnecessary data from HDD to increase free space.

283 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-792
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 9 4 M e d i a Re a d e r 0 1 6 - 7 9 5 M e d i a Re a d e r : Fo r m a t Fa u l t
Media Reader: Media No Insert. Media Reader: Format Fault.

Procedure Procedure
• Check that the Media is inserted. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory in the media and the
selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then make settings again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 284


016-794 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 7 9 6 D o c u m e n t I n s e r t O p e ra t i o n Fa u l t 0 1 6 - 7 9 7 M e d i a Re a d e r : I m a g e F i l e Re a d Fa u l t
Document insert operation fault. Media Reader: Image File Read Fault.

Procedure Procedure
Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file attribute data is dis- Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
played in the PC and make settings again. the PC and make settings again.

285 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-796
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 7 9 8 N o Tr u s t M a r k i n g O p t i o n 0 1 6 - 7 9 9 Pr i n t I n s t r u c t i o n Fa u l t
No Trust Marking Option. When the decomposer called the S-image library the error of no HDD was Print Instruction Fault. A print parameter was incorrect.
returned.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the job again.
Install the necControllerary options (HD) (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 286


016-798 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 9 1 0 Re q u i r e d Re s o u r c e N o t Re a d y ( I OTs c d e t e c t ) 0 1 6 - 9 1 1 M u l t i - Pa p e r Re q u i r e d O n A S i n g l e Tra y
Description Description
• The paper and staples requested by the selected print parameters are not installed. • The paper and staples requested by the print specification are not loaded
Or,
Procedure
Different sizes and/or types of paper switching are requested from the same Tray
• Install the paper, the install the staples.
Procedure
• Force this Job to run and follow the panel display to replenish the paper, switch the paper, and
replenish the staples, or, cancel this Job.

287 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-910
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 9 1 2 I n s e r t Po s i t i o n N G B e fo r e Pe r fe c t B i n d Co v e r 0 1 6 - 9 1 3 Pa g e D e l e t e N G Pe r fe c t B i n d Co v e r
Description Description
• When the insertion of separator before cover page was detected. • When the page deletion of cover page was detected.

Procedure Procedure
• Specify the Job such that it avoids the detection conditions. • Specify the Job such that it avoids the detection conditions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 288


016-912 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 9 1 4 Pa g e D e l e t e N G Pe r fe c t B i n d B o d y A l l Pa g e 0 1 6 - 9 1 6 H E L D _ BY _ J O B _ L I M I T S
Description Description
• When a page deletion instruction that would have resulted in the deletion of the whole Perfect • When referring to the instruction PFIP_JOB_LIMIT_BY_ACCOUNT, the JobLimit is enabled.
Bind document body page was detected.
* Even if the separators had remained, as long as the body pages are gone, this Fault will occur. Procedure
• Take action to satisfy the requirements of JobLimits.
Procedure
• Cancel the Job and then re-specify the Job such that it avoids the detection conditions.

289 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-914
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 9 1 7 J o b H e l d b y To n e r Y L i fe E n d ( O p e ra t i o n ) 0 1 6 - 9 1 8 J o b H e l d by To n e r M L i fe E n d ( O p e ra t i o n )
Description Description
• An instruction for Color Print was received when the device is in an unable to print state because • An instruction for Color Print was received when the device is in an unable to print state because
it is out of Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner. it is out of Magenta/Magenta Flourescent/Silver Toner.

Procedure Procedure
• Install a new Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 17. • Install a new M/M-Flour/Silver Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 290


016-917 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 9 1 9 J o b H e l d b y To n e r C L i fe E n d ( O p e ra t i o n ) 0 1 6 - 9 2 0 J o b H e l d by AT S / A P S N o D e s t i n a t i o n E r r o r
Description Description
• An instruction for Color Print was received when the device is in an unable to print state because • The paper instructed for printing is not loaded in the Tray.
it is out of C/C-Flou/White Toner.
Procedure
Procedure • Change the paper settings.
• Install a new C/C-Flou/White Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 14.

291 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-919
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 9 2 1 DA D F M U LT I F E E D D E T E C T I O N 016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG


Description After the start of a job with Duplex Output selected, a difference was detected in size between side
1 and side 2.
• When a DADF Job is active and Multi-Feed Detection is available, the DADF detected 005-193
(DADF Multi-Feed)
Procedure
(During detection, IITsc is changed to 016-921 and issued) Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON. If the fault persists, perform the following (same operation as user
actions).
1. Perform Return Document in the same way as for the usual Jam. (Make sure the document
separates well because otherwise it could again result in Multi-Feed Detection)
2. When resuming a Recovery Job, select [Multi-Feed Detection ON/OFF] and resume the job

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 292


016-921 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

016-941 Booklet Mix Size NG 0 1 6 - 9 4 2 Pa g e D e l e t e D u p l e x M i x S i z e N G


After the start of a job with Booklet selected, mixed-in-size/orientation pages with images were As a result of deletion of a page for which Duplex was selected, a difference was detected in size be-
detected. tween side 1 and side 2.

Procedure Procedure
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

293 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-941
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-943 Insert Doc Duplex Mix Size NG 0 1 6 - 9 4 4 D o c u m e n t M e r g e Co v e r / S e p a ra t o r D o c M e r g e N G


As a result of insertion of a doc/divider after a page for which Duplex was selected, a difference was It was found that docs were merged, where specified was connection of docs including the cover
detected in size between side 1 and side 2. with an image or a doc with a divider.

Procedure Procedure
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 294


016-943 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 9 4 5 I n s e r t d o c D u p l e x Pr i n t N G 0 1 6 - 9 4 6 I n s e r t d o c i n t o Co v e r s / S e p a ra t o r s N G
A document unavailable for duplex print was inserted after a document for which Duplex was A document or a divider was inserted after the cover or divider page.
selected.
Procedure
Procedure Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

295 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-945
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

016-947 APS No Destination Error 016-948 Small Book action NG


Description Description
• The system detected that no tray is loaded with paper for Auto Paper Selection after the job for • The covers with images, separators, or blank pages were detected after the job had started with
which the paper for APS (Auto Paper Selection) was selected or APS was set has started. Booklet specified.

Procedure Procedure
• Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. • Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 296


016-947 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 6 - 9 4 9 B o o k l e t C o v e r / S e p a r a t o r / B l a n k Pa p e r N G 0 1 6 - 9 8 1 H D D A c c Co n t r o l l e r Fa u l t
After specifying page connection, the user inserted a doc different in size/orientation from the page A failure in accController to HDD
to be procControllered.
Procedure
Procedure If no user action can resolve the problem, increase HDD partition size for a specific service.
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.

297 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-949
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 6 - 9 8 2 H D D A c c Co n t r o l l e r Fa u l t 2 0 1 6 - 9 8 3 I m a g e Lo g H D D Fu l l
HDD AccController Fault 2. It was determined that the HDD was full during a collation job, destina- Description
tion storage job, or divided job.
• With the system data Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation set to High the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full (during procControllering a copy/scan job).
Procedure
Increase HDD partition size for a specific service. Procedure
• PrController the Cancel Job button to cancel the job.
Rerun the job.
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in
the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low,
log image creation cannot be ensured.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 298


016-982 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 6 - 9 8 5 D ata S iz e Over Fl o w ( Sc an t o E m ail ) 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP


Data Size Over Flow (Scan to Email). It was not possible to send during a scan to e-mail because Use this RAP when the customer reports network failures. e.g. cannot connect to the scan server
the data size exceeded the upper bound. when using the FTP or SMB protocols or when a folder on the scan server cannot be opened.

Procedure Initial Actions


1. Reduce resolution (image quality for transmission), which is a send parameter, and resend.
Consult with your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies ac-
2. Change the reduce/enlarge ratio, which is a send parameter, and resend. (E.g. Reduce A3 to A4.) cording to region. Also consult with the customer’s IT personnel or System Administrator.
3. Change ‘Upper limit of data size in the System Setting screen on UI Panel. (Default 2MB
recommended) Procedure
Note: Network errors can be complex to diagnose and resolve. Actions are limited to checking for
fundamental faults and to collect system information, before contacting 2nd level support.

Note: If it is possible to log in to the Embedded Web Server by entering the IP address of the ma-
chine, then the network controller on the controller PWB is good.
Check that the date and time are set correctly on the machine, refer to Date / Time.
The time and date are correct.
Y N
Set the time and date parameters correctly.
Check the LED link lights at the controller PWB ethernet connection.
The LEDs illuminate.
Y N
If possible, perform the following to try and eliminate the problem of a faulty network port:
• Check the connections at the network port and controller PWB are good.
• Connect the machine to another network port.
• Advise the customer to a provide a new network port to controller PWB cable.
• Check the operation of a known good machine to the network port.
If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
The LEDs illuminate.
Y N
Contact 2nd level support.
Perform the Final Actions.
Perform the Final Actions.

Final Actions
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Attempt to ping the machine:
a. Print a configuration report to obtain the IP address of the machine, GP 6.
b. Open a command window (CMD):
• Select Start and in the Search box above the Start button, type CMD , then press Enter.
c. In the Command window (where the blinking cursor is) type ping. Press the space bar once,
then enter the IP address of the machine. Press Enter.
d. If the ping command is successful, the machine will reply four times. This should not take
more than two or three seconds.
e. If the ping command times out, or responds with ‘host unreachable’, check the IP address
that was entered. If the IP address is correct, contact 2nd level support.

299 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 016-985
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
2. Attempt to send a scan job from the machine, if the scan to job did not complete, contact 2nd
level support.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 300


016A Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 5 0 0 J o b L i m i t I l l e g a l Re s p o n s e R A P 0 1 7 - 5 0 1 M u l t i p l e Pe r m i s s i o n Re s t r i c t i o n s R A P
Invalid response from job limit server. A print rights violation has occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to change the user privileges.
1. Check the job parameter settings, then re-run the job.
2. Check the response packet from the job limit server.

301 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-500
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 5 0 3 Pa s s w o r d O v e r M a x i m u m R A P 017-504, 017-505, 017-528 Job Limit RAP


Password has exceeded maximum number of characters. 017-504 An error occurred when communicating with JobLimit server.

Procedure 017-505 An error occurred when communicating with JobLimit server.


Advise the customer to set a password within the password character range. 017-528 Unable start multi send Job Flow Job with JobLimits

Procedure
Advise the customer to check the network status and the operating status of JobLimit server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 302


017-503 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 5 0 6 J o b L i m i t Re j e c t e d R A P 0 1 7 - 5 0 7 J o b H i s t o r y Fu l l R A P
The job was canceled because the JobLimitServer sent Reject. The job was cancelled because the job history is full.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to contact the System Administrator. Advise the customer to clear the job history and repeat the job.

303 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-506
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

017-508 JobLimit Estimation No Sheet 0 1 7 - 5 1 0 a n d 0 1 7 - 5 1 1 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d E r r o r


When attempting to acquire the JobLimit estimate, it was found that the estimate does not exist During FW update via 4G-NetBox, fallback to 3G was detected, or the download prohibited.

Procedure 017-510 Remote Download Fallback Error


1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 017-511 Remote Download Prohibited Error
2. Check whether the job parameters and print data are correct (same operation as user actions).
3. Upgrade the software to the latest version, GP 2, then re-run the job causing the fault.
Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
2. Enter, dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [771-764].
3. Change [771-764] to 0.
4. Exit Diagnostics, then attempt the remote download again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 304


017-508 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

017-516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 526 SFTP 0 1 7 - 5 2 7 S F T P S c a n I n t e r n a l Fa i l
S e r v e r Fa i l R A P A redirector internal error has occurred during SFTP scan.
Requested SFTP server process failures.
Procedure
017-516 File name acquisition from SFTP server Fail 1. Verify there are no intermittent network connectivity issues.
017-517 Folder delete in SFTP Fail 2. Switch off, then swich on the machine, GP 19.
3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
017-518 Data read from SFTP server Fail
a. Enter, dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [840-354].
017-519 Data write-in to SFTP server Fail
b. Check the SFTP Communications Character Code Setting.
017-520 Login name or a password in SFTP Fail • 0: Communicate in UI current language.
017-521 File delete in SFTP Fail • 1: Communicate in UTF-8 [default].
017-522 File creation in SFTP Fail c. Verify the settings are correct for the customer network and SFTP server the machine is con-
necting to. Change the NVM value as required.
017-523 Folder creation in SFTP Fail 4. Exit Diagnostics, then attempt the operation again.
017-524 Scan destination path in SFTP Fail
017-525 Host name solution in SFTP Fail
017-526 Server connection in SFTP Fail

Procedure
1. Verify with the customer the machine settings are directed to the correct network path. Correct
as required, or ask the customer to correct as required.
2. Re-run the job requested causing the fault.

305 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 526
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 5 2 9 Fo l d e r A c c e s s D e n i e d V i a N e t w o r k 0 1 7 - 5 3 0 Pr o t o c o l N o t S u p p o r t e d Fo r N e t w o r k
An attempt to store/retrieve/transfer documents was prohibited due to Restrict Folder Access by Unable to transfer documents due to problems with Transfer Protocol.
Network is set to [Enabled].
Procedure
Procedure Check the specified Transfer Protocol is appropriate for the operation.
Change Restrict Folder Access by Network to [Disabled].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 306


017-529 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 0 0 T h i n Pr i n t Co n n e c t i o n Ti m e o u t Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 0 1 T h i n Pr i n t Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l
The connection with the ThinPrint.print Engine has timed-out. An error has occurred in the connection to the ThinPrint.print Engine.

Procedure Procedure
Reestablish the connection to the ThinPrint.print engine, then re-run the job causing the fault. 1. Check the connection to the ThinPrint.print Engine.
2. Check the ThinPrint.print Engine logs for errors.
3. Check the network connection for any issues: disconnected Ethernet cable, disconnected wireless
connection.

307 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-700
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 0 2 T h i n Pr i n t I n v a l i d D a t a Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 0 3 T h i n Pr i n t O v e r M a x i m u m D a t a S i z e Fa i l
The data sent from the ThinPrint.print Engine is incorrect. The data that was sent from the ThinPrint.print Engine has exceeded the maximum data size that
can be handled by the device.
Procedure
1. Check for errors in the ThinPrint.print Engine. Procedure
Split the job into several batches and try again.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Perform the operation causing the fault.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 308


017-702 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 0 4 T h i n Pr i n t I n t e r n a l Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 0 5 , 7 0 6 , 7 0 7 , 7 0 8 T h i n Pr i n t S S L A u t h e n t i c a t i o n I n v a l i d
An error has occurred inside the device. Ce r t i fi c a t i o n Fa i l R A P
The server certificate being used by the ThinPrint.print engine is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 017-705 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Invalid Certification Fail
2. Perform the operation causing the fault. 017-706 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Before Expiration Fail
017-707 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Expired Fail
017-708 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Misrepresentation Fail

Procedure
Check the server certificate registered in the ThinPrint.print engine.

309 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-704
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 0 9 T h i n Pr i n t S S L Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 1 0 M e d i a Ty p e i s N o t S u p p o r t e d b y Re m o t e
An SSL communication error with the ThinPrint.print Engine has occurred. The request received a connection refused response because the target connection has mismatched
media.
Procedure
Check the device settings. Procedure
Check the connection status of the communication device at the recipient.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 310


017-709 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 1 1 S I P Re d i r e c t Re s p o n s e Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 1 2 S I P S e s s i o n Ti m e o u t Fa i l
Received a redirect response during SIP connection. There was no session refresh within the session interval.

Procedure Procedure
Check the address of the recipient. Check the device at the recipient side.

311 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-711
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 1 3 S ta r t T L S U n s u p p o r t e d Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 1 4 S MT P O v e r S S L Fa i l R A P
Start TLS unsupported fail. SSL communication failure with SMTP server.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to change the SSL operation mode setting to other than STARTTLS mode. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to check if this occurred in TLS Mode, it may be due to an incorrect port
number. Check the Port Number settings of the SMTP Server.
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 312


017-713 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 1 5 S S L Ce r t U n t r u s t e d Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 1 6 , 7 1 7 , 7 1 8 S S L Ce r t Fa i l R A P
An SSL Server Authentication Error has occurred because there is something wrong in the Server The validity period of the Server Certificate has not started yet.
Certificate Data.
017-716 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail.
Procedure 017-717 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail.
Advise the customer to register the root certificate of the SMTP server SSL certificate in the
machine. 017-718 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail.
017-762 SSL Server Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP)
017-768 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP)
017-769 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail (POP)
017-770 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)
017-763 SSL Server Cert Fail (POP)
017-764 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)

Procedure
Advise the customer to:
1. Verify the SMTP server clock and machine clock are correct.
2. Check the validity period of the SMTP server certificate.
3. Verify the server name registered in the SMTP server certificate and the server address are
correct.
4. If the clocks are correct, change the SMTP server SSL certificate to one that is valid.

Note: This problem can also be corrected by switching off the machine’s SSL Server Verification
setting; however, this will render the machine unable to guarantee the authenticity of the SMTP
server that it is connecting to.

313 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-715
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 1 9 S MT P O v e r S S L I n t e r n a l Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 2 0 , 0 1 7 - 7 2 1 Co n t ra c t Ty p e Fa i l R A P
Internal software error has occurred during SMTP over SSL process. 017-720 Contract type value is incorrect.

Procedure 017-721 Geographic region value is incorrect.


Perform the steps that follow:
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to repeat the operation. Advise the customer to correct the contract type or geographic region value specified by PJL com-
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2. mand, then try again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 314


017-719 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 2 1 G e o g ra p h i c Re g i o n Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 2 2 To t a l I m p r e s s i o n s O v e r Fa i l R A P
The Geographic Region value specified by PJL Command is wrong. The total impressions of billing meter in the data for PJL diag is 9,999,900 or more.

Procedure Procedure
Correct the Geographic Region value specified by PJL Command, then try the operation causing the Advise the customer to perform the operation when the value of total impressions is between 0 and
fault again. 9,999,900.

315 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-721
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 2 3 D o c u Wo r k s U n s u p p o r t e d C h a ra c t e r Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 2 4 D e n s h i - Pe n Sy n t a x Fa i l
When the DocuWorks decomposer is working, it detected some text that cannot be output is in use. Denshi-Pen is not suported on this device.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to print from the DocuWorks viewer using the print driver (ART-EX, PCL,
etc.).
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 316


017-723 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 2 5 Fo r c e d A n n o t a t i o n Sy n ta x Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 2 8 S c a n J o b F l o w D o c u m e n t Fa i l
Syntax error in Forced Annotation instructions is detected. 1. MS Word or MS Excel is specified as the output format in the instructions, but the target docu-
ment for processing does not possess the conditions required for format processing.
Procedure 2. Extension Scanner Kit not installed
Perform the steps that follow:
(Scan To Office Selection Service not enabled)
1. Advise the customer to check the driver settings.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.
1. MS Word or MS Excel is specified as the output format:
a. Change output to a format other than MS Word or MS Excel.
b. Start Job Flow Service after satisfying all conditions below:
1. The document for processing is a Scan document.
2. The document for processing is full color.
3. Size of the document for processing is 50mmx50mm or more, 297mmx432mm or less.
4. Color space of the document for processing is standard color space.
5. Resolution of the document for processing is 300dpi.
6. Magnification of the of the document for processing is 100%.
2. Adjust the Extension Scanner Kit position.

317 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-725
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 2 9 Te m p o ra r y E r r o r i n P D L Tra n s fe r R A P 0 1 7 - 7 3 0 N e t w o r k E r r o r i n P D L Tra n s fe r R A P
Temporary inability to send due to maximum jobs exceeded at the destination machine, or spool Network occurred during PDL data transfer.
area of print data full, etc.
Procedure
Procedure Advise the customer to:
Advise the customer to:
1. Check the connection of the network cable.
1. Set the spooling of the print data at the destination machine to hard disk. 2. Check the destination machine is powered on.
2. Change spooling setting to Spool to Hard Disk. 3. Verify the IPP port of the destination machine is enabled.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 318


017-729 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 3 1 P O P S e r v e r N o t Co n n e c t Fa i l 0 1 7 - 7 3 2 O f f l i n e E r r o r i n P D L Tra n s fe r R A P
Failed to connect to the POP server. Unable to send because destination printer is offline.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine is physically connected to the network either through WiFi or Ethernet. Advise the customer to disable the offline status of the destination machine.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Verify the network settings are correct in the machine UI settings for the customer network.
a. Check the machine IPv4 settings are either DHCP or static.
b. If static, verify the IP address, DNS, and gateway addresses are correct for the customer net-
work. Change the settings as required.
c. On a computer connected to the same customer network, start a command prompt, then
PING the machine IPv4 address to verify the machine is communicating on the network and
can be seen by other network devices.
4. Test the POP server connection again. If the fault persists or the connection cannot be estab-
lished, advise the customer to resolve the connection issue to the POP server before continuing.
5. Once the connection issues on the customer side have been resolved and the fault is no longer
active, perform the operation previously causing the fault.

319 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-731
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 3 3 I n t e r n a l E r r o r i n P D L Tra n s fe r R A P 0 1 7 - 7 3 4 I P P D a ta E r r o r R A P
Unable to send because destination printer is offline. Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damage of the file, or internal error of
the decomposer has occurred during the decomposer process of a direct print job that used IPP in
Procedure its network protocol.
Advise the customer to repeat the operation.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to print by using a different print method (printer driver or utility other
than print from IPP) that is supported by the machine.
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 320


017-733 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 3 5 A u d i t r o n - Pr o h i b i t D e v i c e Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 3 7 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r O u t o f M e m o r y R A P
Unauthorized user is detected. A HDD unavailable error was returned when the decomposer called the S-image library.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to get permission to use the machine from the account administrator. 1. Advise the customer to deactivate or delete all unnecessary plug-ins.
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2. 2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk.

321 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-735
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 3 8 , 0 1 7 - 7 4 6 H D D I n t e r n a l Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 3 9 , 0 1 7 - 7 4 0 Tra n s fe r S e r v i c e N o t A v a i l a b l e R A P
017-738 The system detected that the JVM has stopped due to internal error. 017-739 Custom transfer XCP not activated error.
017-746 Custom transfer plug-in local disk malfunction. 017-740 Custom transfer plug-in not activated error.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to:
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Enable the embedded plug-in feature.
2. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure 2. Input the software key for the customization kit.
Prediction Test. Follow the prompts to verify the HDD is functional and how to resolve.
3.

CAUTION: Initiate dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test before initializing the
HDD. Initializing the HDD could result in lost customer data stored on the HDD. Hard
Disk Failure Prediction Test may resolve the HDD failure without losing the customer’s
data.
After the dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test is completed and the fault persists, renter Di-
agnostics, then run dC355 Initialize Hard Disk to initialize partition A.
4. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 322


017-738, 017-746 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 4 1 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r I n v a l i d P l u g - I n R A P 0 1 7 - 7 4 2 , 7 4 3 , 7 4 4 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n Co n n e c t i o n R A P
The instruction that was specified by the instruction set to the plug-in and the feature provided by 017-742 Custom transfer plug-in server connection error.
the plug-in (API) are mismatched when the custom transfer job is in progress.
017-743 Custom transfer plug-in authentication error.
Procedure 017-744 Custom transfer plug-in server access error.
Advise the customer to:
1. Upgrade the embedded plug-in feature (install the latest version). Procedure
Advise the customer to:
2. Check the contents of the instruction set that is being used. If the instruction set was generated
by a custom service, revise the custom service contents. 1. Check whether the transfer destination server and the machine are able to communicate via the
network using the specified user name and password.

323 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-741
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 4 5 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - i n D i s k Fu l l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 4 7 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n Co n n e c t i o n Ti m e o u t R A P
Insufficient hard disk area for processing was detected. Custom transfer plug-in communication timed out error.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to:
1. Advise the customer to take any one of the actions that follow: 1. Wait a while, then re-run the job.
a. Lower the resolution, then re-send. 2. If the situation does not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.
b. Reduce the size, then re-send.
c. Reduce the page count, then re-send the job in several batches.
d. Change the output color to black & white, then re-send.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 324


017-745 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 4 8 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n I n v a l i d m a c h i n e R A P 0 1 7 - 7 4 9 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n X M L Fa i l R A P
Custom transfer plug-in invalid machine settings data error. When extracting the custom transfer parameter from XML file, the obtaining of the parameter has
failed, the parameter format is inconsistent, or the parameter value cannot be processed due to
Procedure wrong grammar.
Advise the customer to check the machine settings required for file transfer.
Procedure
Advise the customer to check the contents of the instruction set that is being used. If the instruction
set was generated by a custom service, revise the custom service contents.

325 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-748
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 5 0 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n I n t e r n a l Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 5 1 C u s t o m Tra n s fe r P l u g - I n O t h e r Fa i l R A P
An internal logic error was detected in the custom transfer plug-in. An error specific to the custom transfer plug-in was detected.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to refer to the error details in the job undelivered transmission report, then take
appropriate action.
1. Advise the customer to revise the custom transfer plug-in and then reinstall it.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 326


017-750 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 5 4 S c a n D i s a b l e D u r i n g D F E A S R S Pr i n t Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 5 5 S o f t w a r e D o w n l o a d V i a N e t w o r k Fa i l R A P
During a DFE Print Job (Heavyweight, etc. speed mode), the activation of a job that uses the IIT A software download via the network was performed when the software download via network set
was detected. as prohibited.

Procedure Procedure
1. Clear the DFE Print job or wait for the DFE Print job to complete. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Verify the DFE Print job is setup to be performed within the machine specification. 1. Either set the software download via network to allowed or perform the software download us-
• No job is set for the ITT to perform. ing a USB.
• Settings and media type are correct for the DFE print job requested. 2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.
3. Perform the operation again causing the fault.
4. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
5. Verify the DFE Print job is setup to be performed within the machine specification.
6. Perform the operation again causing the fault.

327 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-754
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 5 6 A A A Re g i s t ra t i o n D a t a I n v a l i d R A P 017-759 D ownloa d D ata I nsp e cti on Er ror R AP


When the AAA-related registered data was read, it was judged to be invalid. Electronic signature verification error of download data.

Procedure Procedure
Correct the registered data then perform the operation again causing the fault. Advise the customer to re-obtain the download data then perform the operation again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 328


017-756 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 6 0 , 7 7 1 P O P O v e r S S L Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 6 1 , 7 6 7 S S L S e r v e r Ce r t U n t r u s t e d Fa i l ( P O P ) R A P
SSL communication failure with POP Server. An SSL Server Authentication Error has occured as there is something wrong in the Server Certificate
Data.
017-760 POP Over SSL Fail
017-761 SSL Server Cert Untrusted Fail (POP)
017-771 POP Over SSL Internal Fail
017-767 SSL Cert Untrusted Fail (POP)
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to check if this occurred in TLS Mode, it may be due to an incorrect port Procedure
number. Check the Port Number settings of the POP Server. Advise the customer to register the Root Certificate of the POP Server SSL Certificate in the
machine.
2. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2.

329 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-760, 771
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 6 2 , 7 6 8 , 7 6 9 , 7 7 0 S S L S e r v e r Ce r t Fa i l ( P O P ) R A P 0 1 7 - 7 6 5 P O P O v e r S S L I n t e r n a l Fa i l R A P
The validity period of the Server Certificate has not started yet. Software internal error has occurred when POP Over SSL process is in progress.
017-762 SSL Server Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP) Procedure
017-768 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP) 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Repeat the operation causing the fault.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
017-769 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail (POP)
017-770 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)
017-763 SSL Server Cert Fail (POP)
017-764 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)

Procedure
1. Verify the clock of the POP server and the machine UI settings are correct.
2. If the clock is correct, change the POP server SSL certificate to a valid certificate.

Note: Disabling the [SSL Server Verification] render the machine unable to guarantee the au-
thenticy of the POP server it is connecting to.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 330


017-762, 768, 769, 770 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 6 6 P O P O v e r S S L Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 7 2 S c a n A l l B l a n k Pa g e Fa i l R A P
SSL communication failure with POP Server. It was detected that all the pages are blank.

Procedure Procedure
If the fault occurs in TLS Mode, verify the Port Number settings of the POP Server are correct the 1. Increase the [density] during Scan.
customer network.
2. Turn off the [blank suppression] instruction.
3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/Write.
a. Enter NVM value [840-223], File Size Based Blank Paper Detection Level.
• The defualt value is [2]. Reduce the value as requeired to clear the fault.
b. Enter NVM value [840-224], Black Score Based Blank Paper Detection Level.
• The default value is [2]. Reduce the value as required to clear the fault.

331 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-766
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 7 3 N e t l o g Ta s k E r r o r R A P 0 1 7 - 7 7 4 M e s s a g e Lo s t E r r o r R A P
Detected fatal error during Netlog operation. Message discard error.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check the setting related to the Netlog function. For information only, no service action necessary.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 332


017-773 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

017-775 Network API Error RAP 0 1 7 - 7 7 6 , 0 1 7 - 7 7 7 Sy s l o g S e r v e r E r r o r R A P


Sending message was discarded due to sending API error. 017-776 The sending message was discarded because the server sent an invalid response or did
not respond.
Procedure
017-777 The sending queue became full and discarded the message sending request.
Advise the customer to check if there is any issues on the network route to the Syslog server.
Procedure
Advise the customer to check the status of the Syslog server, address value of the Syslog that is set
to the machine, whether there is an issue in the network route between the machine and the Syslog
server, or a network cable failure.

333 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-775
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

017-778 Queue Error RAP 017-779 Link Error RAP


The sending queue became full due to no IP address being set or assigned, and discarded the mes- Detected unplugged network cable on the machine side.
sage sending.
Procedure
Procedure Check the connection state of the network cable.
Advise the customer to check if the IP address of the machine is set.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 334


017-778 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 8 0 H e l d J o b Ti m e o u t R A P 0 1 7 - 7 8 2 , 7 8 4 , 7 8 5 , 7 8 6 C u s t o m I m a g e Pr o c e s s i n g P l u g - I n R A P
Auto delete due to the timeout of held Job that has been overtaken. 017-782 Detected mismatch of the version of image processing module.

Procedure 017-784 Custom image processing XML error.


Perform the steps that follow: 017-785 Detected an error that is custom image processing plug-in specific.
1. Advise the customer to disable the auto delete setting or change the timer setting (1-7200 mi- 017-786 Image processing error of custom image processing plug-in.
nutes) to an appropriate value.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to reinstall after correcting the custom image processing plug-in.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

335 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-780
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 7 - 7 8 3 C u s t o m I m a g e Pr o c e s s i n g M e m o r y R A P 0 1 7 - 7 8 7 G o o g l e C l o u d Pr i n t D a t a E r r o r R A P
The operation was unable to continue due to the memory shortage of the image processing mod- Syntax error, undefined command, parameter error, file corruption, decomposer internal error oc-
ule that is executed in the controller. curred when the decomposer is processing at the Google Cloud Print processing path.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to take any one of the actions that follow: 1. Advise the customer to use a different print method supported by the machine (print driver, util-
ity other than Google Cloud Print).
a. Lower the resolution.
2. If the fault persists, update the software, GP 2.
b. Change the output color to black & white.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 336


017-783 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 7 - 7 8 9 J o b L i m i t E s t i m a t i o n Lo g i c Fa i l R A P 0 1 7 - 7 9 0 t o 0 1 7 - 7 9 9 P r i n t Pe r m i s s i o n R A P
During job limit estimate acquisition, a logic error was detected in the ComlDvm_GetEstimation. 017-790 Color print made in a time zone that is prohibited.

Procedure 017-791 Print made in a time zone that is prohibited.


Advise the customer to check the job settings, then re-run the job. 017-792 Printing performed despite being prohibited.
017-793 Color printing performed despite being prohibited.
017-794 Print made from a prohibited application.
017-795 Color print made from a prohibited application.
017-796 Single sided print made from a prohibited application.
017-797 Print made from a paper tray that is prohibited.
017-798 Job type print made that is prohibited.
017-799 Single sided print made despite being prohibited.

Procedure
Advise the customer to set the permissions as required.

337 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 017-789
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 4 0 0 I P S E C E r r o r ( C o n fi g u r a t i o n M i s m a t c h ) R A P
One of the following has been detected:
• While IPSEC is set to Enable the password is not set in authentication mode = [Pre-shared key].

OR
The IPSEC certificate is not set in authentication mode = [Digital signature].

Procedure
Change the IPSEC setting to consistent with Authentication mode and enable IPSEC again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 338


018-400 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 4 0 1 I n c o n s i s t e n t S I P Co n fi g u r a t i o n R A P 0 1 8 - 4 0 2 S I P S e r v e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P
One of the following has been detected: Failed to register system info to the SIP registration server due to any of the following reasons:
• The IP Operation Mode setting and the Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address setting on the 1. Failed to acquire SIP server address via DHCP or DHCP v6.2.
device are inconsistent with each other.
2. Could not communicate with SIP registration server, (server address set by static address).

3. Could not communicate with SIP registration server, (server address acquired by DHCP or
OR DHCPv6.4).
The IP Operation Mode setting and the SIP Server Address setting are inconsistent.
4. Could not communicate with SIP registration server.
Procedure Procedure
1. Verify [IP Operation Mode] is set to [IPv4] and [IP Address Obtainment Mode] is set to [man- 1. If [SIP server address acquisition method] is [DHCP] or [DHCPv6] , verify the system is com-
ual] , then set [Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address] to [manual]. municating with DHCP server or DHCPv6 server properly.
2. In any case other than, [IP Operation Mode] set to [IPv4] and [IP Address Obtainment Mode] 2. Check all connections on the network; cables, switches, network hubs.
is set to [manual] , set [Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address] to [manual] or [DHCP].
3. If [SIP server address acquisition method] is [DHCP] or [DHCPv6] , verify [DHCP] server or
3. When [IP Operation Mode] set to [IPv6] , set [Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address] to [DHCPv6] server is [ON].
[manual] or [DHCPv6].
4. If [SIP server address acquisition method] is set to [Static] addressing, Verify the address is set
4. If [Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address] to [manual] and the address is set using FQDN
correctly for the customer network.
strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly solve an address
problem. 5. If address is set by using [FQDN] name, verify DNS setting is correct, correct as required.
5. When [IP Operation Mode] is set to [IPv4] and [IP Address Obtainment Mode] is set to [man- 6. If [SIP server address acquisition method] is [DHCP] or [DHCPv6] , verify SIP server address
ual] , set up SIP Server Address using an [IPv4] address or FQDN strings. distributed by DHCP server or DHCPv6 server is correct.
6. When [IP Operation Mode] is set to [IPv6] , set up [SIP Server Address] using an [IPv6] ad-
dress or FQDN strings.
7. It is mandatory to set up [Primary SIP Registration Server Address] and [Primary SIP Proxy
Server Address].

339 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-401
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 4 0 3 S I P Re g i s t ra t i o n Fa i l ( A u t h e n t i c a t i o n ) R A P 0 1 8 - 4 0 4 S I P Re g i s t ra t i o n Fa i l ( O t h e r ) R A P
Failed to register system info to the SIP registration server due to authentication error. Failed to register system info to the SIP registration server due to any reason other than authentica-
tion error.
Procedure
When the SIP Registration Server is set up in a way that requires the SIP Registration Server to au- Procedure
thenticate a machine, set the correct user name and password for authentication. Verify SIP registration server is ready to receive system info and retry job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 340


018-403 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-405 UserAccount Disable RAP 0 1 8 - 4 0 6 S e t t i n g S ta t u s o f S a m e I P A d d r e s s ( I P v 4 ) R A P


Authentication error has occurred because [Account Invalid] has been set for the involved user in Detected that the same IPv4 address was assigned when each I/F is connected to an independent
the Active Directory Server that was specified by the LDAP Authentication. network and the same IP address setting is prohibited when multiple I/F operation is possible.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to verify with the server administrator the active directory settings are correct Change the machine IPv4 setting to a different IP address.
for the user.

341 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-405
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-407 S etti ng S tatus of Sa me I P Addr e ss (IP v6) R AP 018-408 Duplicate IP Address IPv4 (Ether2) RAP
Detected that the same Pv6 address was assigned when each I/F is connected to an independent Ether1 and Ether2 have the same IPv4 address.
network and the same IP address setting is prohibited when multiple I/F operation is possible.
Procedure
Procedure Change the machine Ether2 IPv4 setting to a different IP address than Ether1.
Change the machine IPv6 setting to a different IP address.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 342


018-407 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-409 Duplicate IPv6 Address (Ether2) RAP 0 1 8 - 4 1 0 D y n a m i c D N S - I P v 4 U p d a t e Fa i l u r e ( E t h e r 2 ) R A P


Ether1 and Ether2 have the same IPv6 address. DHCP for Ethernet2 failed to update the IPv4 address and host name to the DNS server.

Procedure Procedure
Change the machine Ether2 IPv6 setting to a different IP address than Ether1. Advise the customer to verify with network administrator the IPv4 dynamic DNS settings for the
machine are correct for the customer network.

343 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-409
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 4 1 1 D y n a m i c D N S - I P v 6 U p d a t e Fa i l u r e ( E t h e r 2 ) R A P 018-412, 413, 414, 415, 416 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2)


DHCP for Ethernet2 failed to update the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server. RAP
A duplicate address exists for Ether2.
Procedure
Advise the customer to verify with network administrator the IPv6 dynamic DNS settings for the 018-412 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2).
machine are correct for the customer network.
018-413 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2).
018-414 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2).
018-415 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2).
018-416 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2).

Procedure
Change the machine Ether2 IPv6 setting to a different IP address than Ether1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 344


018-411 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 4 3 7 L P D Co m m u n i c a t i o n Ti m e o u t R A P 0 1 8 - 4 3 8 L P D Pr i n t D a t a S i z e E x c e e d i n g T h e L i m i t R A P
Data from the host could not be received within a specified time. The print data size sent from the host exceeds the maximum size that can be accepted by the LPR
host.
Note: This Chain-Link is not displayed on the panel. It can only be found in the Error History.
Note: This Chain-Link is not displayed on the panel. It can only be found in the Error History.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to verify with the network administrator the LPD host and the customer Procedure
machine IPv4 settings are the same for the customer network. 1. Verify the customer is sending only one print job request at a time. If the job request was multi-
2. Verify that [LPR Byte Count] is enabled in the Windows printer settings for the machine. ple print jobs, resnd the request with only one print job.
2. Verify the Windows pronter port is correct for the LDP host receive request.
a. Open the control panel, then select [View devices and printers] in the [Hardware and Sound]
category. 3. Change the machine printer port in the Windows printer settings to a port protocol correct for
the requested print job: e.g. port 9100 instead of LPD.
b. Right click on the printer in question, then select [Printer Properties] in the menu dialog box.
c. In the [new printer properties] window, select the [Port] tab.
d. Locate the port used for the machine, a check will be in the box to the left of the port text.
e. Click on [Configure Port].
f. In the [Configure Standatrd TCP/IP Port Monitor] window, check the box left of [LPR Byte
Counting Enabled].
g. Select [OK] on each window to complete the change and close the Windows control panel.
3. Perform the procedure causing the fault.

345 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-437
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 4 3 9 W i - F i D i r e c t S t o p s by t h e Co n f l i c t S e t t i n g fo r A d - h o c 0 1 8 - 4 4 0 W i - F i D i r e c t S t o p s by t h e Co n f l i c t S e t t i n g fo r I P v 6
RAP Mode RAP
When Wi-Fi Direct is active, the Wi-Fi Network Type Ad-hoc setting was detected. When Wi-Fi Direct is active, IPv6 mode setting was detected at the IP Protocol stack related config-
uration data.
Procedure
Change the Wi-Fi Network Type setting of the device to DHCP or set a static IPv4 address, switch Procedure
off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then check the device UI or print a Configuration Report to 1. Change the machine UI network settings to DHCP, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP
verify the machine IPv4 addressing is correct. 19.
2. Verify with the customer the correct network configuration for the customer network, then
change the machine UI network settings to statically assigned.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 346


018-439 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 4 4 1 W i - F i D i r e c t S t o p s by t h e Co n f l i c t S e t t i n g fo r 5 G H z 0 1 8 - 5 0 0 C A M e s s a g e Re c e i v e r B o o t E r r o r ( S _ c e r t l o s t ) R A P
Mode RAP Job cannot be executed with designated combination of parameters (storage file size, paper size,
paper tray, duplex designation, output tray).
When Wi-Fi Direct is active, the 5 GHz mode setting was detected at Wi-Fi Band.

Procedure Procedure
Re-set paper size, paper tray, duplex designation and output tray etc. and retry job.
Connect the machine to a 2.4GHz network or to an Ethernet connection.

347 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-441
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 0 1 C A S e r v e r Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 0 2 Lo g i n Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P
When server certificate and secret key are not available at device start, SSL server necessary to CA Limitation of the workstation to log in the server in SMB Scan is detected at SMB server login.
cannot be started.
Procedure
Procedure Verify designated user property information to verify workstation can login to the server is limited
Set server certificate or disable CA function. or not.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 348


018-501 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 0 3 C A M e s s a g e Re c e i v e r T i m e o u t R A P 0 1 8 - 5 0 4 C A S e s s i o n I D M i s m a tc h R A P
At SMB server login, limitation of workstation that can be logged in with SMB scan is detected. When message is received from CA server, no reaction of JRM/UI is made, resulting in timeout.

Procedure Procedure
Verify designated user property information to verify workstation can login to the server is limited Timeout occurs while waiting for a response to CA server due to inside load of the device. Retry au-
or not. thentication operation.

349 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-503
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 0 5 S M B - D O S Pr o t o c o l E r r o r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 0 6 C A F i e l d I D M i s m a tc h R A P
Unable to authenticate due to an incorrect SMB user name or password. When the fault occurs in SMB authentication:
• In SMB Authentication: • Unable to authenticate due to wrong user name or password
– The user could not be identified because of his/her wrong user name or password. • Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server
– The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Win- 2003
dows Server 2003) • When the fault occurs while scanner transfers scanned data to PC storage to SMB:
In Scanner to SMB: – Unable to log in to SMB server while in scanned data transfer due to wrong user name or
– When trying to send a scanned image, the user could not log in to the SMB server because password
of his/her wrong user name or password. – Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server
– The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Win- 2003.
dows Server 2003)
Note: Designated user name is not registered as user allowed to use shared Windows MacOS X
The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only: v10.4.
– The specified user name is not registered as a user that can use Share Windows. (MacOS X
v10.4) Procedure
Take any of the following actions:
Procedure • Check user name or password with network administrator
• Take either of the following actions to resolve the problem.
• Windows Server 2003, to make time of SMB server and that of this M/C identical.
– Contact the network administrator for the correct user name or password.
• Password cannot be verified.
– In the case of Windows Server 2003, synchronize the time SMB Server tells with the time this
machine tells. If the password needs to be reset:

Note: There is no way to confirm Password. If the user forgets his/her password, he/she needs 1. Select [Start] > [All programs] >[Management tool] >[Active Directory users and computesr]
to set up a new password. on domain controller of active directory where user information is set.
This is how to reset Password: 2. Select [Active Directory users and computers] >[Domain] >[Users] and list user information
from the left frame of [Active Directory users and computers] window.
1. On the domain controller for the active directory that has user info, select [Start] >[All Pro- 3. Right-click target user from the right frame of [Active Directory users and computers] window
grams]>[Management Tool]>[Active Directory Users and Computers].
and select [Reset password].
2. From the left frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] window, select [Active
Directory Users and Computers Server]>[Domain]>[Users] , and list user information. Verify Windows Share MacOS X v10.4 according to the following procedure:
3. Right-click the target user on the right frame of the [Active Directory Users and Com- 1. Activate [System setting] icon from [Dock].
puters] window and select [Reset Password].
2. Click [Share] icon in [System setting] window.
The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.
3. Select [Windows Share] on Service selection screen, then click [Account] button.
– Confirm users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.4)
4. Verify the user account is valid, then click [Complete] button.
This is how to confirm users.
1. From [Dock] start the [System Environment Settings] icon.
2. On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Share] icon.
3. From the Select Service window, select [Share Windows] and click the [Account] button.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 350


018-505 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-507 CA Credential Error RAP 0 1 8 - 5 0 8 C A S e r v e r Fa t a l E r r o r R A P


While in communication with CA server for authentication, Field ID of CA server and Field ID of de- When CA authentication server requests user information entry, the entered information is judged
vice are not the same (Communication error, or device internal error, or wrong code). to be inconsistent by the server.

Procedure Procedure
Error occurs in authentication operation between CA server and the device. Retry authentication User authentication fails. Input user name or password is not correct. Verify and input correct user
operation. name and password.

351 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-507
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 0 9 Te m p l a t e Pa ra m e t e r Co n f l i c t R A P 018-510 Host Name Solution Error in BMLinkS RAP


• In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested. Host name solution error in BMLinkS.
• Job template attribute conflict. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.
Procedure
Procedure Verify DNS is available; check the following:
Verify the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example:
1. Search and obtain the latest information
1. Setting that is not usable in the device is described 2. Verify the connection with DNS server is intact
2. Transfer destination repository is not correctly set. 3. Verify the server name/host name of transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server is regis-
3. Template name that does not exist is designated. tered to DNS
4. Verify DNS server address is set

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 352


018-509 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 8 - 5 1 1 D N S Se r ver Un - se t s Up in B ML i n kS RA P 018-512, 018-513 BMLinkS Service Errors RAP


DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS. 018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS.

Procedure 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found.


Set DNS server address. Alternatively, specify transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server us-
ing IP address. Procedure
Verify the network communication is enabled between transfer destination BMLinkS service server
and device, check the following:
1. Verify the network cable is connected.
2. Verify the network settings for the customer network are correct.
3. BMLinkS service of transfer destination is active.

353 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-511
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP 0 1 8 - 5 1 5 B M L i n k S S t o ra g e - A c c e s s - E r r o r R A P


BMLinkS access-right-violation. BMLinkS storage-access-error.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the login name (username) and password are correct. Check the following:
1. The specified filename is allowed in storage location.
2. The specified filename is in use by any other user.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 354


018-514 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-516 BMLinkS Unsupported-attribute RAP 0 1 8 - 5 1 7 B M L i n k S S t o ra g e - Fu l l R A P


BMLinkS unsupported-attribute. BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify no prohibited characters are in the filename. If any exist, change filename accordingly. Verify the storage location is not full, dlete or move files on the storage location to free up storage
space.
2. Verify the filename is not duplicated on the server.
3. Verify the user has write access to the storage location.
4. Shorten the file name being saved to the storage location.

355 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-516
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 1 8 B M L i n k S O p e ra t i o n - N o t - A v a i l a b l e R A P 018-519 BMLinkS Unknown-error RAP


BMLinkS operation-not-available. BMLinkS unknown-error.

Procedure Procedure
Allow one minute, then repeat the operation. Check the following:
1. Verify the customer network and BMLinkS settings are correct.
2. Verify the customer has write access to the destination folder.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 356


018-518 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 2 0 , 5 2 1 , 5 2 2 , 5 2 3 B M L i n k S S c a n a n d Co m m u n i c a t i o n E r - 018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP


rors RAP The network settings for the device are incorrect.
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.
Procedure
018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS. Verify network-related setting and port necessary to scan job execution are properly done on the
device side:.-Verify that the DNS server setting correct.-Verify that the port of the designated proto-
018-522 Response Receive Failure in BMLinkS. col is activated.
018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure 2. Verify the machine network settings are correct for the customer network.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then repeat the operation causing the fault. 3. Once network connectivity is fully established, re-run the operation causing the fault.

357 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-520, 521, 522, 523
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 2 5 H D D Fu l l o r H D D A c c e s s E r r o r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 2 6 Re j e c t e d t o b e Re fr e s h R A P
During CUI scan start processing, an internal HDD Full error occurs. CUI scan start request is received while in job template polling.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following steps in order. Re-run the operation after completing each step, stopping once Retry the operation after a short interval.
the fault clears:
1. Check the HDD for the available space amount.
2. Delete, or copy off to a USB drive, all unnecessary files to increase the availabe space on the
HDD.
3. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, select [Delete All Data] to delete all
data on the HDD, controller NVM, and buffer RAM.
4. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC355 Initialize HDD to
fully wipe all data and restore the HDD to factory settings.
5. Install new components in order:
a. HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 358


018-525 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP 0 1 8 - 5 2 8 S o a p Re q u e s t E r r o r R A P


Job Template Monitor internal error. Incorrect argument request is received from Soap client of Custom Service.

Procedure Procedure
Retry the operation. Verify the custom service setting is correct.

359 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-527
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 2 9 D u p l i c a t e S c a n Re q u e s t R A P 018-530 Authentication Error RAP


While in CUI scan start processing requested from Soap client of Custom Service, another CUI scan During authentication information retrieval a job error occurs due to external device connection.
start request is received.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify recent devices externaly connected to the machine: USB, any accessories like finshers,
Retry the operation after a short interval. HCF, etc...
2. Remove the external device, then run the operation when the fault occurred.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 360


018-529 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 3 1 Fa i l e d t o C r e a t e a N e w J o b R A P 0 1 8 - 5 3 2 To o M a n y J o b s t o C r e a t e a N e w J o b R A P
Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then retry the operation. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then retry the operation.

361 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-531
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-533 Invalid Mail was detected RAP 0 1 8 - 5 43 Sh ar ed N am e E r ro r in S MB Se r ver R A P


An Email with invalid format was received. A shared name on the SMB scan server is wrong.

Procedure Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then dC131 and NVM code [800- 1. Check the shared name specified and set the correct name.
343].
2. Verify the user has the right to access the shared name specified.
2. Verify the value is [0] (default), then advise the customer delete the invalid email in the POP
server. Perform the following:
3. Resend the email. a. Log in as the specified user.
b. Select [Dock] > [Finder] > [Home] > [File] > [File Info].
c. Select [Proprietary Right and Access Right], verify “Read/Write” is selected in the [Access]
box for the owner.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 362


018-533 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 4 7 N u m b e r Re s t r i c t i o n O v e r o f S M B S c a n U s e r s R A P 0 1 8 - 5 56 H T T P S e rve r S c r ip t E r r o r R A P
The limited number of SMB scan users is exceeded. Due to some reason, the abnormal detection code [XRXERROR" was received from the HTTP server.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the use limit is not exceded, then reduce the number of uses listed in the SMB scan users Perform the following.
database.
1. Verify the drive and directory that are specified in the HTTP server that sends scanned docu-
ments are accessible.
2. Repeat the operation.

363 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-547
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-557 HTTP Invalid Char in Filename RAP 0 1 8 - 5 5 8 H T T P F i l e N o t Fo u n d R A P


A file name that contains invalid characters was specified. The HTTP directory/file name does not exist.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination does not contain any in- Perform the following.
valid characters.
1. Verify the directory that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server exists.
2. Verify the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server exists.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 364


018-557 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 5 9 H T T P F i l e D u p l i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 6 0 H T T P S e r v e r Lo g i n Fa i l R A P
“Prohibit Overwrite” is selected for scan “File Name Conflict” HTTP User Authentication Error. Status 401 was received.

Procedure Procedure
When performing scan Jobs, set “File Name Conflict” to other than “Cancel Job”. Perform the following.
1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the login user name.
3. Check the login password.
4. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
5. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.

365 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-559
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 6 1 H T T P S e r v e r N o t Fo u n d R A P 018-562 HTTP Client Error RAP


HTTP Status 404 was received. Either: HTTP Status 4xx (other than 401 or 404) was received.
• The host name is incorrect, or
Procedure
• The script storage is incorrect. Perform the following.
Procedure 1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
Perform the following. 2. Check the server settings.
1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
3. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 366


018-561 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 8 - 5 6 3 H T T P Se r ver E r ro r R A P 018-564 Host Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP


HTTP Status 5xx was received. DNS resolution of the specified host name has failed.

Procedure Procedure
• Perform the following. Perform the following.
1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. • Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server has been registered in the DNS.
2. Check the server settings. • Verify it is connected to the DNS server.
• Verify the DNS server address is set.

367 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-563
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 6 5 Pr o x y N a m e S o l u t i o n E r r o r i n H T T P R A P 0 1 8 - 5 6 6 S e r v e r Co n n e c t E r r o r i n H T T P R A P
DNS resolution of the proxy server name that is set in the device has failed. Failed to connect to the HTTP server.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following. Perform the following.
• Verify the proxy server name that is set in the device has been registered in the DNS. 1. Check the network cable of the device.
• Verify it is connected to the DNS server. 2. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
• Verify the DNS server address is set.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 368


018-565 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 6 7 H T T P S e r v e r A c c e s s Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 6 8 H T T P S e r v e r S S L A c c e s s Fa i l R A P
One of the following has occurred: An error has occurred during SSL/TLS connection
• The communication was cut when reading.
Procedure
• The communication was cut when writing. Perform the following.
• The file close process has failed.
1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
Procedure 2. Verify the SSL setting of the scanned document destination HTTP server is valid.
Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. 3. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
4. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.

369 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-567
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 6 9 H T T P S e r v e r Ce r t i fi c a t e Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 7 0 H T T P Ce r t i fi c a t e Fa i l R A P
There is a problem with SSL certificate of the server. A client certificate authentication error has occurred in the HTML server.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following. Perform the following.
1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. 1. Verify the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
2. Verify the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is registered 2. Verify the SSL client certificate is set correctly in the device.
in the device. 3. Verify a valid device certificate is registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server.
3. Verify the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is valid.
For example, check the following:
• The certificate has not expired yet.
• The time that is set in the device is correct.
• It is not in the discard list.
• The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate.
4. If the certificate is not registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server, disable the
device certificate validation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 370


018-569 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-571 Internal Error in Scan RAP 0 1 8 - 5 7 2 I n v a l i d C h a r i n Co n t e x t R A P


Scan Network Sending Software Internal Error A context name that contains invalid characters was specified.

Procedure Procedure
Repeat the operation. Verify the specified context name is correct.

371 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-571
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

01 8 - 5 7 3 I n va l id C h ar in S er ve r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 7 4 I n v a l i d C h a r i n Vo l u m e R A P
A connection name that contains invalid characters was specified. A volume name that contains invalid characters was specified.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the specified connection name is correct. Verify the specified volume name is correct.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 372


018-573 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 7 5 I n v a l i d C h a r i n Lo g i n R A P 0 1 8 - 5 7 6 I n v a l i d C h a r i n Pa t h R A P
Invalid Netware Login. A user name or password that contains invalid characters was specified. A path name that contains invalid characters was specified

Procedure Procedure
Verify the specified user name/password is correct. Verify the specified path name is correct.

373 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-575
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-577 Invalid Char in File RAP 0 1 8 - 5 7 8 N W S e r v e r N o t Fo u n d R A P


Invalid Netware File Name Characters Netware Error. A nonexistent server/tree was specified.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the specified file name is correct. Perform the following.
1. Check the network cable of the device.
2. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
3. Check the server name/tree name.
4. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 374


018-577 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 7 9 N W S e r v e r D i s k Fu l l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 8 0 N e t w a r e I n v a l i d Vo l u m e R A P
Netware Error - Hard Disk Full Netware Error - A nonexistent volume name was specified.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following. Perform the following.
1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. 1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the capacity of the data storage server. 2. Check the volume name.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. 3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.

375 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-579
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 8 1 N e t w a r e I n v a l i d Pa t h R A P 0 1 8 - 5 8 2 A c c e s s R i g h t Fa i l R A P
Netware Error - Path Does Not Exist. Netware Resources Access Rights Verification. One of the following conditions exist:
• The User who is logged in does not have the right to open the file.
Procedure
Perform the following. • The User who is logged in does not have the right to create the file.
• The User who is logged in does not have the right to access the directory.
1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
• The User who is logged in does not have the right to read the file.
2. Check the directory path name.
• The User who is logged in does not have the right to write to the file.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
• The User who is logged in does not have the right to delete the directory/file.
• Although all the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.
• Although some of the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.

Procedure
Perform the following.
1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the rights of the User - Example:
Verify the user has the right to open the file.
Verify the user has the right to create the file.
Verify the user has the right to access the directory.
Verify the user has the right to read the file.
Verify the user has the right to write to the file.
Verify the user has the right to delete the file/directory.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 376


018-581 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

01 8 - 5 8 3 N W Se r ver Di sk E r r o r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 8 4 N W S e r v e r A c c e s s Fa i l R A P
Netware Error - Disk Access Error Netware Error

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following. Perform the following.
1. Check the HDD of the Netware server. 1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. 2. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.

377 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-583
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-585 Netware Error in Use RAP 0 1 8 - 5 8 6 N e t w a r e Lo g i n Fa i l R A P


Netware files currently in use by other users The Netware server has refused the login.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following. Perform the following.
1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. 1. Verify the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the current usage status of other users. 2. Check the login user name.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. 3. Check the login password.
4. Check the volume name.
5. Check the server name/tree name.
6. Check the context name.
7. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 378


018-585 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 8 7 F i l e D u p l i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 8 8 S c a n F i l i n g Po l i c y I n v a l i d R A P
File Name Conflict Stop. “Prohibit Overwrite” is selected for scan “File Name Conflict” Invalid filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the
server.
Procedure
Set “File Name Conflict” to other than “Cancel Job”. Procedure
When “Add” is selected for “File Name Conflict”, verify the file format is not set to Multi-page.

379 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-587
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 8 9 N E X T N A M E . DAT E r r o r R A P 018-590 Same Name Exists RAP


Failed to access the NEXTNAME.DAT file. Process stopped because a file with the same name already exists

Procedure Procedure
When “Add” is selected for “File Name Conflict”, verify the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct. Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the
same server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 380


018-589 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 9 1 F i l e N a m e S u f fi x L i m i t O v e r R A P 0 1 8 - 5 9 2 Lo c k Fo l d e r C r e a t e Fa i l R A P
When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the server, the suffix of the Scan Lock Folder Creation Failed
file name/folder name has exceeded the limit.
Procedure
Procedure Check the following:
Change the file name/destination folder on the scan server. Else, move or delete the files in the des-
tination folder. 1. If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
job.
2. Verify there is a folder that has the same name as the specified name.

381 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-591
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 5 9 3 Lo c k Fo l d e r D e l e t e Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 5 9 5 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 5 9 5 R A P
Scan Lock Folder Deletion Failed Attestation Server detected a duplicated user. LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)

Procedure Duplicate ID is detected in ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol).


If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.
Procedure
Correct the user entered in database on the LDAP server so that it does not have the same IC card
info as any other user.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 382


018-593 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 5 9 6 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 5 9 6 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 0 0 N e t w o r k S t a c k i s n o t I n i t i a l i z e d Fa i l R A P
(1) Error other than 018-595 that occurs with authentication LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access The Remote Authentication Library has detected a Network Stack Not Initialized Error during re-
Protocol) protocol (ProtocolCategory=7)(2) Protocol type delivered to Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode(?) mote access.
is unexpected.FTP/HTTP is designated or protocol type larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) is desig-
nated.(DMP6-2) Procedure
Allow Network Stack initializion to complete, then re-run the procedure causing the fault.
Procedure
Retry the operation.

383 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-596
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 0 1 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 0 1 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 0 2 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 0 2 R A P
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) protocol error in Address Book operation 01(Operation There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error. LDAP protocol error in Address Book
error). operation 02 (Protocol Error).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 384


018-701 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 0 3 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 0 3 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 0 4 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 0 4 R A P
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) protocol error in Address Book operation 03 (Search LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) protocol error in Address Book operation 04 (Search
timeout). target data volume is too large).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

385 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-703
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 0 5 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 0 5 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 0 6 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 0 6 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Comparison request result is false). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Comparison request result is true).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the The message means that the result has come out as designated and is not error message.
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 386


018-705 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 0 7 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 0 7 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 0 8 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 0 8 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Designated authentication method is There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Stronger authentication is required).
not supported).
Procedure
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- tings are indicated.
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N
Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the customer to change authentication method. Check with network administrator to reexamine au-
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- thentication setting. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the remote LDAP server.
mote LDAP server.

387 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-707
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 0 9 A c t i v e Co m m u n i c a t i o n i s U n a v a i l a b l e N o w Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 7 1 0 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 0 9 R A P
The Remote Authentication Library has detected that the device is in active communication state There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (No registration in search range).
during remote access.
Procedure
Procedure
In either IPv4 or IPv6 environment: Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
The machine is connected on the customer network. tings are indicated.
Y N The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N
1. If connected via the Ethernet, the Ethernet cable is connected and the network card lights Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
are active in the machine. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
2. If connected via WiFi, the WiFi is active in the UI settings of the machine, and no Ether- There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
net cable is connected to the machine. customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
Verfiy the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network. mote LDAP server.
UI network settings are correct.
Y N
Adjust the UI network setting as correct for the customer network.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 388


018-709 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 1 1 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 1 1 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 1 2 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 1 2 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Administration limit exceeded). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Extended function is not usable).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

389 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-711
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 1 3 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 1 3 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 1 4 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 1 4 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Confidentiality is required). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (SASL bind processing in progress).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 390


018-713 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 1 6 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 1 6 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 1 7 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 1 7 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Requested attribute does not exist). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Designated attribute is undefined).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

391 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-716
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 1 8 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 1 8 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 1 9 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 1 9 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Inappropriate combination). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Constraint violation).

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server. mote LDAP server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 392


018-718 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 2 0 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 2 0 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 2 1 L DA P P r o t o c o l E r r o r 2 1 R A P
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Designated attribute exists already). There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Designated attribute value syntax
error).
Procedure
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. tings are present.
Y N The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob- Y N
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re- There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
mote LDAP server. customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
mote LDAP server.

393 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-720
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 2 2 G C P N e t w o r k Fa i l 0 1 8 - 7 2 3 G C P Ce r t i fi c a t i o n Fa i l
Network-related error has occurred during HTTP communication with Google server. Connection error of certificate has occurred during HTTP communication with Google server.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Confirm with the network administrator the correct root CA certificate is present, certificate authen-
tication settings are correct .
2. Confirm the network connection status, network settings status with the system administrator.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 394


018-722 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 2 4 G C P S S L Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 1 8 - 7 2 5 K e r b e r o s A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Pr o t o c o l E r r o r ( 2 2 ) R A P
Connection error of SSL has occurred during HTTP communication with Google server. User's Kerberos password expired.

Procedure Procedure
Confirm with the network administrator the network (SSL Communication) connection status, SSL Ask server's administrator to extend the password expiration date.
settings status.

395 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-724
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 2 6 K e r b e r o s A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Pr o t o c o l E r r o r ( 7 0 ) R A P 0 1 8 - 7 2 7 K e r b e r o s A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Pr o t o c o l E r r o r ( 7 1 ) R A P
Upper CA authentication of user's Smart Card is not registered on the device. Authentication in user's Smart Card is invalid (rejected by Kerberos server).

Procedure Procedure
Verify upper CA authentication of user's Smart Card is registered on the device. If not, register it on Verify authentication of user's Smart Card is valid. If not valid, renew Smart card. If Kerberos server
the device. is set to not allow use user's Smart Card, ask the server administrator to give permission to such
user.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 396


018-726 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 2 8 K e r b e r o s A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Pr o t o c o l E r r o r ( 7 2 ) R A P 0 1 8 - 7 2 9 G C P N e t w o r k Ti m e o u t Fa i l
KDC authentication of Kerberos server is invalid (rote CA authentication is not registered on the de- Timeout error has occurred during HTTP communication with Google server.
vice, or KDC authentication is expired, or KDC authentication address is incorrect).
Procedure
Procedure Check the network connection status, settings status.The network might be congested.
1. Verify route CA authentication is registered on the device, if not, register it on the device.
2. Verify KDC authentication is expired, if expired, get renewed.
3. Verify the Kerberos server add
3+ress set on the device matches the address written in the Kerberos server KDC authentication.
If they are different:
a. Change the Kerberos Server address set on the device.
b. Check the Kerberos Server KDC certificate.
c. In this case, there is a possibility of a wrong setting or Kerberos Server impersonation.

397 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-728
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 3 0 G C P N e t w o r k O t h e r Fa i l 0 1 8 - 7 3 1 G C P H D D L i m i t Fa i l R A P
Other network-related internal error has occurred during HTTP communication with Google server. Job is aborted because there is not enough capacity in the HDD.

Procedure Procedure
Check the network connection status, settings status.If the problem occurs again, contact the Call Check the HDD available capacity, and free up space.Print again after executing all print jobs which
Center. are being spooled.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 398


018-730 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

018-732 to 736, 748, 749, 750 to 754, 764 to 771, 780, 782 018-791 LDAP Protocol Error 91 RAP

t o 7 9 7 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r R A P 018-792 LDAP Protocol Error 92 RAP

There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (No corresponding object). 018-793 LDAP Protocol Error 93 RAP

018-732 LDAP Protocol Error 32 RAP 018-794 LDAP Protocol Error 94 RAP

018-733 LDAP Protocol Error 33 RAP 018-795 LDAP Protocol Error 95 RAP

018-734 LDAP Protocol Error 34 RAP 018-796 LDAP Protocol Error 96 RAP

018-735 LDAP Protocol Error 35 RAP 018-797 LDAP Protocol Error 97 RAP

018-736 LDAP Protocol Error 36 RAP Procedure


018-748 LDAP Protocol Error 48 RAP Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated.
018-749 LDAP Protocol Error 49 RAP
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings.
018-750 LDAP Protocol Error 50 RAP Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
018-751 LDAP Protocol Error 51 RAP lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
018-752 LDAP Protocol Error 52 RAP There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the re-
018-753 LDAP Protocol Error 53 RAP mote LDAP server.

018-754 LDAP Protocol Error 54 RAP


018-764 LDAP Protocol Error 64 RAP
018-765 LDAP Protocol Error 65 RAP
018-766 LDAP Protocol Error 66 RAP
018-767 LDAP Protocol Error 67 RAP
018-768 LDAP Protocol Error 68 RAP
018-769 LDAP Protocol Error 69 RAP
018-770 LDAP Protocol Error 70 RAP
018-771 LDAP Protocol Error 71 RAP
018-780 LDAP Protocol Error 80 RAP
018-782 LDAP Protocol Error 82 RAP
018-783 LDAP Protocol Error 83 RAP
018-784 LDAP Protocol Error 84 RAP
018-785 LDAP Protocol Error 85 RAP
018-786 LDAP Protocol Error 86 RAP
018-787 LDAP Protocol Error 87 RAP
018-788 LDAP Protocol Error 88 RAP
018-789 LDAP Protocol Error 89 RAP
018-790 LDAP Protocol Error 90 RAP

399 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-732 to 736, 748, 749, 750 to 754, 764 to 771, 780, 782 to 797
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 3 7 G C P O t h e r Fa i l R A P 0 1 8 - 7 3 8 t h r o u g h 0 1 8 - 7 4 6 G C P Fa i l R A P
Other internal error has occurred during GCP module processing. Network-related error has occurred during communication through XMPP protocol with Google
server.
Procedure
018-738 GCP XMPP Network Fail
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the network settings in the UI are correct for the customer network, then perform the op- 018-739 GCP XMPP Network Other Fail
eration causing the fault.
018-740 GCP XMPP Certification Fail
018-741 GCP XMPP Other Fail
018-743 GCP Network Proxy Fail
018-744 GCP Network DNS Resolve Fail
018-745 GCP XMPP Network Proxy Fail
018-746 GCP XMPP Network DNS Resolve Fail

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the network settings in the UI are correct for the customer network, then perform the op-
eration causing the fault.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 400


018-737 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 4 7 S e r v e r n o t fo u n d i n S M B R A P 0 1 8 - 7 5 5 S e r v e r Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r i n S M B R A P
• During scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer, there was a name resolution failure at WINS/Net- There was no response from the transfer destination SMB Server to the Main Unit during the scan-
BIOS broadcast. ner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer.

Procedure
OR 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
During scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer, the port of file sharing service is blocked (failed to es-
tablish TCP/IP session). 2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.
Procedure
4. Verify the SMB related ports are not blocked:
1.
• Port No. 139/NetBIOS Session Service (TCP).
2. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
• Direct hosting service [Port No. 445 (TCP).
3. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
4. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.
5. Verify the SMB related ports are not blocked:
• Port No. 137/NetBIOS Name Service (UDP).
• Port No. 138/NetBIOS Datagram Service (UDP).
• Port No. 139/NetBIOS Session Service (TCP).
• Direct hosting service [Port No. 445 (TCP).

401 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-747
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 5 6 S e r v e r L o g i n Re s p o n s e T i m e o u t i n S M B R A P 018-757 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP


Unable to receive a response from the server within the specified time during the scanner (Scan to The system has failed to resolve the SMB Server Name of the SMB that is specified as the transfer
PC) SMB authentication. destination during the scanner (Scan to PC).

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the SMB server is or is not inside the Windows Server Active Directory Domain. If the SMB Take any one of the following actions:
server is inside the WSADD, verify the server is active and available within the network domain
servers list. 1. If the transfer destination server name that is set in the Main Unit was input using FQDN char-
acters (e.g.: mypc01.fuji0.co.jp), check the Network Settings at the Main Unit for whether the
2. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network. DNS Server Address was set correctly.
3. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server. 2. If there is no problem with the connection to the DNS Server, check the whether the transfer
destination address that is set at the Main Unit is registered in the DNS Server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 402


018-756 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 5 8 P i c t u r e Pr e s e r v a t i o n P l a c e o r F i l e N a m e M i s t a ke R A P 0 1 8 - 7 5 9 P i c t u r e Pr e s e r v a t i o n P l a c e o r F i l e N a m e I n v a l i d R A P
There is a problem with the storage destination or file name of the specified scan image during There is a problem with the storage destination or file name of the specified scan image during
scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer. This could be due to the following reasons: scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer. This could be due to the following reasons:
• There is a problem with either the image storage location or the file name.
Procedure
• The specified storage location does not exist on the server. Verify the storage destination or file name of the scan image that is set at the Main Unit contain
any of the following restricted characters.
Procedure
Take any one of the following actions: 1. There is a blank space at the beginning or the end of a text string.

1. Verify the storage location is correct. 2. There is a period at the beginning or the end of a text string.

2. Verify the specified file name is one that can be created on the SMB Server.

403 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-758
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

018-760 DFS Link Error in SMB RAP 0 1 8 - 7 61 O u t o f Se r ve r M em o ry i n S M B R A P


The specified storage location gets linked to other shared folder during scanner (Scan to PC) SMB The memory at the storage destination PC was detected to have ran out during scanner (Scan to
transfer as it is set to Distributed File System (DFS). PC) SMB transfer.

Procedure Procedure
Check for the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system administrator. 1. Verify the usage condition at the storage destination PC has caused all the memory to be used.
The checking method is as follows: 2. If the available free memory is low, terminate the applications that are currently not in use.

1. On the SMB Server, select [Start] menu -> [All Programs] -> [Admin Tools] -> [Distributed File
System].
2. On the left frame of the [Distributed File System] window, select the specified storage location
and check the [Target] information in the right frame of the window.
3. Based on the information that was checked, directly specify the SMB Server, shared name, and
storage location.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 404


018-760 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 6 2 S e r v e r Re s p o n s e T i m e o u t i n S M B R A P 0 1 8 - 7 6 3 C h a r Co n v e r t E r r o r i n S M B
The response from the storage destination PC had taken a long time and caused a time-out to oc- The character code conversion process in the multifunction device has failed during the scanner
cur during scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer. (Scan to PC) SMB transfer.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify an anti-virus software is operating at the storage destination PC. Verify the Server Name, Shared Name, Path Name, etc. contains machine-dependent characters
such as (special symbol), (number symbol), IV (roman number). Edit the names as required to cor-
a. If the size of the transfer file is large, the PC response time might be lengthened due to the rect the issue.
anti-virus software.
b. If it is operating, reduce the number of document sheets to make the size of the transfer file
smaller.

405 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-762
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 7 2 S h a r e d n a m e n o t fo u n d i n s e r v e r 0 1 8 - 7 73 Sh ar ed n a me er r o r i n s er ve r
The Shared Name that was set does not exist on the transfer destination server during scanner 1. The Shared Name that was set at the transfer destination contains restricted characters during
(Scan to PC) SMB transfer. scanner SMB transfer.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the Shared Name set at the Main Unit exists on the transfer destination PC. 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 406


018-772 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 7 4 C S B Pr i n t H o s t N a m e Re s o l v e Fa i l 0 1 8 - 7 7 5 C S B Pr i n t Pr o x y S e r v e r Co n n e c t Fa i l
During CSB Print, a network related (DNS name resolution) error has occurred when communicating During CSB Print, a network related (proxy connection) error has occurred when communicating
with the Server via HTTP. with the Server via HTTP.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network. 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server. 2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports. 3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.

407 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-774
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 7 6 C S B Pr i n t N e t w o r k Ti m e o u t O v e r 0 1 8 - 7 7 7 C S B Pr i n t N e t w o r k Co n n e c t Fa i l
During CSB Print, an error has occurred due to timeout when communicating with the Server via During CSB Print, a network related error has occurred when communicating with the Server via
HTTP. HTTP.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network. 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server. 2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports. 3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 408


018-776 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 7 8 C S B Pr i n t Ce r t i fi c a t i o n Fa i l 0 1 8 - 7 7 9 C S B Pr i n t S S L Co n n e c t Fa i l
During CSB Print, a connection error with the Certificate has occurred when communicating with During CSB Print, an SSL connection error has occurred when communicating with the Server via
the Server via HTTP. HTTP.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network. 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server. 2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports. 3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.

409 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-778
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 1 8 - 7 8 1 L DA P Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 8 1 R A P 0 1 8 - 7 9 8 C S B Pr i n t N e t w o r k O t h e r Fa i l
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Cannot connect with server). During CSB Print, a network related other internal error has occurred when communicating with the
Server via HTTP.
Procedure
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- 1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
tings are indicated.
The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. 2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
Y N 3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a prob-
lem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
Request the customer to verify the machine LDAP settings.
1. Verify the network cable is connected and the Ethernet port is active, blinking with activity.
2. Verify activation status of the requested server.
3. Verify the server name is correct: [Specification setting > Network setting > External authenti-
cation server/Directory service setting > LDAP server/Directory service setting].
4. If the fault persists, request the customer to verify there are no issues at the remote LDAP server.
Once any server issues have been corrected, run the test again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 410


018-781 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 1 8 - 7 9 9 C S B P r i n t A b o r t t o G e t F i l e fr o m C S B
During CSB Print, the document retrieval process from the Server was interrupted (abandoned).

Procedure
1. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the user has write access to the storage destination on the SMB server.
3. Verify a firewall is not blocking communication ports.

411 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 018-799
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 2 1 0 U S B I C C a r d Re a d e r C o n n e c t i o n E r r o r R A P 0 2 1 - 2 1 1 U S B I C C a r d Re a d e r B r o k e n R A P
1. When powering ON the machine: the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a USB The device failed to respond.
IC Card to control jobs and that the USB IC Card is not connected.
2. Procedure
Connect a known good USB IC Card Reader. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
OR
When the machine is in Ready state: the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a
USB IC Card to control jobs and that the USB is disconnected or the USB IC Card Reader is
malfunctioning.

Procedure
1. USB disconnected: Reconnect the disconnected USB connector. Switch off, then switch on the
machine, GP 19.
2. USB connected: Connect an known good USB IC Card Reader. Switch off, then switch on the ma-
chine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 412


021-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 2 1 2 U S B I C C a r d Re a d e r P r e p a r i n g E r r o r R A P 0 2 1 - 2 1 3 Co n t r o l l e r Pr i c e Ta b l e E r r o r R A P
When the machine is turned ON, the accessory connected through USB has not finished starting up With a new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system) ON (850-027=1), an available
within a certain period of time, which is set as SystemData. unit price (855-xxx) is set to a value out of the range of 1 to 9999999.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. CAUTION: Obtain the values to set the prices from the customer before changing
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 16, Foreign Device Interface Setup. any price values.
1. Using CWIS, export the Unit-Price Table as a text file.
2. Set a value between 1 and 9999999 at the location(s) where a value out of the range is set.
3. Using CWIS, write the file containing the corrected Unit Price Table.
• New type of subtraction system not used:
(M/C Unit-Price Table system): NVM [850-027] to 0, the function is OFF.
• New type of subtraction system used:
(M/C Unit-Price Table system): set every available unit price, NVM [855-xxx] to a value be-
tween 1 and 9999999.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

413 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-212
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 2 1 4 U S B I C C a r d Re a d e r E n c r y p t i o n S e t t i n g E r r o r R A P 0 2 1 - 2 1 5 I n v a l i d A c c e s s o r y Ty p e R A P
When an USB IC Card Reader error is detected during the setting of the USB IC Card Reader encryp- FDI has been removed from the IOT or an invalid FDI is connected to the machine
tion settings.
Procedure
OR
1. Verify the correct FDI is attached to the machine. Connect the correct FDI.
When connected to an USB IC Card Reader with incorrect encryption settings (the Mutual Authenti- 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 16, Foreign Device Interface Setup.
cation Key not matching the Specified Key), causing encrypted communication to fail.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Connect a USB IC Card Reader that has never been used before, or one that has had its encryp-
tion settings initialized as factory default settings to the machine.
3. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 414


021-214 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 3 6 0 A c c e s s o r y Fa i l R A P 0 2 1 - 3 6 1 E P A c c e s s o r y K i n d C o n fi g E r r o r R A P
An error occurred in the connection to the foreign accessory. The accessory that should be installed The system data 850-007 has not been set properly.
is not found.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Verify the FDI cable is fully insterted into the connector, there is no damage to the cable at ei-
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 16, Foreign Device Interface Setup.
ther end, reseat the connectors at each end.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
4. Change the FDI to a known good FDI.
5. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

415 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-360
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 4 0 0 C h e c k Re q u e s t R A P 0 2 1 - 4 0 1 U S B I C C a r d Re a d e r Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r I n fo R A P
Detected Check Request. The number of USB IC Card Readers is greater than the machine setting.

Procedure Procedure
Perform checks. Disconnect the USB IC Card Reader that caused this error to occur from the USB connector.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 416


021-400 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

021-402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 502, 503, 504, 507, 0 2 1 - 4 0 9 A M i s c e l l a n e o u s H T T P S e s s i o n E r r o r w a s D e t e c t e d Fa i l
5 0 8 N e t w o r k Fa i l R A P RAP
021-402 Couldn’t Resolve Proxy Name Fail. An error (uncategorized) has occurred in the communication library.
021-403 Couldn’t Resolve Host Name Fail. Procedure
021-404 Couldn't Connect to Host/Proxy Fail. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

021-405 Couldn’t Establish SSL Session Fail


021-406 An Invalid Peer Certificate has Received Fail
021-407 Proxy Unauthorized Access Fail.
021-408 A Connection to Host/Proxy has Timed Out Fail.
021-502 Couldn’t Resolve Proxy Name.
021-503 Couldn’t Resolve Host Name.
021-504 Couldn’t Connect To Host/proxy.
021-507 Proxy Unauthorized Access.
021-508 A Connection To Host/proxy Has Timed Out.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
3. Verify the proxy server and port settings are correct for the customer network.
4. Install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

417 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 502, 503, 504, 507, 508
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

021-410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 546, 547, 548, 021-427, 428, 431, 432, 434, 435, 437, 438, 439, 440 4G/3G
5 4 9 , 5 5 0 , 5 5 1 , 5 5 2 , 5 5 3 C A Fa i l R A P Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l ( 4 G / 3 G n e t - B O X ) R A P
Communication with the Certificate Authority (CA) failure. 4G/3G line connection failed using 4G/3Gnet-BOX.
021-410 Couldn’t Connect to CA Fail 021-427 4G/3G connection timeout Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-411 A Connection to CA has Timed Out Fail 021-428 Out of range Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-412 Couldn't resolve proxy name (CA) Fail. 021-431 USB connection timeout Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-413 Couldn't resolve host name (CA) Fail. 021-432 Cannot routing Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-414 Couldn't connect to host/proxy (CA) Fail. 021-433 Mismatch net-Box use Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-415 Couldn't establish SSL session (CA) Fail. 021-434 4G/3G Adapter Error Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-416 An invalid peer certificate has received (CA) Fail. 021-435 Cannot open 4G/3G connection Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-417 Proxy unauthorized access (CA) Fail. 021-436 DNS Resolver init Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-546 Couldn't Resolve Proxy Name (CA) Fail. 021-437 DNS connect Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-547 Couldn't Resolve Host Name (CA) Fail. 021-438 DNS resolve host Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-548 Couldn't connect to host/proxy (CA) Fail. 021-439 DNS resolve Host (CA) Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-549 Couldn't establish SSL session (CA) Fail. 021-440 IP Protocol inactive Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-550 An invalid peer certificate has received (CA) Fail. 021-565 LTE/3G connection timeout Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX).
021-551 Proxy unauthorized access (CA) Fail. 021-566 Out of range Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-552 Couldn't use specified cipher (CA) Fail. 021-567 SIM card NG Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-553 An Invalid Message has received (CA) Fail. 021-568 Time setting Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)

Procedure 021-569 USB connection timeout Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)


1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 021-570 Cannot routing Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
021-571 mismatch net-Box use Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
3. Verify the proxy server and port settings are correct for the customer network.
4. Check the EP proxy server settings. Chain-Link [920-035] to [920-039] or KO settings. 021-572 RNDIS misc Error (4G/3Gnet-BOX)

5. Check the EP server settings. Chain-Link [920-003] to [920-006]. 021-573 4G/3GAdapter Error Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
6. Install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 021-574 Cannot open LTE/3G connection Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-575 DNS Resolver init Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-576 DNS connect Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-577 DNS resolve host Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-578 DNS resolve Host (CA) Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-579 DNS Resolver misc Error (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-580 IP Protocol inactive Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)
021-581 DNS resolve Host (Fwrt) Fail (4G/3Gnet-BOX)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 418


021-410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 552, 553 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

Procedure 0 2 1 - 4 2 9 S I M c a r d N G Fa i l ( 4 G / 3 G n e t - B O X )
1. Verify the 4G/3Gnet-BOX is correctly connected to the machine and status is [connected].
The status of the SIM card inserted in the 4G/3Gnet-BOX is error.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. If the signal is out of range or low, carry out the following: Procedure
• Check the 4G/3Gnet-BOX attenna for proper positioning. 1. Verify the 4G/3Gnet-BOX SIM card is properly inserted.
• Move any item blocking the attenna signal. 2. Reset 4G/3Gnet-BOX.
4. Check that appropriate values are stored in the USB RNDIS adapter such as the LAN-IP address, 3. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
WAN-DNS server address. 4. Insert a known-good SIM card into the 4G/3Gnet-BOX to verify the 4G/3Gnet-BOX is working
5. Reset the 4G/3Gnet-BOX. correctly.
5. If the fault persists, install a new 4G/3Gnet-BOX.

419 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-429
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 4 3 0 Ti m e s e t t i n g Fa i l ( 4 G / 3 G n e t - B O X ) 021-500 EP Accessory Job Exclusion RAP


Time synchronization with 4G/3Gnet-BOX has failed. An attempt to start up a job for accessory billing in the middle of a Fax send Job operation, or, in
the middle of a Job for accessory billing operation.
Procedure
1. Verify the time settings in the machine UI are correct. Note: This Fault is not detected when the Fax send billing function is disabled.
2. Reset 4G/3Gnet-BOX. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
3. If the fault persists, verify the time settings in the machine UI are correct, the setting may not Wait for the currently running job to complete, and then restart the job.
have held. Correct the time settings, if required. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2. After the machine restarts, check the time settings are correct, cor-
rect as required. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 420


021-430 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

021-501 Invalid URL Detected RAP 0 2 1 - 5 0 5 Co u l d n ’ t E s t a b l i s h S S L S e s s i o n R A P


The server URL is grammatically incorrect. An error has occurred during SSL/TLS handshake.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the URL is correctly formatted and the destination name is correct. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.

421 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-501
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 0 6 A n I n v a l i d Pe e r Ce r t i fi c a t e H a s Re c e i v e d R A P 0 2 1 - 5 0 9 S O A P Fa u l t : A n I n v a l i d M e s s a g e D e t e c t e d R A P
The SSL certificate of the server is invalid. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating the message from the machine is invalid.

Procedure OR
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. An unexpected SOAP Fault was notified because of a failure in the server.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 422


021-506 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 1 0 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e M C A L R E A DY U n r e g i s t e r e d R A P 0 2 1 - 5 1 1 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e M C a l r e a d y r e g i s t e r e d ( W E P ) R A P
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the machine is already in recalled status on the When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the WEP Installed.
EP system.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the machine al-
Procedure ready has WEP installed on the EP system.
1. If the error corresponds to a recall operation, no action is required. Allow the operation to
complete. Procedure
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
2. If the error is related to operations other than recall, check whether the EP contract has expired.
If it has already expired, no action is required.
3. If the fault occurs when the EP contract is not expired, switch off, then switch on the machine,
GP 19.
a. Verify the certificate is the correct certificate for the operation, is valid, and is not expired.
b. Perform the operation again once the certificate has been validated.

423 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-510
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 1 2 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e M C A l r e a d y Re g i s t e r e d ( E P - S V ) R A P 0 2 1 - 5 1 3 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e M C A l r e a d y Re g i s t e r e d ( E P - D X ) R A P
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-SV Installed. When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-DX Installed.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the machine al- When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the machine al-
ready has EP-SV installed on the EP system. ready has EP-DX installed on the EP System.

Procedure Procedure
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 424


021-512 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 1 4 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e M C A l r e a d y Re g i s t e r e d ( E P - T R E S S ) 0 2 1 - 5 1 5 , 5 1 6 W r o n g M / C Ty p e o r S e r i a l N u m b e r R A P
RAP SOAP Fault indicating that illegal product code, wrong serial number, or internal error is reported.
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the TRESS Installed. 021-515 Wrong M/C Type Code.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the machine al- 021-516 Wrong Serial Number.
ready has EP-TRESS installed on the EP System.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
2. Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
3. Update the software, GP 2.
4. Disconnect, then reconnect: all connectors, HDD, SD Card, and DIMM verifying all connections
are fully secure.
5. Install new components as required:
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
6. If the fault persists, reinstall the original components, then contact Xerox technical support cen-
ter or NTS.

425 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-514
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 1 7 , 5 1 8 , 5 1 9 S O A P Fa u l t : T h e S e r v i c e N o t Re s p o n d e d R A P 0 2 1 - 5 2 0 , 5 2 1 , 5 2 2 Co u l d n ' t c o n n e c t t o C A .
021-517 SOAP Fault: The Service Not Responded. A communication or timeout error has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that communication failure has occurred between 021-520 Couldn't connect to CA.
the Edge Server (EPA-Server for configurations installed with EPA) and its back-end.
021-521 A connection to CA has timed out.
021-518 SOAP Fault: An Internal Error Occurred On Server.
021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that an internal error has occurred in the Edge
Server. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
021-519 SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that EP Center is in high load status.
3. Check the EP proxy server settings, NVM [920-035] to [920-039] or KO settings.
Procedure 4. Check the EP server settings, NVM [920-003]~[920-006)].
1. Check with the EP Center for the system operation status.
2. If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center
has recovered.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 426


021-517, 518, 519 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

021-523 Internal Error RAP 0 2 1 - 5 2 4 , 5 2 5 Re g i s t r a t i o n E r r o r R A P


Software failure where operation can be continued is detected. Installation is requested but installed status is detected internally. When starting installation proc-
essing, System Data "Installation status" indicates "already installed".
OR
021-524 A registeration conflict has detected.
Memory access error where operation can be continued is detected.
021-525 An unregistration conflict has detected.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
2. Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
the UI. 2. Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
3. Update the software, GP 2.
4. Disconnect, then reconnect: all connectors, HDD, SD Card, and DIMM verifying all connections 3. Update the software, GP 2.
are fully secure. 4. Disconnect, then reconnect: all connectors, HDD, SD Card, and DIMM verifying all connections
5. Install new components as required: are fully secure.
5. Install new components as required:
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
6. If the fault persists, reinstall the original components, then contact Xerox technical support cen-
ter or NTS. 6. If the fault persists, reinstall the original components, then contact Xerox technical support cen-
ter or NTS.

427 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-523
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 2 7 A n i n v a l i d M e s s a g e Wa s Re c e i v e d R A P 0 2 1 - 5 2 8 Co m m u n i c a t i o n S e t t i n g E r r o r R A P
An invalid message was received from the server. At the start of communication, communication-disabling setting is detected.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
3. Update the software, GP 2.
4. Disconnect, then reconnect: all connectors, HDD, SD Card, and DIMM verifying all connections
are fully secure.
5. Install new components as required:
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
6. If the fault persists, reinstall the original components, then contact Xerox technical support cen-
ter or NTS.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 428


021-527 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

02 1 - 5 2 9 M ac h ine Ha s A l re ad y Lat e st F ir m war e RA P 0 2 1 - 5 30 A n I n t er n a l E rr o r Ha s Oc c u r r ed O n U p d at e S er ve r R A P


The machine returned an error during software upgrade that the lastest version oin the server is al- The software update server has detected an internal error.
ready installed.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Verify the software vesion used for upgrade is the latest version on Xerox.net.
2. Ask the EP center (software update server) about the system operation status.
2. Update the software files on the server location the machine is requesting with the latest ver-
3. If the EP center is having a problem, wait until it recovers. As soon as it recovers, retry the opera-
sion on Xerox.com. tion from the UI.
3. Perform Software Upgrade, GP 2, again.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 19, using the USB method.

429 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-529
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 3 1 S e r v i c e I s Te m p o ra r i l y U n a v a i l a b l e O n U p d a t e Sv r R A P 0 2 1 - 5 3 2 Fo u n d A n U n s u p p o r t e d R O M S e t R A P
The software update server has sent this machine an answering message showing it has a big load. As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine
has, this machine has been found to have a combination of ROM versions an update on which is
Procedure not supported by EP.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
2. Ask the EP center (software update server) about the system operation status.
Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. If the EP center is having a problem, wait until it recovers. As soon as it recovers, retry the opera-
tion from the UI.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 430


021-531 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 3 3 S o f t w a r e U p d a t e U n o p e r a t i o n a l By U s e r R A P 0 2 1 - 5 3 4 Fo u n d A n U n s u p p o r t e d S u b m o d u l e R A P
As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine
has, this machine has been found to have a combination of ROM versions that prohibits the key op- has, this machine has been found to have a submodule among its ROMs which is excluded from
erator (KO) from doing update. software update.

Procedure Procedure
Upgrade the software, GP 2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

431 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-533
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 3 5 Fo u n d A n U n s u p p o r t e d Pe r i p h e ra l R A P 021-536 Machine Already Has A Chain Link File RAP


As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine Chain-Link settings file which has not been processed is detected when software update instruction
has, this machine has been found to be equipped with an accessory which is excluded from EP soft- is received from the user.
ware update.
Procedure
Procedure Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Upgrade the software, GP 2.
Note: During machine initialization by power OFF/ON, Chain-Link settings, which have not been
processed will be processed, and the machine will automatically restart.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 432


021-535 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 3 7 A S o f t w a r e U p d a t e Co n f l i c t H a s D e t e c t e d R A P 0 2 1 - 5 3 8 Co u l d n ’ t S t a r t S o f t w a r e U p d a t e D u e To U s e r O p e ra -
When the appointment date for the software upgrade was reached, it was detected that another tion RAP
software upgrade is already in progress.
When the appointment date for the software upgrade was reached, it was detected that the soft-
OR ware upgrade cannot be started temporarily as the machine is being operated by a User, etc.

When instructing to perform the software upgrade from the UI Panel, it was detected that the ap- Procedure
pointed software upgrade process is already started. No action necessary.

Procedure
No action necessary.

433 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-537
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 3 9 T h e Po w e r S u p p l y Wa s O f f A t Re s e r v e d Ti m e R A P 0 2 1 - 5 4 0 T h e Po w e r Wa s Tu r n e d O f f D u r i n g D o w n l o a d i n g H a s
When the machine is turned ON, it was detected that the appointment date for the software up- Detected RAP
grade had passed during the yime the machine was powered off and the software upgrade process
It was detected that the power had turned OFF while the software upgrade file is being
was not able to be performed.
downloaded.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 434


021-539 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 4 1 A n I n v a l i d S o f t w a r e U p d a t e C o n fi g u r a t i o n H a s D e - 0 2 1 - 5 4 2 Re s e r v e d S o f t w a r e U p d a t e C a p a b i l i t y Fa i l R A P
tected RAP Although it is now the appointed date for software upgrade, it was detected that the date specified
firmware upgrade is unable to be performed.
When the software upgrade is about to commence, it was detected that the feature settings of the
software upgrade is disabled.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify the HDD is installed, install the HDD if removed.
1. Check the customer’s contract information and set the service parameter of the machine 2. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test, to verify the HDD is functioning
appropriately. correctly.
2. Obtain permission from the customer to perform the software upgrade again from the UI Panel 3. If dC355 returns [NG], perform dC355 Initialize HDD.
as neccessary or schedule another software upgrade appointment. 4. If the HDD fails to initialize, install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
5. Once the HDD is initialized, or a new HDD has been installed, perform the software update man-
ually using GP 2, Software Upgrade, [USB Software Upgrade], or, request the customer resched-
ule a network software upgrade as per the customer documentation.

Note: Network - used by the customer for software installation. This procedure is included in
the customer documentation: GP 2, Software Upgrade.

435 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-541
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 5 4 3 I n v a l i d S o f t w a r e Ve r s i o n I n fo r m a t i o n D e t e c t Fa i l R A P 0 2 1 - 5 8 2 S W U p d a t e A n d B a t c h Co n f l i c t Fa i l R A P
During the Software Upgrade, the software version data that was obtained for version matching The software update failed during upload.
was found to be invalid.
Procedure
Procedure Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Perform the software update again.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 436


021-543 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 5 8 3 A N e w F i r m w a r e Wa s D e t e c t e d A f t e r T h e D o w n l o a d 0 2 1 - 7 0 0 A c c e s s o r y Fa i l u r e
RAP EP accessory - service canceled by disable-USB accessory failure or disconnect.
The software version downloaded is not the same version found on the download server. 021-700 Accessory Failure
Procedure 021-701 Accessory Preparing
1. Verify the version on the download server is the correct version expected, then perform the serv-
er dowload operation again. One of the following USB-related local fails occurring, a job has been started.

2. If the fault persists, perform GP 2, USB software download. • 021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error.
• 021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken.
• 021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error.

Procedure
One of the fault codes 021-210, 021-211, and 021-212 is occurring.

437 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-583
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

021-733 Accessory Error RAP 0 2 1 - 7 5 0 U Pa r t s Re q u e s t Fa i l ( E P - S V ) R A P


Color is inhibited or card limit value is reached while accessory is mounted. When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following in order: Contact the telephone center.
1. Verify the color limitation KeySW to enabled for color.
2. Change the card with a known upper limit value for color available.
3. Verify that the customer is programming a job within the machine UI parameters.
4. Disconnect, then reconnect, all connectors on the controller PWB and MCU PWB. remove, then
install the memory card and DIMM.
5. Upgrade the software to the most current version on Xerox.com.
6. Install new components, in oder, as required. Test the machine after each new installation to
verify the fault is no longer appearing:
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Memory card 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 3.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 438


021-733 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 7 5 1 M a i n t e n a n c e Re q u e s t Fa i l ( E P - S V ) R A P 0 2 1 - 7 7 0 U Pa r t s Re q u e s t Fa i l ( E P - D X ) R A P
When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request was processed, an error was sent by the The used parts collection order could not be made because a problem was detected at startup, fax
EP-SV. card returned NG because the line was busy.

Procedure Procedure
Check that the telephone line is connected, wait and send the request again. Check that the telephone line is connected, wait and send the request again.

439 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-751
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 7 7 1 M a i n t e n a n c e Re q u e s t Fa i l ( E P - D X ) R A P 0 2 1 - 7 7 2 E P D X I n s t a l l Re m o v e E r r o r R A P
The request for inspection, repair, or preliminary diagnostic could not be made because a problem Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.
was detected at startup.
Procedure
OR
Check the line for dial tone or wait and send the request again.
Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.

Procedure
Check that the telephone line is connected, wait and send the request again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 440


021-771 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 9 4 1 S c a n S e r v i c e Pa u s e d B y D i s a b l e R A P 0 2 1 - 9 4 2 S c a n S e r v i c e Pa u s e d By C o l o r M o d e R A P
With a Foreign machine accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage With a Foreign machine accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was
of card value. reached.

Procedure Procedure
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and Verify that there are sufficient fees or Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
card value. does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.

441 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-941
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 9 4 3 P r i n t S e r v i c e Pa u s e d B y D i s a b l e R A P 0 2 1 - 9 4 4 P r i n t S e r v i c e Pa u s e d By C o l o r M o d e R A P
FDI accessory card missing, insufficient fee paid, or a shortage of card value. "Color Print Prohibited" is set in the machine. When color is prohibited, this error will appear when
"Black" is not specified for printing from the PC even if the printed document contains only B/W
Procedure pages.
Insert a Xerox card, copy card, or increase the card value, then retry the operation.
OR
The number of color print sheets of the Accessory (= DocuLyzer) that is installed to the machine has
reached the upper limit.

Procedure
1. Adjust the machine UI color settings for the job requested.
2. Adust the computer printer driver for the job requested.
3. In DocuLyzer, reset the "Color Current Count Value for Each Output Color" of the target card.
4. Insert a card with count that has not reached the upper limit of the color count.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 442


021-943 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 9 4 5 S e r v i c e Pa u s e d By D i s a b l e R A P 0 2 1 - 9 4 6 S e r v i c e Pa u s e d B y C o l o r M o d e R A P
FDI card is missing, insufficient fee paid, or a shortage of card value. FDI detected a Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

Procedure Procedure
Insert a Xerox card or copy card, then verify sufficient card value is available. Change the color restriction key switch to allow color, or, install a card that has not reached its
upper limit in color mode.

443 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-945
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 1 - 9 4 7 S u b t ra c t i v e A c c e s s o r y D i s a b l e ( S c a n ) R A P 0 2 1 - 9 4 8 S u b t r a c t i v e A c c e s s o r y D i s a b l e ( Pr i n t ) R A P
If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IITsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor During printing on paper or direct copy with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IOTsc detects
or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped. that the remaining rate the Dispensor or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily
stopped.
Procedure
In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the Procedure
case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job. In the case of dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the
case of coin kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 444


021-947 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 1 - 9 4 9 S u b t ra c t i v e A c c e s s o r y D i s a b l e R A P
ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, EP-Cont detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or
Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.

Procedure
Insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job or add a necessary amount of
money to continue the job.

445 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 021-949
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 3 - 5 0 0 Pa n e l R O M D o w n l o a d Fa i l 0 2 3 - 6 0 0 H e l d D o w n K e y E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )
Panel-ROM Data Write Processing Error Detection (DLD method). Error was detected when writing A hard key on the panel has been found to be held down for one or more consecutive minutes.
into the Panel-ROM
Procedure
Procedure • This is a Fail to convey a message. No action is required.
1. Perform the download again.
2. If the fault persists, check the connection between the control panel and the controller PWB.
Verify the harness connectors are fully seated and no damage to the harness exists.
3. If the connection is good and the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 5.3 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 446


023-500 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 3 - 6 0 1 H e l d D o w n S o f t k e y E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )
The Touch Panel has been found to be held down for one or more consecutive minutes.

Procedure
• This is a Fail to convey a message. No action is required.

447 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 023-601
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 3 1 2 , 3 1 3 , 3 1 4 , 3 1 5 , 3 1 6 , 3 1 7 , 3 1 8 , 3 1 9 , 3 2 0 I OT N V M 0 2 4 - 3 2 1 3 Po s i t i o n D a t a Re c o v e r y Fa i l R A P
B a c k u p Re s t o r e Fa i l R A P When 3-point check error occurs and dC132 manual correction is executed, no 3-point check data
with any certain data, matched in all points, is found and manual correction cannot be executed
It was detected that the identifiers: Product No., Serial No. of the backed up IOT NVM Data were
different from those instructed by the restore request.
Procedure
024-312 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 2. 1. Install new components in order. Check the machine to see if the fault clears before installing
the next component:
024-313 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 3.
WARNING: Do not install the MCU PWB and the controller PWB in the same proce-
024-314 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 4. dure. Always install the MCU PWB, check the machine to see if the fault clears, then in-
stall the controller PWB, if required.
024-315 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 5.
a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
024-316 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 6.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
024-317 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 7.
CAUTION:
024-318 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 8.
024-319 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 9. • Move the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, and memory
card (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 3 from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB.
024-320 IOT NVM Backup Restore Fail 10. • Move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU
PWB.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then perform the operation again. Note: If the machine receives a 123-xxx fault code, a machine ID/Billing Data mismatch has
occured from installation of the new components. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
set all machine IDs to identical numbers.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 448


024-312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 3 2 2 S E E P R O M Re fu r b i s h A l r e a d y Fa i l 0 2 4 - 3 2 3 S E E P R O M Re fu r b i s h O v e r Co u n t Fa i l
A refurbish request was detected when already using a refurbished controller PWB. Refurbish is not possible because the count value has exceeded its maximum count.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Perform the operation again. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Perform the operation again.

449 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-322
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 3 2 4 I OT N V M B a c k u p Re s t o r e Fa i l R A P 0 2 4 - 3 4 0 t o 0 2 4 - 3 6 1 , 3 7 1 t o 3 7 6 I OT - E S S C o m m u n i c a t i o n
Fa u l t / Fa i l R A P
NVM restore not completed at startup.
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 1.
Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC301 NVM Initialization, to initialize the NVM. 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 2.
2. If initialization fails, install a new NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16. 024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 3.
3. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 4.
CAUTION: In the event of a new MCU PWB installation, move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 5.
Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU PWB, then check for the fault. If the
fault is cleared leave the original NVM PWB on the new MCU PWB. 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 6.
024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 7.
024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 8.
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 9.
024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 10.
024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 11.
024-352 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 12.
024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 13.
024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 14.
024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 15.
024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 16.
024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 17.
024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 18.
024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fault 19.
024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fault RAP
024-361 Invalid IOT Paper Size Group Information RAP
024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 21.
024-372 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 22.
024-373 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 23.
024-374 Registration Control PLL Parameter Fault.
024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 24.
024-376 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 25.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. Verify the backplane PWB is fully seated into the connector on the MCU PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 450


024-324 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
4. Install new components in order, check the machine to see if the fault clears before installing 0 2 4 - 3 6 2 Pa g e S y n c I l l e g a l S t a r t R A P
the next component:
Page Sync became active before writing reached the point where the output data filled the FIFO
WARNING: Do not install the MCU PWB and the controller PWB in the same proce- during IOT output.
dure. Always install the MCU PWB first, check the machine to see if the fault clears,
then install the next component, if required. Procedure
a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
b. Backplane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2. 2. Verify the MCU PWB is firmly seated into the backplane PWB.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 3. Install new components in order, check the machine to see if the fault clears before installing
the next component:
CAUTION:
WARNING: Do not install the MCU PWB and the controller PWB in the same proce-
dure. Always install the MCU PWB first, check the machine to see if the fault clears,
• Move the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, and memory
then install the next component, if required.
card (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 3 from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB.
• Move the memory module, PL 1.2 Item 3, from the old backplane PWB to the new a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
backplane PWB. b. Backplane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2.
• Move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
PWB.
CAUTION:
Note: If the machine receives a 123-xxx fault code, a machine ID/Billing Data mismatch has
occured from installation of the new components. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
• Move the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, and memory
set all machine IDs to identical numbers.
card (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 3 from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB.
• Move the memory module, PL 1.2 Item 3, from the old backplane PWB to the new
backplane PWB.
• Move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU
PWB.

Note: If the machine receives a 123-xxx fault code, a machine ID/Billing Data mismatch has
occured from installation of the new components. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
set all machine IDs to identical numbers.

451 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-362
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 3 6 3 Pa g e S y n c I l l e g a l S t o p R A P 0 2 4 - 3 6 4 D M A Tra n s fe r Fa u l t R A P
Page Sync Illegal Stop. Page Sync became invalid before the specified size was output during IOT The specified data was input but compression or expansion did not complete when compression or
output. expansion was being performed.

Procedure Procedure
Switch power Off then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Verify that the backplane PWB is firmly attached to the MCU PWB. 2. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. Test the HDD for proper opera-
tion. If the HDD test fails, perform the following steps:
2. Check the installation site environment for anything that causes excessive electrical noises such
as arcing. a. Enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk, to initialize the HDD.
3. Install new components in order, check the machine to see if the fault clears before installing b. If initialization fails, install new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
the next component: 3. Remove, then install the DIMM 4GB on the controller PWB. If the fault persists, install a new
DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
WARNING: Do not install the MCU PWB and the controller PWB in the same proce-
dure. Always install the MCU PWB first, check the machine to see if the fault clears, 4. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
then install the next component, if required.
a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
b. Backplane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

CAUTION:

• Move the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, and memory
card (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 3 from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB.
• Move the memory module, PL 1.2 Item 3, from the old backplane PWB to the new
backplane PWB.
• Move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU
PWB.

Note: If the machine receives a 123-xxx fault code, a machine ID/Billing Data mismatch has
occured from installation of the new components. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
set all machine IDs to identical numbers.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 452


024-363 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 3 6 5 D e c o m p r e s s e d D a t a E x c e e d s B u f fe r S i z e R A P 0 2 4 - 3 6 6 J B I G L i b ra r y O t h e r Fa u l t R A P
Decompressed data exceeds buffer size. JBIG Library Other Fault.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Perform the operation causing the fault again. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

453 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-365
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 3 6 7 D e c o m p r e s s O t h e r Fa u l t R A P 0 2 4 - 3 6 8 P C I Fa u l t R A P
Decompress Other Fault. An incorrect line sync was detected during IOT output. PCI Fault. A failure occurred during PCI access because the PCI bus was incompatible.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. Test the HDD for proper opera- 2. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. Test the HDD for proper opera-
tion. If the HDD test fails, perform the following steps: tion. If the HDD test fails, perform the following steps:
a. Enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk, to initialize the HDD. a. Enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk, to initialize the HDD.
b. If initialization fails, install new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1. b. If initialization fails, install new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
3. Remove, then install the DIMM 4GB on the controller PWB. If the fault persists, install a new 3. Remove, then install the DIMM 4GB on the controller PWB. If the fault persists, install a new
DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
4. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 4. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 454


024-367 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 3 7 0 M a r ke r Co d e D e t e c t Fa u l t R A P 024-600 to 024-614, 024-616 to 024-621, 024-625 to 024-


Marker Code Detect Fault. The end code was not found in the compressed data when, during expan- 6 2 7 B i l l i n g \ S W K e y \ M o d a l \ S e r i a l N o \ Pr o d u c t \ S h i p p i n g
sion, it was expanded to the specified size. Co u n t e r s R A P
Procedure 024-600 Billing master counter repair.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
024-601 Billing backup counter 1 repair.
2. Enter UI Diagnostics, dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. Test the HDD for proper opera-
tion. If the HDD test fails, perform the following steps: 024-602 Billing backup counter 2 repair.

a. Enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk, to initialize the HDD. 024-603 SWKey master counter repair.
b. If initialization fails, install new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1. 024-604 SWKey backup counter 1 repair.
3. Verify the MCU PWB is firmly seated to the backplane PWB.
024-605 SWKey backup counter 2 repair.
4. Remove, then install the DIMM 4GB on the controller PWB. If the fault persists, install a new
DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2. 024-606 Billing meter type master counter repair.
5. Install new components in order, check the machine to see if the fault clears before installing 024-607 Billing meter type backup counter 1 repair.
the next component:
024-608 Billing meter type backup counter 2 repair.
WARNING: Do not install the MCU PWB and the controller PWB in the same proce-
dure. Always install the MCU PWB first, check the machine to see if the fault clears, 024-609 Billing count type master counter repair.
then install the next component, if required.
024-610 Billing count type backup counter 1 repair.
a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
024-611 Billing count type backup counter 2 repair.
b. Backplane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 024-612 Modal break point master counter repair.
024-613 Modal break point backup counter 1 repair.
CAUTION:
024-614 Modal break point backup counter 2 repair.
• Move the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, and memory
card (4GB), PL 3.2 Item 3 from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB. 024-616 Serial no master restore.
• Move the memory module, PL 1.2 Item 3, from the old backplane PWB to the new 024-617 Serial no backup 1 restore.
backplane PWB.
024-618 Serial no backup 2 restore.
• Move the NVM PWB, PL 1.2 Item 16, from the old MCU PWB to the new MCU
PWB. 024-619 Product no master restore.
Note: If the machine receives a 123-xxx fault code, a machine ID/Billing Data mismatch has 024-620 Product no backup 1 restore.
occured from installation of the new components. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
set all machine IDs to identical numbers. 024-621 Product no backup 2 restore.
024-625 Shipping master restore.
024-626 Shipping backup 1 restore.
024-627 Shipping backup 2 restore.

Procedure
Information only, no corrective action is required.

455 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-370
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 6 1 5 I OT U n s u p p o r t e d D r u m S h u t O f f R A P 0 2 4 - 6 2 2 T C B S ke w L i m i t O v e r Wa r n i n g R A P
Drum Shut Off not supported. The PRE REGI SNR detected skew which exceeds expectation.

Procedure Procedure
Information only, no action necessary. Information only, no action necessary.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 456


024-615 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

02 4 -7 0 0 S hor tag e M em or y Ca pa c it y, O r N o Ha rd D isk R AP 0 2 4 - 7 0 1 I n v a l i d I n s t r u c t i o n O f Fa c e I n v e r s i o n R A P


The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to An error is dectected printing an inverted page.
operate the SW options enabled in Condition 1.
Procedure
Procedure Correct the print job parameters in the machine UI for an inversion print job.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. In the machine UI, verify the machine memory, DIMM 4GB and the memory card (4GB) are ac-
cessible and can be read.

Note: See the Customer Documentation for accessing the available memory in the machine
UI.
3. Verify the HDD is intalled in the machine. Install the HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1, if no HDD is
found.
4. If all the above conditions are met and the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2
Item 7.

457 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-700
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 7 0 2 Pa p e r J a m R A P 0 2 4 - 7 0 5 Fo r c e A n n o ta t i o n Te m p l a t e Fa i l R A P
A paper jam is detected during printing. The specified Force Annotation template cannot be found in the device.

Procedure Procedure
Clear the paper jam, then resume or restart the print job. Delete document. Store again from driver.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 458


024-702 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 7 0 7 , 7 0 8 D u p l e x I n v e r s i o n Pr o h i b i t e d M e d i a Fa i l R A P 0 2 4 - 7 4 6 S e l e c t e d Pa p e r Tra y Pa ra m e t e r M i s m a tc h R A P
Duplex or face down print was instructed for paper with paper type/size that cannot be used in Du- The type of paper specified for the print job is incorrect.
plex/Invert.
Procedure
Procedure Verify the correct paper type is set in the machine UI settings, then perform the print job again.
Change the paper type or change the Duplex instruction to Simplex, then perform the print job
again.

459 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-707, 708
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 7 4 7 Pr i n t I n s t r u c t i o n Fa u l t R A P 0 2 4 - 7 48 B at e s Nu m b er in g D ig it O ver RA P
A printing parameter is incorrect for the print job request. In the process of printing Bates Numbering, a maximum number of 9 or the user-specified number
of digits is exceeded.
Procedure
Verify the settings are correct in the machine UI for the print job, the perform the print job again. Procedure
Reduce the number of documents within the specs limits withing the UI settings.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 460


024-747 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 9 1 0 Tra y 1 S i z e M i s m a t c h R A P 0 2 4 - 9 1 1 Tra y 2 S i z e M i s m a tc h

When the paper length in Slow Scan direction is measured on the paper feed path, the size detected When the paper length in Slow Scan direction is measured on the paper feed path, the size detected
is different from the size detected by the tray. is different from the size detected by the tray.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Verify that the correct size paper is loaded. • Verify that the correct size paper is loaded.
• Verify that the paper guides are set correctly. • Verify that the paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071-200]. Activate the tray Enter Diagnostics Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [072-200]. Activate the tray
1 no paper sensor. 2 no paper sensor.
The displayed value is within the normal output range of tray 1. (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to The displayed value is within the normal output range of tray 2. (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to
863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023) 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023)
Y N Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. Activate the tray 1 no paper sensor. If the check fails, Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. If the check fails, install a new tray 2 no paper sensor,
install a new Tray 1 No Paper Sensor, PL 80.1 Item 7. PL 80.1 Item 7.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

461 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-910
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 9 1 2 Tra y 3 S i z e M i s m a t c h 0 2 4 - 9 1 3 Tra y 4 S i z e M i s m a tc h

When the paper length in Slow Scan direction is measured on the paper feed path, the size detected When the paper length in Slow Scan direction is measured on the paper feed path, the size detected
is different from the size detected by the tray. is different from the size detected by the tray.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Verify that the correct size paper is loaded. • Verify that the correct size paper is loaded.
• Verify that the paper guides are set correctly. • Verify that the paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [073-200]. Activate the tray Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-200]. Activate the tray
3 no paper sensor. 4 no paper sensor.
The displayed value is within the normal output range of tray 3. (A4 LEF: 304 to 367, B5 LEF: The displayed value is within the normal output range of tray 4. (A4 LEF: 304 to 367, B5 LEF:
800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023) 800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023)
Y N Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. If the check fails, install a new tray 3 no paper sensor, Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. If the check fails, install a new tray 4 no paper sensor,
PL 80.1 Item 7. PL 80.1 Item 7.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 462


024-912 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 9 2 3 Y To n e r C a r t r i d g e E m p t y 0 2 4 - 9 2 4 M a g e n t a To n e r C a r t r i d g e E m p t y

Y Toner Cartridge Empty Magenta Toner Cartridge Empty

Procedure Procedure
Remove toner cartridge Y/Y-flou/clear. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. Remove toner cartridge M/M-flou/clear, then enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics
Select dC330, code [093-001] toner cartridge motor assembly Y. Select Start. Mode. Select dC330, code [093-002], toner cartridge motor assembly M. Select Start.
The toner cartridge motor assembly Y energizes. The toner cartridge motor assembly M energizes.
Y N Y N
Install a new toner cartridge motor assembly Y, PL 90.8 Item 5. Install a new toner cartridge motor assembly M, PL 90.8 Item 5.
Check the connection of P/J140 Y and P/J653B. Check the connection of P/J140 M and P/J653B.
Are P/J 140Y and P/J 653B properly connected? Are P/J 140M and P/J 653B properly connected?
Y N Y N
Connect P/J140 Y and P/J653B properly. Connect P/J140 M and P/J653B properly.
Check the wire between P/J140 Y and P/J653B for open circuit and short circuit. Check the wire between P/J140 M and P/J653B for open circuit and short circuit.
The wire between P/J 140Y and P/J 653B is OK. The wire between P/J 140M and P/J 653B is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [093-006] dispense motor Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [093-007], dispense motor
Y. Select Start. M. Select Start.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.) Dispense motor M is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connectors P/J201 Y on the Dispense Motor. Meas- Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connector P/J201 M on the dispense motor M.
ure the wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. Measure the wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor M.
The resistance between P/J 210Y-1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms. The resistance between P/J 201M-1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N Y N
Install a new Y Dispense Motor, PL 90.4 Item 7. Install a new dispense motor M, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity: Check the following for continuity:
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -7 to Dispense Motor P/J201 Y -1. • IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -5 to Dispense Motor P/J201 M -1.
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -8 to Dispense Motor P/J201 Y -1. • IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -6 to Dispense Motor P/J201 M -2.
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following: Perform the following:
1. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT Drive PWB and P/J402 on the MCU 1. Disconnect, the reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J402 on the MCU
PWB. PWB.
2. Remove the Y Toner Dispenser. Check that there is no such load as poor Auger rotation, 2. Remove dispense motor M, then check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking, or drive
toner blocking and Drive gears binding. gears binding.
3. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required: 3. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
a. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. a. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new Toner Cartridge Y/Y-Flou/Clear, PL 90.1 Item 17. Install a new toner cartridge motor assembly M, PL 90.8 Item 5.

463 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-923
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 9 2 5 Cy a n To n e r Ca r t r i d g e E m p t y R A P 0 2 4 - 9 2 7 O C T Fu l l S t a c k R A P
The OCT Full Stack Sensor ON was detected for 5 sec consecutively.

Procedure
1. Remove paper from the OCT.
Cyan Toner Cartridge Empty 2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the tray full sensor, PL 12.2 Item 3.
Procedure 3. If the sensor check fails, install a new tray full sensor, PL 12.2 Item 3.

Remove toner cartridge C/C-flou/white. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode,
dC330, code [093-003] toner cartridge motor C. Select Start.
The toner cartridge motor C energizes.
Y N
Install a new toner cartridge motor assembly C, PL 90.8 Item 5.
Check the connection of P/J140 C and P/J653B.
Are P/J 140C and P/J 653B properly connected?
Y N
Connect P/J140 C and P/J653B properly.
Check the wire between P/J140 C and P/J653B for open circuit and short circuit.
The wire between P/J 140C and P/J 140B is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [093-008], dispense motor
C. Select Start.
Dispense motor C is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connector P/J201 C on the dispense motor C.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor C.
The resistance between P/J 201C-1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new dispense motor C, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -3 to Dispense Motor P/J201 C -1.
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -4 to Dispense Motor P/J201 C -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
1. Disconnect, the reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J402 on the MCU
PWB.
2. Remove dispense motor M, then check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking, or drive
gears binding.
3. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
a. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new toner cartridge C/C-flou/white, PL 90.1 Item 14.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 464


024-925 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 9 3 3 , 0 2 4 - 9 4 0 , 0 2 4 - 9 4 1 O p e ra t i o n Y D r u m E n d o f L i fe R A P 0 2 4 - 9 3 4 Pa p e r K i n d M i s m a t c h R A P
Drum cartridge Y/C/M has reached end of life. The transparency type expected was not detected.
024-933 Operation Y Drum End of Life. Procedure
024-940 Operation C Drum End of Life. Load the specified transparencies.

024-941 Operation M Drum End of Life.

Procedure
Install a new drum cartridge assembly Y/C/M as required, PL 90.1 Item 13.

465 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-933, 024-940, 024-941
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

024-935, 024-936, 024-937, 024-938, 024-935 Wrong Me- 0 2 4 - 9 4 6 , 0 2 4 - 9 4 7 , 0 2 4 - 9 4 8 , 0 2 4 - 9 4 9 Tra y N o t I n Po s i t i o n R A P


d i u m Ty p e R A P The paper tray has not been inserted properly.
The machine has detected transparencies with borders when borderless transparencies was 024-946 Tray 1 Not In Position .
expected.
024-947 Tray 2 Not In Position .
024-935 Tray 1 Wrong Medium Type.
024-948 Tray 3 Not In Position .
024-936 Tray 2 Wrong Medium Type.
024-949 Tray 4 Not In Position .
024-937 Tray 3 Wrong Medium Type.
024-938 Tray 4 Wrong Medium Type. Procedure
Set the paper tray into the correct position in the machine.
024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP).

Procedure
fill the tray with Xerox transparencies without borders, then rerun the print job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 466


024-935, 024-936, 024-937, 024-938, 024-935 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 9 5 0 Tra y 1 E m p t y R A P 0 2 4 - 9 5 1 Tra y 2 E m p t y R A P

There is no paper in Tray 1. There is no paper in Tray 2.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Add paper to the tray, if the fault persists perform the following procedure: • Add paper to the tray, if the fault persists perform the following procedure:
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071-201] Tray 1 level sen- Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [072-201] Tray 2 level sen-
sor. Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 level sensor, PL 80.1 Item 7. sor. Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 level sensor, PL 80.3 Item 7.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the Tray 1 level sensor. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the Tray 2 level sensor.
Install new components as required: Install new components as required:
1. Tray 1 level sensor, PL 80.1 Item 7. 1. Tray 2 level sensor, PL 80.3 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. 2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

467 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-950
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 9 5 2 Tra y 3 E m p t y R A P 0 2 4 - 9 5 3 Tra y 4 E m p t y R A P

There is no paper in Tray 3. There is no paper in Tray 4.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Add paper to the tray, if the fault persists perform the following procedure: • Add paper to the tray, if the fault persists perform the following procedure:
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [073-201] Tray 3 level sen- Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-201] Tray 4 level sen-
sor. Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 level sensor, PL 80.5 Item 7. sor. Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 level sensor, PL 80.7 Item 7.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the Tray 3 level sensor. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the Tray 3 level sensor.
Install new components as required: Install new components as required:
1. Tray 3 level sensor, PL 80.5 Item 7. 1. Tray 4 level sensor, PL 80.7 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. 2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 468


024-952 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 4 - 9 5 4 Tra y 5 E m p t y R A P 024-958 SM H S iz e M ism atch


The paper size loaded in the tray is not the paper size specified in the machine UI settings.
There is no paper in Tray 5, MSI.
024-958 SMH size mismatch.
Initial Actions 024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch.
• Add paper to the tray, if the fault persists perform the following procedure:
024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch.
Procedure
024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [075-202] MSI no paper
sensor. Activate the actuator of the MSI no paper sensor, PL 70.14. 024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch.
The display changes.
Y N Initial Actions
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check the MSI no paper sensor. • Verify that the paper size loaded in the tray is the same as the paper specified for printing.
Install a new components as required:
Procedure
1. MSI no paper sensor, PL 70.14 Item 12. Change the machine UI settings to the tray loaded with the correct paper size or load the correct
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. paper for the job in the tray expected.

469 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 024-954
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 4 - 9 6 5 AT S / A P S N o Pa p e r 0 2 4 - 9 6 6 AT S / A P S N o D e s t i n a t i o n Fa u l t
ATS/APS No Paper. The paper specified for printing has run out. ATS/APS No Destination Fault. The paper specified for printing cannot be detected.

Initial Actions Procedure


• Check if there is the specified paper in the tray.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Switch the power Off then On.
Change the trays and check whether the same problem occurs.
• Check the operation of the side guides.
The problem occurs only in a particular tray.
Procedure Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Verify the connectors of the wire harness, PL 5.6 Item 12, and the Tray APS Sensors 1/2/3/4 PL
5.6 Item 6 and Bottom Sensor PL 5.6 Item 6 are all fully seated. 1. Verify all connectors on the MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, are fully seated.
2. Verify the wire harness, PL 5.6 Item 12 and the MCU PWB connectors are fully seated. 2. If the fault persists, refer to GP 21 How to Check a Sensor, and the relevant BSD:
3. Install new components as required: a. Tray 1 Paper No Paper Sensor, PL 80.1 Item 7, BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing.
a. Tray APS and Bottom Sensors, PL 5.6 Item 6. b. Tray 2 Paper No Paper Sensor, PL 80.3 Item 7, BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. c. Tray 3 Paper No Paper Sensor, PL 80.5 Item 7, BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing.
d. Tray 4 Paper No Paper Sensor, PL 80.7 Item 7, BSD 70.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 470


024-965 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 5 - 5 9 6 D i a g H D D Fa u l t 1 R A P

NG came up during dC355 HDD failure prediction.

Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD harness, then switch on the
machine.
2. If the fault persists, install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

471 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 025-596
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 5 - 5 9 7 D i a g H D D Fa u l t 2 R A P

An error occurred during dC355 HDD initialization.

Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD harness, then switch on the
machine.
2. If the fault persists, install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 472


025-597 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 6 - 4 0 0 E x c e e d t h e N u m b e r o f Co n n e c t i o n o f U S B H o s t Fa i l 0 2 6 - 4 0 1 I OT Re g i s t r a t i o n E r r o r O c c u r r i n g R A P
RAP Detected Registration abnormality of IOT
Info. Failure because the USB Host Port maximum connection has been exceeded. The number of
machines that are connected to the USB Host Port of this machine has exceeded the maximum per- Procedure
missible number of connections. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Advise the customer to disconnect some of the machines that are connected to this USB host
port and ensure that the number of connected machines are below the maximum permissible
number of connections.

473 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-400
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 4 0 2 C h a n g e d I OT S p e e d S l o w M o d e R A P 0 2 6 - 4 0 3 S t o p p r i n t i n g a n d w a i t fo r t o n e r c o o l i n g
The IOT print has become slow. The IOT device internal temperature has risen and the IOT has notified that a toner related cooling
is required.
Procedure
No action is required as the speed will return to normal when the device internal temperature Procedure
drops. No action is required as the job will restart automatically upon the completion of cooling.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 474


026-402 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 6 - 7 0 0 L DA P Pr o t o c o l M A X E r r o r R A P 0 2 6 - 7 0 1 A d d r e s s B o o k Re q u e s t O v e r f l o w R A P
Unspecified LDAP protocol is detected in Address Book operation. JRM directory service processing ability is exceeded.

Procedure Procedure
Upgrade the software, GP 2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

475 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-700
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

02 6 - 7 0 2 A d d r e s s B o o k Di r ec t o r y Se rv ic e O ve rf l o w R A P 0 2 6 - 7 0 3 A b o r t w i t h Lo g o u t R A P
JRM directory service that is the machines internal software receives multiple requests of the same Authentication is cancelled, additional document are not allowed.
work.
Procedure
Procedure Change the machine UI settings disabling authentication cancellation during additional documents
Upgrade the software, GP 2, then run the same job causing the fault. added.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 476


026-702 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 6 - 7 0 4 D o c u Wo r k s E r r o r R A P 0 2 6 - 7 0 5 D o c u Wo r k s S h o r t o f M e m o r y R A P
Syntax error, use of undefined command, parameter error, DocuWorks file damage, or DocuWorks Shortage of memory was detected during DocuWorks decomposing.
decomposer internal error occurred during DocuWorks decomposing.
Procedure
Procedure If [High Image Quality] is selected for printing, change it to [Standard] or [High Speed]. If the prob-
Use printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.) of DocuWorks Viewer to print a job. lem persists though the memory has added up to the maximum, print from DocuWorks Viewer by
use of Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). If problem persists, additional memory is required.

477 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-704
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 7 0 6 D o c u Wo r k s Pr i n t Pr o h i b i t e d R A P 0 2 6 - 7 0 7 D o c u Wo r k s U n l o c k Fa i l e d R A P
DocuWorks is processing a DocuWorks document which is prohibited to print. This error occurs when a password entered from the UI does not match the password set in the
Content Bridge Utility while printing a [security protected] DocuWorks file.
Procedure
Because the document is prohibited to print, enter [Full Access Password] from the DocuWorks Procedure
Viewer to cancel the restriction, and print the document using printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). 1. Check if the password is correct.
2. Enter [Full Access Password] from the DocuWorks Viewer to cancel the restriction, and print the
document using printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 478


026-706 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 6 - 7 0 8 U R L D a ta S i z e O ve r R A P 0 2 6 - 7 0 9 U R L H D D Fu l l R A P
Scan to URL stored data size too large. Scan to URL hard disk is full.
In Scan to URL, scan data size of 1 job exceeded the upper limit. In Scan to URL, the HDD partition becomes full, and job failed.

Procedure Procedure
1. Lower the scan resolution. Try a job again when there is enough space in HDD.
2. Change the scan size (e.g. from A3 to A4).3) If the max scan data size is set to a smaller num-
ber, change the number to a larger number.

479 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-708
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 7 1 0 S / M I M E U n s u p p o r t e d C i p h e r Fa i l R A P 0 2 6 - 7 1 1 M u l t i - Pa g e F i l e S i z e O v e r L i m i t R A P
E-mail was received using an unsupported encryption method. The size of a multi-page file generated by scan service exceeded the upper limit.

Procedure Initial Actions


Perform the steps that follow: The upper limit for each format is defined as follows:
1. Advise the customer to:
TIFF: 2GB-1byte
a. Enable S/MIME setting in the machine. XPS: 2GB-1byte
b. Register the sender certificate in the machine or change the mailer options so that the S/
MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with the certificate. PDF: 2GB-1byte
c. Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the machine. XDW: 1GB(1GB= 1024x1024x1024 = 2^30 byte)
d. Check that the mail address written on the machine certificate is the same as that set up on
the machine. Procedure
1. Lower the scan resolution.
2. Advise the customer that the sender needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate
because the sender certificate has expired. 2. Reduce the number of pages for scan.
3. Advise the customer that the machine may be blocking the attacks.
4. Reload the software, GP 19.
5. If the fault persists, perform the OF 3 Network Job Fail RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 480


026-710 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

02 6 - 7 1 2 H T T P Ou t J o b O ver l ap E r ro r R A P 0 2 6 - 7 1 3 Co u l d N o t D e t e c t Pr o x y S e r v e r A u t o m a t i c a l l y R A P
Failed to retrieve a file in the box because retrieval of file overlaps with another CWIS job.+ The proxy server could not be detected automatically.
While high compression or OCR processing requested by a print job through network is still in prog- Procedure
ress, high compression or OCR processing was also requested by a job retrieval via HTTP.
1. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
Procedure 2. Verify the proxy server settings for the customer network are correct.
Try job retrieval again after high compression or OCR processing requested by a print job through
network is completed.

481 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-712
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 7 1 4 t o 0 2 6 - 7 1 7 Co n n e c t i o n t o Xe r o x S e r v e r o r Pr o x y E r r o r s 0 2 6 - 7 1 8 P S Pr i n t I n s t r u c t i o n Fa i l R A P
RAP 026-718 An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper tray,
Duplex instructions, output tray) prevents the machine from running the job.
The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server. (A network
path problem, an open wire, etc.)
Procedure
026-714 Could not connect to Xerox server or proxy. Perform the steps that follow:

026-715 Connection to Xerox Server has Timed Out. 1. Advise the customer to correctly set finishing, paper size, paper tray, duplex instructions, and
output tray options, then re-run the job.
026-716 An Invalid State Message Received from Server.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
026-717 Invalid Network Settings Were Found.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI network settings are correct for the customer network.
3. Verify the Xerox Communication Server is available from another machine, then check the ma-
chine UI settings against the machine setting connected to the Xerox Communication Server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 482


026-714 to 026-717 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

026-719 Internal Error in Scan RAP 026-720 to 026-723 Media Error RAP
026-719 An internal error has occurred. 026-720 The media does not have enough space available.

Procedure 026-721 An attempt to access media has failed.


Perform the steps that follow: 026-722 The media is not formatted.
1. Advise the customer to retry the same operation. 026-723 An attempt to access media has failed.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
Procedure
Advise the customer to:
1. Check that the media exists where scanned documents will be sent.
2. Check that the PC can access the media where scanned documents will be sent.
3. Check that a file can be created in a specified storage.
4. Check that the media is neither removed nor reinserted while being referred to or that during
that time, other media is not inserted.

483 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-719
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 7 2 4 , 0 2 6 - 7 2 5 Re m o t e D o w n l o a d F i l e E r r o r R A P 026-726 Inconsistent Options RAP


026-724 The size of the remote download file reported from the EP center is different from that of 026-726 The machine configuration info included in XPJL does not match the actual configuration.
the actual downloaded file.
Procedure
026-725 The checksum of the remote download file reported from the EP center does not match
Advise the customer to set up the machine configuration info on the printer driver screen so that it
that of the downloaded file.
can match the actual configuration.
Procedure
Advise the customer that it is necessary to check the size of the file registered with the EP center
and the size stored in the SW repository.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 484


026-724, 026-725 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 6 - 7 2 7 M e d i a F i l e p a t h Fa i l R A P 026-728, 026-729 WSD Scan Error RAP


026-727 The storage path with the specified character string length (including the filename) can- 026-728 An error occurred during communication with the WSD scan client. WSD scan client can-
not be created in the media. celled the job.

Procedure 026-729 An error occurred during communication with the WSD scan client. WSD scan client can-
celled the job or a scan from the DADF was performed from an application other than Windows fax
Advise the customer to shorten the specified storage location or the filename.
and scan.

Procedure
Advise the customer to:
1. Check whether the transfer destination WSD scan client and the machine are able to communi-
cate via the network. For example:
• Check whether the WSD scan client has enough free capacity.
• Check the connection of the network cable.
2. When using DADF, perform the scan using Windows Fax & Scan. Or, change to the platen to per-
form the scan.

485 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-727
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 6 - 7 3 0 Tra y Pa p e r S i z e N o t D e t e c t e d R A P 0 2 6 - 7 3 1 t o 0 2 6 - 7 3 3 P J L Fa i l R A P
026-730 The paper size of the paper tray selected is unknown. 026-731 The PIN number that is specified by PJL command is different from the number that is cal-
culated from the machine’s serial number.
Procedure
026-732 The print count that is specified by PJL command has exceeded the machine’s total im-
Ensure the paper guides in the selected tray are set correctly.
pression meter value by +100.
026-733 The password that is specified by PJL command is different from the one that is set in the
machine.

Procedure
Advise the customer to correct the PIN number, print count or password that is specified by PJL
Command, then try again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 486


026-730 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

026-734 PJL Diag Mode RAP 0 2 6 - 7 3 5 A u t h e n t i c a t i o n M a ke s Wa i t i n g Pr i n t J o b s D e l e t e d R A P


026-734 Unable to transition to the PJL Diag Mode. When there are paused jobs during the successful completion of a login/logout.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Information only, no action is required.
1. Ensure that the job has completed, then try again.
2. After completing a panel operation, wait at least 1 minute before starting the download
operation.

487 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-734
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

026-736 Internal Error in HTTP Upload RAP 026-737 Network Error RAP
Internal error is detected during execution of HTTP Scan Upload jobs. Network error is detected during HTTP Scan Upload.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then repeat the operation. Verify the UI network settings are correct for the customer network, then perform the operation
again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 488


026-736 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

026-738 Browser Close During Job RAP 0 2 6 - 7 3 9 Wa i t i n g S c a n J o b D e l e t e d R A P


Browser closes during HTTP Scan Upload jobs. 026-739 When there are paused scan jobs during the successful completion of a login/logout.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, repeat the operation . For one occurrence, take no action. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

489 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 026-738
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 3 1 0 , 0 2 7 - 3 1 1 D F E Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l ( S u b Sy s t e m ) R A P
027-310 DFE Communication Fail (SubSystem).
027-311 DFE Parameter Error (SubSystem).

Procedure
1. Disconnect the DFE connection cable.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Connect the DFE connection cable.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 490


027-310, 027-311 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 3 1 2 , 0 2 7 - 3 1 3 E x t Pr i n t C h e c k M o d e E r r o r ( S u b Sy s t e m ) 0 2 7 - 3 1 3 E x t Pr i n t I / F M i s m a t c h ( S u b Sy s t e m )
027-312 ExtPrint Check Mode Error (SubSystem). [Fault Name]
027-313 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch (SubSystem). • ExtPrint I/F Mismatch (SubSystem)

Procedure [Error Category]


1. Disconnect the DFE connection cable. • SubSystem
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. [Fault Contents]
3. Connect the DFE connection cable. • External Print IF Mismatch (SubSystem)
4. If the fault persists, upgrade the software GP 2, with the DFE connected. Switch off, then switch
on the machine GP 19. [Conditions for detection]
• Mismatch between Controller and I/F version notified from DFE is detected

[Procedure]
• - Make sure software version of DFE and ESS is consistent.

491 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-312, 027-313
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

027-400 Net Off Line RAP 027-442, 443, 444 Duplicate IP Address 1 RAP
Net Off Line . 027-442 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 1 is duplicated.
1. Communication is disabled because of other Fault occurrence. 027-443 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 2 is duplicated.
2. Communication is disabled because Panel operation is underway (especially CE mode etc.). 027-444 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 3 is duplicated.
3. Third party cannot communicate with remote access.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure 1. Advise the customer to either change the IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting Address 1, 2 or 3 of this
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering machine or the IPv6 address of the other machine on the network.
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
If other messages are displayed, fix the fault there. If you are doing operation on Panel, complete
the operation on Panel. If Remote Access is in process, wait until the end of access. After these, if
the fault persists, Power Off/On.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 492


027-400 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP 027-446 Duplicate IP Address 2 RAP


027-445 IPv6 - manually set IP address is invalid. 027-446 IPv6 - automatically set IP address is duplicated.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to change the IPv6 (Manual Setting Address) of this machine to the IPv6 1. Advise the customer to change the IPv6 (Manual Setting Address) of this machine to the IPv6
address that can be used as the self-machine address. address that can be used as the self-machine address.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

493 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-445
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

027-447 Duplicate IP Address 3 RAP 027-452 Duplicate IP Address 4 RAP


027-447 IPv6 - link local IP address is duplicated. 027-452 A PC with the same IP address exists on the network.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to change the IPv6 Link Local Address of this machine or the IPv6 address 1. Advise the customer to change the duplicated IP address of the PC.
of the other machine on the network. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 494


027-447 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 0 0 S MT P S e r v e r Fa i l fo r M a i l I O R A P 0 2 7 - 5 0 1 P O P S e r v e r Fa i l fo r M a i l I O R A P
027-500 SMTP server address resolution fail for mail IO. 027-501 Incorrect POP server name was detected.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check with the System Administrator that the mail server has been launched and the environ- 1. Check with the System Administrator that the mail server has been launched and the environ-
ment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC). ment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).
2. Check that a correct SMTP server address is reflected in the machine setting list: 2. Check that a correct POP server address is reflected in the machine setting list:
a. When the SMTP server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address. a. When the POP server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.
b. When the SMTP server address is specified using FQDN, check that the FQDN name is cor- b. When the POP server address is specified using FQDN, check that FQDN name is correct. Also
rect. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the machine, and set a correct IP check that a correct DNS server address is set for the machine, and set a correct IP address.
address.

495 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-500
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 0 2 P O P A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa i l fo r M a i l I O R A P 0 2 7 - 5 0 3 , 5 0 4 , 5 3 3 , 7 7 3 , 7 8 5 , 7 8 6 S e r v e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n
027-502 POP authentication fail for mail IO. Ti m e o u t R A P
027-503 Time to communicate with the POP server ran out (after connection to the server).
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 027-504 Internal error or unexpected server response received (at any time).
1. Advise the customer to specify the correct POP server authentication information. 027-533 An internal error has occurred during SMB scan
2. Perform the 027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP, then advise the customer to specify a cor- 027-773 Time to communicate with the SMTP server ran out (after connection to the server).
rect POP User Name.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP. 027-785 Response timeout occurs from the destination WebDAV server.
027-786 WebDAV server timeout is answered.

Procedure
Advise the customer to wait for a while, then perform the operation again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 496


027-502 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

027-513 SMB Scan Client Access RAP 027-514 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP
027-513 In scan to SMB, the user has no right to access the SMB server. 027-514 Unable to resolve hostname during SMB scan.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check if the specified user has read/write access in a file or folder in the Advise the customer to check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the SMB server name
specified place. of the transfer destination has been registered in the DNS.

497 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-513
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

02 7 - 5 1 5 D N S Se r ver Se t u p i n SM B R A P 0 2 7 - 5 1 6 S e r v e r Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r i n S M B R A P
027-515 The DNS server was not set during SMB scan. 027-516 Problem with connection to server during SMB scan.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to set the DNS server address. Or, set the SMB server address of the transfer Advise the customer to:
destination using IP address.
1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this ma-
chine is available, by checking:
a. The connection of network cables.
b. The TCP/IP settings.
c. For communication through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP) and port 139 (TCP).
2. Check the network settings that follow to see if the computer operates as an SMB server.
a. Check that the file sharing service for Microsoft network is enabled.
b. Check that NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled in the TCP/IP settings.
c. Check the file sharing service (communications through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP) and
port 139 (TCP)) is allowed in the firewall settings.
3. For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the WINS server settings and check
whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.
4. Check whether the NetBIOS interface machine at the transfer destination SMB server has
started.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 498


027-515 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 1 8 L o g i n N a m e o r Pa s s w o r d E r r o r i n S M B R A P 0 2 7 - 5 1 9 S c a n n i n g P i c t u r e Pr e s e r v a t i o n P l a c e E r r o r R A P
027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB. 027-519 Scan image storage destination or file name specification error during scanner (save to
PC) SMB transfer.
Procedure
Advise the customer to check the password that was set for the shared folder. Procedure
Advise the customer to:
1. Check if the storage destination is correct.
2. Check if a prohibited character was detected in the specified storage destination or file name.
3. Check if the specified storage destination is linked to a different shared folder due to the distrib-
uted file system (DFS).

499 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-518
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 2 0 F i l e N a m e A c q u i s i t i o n Fa i l u r e R A P 0 2 7 - 5 2 1 F i l e N a m e S u f fi x L i m i t O v e r i n S M B R A P
027-520 Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server. 027-521 The SMB scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit value.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Advise the customer to change the file name/destination folder on the SMB scan server. Else, move
or delete the files in the destination folder.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 500


027-520 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 2 2 F i l e C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P 0 2 7 - 5 2 3 Lo c k Fo l d e r C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P
027-522 Failed to create an SMB scan file. 027-523 Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check if the specified file name already exists on the server. 1. Manually delete the lock directory (*.LCK) from the transfer destination.
2. Check if the specified file name is in use. 2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
3. Check if the specified file name already exists as a directory.
4. Check if a prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.

501 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-522
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 2 4 Fo l d e r C r e a t i o n Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P 0 2 7 - 5 2 5 , 0 2 7 - 5 2 7 F i l e D e l e t e Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P
027-524 Failed to create an SMB scan folder. 027-525 Failed to delete an SMB scan file.

Procedure 027-527 Failed to delete an SMB scan folder.


Advise the customer to check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on
the SMB server. Procedure
Advise the customer to check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by
another user.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 502


027-524 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 2 6 Lo c k Fo l d e r D e l e t e Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P 0 2 7 - 5 2 8 D a t a W r i t e Fa i l u r e t o S M B S e r v e r R A P
027-526 Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder. 027-528 The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to manually delete the lock directory (*.LCK) from the transfer destination, then Advise the customer to check that the storage destination has enough free space.
retry the job.

503 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-526
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 2 9 D a t a Re a d Fa i l u r e Fr o m S M B S e r v e r R A P 0 2 7 - 5 3 0 F i l e N a m e D u p l i c a t e Fa i l u r e i n S M B R A P
027-529 Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server. 027-530 Cancel Job is selected for SMB scan File Name Conflict.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and Advise the customer to set File Name Conflict to other than Cancel Job.
check whether they can write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 504


027-529 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 3 1 S M B S c a n F i l i n g Po l i c y I n j u s t i c e R A P 027-532 NEXTNAME File Access Error in SMB RAP


027-531 Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected). 027-532 A file access error has occurred during scanner (save to PC) SMB transfer.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check that the file format is not set to Multi-page When Add is selected for Advise the customer to check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct when Add is selected for File
File Name Conflict. Name Conflict.

505 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-531
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 4 3 S M B S e r v e r N a m e S p e c i fi c a t i o n E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 5 4 7 , 0 2 7 - 5 4 8 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r s 1 R A P
027-543 The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect. 027-547 SMB protocol error (4-007), the scan domain name specification is incorrect .

Procedure 027-548 SMB protocol error (4-008), the scan user name specification is incorrect
Advise the customer to check that the server name of the SMB server is correct.
Procedure
Advise the customer to have the system administrator set the domain name and user name
correctly.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 506


027-543 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 4 9 , 0 2 7 - 5 7 2 t o 0 2 7 - 5 7 6 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 0 9 R A P 0 2 7 - 5 6 4 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 2 4 R A P
027-549 SMB protocol error (4-009), the specification of password is incorrect. 027-564 SMB protocol error (4-024), the host is missing.
027-572 SMB protocol error (4-032), incorrect parameter. Procedure
027-573 SMB protocol error (4-033), incorrect character code. Advise the customer to:

027-574 SMB protocol error (4-034), incorrect data size. 1. Check that the authentication server and the machine can communicate through the network
(check the network group, TCP/IP settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port
027-576 SMB protocol error (4-036), incorrect domain data size. No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)).
2. If the authentication server and the machine are connected to different subnets, check that the
Procedure machine has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server.
Advise the customer to perform the operation again.
3. Check if the NetBIOS over TCP/IP has become enabled at the authentication server settings:
a. Check if the authentication server and the machine can resolve the addresses from the
WINS server.
b. Check if the authentication server and the machine can resolve the addresses from the DNS
server.
4. Check if the NetBIOS over TCP/IP has become enabled at the authentication server settings.
5. Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and 139
are not blocked.

507 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-549, 027-572 to 027-576
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 6 5 , 0 2 7 - 5 7 8 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r s 2 R A P 0 2 7 - 5 6 6 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 2 6 R A P
027-565 SMB protocol error (4-025), cannot connect. 027-566 SMB protocol error (4-026), the library has not been initialized.
027-578 SMB protocol error (4-038), communication timeout has occurred. Procedure
Advise the customer to check if the SMB client has been started.
Procedure
Advise the customer to check that the authentication server and the machine can communicate
through the network (check the network group, TCP/IP settings, check the communication at Port
No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 508


027-565, 027-578 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

027-569 S MB (TCP/I P) Not Star te d R AP 0 2 7 - 5 8 4 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 4 4 R A P


027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not started 027-584 SMB protocol error (4-044), authentication server common security mode is operating.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check that SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled. Advise the customer to set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me.

509 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-569
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 8 5 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 4 5 R A P 0 2 7 - 5 8 6 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 4 6 R A P
027-585 SMB protocol error (4-045), scan login not available time period. 027-586 SMB protocol error (4-046), the password has expired.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check with the system administrator for the time period when logging in is Advise the customer to obtain a valid password from the system administrator.
allowed.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 510


027-585 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 5 8 7 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 4 7 R A P 0 2 7 - 5 8 8 , 0 2 7 - 5 8 9 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r s 3 R A P
027-587 SMB protocol error (4-047), the password must be changed. 027-588 SMB protocol error (4-048), the user account is disabled.

Procedure 027-589 SMB protocol error (4-049), locked out.


Advise the customer to request the system administrator to disable the change password at next
login setting. Procedure
Advise the customer to request the system administrator to enable or unlock the user account. as
necessary.

511 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-587
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 5 9 0 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 5 0 R A P 0 2 7 - 5 9 1 S M B Pr o t o c o l E r r o r 4 - 0 5 1 R A P
027-590 SMB protocol error (4-050), the user account has expired. 027-591 SMB protocol error (4-051), the user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to obtain a valid user account from the system administrator or request the Advise the customer to request the system administrator set a user password.
system administrator extend the validity period of the account.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 512


027-590 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 6 0 0 E x t e r n a l Pr i n t C h e c k M o d e E r r o r R A P 027-700 Mail Address Domain Error RAP


027-600 External print check mode error . 027-700 The domain of the destination mail address is designated as a prohibited domain.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Advise the customer to check that the domain of the destination mail address is not designated as
a prohibited domain.

513 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-600
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 0 1 D i s c o n n e c t e d N e t w o r k Ca b l e R A P 0 2 7 - 7 0 2 t o 0 2 7 - 7 0 9 Ce r t i fi c a t e fo r A d d r e s s e s E r r o r R A P
027-701 In external authentication, the disconnected cable is detected. 027-702 No certificate for the destination exists (before connection to the server).

Procedure 027-703 The certificate for the destination expired (before connection to the server).
Ensure the network cable is connected correctly. 027-704 The certificate for the destination is not reliable (before connection to the server).
027-705 The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates (before connec-
tion to the server).
027-706 No machine certificate exists (before connection to the server).
027-707 The machine certificate expired (before connection to the server).
027-708 The machine certificate is not reliable (before connection to the server).
027-709 The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates (before connec-
tion to the server).

Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to:
a. Store the correct certificate for the destination in the machine. Check the items that follow:
1. That the term for which the certificate is valid.
2. The machines time is correct.
b. Check the certification path for the destination certificate and import the necessary CA
certificate.
c. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.
d. Check that the mail address written on the machine certificate is the same as that set up on
the machine.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 514


027-701 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

027-710 to 027-715 S/MIME Mail Error RAP 0 2 7 - 7 1 6 U n s i g n e d M a i l Re c e i p t Wa s Re j e c t e d R A P


027-710 The mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled. 027-716 Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including standard
mails and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.
027-711 SMIME mail certificate retrieval error.
027-712 Invalid S/MIME mail certificate error.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
027-713 Receive S/MIME mail tampered error.
1. Reload the software, GP 2.
027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation error. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.
027-715 S/MIME mail certificate not supported.

Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to:
a. Enable S/MIME setting in the machine.
b. Register the sender certificate in the machine or change the mailer options so that the S/
MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with the certificate.
c. Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the machine.
d. Check that the mail address written on the machine certificate is the same as that set up on
the machine.
2. Advise the customer that the sender needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate
because the sender certificate has expired.
3. Advise the customer that the machine may be blocking the attacks.
4. Reload the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

515 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-710 to 027-715
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 1 7 N o M X Re c o r d a t D N S R A P 0 2 7 - 7 20 , 0 2 7 - 7 2 1 E x t en s io n S er ve r E r r o r R A P
027-717 An enquiry was sent to the DNS server for the MX record, but it cannot be obtained. 027-720 Server for application interface cannot be found during web service interface.

Procedure 027-721 Application interface destination during web service interface - not found.
Advise the customer to:
Procedure
1. Check with the DNS server administrator on the existence of DNS/MX record. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Check that the DNS server settings of the machine are correctly set. 1. Advise the customer to check that the DNS server address is correctly set. Check that the PC run-
ning the application interface is registered in DNS.
2. Reload the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 516


027-717 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 2 2 E x t e n s i o n S e r v e r Ti m e o u t R A P 0 2 7 - 7 2 3 E x t e n s i o n S e r v e r A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P
027-722 Application interface during web service interface - timeout. 027-723 Application interface during web service interface - authentication failure.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer: 1. Advise the customer to check the user name and password to be entered for creating a job flow.
a. That if a number of documents is specified for scanning, scan one document and store it. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
b. That when scanning and storing are successful, change the application interface timeout
value. If scanning and storing are not successful,
c. To check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When uploading is
successful, change the application interface timeout value.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

517 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-722
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 2 4 , 7 2 5 , 7 2 6 E x t e n s i o n S e r v e r A c c e s s Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 2 7 E x t e n s i o n S e r v e r Pa r a m e t e r s R A P
027-724 Application interface during web service interface - access failure. 027-727 Application interface during web service - invalid parameter.
027-725 Application interface during web service interface - job operation failure. Procedure
027-726 Application interface during web service interface - unknown job status. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to check the parameters for creating a job flow.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

1. Advise the customer to check that the application interface is working correctly.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 518


027-724, 725, 726 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

02 7 - 7 2 8 E x t e n s io n S er ve r F il e E x c ee d e d R A P 0 2 7 - 7 3 0 S MT P M a i l D i v i s i o n E r r o r R A P
027-728 The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that can 027-730 A mail was split in linking to the system.
be sent during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being stored).
Procedure
Procedure Advise the customer to increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original pages
Perform the steps that follow: scanned.
1. Advise the customer to set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not
be exceeded.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

519 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-728
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

02 7 - 7 3 2 S er ve r A c c e s s E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 33 Se r ve r SS L E r ro r R A P
027-732 Job template server access error. 027-733 The SSL setting for the job template server did not become enabled.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check that the server disk is normal and has free space, and then retry the Advise the customer to check that the SSL setting for the job template server is enabled.
operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 520


027-732 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 3 4 S e r v e r C e r t i fi c a t e E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 3 5 M a c h i n e S S L C o n fi g u r a t i o n E r r o r R A P
027-734 The SSL setting for the job template server did not become enabled. 027-735 When SSL transfer was instructed, the SSL setting of the machine is disabled.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to enable the SSL settings of the machine or specify HTTP as the transfer
protocol.
1. Using the HTTPS protocol, check whether the job template server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the job template server is registered in the machine.
3. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the job template server is valid. For example, check
that:
a. The certificate has not expired yet.
b. The time that is set in the machine is correct.
c. It is not in the discard list.
d. The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate.
4. If the certificate is not registered in the job template server, disable the machine certificate
validation.

521 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-734
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 3 6 M a c h i n e C e r t i fi c a t e E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 3 7 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r Re a d E r r o r R A P
027-736 When server certificate validation is instructed, the server certificate validation of the ma- 027-737 An error was received from the server to a FTP command ’TYPE A’, ’LIST’, or ’RETR’.
chine is disabled.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:
Advise the customer to enable the server certificate validation settings of the machine or disable
the server certificate validation setting during transfer. 1. Advise the customer to check that Read Authorization is established for the storage destination
server directory set as a resource.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 522


027-736 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 3 9 I n v a l i d Te m p l a t e S e r v e r Pa t h R A P 0 2 7 - 7 4 0 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r Lo g i n E r r o r R A P
027-739 An error was received from the server to the FTP command ’CWD’. 027-740 Login to the FTP Server failed.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC. 1. Advise the customer to check the user information:
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. a. Set the log-in name and password in the job template file storage destination.
b. From some other PC connected to the network, check that they can log in with the relevant
account.
c. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

523 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-739
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 4 1 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r Co n n e c t Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 4 2 H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fu l l R A P
027-741 Cannot connect to the job template pool server. 027-742 The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD job template or when writing temporary
work files.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to:
1. Advise the customer to:
a. Check hat the network cable is connected correctly.
b. From the destination server, ping the machine. a. Wait a while then try again as scanned images may cause the HDD to be full.

c. Perform the ping test on the destination server from PSW. b. Delete the files in the HDD.

d. From a client PC, check that the FTP connection to the destination server is possible. 2. If the fault persists, perform the following steps:

2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2. a. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
b. Check the wiring between the controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7 and the HDD assembly, PL 3.2
Item 1. Ensure that all surface mounted modules on the controller PWB are securely
connected.
c. Initialize the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Initialize Hard Disk.
d. Perform GP 14, Special Boot Modes [HDD Initialization].
e. Install a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 524


027-741 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 4 3 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r I n s ta l l E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 4 4 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r E r r o r 1 R A P
027-743 The address format of the job template pool server is incorrect. 027-744 An error occurred while calling the DNS resolution library.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to set the parameters related to the job template pool server. 1. Advise the customer to check the connection to the DNS and whether the job template pool
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2. server domain name has been registered in the DNS.
2. Reload the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

525 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-743
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 4 5 Te m p l a t e S e r v e r E r r o r 2 R A P 0 2 7 - 7 4 6 J o b Te m p l a t e Po o l S e r v e r N o t Re a d y R A P
027-745 The job template pool server address cannot be resolved (the DNS address is not set). 027-746 The port of the protocol specified in job template pool server settings has not started.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to set the DNS address or set the job template pool server address using IP 1. Advise the customer to start the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in job tem-
address. plate pool server settings.
2. Reload the software, GP 2. 2. Reload the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP. 3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 526


027-745 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 5 0 Fa x D o c u m e n t I n h i b i t e d R A P 0 2 7 - 7 5 1 J o b Te m p l a t e A n a l y s i s E r r o r R A P
027-750 Transfer instruction when internet fax transfer is prohibited, or scan and printer document 027-751 Instruction analysis error.
print instruction during interruption.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to re-examine the contents of the instruction.
1. Advise the customer to change the transfer settings to receive internet fax. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
2. Reload the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Scan to Network Error Entry RAP.

527 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-750
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 5 2 Re q u i r e d U s e r E n t r y N o t E n t e r e d R A P 0 2 7 - 7 5 3 J o b F l o w S e r v i c e Re q u e s t D i s a b l e d R A P
027-752 With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given. 027-753 Job is executed by instruction when the service is disabled.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to: 1. Advise the customer to enable the service.
a. Not link the box to the instruction that requires user entry. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
b. Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 528


027-752 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 5 4 J o b Fl o w S e r v i c e F i l e S i g n a t u r e M i s m a tc h R A P 0 2 7 - 7 5 7 E x t e n s i o n S e r v e r S S L Fa i l R A P
027-754 File signature settings mismatch in instruction. 027-757 Web application linkage during service linkage SSL access failed.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to check the system data setting of the XDW/PDF signature and the signa- 1. Advise the customer to:
ture setting that is specified in the instruction. If the system data setting is different from the
setting in the instruction, either change the instruction or change the system data. a. Check the server/network connection.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2. b. Check the communication route that can be reached.
c. Ping the DNS server.
d. Check if the CA certificate of the connection destination server is imported to the machine
by using the browser.
e. Check if the machine does not go through the proxy that SSL has the function to check the
communication details SSL.
f. Specify the machine as out of the SSL proxy target.
g. Check if the server supports the relevant encryption method.
h. Set the client certificate to the machine.
i. Import the client certificate to the machine and set to use as the client certificate.
j. Check the daylight saving time difference to see if the date/time of the machine is correct.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

529 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-754
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 5 8 Sy s t e m C r e d e n t i a l S e t t i n g E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 5 9 Re fe r e n c e S e r v e r Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r R A P
027-758 Login credential setting error at remote authentication LDAP. 027-759 Reference server connection fail at remote authentication LDAP.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check whether the login name and password have been set correctly. 1. Check whether the machines network settings are set correctly.
2. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the LDAP Server. 2. Consult with the network administrator to check the connection status from the machine to the
reference server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 530


027-758 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 6 0 X J T Co m m a n d Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 6 1 W e b Pr i n t T i m e o u t R A P
027-760 Incorrect command from XDOD client. 027-761 Although a web print job was received, the machine did not start printing on time.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to:
1. Advise the customer to: 1. If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access function, re-
duce the number of documents then retry it.
a. Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifications.
2. Either extend the print on demand print duration or set it to 0.
b. Check the XDOD client and controller versions.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

531 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-760
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 6 2 I l l e g a l We b Pr i n t J o b Ti c ke t R A P 0 2 7 - 7 6 3 A u d i t r o n C a n n o t Ve r i fy U s e r R A P
027-762 Although a web print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect. 027-763 The machine cannot check user info with the external accounting server.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to repeat the print instruction. Advise the customer to:
1. Check if the external accounting server is working correctly.
2. Connect the cable correctly.
3. Set up the machine so that it can correctly communicate with the external accounting server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 532


027-762 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 6 4 A i r Pr i n t S c a n D a t a Tra n s fe r Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 6 5 H o s t N a m e S o l u t i o n E r r o r i n We b DAV R A P
027-764 The machine cannot check user info with the external accounting server. 027-765 DNS failed to resolve the specified host name.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination AirPrint scan client and 1. Check that the scan document destination WebDAV server is registered in DNS.
the machine is available. 2. Check that the DNS server connection is good.
2. Check whether the AirPrint scan client has enough free capacity. 3. Check that the DNS server is correctly configured.
3. Check the network cable connection.

533 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-764
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 6 6 P r o x y N a m e S o l u t i o n E r r o r i n W e b DA V R A P 0 2 7 - 7 6 7 We b DAV S e r v e r S S L A c c e s s Fa i l R A P
027-766 DNS failed to resolve the proxy server name. 027-767 An error has occurred during the SSL/TLS connection.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check that the proxy server name that is configured on the machine is registered in DNS. 1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.
2. Check that the DNS server connection is good. 2. Check the scan document SSL settings of the destination WebDAV server.
3. Check that the address of the DNS server is correctly configured. 3. Check the scan document destination WebDAV server name and server path name.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 534


027-766 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 6 8 We b DAV S e r v e r Ce r t i fi c a t e Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 6 9 We b DAV S e r v e r A c c e s s Fa i l R A P
027-768 There is a problem with the SSL certificate of the server. 027-769 WebDAV server connection error.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to:
1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server. 1. Check the network cable connection.
2. Ensure the machine is registered. 2. Check the access from the PC to the Scan document destination WebDAV server.
3. Ensure the scan SSL server certificate of the document destination WebDAV server is correct. For 3. Ensure the correct network interface is selected.
example:
a. Check the expiration date.
b. Check that the machine time is correct.
c. Check that they are not on the disposal list.
d. Check the SSL server certificate of the certification path.
4. If the Scan document certificate to the destination WebDAV server is not registered, disable the
certificate validation of the machine.

535 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-768
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

027-770 PDL Error RAP 0 2 7 - 7 7 1 D F E D i s k Fu l l R A P


027-770 The DFE detected a failure in PDL during job processing. 027-771 The remaining HDD capacity in the DFE became less than 500Mb when printing from
DFE.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to change the job conditions then try again.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2. 1. Advise the customer to:
a. Change the job parameters, then try again.
b. Delete unnecessary files from the HDD in the DFE.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 536


027-770 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 7 2 , 7 7 4 , 7 7 6 S MT P S e r v e r E r r o r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 7 5 To o M a n y S MT P A d d r e s s e s R A P
027-772 The SMTP server refused the HELO command (after connection to the server). 027-775 The SMTP server refused the EHLO command (after connection to the server).
027-774 Unavailable letters were specified as a destination address (after connection to the Procedure
server).
Advise the customer to reduce the number of mail addresses.
027-776 The SMTP server refused the EHLO command (after connection to the server).

Procedure
Advise the customer to use only ASCII letters for the machine host name and destination address.

537 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-772, 774, 776
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 7 7 S MT P S e r v e r N o n S u p p o r t R A P 0 2 7 - 7 7 8 N o M o d e S p e c i fi e d b y S M T P - A U T H R A P
027-777 The SMTP server does not support SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server). 027-778 The mode specified by SMTP-AUTH was not found (after connection to the server).

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to send mail without setting SMTP-AUTH. Advise the customer to contact the network administrator to check what SMTP authentication
method the server uses.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 538


027-777 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 7 9 A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa i l u r e b y S MT P - A U T H R A P 0 2 7 - 7 8 0 We b DAV N e t w o r k I n t e r fa c e Fa i l R A P
027-779 Authentication fail (after connecting to the server). 027-780 The specified network interface can not be used.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to check if the authentication information (user name/password) has been set Advise the customer to select the network interface that can be used.
correctly.

539 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-779
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 8 1 W e b DA V S p o o l S i z e O v e r R A P 0 2 7 - 7 8 2 W e b DA V S e r v e r R e d i r e c t o r L i m i t R A P
027-781 Writing of scan data spool file failed because the disk is full. 027-782 Maximum number of WebDAV server redirections has occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to split the scan data. Advise the customer to check the redirection settings of the WebDAV server.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 540


027-781 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 8 3 W e b DA V U s e r A u t h e n t i c a t i o n R A P 0 2 7 - 7 8 4 W e b DA V P r o x y S e r v e r A u t h e n t i c a t i o n R A P
027-783 WebDAV server is not authenticated. 027-784 WebDAV proxy server authentication failure.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Advise the customer to check that the user name and password for the proxy server that was con-
figured on the machine are correct.
1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.
2. Check the login user name and password.
3. Check the scan document destination WebDAV server name and server path name.

541 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-783
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 8 7 We b DAV F i l e N a m e D u p u l i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 8 8 , 0 2 7 - 7 9 3 We b DAV Re q u e s t Fa i l R A P
027-787 Override is selected in the scan file name duplication when processing. 027-788 Bad request answered from WebDAV server.

Procedure 027-793 Error number 400 from the WebDAV server has been answered.
Advise the customer to set the processing of duplicated filenames at the time of scanning job exe-
cution to anything other than Stop the Job (Not Save). Procedure
Advise the customer to:
1. Check whether access to the directory is possible.
2. Perform the operation again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 542


027-787 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 7 - 7 8 9 , 7 9 1 , 7 9 5 A c c e s s Fo r b i d d e n R A P 0 2 7 - 7 9 0 , 0 2 9 - 7 9 2 We b DAV F i l e N o t Fo u n d R A P
027-789 Access forbidden reply from WebDAV server. 027-790 WebDAV server not found.
027-791 WebDAV server method not allowed. 027-792 WebDAV server conflict.
027-795 WebDAV server not implemented. Procedure
Advise the customer to ensure that the WebDAV storage path and directory specified in the server
Procedure exist.
Advise the customer to:
1. Check the connection to the WebDAV server.
2. Check if read/write access in a file or folder in the specified place is set.
3. Check the specified file path.

543 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-789, 791, 795
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 9 4 We b DAV S e r v e r I n t e r n a l Fa i l R A P 0 2 7 - 7 9 6 E m a i l N o t Pr i n t e d R A P
027-794 WebDAV server internal error. 027-796 Email print control through user settings.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Check that the WebDAV server is up and running. 1. Advise the customer to correct the settings, then repeat the operation.
2. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 544


027-794 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP 0 2 7 - 7 9 8 J F S Ta r g e t D o c u m e n t N o t Fo u n d R A P


027-797 Incorrect output destination of received mail. 027-798 The execution target document in the instruction set does not exist.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to specify the output destination that can be processed by the machine, 1. Advise the customer to select another document, then repeat the operation.
then repeat the operation. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 2.

545 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 027-797
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 7 - 7 9 9 W e b DA V S e r v e r I n s u f f i c i e n t S t o r a g e R A P
027-799 There is no free space in the storage location on the WebDAV server.

Procedure
Advise the customer to check whether or not there is free space in the storage location.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 546


027-799 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 8 - 9 1 0 t o 0 2 8 - 9 1 3 Fu s i n g U n i t Fa i l u r e s R A P 0 2 8 - 9 1 6 t o 0 2 8 - 9 2 4 Tra y n S e t t i n g Fa i l R A P
The fault indicates that the fuser unit currently installed is unable to process the currently specified 028-916 Envelope Folder Tray Pause Detect Fail
paper type.
028-917 Stock File Name Fail
028-910 Wrong Fusing Unit Type Fail
028-918 Tray Setting Fail
028-911 Wrong Fusing Unit Mode Fail
028-919 Stock File Fail
028-912 Fusing Unit Lever Envelope Fail
028-920 Tray 1 Setting Fail
028-914 Wrong Fusing Unit Width Fail
028-921 Tray 2 Setting Fail
Procedure 028-922 Tray 3 Setting Fail
1. Verify the correct Genuine Xerox® CRU fuser is installed in the machine.
2. Change the settings in the machine UI for the correct paper type or tray. 028-923 Tray 4 Setting Fail
3. If the fault persists, install a new standard fuser. Refer to, Machine Consumables for the CRU 028-924 SMH Setting Fail
number for ordering.
Procedure
On the machine UI [Paper Supply] screen, complete the setting for [Trayn]. Or, press <C> at the De-
vice UI to cancel the print.

547 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 8 - 9 3 0 t o 0 2 8 - 9 3 1 Tra y n S e t Co n fi r m Wa i t Fa i l R A P 0 2 8 - 9 4 0 t o 0 2 7 - 9 4 4 Tra y n Ta b Co n fi r m Wa i t Fa i l R A P
028-930 Tray 1 Set Confirm Wait Fail. 028-940 Tray 1 Tab Confirm Wait Fail.
028-931 Tray 2 Set Confirm Wait Fail. 028-941 Tray 2 Tab Confirm Wait Fail.
028-932 Tray 3 Set Confirm Wait Fail. 028-942 Tray 3 Tab Confirm Wait Fail.
028-933 Tray 4 Set Confirm Wait Fail. 028-943 Tray 4 Tab Confirm Wait Fail.
028-934 SMH Set Confirm Wait Fail. 028-944 SMH Tab Confirm Wait Fail.

Procedure Procedure
Load the paper for the [Trayn]setting that is being displayed on the Device UI, pull out and reinsert Pull out [Trayn], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Trayn]. Or, press <C> at the Device
[Trayn]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. UI to cancel the print.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 548


028-930 to 028-931 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 8 - 9 5 0 t o 0 2 8 - 9 5 4 Tra y n O f f l i n e Fa i l R A P 0 2 8 - 9 6 0 t o 0 2 8 - 9 6 4 Tra y n Pa p e r M i s m a t c h fo r Te m p o ra r y
028-950 Tray 1 Offline Fail. Stock RAP
028-951 Tray 2 Offline Fail. 028-960 Tray 1 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock.

028-952 Tray 3 Offline Fail. 028-961 Tray 2 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock.

028-953 Tray 4 Offline Fail. 028-962 Tray 3 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock.

028-954 SMH Offline Fail. 028-963 Tray 4 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock.
028-964 SMH Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock.
Procedure
On the machine UI [Paper Supply] screen, enable the setting for [Trayn]. Or, press <C> at the Device Procedure
UI to cancel the print.
On the machine UI [Paper Supply] screen, set the [Trayn] information that is displayed on the De-
vice UI. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.

549 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 028-950 to 028-954
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 2 8 - 9 8 6 Tra y S i z e M i s m a t c h ( Tra y c a n n o t d e t e c t Pa p e r S i z e ) 0 2 8 - 9 8 7 AT S / A P S N o D e s t i n a t i o n E r r o r ( Tra y c a n n o t d e t e c t Pa -


RAP per Size) RAP
The paper size that is loaded in the Tray, without size detection function, and the paper size in- The paper instructed for printing cannot be detected. Refer to, RAP 024-966.
structed for printing are different.
Procedure
Procedure Load the correct paper size in the tray or change the tray in the machine UI, then restart the print.
Load the correct paper size in the tray or change the tray in the machine UI, then restart the print.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 550


028-986 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 2 8 - 9 8 8 , 0 2 8 - 9 8 9 Tra y 5 Fa u l t s R A P
028-988 Tray 5 Size Mismatch.
028-989 Tray 5 Out Of Place.
028-990 Tray 5 Size Mismatch.

Procedure
1. Check the Paper Guides and load paper of the correct size in the tray.
2. If the fault persists, refer to the GP 21, How to Check a Sensor.

551 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 028-988, 028-989
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 0 - 9 1 0 Tra y 5 E m p t y R A P 0 3 3 - 3 1 0 Fa x C h a r g e Fu n c t i o n Fa i l R A P
Tray 5 is empty. Sub-System. The Fax send billing function was turned ON although multiple lines are installed.

Procedure Procedure
1. Load the correct paper for the print operation into tray 5, then continue. Turn off the fax send billing function or change to a single-line installation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor. Verify operation of the MSI lift up
and no paper sensors, PL 80.16 Item 12.
3. Install new components as required:
a. MSI lift up sensor, PL 80.16 Item 12.
b. MSI no paper sensor, PL 80.16 Item 12.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 552


030-910 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-311 I nva lid Addre ss B ook D ata R AP 0 3 3 - 3 1 2 t o 0 3 3 - 3 2 7 Fa x Ti m e O u t / D e v i c e E r r o r s R A P


Data in Address Book is invalid.
033-312 Fax PWB Time Out.
Procedure
033-313 Fax USB Fault.
Perform dC301, Initialize NVM, then perform the operation causing the fault again.
033-314 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM Mismatch.
033-315 USB Fatal Error.
033-316 FAX Device Cont Error.
033-317 Fax Device Error.
033-318 Image Processing Error.
033-319 Fax Control Task Detects Error.
033-320 Controller Not Respond When System Is Booting.
033-321 Fax Card Not Respond When System Is Booting.
033-322 Fax Card I/F Timeout.
033-323 Fax Card Mini I/F Timeout.
033-324 USB state change Error.
033-325 Fax Card Mini Fatal Error.
033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error.
033-327 FCM No Response To Stop Request.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

553 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 3 2 8 t o 0 3 3 - 3 3 6 Fa i l e d t o I n i t i a l i z e Fa x Lo g R A P 0 3 3 - 3 3 7 , 0 3 3 - 3 3 8 Fa x C a r d M i s m a t c h R A P
033-337 FaxCard Mismatch.
033-328 Failed to Initialize Fax Log.
033-338 Illegal Type of FaxBox.
033-329 Fax Process Error.
Procedure
033-330 FoIP Unrecoverable Error. 1. Verify the fax module kit, part number 497K20240, is the correct fax module for the PrimeLink
C9065/C9070 machine.
033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail.
2. Install the correct fax module kit 497K20240.
033-332 FoIP Cont Not Respond When System Is Booting.
033-333 FoIP Cont Not Respond When System Is sleeping.
033-334 Can Not Send A Message To FoIP CONT.
033-335 Illegal Fault Code Notice.
033-336 Access To A Non-mounted Channel.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 554


033-328 to 033-336 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 3 3 9 Fa x c 2 N o t Re s p o n d W h e n Sy s t e m I s S l e e p i n g R A P 0 3 3 - 3 4 0 P f l i t e _ Fa x _ Lo g _ W r i t e _ Fa i l R A P
Sleep transition process has failed. The Pflite communication log write function returned an error.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Turn OFF the power, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn ON the
power again.
2. Enter Diagnostics, then enter dC355 Initialize Hard Disk. If the problem persists, enter dC301
NVM Initialization.

555 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-339
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 3 4 1 I l l e g a l Ty p e O f Fa x B o x R A P 0 3 3 - 3 6 3 Fa x Co n t r o l R A P

Something other than the fax unit, PL 20.1, is connected. There was an controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the fax unit, PL 20.1, is connected to the machine and active. Connect the fax unit if not 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
connected, or remove any incorrect fax unit from the machine. 2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
4. Install new components as required: 5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
a. Fax PWB. PL 20.2 Item 11.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 556


033-341 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 0 0 N o C S a f t e r R S Re q R A P 033-501 N o P IX D ata R AP

CS of the modem did not turn on in response to RS request. Image length of received fax document was [0].

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested. 2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated. 3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13. 5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

557 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-500
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 0 2 Po s t M e s s a g e Re s e n d E x c e e d e d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 0 3 , 0 3 3 - 5 0 4 , 0 3 3 - 5 0 5 Fa x T ( n ) Ti m e o u t R A P

Sent post message command three times, but no response. 033-503 T1 Timeout.

Procedure 033-504 T2 Timeout.


1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 033-505 T5 Timeout
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
Procedure
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 558


033-502 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 0 6 D C N Re c e i v e R A P 0 3 3 - 5 0 7 D e s t i n a t i o n H a s N o Re c e i v i n g A b i l i t y R A P
Received DCN (disconnect message). Fax receiving machine unable to receive fax.
Procedure Procedure
Check the status of the machine sending the fax, and retry fax job. 1. Verify the receiving fax machine is ready to receive.
2. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

559 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-506
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 0 8 D e s t i n a t i o n Po l l i n g E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 0 9 D C S / N S S Re - t r a n s m i s s i o n E r r o r R A P
Fax message is not ready to be sent in response to polling request. DCS/NSS resend trials reached the maximum number.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, then resend the fax. 1. Verify the status of fax receiving machine, then resend the fax once ready.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 560


033-508 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 1 0 Fa l l b a c k E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 1 1 DT C / N S C Re s e n d E r r o r R A P
Received FTT at 2400 bps No response after third DTC/NSC send.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the status of fax receiving machine, then resend the fax once ready. 1. Verify the status of fax receiving machine, then resend the fax once ready.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

561 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-510
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 1 2 Re m o t e H a s N o Re l a y R A P 0 3 3 - 5 1 3 Re m o t e H a s N o M a i l b o x R A P

Fax machine on the other end does not support relay broadcasting Fax machine on the other end does not Mailbox capability

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 562


033-512 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

03 3 -5 1 4 Ca rr ie r Dow n De t e c te d RA P 0 3 3 - 5 1 6 E O R Re c e i v e R A P
Phone line carrier down. Received EOR-Q.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

563 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-514
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 1 7 E C M P h a s e C F l a g Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 1 8 Re m o t e C a n n o t Re c e i v e S U B R A P

ECM Phase C Flag Timeout Receiving machine does not support SUB

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 564


033-517 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

03 3 -5 1 9 PT S Ha s No S EP Ca pa bi l it y RA P 0 3 3 - 5 2 0 Re m o t e C a n n o t Re c e i v e Pa s s w o r d R A P

Receiving machine does not support SEP Receiving machine does not support PWB/SID

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

565 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-519
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 2 1 Tra n s m i s s i o n C a n c e l e d v i a DTM F R A P 0 3 3 - 5 2 2 DTM F I / F Ti m e o u t R A P


The device has sent an order refusal signal and stopped the communication Correct operation is not conducted within a specified time.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 566


033-521 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 2 3 t o 0 3 3 - 5 2 5 L i n e N o t Co n n e c t e d R A P 033-526 ECM Error RAP


033-523 Line 1 Not Connected. Channel 2 is not connected
033-524 Line 2 Not Connected. Procedure
033-525 Line 3 Not Connected. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

567 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-523 to 033-525
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

033-527 EOR-Q Send RAP 0 3 3 - 5 2 8 RT N S e n d R A P

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 568


033-527 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 2 9 R T N Re c e i v e R A P 0 3 3 - 5 3 0 DTM F I l l e g a l Pr o c e d u r e E r r o r R A P

Procedure Communication cancelled due to DTMF illegal procedure error


1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

569 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-529
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 3 1 DTM F Pr o c e d u r e E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 3 2 I l l e g a l C o m m a n d Re c e i v e d R A P
Communication cancelled due to DTMF Procedure Error
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 570


033-531 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 3 3 T . 3 0 Pr o t o c o l E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 3 4 U n s u p p o r t e d Fu n c t i o n a t R e m o t e R A P

Procedure Machine on the other end does not support Remote Sorting.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

571 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-533
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 3 5 D C N Re c e i v e a t P h a s e B S e n d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 3 6 R i n g S t o p b e fo r e Fa x D e v i c e Re l e a s e R A P
Received DCN (disconnect message) in response to Phase B command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) A collision of incoming call and outgoing call.
Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 572


033-535 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 3 7 I n / O u t Co n f l i c t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 3 8 Fa x S e n d i n g I m a g e Pr o c e s s E r r o r R A P
Fax send was canceled due to incoming call/outgoing call conflict
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

573 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-537
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 3 9 Fa x Re c e i v e I m a g e Pr o c e s s E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 4 0 Fa x Pr i n t i n g I m a g e Pr o c e s s E r r o r R A P

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 574


033-539 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 4 1 N o D e s t i n a t i o n S p e c i fi e d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 4 2 I l l e g a l C h a n n e l Re q u e s t R A P

Unable to initiate call because no auto dial specified Fax service was requested for a channel which is not present on Fax PWB.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

575 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-541
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

033-543 I llega l D ia l D ata R AP 0 3 3 - 5 4 4 B u sy To n e D e t e c t e d R A P

Auto dial contains invalid data Procedure


1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 576


033-543 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 4 5 T 0 Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 4 6 N o D i a l To n e R A P

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

577 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-545
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 4 7 A b o r t D u r i n g Tra n s m i s s i o n R A P 0 3 3 - 5 4 8 C a n n o t Pe r fo r m M a n u a l S e n d R A P
The fax job was intentionally aborted.
No line available for manual fax send.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
Verify dial tone on the send machine, then resend.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 578


033-547 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 4 9 Fa x S e r v i c e D i s a b l e d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 5 0 C a n n o t D i s a b l e Fa x S e r v i c e R A P
Fax service was disabled because of shortage of memory, too many jobs in queue, or system fail The machine attempted to enter Diag mode but could not because fax transmission is in process

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

579 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-549
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 5 1 Fa x I / F E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 5 5 2 G 3 Re c e i v e E r r o r R A P
Some operation interrupted the fax job before the fax transmission was completed While G3 fax is receiving image data, the number of detected Phase-C errors exceeded the specified
number.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 580


033-551 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 5 3 N o M a i l b o x / Re l a y R A P 0 3 3 - 5 5 4 W r o n g Pa s s w o r d / Re c e i v e R A P

F code sent from the machine on the other end requests a function which this fax machine does Received Fax message without password or password not matched. Communication disconnected
not have. because of Direct Mail prevention function.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

581 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-553
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 5 5 I n c o r r e c t M a c h i n e Pa s s w o r d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 5 6 W r o n g Pa s s w o r d / S e n d R A P
The password entered from this machine did not match password received from other machine. The machine on the other end did not send remote ID, or mismatch of fax send password and re-
mote ID
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 582


033-555 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-557 Destinations or Services Overflow RAP 0 3 3 - 5 5 8 Re m o t e I D R e j e c t i o n R A P


The number of requested services or the number of requested destinations exceeded the upper • Remote ID received from fax sending machine is on reception rejection list.
limit. • The fax machine is set to not accept fax message if fax sending machine does not send remote
ID and no ID was sent.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

583 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-557
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 6 3 W r o n g Pa p e r S i z e R A P 0 3 3 - 5 6 4 Fa x Po w e r Fa i l R A P

The available paper does not match the size of the faxed document Power discontinuity error occurred during communication. The machine is powered off, or system is
reset.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 584


033-563 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

03 3 - 5 6 5 D e s t in a t io n O ver f l o w R A P 0 3 3 -5 66 U nab l e t o In it ia t e Cal l R AP


The number of requested destinations exceeded the upper limit. Unable to call because no auto dial programmed.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

585 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-565
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

033-567 I llega l D ia l D ata R AP 0 3 3 - 5 6 8 FC M Wa t c h d o g Ti m e o u t R A P

Auto dial data contains invalid data. No response from FCM within a specified time during fax transmission.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 586


033-567 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 6 9 I m a g e D i r e c t i o n Co n f l i c t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 7 0 Re t r y O v e r f l o w R A P

Orientation of image data does not match orientation of paper from paper source. The number of retries exceeded the specified number.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

587 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-569
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

03 3 -5 7 1 M an ual Se nd Job Canc e l ed R AP 0 3 3 - 5 7 2 Fa x Re p o r t Pr i n t J o b D e l a y e d R A P


When the machine is about to execute a fax job, the machine detected Fax Report Log Full state. When the machine is about to initiate a job, the machine detected “job full” state. The machine
generated Fax report, but did not print.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 588


033-571 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 7 3 D o m a i n Re g u l a t i o n C h e c k E r r o r R A P 033-574 Access to a Non-Mounted Channel RAP

Unauthorized domain was selected when selecting destination. A message to a channel that is not installed is received. (invalid DI)

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

589 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-573
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 7 5 M o d e m Po l a r i t y I n v e r s i o n D e t e c t e d R A P 0 3 3 - 5 7 6 I n a c c u ra t e D i a l D a t a R A P
Polarity Inversion has been detected.
Dial data is invalid.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 590


033-575 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-577 Modem Image Under Run RAP 0 3 3 - 5 7 8 M o d e m Fr a m e S i z e O v e r R A P


An underrun has occurred in a modem.
The frame size of the received command has exceeded a specified value.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

591 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-577
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 8 0 M i s s i n g Vo I P G a t e w a y R A P 0 3 3 - 5 8 1 A c c e s s A u t h e n t i c a t i o n Fa i l u r e R A P

VoIP gateway, which corresponds to the entered phone number, does not exist. SIP call connection was rejected because it failed to get authentication.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 592


033-580 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-582 M is matche d Abi lity RAP 0 3 3 - 5 8 3 Te m p o ra r i l y U n a v a i l a b l e R A P

SIP connection was rejected due to inconsistency in capability information. Destination of SIP communication is temporarily short of resources and rejected connection.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

593 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-582
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 8 4 S I P Re q u e s t T i m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 8 5 S I P Re q u e s t E r r o r R A P

SIP communication ended by timeout. Other error occurred during SIP communication.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 594


033-584 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 5 8 6 T 3 8 P r o t o c o l N o t Re a d y R A P 033-587 T38 Session Error RAP

The IPv4 address could not be determined, or, the machine failed to get an IP address through Unable to establish T38 session (including RTP session).
DHCP.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

595 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-586
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 8 8 T 3 8 Pa c k e t L o s t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 8 9 T 3 8 M a l fo r m e d Pa c ke t Re c e i v e d R A P
Detected a unrecoverable loss of T38 packet data. Received T38 data contains invalid content (ASN.1 decode error, etc.).

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 596


033-588 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-590 T38 Send Error RAP 0 3 3 - 5 9 1 Fo I P M a x S e s s i o n s O v e r f l o w R A P


Error occurred when sending packet data (TCP, UDP, RTP) at T38 protocol. There was a request to initiate a session FOIP (FAX Over Internet Protocol) when the max number
of sessions are simultaneously in process.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

597 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-590
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 5 9 2 Fo I P I n t e r n a l Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 5 9 3 C a n c e l e d b y Re m o t e Pe e r R A P
Received a request from the machine on the other end to cancel SIP session.
A timeout is reported, caused by a factor which does not require to send a Timeout Notification. Ei-
ther receiving image data ended as timeout or FoIP (FAX Over Internet Protocol) internal processing Procedure
ended as timeout. Advise the customer to verify the receiving machine is available, then resend the fax message.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 598


033-592 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 0 0 T 1 Ti m e o u t Fa i l 0 3 3 - 7 0 1 Re t r y T i m e o u t R A P
T1 timeout has occurred when sending or at Phase B and later when receiving. The communication did not end normally within the retry timeout time.

Procedure Procedure
1. If the occurrence is at sending, repeat the operation. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the occurrence is at receiving, it could be due to the sender canceling the transmission while it 2. Advise the customer to verify the receiving fax is available, then resend the fax job.
is in progress:
a. Check the remote machine, then repeat the operation.
b. Check the line condition and a dailtone is available.
3. If the fault persists, perform, GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

599 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-700
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

033-702 Number Of Dial Digits Exceeded RAP 0 3 3 - 7 0 3 U n s u p p o r t e d Fa x J o b Fa i l


It was detected that the number of digits for instructed dial data has exceeded the digits defined A job using an unsupported function was instructed.
by the specifications.
Procedure
Procedure If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
Verify the destination number is correct, then resend the fax job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 600


033-702 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

03 3 -7 0 4 Ca nnot Ac c es s Ma il b ox R AP 033-710 No Document RAP


An attempt to access the remote polling box and folder was prohibited. The specified document does not exist.

Procedure Procedure
Request the customer to verify the user has access rights to the mailbox requested. Advise the customer to verify the document requested is present, then resend.

601 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-704
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 1 1 Pa g e E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 7 1 2 , 0 3 3 - 7 1 3 Fa x Co n t r o l R A P

Specified page does not exist, or, specified page has data error. Memory is at maximum limit.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, switch on the machine, GP 19, then rerun the fax job. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Advise the customer to reduce the pages/fax, then
resend.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 602


033-711 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-714 Scan Error RAP 0 3 3 -7 15 Can not S tar t J ob R AP


The data has not been registered. The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Information only. This error occurs during maintenance system operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

603 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-714
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 1 6 N o S p e c i fi e d M a i l b o x R A P 0 3 3 - 7 1 7 I n c o r r e c t Pa s s w o r d R A P

The specified mailbox does not exist. Verification of the specified password failed.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify machine is connected to dedicated analog line (not ISDN).
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. Verify that no password is set:
a. Enter Admin mode, GP 11.
b. Select System Settings.
c. Select System Settings again.
d. Select FAX Mode Settings.
e. Select Local Terminal Settings.
f. Check that Machine Password is (not set).
If it is (not set), select close/exit as required. If a password is set, continue.
g. Select Machine Password and select Change Settings.
h. Select Backspace as required to delete the password.
i. Select Save.
j. Select Close/Exit as required.
k. Select Close again.
l. Select Close again.
m. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 604


033-716 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

033-718 No Document in Mailbox RAP 0 3 3 - 7 1 9 Fa x J o b Ca n c e l e d R A P


The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox. The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to resend the job. Advise the customer to resend the job.

605 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-718
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 2 0 D o c u m e n t C r e a t i o n Fa i l e d R A P 0 3 3 - 7 2 1 Fa x Pa g e C r e a t i o n Fa i l e d R A P
The specified document cannot be generated.
The specified page cannot be created.
Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. Advise customer to cancel the job and resend.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 606


033-720 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 2 2 Fa x I m m e d i a t e S e n d S t o r e J o b C a n c e l l e d 0 3 3 - 7 2 4 Fa x Re c e i v e M e m o r y O v e r f l o w R A P
IIT failure (document jam or stored sheet count exceeded) or stop request was detected while send-
ing Fax immediately. The total data amount of received image data exceeded the upper limit of the image data amount
that can be received for one system data communication.
OR
Cancellation is performed only for Scan operation. The document that has already been scanned Procedure
will continue to be sent. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Advise the customer to reduce the number of pages/fax, then resend.
Procedure
Repeat the operation.

607 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-722
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 2 5 I n s u f fi c i e n t H D D S p a c e R A P 0 3 3 - 7 2 6 Fa x D u p l e x Pr i n t E r r o r R A P

The HDD was full during fax receive, format or report creation. Duplex printing of received fax document is disabled.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Enable duplex printing for received faxes.
2. Advise the customer to reduce the number of files on the HDD to free up space, then resent the
fax job.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 608


033-725 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 2 7 C a n n o t Ro t a t e I m a g e R A P 0 3 3 - 7 2 8 A u t o Pr i n t Ca n c e l e d R A P
Formatting for fax auto printing was aborted because a command for fax manual printing was giv-
Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory). en during the operation.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. After the manually requested printing job completes the machine will automatically recover print-
ing the job. No action is required.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

609 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-727
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 3 0 Fa x S e r v i c e Re c o v e r y E r r o r R A P 033-731 Inconsistent Instructions RAP


Recovery was not possible using the Fax Cont or Fax Card.
When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop
Procedure the job was received.
Repeat the operation.
Procedure
No action necessary. Advise the customer to request a re-resend.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 610


033-730 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 3 2 Pr i n t J o b C a n c e l e d R A P 0 3 3 - 7 3 3 Fa x D o c u m e n t N u m b e r R A P
Stored jobs are deleted in Forced Polling. As there was a print job during Forced Polling, the job was
canceled. The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.

Procedure Procedure
This is an error during maintenance system operation. No action is required. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

611 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-732
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 3 4 Fa x Pr i n t S u s p e n s i o n R A P 0 3 3 - 7 3 5 Fa x M e m o r y A l l o c a t e Ti m e o u t R A P

Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time. An error occurred in reserving fax receive memory.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 612


033-734 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 3 6 I n t e r n e t FA X O f f Ra m p Fa i l R A P 0 3 3 - 7 3 7 Fa x C a r d J o b C a n c e l e d R A P

Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax Transfer The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.
Prohibition Function was activated, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Advise the customer to cancel the job and resend. No action is required because this is limitation 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
specification violation by user setting.

613 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-736
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 3 8 J B I G I n fo r m a t i o n Fa i l R A P 0 3 3 - 7 4 0 Fa x I m m e d i a t e Re c e i v e Pr i n t C a n c e l e d R A P
The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data. The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 614


033-738 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 4 1 Fa x Pa g e Re a d O p e n Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 7 4 2 Fa x Pa g e Re a d C l o s e Ti m e o u t R A P

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX • When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the
PWB did not match. Fax Card did not match.
This often occurs when the HD free area is equal to or less than the HD capacity immediate
Procedure threshold (820-053) during immediate send operation.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. When the remaining memory is low at approx. 10%, delete the images stored in the HD to se-
cure the HD capacity and perform the same operation again.
Set the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) to a larger value if this occurred during im-
mediate send operation.
3. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

615 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-741
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 4 3 Fa x Pa g e W r i t e O p e n Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 7 4 4 Fa x Pa g e W r i t e C l o s e Ti m e o u t R A P

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 616


033-743 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 4 5 Fa x D a t a W r i t e Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 3 - 7 4 6 Fa x D a ta Re a d Ti m e o u t R A P
When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.

Procedure Procedure
1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. 2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

617 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-745
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 4 7 Fa x S e r v i c e S t a r t R A P 0 3 3 - 7 4 8 Fa x S e r v i c E I l l e g a l S e q u e n c e R A P
During Service Sequencing, a message indicating that the operation was not allowed in Sequencing
When requesting to start the service from the FAX PWB, the job could not be created due to causes was received from the Fax Card.
such as job number overflow.
Procedures
Procedure Repeat the operation.
Advise the customer to request a re-resend.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 618


033-747 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 4 9 Fa x C a r d M e m o r y E r r o r R A P 0 3 3 - 7 5 0 Fa x Fo r m a t E r r o r R A P
During Fax formatting, the extended image data is larger than the memory reserved.
During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the Fax Card, even though the image data
Procedure was determined to be free from error, extension failed.
No action necessary since the job failed due to insufficient extended memory and it can be recov-
ered using the encoding method that can be stored in the extended memory. Advise the customer Procedure
to cancel the job and resend. 1. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the requested operation.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

619 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-749
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 5 1 A c t i v i t y Re p o r t S u s p e n d e d R A P 0 3 3 - 7 5 5 Fa x Pr i n t i n g i s C a n c e l e d R A P
When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the ma-
chine just goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed. Fax document printing is canceled as fax service is inoperative.

Procedure Procedure
No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Check the fault history report for faults with chain-link [133-xxx] or [134-xxx]. Follow the RAP
procedure for the relevant fault code.
3. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 620


033-751 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 3 - 7 9 0 Fa x Co n t r o l R A P 0 3 3 - 7 9 1 Fa x Co n t r o l R A P
The FAX PWB Re-dial Wait Status was set without calculating the number of re-dial attempts. The number of re-dial attempts was calculated and FAX PWB Re-dial Wait Status was set.

Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to cancel the job and resend. Advise the customer to cancel the job and resend.

621 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 033-790
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 3 - 7 9 2 Fa x Co n t r o l R A P
The RCC Service was immediately terminated.

Procedure
Advise the customer to cancel the job and resend.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 622


033-792 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 2 1 1 S l o t 1 B o a r d Fa i l u r e R A P 0 3 4 - 2 1 2 S l o t 2 B o a r d Fa i l u r e R A P
Failure was detected on the Fax PWB. Failure was detected on the AG3 PWB.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, the switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, the switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Upgrade the Software, GP 2. 2. Upgrade the Software, GP 2.
3. Perform Fax Diagnostics, GP 13. 3. Perform Fax Diagnostics, GP 13.
4. Verfiy the fax PWB, PL 20.2 Item 11, is fully seated into the riser PWB, PL 20.2 Item 13. 4. Verfiy the AG3 PWB, PL 20.2 Item 12, is fully seated into the riser PWB, PL 20.2 Item 13.
5. Install new components, in order, as required: 5. Install new components, in order, as required:
a. Fax PWB, PL 20.2 Item 11. a. AG3 PWB, PL 20.2 Item 12.
b. Riser PWB, PL 20.2 Item 13. b. Riser PWB, PL 20.2 Item 13.
c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. c. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

623 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-211
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-500 Dial Error RAP 034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error RAP
There is incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient telephone number). The specified channel is not installed.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check the recipient fax number, then perform the operation again. 1. Ask customer to verify that the specified channel is installed, then repeat the operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 624


034-500 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 5 0 5 Fa x Wo r k M e m o r y E x c e e d e d R A P 0 3 4 - 5 0 6 U n s u p p o r t e d Fu n c t i o n a t R e m o t e R A P
Transmission exceeded memory capacity. A send error is detected in the Recipients Print Sets function when the receiving Fax does not sup-
port remote collating and copying.
Procedure
Advise the customer to reduce the file size or number of pages, then repeat the operation. Procedure
Ask customer to reconfigure the job and resend.

625 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-505
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 5 0 7 Pa s s w o r d C h e c k E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 5 0 8 Tra n s m i s s i o n C a n c e l e d v i a DTM F R A P
• The password is incorrect. The Fax controller sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
• An error in the mailbox number is detected.
• No documents for polling are found.
Procedure
1. Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure 2. Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
1. Advise customer to check if the password, mailbox number, or document for valid polling. 3. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 4. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested. 5. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated. 6. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 7. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 626


034-507 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 5 0 9 DTM F I l l e g a l Pr o c e d u r e R A P 0 3 4 - 5 1 0 DTM F Pr o c e d u r e E r r o r R A P
The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal from the re- The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the reject command signal from the re-
ceiving Fax. ceiving Fax.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested. 2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated. 3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13. 5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

627 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-509
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 5 1 1 U n a b l e t o S e n d F i l e a t Re m o t e R A P 0 3 4 - 5 1 2 D e t e c t E n d l e s s Lo o p R A P
The remote machine does not support the file transfer function. An infinite loop was detected at the receiving Fax relay broadcast.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested. 2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated. 3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13. 5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 628


034-511 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 5 1 3 Re c e i v e C o m m a n d E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 5 1 4 Re q u e s t e d Fu n c t i o n U n s u p p o r t e d R A P
The Fax controller received an illegal command from the receiving Fax during remote maintenance. The Fax controller received a remote maintenance request from the receiving Fax but the Fax con-
troller does not support this function.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Procedure
Check Fax setup.
Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

629 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-513
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 5 1 5 I l l e g a l C o m m a n d Re c e i v e d R A P 034-519 No. of Destinations Exceeded RAP


The Fax controller received a DIS signal from the receiving Fax. The number of recipients exceeded the limit.
A DCS signal is received when this function is not supported. Procedure
An illegal command was received. 1. Ask customer to reduce the number of recipients and then resend.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure 3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
1. Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
5. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
5. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 630


034-515 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-520 No. of Services Exceeded RAP 034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP
The number of services exceeded the limit. Service designated with SI does not exist.

Procedure Procedure
1. Ask customer to reduce the number of selections and then resend. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested. 3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated. 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

631 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-520
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-522 No Manual Send Line RAP 0 3 4 - 5 2 3 Fa x S e r v i c e D i s a b l e d R A P


There is no phone line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled. The system cannot accept the service because Fax operation was prohibited due to EP-TRESS or Di-
ag Services.
Procedure
1. Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend. Procedure
1. Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
5. Upgrade the software, GP 2. 4. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.

6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13. 5. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
6. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 632


034-522 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 5 2 4 U n a b l e To C a n c e l O p e ra t i o n R A P 0 3 4 - 5 2 5 S p e c i fi e d C h a i n - L i n k N o t E x i s t R A P
The service cannot be prohibited because it was in operation. The Chain-Link does not exist.

Procedures Procedure
Alloow time for the process to complete, then rerun the operation. Enter the correct Chain-Link number.

633 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-524
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-526 Chain-Link No. Out of Scope RAP 0 3 4 - 5 2 7 D i a l Co n t r o l E r r o r R A P


The Chain-Link No. is out of range. Dial Control Error.

Procedure Procedure
Enter the Chain-Link number within the range. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
3. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
5. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 634


034-526 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 5 2 8 C a n n o t Pe r fo r m M a n u a l S e n d R A P 0 3 4 - 5 2 9 D o c u m e n t Pa p e r S i z e R A P
A manual transmission was requested during dialing. When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed when the document size does
not match the paper size.
Procedure
1. Cancel the current operation, then resend. If the fault persists: Procedure
1. Verify the correct paper is loaded and the correct tray assigned for the operation requested,
a. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. then resend. If the fault persists:
b. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
a. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
c. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
b. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the job requested.
d. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
c. Verify all harnesses between the FAX unit and the controller PWB and fully seated.
e. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.
d. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
e. If the fault persists, perform FAX Diagnostics, GP 13.

635 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-528
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 5 3 0 DTM F I / F Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 4 - 5 5 0 W r i t e t o Fa x Ca r d - R O M E r r o r D e t e c t i o n R A P
DTMF I/F Time-out is detected when an operation did not occur within the specified time. An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Fax Card-ROM. During Download.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Retry job. If retry failed, replace the Fax Card-ROM and perform download again.download
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 636


034-530 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 0 0 G C P Lo c k - G 3 D i c e p B u sy - Co d e C h a n g R A P 0 3 4 - 7 0 1 S o f t w a r e Re s e t R A P
-GCP lock Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware failure, software I/F error.-G3 Dicep not changed to idle Software Reset.
status, causing timeout.-CODEC hang-up.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure • Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
• Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing the UI.
the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Replace the FAX PWB.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

637 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-700
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 0 2 N o D e s t i n a t i o n S p e c i fi e d R A P 034-703 D Channel Link RAP


Unable the to initiate the call without the address specified, no destination specified. The D channel was deleted from the network.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 638


034-702 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-704 I SD N D Chan ne l D ata Li nk Er r or R AP 0 3 4 - 7 0 5 I S D N L a y e r 1 S t o p p e d - Po w e r O n R A P


There is a ISDN D channel error. Layer 1 is deactivated with the power on.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

639 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-704
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 0 6 I S D N L a y e r 1 S t o p p e d - Po w e r O f f R A P 0 3 4 - 7 0 7 F R M R Re c e i v e d R A P
Layer 1 is deactivated with the power off. There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 640


034-706 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 0 8 I l l e g a l Fr a m e Re c e i v e d N ( R ) R A P 0 3 4 - 7 0 9 I l l e g a l Fr a m e Re c e i v e d R A P
There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

641 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-708
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 1 0 D L L i n k E s t a b l i s h m e n t Re c e i v e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 1 1 Wa i t i n g fo r L i n k Ti m e o u t R A P
There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. Fax controller is waiting for a data link time-out.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 642


034-710 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) RAP 0 3 4 - 7 1 3 Ti m e o u t - Tra n s m i s s i o n C a n c e l e d R A P


There is an internal processing error. There is a transmission time-out.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

643 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-712
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 1 4 L i n e D i s c o n n e c t e d - Ti m e o u t T 3 0 5 R A P 0 3 4 - 7 1 5 L i n e D i s c o n n e c t e d - Ti m e o u t 3 0 8 2 R A P
There is a wait release time-out. There is a wait release complete time-out.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 644


034-714 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 1 6 Co n n e c t i o n Ti m e o u t ( T 3 1 3 ) R A P 0 3 4 - 7 1 7 Re s u m e T i m e o u t R A P
There is a connection time-out. There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Replace the FAX PWB.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

645 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-716
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-718 Normal Disconnection RAP 0 3 4 -7 19 N o Av ail a bl e Line s R AP


There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 646


034-718 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 2 0 Ti m e o u t ( 6 0 s , T 3 3 0 , 3 0 9 , 3 0 1 , 3 1 0 ) R A P 0 3 4 - 7 2 1 Fo r m a t , Co n t e n t s E r r o r R A P
There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. Upper layer primitive format error, Content error.
• 60sec Card Timer Timeout
Initial Actions
• T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)
Power OFF/ON
• T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)
• T.301 Timeout (Response Message Timeout) Procedure
• T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout) • Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. the UI.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
the UI.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

647 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-720
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 2 2 S u s p e n s i o n Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 4 - 7 2 3 N o Ti m e r A s s i g n e d R A P
There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. No assigned time.

Procedure Initial Actions


• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. Power OFF/ON
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing Procedure
the UI. • Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 648


034-722 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-724 Illegal Sequence RAP 0 3 4 - 7 2 5 L 3 Ta s k I n t e r n a l E r r o r R A P


There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax. There is an internal fax communication error during preparation to transmit the fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

649 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-724
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 2 6 H D 8 1 5 0 1 I / F B u f fe r B u sy R A P 0 3 4 - 7 2 7 N o Re p l y fo r 3 s e c . fo r 1 3 0 0 H z R A P
The I/F buffer is busy. No response over 3 sec. at 1300Hz incoming call.

Procedure Initial Actions


• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. Power OFF/ON
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing Procedure
the UI. • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 650


034-726 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-728 Invalid Destination RAP 034-729 Line Disconnect, In-Channel PB Send RAP
Calling is disabled due to wrong dial data. The line was disconnected when sending In-channel PB.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power OFF/ON • Ask customer to reconnect line and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). the UI.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
the UI.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

651 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-728
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 3 0 I n a n d O u t C a l l Co n f l i c t R A P 0 3 4 - 7 3 1 Fa x N e t w o r k D i s c o n n e c t e d R A P
There is a conflict between incoming and outgoing calls The network disconnected the Fax setup.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 652


034-730 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 3 2 Fa x N e t w o r k Ti m e o u t D i s c o n n e c t R A P 0 3 4 -7 33 Cal l Stat us M is matc h R AP


The network disconnected the Fax setup after a time-out. There is a sequence error or message incompatibility.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

653 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-732
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 3 4 H I Ta s k I n t e r n a l E r r o r R A P 034-735 ISDN D Channel RAP


HI Task internal error. The connection is limited to D channel.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power OFF/ON • Connect only to D channel and receive.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. the UI.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
the UI.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 654


034-734 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 3 6 W r o n g N o t i c e fr o m FA X N e t w o r k R A P 0 3 4 - 7 3 7 I n c o m i n g C a l l Re s p o n s e E r r o r R A P
The Fax network sent the wrong notice. The control failed during call response.

Procedure Procedure
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

655 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-736
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 3 8 La ye r 1 S ta r t U p E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 7 3 9 L a y e r 1 N o t Sy n c h r o n i z e d R A P
There is a Layer 1 start up or activation error. Layer 1 synchronization is lost.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 656


034-738 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 4 0 Tra n s m i s s i o n o f Fra m e E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 7 4 1 U n a b l e t o S e n d Fr a m e R A P
There is a frame transmission error. There is a frame send error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

657 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-740
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 4 2 Fr a m e S e n d E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 7 4 3 A b n o r m a l Fr a m e - S e n d i n g D M A R A P
A frame send error is detected. When sending frames, the DMA (Dynamic Memory Access) was abnormally terminated.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 658


034-742 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 4 4 U n a c c e p ta b l e C h a n n e l R A P 0 3 4 - 7 4 5 O u tg o i n g Ca l l t o C h a n n e l S e t R A P
An incorrect channel was terminated. A call is initiated to the configured channel.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

659 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-744
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-746 No Usable Lines RAP 0 3 4 - 7 4 7 S w i t c h i n g E q u i p m e n t Co n g e s t i o n R A P


There are no usable lines. The network switching equipment is busy.

Procedure Procedure
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 660


034-746 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 4 8 S p e c i fi e d L i n e C a n n o t b e U s e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 4 9 N e t w o r k Co n g e s t i o n E r r o r R A P
The specified line can not be used. There is a network busy error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

661 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-748
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

034-750 Network Error RAP 0 3 4 - 7 5 1 Te m p o ra r y N e t w o r k E r r o r R A P


There is an error on the network. There is a temporary error on the network.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 662


034-750 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 5 2 D e s t i n a t i o n Te r m i n a l B u sy R A P 0 3 4 - 7 5 3 D e s t i n a t i o n N o t Re s p o n d i n g R A P
The receiving Fax is busy. The receiving Fax is not responding.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

663 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-752
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 5 4 N o Re s p o n s e f r o m D e s t i n a t i o n R A P 0 3 4 - 7 5 5 D e s t i n a t i o n Re j e c t i n g C a l l R A P
The receiving Fax is not responding. The receiving Fax refused the call.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 664


034-754 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 5 6 D e s t i n a t i o n Fa u l t y R A P 034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) RAP


There is a fault at the receiving Fax. There is a fault at the receiving Fax.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

665 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-756
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 5 8 I n c o r r e c t D e s t i n a t i o n Fa x D i a l N o . R A P 0 3 4 - 7 5 9 N o R e l a y N e t w o r k Ro u t e R A P
The destination Fax number is invalid or incorrect. There is a network error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 666


034-758 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 6 0 N o L i n e To D e s t i n a t i o n R A P 0 3 4 - 7 6 1 I n c o r r e c t Fo r m a t D e s t i n a t i o n Fa x N o . R A P
There is no line or route to the destination. The Fax number format is invalid.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

667 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-760
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 6 2 Fa c i l i t y Re j e c t e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 6 3 Co m m u n i c a t i o n C a p a b i l i t y D i s a l l o w e d R A P
There is a problem with the destination. Fax communication with the receiving Fax is not authorized.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 668


034-762 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 6 4 C o m m u n i c a t i o n C a p a b i l i t y N o t C o n fi g u r e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 6 5 Fe a t u r e L i m i t E r r o r R A P
Communication capability is not configured. There is a feature limit error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

669 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-764
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 6 6 S e l e c t e d Co m m u n i c a t i o n N o t I m p l e m e n t e d R A P 034-767 Selected Mode Not Implemented RAP


The selected communication is not implemented. The selected mode is not implemented.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 670


034-766 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 6 8 Re s t r i c t e d D i g i ta l I n fo r m a t i o n O n l y R A P 0 3 4 - 7 6 9 E r r o r b y S e r v i c e , Fe a t u r e R A P
Restricted digital information is insufficient for Fax operation. There is a feature error.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

671 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-768
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 7 0 Re p l y t o S t a t u s Q u e r y R A P 0 3 4 - 7 7 1 A c c e s s I n fo r m a t i o n D i s c a r d e d R A P
There is a reply and response to status query. Access information was discarded.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 672


034-770 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 7 2 Fa x Co n n e c t i o n E r r o r R A P 0 3 4 - 7 7 3 I n v a l i d D i a l N u m b e r S p e c i fi e d R A P
There is an internal connection error. An invalid Fax number was dialed.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
the UI. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. the UI.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB.

673 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-772
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 7 4 I n v a l i d L i n e S p e c i fi e d R A P 034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class) RAP


An invalid line or channel was specified. An unspecified invalid message was received.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 674


034-774 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 7 6 I n s u f fi c i e n t Re q u i r e d I n fo r m a t i o n R A P 0 3 4 - 7 7 7 U n d e fi n e d M e s s a g e Ty p e R A P
A required information element is missing. An undefined type of message was received.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
2. Advise the customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
3. Check the fax line cable or Ethernet cable are fully seated in the machine. Repair or replace any • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
damaged components.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
4. Verify the machine UI settings are correct for the fax job requested. the UI.
5. Verify the fax USB cable, PL 20.1 Item 5, and the fax power harness, PL 20.1 Item 6, and both • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
fully seated. Repair or replace any damaged components. • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
6. Upgrade the Software, GP 2. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
7. Perform Fax Diagnostics, GP 13. • Replace the FAX PWB.

675 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-776
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 7 8 I n c o r r e c t M e s s a g e o r Ty p e R A P 0 3 4 - 7 7 9 N o i n fo r m a t i o n o r N o t D e fi n e d R A P
An incorrect message was received. No information was received, or the information is not defined.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 676


034-778 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 8 0 I n v a l i d I n fo r m a t i o n R A P 0 3 4 -7 81 Cal l Stat us , Me ss ag e M ism atc h R AP


Invalid information was received. A received message is not compatible with the call status.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

677 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-780
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 8 2 E r r o r C l e a r e d d u e t o Ti m e o u t R A P 0 3 4 - 7 8 3 O t h e r E r r o r s ( O p e ra t i o n , e t c ) R A P
An error cleared due to time-out. An unspecified protocol error occurred.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 678


034-782 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

034-784 Destination Number Changed RAP 034-785 Incompatible Destination RAP


The destination Fax number changed. An incompatible destination error was received.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

679 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-784
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

03 4 -7 8 6 Ca l l I d en ti t y n ot i n Use R AP 0 3 4 -7 87 Cal l Id e nt it y in U se RAP


The call identity is not in use. The call identity is in use.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 680


034-786 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

03 4 -7 8 8 S how O t he r Caus es R AP 0 3 4 - 7 8 9 G 4 Pr e s e n t a t i o n I l l e g a l Ev e n t R A P
The cause for a Fax failure is not identified. There is a presentation of an illegal event.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

681 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-788
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 9 0 L i n e 0 ( E x t ) n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 9 1 L i n e 1 n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P
Channel 0 outside line is not connected. Channel 1 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 682


034-790 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 9 2 L i n e 2 n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 9 3 L i n e 3 n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P
Channel 2 outside line is not connected. Channel 3 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

683 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-792
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 9 4 L i n e 4 n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P 0 3 4 - 7 9 5 L i n e 5 n o t Co n n e c t e d R A P
Channel 4 outside line is not connected. Channel 5 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 684


034-794 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 3 4 - 7 9 6 D i a l E r r o r ( I n c o r r e c t Fa x N o . 2 ) R A P 0 3 4 - 7 9 7 C o m m u n i c a t i o n Pa r a m e t e r E r r o r R A P
Incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient Telephone Number). Job error communication option parameter has error.

Procedure Initial Actions


• Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend. Power OFF/ON
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI.
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Replace the FAX PWB.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB.

685 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 034-796
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 3 4 - 7 9 8 D a t a Pa r a m e t e r E r r o r R A P 034-799 Auto D ial Withou t D ia l D ata R AP


Job error communication data parameter has error. Auto Dial is activated but no dial data is found.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
• Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. • Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again.
• Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. • Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
• Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). • Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required • Check the sw version of the fax & controller sw - update if required
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13 • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13
• Replace the FAX PWB. • Replace the FAX PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 686


034-798 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 1 - 3 1 1 M C U F 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 3 on the MCU PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Remove the rear upper right cover, PL 28.3 Item 1, and rear upper left cover, PL 28.3 Item 2. Check
the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the MCU PWB.
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-5 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509
pin-3 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-5 for short circuit. Repair or install new components as
required.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• PA/JA431 pin-2 and pin-3, ROS assembly Y, M.
• PB/JB431 pin-2 and pin-3, ROS assembly Y, M.
• PA/JA432 pin-48 and pin-49, ROS assembly Y, M.
• PB/JB432 pin-48 and pin-49, ROS assembly Y, M.
• PA/JA433 pin-2 and pin-3, ROS assembly C, K.
• PB/JB433 pin-2 and pin-3, ROS assembly C, K.
• PA/JA434 pin-48 and pin-49, ROS assembly C, K.
• PB/JB434 pin-48 and pin-49, ROS assembly C, K.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are 5 ohm or lower for short circuits:
• Damaged connectors.
• Pinched or damaged harnesses that may be grounding on a metal surface.
• Repair or install new components as required.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

687 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 041-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 1 - 3 1 2 M C U F 4 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 3 7 M D TM F 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 4 on the MCU PWB has blown. Fuse 1 on the TM Drive PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2). be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2).
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the MCU PWB.
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-5 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the TM drive PWB.
Y N The voltage between LVPS N11A P/J509 pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509 Y N
pin-3 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-5 for short circuit. Repair or install new components as Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509
required. pin-1 and TM Drive PWB P/J460 pin-1 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the TM drive PWB
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and GND. and measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J406 pin-A2, MOB ADC assembly. • P/J465 pin-B14, invert gate solenoid.
• P/J417 pin-1, CC intake fan. • P/J465 pin-B11, release invert solenoid.
• P/J417 pin-15, rear cooling fan. Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Check the connections that are 5 ohm or lower for short circuits: Install a new TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
• Damaged connectors.
• Pinched or damaged harnesses that may be grounding on a metal surface.
• Repair or install new components as required.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 688


041-312 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 1 - 3 3 8 M D TM F 2 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 3 9 M C U F 1 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 11 on the MCU PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
Fuse 2 on the TM drive PWB has blown. be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2).
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) Procedure
(2/2).
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
Procedure power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- Check the +3.3VDC supply line to the MCU PWB.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the TM drive PWB. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J502
The voltage between LVPS N11A P/J509 pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. pin-4 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-3 for short circuit.
Y N Switch off the machine, GP 19, disconnect P/J416, MSI Paper Size Sensor, on the MCU PWB, then
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509 pin-1 measure the resistance between pin-A3 and GND.
and TM drive PWB P/J460 pin-1 for short circuit. Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM drive PWB and Y N
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND. Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
• P/J463 pin-A1, A2, A3, A4, tray 1 feed lift motor. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• P/J463 pin-B1, B2, B3, B4, tray 2 feed lift motor.
• P/J464 pin-A1, A2, A3, A4, tray 3 feed lift motor.
• P/J464 pin-B1, B2, B3, B4, tray 4 feed lift motor.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

689 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 041-338
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 1 - 3 4 4 M D I O F 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 4 6 M D I O F 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 1 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown. Fuse 3 on the IOT drive PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2). (2/2).

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the IOT drive PWB. Check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the IOT drive PWB.
The voltage between IOT Drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. The voltage between IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the AC power supply Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the AC power supply
N11A P/J514 pin-8 and the IOT Drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 for short circuit. N11A P/J514 pin-8 and the IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the connector P/J437 from the IOT drive PWB and meas- Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the connector P/J440 from the IOT drive PWB and
ure the resistances between P/J437 pin-1 and 2 and GND. measure the resistances between P/J440 pin-9 and 12 and the GND.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater. Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N Y N
Check the connections between the IOT drive PWB P/J437 pin-1 and 2 and the pre registra- Check the connections between the IOT drive PWB P/J440 pin-9 and 12 and the registration
tion motor P/J229 pin-5 and 2 for short circuits (earth faults). motor P/J230 pin-5 and 2 for short circuits.
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 690


041-344 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 1 - 3 4 7 TM D r i v e S e r i a l I / F E r r o r R A P 0 4 1 - 3 5 0 M D I O F 7 Fu s e Fa i l R A P
A serial communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the TM drive PWB.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) Fuse 7 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown.
(2/2).
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
Procedure be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the (2/2).
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
2. If the fault persists, switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between MCU
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
PWB P/J402 and TM drive PWB P/J461 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If the circuit is good, install new components in order: Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the IOT drive PWB.
• TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2. The voltage between IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Y N
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509
pin-2 and the IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-3 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the IOT drive PWB
and measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J442 pin-5, IBT steering motor.
• P/J442 pin-10, 1st BTR retract motor.
• P/J436 pin-5, CC cleaner motor.
• P/J440 pin-2, 5, duplex motor.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.

691 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 041-347
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 1 - 3 5 4 M D I O F 9 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 5 5 M D I O F 1 0 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 9 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2).
Fuse 10 on the IOT drive PWB has blown.
Procedure
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- (2/2).
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Procedure
Check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the IOT drive PWB.
The voltage between IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
Y N power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the AC power supply
N11A P/J514 pin-8 and the IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 for short circuit. Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the IOT drive PWB.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the connector P/J437 from the IOT drive PWB and The voltage between IOT Drive PWB P/J430 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
measure the resistances between P/J437 pin-3 and 4 and the GND. Y N
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater. Switch off the machine, GP 19, check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509 pin-2
Y N and the IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-3 for short circuit.
Check the connections between the IOT drive PWB P/J437 pin-3 and 4 and the MSI feed mo- Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the IOT drive PWB
tor P/J225 pin-2 and 5 for short circuits (earth faults). and measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
• P/J435 pin-7, MSI nudger solenoid.
• P/J433 pin-8, Deve K drive clutch.
• P/J436 pin-7, 9, 11, 13, 15, toner cartridge motor K1/K2/C/M/Y.
• P/J433 pin-10, 2nd BTR retract cam drive clutch.
• P/J433 pin-9, 11, 13, 15, exit roll fan 4/3/2/1.
• P/J433 pin-17, inverter front fan.
• P/J433 pin-12, rear add fan.
• P/J433 pin-5, exit fan.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 692


041-354 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 1 - 3 5 6 M D I O F 1 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 5 7 M D I O F 1 2 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 11 on the IOT drive PWB has blown.

Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) Fuse 12 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown.
(2/2).
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
Procedure be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2).
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- Procedure
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
Check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the IOT drive PWB. power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
The voltage between IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the AC power supply Check the +5VDC supply line to the IOT drive PWB.
N11A P/J430 pin-8 and the IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-7 for short circuit. The voltage between IOT drive PWB P/J430 pin-5 (+) and the GND (-) is +5VDC.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the connector P/J433 from the IOT drive PWB and meas- Y N
ure the resistances between P/J433 pin-5 and the GND. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J502
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater. pin-3 and the IOT Drive PWB P/J430 pin-5 for short circuit.
Y N Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the IOT Drive PWB
Check the connections between the IOT drive PWB P/J433 pin-5 and the V-transfer fan P/ and measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
J238 pin-1 for short circuits (earth faults). • P/J439 pin-A1, pre registration sensor.
Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. • P/J439 pin-A8, registration in sensor.
• P/J439 pin-A14, duplex out sensor.
• P/J439 pin-A17, registration out sensor.
• P/J439 pin-B3, post 2nd BTR sensor.
• P/J439 pin-B6, 2nd BTR contact/retract sensor.
• P/J439 pin-B14, duplex in sensor.
• P/J439 pin-B17, fusing entrance sensor.
Resistance values 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.

693 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 041-356
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 1 - 3 6 5 M C U F 1 2 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 3 7 0 M D TM F 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 12 on the MCU PWB has blown.


Fuse 3 on the TM Drive PWB has blown.
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
(2/2). be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC)
(2/2).
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the +24VDC_SQ supply line to the MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. Check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the TM drive PWB.
Y N The voltage between LVPS N11A P/J509 pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J503 Y N
pin-2 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-7 for short circuit. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J509
Switch off the machine, GP 19, disconnect P/J 421 at the MCU PWB to the UFP Fan, PL 1.1 Item 12. pin-1 and the TM drive PWB P/J460 pin-1 for short circuit.
Measure the resistance between the connector terminal pin-1 and GND. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM drive PWB and
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater. measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
Y N • P/J466 pin-10 and 13, invert motor.
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits. • P/J466 pin-4 and 7, exit motor.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 694


041-365 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 1 - 3 7 2 M D TM F 4 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 4 1 - 5 0 0 , 0 4 1 - 5 0 1 W r i t e To I OT - R O M E r r o r D e t e c t i o n R A P
041-500 Write to IOT-ROM Error Detection
041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM Error Detection
Fuse 4 on the TM drive PWB has blown.
Procedure
Note: This fail is a sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) If retry failed, install a new DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, then perform GP 2, Software Upgrade, using
(2/2). the DLD USB download method.

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the LH_Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the TM drive PWB.
The voltage between LVPS N11A P/J503 pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J503
pin-2 and the TM drive PWB P/J468 pin-3 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM drive PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J465 pin-A8, takeaway clutch 1.
• P/J465 pin-A6, takeaway clutch 2.
Resistance values are 5 ohm or greater.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

695 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 041-372
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 1 3 Re a r Co o l i n g Fa n Fa u l t R A P

Rear Cooling Fan Fault

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/
2).

Initial Actions
• Check the vent for obstacles and blockage.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-039] to run the rear cooling fan, PL 40.7 Item 13.
The rear cooling fan rotates.
Y N
Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor, to troubleshoot the rear cooling fan, PL 40.7 Item 13.
Check the voltage at P/J417 pin-15 and P/J417 pin-18.
+24 VDC is measured.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new rear cooling fan, PL 40.7 Item 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 696


042-313 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 2 0 D r u m M o t o r Fa i l Y R A P Y N
Check drum motor Y for loading by the drum cartridge (Y). Clear any obstructions causing the
drum cartridge not rotating.
The drum motor Y revolution failure was detected. When the drum motor Y fail signal of the motor
drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the 1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
drum motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 2. Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C, P/J216 pin-4 and MCU PWB P/J407 pin-
A7 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the drum cartridge (Y). Cheat the front cover inter-
lock switch to enable operation with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper cover, MCU cover, cont cover, then open the chassis assembly.
3. Switch on the machine, GP 19, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] to run
the drum motor Y, M, C.
Drum Motor Y rotates.
Y N
Remove the duct to gain access to the drum motor, then perform GP 20, How to Check a
Motor.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J215 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is
+24VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution , then check the +24VDC circuit
to the drum motor Y, M, C PWB.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J407 pin-A10 (+) and the GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , to check the +5VDC circuit to the
MCU PWB.
Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 and MCU
PWB P/J407 pin-A10 for open circuit and poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB P/J407 and the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence, checking if the fault is cleared
before installing the next component:
• Drum motor assembly (Y, M, C), PL 40.2 Item 2.
• Drum motor YMC PWB assembly, PL 40.2 Item 6.
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine. Install the drum cartridge (Y), then close the
front cover.
2. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] to run the
drum motor Y, M, C.
Drum Motor Y rotates.

697 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 2 1 D r u m M o t o r Fa i l M R A P Y N
Check drum motor M for loading by the drum cartridge (M). Clear any obstructions causing
the drum cartridge not rotating.
The drum motor M revolution failure was detected. When the drum motor M fail signal of the motor
drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the 1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
drum motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 2. Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C, P/J216 pin-4 and MCU PWB P/J407 pin-
A7 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the drum cartridge (M). Cheat the front cover inter-
lock switch to enable operation with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper cover, MCU cover, cont cover, then open the chassis assembly.
3. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] drum motor
Y, M, C.
Drum motor M rotates.
Y N
Remove the duct to gain access to the drum motor, then perform GP 20, How to Check a
Motor.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J215 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is
+24VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution , then check the +24VDC circuit
to the drum motor Y, M, C PWB.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J407 pin-A10 (+) and the GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , to check the +5VDC circuit to the
MCU PWB.
Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 and MCU
PWB P/J407 pin-A10 for open circuit and poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB P/J407 and the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence, checking if the fault is cleared
before installing the next component:
• Drum motor assembly (Y, M, C), PL 40.2 Item 2.
• Drum motor YMC PWB assembly, PL 40.2 Item 6.
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine. Install the drum cartridge (M), then close
the front cover.
2. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] to run the
drum motor Y, M, C.
Drum Motor M rotates.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 698


042-321 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 2 2 D r u m M o t o r Fa i l C R A P Y N
Check drum motor C for loading by the drum cartridge (C). Clear any obstructions causing the
drum cartridge not rotating.
The drum motor C revolution failure was detected. When the drum motor C fail signal of the motor
drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the 1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
drum motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 2. Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C, P/J216 pin-4 and MCU PWB P/J407 pin-
A7 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the drum cartridge (C). Cheat the front cover inter-
lock switch to enable operation with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper cover, MCU cover, cont cover, then open the chassis assembly.
3. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] drum motor
Y, M, C.
Drum motor C rotates.
Y N
Remove the duct to gain access to the drum motor, then perform GP 20, How to Check a
Motor.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J215 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is
+24VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution , then check the +24VDC circuit
to the drum motor Y, M, C PWB.
The voltage between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J407 pin-A10 (+) and the GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , to check the +5VDC circuit to the
MCU PWB.
Check the connection between the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216 pin-1 and MCU
PWB P/J407 pin-A10 for open circuit and poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB P/J407 and the drum motor Y, M, C PWB P/J216
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence, checking if the fault is cleared
before installing the next component:
• Drum motor assembly (Y, M, C), PL 40.2 Item 2.
• Drum motor YMC PWB assembly, PL 40.2 Item 6.
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine. Install the drum cartridge (C), then close the
front cover.
2. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-011] to run the
drum motor Y, M, C.
Drum motor C rotates.

699 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-322
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 2 3 D r u m M o t o r Fa i l K R A P Y N
Check drum motor K for loading by the drum cartridge (K). Clear any obstructions causing the
drum cartridge not rotating.
The drum motor K revolution failure was detected. When the drum motor K fail signal of the motor
drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the 1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
drum motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 2. Check the connection between the drum motor K P/J214 pin-4 and MCU PWB P/J407 pin-B5 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the drum cartridge (K). Cheat the front cover inter-
lock switch to enable operation with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper cover, MCU cover, cont cover, then open the chassis assembly.
3. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-006] drum motor
K.
Drum motor K rotates.
Y N
Remove the duct to gain access to the drum motor, then perform GP 20, How to Check a
Motor.
The voltage between the drum motor K PWB P/J213 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +24VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution , then check the +24VDC circuit
to the drum motor Y, M, C PWB.
The voltage between the drum motor K PWB P/J214 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J407 pin-B8 (+) and the GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , to check the +5VDC circuit to the
MCU PWB.
Check the connection between the drum motor K P/J214 pin-1 and MCU PWB P/J407
pin-B8 for open circuit and poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB P/J407 and the drum motor K P/J214 for open cir-
cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence, checking if the fault is cleared
before installing the next component:
• Drum motor assembly K, PL 40.1 Item 8.
• MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the stop button, then switch off the machine. Install the drum cartridge (K), then close the
front cover.
2. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then enter dC330, code [042-006] to run
the drum motor K.
Drum motor C rotates.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 700


042-323 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 2 4 I BT D r i v e M o t o r Fa i l R A P Y N
Check the following IBT drive components:

The IBT drive motor rotation error was detected. The IBT drive motor fail signal of the motor drive • Drive gear for wear, damage, and gear blockage.
output was monitored at the specified time interval when a certain time has passed after the IBT • Each roll in the IBT unit for improper installation or rotation failure due to foreign
drive motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. substances.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will • Rotation failure due to abnormality of the IBT belt cleaner assembly.
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 1. Press the [ stop ] button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
2).
2. Check the connection between the IBT drive motor P/J204 pin-8 and the MCU PWB P/J409 pin-
Procedure B11 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the IBT unit, PL 90.12, then cheat the front cover in-
terlock switch to enable operation of the machine with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper right cover, PL 28.3 Item 1, rear upper left cover, PL 28.3 Item 2, MCU
cover, PL 1.1 Item 4, controller cover, PL 1.1 Item 3, then open the controller door, REP 3.1.
3. Switch on the machine, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-015] to run the
IBT drive motor, PL 90.15 Item 1.
The IBT drive motor rotates.
Y N
Is the voltage between MCU PWB P/J409 -B18 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to, BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , then check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU
PWB P/J409 pin-B18.
Enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-015], then run the IBT drive motor, PL 90.15
Item 1.
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J409 pin-B16 (+) and GND(-) is +1VDC or lower.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Press the [ stop ] button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
1. The connection between MCU PWB P/J409 and IBT drive motor P/J204 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact.
2. The connection between AC power supply N11A P/J514 pin-5 and 1, and IBT drive motor
P/J203 pin-1 and 2 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence. Check for the fault cleared after
each component installation before installing the next component.
1. IBT drive motor, PL 90.15 Item 1.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the [ stop ] button, the switch off the machine, GP 19. Install the IBT unit, then close the
front cover.
2. Switch on the machine, GP 19, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-015] to run
the IBT drive motor.
The IBT drive motor rotates.

701 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-324
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 2 5 M a i n M o t o r Fa i l R A P A

CAUTION: Check if the fault is cleared after installing each component, before, in-
The main motor rotation error was detected. When the main motor fail signal of the motor drive stalling the next component.
output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the main
motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 1. Main motor assembly, PL 40.4 Item 14.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/ 1. Press the [ stop ] button, the switch off the machine, GP 19.
2). 2. Check the connection between the main motor P/J210 pin-7 and the MCU PWB P/J412 pin-B1
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Procedure
3. If no problem is found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then remove the IBT unit, PL 90.12, then cheat the front cover in-
terlock switch to enable operation of the machine with the front cover open.
2. Remove the rear upper right cover, PL 28.3 Item 1, rear upper left cover, PL 28.3 Item 2, MCU
cover, PL 1.1 Item 4, controller cover, PL 1.1 Item 3, then open the controller door, REP 3.1.
3. Turn the rotor of the Deve Motor manually.
The rotor rotates freely under zero load.
Y N
Check the following:
• The gear bracket assembly for wear, damage, and gear blockage, PL 40.1 Item 4.
• The 2nd BTR cam clutch, PL 40.4 Item 11, and the gear, PL 40.4 Item 20, for wear, dam-
age, and gear blockage.
• The developer housing kit (K), PL 90.6 Item 25, for revolution failure due to a malfunction,
including the developer K drive clutch, PL 40.4 Item 13.
• The dispense assembly K, PL 90.2, for revolution failure due to blockage etc.
Switch on the machine, GP 19, then enter Diagnostics GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-001], main
motor.
The main motor rotates.
Y N
The voltage between the main motor P/J209 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is +24VDC.
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution to check the +24VDC circuit to the
Main Motor P/J209 pin-1.
The voltage between the main motor P/J210 pin-1 (+) and GND(-) is+5VDC.
Y N
The voltage between the MCU PWB P/J412 pin-B7 (+) and GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) to check the +5VDC circuit to the
MCU PWB P/J412 pin-B7.
Check the connection between the main motor P/J210 pin-1 and MCU PWB P/J412
pin-B7 for open circuit, or poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the MCU PWB P/J412
and the main motor P/J210 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, install new components in sequence:

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 702


042-325 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 2 6 B e l t H o m e Po s i t i o n To o Lo n g R A P Y N
end
Verify the reflective mark is located at the rear of the transfer belt.
The reflective mark positioned correctly and reflects properly.
Belt Home Position too long
Y N
Initial Actions Clean the reflective mark and reposition it properly, if the fault persists, install a new IBT belt,
PL 90.14 Item 14.
Note: If this fault is declared 3 times in succession, the print mode will be disabled. In order to clear Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-200] transfer belt home sensor, then rotate the
this condition, reset NVM location 741-119 to 0. belt manually for 1 turn.
The display changes.
1. Verify the drawer unit, PL 80.19, and the IBT belt unit, PL 90.12 Item 6, are installed and seated
Y N
correctly.
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the transfer belt home sensor, PL
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 90.16 Item 12.
3. Verify that the IBT belt is not installed reversed. Check the operation of the actuator of the transfer belt edge sensor assembly.
Procedure The actuator moves smoothly.
Y N
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the Install a new transfer belt edge sensor assembly, PL 90.15 Item 7.
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- Select [042-016] IBT steering motor [CW High Current] and [042-017] steering motor [CCW High
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Current].
Check the following: The IBT Steering Motor runs.
Y N
1. Open the IBT drawer and inspect the transfer belt: Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor, to troubleshoot the IBT steering motor, PL 90.15 Item
• If the belt is torn or damaged, install a new IBT belt, PL 90.14 Item 14. 6.
Verify the installation position of the IBT belt module.
• If belt edge flare, curled edge, is present causing the belt to ride up the belt edge sensor, PL
90.15 Item 7, order Anti-Curl Ski Kit, p/n 655N00282. The IBT belt module is installed in the proper position.
Y N
2. Remove the transfer belt, REP 90.3. Clean the entire inside surface, including the reflective patch, Adjust the installation position of the IBT belt unit, PL 90.12 Item 6.
with a soft cloth. If the reflective patch is peeling, worn, wrinkled, or damaged, install a new re-
flective patch, p/n 604K45000. 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Set dC131 NVM Read/Write code [741-104] angle data initial value
3. Clean the rollers in the IBT chassis, especially on the inboard ends. (A0) to 0.
4. Remove the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7, then clean the sensor by gently tapping on a 2. Install the IBT belt unit in the center.
hard surface, or by blowing it out to dislodge contamination.
Note: The IBT belt edge and the IBT belt frame are approximately the same distance front to
Note: Do not scrub or use any cleaner. rear.
5. Clean the IBT belt home position sensor, PL 90.16 Item 12, by blowing it out to dislodge 3. Perform ADJ 9.13, Belt Edge Learn Cycle.
contamination. The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnormally.
Y N
Note: Do not scrub or use any cleaner. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
6. Check the HFSI counters for the cleaning blade, PL 90.21 Item 9, and the 2nd BTR.
CAUTION: Check if the fault is cleared after installing each component, before, in-
Install new components as required: stalling the next component.
a. Cleaning blade, PL 90.21 Item 9. 1. Check the 2nd BTR roll assembly, PL 80.19 Item 32. Verify the 2nd BTR roll turns freely and does
b. 2nd BTR roll, PL 80.19 Item 32. not cause the belt to drag. Clean the 2nd BTR roll as required.
7. Reassemble the IBT assembly. Perform ADJ 9.13, belt edge learn. 2. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
The fault persists. a. 2nd BTR roll assembly, PL 80.19 Item 32.
Y N b. IBT belt unit, PL 90.12 Item 6.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Verify the transfer belt is in the center, adjust to center as required, refer to, REP 90.3.
Perform ADJ 9.13, Belt Edge Learn Cycle.
The belt edge learn cycle ends abnormally.

703 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-326
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 2 7 B e l t Po s i t i o n Fa u l t R A P The IBT Steering Motor operates.


Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the IBT steering motor, PL 90.15 Item
6.
Belt Position Fault.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-016] IBT steering motor [CW High Current] , then
Note: The IBT Steering Motor drives the IBT Steering Cam with the gear. While the IBT Steering [042-017] steering motor [CCW High Current].
Cam rotation range is less than 1 complete rotation, the Steering Cam rotates more than 1 round The IBT steering motor rotates.
in the IBT Steering Motor Component Control. Therefore, remove it when the rotation exceeds the Y N
rotation range. This is a normal operation and the step-out sound is not abnormal. An error has oc- Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the IBT steering motor, PL 90.15 Item
curred if no step-out sound can be heard and the IBT Steering Motor does not operate. 6.
Check the installation position of the IBT belt unit.
Initial Actions
The IBT belt unit is installed in the proper position.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Y N
• Verify the IBT belt is installed correctly. Correct the installation position of the IBT belt unit, PL 90.12 Item 6.
Procedure 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [741-121].

WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the 2. Set the Angle Data Initial Value [A0] to 0.
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- 3. Install the IBT belt in the center.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
4. Perform ADJ 9.13, Belt Edge Learn cycle.
Check the fault history for 042-326 - Belt Home Position Too Long Fail. The belt edge learn cycle ends abnormally.
042-326 fault code is the only fault code in the fault list. Y N
Y N Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform the RAP for all failures in the fault history list. If the fault persists, install a new IBT belt unit, PL 90.12 Item 6.
Install the IBT belt in the centered. Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle.
The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnormally.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check for a the Belt Position Fault Code - 042-327.
The Belt Position Fault Code is the only Code in the Fault List
Y N
Perform the RAP for all failures in the fault history list.
Check the reflective mark at the rear of the IBT belt.
The reflective mark positioned correctly and reflects properly.
Y N
Clean the reflective mark and reposition it properly, if the fault persists, install a new IBT belt,
PL 90.14 Item 14.
Check the surface of the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7, for dust or toner.
The surface is clean.
Y N
Clean the surface.
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to actuate the IBT belt edge sensor.
The actuator moves smoothly.
Y N
Install a new IBT belt edge sensor, (PL 90.15 Item 7).
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-200] IBT belt edge sensor. Rotate the belt man-
ually for 1 turn.
The display changes.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15
Item 7.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-018] IBT steering motor [CW Low Current].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 704


042-327 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 2 8 B e l t Ed g e S e n s o r Fa u l t R A P 0 4 2 - 3 3 0 Fu s e r E x h a u s t Fa n Fa u l t R A P

Belt Edge Sensor Fault Fuser Exhaust Fan Fault

Note: The change in output of the IBT belt edge sensor Assembly when the IBT Belt rotates by 1 Initial Actions
turn is lower than the specified value (output does not change). Steering control cannot be carried
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
out normally.

Initial Actions Procedure


1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
2. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [741-121]. Set the Angle Data ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Initial Value [A0] to 0.
3. Verify the IBT belt is installed centered on the IBT unit and rotates in the correct direction. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-020] HS, to run the fuser exhaust fan.
The fuser exhaust fan rotates.
4. Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle. Y N
Procedure Check the fuser exhaust fan for +24VDC.
+24VDC is measured.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the Y N
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
Perform OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC).
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to troubleshoot the fuser exhaust fan, PL 40.8 Item 4.
Check the operation of the actuator of the Transfer belt edge sensor Assembly.
The actuator move smoothly. CAUTION: Check if the fault is cleared after installing each component, before, in-
Y N stalling the next component.
Install a new IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
Check the surface of the IBT belt edge sensor for dust or toner.
1. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
The surface is clean.
Y N 2. Main LVPS N11A, PL 1.3 Item 11.
Clean the surface. 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the installation of the IBT belt edge sensor.
The Transfer belt edge sensor is properly installed.
Y N
Remove then install the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
Check the connection of P/J156, P601 to J601,P/J402, and P/J409.
connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wire between P/J156 and P/J409 for open circuit and short circuit.
The wiring between P/J156 and P/J409 is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between P/J402 pin-10 and GND on the MCU PWB.
The voltage is approximately +5VDC.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Measure the voltage between P/J409 pin-B9 and GND on the MCU PWB. Move the actuator of the
Transfer belt edge sensor manually.
The voltage changes.
Y N
Install a new IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
Install a new IBT belt, PL 90.14 Item 14. If the fault persists, install a new IBT belt unit, PL 90.12
Item 6.

705 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-328
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 3 3 1 B l o w e r Fa n Fa u l t R A P A
Y N

Blower Fan Fault 1. Switch off the machine, GP 19.


2. Disconnect Connector P/J404 from the MCU PWB.
Initial Actions
3. Disconnect P/J242 on the blower fan.
• Check the fan blade of the blower fan, PL 40.7 Item 9, for foreign objects and deformation caus-
ing a poor rotation. 4. Check for continuity between P/J404 pin-B5 and P/J242 pin-2.
• Check connector P/J242 on the blower fan motor for proper connection. The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Procedure Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- Install a new blower fan, PL 40.7 Item 9.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [042-031], Blower Fan [High].
The blower fan rotates at high speed.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-032] blower fan [Low]. Y N
The blower fan motor rotates. Enter dC330 , code [042-031] [on], +5VDC is measured between P/J242 pin-2 and GND on
Y N the blower fan.
+5VDC is measured between P/J242 pin-3 and GND on the blower fan motor. Y N
Y N Install a new Blower Fan, PL 40.7 Item 9.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 465-A3 and GND on the TM drive PWB. Check the wire between P/J404 pin-B4 on the MCU PWB and P/J242 pin-2 on the blower fan
Y N for an open wire or poor contact. If the wiring is OK, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Perform OF 2.1 IOT DC power (+3.3/ +5 VDC), check the +5VDC circuit to the TM If the fault persists, install a new TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
drive PWB. The Blower Fan appears to be normally rotating, perform the following again:
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J465 pin-A3 on the TM drive PWB
and P/J242 pin-3 on the blower fan. If the check is OK, install a new TM drive PWB, PL • Check the fan blade of the blower fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor
1.3 Item 2. rotation.
+24VDC is measured between P/J242 pin-5 and GND on the blower fan. • Check connector P/J242 on the blower fan for proper connection.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new blower fan, PL 40.7 Item 9.
+24VDC is measured between P/J465 pin-A1 and GND on the TM drive PWB.
Y N
Perform OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC), check the +24VDC circuit on the TM
drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J465 pin-A1 on the TM drive PWB
and P/J242 pin-3 on the blower fan. If the check is OK, install a new TM drive PWB, PL
1.3 Item 2.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3 , then dC330 , code [042-032] [on], +1VDC or less is measured be-
tween P/J242 pin-2 and GND on the blower fan.
Y N
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19.
2. Disconnect Connector P/J404 from the MCU PWB.
3. Disconnect P/J242 on the Blower Fan.
4. Check the harness between P/J404 pin-B4 and P/J242 pin-2 for continuity.
The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check the harness for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
+5VDC is measured between P/J242 pin-2 and GND on the blower fan.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 706


042-331 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 3 3 8 C C I n t a ke Fa n Fa u l t R A P 0 4 2 - 3 4 3 Re a r A d d Fa n Fa u l t R A P
CC Intake Fan Fault Rear Add Fan Fault

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Check the Fan Blade of the CC Intake Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor • Check the fan blade of the rear add fan, PL 40.7 Item 15, for foreign objects and deformation
rotation. causing poor rotation.
• Check that Connector P/J 239 on the CC Intake Fan is properly connected. • Check connector P/J244 on the rear add fan is properly connected.

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, enter dC330, code [042-034] CC intake fan [Low] , then code [042-033] 2. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, enter dC330, code [042-042] rear add fan.
CC intake fan [High] alternating the fan speed.
3. +24 VDC is measured between P/J433 pin-12 and P/J433 pin-14 on the IOT drive PWB.
3. +24 VDC is measured between P/J417 pin-1 and P/J417 pin-2 on the MCU PWB. 4. +24 VDC is measured between P/J433 pin-13 and P/J433 pin-14 on the IOT drive PWB.
4. +24 VDC is measured between P/J417 pin-1 and P/J417 pin-4 on the MCU PWB. 5. Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
5. Install a new CC intake fan, PL 40.9 Item 14.
6. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

707 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-338
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 6 0 0 B e l t Wa l k Fa u l t R A P A
Measure the voltage between P/J 402-B9 and GND on the MCU PWB. Move the actuator of
the Transfer belt edge sensor manually.
Belt Walk Fault The voltage changes.
Y N
Note: The Color Reg conversion value obtained from the IBT Belt Edge Assembly output voltage
exceeded the specified value throughout the 3 rotations of the belt. Install a new IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
Install a new IBT belt, PL 90.14 Item 14. Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle.
As this is an image quality failure, the device does not stop. However, Color Reg is not guaranteed. The Belt Edge Learn end abnormally.
Y N
Initial Actions
End
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Set dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [741-107], No Edge Learn Mode Selection to [1].
• Verify that the IBT Belt is Not on Backwards
Note: With this setting, Active Steering control of the IBT belt is carried out but its accuracy
Procedure is low and Color Registration is not guaranteed. Also, Belt Walk Fail will not be detected.
Perform ADJ 9.9 Registration Measurement Cycle.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- The AC Lateral (OUT/CNT/IN) value is out of the specifications.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform ADJ 9.9 Reg Measurement Cycle. Install a new IBT belt, PL 90.14 Item 14, then perform ADJ 9.9 and ADJ 9.13 again.
The AC Lateral (OUT/CNT/IN) value is out of the specifications.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle.
The Belt Edge Learn ends normally.
Y N
Check the operation of the actuator of the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
The actuator moves smoothly.
Y N
Install a new IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
Check the surface of the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
The surface is clean of dust or toner.
Y N
Clean the surface.
Check the installation of the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
The Transfer belt edge sensor is properly installed.
Y N
Remove, then install the IBT belt edge sensor, PL 90.15 Item 7.
Check the connection of P/J156,P601 to J601,P/J402, and P/J409.
All connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wire between P/J156 and P/J409 for open circuit and short circuit.
The wiring between P/J 156 and P/J 409 is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between P/J409 pin-10 and GND on the MCU PWB.
The voltage is approximately +5VDC.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 708


042-600 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 2 - 6 0 1 B e l t Ed g e Le a r n Fa u l t R A P 0 4 2 - 6 0 2 B e l t Ed g e C h e c k Fa u l t R A P

Belt Edge Learn Fault Belt Edge Check Fault

Note: The Edge Learn Cycle does not meet the conditions for normal completion even when the Note: The change in shape at the edge of the IBT belt was huge during Belt Edge Check Cycle. Re-
IBT belt has rotated more than the specified times during the Belt Edge Learn Cycle. quest to start Belt Edge Learn.
As this is an image quality failure, the device does not stop. However, Color Reg is not guaranteed. As this is an image quality failure, the device does not stop. However, Color Reg is not guaranteed.

Initial Actions Belt Edge Learn Cycle is executed immediately after this failure occurs.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Belt Edge Learn Cycle updates the IBT Belt edge shape accurately.
• Verify that the IBT Belt is Not on Backwards
Initial Actions
Procedure • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the • Verify that the IBT Belt is Not on Backwards
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
Install the IBT belt in the center (where the IBT Belt Edge and the IBT Belt Frame are approx. the Check the Fault History.
same distance from the front and rear). Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle. A 042-601 Belt Edge Learn Fault Code has occurred
The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnormally. Y N
Y N Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform the 042-601 (Belt Edge Learn Fault).
Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle continuously for 2 or 3 times.
The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnormally.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
The IBT belt has been replaced.
Y N
Install a new IBT Belt (PL 90.14 Item 14) and repeat the procedure.
Set dC131 NVM Read/Write [741-108] No Edge Learn Mode Selection to 1 (= select No Edge Learn
Mode).

Note: With this setting, Active Steering control of the IBT belt is carried out but its accuracy is low
(100Micro-m) and Color Reg is not guaranteed. Also, Belt Walk Fail will not be detected.

709 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 042-601
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 2 - 6 0 3 S u c t i o n / O z o n e F i l t e r L i fe E n d Fa u l t R A P 0 4 2 - 6 4 2 U F P F i l t e r L i fe Fa i l ( H i d d e n Fa i l ) R A P
The UFP Filter must be replaced.
Suction/Ozone Filter Life End Fault
Procedure
Note: It was notified that the rotation count of the Blower Motor was monitored and it had ex- Install a new UPF filter, PL 1.1 Item 13, then clear HFSI code [954-860].
ceeded the specified value.
The end of the life of the Suction/Ozone Filter is detected through the number of Blower Fan Motor
rotations at cycle down. dC131 NVM Read/Write [741-019] Blower Motor Rotation Number

Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and install a new Suction Filter, (PL 40.7 Item 19) and Ozone Filter (PL 40.7
Item 20).
• Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Execute dC135 HFSI Counter, then reset counter 954-835 (Ozone Filter)
to [0].
Procedure
If the fault persists, verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are seated correctly.
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 710


042-603 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 3 - 3 7 6 U F P Fa n Fa i l R A P
UFP Fan failure was detected.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/
2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Enter diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [042-047], then select [on] to run the UFP fan.
The UPF fan rotates.
Y N
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Verify the fan turns manually and no foreign object are
blocking rotation.
2. Check connectors,P/J 421 MCU PWB, and P/J231 UFP fan, PL 1.1 Item 12, are fully
seated.
3. Check the harness for any damage, short circuit, frayed or broken wires. Repair as
required.
4. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
a. UPF fan, PL 1.1 Item 12.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.

711 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 043-376
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 5 - 3 1 0 I m a g e Re a d y N G R A P 0 4 5 - 3 1 1 Co n t r o l l e r Co m m Fa u l t R A P
Image Ready NG. An internal processing error occurred in the ESS PWB. Controller Comm Fault. Communication was not possible between the ESS and the MCU.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Turn the power Off then On. Turn the power Off then On.

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Go to one of the following to troubleshoot the MCU and ESS PWBs.
If the problem still exists, switch the power off and Verify that the connectors are seated correctly
at the Controller PWB and MCU PWB. Switch the power On. • OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3/ +5 VDC)

Install a new Controller PWB (PL 3.2).


If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 712


045-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 5 - 3 1 2 D r i v e r Co n n e c t Fa u l t R A P 0 4 5 - 3 1 4 I OT S e q u e n c e T i m e O v e r R A P
Driver Connect Fault. The connection between the MCU and the IOT Drive PWB failed. This fault is displayed because a time-out occurred while waiting for an expected signal that did not
happen. This is a fail-safe function to prevent the machine from a run-away condition.
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the Note: The symptom is that the copier appears ready to copy or make a print. The machine starts
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- but nothing happens. After 10 to 15 minutes, the code is displayed.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
The IOT software sets the fail-safe timer when it expects to receive a certain signal.
Verify that the harness is securely connected between P/J431 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J403 on
the MCU PWB and that there is no damage to the connectors or pins. Initial Actions
If the fault persists, install a new IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11). Faults that could possibly cause this code:
• A piece of paper is blocking a fuser temperature sensor.
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
– Remove the Fuser (REP 10.1).
– Remove the Fuser Top Cover.

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform the OF 3.2. Go to the Wirenets and check Input Voltage to MCU PWB. If input power is Ok,
install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

713 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 045-312
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 5 - 3 1 5 V i d e o L i n e M Fa u l t R A P 0 4 5 - 3 1 6 V i d e o L i n e K Fa u l t R A P
Video Line M Fault. Non-lit Beam occurrence due to M Video Line failure between VECKY and LDD is Video Line K Fault. Non-lit Beam occurrence due to K Video Line failure between VECKY and LDD is
detected. detected.

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example: Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for
broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to
remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change
the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter. the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and at the MCU PWB. • Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (C, K) and at the MCU PWB.
• If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1) • If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 5.1) • If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2) • If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 714


045-315 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 5 - 3 1 7 M C U C P L D S e r i a l I / F Fa u l t R A P 0 4 5 - 3 1 8 F P G A Co n fi g Fa u l t o n M C U R A P
Serial I/F Fault between CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) and FPGA (Field-Program- FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array) Config error on MCU.
mable Gate Array) on MCU.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Turn the power Off then On.
Turn the power Off then On.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• If the problem still exists, switch the power off and verify that the connectors are seated cor-
• If the problem still exists, switch the power off and verify that the connectors are seated cor- rectly at the FPGA and MCU PWB.
rectly at the CPLD, FPGA and MCU PWB. • Check software version. Reload software if required.
• Check software version. Reload software if required. • Switch the power On.
• Switch the power On. • If the problem still exists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem still exists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

715 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 045-317
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 5 - 3 6 0 C O N T I F Fa u l t Y 0 4 5 - 3 6 1 C O N T I F Fa u l t M
CONTIF Fault Y Fault. Vecky CONITIF setting error Y. CONTIF Fault M Fault. Vecky CONITIF setting error M.

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
• Reseat the interface cable between the DFE and the IOT • Reseat the interface cable between the DFE and the IOT
• Verify that the latest software is loaded in the machine • Verify that the latest software is loaded in the machine
• Reseat the VSEL PWB into the Backplane PWB • Reseat the VSEL PWB into the Backplane PWB
• Check that the flat cables are securely connected to the Y, M ROS and the MCU PWB • Check that the flat cables are securely connected to the Y, M ROS and the MCU PWB
• Install a new Flat Cable (PL 5.1) • Install a new Flat Cable (PL 5.1)
• Install a new Y, M ROS (PL 5.1) • Install a new Y, M ROS (PL 5.1)
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 716


045-360 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 5 - 3 6 2 C O N T I F Fa u l t C 0 4 5 - 3 6 3 C O N T I F Fa u l t K
CONTIF Fault C Fault. Vecky CONITIF setting error C. CONTIF Fault K Fault. Vecky CONITIF setting error K.

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
• Reseat the interface cable between the DFE and the IOT • Reseat the interface cable between the DFE and the IOT
• Verify that the latest software is loaded in the machine • Verify that the latest software is loaded in the machine
• Reseat the VSEL PWB into the Backplane PWB • Reseat the VSEL PWB into the Backplane PWB
• Check that the flat cables are securely connected to the C, K ROS and the MCU PWB • Check that the flat cables are securely connected to the C, K ROS and the MCU PWB
• Install a new Flat Cable (PL 5.1) • Install a new Flat Cable (PL 5.1)
• Install a new C, K ROS (PL 5.1) • Install a new C, K ROS (PL 5.1)
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

717 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 045-362
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 5 - 3 6 4 I R E C T Fa u l t Y 0 4 5 - 3 6 5 I R E C T Fa u l t M
IRECT Fault Y Fault. IRECT Memory Under RUN error or IRECT Common error (Y). IRECT Fault M Fault. IRECT Memory Under RUN error or IRECT Common error (M).

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and at the MCU PWB. • Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and at the MCU PWB.
• If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1) • If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 5.1) • If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2) • If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 718


045-364 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 5 - 3 6 6 I R E C T Fa u l t C 0 4 5 - 3 6 7 I R E C T Fa u l t K
IRECT Fault C Fault. IRECT Memory Under RUN error or IRECT Common error (C). IRECT Fault K Fault. IRECT Memory Under RUN error or IRECT Common error (K).

Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (C, K) and at the MCU PWB. • Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (C, K) and at the MCU PWB.
• If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1) • If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, install a new Flat Cable. (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 5.1) • If the fault persists, install a new ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 5.1)
• If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2) • If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB. (PL 1.2)

719 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 045-366
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 7 - 2 1 0 O C T O f fs e t Fa u l t R A P
OCT Offset Fault

Note: Movement to the front position, center position and rear position failed in the OCT Offset
operation (movement in the same direction failed 3 times consecutively).
However, when both the OCT Front Position Sensor and OCT Rear Position Sensor are turned On,
this failure occurs immediately.

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
The paper is within the specifications and application for offsetting.
Y N
Change the paper to one within the specifications.
Check the OCT mechanism for foreign substances, damaged gears and rotation failure.
The OCT mechanism in OK.
Y N
Remove the foreign substances and repair/install a new faulty parts.
Check the Rear and Front Position Sensors for dirt and foreign substances.
The sensors are free of dirt or foreign substances.
Y N
Clean the sensors.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Select dC330, code [047-001/002] OCT Motor, then select [on] to run the
motor.
The OCT motor comes runs.
Y N
Check connectors P/J803 and P/J444.
The connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Connect P/J803 and P/J444 properly.
Check the wire between P/J803 and P/J444 for open circuit and short circuit.
The wiring is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1. Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-6 and GND when running
dC330 [047-001]
2. Measure the voltage between IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-5 and GND when running dC330
[047-001].
+24VDC is measured between pins 4 and 5 of P/J444.
Y N
Go to OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC).
Install a new OCT Motor, PL 12.2 Item 5.
Select [047-200 OCT Front Position Sensor]. Move the OCT from the rear to the front manually.
The display changes.
Y N
Check connectors P/J806,SJ802,J801,P/J444, and DP/DJ680.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 720


047-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
A
The connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wires between P/J806,SJ802,J801,P/J444, and DP/DJ680 for open circuit and short
circuit.
The wires are OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-5 and GND.
+5VDC is measured.
Y N
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-3 and GND. Slide the OCT right
and left manually.
The voltage changes.
Y N
Install a new front position sensor, PL 12.2 Item 11.
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. If the problem continues, install a new MCU
PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Select [047-201 OCT Rear Position Sensor]. Move the OCT from the rear to the front manually.
The display changes.
Y N
Check connectors P/J805,SJ802,J801,P/J444, and DP/DJ680.
The connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wires between P/J805,SJ802,J801,P/J444, and DP/DJ680 for open circuit and short
circuit.
The wires are OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-5 and GND.
+5VDC is measured.
Y N
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444 pin-2 and GND. Slide the OCT right
and left manually.
The voltage changes.
Y N
Install a new Rear Position Sensor.
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. If the problem continues, install a new MCU
PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. If the problem continues, install a new MCU PWB, PL
1.2 Item 15.

721 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 047-210
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 4 7 - 3 1 0 O u t p u t D e v i c e Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P

Communication cannot be established between the IOT and the Output device (Finisher).

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to BSD, BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/
2).

Cause/Action
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the following:

Note: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the appropri-
ate Finisher Supplementary Service Manual.
a. Verify the connection between the MCU PWB P/J411, and the Finisher Circuit Board for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
b. Verify the connection between the IOT drive PWB P/J444, and the Finisher Circuit Board for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
c. Verify the connection of the drawer connector DP/DJ680, for broken/bent pins, burn dam-
age, and foreign substances.
d. Verify the power supply at the Finisher.

Note: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the ap-
propriate Finisher Supplementary Service Manual.
If the fault persists, install new components as required, in order:
a. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
b. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 722


047-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 4 7 - 3 2 0 A l l Tra y B r o ke n Fa u l t R A P 048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error RAP


When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data
All Tray Broken Fault. Paper cannot be output to any output device connected. using the standard method (procedures), write to the IF-Module ROM has failed.

Note: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the appropriate Procedure
Finisher Supplementary Service Manual. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure 2. If the fault persists, install a new DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2, then perform GP 2, USB Software
Upgrade.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Note: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the appropriate
Finisher Supplementary Service Manual.
Perform the following:
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify that the communication cable between IOT, Interface Module and Finisher (All Output
Devices) is/are properly connected. unplug and then plug-in the harnesses from the IOT to IFM,
IFM to Output device several times to verify connections. Especially over time when ozone build-
up may cause interference in the harness.
3. Check the finisher for proper function and initialization.
4. Go to OF 3.2 and check CR8 is blinking which gives Finisher Communication status.
5. Finisher PWB damage.

723 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 047-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 5 7 - 3 2 4 M C U F 9 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 9 on the MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, has blown.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the +5VDC supply line to the MCU PWB.
The voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin4 (+) and the GND(-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J502
pin-3 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-4 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J407 pin-B12 (Xero ENV Sensor)
• P/J406 pin-B4 (Procon ENV Sensor)
• P/J406 pin-B18 (MOB Out Sensor)
• P/J406 pin-B11 (MOB In Sensor)
• P/J406 pin-A15 (MOB Center Sensor)
• P/J406 pin-A8 (ADC Sensor)
• P/J407 pin-B8 (Drum Motor K)
• P/J407 pin-A10 (Drum Motor YMC)
• P/J415 pin-B12 (MSI Pre Regi Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A13 (Feed Out 1 Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A7 (MSI No Paper Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A8 (MSI Paper Set Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A9 (MSI Lift Down Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A10 (MSI Lift Up Sensor)
• P/J416 pin-A5 (MSI Pre Feed Sensor)
All resistance values 5 ohm or higher.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 724


057-324 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 5 7 - 3 2 5 M C U F 1 0 Fu s e Fa i l R A P • P/J405 pin-B7 (Fusing Nip Sensor)


• P/J417 pin-10 (ROS Motor YM)
• P/J417 pin-5 (ROS Motor CK)
Are all resistance values 5 ohm or higher.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

Fuse 10 on the MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, has blown.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
Check the +5VDC supply line to the MCU PWB.
Is the voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-4 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J503
pin-3 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-4 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J414 pin-A4 (Low Toner Sensor)
• P/J414 pin-B7 (Toner Cartridge CRUM YM)
• P/J414 pin-B1 (Toner Cartridge CRUM CK2)
• P/J414 pin-A6 (Toner Cartridge CRUM K1)
• P/J413 pin-B6 (Drum CRUM K)
• P/J413 pin-A1 (Drum CRUM C)
• P/J413 pin-A6 (Drum CRUM M)
• P/J413 pin-B1 (Drum CRUM Y)
• P/J418 pin-8 (ATC Sensor K)
• P/J418 pin-5 (ATC Sensor C)
• P/J418 pin-14 (ATC Sensor M)
• P/J418 pin-11 (ATC Sensor Y)
• P/J409 pin-B10 (IBT Belt Edge Sensor)
• P/J412 pin-A8 (Fusing Drive Motor)
• P/J412 pin-B7 (Main Motor)
• P/J412 pin-B15 (Deve YMC Drive Motor)
• P/J409 pin-B18 (IBT Drive Motor)
• P/J409 pin-B1 (IBT Belt Home Position Sensor)
• P/J409 pin-B6 (1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor YMC)
• P/J405 pin-A3 (Fusing Exit Sensor)

725 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 057-325
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 5 7 - 3 2 6 M C U F 1 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 0 5 7 - 3 2 7 M D TM F 5 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 13 on the MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, has blown.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2)
Check the +24VDC_SQ supply line to the MCU PWB.
Is the voltage between MCU PWB P/J400 pin-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J503 Fuse 5 on the TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2, has blown.
pin-2 and the MCU PWB P/J400 pin-7 for short circuit.
Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and meas- be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
ure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND. (+24VDC) (2/2).
• P/J408 pin-1 (MSI Cover Interlock Switch)
Procedure
• P/J408 pin-8 (Front Cover Interlock Switch)
Are all resistance values 5 ohm or higher. Check the +5VDC supply line to the TM Drive PWB.
Y N Is the voltage between LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC.
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits. Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Check the harness between the LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3 and
the TM Drive PWB P/J460 pin-4 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J463 pin-A5 (Tray 1 Level Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-A8 (Tray 1 No Paper Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-A13 (Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-B7 (Tray 2 Level Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-B10 (Tray 2 No Paper Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-B13 (Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor)
• P/J463 pin-B16 (Feed Out Sensor 2)
• P/J464 pin-A7 (Tray 3 Level Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-A10 (Tray 3 No Paper Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-A13 (Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-A16 (Feed Out Sensor 3)
• P/J464 pin-B7 (Tray 4 Level Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-B10 (Tray 4 No Paper Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-B13 (Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor)
• P/J464 pin-B16 (Feed Out Sensor 4)
• P/J465 pin-B3 (Invert In Sensor)
• P/J465 pin-B6 (IOT Exit Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-B12 (Invert End Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-A9 (Waste Toner Not Position Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-A12 (Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 726


057-326 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
Are all resistance values 5 ohm or higher. 0 5 7 - 3 2 8 M D TM F 6 Fu s e Fa i l R A P
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
Fuse 6 on the TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2, has blown.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
Check the +5VDC supply line to the TM Drive PWB.
Is the voltage between LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Check the harness between the LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3 and
the TM Drive PWB P/J460 pin-4 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB
and measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J465 pin-B9 (Dup Fan 1)
• P/J465 pin-B7 (Dup Fan 2)
Are all resistance values 5 ohm or higher.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

727 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 057-328
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 5 7 - 3 2 9 M D TM F 7 Fu s e Fa i l R A P

Fuse 7 on the TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2, has blown.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
Check the AVREF +3.3VDC supply line to the TM Drive PWB.
Is the voltage between LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Check the connection between the LVPS N11A P/J502 pin-3
and the TM Drive PWB P/J461 pin-11 for short circuit.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB and
measure the resistance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J467 pin-B8 (Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-B4 (Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-A6 (Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor)
• P/J467 pin-A3 (Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor)
Are all resistance values 5 ohm or higher.
Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Install a new TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 728


057-329 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 5 8 - 3 4 9 D C I n p u t Fa i l R A P

AC cord is connected to the DC Power Supply.

Note: This fail is the sub system fail and when this fail occurs, +24VDC_C13 and +24VDC_Intlk will
be cut off. Refer to, BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) or BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation
(+24VDC) (2/2).

Procedure
1. Unplug the AC cord from the outlet.
2. Install a new following parts:
• AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
• Power switch assembly, PL 1.1 Item 7.
• AC Power Supply N11A, PL 1.3 Item 11.
3. Check that AC power is supplied from the power outlet.
4. Connect to AC power supply.

729 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 058-349
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 5 9 - 3 1 3 Wa i t H e a t Ro l l Fu s i n g S h o r t O n Ti m e Fa i l R A P 0 5 9 - 3 2 6 H e a t Ro l l S e n s o r D i s c o n n e c t i o n Fa i l R A P

The Lamp ON duration during warm up is short. An open circuit abnormality of the heat roll sensor was detected. The AD value of the sensor is
equivalent to the open circuit value.
Procedure
Check the following:
Procedure
Check the following:
• Does the rated voltage of the machine match the rated voltage of the installed fusing unit.
• Heat roll sensor: dC140 [010-206] PL 10.3 Item 21.
• The fusing unit for improper installation
– Open Circuit AD Value: 900 or higher
If no problems are found, install a new fuser: • The drawer connector DP612 /DJ612 for poor contact.
• 8R13102 - 110 Volt CRU • The fusing unit for improper installation
• 8R13065 - 220 Volt CRU
Note: Note that the 059-326 fail may also occur when the PH drawer is closed without the indi-
vidual fusing unit installed.
If no problems are found, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 730


059-313 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 1 0 V i d e o A S I C 1 Fa u l t R A P

Video ASIC 1 Fail.


The write data and read data did not match during the Read/Write test to the register memory.

Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then Verify that the connectors on the ROS (Y, M) are connected
correctly.
Verify that the connectors on the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

731 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 1 1 V i d e o A S I C 2 Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 1 3 S O S Lo n g Fa u l t M a g e n ta R A P

SOS Long Fault Magenta. The interval between SOS signals was longer than the specified value.
Video ASIC 2 Fail
The write data and read data did not match during the Read/Write test to the register memory. Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then Verify that the connectors on the ROS (Y, M) are connected
Procedure correctly.

Switch off the machine, GP 19, then Verify that the connectors on the ROS (C, K) are connected 2. Verify that the connectors on the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
correctly. 3. If the problem still exists, replace the ROS (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
Verify that the connectors on the MCU PWB are connected correctly. 4. If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

If the problem still exists, replace the ROS (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 732


061-311 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 1 5 S O S Lo n g Fa u l t B l a c k R A P 0 6 1 - 3 1 7 S O S S h o r t Fa u l t M a g e n t a R A P

SOS Long Fault Black. The interval between SOS signals was longer than the specified value. SOS Short Fault Magenta. The interval between SOS signals was shorter than the specified value.

Initial Actions Procedure


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Perform 061-313, SOS Long Fault Magenta RAP.

Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then Verify that the connectors on the ROS (C, K) are connected
correctly.
2. Verify that the connectors on the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
3. If the problem still exists, replace the ROS (C, K) (PL 5.1).
4. If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

733 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-315
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 1 9 S O S S h o r t Fa u l t B l a c k R A P 0 6 1 - 3 2 0 Po l y g o n M o t o r 1 Fa u l t R A P
SOS Short Fault Black. The interval between SOS signals was shorter than the specified value. Polygon Motor Fault. The revolutions of the polygon motor did not reach the proper number of revo-
lutions within 4 seconds after the polygon motor came on.
Procedure
Perform 061-315, SOS Long Fault Black RAP. Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between P 247Y of the ROS Motor (Y, M) and
P/J417 of the MCU PWB for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 734


061-319 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 2 1 Po l y g o n M o t o r 2 Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 2 3 N o S O S Fa u l t M a g e n t a R A P

Polygon Motor 2 Fault. The revolutions of the polygon motor did not reach the proper number of No SOS Fault Magenta. The SOS signal was not detected.
revolutions within 4 seconds after the polygon motor came on.
Procedure
Procedure Perform 061-313, SOS Long Fault Magenta RAP.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between P 247Y of the ROS Motor (C, K) and P/
J417 of the MCU PWB for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).

735 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-321
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 2 5 N o S O S Fa u l t B l a c k R A P 0 6 1 - 3 2 6 R O S Co n n e c t Fa u l t Y R A P
No SOS Fault Black. The SOS signal was not detected. ROS Connect Fault Y. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed.

Procedure Initial Actions


Perform 061-315, SOS Long Fault Black RAP. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between the ROS Y and the MCU PWB (J
345AY, J A431, J 345BY and P/J 409) for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connec-
tors are connected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 736


061-325 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 2 7 R O S Co n n e c t Fa u l t M a g e n t a R A P 0 6 1 - 3 2 8 R O S Co n n e c t Fa u l t Cy a n R A P

ROS Connect Fault Magenta. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed. ROS Connect Fault Cyan. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between the ROS M and the MCU PWB (J1AM, Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between the ROS C and the MCU PWB (J
JA432, J1BM, and JB432) for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are con- 345AC, JA 433, J 345BC, and JB433) for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connec-
nected correctly. tors are connected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1). If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

737 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-327
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 2 9 R O S Co n n e c t Fa u l t B l a c k R A P 0 6 1 - 3 3 4 R O S Ye l l o w / M a g e n t a V D D Fa u l t R A P
ROS Connect Fault Black. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed.
ROS Yellow/Magenta VDD Fault
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between the ROS K and the MCU PWB (J1AK,
JA 434, J 1BK, and LB 434) for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 738


061-329 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 3 5 R O S B l a c k / Cy a n V D D Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 3 6 R O S Ye l l o w / M a g e n t a V D D D o w n Fa u l t R A P

ROS Black/Cyan VDD Fault. ROS Yellow/Magenta VDD Down Fault

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1). If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

739 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-335
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 3 7 R O S B l a c k / Cy a n V D D D o w n Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 3 8 S O S S t o p M a g e n ta Fa u l t R A P

SOS Stop Magenta Fault


ROS Black/Cyan VDD Down Fault
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 740


061-337 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 3 9 S O S S t o p B l a c k Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 4 0 R O S L D Fa u l t B l a c k R A P

SOS Stop Black Fault ROS LD Fault Black. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had detected LD
degradation when the LD alarm was generated.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem continues, replace the Black Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

741 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-339
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 4 1 R O S L D Fa u l t Y R A P 0 6 1 - 3 4 2 R O S L D Fa u l t M a g e n t a R A P
ROS LD Fault Y. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had detected LD degra- ROS LD Fault Magenta. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had detected LD
dation when the LD alarm was generated. degradation when the LD alarm was generated.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem continues, replace the Y Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1). If the problem continues, replace the Magenta Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1). If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 742


061-341 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 4 3 R O S L D Fa u l t Cy a n R A P 0 6 1 - 3 4 8 Po l y g o n M o t o r 1 Re a d y C h e c k Fa u l t R A P

ROS LD Fault Cyan. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had detected LD Polygon Motor Fault. The revolutions of the polygon motor did not reach the proper number of revo-
degradation when the LD alarm was generated. lutions within 4 seconds after the polygon motor came on.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between P 247Y of the ROS Motor (Y, M) and
P/J417 of the MCU PWB for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are con-
If the problem continues, replace the Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1). nected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1). Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).

743 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-343
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 4 9 Po l y g o n M o t o r 2 Re a d y C h e c k Fa u l t R A P 0 6 1 - 3 8 0 R O S D a t a Fa u l t Y R A P

Polygon Motor 2 Fault. The revolutions of the polygon motor did not reach the proper number of ROS Data Fault Y. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB and ROS (hid-
revolutions within 4 seconds after the polygon motor came on. den failure).

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
Procedure states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then check the wires between P 247Y of the ROS Motor (C, K) and P/ Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
J417 of the MCU PWB for an open circuit and short circuit. Verify that these connectors are con- • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
nected correctly.
Verify that the connectors of the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1). for broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several
times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants
will change the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a
multimeter.
Procedure
Perform the following:
• Verify that the Flat Cable connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are con-
nected correctly.
• Check the connectors on the Y, M ROS and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• Reseat the NVM PWB on the MCU PWB.
• Replace the Flat Cable (PL 5.1).
• Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 744


061-349 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 3 8 1 R O S D a t a Fa u l t M a g e n ta R A P 0 6 1 - 3 8 2 R O S D a t a Fa u l t Cy a n R A P

ROS Data Fault Magenta. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB and ROS Data Fault Cyan. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB and ROS
ROS (hidden failure). (hidden failure).

Initial Actions Initial Actions


CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord. Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example: Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections
for broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several for broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several
times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants
will change the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a will change the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a
multimeter. multimeter.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Perform the following:
• Verify that the Flat Cable connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are con- • Verify that the Flat Cable connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are con-
nected correctly. nected correctly.
• Check the connectors on the Y, M ROS and the MCU PWB. • Check the connectors on the C, K ROS and the MCU PWB.
• Reseat the NVM PWB on the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • Reseat the NVM PWB on the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• Replace the Flat Cable (PL 5.1). • Replace the Flat Cable (PL 5.1).
• Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1) • Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1)

745 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-381
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 1 - 3 8 3 R O S D a t a Fa u l t B l a c k R A P 061-604 LD Alarm Y RAP


ROS Data Fault Black. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB and ROS LD Alarm Y. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure).
(hidden failure).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure Procedure
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• Flexible Flat Cable connection failure or Flexible Flat Cable replacement. If not fixed, replace
MCU board. Or replace ROS.

Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections
for broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several
times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants
will change the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a
multimeter.
Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
Reseat the NVM PWB
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
Go to the OF 3.2. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 746


061-383 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

061-605 L D Ala rm M age nta R AP 0 6 1 - 6 0 6 L D A l a r m Cy a n R A P

LD Alarm Magenta. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure). LD Alarm Cyan. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure).

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly.
If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1). If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

747 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-605
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

061-607 LD Alarm Black RAP 0 6 1 - 6 0 8 V i d e o L i n e K H i d d e n Fa u l t R A P


Video Line K Hidden Fault. Non-lit Beam occurrence due to K Video Line failure between VECKY and
LD Alarm Black. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure). LDD is detected.

Initial Actions Procedure


Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
Procedure states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Verify that the connectors of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB are connected correctly. Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.

If the problem still exists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1). Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for
If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to
remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change
the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (C, K) and at the MCU PWB.
• If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, replace the Flat Cable. (PL 5.1)
• If the problem persists, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 5.1)
• If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 748


061-607 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 1 - 6 0 9 V i d e o L i n e M H i d d e n Fa u l t R A P
Video Line M Hidden Fault. Non-lit Beam occurrence due to M Video Line failure between VECKY
and LDD is detected.

Procedure
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.

Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for
broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to
remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change
the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter.
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Check that the Flat Cables are seated at the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and at the MCU PWB.
• If the Flat Cables are seated correctly, replace the Flat Cable. (PL 5.1)
• If the problem persists, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 5.1)
• If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 1.2)

749 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 061-609
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 2 - 2 7 7 I I T - DA D F Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t R A P 062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP


Communication between the IIT PWB and the DADF PWB was not possible. The platen interlock is open.
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect connectors P/J 750 from/to the IIT PWB, and P/ Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [062-300 Platen Interlock
J 751 and P/J 752 from/to the DADF PWB. If the PP/J 750roblem persists, perform the following Switch]. Open/close the DADF.
in the order shown:
The display changes.
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software. Y N
• Replace the DADF PWB (PL 5.3) +5VDC is measured between P/J 727-1 on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND.
Y N
• Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4)
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J 727-1 on the Platen Interlock
• Replace the IIT-DADF Cable (PL 5.3) Switch and P/J 722-A5 on the IIT PWB. If the wire is good, replace the IIT PWB (PL
60.4).
Note: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the +5VDC is measured between P/J -2 on 727the Platen Interlock Switch and GND.
IIT PWB with the old one, (PL 60.4). Y N
Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 60.5).
Check the DC COM circuit between P/J 727-2 on the Platen Interlock Switch and P/J 722-A4
on the IIT PWB.
Check that the Magnet is properly installed and the DADF gets closed properly. If the magnet is in-
stalled properly, replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 60.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 750


062-277 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 2 - 3 1 1 I I T S o f t w a r e Lo g i c Fa u l t R A P 0 6 2 - 3 1 3 U n e x e c u ta b l e E r r o r R A P

A software problem was detected with the IIT PWB. Execution is not possible with the combination of scan command parameters.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect connectors P/J 750 from/to the IIT PWB. If the
fault persists, perform the following in the order shown: 2. If the fault persists, replace the Controller PWB. (PL 3.2)

• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.


• Replace the IIT PWB, PL 60.4.

Note: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the
IIT PWB with the old one, PL 60.4.

751 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 062-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 2 - 3 4 5 I I T E E P R O M Fa u l t ( I I T ) R A P 0 6 2 - 3 6 0 C a r r i a g e Po s i t i o n Fa u l t R A P

A write failure to EEPROM or a communication failure with EEPROM occurred. A problem was detected with the carriage position.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off the power. Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left.
2. Remove, then reinstall the U505 (EEPROM) on IIT PWB (PL 60.4). The Carriage moves smoothly, not interfering.
Y N
3. If the fault persists, install a new IIT PWB (PL 60.4).
Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/
Note: Remove the old U505 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U505 (EEPROM) on foreign objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage ADJ 5.1.
the IIT PWB with the old one (PL 60.4). Switch on the power. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [062-
005] (Scan) or [062-006] (Return). Select Start.
The Carriage moves.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 721-1/2 on the IIT PWB and GND.
Y N
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4).
Switch off the power. Disconnect P/J 721 from the IIT PWB. Measure the wire-wound resist-
ance of the Carriage Motor:
• P/J 721-1 to P/J 721-3/4
• P/J 721-2 to P/J 721-5/6
Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm.
Y N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 60.5).
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4).
Press the Stop button. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [062-
212] (IIT Registration Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving the Carriage, turn On then Off the IIT
Reg Sensor.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Go to BSD 6.1 Platen Document Sensing and check the IIT Reg Sensor circuit for an open.
At the service call, no fault is thought to exist. Recheck for an improper Carriage operation, any
noise source around the machine, any abnormal internal discharge, etc. If the fail occurs frequently,
replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4).

Note: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the
new IIT PWB with the old one (PL 60.4).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 752


062-345 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 2 - 3 6 2 X H a r d Fa u l t R A P 0 6 2 - 3 7 1 L a m p I l l u m i n a t i o n Fa i l R A P
Procedure
1. Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Insufficient light from Lamp detected in CCD. (During white gradation correction/AGC before Scan
starts)
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT PWB. If this does Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
not resolve the problem, replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4). switch.

Note: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the Initial Actions
new IIT PWB with the old one (PL 60.4).
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White
Color Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination.

Procedure
1. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Change the value of NVM [715-030] to '1' and
then perform IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis. After performing the IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis, select
[Change Settings].
2. A 3-digit or 4-digit number is displayed in the [Current Value] field.
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using Table 1, then install the corresponding
part.
Sample Display
• 110 (3-digit display):
LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
(The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not
displayed). The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable.)
• 1000 (4-digit display):
The LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
(The first 2 digits '10' in '1000' are the upper digits, which indicates the LED Lamp Flexible
Print Cable. The lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failure).
Table 1 Current Value List
Current value Component Name PL No.

00 Not applicable (No errors) -

01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 60.6

02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 60.4

03 This value is not displayed -

04 This value is not displayed -

05 This value is not displayed -

06 This value is not displayed -

07 This value is not displayed -

08 This value is not displayed -

09 This value is not displayed -

753 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 062-362
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

Current value Component Name PL No. 0 6 2 - 3 8 0 AG C Fa i l R A P


10 LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable PL 2.2 Insufficient lamp brightness was detected when performing AGC.
11 This value is not displayed - Initial Actions
12 CCD-Cont Video Flat Cable PL 60.4 Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White
Color Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination.
13 This value is not displayed -
Procedure
14 IIT-Cont I/O Flat Cable PL 60.4 1. Switch on the machine, GP 19, then enter Diagnostics Mode.
15 This value is not displayed - 2. Enter dC131, code [715-030].
3. Change the value to (1), then execute [NVM Write].
16 IIT Trans PWB PL 60.4
4. Press the “Confirm/Change” button on the UI, a number will be displayed.
17 Wire Harness (CCD Power) PL 60.4 5. Verify the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits, by cross referencing the displayed digits to
the components listed in, Table 1.
18 This value is not displayed -
Example of information displayed on the UI:
19 Controller PWB PL 3.2 • 110 (3-digit display):
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, change the value of NVM [715-030] to '1' and then per- LED lamp failure and LED lamp flexible print cable is damaged or has poor contact.
form IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis. After performing the IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis, select [Change (The first digit (1) in (110) is the upper digit, which indicates the LED lamp (0) in (01) is not
Settings]. displayed). The lower 2 digits (10) indicates the LED lamp flexible print cable.)
5. Check that the display in the [Current Value] field becomes '0'. • 1000 (4-digit display):
6. If the fault persists after performing the above procedure, check the following: The LED lamp flexible print cable is damaged or has poor contact.
• Check for burnt out LED Lamp (DC330 [062-002]), PL 60.6 Item 9. (The first 2 digits (10) in (1000) are the upper digits, which indicates the LED lamp flexible
print cable. The lower 2 digits (00) indicates that nothing is applicable (no failure).
• Check the Flat Cable between the LED Lamp PWB J7001 and the IIT Trans PWB J723 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was 6. Install new components as required.
inserted in a skewed manner). Table 1 Current Value List
• The connection between the CCD Lens Assy J701 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for open cir- Current value Component Name PL No.
cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
00 Not applicable (No errors) -
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the Controller PWB J336 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was in-
serted in a skewed manner). 01 LED lamp (LED) PL 60.6

7. If no problem is found, replace the Controller PWB, (PL 3.2). 02 CCD lens assembly PL 60.4

03 This value is not displayed -

04 This value is not displayed -

05 This value is not displayed -

06 This value is not displayed -

07 This value is not displayed -

08 This value is not displayed -

09 This value is not displayed -

10 LED lamp flexible print cable PL 2.2

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 754


062-380 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

Current value Component Name PL No. 0 6 2 - 3 8 6 A O C Fa i l R A P


11 This value is not displayed - A CCD output error was detected when performing AOC.
12 CCD-Cont video flat cable PL 60.4 Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
switch.
13 This value is not displayed -
Procedure
14 IIT-Cont I/O flat cable PL 60.4
1. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Change the value of NVM [715-030] to '1' and
15 This value is not displayed - then perform IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis. After performing the IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis, select
[Change Settings].
16 IIT trans PWB PL 60.4 2. A 3-digit or 4-digit number is displayed in the [Current Value] field.

17 Wire harness (CCD power) PL 60.4 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits and replace the appropriate parts. (For more
information on display example and part selection, refer to Procedure 3 in 062-371.)
18 This value is not displayed - 4. After replacing the appropriate parts, change the value of NVM [715-030] to '1' and then per-
form IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis. After performing the IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis, select [Change
19 Controller PWB PL 3.2 Settings].
5. Check that the display in the [Current Value] field becomes '0'.
7. After installation of the appropriate components from Table 1 :
6. If the fault persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
a. Reenter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. • The connection between the CCD Lens Assy J701 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for open cir-
b. Enter UI Diagnostics, Accessing UI Diagnostics. cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
c. Enter NVM Rear/Write, dC131 NVM Read/Write. • Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the Controller PWB J336 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was in-
d. Change the value of NVM [715-030] to (1).
serted in a skewed manner).
e. Perform IIT Faulty Parts Diagnosis.
7. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence. However, each time a part is re-
f. Select [Change Settings]. placed, check whether the Fail is still occurring and return the part if it has no problems.
8. Check that the display in the [Current Value] field becomes (0). • CCD Lens Assembly (PL 60.4).
9. If the fault persists after performing the above procedure, check the following: • Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• Check the LED lamp, dC330, code [062-002], PL 60.6 Item 9.
• Check the flat cable between the LED lamp PWB J7001 and the IIT trans PWB J723 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the flat cable was in-
serted in a skewed manner).
• The connection between the CCD lens assembly J701 and the IIT trans PWB J710 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Check the flat cable between the CCD lens assembly J700 and the controller PWB J336 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the flat cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
10. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

755 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 062-386
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

06 2 - 3 8 9 Ca rr ia g e O ver R u n ( Sc an E n d ) R A P 0 6 2 - 3 9 3 C C D P W B Sy n c S i g n a l Fa i l R A P

The carriage overran the scan end side. • Write failure to the Shading Memory has occurred.
• Write failure to the DARTS2 Memory has occurred.
Procedure • Averaging processing error has occurred in the ASIC.
Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left.
Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
The Carriage moves smoothly, not interfering. switch.
Y N
Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/ Procedure
foreign objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ 5.1).
Switch on the power. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [062- 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for dC131 [715-030] to ‘1’ and
005] (Scan) or [062-006] (Return). Select Start. then execute [NVM Write].
The Carriage moves. 2. Press the “Confirm/Change” button on the UI. A number will be displayed.
Y N
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using Table 1, then install the corresponding
Check the Carriage cable for distortion, being stranded, damage and foreign substances on part.
the Carriage rail.
Sample Display
Press the Stop button. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [062-
212] (IIT Reg Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving the Carriage, turn On then Off the IIT Reg • 110 (3-digit display):
Sensor. LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
The display changes between H and L. (The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not
Y N displayed). The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable.)
Go to BSD 6.10 Carriage Control and check the IIT Reg Sensor circuit.
• 1000 (4-digit display):
Recheck for improper Carriage operation, noise source around the machine, 0r any abnormal inter-
nal arching. If the failure occurs frequently, replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.4). The LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
(The first 2 digits '10' in '1000' are the upper digits, which indicates the LED Lamp Flexible
Note: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the Print Cable. The lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failure).)
new IIT PWB with the old one (PL 60.4).
Table 1 Current Value List
Current value Component Name PL No.

00 Not applicable (No errors) -

01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 60.6

02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 60.4

03 This value is not displayed -

04 This value is not displayed -

05 This value is not displayed -

06 This value is not displayed -

07 This value is not displayed -

08 This value is not displayed -

09 This value is not displayed -

10 LED Lamp Flexible Print Cable PL 2.2

11 This value is not displayed -

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 756


062-389 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

Current value Component Name PL No. 0 6 2 - 3 9 4 Co n t P W B A M e m o r y Fa i l R A P


Cont PWBA Memory Fail
12 CCD-Cont Video Flat Cable PL 60.4

13 This value is not displayed - Primary Causes


• It was detected that Read/Write were not available to the controller PWBA RAM (Gap Memory).
14 IIT-Cont I/O Flat Cable PL 60.4
Procedure
15 This value is not displayed - • Perform the following.
16 IIT Trans PWB PL 60.4 1. Turn the power OFF then ON.

17 Wire Harness (CCD Power) PL 60.4 2. Replace the Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

18 This value is not displayed -

19 Controller PWB PL 3.2

4. After installation of new components, change the value for dC131 [715-030] to ‘1’ and then ex-
ecute [NVM Write].
5. Check that the current value column becomes ‘0’.
6. If the fault persists after performing the above procedure, check the Flat Cable between the
Lens & CCD and the IIT PWB for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact (especially, check
whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed manner).
If no problems are found, replace the Controller PWB. (PL 3.2)

757 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 062-394
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 2 - 3 9 5 Tra n s P W B Po w e r C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t R A P 0 6 2 - 3 9 7 I I T - Co n t V i d e o C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t
The IIT PWB power source error was detected. An SBC Video Cable connection error was detected.

Procedure Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Lower Cover (REP 28.6).
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
Turn the power ON.
• The coaxial cable between the IIT PWB P/J 7191 and the BP PWB for open circuit, short cir-
Is the voltage between the IIT LVPS P/J 505-1 (+) and P/J 505-3 (-) +24VDC? cuit, and poor contact
Y N
Go to OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC) RAP. • The connector (J 309) between the Controller PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IIT LVPS and the IIT Trans PWB for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Controller PWB (PL 3.2)
If the fault persists, install a new IIT Trans PWB (switch the EEPROM) (PL 60.4 Item 13).
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 60.4)
• BP PWB (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 758


062-395 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 2 - 3 9 8 I I T - Co n t I / O C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t R A P 0 6 2 - 3 9 9 DA D F - Co n t I / O C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l R A P
An SBC I/O Cable connection error was detected. An IIT-ESS I/O Cable (DADF) connection error was detected.

Cause/Action Initial Actions


1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: connections.
• The connection between the IIT PWB P/J 7191 and the BP PWB for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• The connector J 309 between the Controller PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connection between the IIT PWB P/J 7192and the BP PWB P 313 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact.
• Controller PWB (PL 3.2)
• The connector J 309 between the Controller PWB and the BP PWB for poor contact, damage,
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 60.4) and foreign substances.
• BP PWB (PL 1.2) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Controller PWB (PL 3.2)
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 60.4)
• BP PWB (PL 1.2)

759 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 062-398
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD meth-


od) RAP
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-ROM. (During DLD method)

Primary Causes
• An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-ROM.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

Procedure
• Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 760


062-500 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 3 - 2 1 0 E x t e n s i o n E E P R O M Fa i l R A P 063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During


DLD method) RAP
Write failure to Extension EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM was detected. • An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM.
Procedure • Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If the fault persists, continue with the procedure.
Procedure
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the Controller Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-Extension-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
PWB J390 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. method again.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence. However, each time a part is re-
placed, check whether the Fail is still occurring and return the part if it has no problems.
• DCDC PWB (PL 5.4 Item 3).
• Controller PWB (PL 3.2 Item 7).

761 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 063-210
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 5 - 2 2 1 C I S AG C Fa i l
The CIS AGC process has not completed/resolved.

Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
switch.

Procedure
Enter Diag Mode and execute DC945 IIT Calibration, ADJ 5.5, [Side2 Shading Correction]. After the
execution, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End. Initialize Side2-NVM (IISS-Extension) and turn the power OFF then ON.
Initialize the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in dC131 NVM Initialization by going to
the Diag mode. Turn the power OFF then ON and check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the Controller PWB J390 and the DCDC PWB J745 for poor contact.
(Especially, check if the connector screws to be connected to the Controller are tightened.)
• The Flat Cable between the DCDC PWB J746 and the CIS J1 for open circuits, short circuits, and
poor contacts.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J7461 and the CIS J2 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
Are the connection and cable normal?
Y N
Repair or Install a new cable and connect it appropriately.
Check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End
Perform the following: After the execution, check if the error is solved.
1. Save the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
2. Install a new DCDC PWB, PL 5.4 Item 3.
3. Initialize the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in dC131 NVM Initialization.
4. Restore the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
5. Enter Diag Mode and execute DC945 IIT Calibration, ADJ 5.5, [Side2 Shading Correction].
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new CIS PL 5.4 Item 9. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF-Controller Cable PL 5.4 Item 4. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 762


065-221 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
Y N 0 6 5 - 2 2 2 C I S A O C Fa i l
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF, PL 5.1 Item 1.
The CIS AOC process has not completed/resolved.

Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
switch.

Procedure
Go to the Diag mode and execute dC131 NVM Read/Write to change the value of NVM [716-173]
(Color AOC Resolution Allowable Lower Limit Threshold Value) and NVM [716-183] (Color AOC Res-
olution Allowable Upper Limit Threshold Value) to '128', and then check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the Controller PWB J390 and the DCDC PWB J745 for poor contact.
(Especially, check if the connector screws to be connected to the Controller are tightened.)
• The Flat Cable between the DCDC PWB J746 and the CIS J1 for open circuits, short circuits, and
poor contacts.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J7461 and the CIS J2 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
Are the connection and cable normal?
Y N
Repair or Install a new cable and connect it appropriately.
Check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End
Perform the following: After the execution, check if the error is solved.
1. Save the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
2. Install a new DCDC PWB, PL 5.4 Item 3.
3. Initialize the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in DC131 NVM Initialization.
4. Restore the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
5. Enter Diag Mode and execute DC945 IIT Calibration, ADJ 5.5, [Side2 Shading Correction].
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new CIS PL 5.4 Item 9. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF-Controller Cable PL 5.4 Item 4. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF, PL 5.1 Item 1.

763 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 065-222
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 6 5 - 2 2 3 C I S Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l 0 6 5 - 2 2 4 C I S D e v i c e Fa i l
The CIS Cable may have poor contact. The FPGA on the DARTS2 PWB is not operating properly.

Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
switch. switch.

Procedure Cause/Action
Refer to 065-223 (CIS Connection Fail).
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the Controller PWB J390 and the DCDC PWB J745 for poor contact.
(Especially, check if the connector screws to be connected to the Controller are tightened.)
• The Flat Cable between the DCDC PWB J746 and the CIS J1 for open circuits, short circuits, and
poor contacts.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J7461 and the CIS J2 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
Are the connection and cable normal?
Y N
Repair or Install a new cable and connect it appropriately.
Check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End
Perform the following: After the execution, check if the error is solved.
1. Save the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
2. Install a new DCDC PWB, PL 5.4 Item 3.
3. Initialize the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in DC131 NVM Initialization.
4. Restore the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
5. Enter Diag Mode and execute DC945 IIT Calibration, ADJ 5.5, [Side2 Shading Correction].
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new CIS PL 5.4 Item 9. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF-Controller Cable PL 5.4 Item 4. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF, PL 5.1 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 764


065-223 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 6 5 - 2 2 5 C I S Fa i l
The CIS may be broken.

Note: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power
switch.

Procedure
Perform the following: Save the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) and initialize the NVM
value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in dC131 NVM Initialization. After initialization, check if the
error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the Controller PWB J390 and the DCDC PWB J745 for poor contact.
(Especially, check if the connector screws to be connected to the Controller are tightened.)
• The Flat Cable between the DCDC PWB J746 and the CIS J1 for open circuits, short circuits, and
poor contacts.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J7461 and the CIS J2 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
Are the connection and cable normal?
Y N
Repair or Install a new cable and connect it appropriately.
Check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
End
Perform the following: After the execution, check if the error is solved.
1. Save the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
2. Install a new DCDC PWB, PL 5.4 Item 3.
3. Initialize the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM) in dC131 NVM Initialization.
4. Restore the NVM value of IISS-Extension (Side2 NVM).
5. Enter Diag Mode and execute DC945 IIT Calibration, ADJ 5.5, [Side2 Shading Correction].
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new CIS PL 5.4 Item 9. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF-Controller Cable PL 5.4 Item 4. After replacement, check if the error is solved.
Is an error displayed?
Y N
Go to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting.
Install a new DADF, PL 5.1 Item 1.

765 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 065-225
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 1 - 1 0 0 Tra y 1 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r O n 0 7 1 - 1 0 1 Tra y 1 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n

Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after paper is fed from Tray 1. Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after paper is fed from Tray 1.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT Check the following:
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure • Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered • Check for out-of-spec paper.
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Check the following:
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071-101 Tray 1 Feed Out
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper.
• LH Cover Connector connection failure The display changes.
Y N
• [071-100 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor] Pre Feed Sensor operation failure
Go to BSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
• Tray Nudger Solenoid operation failure or poor contact:
• Transport failure due to Feed Roll wear/deterioration/contamination • Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A12
• [071-002 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor] Tray 1 Feed Motor operation failure • Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133A-1 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A13
• [077-001 Takeaway Motor] Takeaway Motor operation failure • Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133A-3 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A11
• [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1] operation failure If OK, install a new Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.14 Item 20) before replacing the MCU
• Use of out-of-spec paper PWB (PL 1.2).
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071-002 Tray 1 Feed].
There is operation noise from the Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.6 Tray 1 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Driveand check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-002 Takeaway Clutch
1].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Check the following:
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem
• Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J 665 for a poor connection
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 766


071-100 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 1 - 1 0 4 Tra y 1 Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m 0 7 1 - 1 0 5 Tra y 1 Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m

Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 1). The paper from Tray 1 did not turn on the Pre Registration Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 1). The paper from Tray 1 did not turn on the Registration Sensor
Sensor within the specified time. within the specified time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. • Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-100 Pre Registration Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-101 Registration Sen-
Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Registration Sensor. sor]. Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
contact: contact:
• Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A2 • Registration Sensor P/J 122-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A7
• Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A3 • Registration Sensor P/J 122-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A8
• Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A1 • Registration Sensor P/J 122-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A6
If the fault persists, install a new Pre Registration Sensor (PL 80.24 Item 17) before replacing If the fault persists, install a new Registration Sensor In (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replacing
the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11). the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration
Motor: 640mm/s]. Motor: 640mm/s].
There is operation noise from the Pre Registration Motor. There is operation noise from the Pre Registration Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit. Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-002 Takeaway Clutch Check the following:
1]. • Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1.
Y N • Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
Check the following: • If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
• Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.
• Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.

767 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 071-104
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 1 - 2 1 0 Tra y 1 L i f t U p Fa u l t 0 7 1 - 2 1 1 Tra y 1 S i z e S e n s o r R A P

Tray 1 Lift Up Fault. The Tray 1 Stack Height Sensor did not turn on within the specified time after Five consecutive failures in the Tray Size Sensor that monitors Tray 1 at intervals of 100ms have
the tray was inserted. been detected.

Initial Actions Procedure


• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. Check the following:
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • The bottom of the Tray for broken link and damage.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper. • The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure.
Procedure • The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch for failure: dC330 [071-200], dC330 [071-202].
• The connection between the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch P/J 128, TM Drive PWB P/J 467 and MCU
Note: After resolving the problem, switch the machine Off then On to clear the fault. PWB P/J 404 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Slide out the tray. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071- If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
004] (Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor). Select Start. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor.
The Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor operates. 1. Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor, PL 70.1 Item 15.
Y N 2. TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 463 from the TM Drive PWB. Measure the wire-wound re- 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
sistance of Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J 463-A4 pin to pins P/J 463-A1
• P/J 463-A3 pin to pins P/J 463-A2
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a
new Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor.
• P/J 463-A4 to P/J 220-1
• P/J 463-A3 to P/J 220-2
• P/J 463-A2 to P/J 220-3
• P/J 463-A1 to P/J 220-4
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a new TM
Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15).
• MCU PWB P/J 404-A3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A12
• MCU PWB P/J 404-A2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A13
Press the Stop button. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [071-
200] (Tray 1 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll
Assembly, turn the sensor On, then Off.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Tray 1 Stack Height Sensor.
Slide out the tray and perform the following:
• Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check that the tray smoothly goes up
and down.
• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check that the couplings are securely engaged in
each other when the tray is gently pushed in.
• Check for other problems including a mechanical load.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 768


071-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 1 - 9 4 0 Tra y 1 L i f t U p N G R A P

An error was detected when tray 1 attempted a paper feed.

Procedure
1. Open tray 1, then verify there is no paper jammed in tray causing the error. Close tray 1.
2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to verify the tray 1 level sensor operates correctly. Install
a new tray 1 level sensor, PL 80.1 Item 7, as required.
3. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to verify the tray 1 lift/feed motor. Install a new tray 1
lift/feed motor, PL 80.1 Item 16, as required.
4. Check the harness between the TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 1, and the MCIU PWB, PL 1.2 Item
15, for loose connections or damage to the harness.
5. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

769 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 071-940
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 2 - 1 0 0 Tra y 2 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r O n R A P 0 7 2 - 1 0 1 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n R A P

Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after paper is fed from Tray 2. Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after paper is fed from Tray 2.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT Check the following:
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure • Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [072-101 Tray 2 Feed Out
• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On Sensor]. Block and unblock the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor.
The display changes.
• LH Cover Connector connection failure
Y N
• [072-100 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor] Pre Feed Sensor operation failure Go to BSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
• Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid operation failure or poor contact:
• Transport failure due to Feed Roll wear/deterioration/contamination • Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B15
• [072-001 Tray 2 Feed Motor] Tray 2 Feed Motor operation failure • Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B16
• [077-001 Takeaway Motor] Takeaway Motor operation failure • Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B14
• [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1] Takeaway Clutch 1 operation failure If OK, install a new the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.10) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
• Use of out-of-spec paper 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [072-001 Tray 2 Feed].
There is operation noise from the Tray 2 Feed Lift Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.8 Tray 3 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Driveand check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Check the following:
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem
• Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J 662 for a poor connection
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 770


072-100 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 2 - 1 0 2 Tra y 2 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n R A P 0 7 2 - 1 0 4 Pr e - Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 2 ) R A P

The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor does not turn On during paper transport on the Takeaway Path for the Pre-Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 2). The paper from Tray 2 did not turn on the Pre Registration
paper fed from Tray 2. Sensor within the specified time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Check the following: • Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Procedure
Procedure Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-100 Pre Registration
Sensor]. Block and unblock the Pre Registration Sensor.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [072-101 Tray 2 Feed Out The display changes.
Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. Y N
The display changes. Go toBSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
Y N contact:
Go to BSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
or poor contact: • Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A2
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B15 • Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A3
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B16 • Pre Registration Sensor P/J 121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A1
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133B-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 463-B14 If OK, install a new the Pre Registration Sensor (PL 80.14 Item 16) before replacing the IOT
Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
If OK, install a new the Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.14) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
1.2).
There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor.
Execute dC330, code [072-001 Tray 2 Feed]. Y N
There is operation noise from the Tray 2 Feed Lift Motor. Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Y N
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2].
Go to BSD 70.8 Tray 3 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor.
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2.
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. Y N
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor. Go toBSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2) and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Y N
Check the following:
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1]. • Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1. • Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N • Drive gears for wear/breakage
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
• If the fault persists, TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the
Check the following: MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem
• Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J 662 for a poor connection
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the fault persists, TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the
MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at a time in the order shown.

771 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 072-102
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 2 - 1 0 5 Re g i s t ra t i o n I n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 2 ) R A P 0 7 2 - 2 1 0 Tra y 2 L i f t U p Fa u l t R A P

Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 2). The paper from Tray 2 did not turn on the reg sensor within Tray 2 Lift Up Fault. The Tray 2 Stack Height Sensor did not come on within the specified time after
the specified time. the tray was inserted.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On. • Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-101 Registration In Slide out Tray 2. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [072-002]
Sensor] (PL 80.23 Item 18). Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor. (Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor) (PL 80.3 Item 16). Select Start.
The display changes. The Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor operates.
Y N Y N
Go toBSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
contact: Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 463 from the TM Drive PWB. Measure the wire-wound re-
sistance of Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor:
• Registration Sensor P/J 122-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A7
• P/J 463-B4 pin to pins P/J 463-B1
• Registration Sensor P/J 122-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A8
• P/J 463-B3 pin to pins P/J 463-B2
• Registration Sensor P/J 122-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A6
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
If OK, install a new the Registration In Sensor (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replacing the IOT Y N
Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a
Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s]. new the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 80.3 Item 16).
There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor.
Y N • P/J 463-B4 to P/J 220-1
Go toBSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit. • P/J 463-B3 to P/J 220-2
Check the following: • P/J 463-B2 to P/J 220-3
• Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/poor rotation • P/J 463-B1 to P/J 229-4
• Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/poor rotation Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a new TM
• Drive gears for wear/breakage Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 3) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15).

• Drawer Connector P/J 609 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • MCU PWB P/J 404-A6 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A9

• If the fault persists, reseat/install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 3), Pre Registration Motor • MCU PWB P/J 404-A5 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A10
(PL 80.22 Item 12), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15) one at Press the Stop button. Enter dC330, code [072-200] (Tray 2 Stack Height Sensor) Select Start. Man-
a time in the order shown ually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assembly, turn the sensor On, then Off.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Tray 2 Stack Height Sensor.
Slide out the tray and perform the following:
• Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and
down.
• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check that the couplings are securely engaged in
each other when the tray is gently pushed in.
• Check for other problems including a mechanical load.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 772


072-105 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 2 - 2 1 1 Tra y 2 S i z e S e n s o r R A P 0 7 2 - 9 4 0 Tra y # 2 / T TM # 2 L i f t U p N G R A P
Five consecutive failures in the Tray Size Sensor that monitors Tray 2 at intervals of 100ms have
been detected. An error was detected when tray 2 attempted a paper feed.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: 1. Open tray 2, then verify there is no paper jammed in tray causing the error. Close tray 2.
• The bottom of the Tray for broken link and damage 2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to verify the tray 2 level sensor operates correctly. Install
• The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure a new tray 2 level sensor, PL 80.3 Item 7, as required.
• The Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (PL 70.1 Item 15) for failure: dC330, code [072-200], dC330, code 3. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to verify the tray 2 lift/feed motor. Install a new tray 2
[072-202] lift/feed motor, PL 80.3 Item 16, as required.
• The connection between the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor P/J 129, TM Drive PWB P/J 467 and MCU 4. Check the harness between the TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 1, and the MCIU PWB, PL 1.2 Item
PWB P/J 404 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact 15, for loose connections or damage to the harness.
5. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
If the fault persists, install a new the following parts in sequence:
• Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (PL 70.1 Item 15). a. TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
• TM Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 3). b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15).

773 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 072-211
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 3 - 1 0 0 Tra y 3 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r O n R A P

Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor did not turn on after paper is fed from Tray 3.

Initial Actions
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.

Procedure
Check the following:
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• LH Cover Connector connection failure
• [073-100 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor] Pre Feed Sensor operation failure
• Tray Nudger Solenoid operation failure
• Transport failure due to Feed Roll wear/deterioration/contamination
• [073-001 Tray 3 Feed Motor] Tray 3 Feed Motor operation failure
• [077-001 Takeaway Motor] Takeaway Motor operation failure
• [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1] Takeaway Clutch 1 operation failure
• Use of out-of-spec paper

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 774


073-100 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 3 - 1 0 1 Tra y 3 M i s fe e d J a m R A P 0 7 3 - 1 0 2 Tra y 3 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n J a m R A P

Tray 3 Misfeed Jam. Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn on within the specified time after the start Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On Jam (Tray 3). The paper from Tray 3 did not turn on Tray 3 Feed Out
of feed for Tray 3. Sensor within the specified time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Check the following: Check the following:
• Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On. • Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [073-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [073-101 Tray 3 Feed Out
Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: Go to BSD 80.5 Tray Paper Feeding (2/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
• Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A15 or poor contact:

• Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A16 • Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A15

• Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A14 • Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A16
• Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133C-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A14
If the fault persists, install a new the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.10) before replacing the
MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the fault persists, install a new the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 80.14) before replacing the MCU
Execute dC330, code [073-001 Tray 3 Feed]. PWB (PL 1.2).
There is operation noise from the Tray 3 Feed Lift Motor. Execute dC330, code [073-001 Tray 3 Feed].
Y N There is operation noise from the Tray 3 Feed Lift Motor.
Go to BSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor circuit. Y N
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. Go to BSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor. Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
Y N There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open. Y N
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2. Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2].
Y N There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2.
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open. Y N
Check the following: Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Driveand check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Check the following:

• Retard Roll for a problem • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Retard Roll for a problem

• Connectors P/J 666 for a poor connection • Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Connectors P/J 666 for a poor connection

• If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) • Drive gears for wear/breakage
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown. • If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2/15) one at a time in the order shown.

775 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 073-101
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 3 - 1 0 4 Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 3 ) R A P 0 7 3 - 1 0 5 Re g i s t ra t i o n I n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 3 ) R A P

Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 3). The paper from Tray 3 did not turn on the Pre Registration The paper from Tray 3 did not turn on the Reg Sensor within the specified time.
Sensor within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-102 Registration In
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-100 Pre Registration Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Registration In Sensor.
Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Registration Sensor. The display changes.
The display changes. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2)and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
contact: • Pre Regi Motor P/J 229-pin 2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 229-pin 1/3
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A2
• Pre Regi Motor P/J 229-pin 5 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 229-pin 4/6
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A3
If the fault persists, install a new the Registration In Sensor (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replac-
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A1 ing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
If the fault persists, install a new the Pre Registration Sensor (PL 80.14 Item 16) before replac- Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
ing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11). There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor.
Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s]. Y N
There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor. Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Y N Check the following:
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2)and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit. • Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2].
• Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2.
Y N • Drive gears for wear/breakage
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Driveand check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open. • Drawer Connectors P/J 609 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Check the following: • If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown
• Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the fault persists, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)
and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2/15) one at a time in the order shown.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 776


073-104 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 3 - 2 1 0 Tra y 3 L i f t U p Fa u l t R A P 0 7 3 - 2 1 1 Tra y 3 S i z e S e n s o r R A P
Five consecutive failures in the Tray Size Sensor that monitors Tray 3 at intervals of 100ms have
Tray 3 Lift Up Fault. The Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor did not turn on within the specified time after been detected.
the tray was inserted.
Procedure
Initial Actions Check the following:
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. • The bottom of the Tray for broken link and damage
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • The Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor for failure: dC330, code [073-200], dC330, code [073-202]
Procedure • The connection between the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor P/J 130, TM Drive PWB P/J 467 and MCU
PWB P/J 404 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
Slide out the tray. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [073-
002] (Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor). Select Start. If the fault persists, install a new the following parts in sequence:
The Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor operates • Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (PL 2.3)
Y N
• TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2)
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 464 from the TM Drive PWB. Measure the wire-wound re- • MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
sistance of Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J 464-A4 pin to pins P/J 464-A1
• P/J 464-A3 pin to pins P/J 464-A2
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a
new the Tray 3 Lift Feed Motor (PL 80.5 Item 16).
• P/J 464-A4 to P/J 220-1
• P/J 464-A3 to P/J 220-2
• P/J 464-A2 to P/J 220-3
• P/J 464-A1 to P/J 220-4
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, install a new TM
Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• MCU PWB P/J 404-A14 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A1
• MCU PWB P/J 404-A13 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-A2
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330, code [073-201] (Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Man-
ually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assembly, turn the sensor On, then Off.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor.
Slide out the tray and perform the following:
• Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and
down.
• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check that the couplings are securely engaged in
each other when the tray is gently pushed in.
• Check for other problems including a mechanical load.

777 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 073-210
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 3 - 9 4 0 Tra y # 3 / T TM # 3 L i f t U p N G R A P

An error was detected when tray 3 attempted a paper feed.

Procedure
1. Open tray 3, then verify there is no paper jammed in tray causing the error. Close tray 3.
2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to verify the tray 3 level sensor operates correctly. Install
a new tray 3 level sensor, PL 80.5 Item 7, as required.
3. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to verify the tray 3 lift/feed motor. Install a new tray 3
lift/feed motor, PL 80.5 Item 16, as required.
4. Check the harness between the TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 1, and the MCIU PWB, PL 1.2 Item
15, for loose connections or damage to the harness.
5. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 778


073-940 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 4 - 1 0 0 Tra y 4 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r O n 0 7 4 - 1 0 1 Tra y 4 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n

Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor did not turned On after paper is fed from Tray 4. Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turned On within the specified time after the start of feed from Tray
4.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering • Check for out-of-spec paper.
On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the following: Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-101 Tray 4 Feed Out
Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper.
• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On. The display changes.
• LH Cover Connector connection failure Y N
• [074-100 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor] Pre Feed Sensor operation failure Go to BSD 80.5 Tray Paper Feeding (2/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
or poor contact:
• Tray Nudger Solenoid operation failure
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-B15
• Transport failure due to Feed Roll wear/deterioration/contamination
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-B16
• [074-001 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor] Tray 4 Feed Motor operation failure
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-B14
• [077-001 Takeaway Motor] Takeaway Motor operation failure
• [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1] Takeaway Clutch 1 operation failure If OK, replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.10) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [074-001 Tray 4 Feed].
• Use of out-of-spec paper
There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor.
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Check the following:
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem
• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

779 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 074-100
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 4 - 1 0 2 Tra y 4 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n J a m 0 7 4 - 1 0 3 Tra y 4 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n

Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor On Jam. The paper from Tray 4 did not turn on Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor with- The Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time during paper transport on the
in the specified time. Takeaway Path for paper fed from Tray 4

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On. • Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-101 Tray 4 Feed Out Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-101 Tray 4 Feed Out
Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.5 Tray Paper Feeding (2/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short Go to BSD 80.5 Tray Paper Feeding (2/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
or poor contact: or poor contact:
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A15 • Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A15
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A16 • Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A16
• Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A14 • Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor P/J 133D-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 464-A14
If OK, replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.10 Item 16) before replacing the MCU PWB If OK, replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 80.10 Item 16) before replacing the MCU PWB
(PL 1.2). (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [074-001 Tray 4 Feed]. Execute dC330, code [074-001 Tray 4 Feed].
There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift Motor. There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor. Go toBSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor.
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor. There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open. Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2. There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open. Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Check the following: Check the following:
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem • Retard Roll for a problem
• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown. (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 780


074-102 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 4 - 1 0 4 Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 4 ) 0 7 4 - 1 0 5 Re g i s t ra t i o n I n S e n s o r O n J a m ( Tra y 4 )

Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 4). The paper from tray 4 did not turn on the Pre-registration Registration Sensor On Jam (Tray 4). The paper conveyed from Tray 4 did not turn on the Reg Sen-
Sensor within the specified time. sor within the specified time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any jam and Sensor the power Off then On. • Clear any jam and Sensor the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-100 Pre Registration Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-102 Registration In
Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Registration Sensor. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
contact: contact:
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 4349-A2 • Reg Sensor P/J 122-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A7
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A3 • Reg Sensor P/J 122-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A8
• Pre Reg Sensor P/J 121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 4349-A1 • Reg Sensor P/J 122-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A6
• IOT Drive PWB P/J 431-B13 to MCU PWB P/J 403-B3 • IOT Drive PWB P/J 431-B15 to MCU PWB P/J 403-B1
If OK, replace the Pre Registration Sensor (PL 80.14 Item 16) before replacing the IOT Drive If OK, replace the Registration In Sensor (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replacing the IOT Drive
PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11). PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s]. Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor. There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit. Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. Check the following:
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 2. • Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N
• Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Check the following: • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drawer Connectors P/J 609 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

781 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 074-104
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 4 - 2 1 0 Tra y 4 L i f t U p Fa u l t 0 7 4 - 2 1 1 Tra y 4 S i z e S e n s o r
Five consecutive failures in the Tray Size Sensor that monitors Tray 4 at intervals of 100ms have
Tray 4 Lift Up Fault. The Tray 4 Stack Height Sensor did not come on within the specified time after been detected.
the tray was inserted.
Procedure
Initial Actions Check the following:
• Clear any paper jam and Sensor the power Off then On. • The bottom of the Tray for broken link and damage
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • The Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor for failure: dC330, code [074-200], dC330, code [074-202] (PL 2.3)
Procedure • The connection between the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor P/J 131 and the TM Drive PWB P/J 467
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Slide out the tray. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [074-
002] (Tray 4 Lift Motor). Select Start. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The Tray 4Lift/Feed Motor operates • Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (PL 70.3)
Y N
• TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2)
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 464 from the TM Drive PWB. Measure the wire-wound re- • MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
sistance of Tray 4 Lift/ Motor:
• P/J 220-1 to pin P/J 220-3
• P/J 220-2 to pin P/J 220-4
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the
Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 80.7 Item 16).
• P/J 464-B4 to P/J 220-1
• P/J 464-B3 to P/J 220-2
• P/J 464-B2 to P/J 220-3
• P/J 464-B1 to P/J 220-4
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace TM Drive
PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• MCU PWB P/J 404-B3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-B12
• MCU PWB P/J 404-B2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-B13
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330, code [074-201] (Tray 4 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Man-
ually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assembly, turn the sensor On, then Off.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Tray 4 Stack Height Sensor.
Slide out the tray and perform the following:
• Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and
down.
• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check that the couplings are securely engaged in
each other when the tray is gently pushed in.
• Check for other problems including a mechanical load.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 782


074-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 4 - 9 4 0 Tra y # 4 L i f t U p N G R A P

An error was detected when tray 4 attempted a paper feed.

Procedure
1. Open tray 4, then verify there is no paper jammed in tray causing the error. Close tray 4.
2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to verify the tray 4 level sensor operates correctly. Install
a new tray 4 level sensor, PL 80.7 Item 7, as required.
3. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to verify the tray 4 lift/feed motor. Install a new tray 4
lift/feed motor, PL 80.7 Item 16, as required.
4. Check the harness between the TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 1, and the MCIU PWB, PL 1.2 Item
15, for loose connections or damage to the harness.
5. If the fault persists, install new components as required:
a. TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
b. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

783 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 074-940
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 5 - 1 0 0 Tra y 5 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r O n • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation


• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the
Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor is not turned On a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 5.
MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [075-100 Tray 5 Pre Feed
Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.6 MSI Paper Pre Feeding and check the following wires for an open wire, short
or poor contact:
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J 119-2 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A5
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J 119-1 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A6
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J 119-3 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A4
If OK, replace the Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 80.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [075-001 Tray 5 Feed Motor].
There is operation noise from the Tray 5 Feed Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportation and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 5 Feed
Motor is less than 3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J 225-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 225-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportationand troubleshoot the Tray 5 Feed Motor
circuit.
Execute dC330, code [075-003 Tray 5 Nudger Solenoid].
There is operation noise from the Tray 5 Nudger Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and check the Tray 5 Nudger Solenoid Circuit for an
open.
Load a few sheets of the specified paper into Tray 5.
Execute dC330, code [075-005 Tray 5 Lift Motor Up].
There is operation noise from the Tray 5 Lift Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and check the Tray 5 Lift Motor circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [075-006 Tray 5 Lift Motor: Lift Down (CCW) Sensor Stop].
The Tray 5 Lifter moves down.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and check the Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor circuit for an open
or short.
Check the following:
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 784


075-100 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 5 - 1 0 9 Pa p e r fr o m Tra y 5 O n Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r 0 7 5 - 1 3 5 Re g i . I n S e n s o r O n J a m ( M S I )

Paper from Tray 5 does not turn On Pre Registration Sensor within a spec time. Paper from Tray 5 does not turn on the Registration Sensor within a spec time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. • Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-108 Tray 5 Pre-Regis- Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-101 Registration In
tration Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 5 Pre-Registration Sensor. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Registration Sensor.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire, Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
short or poor contact: contact:
• Tray 5 Pre Reg Sensor P/J 120-2 to MCU PWB P/J 415-B11 • Registration In Sensor P/J 122-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A7
• Tray 5 Pre Reg Sensor P/J 120-1 to MCU PWB P/J 415-B12 • Registration In Sensor P/J 122-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A8
• Tray 5 Pre Reg Sensor P/J 120-3 to MCU PWB P/J 415-B10 • Registration In Sensor P/J 122-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A6
If OK, replace the Tray 5 Pre Registration Sensor (PL 80.16) before replacing the MCU PWB • IOT Drive PWB J431-B15 to MCU PWB P/J 403-B1
(PL 1.2). If OK, replace the Registration In Sensor (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replacing the IOT Drive
Execute dC330, code [075-001 Tray 5 Feed Motor]. PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
There is operation noise from the Tray 5 Feed Motor. Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
Y N There is operation noise from the Pre Reg Motor.
Go to BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportation and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 5 Feed Y N
Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below. Go to BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
• P/J 225-2 to pins 1/3 Check the following:
• P/J 225-5 to pins 4/6 • Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
If OK, go to BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportation and troubleshoot the Tray 5 Feed Motor • Drive gears for wear/breakage
circuit. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
Check the following: (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and the
MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

785 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 075-109
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 5 - 2 1 0 Tra y 5 L i f t U p S e n s o r O n 0 7 5 - 2 1 1 Tra y 5 L i f t D o w n S e n s o r O n

Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor does not turn On a spec time after Tray 5 starts lifting up. Tray 5 Lift Down Sensor does not turn On a spec time after Tray 5 starts lowering.

Note: The following procedure must be performed with the Tray 5 Cover Interlock Switch closed. Note: The following procedure must be performed with the Tray 5 Cover Interlock Switch closed.
Initial Actions Procedure
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [075-006] (Down). Select
• Check for out-of-spec paper. Start.
• Check the Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper The tray has lowered.
Y N
Procedure Remove the Tray 5 Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray 5 Lifter gears.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [075-200 Tray 5 Lift Up The gears rotate with no load.
Sensor]. Lift the Tray Elevator up and down manually. Y N
Does the display change? Remove any load from the Lift Down mechanism.
Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J 226-2 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor. Y N
Execute dC330, code [075-005 Tray 5 Lift Motor: Lift Up (CW) Sensor Stop]. Check the wire between P/J 435-6 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J 226-1 on the Tray 5
Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT Drive
Does the Tray 5 Nudger Roll lift down and the Tray 5 Lifter lift up stopping automatically at the
PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
normal height?
Y N Enter dC330, code [075-006] (Down). Select Start.
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 5 Lift Up Motor. +1VDC or less is measured between P/J 226-2 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the operation of the gear section of the Elevator Tray.
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between P/J 431 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J
The gear section operates properly.
401 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IOT Drive PWB
Y N
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that order.
Replace the faulty parts in the gear section.
+24VDC is measured between P/J 226-1 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Y N
Check the wire between P/J 435-5 on the IOT Drive PWB and 226-1 on the Tray 5 Lift
Motor for an open wire or poor contact
Replace the Tray 5 Lift Motor (PL 70.12).
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330, code [075-201] (Tray 5 Down Sensor). Select Start. While rais-
ing and lowering the Tray 5 Bottom Plate, turn On then Off the Tray 5 Lift Down Sensor.
The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Go to BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 5 Down Sensor.
Check if there were any obstacles on the Tray 5 Bottom Plate when the failure occurred preventing
the tray from freely going up and down. If the failure frequently occurs, replace the IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that order.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 786


075-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 1 0 3 Fu s e r E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m S t ra i g h t R A P

The Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn off within the specified time in straight exit mode.

Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor].
Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.5 Fusing.
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-3 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A1
If OK, replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 1.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor].
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx-
imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Check the following:
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J 612 for a poor connection
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check the exit roll paper guide for being deformed.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU
PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

787 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-103
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 7 - 1 0 6 Fu s e r E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m R A P Y N
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx-
imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
The Fuser Exit Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the Registration Motor came
on. • P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
Initial Actions
If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
Check the following:
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper.
• Connectors P/J 612 for a poor connection
• Remove the Fuser. Remove the Fuser Entrance Baffle. Look into the Fuser for any obstruction,
and remove. Clean and replace the baffle. Re-install the Fuser. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
Procedure
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU
Check the condition of the IBT belt. PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.
The IBT belt is in proper condition without being damaged.
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 90.14 Item 14).
The fed sheet of paper is stuck to the IBT belt.
Y N
Remove the paper. If the problem returns, check the installation of the 2nd BTR.
Check the installation condition of the Fuser.
The Fuser is properly installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser properly.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor].
Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.5 Fusing and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-3 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A1
If OK, replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 1.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [010-004 Fuser Drive Motor].
There is operation noise from the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive and Nip Control (1/2) and check the wire-wound resistance
of Fuser Drive Motor is approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J 212-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 212-5 to pins 4/6/7
If OK, go to BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive and Nip Control (1/2) and troubleshoot the Fuser
Drive Motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor].
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 788


077-106 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 1 0 7 Fu s e r E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m I n v e r t R A P 0 7 7 - 1 0 9 I OT E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m S t r a i g h t R A P
(1/2)
The Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn off within the specified time in invert exit mode.
The IOT Exit Sensor did not come on at the specified time in non-invert mode. (Straight output)
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam, perform GP 19, to switch off, then switch on the machine.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor].
Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor manually or with paper. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-201] to energize the
The display changes. Fuser Exit Sensor. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor manually or with paper to verify
Y N operation.
Go to BSD 10.5 Fusing and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: The display changes.
Y N
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A2
Go to BSD 10.5 Fusing and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-3 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A1
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A3
If OK, replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 1.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-3 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A1
Execute dC330, code [077-013 Inverter Gate Solenoid In].
If OK, replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 10.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
There is operation noise from the Inverter Gate Solenoid.
Y N Execute dC330, code [077-013] to actuate the Inverter Gate Solenoid In.
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid circuit. There is operation noise from the Inverter Gate Solenoid.
Y N
Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor].
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor. • Go to BSD 10.7 Inverter (2/2),then troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid circuit.
Y N • Install a new Inverter gate Solenoid, PL 10.9 item 31.
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx- Execute dC330, code [077-008] to run the Exit Motor.
imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3 Y N
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6 Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit, then check the wire-wound resistance of the Exit Motor to
approximately 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
Execute dC330, code [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid].
There is operation noise from the Reverse Invert Solenoid. • P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
Y N If OK, refer to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit (1/2),to troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Go to BSD 10.7 Inverter (2/2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Gate Solenoid circuit. Check the following:
Check the following:
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Invert Gate for an improper operation
• Invert Gate for an improper operation
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J 612 for a poor connection
• Connectors P/J 612 for a poor connection
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check/Adjust the Release Invert Solenoid, PL 10.5.
• Check/Adjust the Release Invert Solenoid (PL 10.5).
• If the results of the above checks are OK, install a new TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2, then the
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU MCU PWB, , one at a time in order.
PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

789 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-107
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 7 - 1 1 1 I OT E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m I n v e r t R A P • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation


• Invert Gate for an improper operation
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
The IOT Exit Sensor did not come on within the specified time in invert exit mode.
• Drawer Connectors P/J 608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Initial Actions • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU
PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Make sure that the Inverter path is free from blockage. Verify that the Inverter In Sensor and In-
verter End Sensor are correctly installed and not blocking the paper path.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor].
Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.5 Fusing and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-2 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-1 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J 149-3 to MCU PWB P/J 405-A1
If OK, replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 10.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [077-013 and 077-014 Inverter Gate Solenoid In].
There is operation noise from the Inverter Gate Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-009 and 077-010 Invert Motor].
There is operation noise from the Invert Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approxi-
mately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J221-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Invert Motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid].
There is operation noise from the Reverse Invert Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor].
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx-
imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Check the following:

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 790


077-111 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 1 1 3 I OT E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m S t r a i g h t R A P 0 7 7 - 1 1 5 I OT E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m I n v e r t R A P

The IOT Exit Sensor did not turn off at the specified time in non-invert mode. The IOT Exit Sensor did not turn off within the specified time in invert exit mode.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On. • Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper

Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-110 IOT Exit Sensor]. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-110 IOT Exit Sensor].
Move the actuator of the IOT Exit Sensor manually or with paper. Move the actuator of the IOT Exit Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor
contact: contact:
• IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B5 • IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-2 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B5
• IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B6 • IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-1 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B6
• IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B4 • IOT Exit Sensor P/J111-3 to TM Drive PWB P/J 465-B4
• MCU PWB P/J 404-B10 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-B5 • MCU PWB P/J 404-B10 to TM Drive PWB P/J 462-B5

If OK, replace the IOT Exit Sensor (PL 10.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If OK, replace the IOT Exit Sensor (PL 10.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [077-012 Inverter Gate Solenoid Exit]. Execute dC330, code [077-012 Inverter Gate Solenoid Exit].
There is operation noise from the Inverter Gate Solenoid. There is operation noise from the Inverter Gate Solenoid.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid circuit. Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor]. Execute dC330, code [077-010 Exit Motor].
There is operation noise from the Exit Motor. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx- Go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx-
imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below. imately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6 • P/J222-5 to pins 4/6

If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit. If OK, go to BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Check the following: Check the following:
• Finisher for poor docking • Finisher for poor docking
• Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drawer Connectors P/J 608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Drawer Connectors P/J 608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU
PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown. PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

791 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-113
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 7 - 1 1 8 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n I n S e n s o r O n ( D u p l e x ) R A P • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown

The paper transported from duplex did not turn on the Pre Registration In Sensor within the speci-
fied time.

Initial Actions
• Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-100 Pre Registration
In Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Registration In Sensor.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
contact:
• Pre Registration In Sensor P/J 121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A2
• Pre Registration In Sensor P/J 121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A3
• Pre Registration In Sensor P/J 121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A1
If OK, replace the Pre Registration In Sensor (PL 80.14 Item 16) before replacing the IOT
Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
There is operation noise from the Pre Registration Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Registration Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the
measurement points below.
• P/J 229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 229-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-011 (Duplex Motor Forward) and 077-012 (Duplex Motor Reverse)].
There is operation noise from the Duplex Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
• P/J 219-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 219-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.10 Duplex Transmission and troubleshoot the Duplex Motor circuit.
Check the following:
• Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/ poor rotation
• Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drawer Connectors P/J 607A contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drawer Connectors P/J 609 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 792


077-118 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 1 2 0 Po s t 2 n d BT R S e n s o r O n J A M R A P 0 7 7 - 1 2 1 Po s t 2 n d BT R S e n s o r Pa p e r O n B e l t J A M R A P
Post 2nd BTR Sensor On JAM Post 2nd BTR Sensor Off JAM
Initial Actions Initial Actions
• Turn the power Off then On.
CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
• Check for foreign substances on the paper transport path. and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
• This fault can occur if the IBT Drive Motor fails. Check fault history for 042-324 faults. If found, states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
go to the 042-324 and troubleshoot that fault first. On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.
Procedure
• Turn the power Off then On.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-007 Registration • Remove the foreign substances on the paper transport path.
Motor].
• Verify that the Paper Trays are programmed correctly if 3 hole paper is used. It will cause inter-
The Registration Roll turns.
mittent jams
Y N
Check the gears in the Registration Transport for damage. Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections
If OK, go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Registration Motor circuit. for broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several
Check the condition of the Transfer Belt. times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants
The belt is undamaged and installed correctly. will change the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a
Y N multimeter.
Enter dC330, code [042-018 IBT Steering Motor (CW) Low Current]. Procedure
The IBT Steering Motor comes On.
Y N Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-007 Registration
Perform, GP 20, How to Check a Motor, to troubleshoot the IBT Steering Motor, BSD Motor].
90.18 IBT Belt Drive Control. The Registration Roll turns.
Reinstall/adjust/replace the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14). Y N
The fed sheet of paper is stuck to the IBT belt. Check the gears in the Registration Transport for damage.
Y N
If OK, go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Registration Motor circuit.
Remove the paper. If the problem returns, check the installation of the 2nd BTR.
Check the condition of the Transfer Belt.
Enter dC330, code [042-200 Belt Home Position Sensor].
The belt is undamaged and installed correctly.
The IBT Belt Home position can be detected. Y N
Y N
Reinstall/adjust/replace the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14).
Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Transfer Belt Home Sensor, BSD
The fed sheet of paper is stuck to the IBT belt.
90.19 IBT Belt Steering Control.
Y N
Enter dC330, code [094-202 Post 2nd BTR Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Post 2nd BTR Sensor.
Remove the paper. If the problem returns, check the installation of the 2nd BTR.
The display changes.
Enter dC330, code [042-018 IBT Steering Motor (CW) Low Current].
Y N
The IBT Steering Motor comes On.
Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Post 2nd BTR Sensor BSD 90.25
Y N
2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2).
Perform, GP 20, How to Check a Motor, to troubleshoot the IBT Steering Motor, BSD 90.19
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
IBT Belt Steering Control.
Select [042-200 Belt Home Position Sensor].
The IBT Belt Home position can be detected.
Y N
Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Transfer Belt Home Sensor, BSD
90.18 IBT Belt Drive Control.
Enter dC330, code [094-202 Post 2nd BTR Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Post 2nd BTR Sensor.
The display changes.

793 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-120
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
Y N 0 7 7 - 1 2 3 Re g i s t r a t i o n I n S e n s o r O n J a m ( D u p l e x ) R A P
• Clean the Post 2nd BTR Sensor. Refer to Section 1 SCP 4 Cleaning Procedures.
• Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to troubleshoot the Post 2nd BTR Sensor BSD
Paper transported from duplex did not turn on the Registration In Sensor within the specified time.
90.24 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2) (Post 2nd BTR Sensor).
• Replace the 2nd BTR Assy (PL 90.19) Initial Actions
Go the OF 3.2. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-102 Registration In
Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Registration In Sensor.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and check the following for an open wire, short or poor
contact:
• Registration In Sensor P/J 104-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A7
• Registration In Sensor P/J 104-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A8
• Registration In Sensor P/J 104-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-A6
• IOT Drive PWB J431-B15 to MCU PWB P/J 404-B1
If OK, replace the Registration In Sensor (PL 80.23 Item 18) before replacing the IOT Drive
PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Execute dC330, code [077-006 Pre Registration Motor: 640mm/s].
There is operation noise from the Pre Registration Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Registration Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the
measurement points below.
• P/J 221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 221-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2) and troubleshoot the Pre Registration Motor circuit.
Check the following:
• Pre Registration Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drawer Connectors P/J 672 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), IOT Drive PWB
(PL 1.2 Item 11) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 794


077-123 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

077-129 Duplex In Sensor On Jam RAP • Drive gears for wear/breakage


• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the MCU
Duplex In Sensor does not turn On a spec time after the start of invert.
PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.
Initial Actions
• Clear any jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• If occurring with 11x17 paper Verify tag 50 is installed.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-107 Duplex In Sensor].
Move the actuator of the Duplex In Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.10 Duplex Transmission and check the following wires for an open wire, short or
poor contact:
• Duplex In Sensor P/J 122-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-B13
• Duplex In Sensor P/J 122-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-B14
• Duplex In Sensor P/J 122-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J 439-B12
If OK, replace the Duplex In Sensor (PL 80.21 Item 6) then the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item
11).
Execute dC330, code [077-009 Invert Motor].
There is operation noise from the Invert Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approxi-
mately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J221-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.7 Inverter (2/2) and troubleshoot the Invert Motor circuit.
Alternately execute dC330, code [077-013] and [077-014].
The Inverter Gate Solenoid operates.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Inverter Gate Solenoid (PL 10.5).
Go to ADJ 8.2 Inverter Solenoid adjustment.
The Inverter Gate Solenoid is clean and aligned.
Y N
Go to ADJ 8.2 Inverter Solenoid adjustment.
Execute dC330, code [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid].
There is operation noise from the Reverse Invert Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Invert Solenoid (PL 10.5).
Check the following:
• Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/ poor rotation
• Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drawer Connectors P/J 672 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

795 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-129
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

077-130 Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam RAP • Duplex out roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drawer connectors P/J 607B contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
Duplex out sensor does not turn ON at specified time after duplex in sensor turns ON.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
Initial Actions • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2, and the MCU
• Check inverter 1 transport upper chute, PL 10.7 Item 10, for proper installation. PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, one at a time in the order shown.
1. Verify the inverter duplex gate, PL 10.7 Item 11, is not blocked by the inverter transport 1
upper.
2. Correct the inverter 1 transport upper as required to allow the inverter duplex gate to open
properly.
• Clear all paper jams, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19, to attempt clearing the
fault.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-109 duplex out sen-
sor]. Move the actuator of the duplex out sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.10 Duplex Transmission and check the following wires for an open wire, short or
poor contact:
• Duplex out sensor P/J 106-2 to IOT drive PWB P/J 439-A13
• Duplex out sensor P/J 106-1 to IOT drive PWB P/J 439-A14
• Duplex out sensor P/J 106-3 to IOT drive PWB P/J 439-A12
• IOT drive PWB J431-B12 to MCU PWB P/J 403-B4
If OK, replace the duplex out sensor, PL 80.21 Item 6, before replacing the IOT drive PWB, PL
1.2 Item 11.
Execute dC330, code [077-009 invert motor].
There is operation noise from the Invert Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and check the wire-wound resistance of invert motor is approxi-
mately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J221-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2) and troubleshoot the invert motor circuit.
Execute dC330, code [077-011 duplex motor].
There is operation noise from the Duplex Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of duplex motor is approximately 4.6 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
• P/J 219-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J 219-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.10 Duplex Transmission and troubleshoot the duplex motor circuit.
Check the following:
• Duplex path roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/ poor rotation

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 796


077-130 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

07 7 - 1 3 2 I n ve r t I n Se n s o r Of f Ja m R A P 0 7 7 - 1 4 5 L e a d Re g i s t r a t i o n E r r o r R A P

When Registration Sync to Registration Out Sensor time deviates, a design value or more, for every
The Invert In Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time during the paper transportation process speed, and when NVM [Lead Registration Error Switch] = “1: Jam (Dynamic)” is selected, the
for Face Down output. fault is sent to make type change to Jam.

Procedure Initial Actions


1. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to test the invert in sensor. If the check fails, install a • Clean the Sensor
new invert in sensor, PL 10.8 Item 10. • Remove jammed paper
2. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to test the exit motor. If the check fails, install a new exit
motor assembly, PL 10.6 Item 1. CC Code to Check
3. Perform GP 22, How to Check a Solenoid/Clutch to test the inverter gate solenoid. If the check • [077-103] Registration Out Sensor
fails, install a new inverter gate solenoid, PL 10.9 Item 22. • [077-007] Registration MOT
4. Perform GP 20, How to check a motor to test the inverter motor. If the check fails, install a new
inverter motor assembly, PL 10.6 Item 9. Check Items
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
If the fault persist, install new components in order as required:
– Approx +5 VDC between IOT Drive PWB to GND
1. TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2. – Approx +5 VDC between IOT Drive PWB
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. – Harness between IOT Drive PWB to Registration Out Sensor for an open wire, short or poor
contact
– Harness between IOT Drive PWB to Registration Out Sensor for an open wire, short or poor
contact
– If the results of the above checks are good, replace the Registration Out Sensor, PL 80.23
Item 16.
• Perform ADJ 9.7 Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.

797 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-132
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

07 7 - 1 6 8 I n ve r t I n Se n s o r Of f C h e c k Ja m R A P 0 7 7 - 3 0 0 Fr o n t C o v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P

The Front Cover is open.


The Invert In Sensor turns OFF earlier than the specified time during the paper transportation for
Face Down output. Initial Actions
Note: When turning OFF the power, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power • Switch the power Off then On.
Switch. • Check the opening/closing of the Front Cover.
Initial Actions Procedure
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial Check the actuator of the Front Cover for damage, distortion and improper installation.
connections. The actuator is properly installed with no damage or distortion.
Y N
Procedure
Replace or repair the actuator
1. Check the fuser for proper installation, paper wound around the fuser, any foreign objects or ma-
terial in the paper path. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Enter dC330, code [077-303 Front Door Interlock].
Open and close the Front Cover, the display changes.
2. Perform GP 21, How to Check a Sensor to verify the invert in sensor functions properly. If the Y N
check fails, install a new invert in sensor, PL 10.8 Item 10.
Perform GP 23, How to Check a Switch troubleshoot the front cover interlock switch, PL 28.1
3. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to verify the exit motor functions properly. If the check Item 22.
fails, install a new exit motor assembly, PL 10.6 Item 9. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
1. TM drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 798


077-168 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 3 0 1 Le f t H a n d Co v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P 0 7 7 - 3 0 2 R i g h t H a n d Co v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P

The Left Hand Interlock is open. The Right Hand Cover Interlock is open

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Switch the power Off then On. • Switch the power Off then On.
• Check the opening/closing of the L/H Cover Interlock. • Check the opening/closing of the R/H Cover Interlock.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [077-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [077-301 R/H Cover Interlock Switch].
Open and close the L/H Cover. The display changes. Open and close the R/H Cover. The display changes.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 132-1 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and GND +24VDC is measured between P/J112-2 (+) on the R/H Cover Interlock Switch and GND
(-). (-).
Y N Y N
Check the wire between P/J 469-1 on the TM Drive PWB and P/J 132-1 on the L/H Cov- Check the wire between P/J 466-1 on the TM Drive PWB and P/J112-2 on the R/H Cover
er Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact. Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact.
When the switch is On, +24VDC is measured between P/J 132-3 (+) on the L/H Cover Inter- When the switch is On, +24VDC is measured between P/J112-1 (+) on the R/H Cover Inter-
lock Switch and GND (-). lock Switch and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 80.11 Item 4). Replace the R/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.3).
+24VDC is measured between P/J 468-2 (+) on the TM Drive PWB and GND (-). +24VDC is measured between P/J 466-2 (+) on the TM Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Replace the TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that order. Replace the TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that order.
Check the wire between P/J 132-3 on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and P/J 468-2 on the TM Check the wire between P/J112-1 on the R/H Cover Interlock Switch and P/J 466-2 on the TM
Drive PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Drive PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
The problem can be a misalignment between the L/H Cover and the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The problem can be a misalignment between the R/H Cover and the R/H Cover Interlock Switch.
Check the L/H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and check for Check the R/H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and check for
the improperly positioned L/H Cover Interlock Switch. the improperly positioned R/H Cover Interlock Switch.

799 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-301
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 7 - 3 0 3 Tra n s fe r M o d u l e 2 I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P 0 7 7 - 3 0 4 M S I Tra y 5 / By p a s s Co v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P

Transfer Module 2 Interlock Open. The MSI Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock is open

Initial Actions Initial Actions


• Switch the power Off then On. • Switch the power Off then On.
• Check the opening/closing of the Transfer Module 2. • Check the opening/closing of the Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock.
Procedure Procedure
Check the condition of the pushed in Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly. Check the opening/closing of the Tray 5/Bypass Cover.
The knob of the Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly is locked. The Tray 5/Bypass Cover be opened/closed.
Y N Y N
Push in the Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly and lock the knob. Reinstall the Tray 5/Bypass Cover properly.
Check the Marking Drawer Interlock connectors. Check the installation of the Tray 5/Bypass Interlock Switch.
Are the Marking Drawer Interlock connectors properly installed? The Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock Switch is properly installed.
Y N Y N
Install the Marking Drawer Interlock properly. Install the MSI Cover Interlock Switch properly.
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [077-302 Transfer Module 2 Interlock]. Pull out and push in Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [077-304 Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock]. Open and close the
the Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly again. Tray 5/Bypass Cover.
The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Perform GP 23, How to Check a Switch troubleshoot the Transfer Module 2 Interlock circuit. Perform GP 23, How to Check a Switch troubleshoot the Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock Switch
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). for an open circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 800


077-303 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 3 1 2 Fe e d e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P 0 7 7 - 3 2 0 A l l Fe e d Tra y B r o ke n Fa i l R A P
Feeder Communication Fault All Feed Trays including MSI and HCF inoperative.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off, then On, if the problem still exists, continue with the RAP. CAUTION: Power Off and then Power On the DFE prior to Powering Off/On the IOT
and Accessories. The Accessories have their own power cord. Whenever a procedure
Procedure states to Power Off and then Power On, POPO, etc., powering Off and then powering
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. On the IOT does NOT Power Off the Accessory. The Accessory will have to be Powered
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following: Off and then On separately from the IOT by unplugging the Accessory power cord.

Note: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the HCF, refer to the HCF Supple- Switch the power Off, then on, if the problem still exists, continue with the RAP.
mentary Service Manual.
Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the HCF Circuit Board for open circuit, MCU PWB, IOT PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for broken,
short circuit, and poor contact. bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to remove
• The connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435 and the HCF Circuit Board for open circuit, contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change the ma-
short circuit, and poor contact. chine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter.

• The Drawer Connector (DP/DJ678, DP/DJ679) for broken/bent pins, burn damage, and for- Procedure
eign substances. • Check Fuse F6001 on the Main Low Voltage Power Supply
• The power supply at the HCF. • Check Fuse F1 on the TM Drive PWB
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence. • Check Fuse F10 on the TM Drive PWB
• MCU PWB (PL 1.2 Item 15)
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11)

801 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-312
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 7 - 9 0 9 I OT S t a t i c J a m Fa u l t R A P 0 7 7 - 9 1 1 Pa p e r S i z e M i s m a t c h , J o b C o n t i n u e R A P
The selected paper size is different from the size of the paper loaded.
One of the IOT sensors detected paper when power was turned on or when an interlock was closed.
Procedure
Initial Actions Verify the machine UI settings and the paper in the tray are correct for the job. Change the ma-
Perform the following: chuine UI settings or laod the correct paper for the job requested.

• Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Verify NVM value 742-180 is set to 1.


• Check Jam Clearance display on UI to determine suspect area since any of the paper path sen-
sors could generate this fault.
• Clear any paper jam.
• Switch the power Off then On.
• Check if the Registration In Sensor actuator is operating properly.
• Check for any light leaks.
• Check for a change or drop in the power voltage at the customer site.
• Enter NVM 742-003 Static Jam Sensor Chain Link No. = Chain Link No. of sensor which did not
initialize.

Procedure
If the problem persists after performing the Initial Actions, check the following sensors in Table 1 to
determine which sensor is causing the problem. Execute dC330, and the corresponding code in the
table for the device. Actuate each sensor as appropriate to determine if the display changes on ac-
tuation. See dC330, for a complete list of sensors.
Table 1 IOT Sensors
Component
Sensor Control Code BSD

Pre Reg Sensor 077-100

MSI Pre Reg Sensor 077-101

Reg Sensor In 077-102

Reg Sensor Out 077-103

Duplex In Sensor 077-107

Duplex Out Sensor 077-109

IOT Exit Sensor 077-110

Fuser Exit Sensor 010-201

Perform, GP 21, How to Check a Sensor, to check a suspect sensor circuit.


• Reflective - Pre Reg Sensor, Registration In Sensor, and OHP Transparency Sensor
• Transmissive - Invert In Sensor, Duplex In Sensor, Duplex Path Sensor, Duplex Out Sensor, IOT
Exit Sensor.
If the problem persists after checking the sensors and related wiring, replace the MCU PWB (PL
1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 802


077-909 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 7 7 - 9 6 7 A P S Pa p e r Ty p e Fa u l t R A P 0 7 7 - 9 6 8 Pa p e r Ty p e C h a n g e d Fa u l t R A P
The specified paper type and the paper type being used are different. The type of paper in the tray was changed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Perform the following: Perform the following:
• Switch the power Off then On. • Switch the power Off then On.
• Check if the Registration In Sensor actuator is operating properly. • Check if the Registration In Sensor actuator is operating properly.
• Check the paper type. • Check the paper type.
• Check the paper type settings. • Check the paper type settings.
Procedure Procedure
Load the paper type selected. If problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Load the paper type selected. If problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

803 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 077-967
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 7 8 - 1 0 1 Tra y 1 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n

The Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed from
Tray 6 (HCF).

Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power Off then On.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, dC330, code [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1
Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short
or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J 133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A12
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J 133A-1 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A13
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J 133A-3 to MCU PWB P/J 416-A11
If OK, install a new Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 80.14) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Execute dC330, code [077-001 Takeaway Motor].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330, code [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1].
There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Check the following:
• Takeaway Rolls 1/2/3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• HCF and IOT for a poor docking
• HCF Transport Belt for poor tension
• HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, install a new TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2), and the
MCU PWB (PL 1.2) one at a time in the order shown.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 804


078-101 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 0 0 I n c o r r e c t Fa s t S c a n Po s i t i o n i n g Cy a n

Incorrect Fast Scan positioning for the reference color Cyan was detected during fine adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600
5. 089-617
Procedure
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Switch the power
On.
If the fault persists, run ADJ 9.13, Belt Edge Learn.
If the fault persists, run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, go to 042-602 Belt Edge Check RAP.

805 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-600
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 8 9 - 6 0 1 I n n e r M O B S e n s o r Fa u l t 089-602 CENTER MOB Sensor


The Inner MOB Sensor failed to detect the fine-adjustment patterns properly during fine The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the fine-adjustment patterns properly during fine
adjustment. adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Verify that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed correctly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Verify that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed correctly (PL 1.1 Item 16).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Switch the power Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Switch the power
On. On.
If the fault persists, run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). If the fault persists, run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) and run Registration Control If the fault persists, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) and run Registration Control
- Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8) again. - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8) again.
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 806


089-601 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 0 3 O U T E R M O B S e n s o r Fa u l t 0 8 9 - 6 0 4 I N N E R M O B S e n s o r Fa u l t
The OUTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the fine-adjustment patterns properly during fine The INNER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Y rough
adjustment. adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Verify that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed correctly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
Procedure curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14).

Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Switch the power Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.
On.
Procedure
If the fault persists, run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
If the fault persists, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) and run Registration Control The density is normal.
- Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8) again. Y N
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8).

807 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-603
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

089-605 CENTER MOB Sensor 0 8 9 - 6 0 6 O U T E R M O B S e n s o r Y Ro u g h A D J


The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Y rough The OUTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Y rough
adjustment. adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc- of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14). curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged. (PL 90.14)
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
The density is normal. The density is normal.
Y N Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex- Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll. Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8). ADJ 9.8).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 808


089-605 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 0 7 I N N E R M O B S e n s o r M Ro u g h A D J 0 8 9 - 6 0 8 C E N T E R M O B S e n s o r M Ro u g h A D J

The INNER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns correctly during Magenta The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Magenta
rough adjustment. rough adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc- of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14) curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14).
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.

Procedure Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
The density is normal. The density is normal.
Y N Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex- Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll. Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8). ADJ 9.8).

809 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-607
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 8 9 - 6 0 9 O U T E R M O B S e n s o r M Ro u g h A D J 0 8 9 - 6 1 0 I N N E R M O B S e n s o r C Ro u g h A D J

The OUTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Magenta The INNER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Cyan rough
rough adjustment. adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc- of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14). curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14).
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.

Procedure Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
The density is normal. The density is normal.
Y N Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex- Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll. Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8). ADJ 9.8).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 810


089-609 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 1 1 C E N T E R M O B S e n s o r C Ro u g h A D J 0 8 9 - 6 1 2 M O B S e n s o r O U T C Ro u g h A D J

The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Cyan The MOB Sensor OUT failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Cyan rough
rough adjustment. adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc- of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14). curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14).
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.

Procedure Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
The density is normal. The density is normal.
Y N Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex- Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll. Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8). ADJ 9.8).

811 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-611
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 8 9 - 6 1 3 I N N E R M O B S e n s o r K Ro u g h A D J 0 8 9 - 6 1 4 C E N T E R M O B S e n s o r K Ro u g h A D J

The INNER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Black rough The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Black
adjustment. rough adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults. Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616 1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613, 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615 089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603 3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600 4. 089-600
5. 089-617 5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc- of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14). curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14).
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On.

Procedure Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed.
The density is normal. The density is normal.
Y N Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex- Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). ceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll. Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis-
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control -
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see
ADJ 9.8). ADJ 9.8).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 812


089-613 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 1 5 M O B S e n s o r O U T K Ro u g h A D J 0 8 9 - 6 1 6 RC D a t a O v e r F l o w Fa u l t

The MOB Sensor OUT failed to detect the rough-adjustment patterns properly during Black rough
The calculated adjustment amount has exceeded the specifiable range.
adjustment.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
1. 089-616
1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615
089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600
4. 089-600
5. 089-617
5. 089-617
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and IBT Module. Switch the power On.
Switch the power Off and remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. Check the surface
of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the area where the failure oc-
curred. install a new Transfer belt if damaged (PL 90.14). Procedure
Reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module and switch the power On. Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8).
Identify the items that are out of the adjustable range from the following.
Procedure
• Fast Scan Margin: -4720 to +4720
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern, select test pattern 9. Check the density of the color that failed. • Slow Scan Margin: -4720 to +4720
The density is normal.
Y N • Skew: -540 to +540
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. • Bow: -140 to +140
• Fast Scan Magnification (All%): -3040 to +3040
Note: The distance between the Registration Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm) ex-
ceeds the A4L width (297mm). • Fast Scan Horizontal Magnification (Left and Right%): -660 to +660
Any of the following is in the adjustable range: Fast Scan Margin, Slow Scan Margin, Fast Scan
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Magnification, or Fast Scan Horizontal Magnification.
For the color that the failure occurred, examine the Mag Roll for damage, foreign substance, or dis- Y N
tortion. If the Mag Roll is damaged, install a new Developer Housing Kit (PL 90.6). install a new Drum of the relevant color. If the trouble persists, install a new ROS Assembly
(PL 5.1).
If there is no damage or contamination, check the wiring for an open or short circuit between the Any of the following is in the adjustable range: Slow Scan Margin or Fast Scan Horizontal
MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assembly. Magnification.
If the wiring is OK, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Run Registration Control - Y N
Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8). Every color is aligned in the same direction.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Run Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see install a new ROS Assembly of that color (PL 5.1).
ADJ 9.8).
install a new MOB ADC Assy (PL 1.1 Item 16).
If the fault persists install a new ROS Assembly for that color (PL 5.1).
The Slow Scan Margin is in the adjustable range.
Y N
install a new ROS Assembly of that color (PL 5.1).
install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

813 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-615
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 8 9 - 6 1 7 RC D a t a O v e r Ra n g e Fa u l t 0 8 9 - 6 2 1 RC Te m p S e n s o r Fa u l t

Registration Control Temperature Sensor has failed.


There was an error in the calculated adjustment value.
Refer to Printing CE Reports and print a Fault Report. Examine the report for any Chain 089 faults.
Procedure
Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be Troubleshoot the Registration Control Humidity/Temperature Sensor circuit for proper operation.If
resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority): the circuits are Ok, install a new Registration Control Humidity/Temperature Sensor. If the problem
continues, install a new IOT PWB (PL 1.2).
1. 089-616
2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
4. 089-600
5. 089-617
Procedure
Verify that the following NVM Values are set to 0.
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-062]
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-063]
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-064]
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-065]
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-068]
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [760-069]
Switch the power Off then On.
If the fault persists, check the connection between the MCU PWB and the Controller PWB.
If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB (PL 3.2)
If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 814


089-617 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 8 9 - 6 3 9 L e a d Re g i s t r a t i o n O u t o f Ra n g e 0 8 9 - 6 7 4 , 0 8 9 - 6 7 5 , 0 8 9 - 6 7 6 M O B L E D Fa i l R A P

089-674 MOB LED Fail-In


When Registration Sync to Registration Out Sensor time deviates, a design value or more, for every
process speed, and when NVM [742-182] [Lead Registration Error Switch] = “1: Jam (Dynamic)” is 089-675 MOB LED Fail-Center
selected, the fault is sent to make type change to Jam.
089-676 MOB LED Fail-Out
Initial Actions During E Patch detection, the LED light amount correction at the MOB sensor [IN] side did not com-
• Clean the Sensor plete successfully.
• Remove jammed paper
Note: This is a hidden failure. The color registration specification cannot be guaranteed and data
is only recorded in history.
CC Code to Check
• [077-103] Registration Out Sensor Note: When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order
• [077-007] Registration MOT in, Table 1.
Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures.
Check Items
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: 1. 089-600 to 089-616 are detected when performing Regi Control.
– Approx +5 VDC between IOT Drive PWB to GND 2. 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is issued.
– Approx +5 VDC between IOT Drive PWB 3. 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount
– Harness between IOT Drive PWB to Registration Out Sensor for an open wire, short or poor correction.
contact Table 1 Chain Link Priority
– If the results of the above checks are good, install a new Registration Out Sensor (PL 80.23 Priority Chain-Link Fail Item
Item 18).
• Perform ADJ 9.7 Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration. 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail

2 089-604 to 089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B

3 089-601 to 089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1

4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1

5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail

6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail

Initial Actions
• Remove the MOB ADC Assembly and check the MOB In Sensor for contamination.
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then insert a blank sheet between MOB assembly, PL 1.1 Item
16, and the IBT belt, PL 90.14 Item 14.
2. Switch on the machine, GP 19, then enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Turn ON dC140, code [089-200]
MOB Monitor In A.
The analog monitor value is 92 or lower.
Y N
1. Press the [stop] button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.

815 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 089-639
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
A
2. Remove the rear upper right cover, PL 28.3 Item 1, the rear upper left cover, PL 28.3 Item
2, and MCU cover, PL 1.1 Item 3.
3. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J406 pin-B11 [IN],P/J406 pin-A15 [center],
P/J406 pin-B18 [out] (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is +5 VDC.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
1. Press the [stop] button, then switch off the machine, GP 19.
2. Check the connection between the MCU PWB P/J406 and the MOB in sensor P/J138,
MOB center sensor P/J139, MOB out sensor P/J160, for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
contact.
If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
1. MOB ADC assembly, PL 1.1 Item 16.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 816


089-674, 089-675, 089-676 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 3 1 2 C h a r g e K / Pr e c l e a n H V P S 0 9 1 - 3 1 3 D r u m C a r t r i d g e C R U M A S I C Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t

Charge K / Preclean HVPS has failed.


Drum cartridge CRUM ASIC communication Fault
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the fuse F402 on the AC Drive PWB for an open condition.
Switch the power Off then On.
Procedure 091-313 remains displayed.
Y N
Switch the power Off then On.
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-re-
091-312 remains displayed. lated noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal dis-
Y N charge has occurred.
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-re- Turn Off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
lated noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal dis-
charge has occurred. • P/J 413 on MCU PWB
Open the PWB Chassis. • P/J 171Y, P/J 171M, P/J 171C and P/J 171K Drum CRUM PWBs.
+24VDC is measured between P/J 584-1 and -2 on the Charge K / Preclean HVPS.
If the above action does not resolve the problem, install a new following in order:
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J 410-B13 and -B12 on the MCU PWB. • Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1)
Y N • Drum CRUM PWB (PL 90.5)
+24VDC is measured between P/J 400-10 on the MCU PWB and GND. • MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2). Check the +24VDC circuit
to J 400-10 on the MCU PWB.
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Check the wires between P/J 67410-B13 on the MCU PWB and P/J 584-1 on the Charge K /
Preclean HVPS, and between P/J 410-B12 on the MCU PWB and P/J 584-2 on the Charge K /
Preclean HVPS for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn Off the power. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J 410-B11 to Charge K / Preclean HVPS P/J 584-3
• MCU PWB P/J 410-B10 to Charge K / Preclean HVPS P/J 584-4
• MCU PWB P/J 410-B9 to Charge K / Preclean HVPS P/J 584-5
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new Charge K / Preclean HVPS (PL 1.1 Item 2). If the problem persists, install a new MCU
PWB (PL 1.2).

817 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-312
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

091-320 Charge Scorotron Wire 0 9 1 - 3 2 4 , 0 9 1 - 3 2 5 , 0 9 1 - 3 2 6 B C R Y / M / C L i n e C u t Fa i l

Charge Scorotron Wire is broken. 091-324 BCR Y Line Cut Fail

Initial Actions 091-325 BCR M Line Cut Fail

Check the Charge Scorotron Wire for contamination. 091-326 BCR C Line Cut Fail

Procedure Procedure
1. Check if the BCR cover is removed.
Remove the Drum Cartridge. Check the Scorotron Wire.
2. If it is removed, install a new drum cartridge assembly (C, M, Y), PL 90.1 Item 13.
The Scorotron Wire is open.
Y N 3. If it is not removed, remove the BCR Cover, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Open the PWB Chassis.
The High Voltage cables, CC1 and CC2 on the Charge K/ Preclean HVPS are properly
connected.
Y N
Reconnect the CC1 and CC2.
Install a new Scorotron Connector (PL 90.1).
Install a new Scorotron Wire (PL 90.1).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 818


091-320 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 4 0 0 Wa s t e To n e r B o t t l e ( Re g u l a r ) N e a r Fu l l 0 9 1 - 4 0 1 B l a c k D r u m C a r t r i d g e N e a r E n d - o f - L i fe

The Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is near full. The Black drum cartridge is near the end-of-life.

Procedure Initial Actions


Prepare a new Waste Bottle for installation (PL 90.5). Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Black Drum Cartridge (PL
90.1).

Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB K.
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB K (PL 90.5).

819 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-400
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 4 0 6 D r u m C a r t r i d g e K Pr e N e a r L i fe 0 9 1 - 4 0 7 D r u m K C R U M D a t a Tr o u b l e I n fo
DRUM K CRUM Comm Fail
The Drum (K) is near end of life.
DRUM K CRUM Data Broken
Procedure DRUM K CRUM Data Mismatch
Prepare a new Drum (K) (PL 90.1) for installation.
When any of the above has occurred.

Procedure
1. Remove, then reinstall the drum cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 13.
2. If the fault persists, install a new drum cartridge. PL 90.1 Item 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 820


091-406 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 4 1 1 Y D r u m C a r t r i d g e N e a r E n d - o f - L i fe 0 9 1 - 4 1 6 D r u m C a r t r i d g e Y Pr e N e a r L i fe

The Y drum cartridge is near the end-of-life. It was detected that the end of life for Drum (Y) is closer than near.

Initial Actions Procedure


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Y,M,C Drum Cartridge As- Prepare to install a new Drum (Y).
sembly, PL 90.1 Item 13.

Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171Y on the Drum CRUM PWB Y,
M,C,K.
• Install new components in order as required:
1. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2. Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K, PL 90.5 Item 11.

821 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-411
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 4 1 7 D r u m Y C R U M Tr o u b l e I n fo 0 9 1 - 4 2 1 M D r u m C a r t r i d g e N e a r E n d - o f - L i fe
DRUM Y CRUM Comm Fail
The Magenta drum cartridge is near the end-of-life.
DRUM Y CRUM Data Broken
Drum Y CRUM Data Mismatch Initial Actions
When any of the above has occurred. Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Magenta Drum Cartridge
(PL 90.1).
Procedure Procedure
1. Remove, then reinstall the drum cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 13.
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171M on the Drum CRUM PWB
2. If the fault persists, install a new drum cartridge. PL 90.1 Item 13. M.
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB M (PL 90.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 822


091-417 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 4 2 4 D r u m K L i fe E n d 0 9 1 - 4 2 6 D r u m C a r t r i d g e M Pr e N e a r L i fe
The DRUM K Life End (Dead Stop) has occurred.
The Drum Cartridge (M) is near end of life.
Procedure
1. Remove, then reinstall the drum cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 13. Procedure
2. If the fault persists, install a new drum cartridge. PL 90.1 Item 13. Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (M) (PL 90.1) for installation.

823 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-424
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 4 3 1 C D r u m C a r t r i d g e N e a r E n d - o f - L i fe 0 9 1 - 4 3 6 D r u m C a r t r i d g e C Pr e N e a r L i fe

The Cyan drum cartridge is near the end-of-life. The Drum Cartridge (C) is near end of life.

Initial Actions Procedure


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (C) (PL 90.1) for installation.
90.1).

Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171C on the Drum CRUM PWB C.
• install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB C (PL 90.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 824


091-431 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 4 3 7 D r u m C C R U M Tr o u b l e I n fo 0 9 1 - 4 4 2 D r u m C a r t r i d g e C R U M Tr o u b l e I n fo
DRUM C CRUM Data Broken DRUM CARTRIDGE CRUM Comm Fail
DRUM C CRUM Comm Fail DRUM CARTRIDGE CRUM Data Broken
DRUM C CRUM Data Mismatch DRUM CARTRIDGE CRUM Data Mismatch
When any of the above has occurred. When any of the above has occurred.

Procedure Procedure
1. Remove, then reinstall the drum cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 13. 1. Remove, then reinstall the drum cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 13.
2. If the fault persists, install a new drum cartridge. PL 90.1 Item 13. 2. If the fault persists, install a new drum cartridge. PL 90.1 Item 13.

825 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-437
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 6 0 0 E n v i r o n m e n t Te m p e ra t u r e Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 6 0 1 E n v i r o n m e n t H u m i d i t y Fa u l t

The measured temperature was out of the prescribed range. Fault due to Environment Temperature The measured humidity was out of the prescribed range.
Sensor output failure NVM 751-060 (ENV_SNR_TEMP), NVM 751-061 (ENV_SNR_HUM).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Check that the Drawer Connectors (P602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from
Check that the Drawer Connectors (P602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.
bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.
Procedure
Procedure
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover.
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured between P/J135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor. Y N
Y N +5VDC is measured between P/J 407-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB. Y N
Y N +5VDC is measured between J 400-4 on the MCU PWB and GND.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 400-4 on the MCU PWB and GND. Y N
Y N Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to J 400-4
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to J400-4 on the MCU PWB.
on the MCU PWB. Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Check the wires between J 135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B4 on the
Check the wires between P/J 135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B4 on MCU PWB, and between J 135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B2 on the
the MCU PWB, and between P/J 406-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J406-B2 MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J 135-4 to MCU PWB P/J 406-B1 for continuity. If the wire is
Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor P/J 135-4 to MCU PWB P/J 406-B1 for continuity. If the wire is good, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) before installing a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
good, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) before installing a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 826


091-600 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 6 0 2 B C R A C O U T Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 9 1 0 Wa s t e B o t t l e N o t Po s i t i o n
Environmental sensor and Drum Cartridge abnormality FAIL, the connection between Environmen- The waste toner bottle is not present.
tal sensor and Drum Cartridge harness and HVPS. Chain Link No 750-387 (Constant AC OUT Coun-
ter) in 0 Procedure
Initial Actions Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [091-200 Waste Toner Bot-
tle Sensor]. Remove and reinstall the Waste Bottle.
Check Harness/Connector. If no problem, install a new Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor (PL 90.5 Item The display changes.
19). Y N
Procedure Turn Off the power. Check the following for continuity:
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. • TM Drive PWB P/J 467-A9 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-1
+5VDC is measured between P/J 135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor. • TM Drive PWB P/J 467-A7 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-3
Y N • TM Drive PWB P/J 467-A8 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-2
+5VDC is measured between P/J 406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB.
Y N Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between J 400-4 on the MCU PWB and GND.
Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Refer to , check the +5VDC circuit to J 400-4 on the MCU PWB, BSD 1.4 DC Power Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT Drive PWB and P/J402 on the MCU
Generation (2/2) PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, install a new following in order:
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • Waste Bottle Full Sensor (PL 90.5)
Check the wires between J135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B4 on the • TM Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2)
MCU PWB, and between J135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B2 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. • MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J 135-4 to MCU PWB P/J -B1 for continuity. If the wire is good, Check if the Bottle is properly installed; the Sensor actuator properly operates; the Sensor is properly
install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) before installing a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). installed; and the Waste Toner Cover is properly installed.

827 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-602
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 9 1 1 Wa s t e B o t t l e Fu l l 0 9 1 - 9 1 3 D r u m C a r t r i d g e K L i fe E n d
The waste toner bottle is full. The Black drum cartridge (K) has reached the end-of-life.
Procedure Initial Actions
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [091-201 Waste Toner Near Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Black Drum Cartridge (PL
Full Sensor]. Actuate the Waste Bottle Full Sensor (PL 90.5) with waste toner. 90.1).
The display changes.
Y N Procedure
Remove the R/H Cover. Remove the Waste Toner Full Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB K.
the connectors as they are.)
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB K (PL 90.5).
+3.3VDC is measured between P/J 152-2 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor and GND.
Y N
+3.3VDC is measured between J 403-A16 on the MCU PWB and GND.
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J 461 on the TM Drive PWB and J
403 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, install a new TM
Drive PWB (PL 1.3 Item 2) before installing A new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Check the wire between P/J 152-2 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor and P/J -A11 467on
the TM Drive PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J 152-1 and -3 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J 467-A12 and -A10 on the TM Drive PWB.
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2). Check the +5VDC circuit to P/J 460-
4 on the TM Drive PWB.
Check the wires between P/J 467-A12 on the TM Drive PWB an dP/J 152-1 on the
Waste Bottle Full Sensor, and between 467-A10 on the TM Drive PWB and P/J 152-3 on
the Waste Bottle Full Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new Waste Bottle Full Sensor (PL 90.5).
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 828


091-911 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 9 1 4 D r u m K C R U M Co m m Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 9 1 5 D r u m K C R U M D a t a Fa u l t
Communication failure between the MCU and the Black Drum CRUM The MCU detected incorrect data in the Black drum cartridge CRUM.

Procedure Initial Actions


Switch the power Off then On. Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Black Drum Cartridge (PL
091-914 remains displayed. 90.1).
Y N
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal discharge-related
Procedure
noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any abnormal discharge • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB K.
(arching) has occurred. • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB K (PL 90.5).
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• P/J 413 on the MCU PWB
• P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB
Install new components as required in the following order:
• Drum Cartridge (K) (PL 90.1)
• Drum CRUM PWB (PL 90.5)
• MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

829 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-914
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

091-916 D r um K CRU M D ata M ism atch 0 9 1 - 9 1 7 D r u m Y C R U M Co m m Fa u l t


The CRUM authentication registration data on the drum cartridge is incorrect. MCU cannot communicate with the CRUM in Drum Y

Initial Actions Procedure


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If this does not resolve the problem, install a new Drum Car- Switch the power Off then On.
tridge (K) (PL 90.1) 091-917 remains displayed.
Y N
Procedure The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal discharge-related
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB K. noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any abnormal discharge
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5). (arching) has occurred.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• P/J 413 on the MCU PWB
• P/J 171Y on the Drum CRUM PWB (Y,M,C,K)
If the above action does not resolve the problem, install a new following in order:
• Drum Cartridge (Y,M,C) (PL 90.1)
• Drum CRUM PWB (Y,M,C,K) (PL 90.5)
• MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 830


091-916 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 9 1 8 D r u m M C R U M Co m m Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 9 1 9 D r u m C C R U M Co m m Fa u l t
Communication failure with the Magenta Drum CRUM Communication failure with the Cyan Drum CRUM

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. Switch the power Off then On.
091-918 remains displayed. 091-919 remains displayed.
Y N Y N
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal discharge-related The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal discharge-related
noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any abnormal discharge noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any abnormal discharge
(arching) has occurred. (arching) has occurred.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors: Turn Off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• P/J 413 on the MCU PWB • P/J 413 on the MCU PWB
• P/J 171M on the Drum CRUM PWB • P/J 171C on the Drum CRUM PWB
If the above action does not resolve the problem, install a new following in order: If the above action does not resolve the problem, install a new following in order:
• Drum Cartridge (M) (PL 90.1) • Drum Cartridge (C) (PL 90.1)
• Drum CRUM PWB (M) (PL 90.5) • Drum CRUM PWB (C) (PL 90.5)
• MCU PWB (PL 1.2) • MCU PWB (PL 1.2)

831 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-918
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 9 2 0 D r u m Y C R U M D a t a Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 9 2 1 D r u m K C R U M N o t Po s i t i o n
The MCU detected incorrect data in the Y drum cartridge CRUM. Drum CRUM (K) is disconnected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Y Drum Cartridge (PL Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Black Drum Cartridge (PL
90.1). 90.1).

Procedure Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171Y on the Drum CRUM PWB Y, • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171K on the Drum CRUM PWB Y,
M,C,K. M,C,K.
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5). • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 832


091-920 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 1 - 9 2 2 D r u m M C R U M D a t a Fa u l t 0 9 1 - 9 2 3 D r u m C C R U M D a t a Fa u l t
Wrong Data in Magenta drum cartridge. Wrong data in Cyan drum cartridge.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Magenta Drum Cartridge Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL
(PL 90.1). 90.1).

Procedure Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171M on the Drum CRUM PWB • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171C on the Drum CRUM PWB C.
M. • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB C (PL 90.5).
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB M (PL 90.5).

833 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-922
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 9 2 4 D r u m Y C R U M D a ta M i s m a tc h 0 9 1 - 9 2 5 D r u m M C R U M D a ta M i s m a tc h
The CRUM authentication registration data on the Y drum cartridge is incorrect. Wrong data in Magenta cartridge.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Y Drum Cartridge (PL Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Magenta Drum Cartridge
90.1). (PL 90.1).

Procedure Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171Y on the Drum CRUM PWB Y, • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171M on the Drum CRUM PWB
M,C,K. Y,M,C,K.
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5). • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 834


091-924 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

091-926 D r um C CR UM D ata M is match 0 9 1 - 9 2 7 D r u m Y C R U M N o t Po s i t i o n


The CRUM authentication registration data on the Cyan drum cartridge is incorrect. Y Drum CRUM is disconnected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Y Drum Cartridge (PL
90.1). 90.1).

Procedure Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171C on the Drum CRUM PWB Y, • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171Y on the Drum CRUM PWB Y,
M,C,K. M,C,K.
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5). • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K (PL 90.5).

835 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 091-926
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 1 - 9 2 8 D r u m M C R U M N o t Po s i t i o n 0 9 1 - 9 2 9 D r u m C C R U M N o t Po s i t i o n
Magenta Drum CRUM is disconnected. Cyan Drum CRUM is disconnected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Magenta Drum Cartridge Switch off, then switch on the machine. If the fault persists, install a new Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL
(PL 90.1). 90.1).

Procedure Procedure
• Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171M on the Drum CRUM PWB • Verify P/J 413 on the MCU PWB is connected properly and P/J 171C on the Drum CRUM PWB C.
M. • Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB C (PL 90.5).
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2) before installing a new Drum CRUM PWB M (PL 90.5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 836


091-928 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 2 - 6 4 9 A D C S h u t t e r O p e n Fa u l t

The MOB ADC Shutter remains open due to shutter failure.

Initial Actions
• Switch the power Off then On.
• Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assembly.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [092-005 ADC Shutter
Close]. Switch the power Off then On.
092-649 is still present.
Y N
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some electrical noise such as arcing. Check for
any sources of electrical noise or arcing around the machine.
Install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Execute dC330 [092-004 ADC Shutter Open]
and dC330 [092-005 ADC Shutter Close] alternately.
The ADC Shutter is operating properly.
Y N
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
The ADC Shutter is now operating properly.

837 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 092-649
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 2 - 6 5 0 A D C S h u t t e r C l o s e Fa u l t 0 9 2 - 6 5 1 A D C S e n s o r Fa u l t
The MOB ADC Shutter remains closed due to shutter failure. The output read by ADC Sensor from the clean Photoreceptor surface is out of range (100~1000)
(in Mini-Setup).
Initial Actions
• Switch the power Off then On.
Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
• Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assembly. Initial Actions
Procedure • Switch the power Off then On.
• Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assembly.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [092-004 ADC Shutter
Open]. Switch the power Off then On. Procedure
092-650 is still present.
Y N Switch off the power. Perform the following:
The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some electrical noise such as arcing. Check for • Check the ADC Sensor for dirt
any sources of electrical noise or arcing around the machine. • Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J 136, and P/J 616A on the MOB ADC PWB.
Install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16). Execute dC330 [092-005 ADC Shutter Closed]
and dC330 [092-004 ADC Shutter Open] alternately. • Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.
The ADC Shutter is operating properly. • Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Install a new Drum Cartridge. (PL 90.1)
Y N • Check the following for continuity: If the wires are good, install a new ADC Sensor (PL 1.1 Item
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 16) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in order.
The ADC Shutter is now operating properly. – MCU PWB J 406-A5 to P 136-4
– MCU PWB J 406-A3 to P 136-6
– MCU PWB J 406-A4 to P 136-5
– MCU PWB J 406-A8 to P 136-1
• Install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 838


092-650 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 2 - 6 5 2 A D C Pa t c h Fa u l t 0 9 2 - 6 5 7 AT C S e n s o r Y A m p l i t u d e Fa u l t

The amplitude of ATC Y Sensor output is smaller (<10).


The measured ADC Patch density is light. (Over 75% of Vclean)
Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Initial Actions
• Check the Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Procedure
Developer Unit.
Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131 NVM Read/Write [752-130] (ATC Average
• Enter Diagnostics. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Fault History. If either 093-311, 093- Output).
405 or 093-912 is present, go to the appropriate RAP.
The value is 1022 or more.
Procedure Y N
The value is 150 or less.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. Select ProCon Off/On Print, refer to, ADJ Y N
9.5. Check if the Transfer Belt has removed the ADC patch. While running in diagnostics, check to
see if the Transfer Belt is retracting. Check the following: If the circuits are good, install a new Developer Housing Kit (Y,M,
The Transfer Belt operates normally. C,K), PL 90.6 Item 24.
Y N • MCU PWB P 418-10 to ATC Sensor P/J 134Y-2
Troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor operation. BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2).
• MCU PWB P 418-9 to ATC Sensor P/J 134Y-1
Switch the power Off then On. After approx. 10sec, execute dC330 [093-200 Low Toner Sensor Y].
The Indication is that Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner exists. • MCU PWB P 418-11 to ATC Sensor P/J 134Y-3
Y N If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Install a new Toner Cartridge (Y/Y-Flou/Clear), PL 90.1 Item 17. Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance be-
Execute dC330 [093-201 Low Toner Sensor M]. tween Connector Pin P/J 436-A13 and the frame.
The display indicates “High”. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N Y N
Install a new Toner Cartridge M. 1. Check if the cable is properly connected between the IOT Drive PWB and P/J 402
Execute dC330 [093-202 Low Toner Sensor C]. on the MCU PWB.
The display indicates “High”. 2. If the fault persists, install new components as required, in order:
Y N
Install a new Toner Cartridge C. a. Y Dispense Motor PL 90.4 Item 7.
Execute dC330 [093-203 Low Toner Sensor K]. b. IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
The display indicates “High”. c. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Y N
Install a new Toner Cartridge K. Check the wire between P/J 436-A13 and Dispense Motor P/J 201Y-2 for a short to GND.
Switch off the power. Perform the following: Check the following:
• Check the ADC Sensor for dirt • The Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 17, has toner and that no toner blocking has
occurred on the path to the Developer Unit.
• Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J 136, and P/J 616A on the MOB ADC PWB.
• Enter Diagnostics. Check Fault History. If code 093-314, 093-320 or 93-423 is present, go to the
• Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket. appropriate RAP.
• Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Install a new Drum Cartridge, PL 90.1) • If the fault persists, install new components as required, in order:
• Check the following for continuity: If the wires are good, install a new ADC Sensor (PL 1.1 Item
1. Y Dispense Motor PL 90.4 Item 7.
16) and the MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in order.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
– MCU PWB J 406-A5 to P 136-4
– MCU PWB J 406-A3 to P 136-6
– MCU PWB J 406-A4 to P 136-5
– MCU PWB J 406-A8 to P 136-1

839 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 092-652
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 2 - 6 5 8 AT C S e n s o r M A m p l i t u d e Fa u l t 0 9 2 - 6 5 9 AT C S e n s o r C A m p l i t u d e Fa u l t

The amplitude of ATC Magenta Sensor output is smaller (<10). The amplitude of ATC Cyan Sensor output is smaller (<10).

Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made. Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131 NVM Read/Write [752-130] (ATC Average Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131 NVM Read/Write [752-130] (ATC Average
Output). Output).
The value is 1022 or more. The value is 1022 or more.
Y N Y N
The value is 150 or less. The value is 150 or less.
Y N Y N
Check the following: If the circuits are good, install a new Magenta Developer Housing Check the following: If the circuits are good, install a new Cyan Developer Housing (PL
(PL 90.6). 90.6).
• MCU PWB P 418-13 to ATC Sensor P/J 134M-2 • MCU PWB P 418-4 to ATC Sensor P/J 134C-2
• MCU PWB P 418-12 to ATC Sensor P/J 134M-1 • MCU PWB P 418-3 to ATC Sensor P/J 134C-1
• MCU PWB P 418-14 to ATC Sensor P/J 134M-3 • MCU PWB P 418-5 to ATC Sensor P/J 134C-3
If the problem persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Turn Off the power GP 19, disconnect P/J 436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resist- Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance be-
ance between Connector Pin P/J 436-A11 and the frame. tween Connector Pin P/J 436-A9 and the frame.
The resistance is 10 ohms or less. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N Y N
If no resistance is read, check the wire between P/J 436-A11 and Dispense Motor P/J Check if the cable is properly connected between the IOT Drive PWB an dP/J 402 on
201M-2 for broken wires, connectors, and the connectors are seated fully. the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, install a new Cyan Dispense Motor (PL 90.4), Flat
If greater than 10 ohms, check the wire between P/J 436-A11 and Dispense Motor P/J 201M- Print Cable (PL 2.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that
2 for a short to ground. order.
Check the following: Check the wire between/J 436-A9 and Dispense Motor P/J 201C-2 for a short to GND.
• The Magenta Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to Check the following:
the Developer Unit. • The Cyan Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the
• Enter Diagnostics. Check Fault History. If code 093-315, 093-320 or 93-424 is present, go to the Developer Unit.
appropriate RAP. • Enter Diagnostics. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Fault History. If code 093-316, 093-320
or 93-425 is present, go to the appropriate RAP.
• Install a new Developer Housing Kit (M) (PL 90.6) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• Install a new Developer Housing Kit (C) (PL 90.6) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 840


092-658 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 2 - 6 6 0 AT C S e n s o r K A m p l i t u d e Fa u l t 0 9 2 - 6 6 1 E n v i r o n m e n t a l Te m p e ra t u r e S e n s o r Fa u l t

The amplitude of ATC Black Sensor output is smaller (<10). The temperature output of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor was not in the appropriate range
(140 ~ 896).
Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131 NVM Read/Write [752-130] (ATC Average
Output). Check that the Drawer Connectors (P602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from
The value is 1022 or more. bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.
Y N
The value is 150 or less.
Procedure
Y N Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover.
Check the following: If the circuits are good, install a new Black Developer Housing (PL +5VDC is measured between P/J 135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor.
90.6). Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J 406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB P 418-7 to ATC Sensor P/J 134K-2
Y N
• MCU PWB P 418-6 to ATC Sensor P/J 134K-1 +5VDC is measured between J 400-4 on the MCU PWB and GND.
• MCU PWB P 418-8 to ATC Sensor P/J 134K-3 Y N
If the problem persists, install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to J 400-4
on the MCU PWB.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect P/J 436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance be-
tween Connector Pin P/J 436-A7 and the frame. Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Check the wires between J 135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and J 406-J on the
Y N MCU PWB, and between J 135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and J 406-B2 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Check if the cable is properly connected between the IOT Drive PWB and P/J 402 on
the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, install a new Black Dispense Motor (pl 90.4), Flat Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J 135-4 to MCU PWB P/J 406-B1 for continuity. If the wire is
Print Cable (PL 2.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) and MCU PWB (PL 1.2) in that good, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) installing a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
order.
Check the wire between P/J 4346-A7 and Dispense Motor P/J 201K-2 for a short to GND.
Check the following:
• The Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Devel-
oper Unit.
• Go toBSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control and check the Developer Drive (K) Clutch for an open
circuit.
• Enter Diagnostics. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) History. If code 093-317, 93-421, or
093-422 is present, go to the appropriate RAP.
• Install a new Developer Housing Kit (K) (PL 90.6) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

841 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 092-660
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 2 - 6 6 2 E n v i r o n m e n ta l H u m i d i t y S e n s o r Fa u l t 0 9 2 - 6 6 3 M i n i s e t u p A D C Fa u l t

The humidity output of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor was not in the appropriate range (30 ~ The two levels of ADC Patch density created in Mini-Setup: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-
607). 60) are reversed.

Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made. Note: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Initial Actions Procedure
Check that the Drawer Connectors (P 602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from Perform ADJ 9.11. If the density is badly uneven and cannot be corrected, install a new following in
bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc. order:
• Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1)
Procedure
• Developer Housing (PL 90.6)
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover.
• K Developer Bias HVPS (PL 1.2)
+5VDC is measured between P/J 135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor.
Y N • Clean or install a new Transfer Belt (PL 90.14).
+5VDC is measured between P/J 406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB. • Install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16)
Y N
• Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
+5VDC is measured between J 400-4 on the MCU PWB and GND.
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to 400-4
on the MCU PWB.
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Check the wires between J 135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J 406-B4 on the
MCU PWB, and between J 135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and J 406-B2 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J 135-4 to MCU PWB P/J 406-B1 for continuity. If the wire is
good, install a new MOB ADC Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16) installing a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 842


092-662 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 2 - 6 6 5 AT C Y M C K A v e ra g e Fa i l

092-665 ATC Y Average Fail


092-666 ATC M Average Fail
092-667 ATC C Average Fail
092-668 ATC K Average Fail
The average output value of Y, M, C, or K color is not within the specified range in the ATC (Auto-
matic Toner Control) measurement.

Note: This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.


WARNING: When a new ATC Sensor has been installed, perform dC950 ATC Sensor
Setup (MAX Setup), for the applicable color before proceding.

Procedure
1. Verify the toner cartridge is a Genuine Xerox toner cartridge. Advise the customer to install a
Genuine Xerox toner cartridge if not.
2. Print test chart 82E13120 to check whether the density has recovered.
3. Clean any toner adhering to the facing section of ATC Sensors YMCK?
4. Perform GP 20, How to Check a Motor to test the dispense motor YMC or K for the fault required.
If the test fails, install a new dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
5. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J418 and ATC Sensor,P/J134Y,P/J134M,P/J134C,P/
J134K for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
1. ATC Sensor YMCK, PL 90.4 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

WARNING: When a new ATC Sensor has been installed, perform dC950 ATC Sensor
Setup (MAX Setup), for the applicable color before proceding.

843 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 092-665
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 3 0 0 M a r k i n g D ra we r I n t e r l o c k O p e n 0 9 3 - 3 1 3 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r Fa u l t

Marking Drawer Interlock Open


The Low Toner Sensor failed to detect any toner after the Toner Cartridge Motor operated for 20sec
Initial Actions and aborted the refilling operation.
• Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Status NVM [762-330]
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• M/M-Flou/Silver Toner Status NVM [762-331]
Procedure • C/C-Flou/White Toner Status NVM [762-332]
Check the marking drawer. • K2 Toner Status NVM [762-333]
The marking drawer is installed in the correct position. • K1/Gold Toner Status NVM [762-334]
Y N – 0: Toner Full
Push the marking drawer into the proper position.
– 1: Low Toner
Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code [093-
007] marking drawer interlock. – 2: Toner Near Empty
The display is LOW. – 3: Toner Empty
Y N
Go to BSD 1.10 Interlock Switching (2/2). Check the connector between the marking drawer Initial Actions
interlock and the MCU PWB. If OK: • Check the Toner Cartridges for defects.
1. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. • Check for obstructions from the Dispenser through the Inner Cover Assembly to the Developer
Housing.
2. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Procedure
1. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the exterior of the Toner Cartridges.
2. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
The Toner Cartridges are in proper condition without distortion or damage.
Y N
Install a new Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1.
Go to BSD 90.16 Toner Dispense Control (2/3) and check the connectors connecting the Dispense
Motor, the IOT Drive PWB and the MCU PWB.
Each connector is connected properly.
Y N
Reseat connectors as necessary.
Go to BSD 90.15 Toner Dispense Control (1/3) and check the connectors connecting the Low Toner
Sensor, the Low Toner Sensor PWB and the MCU PWB.
Each connector is connected properly.
Y N
Reseat connectors as necessary.
Check the transport path in the Toner Cartridges for damage.
The transport path of the Toner Cartridges is undamaged.
Y N
1. Install a new Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1.
2. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
1. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 844


093-300 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 3 1 4 Y D i s p e n s e Fa u l t A
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connector P/J201 Y on the dispense motor. Meas-
ure the wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance is between P/J201 Y -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Dispense Y failure. Y N
Dispense Status Y NVM [763-368] Install a new dispense motor Y, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• 0: Dispense Ready
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -8 to dispense motor Y P/J201 Y -1
• 1: Dispense Doubt
• IOT Drive PWB P/J438 -7 to dispense motor Y P/J201 Y -2
• 2: Dispense Near Broken
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
• 3: Dispense Broken
Y N
Initial Actions Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
1. Check if an exchange from YMCK to Vivid or Fluorescent toner has been made.
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT Drive PWB and P/J402 -B14 (+) and
Note: It is possible the dispense motor connector is not installed properly, or damaged, causing B13 (-) on the MCU PWB.
failure of the dispense motor to dispense toner, depleting the developer housing. • Remove toner dispenser Y. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive gears
2. Check NVM location [763-368]. Set to 0. Refer to, 001 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP. binding.
3. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code If fault persists, install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11, and MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15,
[093-006] dispense motor Y, PL 90.4 Item 7. in that order.
4. Select Start. +5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner Sensor PWB.
5. If the dispense motor fails to run, before following the RAP procedure below, check the in-line Y N
motor connector for proper connection when the toner dispense assembly is inserted. +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
6. Reform the connector bracket, if necessary, then ensure the connector is fully connected when
inserting the toner dispense assembly, Figure 1. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, install a new low toner sensor PWB, PL
90.3.
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
contact.
Remove the low toner sensor Y.
Figure 1 Dispense motor connector bracket
There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor Y.
7. Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Y N
housing.
1. Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc.
Procedure
2. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code Install new components, in order, as required:
[093-006] dispense motor Y.
2. Select Start. 1. Low toner sensor Y, PL 90.4 Item 8.
Dispense Motor Y is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.) 2. IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
Y N 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
+24VDC is measured between P/J438 -8 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB and GND (-). 4. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/
J430 -1 (+) and 2 (-) and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2) check the
+24VDC circuit to P/J430 -3 (+) and 4 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.

845 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-314
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 3 1 5 M a g e n t a D i s p e n s e Fa u l t A
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connector P/J201 M on the dispense motor. Meas-
ure the wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201 M -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Dispense M failure. Y N
Dispense Status M NVM [763-369] Install a new dispense motor M, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• 0: Dispense Ready
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -6 to dispense motor P/J201 M -1
• 1: Dispense Doubt
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -5 to dispense motor P/J201 M -2
• 2: Dispense Near Broken
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
• 3: Dispense Broken
Y N
Initial Actions Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
1. Check if an exchange from YMCK to Vivid or Fluorescent toner has been made.
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J402 -B7 (+) and
Note: It is possible the dispense motor connector is not installed properly, or damaged, causing B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
failure of the dispense motor to dispense toner, depleting the developer housing. • Remove the magenta toner dispenser. check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and
2. Check NVM location [763-369]. Set to 0. Refer to, 001 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP. drive gears binding.
3. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code If no problem is found, replace the IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11, and MCU PWB, PL 1.2 in
[093-007] dispense motor M, PL 90.4 Item 7. that order.
4. Select Start. +5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner Sensor PWB.
5. If the dispense motor fails to run, before following the RAP procedure below, check the in-line Y N
motor connector for proper connection when the toner dispense assembly is inserted. +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
6. Reform the connector bracket, if necessary, then ensure the connector is fully connected when
inserting the toner dispense assembly, Dispense motor connector bracket. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, replace the Low Toner Sensor PWB, PL
90.3 Item 8.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
contact.
Remove the low toner sensor M.
Figure 1 Dispense motor connector bracket
There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
7. Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Y N
housing. Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc, then perform, SCP 5 Final
Procedure Actions.
Install a new low toner sensor M, PL 90.4 Item 7, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code
[093-007] dispense motor M.
2. Select Start.
Dispense Motor rotates. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J201 M -8 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/
J430 -1 (+) and 2 (-) and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2) check the
+24VDC circuit to P/J430 -3 (+) and 4 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 846


093-315 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 3 1 6 Cy a n D i s p e n s e Fa u l t A
Switch off the machine. Disconnect connector P/J201 C on the dispense motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201 C -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Dispense C failure. Y N
Dispense Status C NVM [763-370] Install a new cyan dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• 0: Dispense Ready
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -4 to dispense motor P/J201 C -1
• 1: Dispense Doubt
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -3 to dispense motor P/J201 C -2
• 2: Dispense Near Broken
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
• 3: Dispense Broken
Y N
Initial Actions Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
1. Check if an exchange from YMCK to Vivid or Fluorescent toner has been made.
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J410 -B7 (+) and
Note: It is possible the dispense motor connector is not installed properly, or damaged, causing B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
failure of the dispense motor to dispense toner, depleting the developer housing. • Remove the cyan toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive
2. Check NVM location [763-370]. Set to 0. Refer to, 001 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP. gears binding.
3. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code If no problem is found, Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11, and MCU PWB, PL 1.2 in
[093-008] dispense motor C, PL 90.4 Item 7. that order.
4. Select Start. +5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.
5. If the dispense motor fails to run, before following the RAP procedure below, check the in-line Y N
motor connector for proper connection when the toner dispense assembly is inserted. +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
6. Reform the connector bracket, if necessary, then ensure the connector is fully connected when
inserting the toner dispense assembly, Dispense motor connector bracket. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, replace the low toner sensor PWB, PL
90.3 Item 8.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
contact.
Remove the low toner sensor C.
Figure 1 Dispense motor connector bracket
There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
7. Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Y N
housing. Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc, then perform, SCP 5 Final
Procedure Actions.
Install a new low toner sensor C, PL 90.4 Item 7, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code
[093-008], cyan dispense motor.
2. Select Start.
Dispense Motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
Open the PWB chassis.
+24VDC is measured between P/J430 -8 (+) on the IOT drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/
J430 -1 (+) and 2 (-) and BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2) check the
+24VDC circuit to P/J430 -3 (+) and 4 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.

847 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-316
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 3 1 7 B l a c k D i s p e n s e Fa u l t A
The resistance between P/J201K -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new black dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Dispense K failure.
Check the following for continuity:
Dispense Status K NVM [763-371] • IOT drive PWB P/J438 -2 to dispense motor P/J201K -1
• 0: Dispense Ready • IOT drive PWB P/J438 -1 to dispense motor P/J201K -2
• 1: Dispense Doubt Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
• 2: Dispense Near Broken Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
• 3: Dispense Broken
Perform the following:
Initial Actions • Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J415 -B7 (+) and
1. Check if an exchange from YMCK to Vivid or Fluorescent toner has been made. B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• Remove the black toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive
Note: It is possible the dispense motor connector is not installed properly, or damaged, causing gears binding.
failure of the dispense motor to dispense toner, depleting the developer housing.
2. Check NVM location [763-371]. Set to 0. Refer to, 001 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP. If no problem is found, install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11, and MCU PWB, PL 1.2, in
that order.
3. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code +5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.
[093-009] dispense motor K, PL 90.4 Item 7. Y N
4. Select Start. +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
5. If the dispense motor fails to run, before following the RAP procedure below, check the in-line Y N
motor connector for proper connection when the toner dispense assembly is inserted. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
6. Reform the connector bracket, if necessary, then ensure the connector is fully connected when
inserting the toner dispense assembly, Dispense motor connector bracket. Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, replace the low toner sensor PWB, PL
90.3 Item 8.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
contact.
Remove the low toner sensor C.
There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
Y N
Figure 1 Dispense motor connector bracket
Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc, then perform, SCP 5 Final
7. Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Actions.
housing. Install a new low toner sensor K, PL 90.4 Item 8, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code
[093-009] black dispense motor.
2. Select Start.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430 -8 (+) on the IOT drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/J430 -5 (+)
and 6 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect connectors P/J201K on the dispense motor. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of the dispense motor.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 848


093-317 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 3 2 0 D e v e l o p e r M o t o r Fa u l t A
B
C
D
There was a problem with the developer motor Y,M,C rotation. Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Procedure Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J412 -B9 on the MCU
PWB and P/J206 -7 on the developer motor.
1. Open the front cover, remove the inner cover, PL 90.2 Item 7, then cheat the front cover inter-
lock switch, PL 28.1 Item 22. Enter dC330 , code [093-019] (the drum motor also rotates), +3.3VDC is meas-
ured between P/J206 -4 (+) on the developer motor and GND (-).
2. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code Y N
[093-019] (220MM/S). Select Start. (the drum motor also rotates.)
+3.3VDC is measured between P/J412 -B12 (+) on the MCU PWB and
The auger and the mag roll in the developer unit rotate. GND (-).
Y N Y N
Enter dC330, code [093-019] (220MM/S). Select Start , the drum motor also rotates, Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
The developer motor rotates. Check the wire between P/J206 -4 on the developer motor and P/J412
Y N -B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+24VDC is measured between J205 -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the developer motor. Install a new developer motor assembly (Y, M,C), PL 40.6 Item 19.
Y N Enter dC330 , code [093-019] (the drum motor also rotates), +5VDC is measured be-
+24VDC is measured between P/J514 -6 (+) and -2 (-) on the AC power unit. tween P/J412 -B13 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J400 -10 (+) on the MCU PWB and Check the wire between P/J412 -B13 on the MCU PWB and P/J206 -3 on the de-
GND (-). veloper motor for an open wire or poor contact.
Y N Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Refer to BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution , check the +24VDC Check for any mechanical load in the developer unit such as poor auger rotation, drive gears
circuit to P/J400 -10 on the IMCU PWB. binding, bearing binding and poor mag roll rotation.
Install a new IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11. The MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-related
Check the wires between P/J514 -6 on the AC power unit and J205 -1 on the de- noise.
veloper motor, and between P/J514 -2 on the AC power unit and J205 -2 on the
developer motor for an open wire or poor contact. 1. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has
+5VDC is measured between P/J206 -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the developer motor. occurred.
Y N 2. If the check shows there is no problem, check the wire between P/J206 -4 on the developer mo-
+5VDC is measured between P/J412 -B15 (+) and -B14 (-) on the MCU PWB. tor and P/J412 -B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Y N 3. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the wires between P/J412 -B15 on the MCU PWB and P/J206 -1 on the de-
veloper motor, and between P/J412 -B14 on the MCU PWB and P/J206 -2 on the
developer motor for an open wire or poor contact.
Enter dC330 , code [093-019] (the drum motor also rotates), +5VDC is measured be-
tween P/J206 -3 (+) on the developer motor and GND (-).
Y N
Enter dC330 , code [093-019] (the drum motor also rotates), approximately
1.4kHz is measured between P/J206 -7 (+) on the developer motor and GND
(-).
Y N
Enter dC330 , code [093-019] (the drum motor also rotates), approxi-
mately 1.4kHz is measured between P/J412 -B9 (+) on the MCU PWB
and GND (-).

849 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 3 2 9 To n e r Re fi l l S t o p 0 9 3 - 4 0 7 Y To n e r C a r t r i d g e Pr e N e a r E m p t y

It was detected that a refill toner cartridge is being used. It was detected toner cartridge Y/Y-Flou/Clear should be replaced soon.
When NVM [761-109] Custom Mode Switch is set to [2] One Time CRUM Mode. Y Toner Status NVM [762-330]
• 0: Toner Full
Note: Switch off the machine, GP 19. Verify all lights have turned off in the UI before changing to-
ner cartridges • 1: Low Toner
• 2: Toner Near Empty
Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. • 3: Toner Empty

2. Enter NVM [761-109], change the value to [1]. The default is [2]. Procedure
3. Exit Diagnostics, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Ready a new toner cartridge Y/Y-Flou/Clear, PL 90.1 Item 17, for installation as required.
4. If the fault persists, install a new Genuine Xerox toner cartridge, enter Diagnostics and change
NVM [761-109] back to [2].
5. Exit Diagnostics, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 850


093-329 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 4 0 8 M To n e r Ca r t r i d g e Pr e N e a r E m p t y 0 9 3 - 4 0 9 C To n e r C a r t r i d g e Pr e N e a r E m p t y

It was detected toner cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver should be replaced soon. It was detected toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White should be replaced soon.
M/M-Flou/Silver Toner Status NVM [762-331] C Toner Status NVM [762-332]
• 0: Toner Full • 0: Toner Full
• 1: Low Toner • 1: Low Toner
• 2: Toner Near Empty • 2: Toner Near Empty
• 3: Toner Empty • 3: Toner Empty

Procedure Procedure
Prepare a new toner cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver, PL 90.1 Item 15, for installation as required, then Prepare a new toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White, PL 90.1 Item 14 as required, then perform, SCP 5 Fi-
perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. nal Actions.

851 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-408
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 4 2 1 K 1 To n e r C a r t r i d g e N e a r E m p t y a n d t h e K 2 E m p t y 0 9 3 - 4 2 2 K 2 To n e r C a r t r i d g e N e a r E m p t y a n d t h e K 1 E m p t y

Note: The fault may be associated with the single K/Gold cartridge when the machine is config- Note: The fault may be associated with the single K/Gold cartridge when the machine is config-
ured with the Adaptive CYMK toner. The following procedure is applicable. ured with the Adaptive CYMK toner. The following procedure is applicable.
The black toner cartridge (K1) is near empty and the black toner cartridge (K2) is empty. The Black Toner Cartridge (K2) is near empty and the Black Toner Cartridge (K1) is empty
K2 Toner Status NVM [762-333] K2 Toner Status NVM [762-333]
• 0: Toner Full • 0: Toner Full
• 1: Low Toner • 1: Low Toner
• 2: Toner Near Empty • 2: Toner Near Empty
• 3: Toner Empty • 3: Toner Empty
K1 Toner Status NVM [762-334] K1 Toner Status NVM [762-334]
• 0: Toner Full • 0: Toner Full
• 1: Low Toner • 1: Low Toner
• 2: Toner Near Empty • 2: Toner Near Empty
• 3: Toner Empty • 3: Toner Empty
Initial Actions Initial Actions
1. Install a new K2 toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15. 1. Install a new K1 toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15.
2. Remove the K1 toner cartridge and inspect for damage to the CRUM. 2. Remove the K2 toner cartridge and inspect for damage to the CRUM.
3. Carefully roll the K1 toner cartridge to ensure toner is evenly distributed within. 3. Carefully roll the K2 toner cartridge to ensure toner is evenly distributed within.
4. Reinsert the K1 toner cartridge, then print a configuration report to test the image quality. 4. Reinsert the K2 toner cartridge, then print a configuration report to test the image quality.
5. If the fault persists, perform the following procedures. 5. If the fault persists, perform the following procedures.

Procedure Procedure
1. Install a new K1 toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15. 1. Install a new K2 toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15.
2. Check each connector on the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM connectors for any loose or dam- 2. Check each connector on the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM connectors for any loose or dam-
aged harness components. aged harness components.
3. Check the harness between the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM for excessive wear and damage. 3. Check the harness between the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM for excessive wear and damage.
4. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. 4. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 852


093-421 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 4 2 3 Y To n e r E m p t y 0 9 3 - 4 2 4 M To n e r E m p t y

Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner is empty M/M-Flou/Silver toner is empty.


Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner status NVM [762-330] M Toner Status NVM [762-331]
• 0: Toner Full • 0: Toner Full
• 1: Low Toner • 1: Low Toner
• 2: Toner Near Empty • 2: Toner Near Empty
• 3: Toner Empty • 3: Toner Empty
Initial Actions Initial Actions
1. Remove the Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner cartridge and inspect for damage to the CRUM. 1. Remove the M/M-Flou/Silver toner cartridge and inspect for damage to the CRUM.
2. Carefully roll the toner cartridge to ensure toner is evenly distributed within. 2. Carefully roll the toner cartridge to ensure toner is evenly distributed within.
3. Reinsert the Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner cartridge, then print a configuration report to test the image 3. Reinsert the M/M-Flou/Silver toner cartridge, then print a configuration report to test the image
quality. quality.
4. If the fault persists, perform the following procedures. 4. If the fault persists, perform the following procedures.

Procedure Procedure
1. Install a new Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 17. 1. Install a new M/M-Flou/Silver toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 15.
2. Check each connector on the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM connectors for any loose or dam- 2. Check each connector on the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM connectors for any loose or dam-
aged harness components. aged harness components.
3. Check the harness between the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM for excessive wear and damage. 3. Check the harness between the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM for excessive wear and damage.
4. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. 4. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

853 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-423
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 4 2 5 C To n e r E m p t y 0 9 3 - 4 2 6 , 0 9 3 - 4 2 7 , 0 9 3 - 4 2 8 , 0 9 3 - 4 2 9 , 0 9 3 - 4 3 6 To n e r K Y M C
C R U M / D R U M Tr o u b l e I n fo
C/C-Flou/White toner empty.
093-426 Toner K CRUM Trouble Info.
C Toner Status NVM [762-332]
• 0: Toner Full 093-427 Toner Y CRUM Trouble Info.
• 1: Low Toner 093-428 Toner M CRUM Trouble Info.
• 2: Toner Near Empty 093-429 Toner C CRUM Trouble Info.
• 3: Toner Empty
093-436 Drum/Toner Cartridge CRUM Trouble Info.
Initial Actions
Primary Causes
1. Remove the C/C-Flou/White toner cartridge and inspect for damage to the CRUM.
• TONER K YMC CRUM Comm Fail.
2. Carefully roll the toner cartridge to ensure toner is evenly distributed within.
• TONER K YMC CRUM Data Broken.
3. Reinsert the C/C-Flou/White toner cartridge, then print a configuration report to test the image
quality. • TONER K YMC CRUM Data Mismatch.
4. If the fault persists, perform the following procedures. • When any of the above has occurred.

Procedure Procedure
1. Install a new C/C-Flou/White toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 14. 1. Verify the toner cartridge is Genuine Xerox, if not, install a Genuine Xerox toner cartridge.
2. Check each connector on the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM connectors for any loose or dam- 2. Remove, then install the toner cartridge.
aged harness components. 3. Install a new toner cartridge:
3. Check the harness between the MCU PWB and the toner CRUM for excessive wear and damage. • K/Gold, PL 90.1 Item 16.
4. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, then perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. • Y/Y-Flou/Clear, PL 90.1 Item 17.
• M/M-Flou/Silver, PL 90.1 Item 15.
• C/C-Flou/White PL 90.1 Item 14.
• Drum Cartridge Assembly K, PL 90.1 Item 1.
• Drum Cartridge Assembly C, M, Y, PL 90.1 Item 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 854


093-425 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 4 3 2 , 0 9 3 - 4 3 3 , 0 9 3 - 4 3 4 , 0 9 3 - 4 3 5 To n e r K 1 , K 2 , K N e a r L i fe 0 9 3 - 4 3 5 D r u m / To n e r C a r t r i d g e Q u a l i t y E m p t y
End The Drum/Toner Cartridge has ran out of toner or has reached the end of its lifespan. Print opera-
tion still continues.
The remaining toner amount is low.

Note: This is used when both K1 and K2 exist and there is a need to perform individual detection Procedure
for them. Install a new drum/toner cartridge for the color in fault, PL 90.1.

Procedure
Install new K/Gold toner cartridge, PL PL 90.1 Item 16.

855 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-432, 093-433, 093-434, 093-435
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 6 0 0 D i s p e n s e N e a r B r o ke n Y Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y Dispense near failure. Y N
Y Dispense Status NVM [762-368] Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, install a new low toner sensor PWB, PL
• 0: Dispense Ready 90.3.
• 1: Dispense Doubt Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• 2: Dispense Near Broken Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and Connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
• 3: Dispense Broken contact.
Initial Actions Remove the low toner sensor Y.
• Check NVM location [762-368]. If it is at 3, reset to 0 to troubleshoot. There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
Y N
• Check for obstruction of the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc, then perform, SCP 5 Final
housing. Actions.
Procedure Install new components, in order, as required:

1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code 1. Low toner sensor Y, PL 90.4 Item 8.
[093-006] Y dispense motor. 2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
2. Select Start. 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.) 4. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J438 -8 (+) on the IOT drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/J430 -5 (+)
and 6 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect connectors P/J201 Y on the Y dispense motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201 Y -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new Y dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 8.
Check the following for continuity:
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -8 to dispense motor P/J201 Y -1
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -7 to dispense motor P/J201 Y -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J402 -B14 (+) and
B13 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• Remove the Y toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive
gears binding.
If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
1. IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
+5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 856


093-600 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 6 0 1 D i s p e n s e N e a r B r o ke n M Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Magenta dispense near failure. Y N
M Dispense Status NVM [762-369] Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
-4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, install a new low toner sensor PWB, PL
• 0: Dispense Ready 90.3.
• 1: Dispense Doubt Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• 2: Dispense Near Broken Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and Connector P/J653A -2, and be-
tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
• 3: Dispense Broken contact.
Initial Actions Remove the low toner sensor M.
• Check NVM location [762-369]. If it is at 3, reset to 0 to troubleshoot. There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
Y N
• Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc.
housing.
Install new components, in order, as required:
Procedure
1. Low toner sensor M, PL 90.4 Item 8.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code 2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
[093-007] magenta dispense motor.
3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
2. Select Start.
4. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430 -8 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/J430 -5 (+)
and 6 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connectors P/J201 M on the dispense motor.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201 M -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new magenta dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -6 to dispense motor P/J201 M -1
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -5 to dispense motor P/J201 M -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J402 -B7 (+) and
B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• Remove the magenta toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and
drive gears binding.
If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
1. Low toner sensor M, PL 90.4 Item 8.
2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
+5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.

857 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-601
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 6 0 2 D i s p e n s e N e a r B r o ke n C +5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Cyan Dispense near failure. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
C Dispense Status NVM [762-370]
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
• 0: Dispense Ready -4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, install a new low toner sensor PWB, PL
• 1: Dispense Doubt 90.3 Item 8.
• 2: Dispense Near Broken Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and Connector P/J653A -2, and be-
• 3: Dispense Broken tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
Initial Actions contact.
Remove the low toner sensor C.
• Check NVM location [762-370]. If it is at 3, reset to 0 to troubleshoot.
There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
• Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Y N
housing. Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc.
Procedure Install new components, in order, as required:

1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code 1. Low toner sensor C, PL 90.4 Item 8.
[093-008] cyan dispense motor. 2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
2. Select Start. 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.) 4. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis.
+24VDC is measured between P/J430 -8 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/J430 -5 (+)
and 6 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect connectors P/J201 C on the dispense motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201 C -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new cyan dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -4 to dispense motor P/J201 C -1
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -3 to dispense motor P/J201 C -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J410 -B7 (+) and
B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• Remove the cyan toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive
gears binding.
If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
1. Low toner sensor C, PL 90.4 Item 8.
2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 858


093-602 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 6 0 3 D i s p e n s e N e a r B r o ke n K Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A4 (+) and -A5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Black Dispense near failure. +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
K Dispense Status NVM [762-371]
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/J400
• 0: Dispense Ready -4 on the MCU PWB. If the wires are OK, install a new low toner sensor PWB, PL
• 1: Dispense Doubt 90.3 Item 8.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• 2: Dispense Near Broken
Check the wires between P/J414 -A4 on the MCU PWB and Connector P/J653A -2, and be-
• 3: Dispense Broken tween P/J414 -A5 on the MCU PWB and connector P/J653A -1 for an open wire or poor
contact.
Initial Actions
Remove the low toner sensor K.
• Check NVM location [762-371]. If it is at 3, reset to 0 to troubleshoot. There is toner on the detection area of the low toner sensor.
• Check for obstructions from the dispenser through the inner cover assembly to the developer Y N
housing. Check for toner blocking, poor auger rotation, gears binding, etc.
Procedure Install new components, in order, as required:

1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code 1. Low toner sensor K, PL 90.4 Item 8.
[093-009] black dispense motor. 2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
2. Select Start. 3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Dispense motor is heard rotating. (On duration is 2 sec.) 4. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430 -8 (+) on the IOT drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +24VDC circuit to P/J430 -5 (+)
and 6 (-) on the IOT drive PWB.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect connectors P/J201K on the dispense motor. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of the dispense motor.
The resistance between P/J201K -1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Install a new black dispense motor, PL 90.4 Item 7.
Check the following for continuity:
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -2 to dispense motor P/J201K -1
• IOT drive PWB P/J438 -1 to dispense motor P/J201K -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between the IOT drive PWB and P/J415 -B7 (+) and
B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• Remove the black toner dispenser. Check for poor auger rotation, toner blocking and drive
gears binding.
Install new components, in order, as required:
1. Low toner sensor K, PL 90.4 Item 8.
2. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
3. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
+5VDC is measured between connectors P/J653A -1 (+) and -2 (-) on the low toner sensor PWB.

859 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-603
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 9 1 2 To n e r E m p t y K 0 9 3 - 9 1 8 To n e r C R U M Co m m Fa u l t K 2
A communication failure is detected with black toner cartridge CRUM K2.
The K/Gold dispense motor rotation timed out indicating the black cartridge and reserve tank are
empty. Procedure
K1/Gold Toner Status NVM [762-334] Install a new black toner cartridge K2.
• 0: Toner Full The fault cleared.
Y N
• 1: Low Toner
Fault 093-918 persists.
• 2: Toner Near Empty +5VDC is measured between P/J172C -6 (+) and -5 (-) on the toner cartridge CRUM
• 3: Toner Empty coupler.
Y N
K2 Toner Status NVM [762-333] +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -B1 (+) and -B2 (-) on the MCU PWB.
• 0: Toner Full Y N
• 1: Low Toner +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
• 2: Toner Near Empty Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/
• 3: Toner Empty J400 -4 on the MCU PWB.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
Procedure
1. Install a new K/Gold toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 16. 1. Check the wires between P/J414 -A1 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C -6 on the Toner
Cartridge CRUM Coupler.
2. If the fault persists, perform 093-317 Black Dispense Fault RAP.
2. Check the wires between P/J414 -A2 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C -5 on the Toner
Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact.
Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU
PWB, then check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B3 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 coupler P/J172C -4
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B4 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 coupler P/J172C -3
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B5 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 coupler P/J172C -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Install new components, in order, as required:
1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2, PL 90.3 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
The Toner Cartridge K2 was defective.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 860


093-912 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 9 2 4 To n e r C R U M Co m m Fa u l t K 1 0 9 3 - 9 2 5 To n e r C R U M D a t a B r o ke n Fa u l t K 1
A communication failure is detected with black toner cartridge CRUM K1 The data written to the toner CRUM K1 did not agree with the data read.

Procedure Procedure
Install a new black toner cartridge K1 with a new one. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove, then reinstall the toner cartridge K/Gold.
The fault cleared. Fault 093-925 cleared.
Y N Y N
Fault 093-918 persists. Install a new K/Gold toner cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 16.
+5VDC is measured between P/J172K1 -6 (+) and -5 (-) on the toner cartridge CRUM Fault 093-925 cleared.
coupler. Y N
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -A6 (+) and -A7 (-) on the MCU PWB. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172K1 from the
Y N MCU PWB. Check the following for continuity:
+5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). • MCU PWB P/J414 -A8 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB K1 coupler P/J172K1 -4
Y N • MCU PWB P/J414 -A9 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB K1 coupler P/J172K1 -3
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/
• MCU PWB P/J414 -A10 to toner cartridge CRUM PWB K1 coupler P/J172K1 -2
J400 -4 on the MCU PWB.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. All measurements 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check the wires between P/J414 -A6 on the MCU PWB and P/J172K1 -6 on the toner
cartridge CRUM coupler, and between P/J414 -A7 on the MCU PWB and P/J172K1 -5 Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
on the toner cartridge CRUM coupler for an open wire or poor contact. Install new components, in order, as required:
Switch off the machine, GP 19, disconnect connectors P/J414 and P/J172K1 from the MCU
1. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB K1, PL 90.3 Item 6.
PWB, then check the following for continuity:
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
• MCU PWB P/J414 -A8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K1 -4
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
• MCU PWB P/J414 -A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K1 -3
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
• MCU PWB P/J414 -A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K1 -2
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
1. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB K1, PL 90.3 Item 6.
2. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Toner Cartridge K1 was defective.

861 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-924
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 9 2 6 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t K 1 0 9 3 - 9 2 7 To n e r C R U M Co m m Fa u l t Y
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the K/Gold toner CRUM. This fault is displayed A communication failure with Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Cartridge CRUM
when incorrect color or model toner cartridge is installed.
Procedure
Procedure
Install a new Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 17.
Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge K/Gold. Fault 093-927 cleared.
The fault persists. Y N
Y N Fault 093-927 persists.
Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. +5VDC is measured between P/J172Y -6 (+) and -5 (-) on the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB.
Enter Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/ Y N
Write. +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -B7 (+) and -B8 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Check the NVM locations in Table 1.
Table 1 CRUM Data NVM +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
NVM Location Name Values (read-only) Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/
J400 -4 on the MCU PWB.
762-873 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
12 = DMO
15 = Worldwide Check the wires between P/J414 -B7 on the MCU PWB and P/J172Y -6 on the Toner
Cartridge CRUM PWB, and between P/J414 -B8 on the MCU PWB and P/J172Y -5 on
762-875 Billing Type 2 = Sold the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
3 = Metered Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB. Check
31= Neutral the following for continuity:
The NVM values match the expected customer configuration. • MCU PWB P/J414 -B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -4
Y N • MCU PWB P/J414 -B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -3
Determine correct billing type from customer. Contact technical support center or NTS for the • MCU PWB P/J414 -B11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -2
CRUM conversion procedure.
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
1. Clean the connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) and the Toner Car- Y N
tridge K/Gold. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Install new components, in order, as required:
Note: When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner or other acidic cleaning medium. Isopropyl alco-
hol would be best if a wet medium is required to clean the CRUM and CRUM connector. A pencil 1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M, PL 90.3 Item 7.
eraser works well as a dry cleaner.
2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
2. Check the following:
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
a. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J414 and the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) P/ The Toner Cartridge Y was defective.
J172K1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
b. The connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) and the toner car-
tridge K/Gold for damage and foreign substances
c. Toner cartridge K/Gold for improper installation
3. If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
a. Toner cartridge K/Gold, PL 90.1 Item 16.
b. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1), PL 90.3 Item 6.
c. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
d. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 862


093-926 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 9 2 8 To n e r C R U M Co m m Fa u l t M 0 9 3 - 9 2 9 To n e r C R U M Co m m Fa u l t C
A communication failure with Magenta Toner Cartridge CRUM M A communication failure with toner cartridge CRUM C.

Procedure Procedure
Install a new Magenta Toner Cartridge M with a new one. Install a new toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White.
Fault 093-928 cleared. 093-929 is gone.
Y N Y N
Fault 093-928 persists. +5VDC is measured between P/J172C -6 (+) and -5 (-) on the toner cartridge CRUM PWB.
+5VDC is measured between P/J172Y -6 (+) and -5 (-) on the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB. Y N
Y N +5VDC is measured between P/J414 -B1 (+) and -B2 (-) on the MCU PWB.
+5VDC is measured between P/J414 -B7 (+) and -B8 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N
Y N +5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
+5VDC is measured between P/J400 -4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/
Refer to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) , check the +5VDC circuit to P/ J400 -4 on the MCU PWB.
J400 -4 on the MCU PWB. Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Install a new MCU PWB (PL 1.2). Check the wires between P/J414 -B1 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C -6 on the toner car-
Check the wires between P/J414 -B7 on the MCU PWB and on the Toner Cartridge tridge CRUM PWB C, and between P/J414 -B2 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C -5 on the
CRUM PWB, and between P/J414 -B8 on the MCU PWB and P/J172Y -5 on the Toner Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Cartridge CRUM PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU PWB. Check
Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB. Check the following for continuity:
the following for continuity: • MCU PWB P/J414 -B3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C P/J172C -4
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -4 • MCU PWB P/J414 -B4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C P/J172C -3
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -3 • MCU PWB P/J414 -B5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C P/J172C -2
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -2 Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N
Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Install new components, in order, as required:
1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M, PL 90.3 Item 7. 1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, PL 90.3 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15. 2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. 3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
The Toner Cartridge M was defective. The Toner Cartridge C was defective.

863 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-928
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 9 3 2 To n e r C a r t r i d g e E x c h a n g e Ti m e O v e r 0 9 3 - 9 3 3 To n e r C R U M D a t a B r o ke n Fa u l t Y
The data written to the toner cartridge CRUM Y did not agree with the data read.
Cartridge Exchange Time Over
Procedure
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge Y/Y-Flou/
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Clear.
• Check the toner cartridge cover, PL 90.2 Item 10, for damage and ease of opening and closing. Fault 093-933 cleared.
• Check the installation condition of the dispense cover switches 1, 2, PL 90.3 Item 5. Y N
Install a new Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item 17.
• Remove, then reinstall the toner cartridge.
Fault 093-933 persists.
Procedure Y N
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC330, code Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB.
[093-205], dispense cover switch 1 and dispense cover switch 2. Check the following for continuity:
2. Select Start , then open and close the dispense cover. • MCU PWB P/J414 -B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -4
The display changes between H and L. • MCU PWB P/J414 -B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -3
Y N • MCU PWB P/J414 -B11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M P/J172Y -2
Go to BSD 1.10 Interlock Switching (2/2) for troubleshooting dispense cover switch 1 and dis-
pense cover switch 2. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
The Cartridge Door actuator is normal.
Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Install a new dispense cover for the appropriate dispenser, PL 90.3. Install new components, in order, as required:

Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. 1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, PL 90.3 Item 7.
The problem is misalignment between the dispense cover and one of the dispense cover switches. 2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
Check if one of the actuators is not broken and if the dispense cover is properly installed. 3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is defective.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 864


093-932 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 9 3 4 To n e r C R U M D a t a B r o ke n Fa u l t M 0 9 3 - 9 3 5 To n e r C R U M D a t a B r o ke n Fa u l t C
The data written to the toner CRUM M did not agree with the data read. The data written to the toner cartridge CRUM C did not agree with the data read.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge M/M-Flou/ Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge C/C-Flou/
Silver. White.
Fault 093-934 cleared. Fault 093-935 cleared.
Y N Y N
Install a new toner cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver with a new one. Install a new toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White, PL 90.1 Item 14.
Fault 093-934 cleared. Fault 093-935 cleared.
Y N Y N
Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from
Check the following for continuity: the MCU PWB. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB M P/J172Y -4 • MCU PWB P/J414 -B3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, P/J172C -4
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB M P/J172Y -3 • MCU PWB P/J414 -B4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, P/J172C -3
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB M P/J172Y -2 • MCU PWB P/J414 -B5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, P/J172C -2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Install new components, in order, as required: Install new components, in order, as required:
1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB M, PL 90.3 Item 7. 1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, PL 90.3 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15. 2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. 3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is defective. The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed. The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.

865 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-934
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 9 3 6 To n e r C R U M D a t a B r o ke n Fa u l t K 2 0 9 3 - 9 3 7 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t Y
The data written to the toner CRUM K2 did not agree with the data read. Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the toner CRUM. This fault is displayed when
an incorrect type of toner cartridge is installed.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge K2.
093-936 is gone. Remove, then reinstall the Y/Y-Flou/Clear toner cartridge.
Y N Fault 093-937 persists.
Install a new Black Toner Cartridge K2 with a new one. Y N
093-936 is gone. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N Enter Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/
Write.
Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from
the MCU PWB. Check the following for continuity: Check the NVM locations in, CRUM Data NVM.
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K2, P/J172C -4 Table 1 CRUM Data NVM

• MCU PWB P/J414 -B4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K2, P/J172C -3 NVM Location Name Values (read-only)
• MCU PWB P/J414 -B5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K2, P/J172C -2 762-873 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. 12 = DMO
Y N 15 = Worldwide
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
762-875 Billing Type 2 = Sold
Install new components, in order, as required: 3 = Metered
31= Neutral
1. Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K2, PL 90.3 Item 7.
2. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15. The NVM values match the expected customer configuration.
Y N
3. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Determine correct billing type from customer. Contact technical support center or NTS for the
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective. CRUM conversion procedure.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
1. Clean the connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) and the Toner Car-
tridge (K/Gold).

Note: When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner or other acidic cleaning medium. Isopropyl alco-
hol would be best if a wet medium is required to clean the CRUM and CRUM connector. A pencil
eraser works well as a dry cleaner.
2. Check the following:
a. Toner cartridge Y/Y-Flou/Clear for improper installation
b. The connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB Y and the toner cartridge
Y/Y-Flou/Clear for damage and foreign substances
c. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J414 and the toner cartridge CRUM PWB Y, P/
J172Y, for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
3. If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
a. Toner cartridge Y/Y-Flou/Clear, PL 90.1 Item 17.
b. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB Y, PL 90.3 Item 7.
c. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
d. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 866


093-936 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 3 - 9 3 8 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t M 0 9 3 - 9 3 9 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t C
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the Toner CRUM. This fault is displayed when Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the Toner CRUM. This fault is displayed when
an incorrect type of toner cartridge is installed. an incorrect type of toner cartridge is installed.

Procedure Procedure
Remove, then reinstall the Toner Cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver. Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White.
Fault 093-938 persists. Fault 093-939 persists.
Y N Y N
Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/ Enter Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/
Write. Write.
Check the NVM locations in Table 1. Check the NVM locations in Table 1.
Table 1 NVM Values Table 1 NVM Values
NVM Location Name Values (read-only) NVM Location Name Values (read-only)

762-873 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe 762-873 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe
12 = DMO 12 = DMO
15 = Worldwide 15 = Worldwide

762-875 Billing Type 2 = Sold 762-875 Billing Type 2 = Sold


3 = Metered 3 = Metered
31 = Neutral 31 = Neutral
The NVM values match the expected customer configuration. The NVM values match the expected customer configuration.
Y N Y N
Determine correct Contract Type from customer. Contact Technical Support Center or NTS for Determine correct Billing Type from customer. Contact Technical Support Center or NTS for
the CRUM conversion procedure. the CRUM conversion procedure.
1. Clean the connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) and the Toner Car- 1. Clean the connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB (K1) and the Toner Car-
tridge M/M-Flou/Silver. tridge C/C-Flou/White.

Note: When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner or other acidic cleaning medium. Isopropyl alco- Note: When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner or other acidic cleaning medium. Isopropyl alco-
hol would be best if a wet medium is required to clean the CRUM and CRUM connector. A pencil hol would be best if a wet medium is required to clean the CRUM and CRUM connector. A pencil
eraser works well as a dry cleaner. eraser works well as a dry cleaner.
2. Check the following: 2. Check the following:
a. Toner cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver for improper installation a. Toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White for improper installation
b. The connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB M and the toner cartridge b. The connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB C and the toner cartridge
M/M-Flou/Silver for damage and foreign substances C/C-Flou/White for damage and foreign substances
c. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J414 and the toner cartridge CRUM PWB M, P/ c. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J414 and the toner cartridge CRUM PWB C, P/
J172Y, for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact J172C, for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
3. If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required: 3. If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
a. Toner cartridge M/M-Flou/Silver, PL 90.1 Item 15. a. Toner cartridge C/C-Flou/White, PL 90.1 Item 14.
b. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB M, PL 90.3 Item 7. b. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB C, PL 90.3 Item 7.
c. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15. c. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
d. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions. d. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

867 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 093-938
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 3 - 9 4 0 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t K 2
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the toner cartridge CRUM K2. This fault is dis-
played when an incorrect type of toner cartridge is installed.

Procedure
Remove, then reinstall toner cartridge K2.
Fault 093-940 persists.
Y N
Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then enter dC131 NVM Read/
Write.
Check the NVM locations in Table 1.
Table 1 NVM Values
NVM Location Name Values (read-only)

762-873 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe


12 = DMO
15 = Worldwide

762-875 Billing Type 2 = Sold


3 = Metered
31 = Neutral
The NVM values match the expected customer configuration.
Y N
Determine correct Billing Type from customer. Contact Technical Support Center or NTS for
the CRUM conversion procedure.
1. Clean the connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB K2 and the Toner Car-
tridge K.

Note: When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner or other acidic cleaning medium. Isopropyl alco-
hol would be best if a wet medium is required to clean the CRUM and CRUM connector. A pencil
eraser works well as a dry cleaner.
2. Check the following:
a. Toner cartridge K2 for improper installation
b. The connection terminals between the toner cartridge CRUM PWB K2 and the toner car-
tridge K2 for damage and foreign substances
c. The connection between the MCU PWB P/J414 and the toner cartridge CRUM PWB K2, P/
J172C, for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
3. If the fault persists, install new components, in order, as required:
a. Toner cartridge K, PL 90.1 Item 16.
b. Toner cartridge CRUM PWB K2, PL 90.3 Item 7.
c. MCU PWB, PL 90.1 Item 15.
d. Perform, SCP 5 Final Actions.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 868


093-940 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

0 9 4 - 3 2 0 1 s t BT R Re t ra c t Fa u l t 0 9 4 - 3 2 1 1 s t BT R Co n t a c t Fa u l t
Retraction was not detected within the specified time (2400ms) after retraction of the 1st BTR First BTR Contact Failure.
started.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Verify the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14) is installed properly.
Verify the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14) is installed properly.
Procedure
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [094-002 1st BTR Retract]
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [094-002 1st BTR Retract] and [094-001 1st BTR Contact] alternately, executing dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor] at
and [094-001 1st BTR Contact] alternately, executing dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor] at the same time with each execution.
the same time with each execution. The display changes.
The display changes. Y N
Y N Remove the Transfer Belt.
Remove the Transfer Belt.
Rotate the shaft of the 1st BTR Retract Motor manually and block/expose the 1st BTR Contact
Rotate the shaft of the 1st BTR Retract Motor manually and block/expose the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sensor with the actuator. Execute dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor].
/ Retract Sensor with the actuator. Execute dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor]. Does the display change by blocking/exposing the light?
Does the display change by blocking/exposing the light? Y N
Y N Reinstall the Transfer Belt.
Reinstall the Transfer Belt.
Go to BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2) and check the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sen-
Go to BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2) and check the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sen- sor for an open or short circuit.
sor for an open or short circuit. Reinstall the Transfer Belt.
Reinstall the Transfer Belt.
Go to BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2) and troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor circuit.
Go to BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2) and troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor circuit. Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
11) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

869 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 094-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

0 9 4 - 3 2 2 2 n d BT R Re t ra c t Fa u l t 0 9 4 - 3 2 3 2 n d BT R Co n t a c t Fa u l t

Second BTR Retract Failure. Contact was not detected within the specified time after contact with the 2nd BTR started.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Switch the power Off then On. Switch the power Off then On.

Procedure Procedure
Connect the meter between P/J 439-B6 (+) and P/J 439-B4 (-) on the IOT Drive PWB. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, stack the code [042-001 Main
There is +5 VDC present Motor] with [094-004 2nd BTR Retract] and [094-003 2nd BTR Contact] alternately.
Y N The color that can be seen from window on the IBT Drawer switch between black and yellow
Check F5001 on the Main LVPS for an open. with each execution.
F5001 is OK. Y N
Y N Execute dC330 [094-005 2nd BTR Retract Clutch].
Replace F5001. If F5001 blows again, go to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and The 2nd Retract Cam Drive Clutch operates (noise heard).
Wirenets and check the +5 VDC (IOT Drive PWB) for a short circuit. Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 1.3). Go to BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2) and troubleshoot the 2nd BTR
Connect the meter between P/J 433-10 (+) and ground (-). Retract Cam Clutch and Cam Clutch circuit for proper operation.
There is +24 VDC present. Go to BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2) and check the 2nd BTR Contact / Re-
tract Sensor for an open or short circuit.
Y N
Check F10 on the IOT Drive PWB for an open. Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item
11) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
F10 is OK.
Y N
Replace F10. If F10 blows again, go to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and Wire-
nets and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit.
Replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 1.2 Item 11).
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, stack the code [042-001 Main
Motor] with [094-004 2nd BTR Retract] and [094-003 2nd BTR Contact] alternately.
Does the color that can be seen from window on the IBT Drawer switch between black and yel-
low with each execution?
Y N
Execute dC330 [094-005 2nd BTR Retract Clutch].
The 2nd Retract Cam Drive Clutch operates (noise heard).
Y N
Go to BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2) and troubleshoot the 2nd BTR
Retract Cam Clutch and Cam Clutch circuit for proper operation.
Go to BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2) and check the 2nd BTR Contact / Re-
tract Sensor for an open or short circuit.
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB () bef PL 1.2
Item 11 ore replacing the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 870


094-322 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 0 2 - 3 1 1 t o 1 0 2 - 3 1 8 U S B D o n g l e Fa i l R A P
102-311 USB Dongle Access Fail
102-312 USB Dongle Illegal MAC Address Fail
102-313 USB Dongle Illegal IOT Speed Key Fail
102-314 USB Dongle IOT Speed Setting Fail
102-315 USB Dongle SW Key Setting Fail
102-316 USB Dongle Supply Setting Fail
102-317 USB Dongle Page Pack Setting Fail
102-318 USB Dongle Country Code Setting Fail

Procedure
1. Check if the USB dongle has been installed properly.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. Attach a known good USB dongle to verify the machine USB port. If the machine does not rec-
ognize the USB dongle, check the harness from the USB port to the controller PWB for loose con-
nection or damage, repair as required.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2, then attach the known good USB dongle to the USB port to verify
connectivity.
5. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

871 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 102-311 to 102-318
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 0 2 - 3 1 9 U S B D o n g l e N V M L i s t S e t t i n g Fa i l R A P 1 0 2 - 3 5 6 E W S S o f t Fa u l t
The NVM Rewriting List process failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle. Fatal error related to the EWS. A problem occurred during software processing, and processing could
no longer continue.
Procedure
1. Check whether the correct USB Dongle is used. Procedure
2. Attach a known good USB dongle to the machine to verify the machine recognizes the USB don- Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
gle. If the check fails, verify the harness from the USB port to the controller PWB is fully con-
nected and no damage has occured. Repair as required. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
3. Perform dC301, NVM Initialization to reset all NVM back to default. Attach the known good and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
USB dongle to verify connectivity. 1. Reinstall the latest version of the ESS Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem is
4. If the HDD is installed, perform dC355, Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test, to check whether fail- repeated.
ures are found in the HDD. 2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB if any
5. If failures on HDD are found, perform dC355, HDD Initialization, to set the HDD to default, Up- are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
grade the Software, GP 2, then attach the known good USB dongle to the USB port. • NVM RAM
6. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. • System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331)
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
5. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 872


102-319 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 0 2 - 3 8 0 M F U I Co n t S o f t Fa u l t 1 0 2 - 3 8 1 D a t a L i n k L a y e r Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )
Fatal error in the MF UI count. A problem occurred during software processing, and processing could There was notification of a scope initialization error on the ESS side, a message sending error, or an
no longer continue. error obtaining the received data, during communication between ESS and the control panel.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Check the Controller PWB and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if installed) securely, Check the Controller PWB and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if installed) securely,
and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred. and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Reinstall the latest version of the ESS Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem is 1. Reinstall the latest version of the ESS Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem is
repeated. repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB. if any 2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB if any
are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory (J 330) • System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331) • Page Memory (J331)
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2). 4. If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
5. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 5. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

873 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 102-380
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 0 2 - 3 8 2 A p p l i c a t i o n L a y e r Co m m a n d Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )
A required message was sent to the control panel and a verification message was not returned
within the specified time, after a required parameter had not been attached from the control panel,
or a problem with its length was detected for a variable length parameter.

Initial Actions
Check the Controller PWB and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if installed) securely,
and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred.

Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Reinstall the latest version of the ESS Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem is
repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB if any
are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331)
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
5. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 874


102-382 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 0 3 - 3 1 0 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( H y b r i d Wa t e r M a r k N o t E x i s t ) R A P 1 0 3 - 3 1 1 H y b r i d ( S e c u r e ) Wa t e r M a r k S e t t i n g M i s m a t c h R A P
Hybrid WaterMark detection hardware unloaded is detected with SW option function being set to This is a configuration error type of fault related to the Secure Watermark Kit.
Valid. Detected prior to 103-311 detection.
Procedure
Procedure Check the following:
Check the following:
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Verify the password for the Secure Watermark Kit, Software Option is
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Verify the password for the Secure Watermark Kit, Software Option is installed.
installed. 2. Verify that the Hybrid WaterMark (HWM) PWB is installed and connected correctly. Plugs into
2. Verify that the Hybrid WaterMark (HWM) PWB is installed and connected correctly. Plugs into IIT/IPS PWB under the IPS PWB cover (SGS 9 o’clock for kit instructions and location).
IIT/IPS PWB under the IPS PWB cover (SGS 9 o’clock for kit instructions and location).
3. Verify the HDD, PL 3.2 Item 1, is installed and connected correctly.
3. Verify the HDD, PL 3.2 Item 1, is installed and connected correctly. 4. Confirm System Memory is sufficient for this option (4GB).
4. Confirm System Memory is sufficient for this option (4GB).

Note: If the Hybrid (Secure) WaterMark was installed and is no longer installed (PWB not
plugged into the top of the IIT/IPS PWB) but the SW Key had been previously installed, the only
way to clear fault is to enter NVM Read/Write and reset NVM location 785-021 to “0”.

875 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 103-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 0 3 - 3 1 2 H y b r i d ( S e c u r e ) Wa t e r M a r k H W n o t d e t e c t e d ( S i d e 2 ) 1 0 3 - 3 1 3 S W O p t i o n Fa i l ( I I S S M e m fo r H W M N o t E x i s t )
Hybrid Water Mark detection hardware unloaded is detected with SW option function being set to When the optional HWM function is being enabled, the system detected that the IISS Ext Memory
Valid for Secure Watermark detection on Side 2 of document. Detected prior to 103-311 detection. (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger) is not installed.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the installation of the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger). After check-
ing the installation, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IISS Ext board.
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then verify that the password for the Secure Watermark Kit, Software
Option is installed.
2. Verify that the Hybrid WaterMark (HWM) PWB is installed and connected correctly. Plugs into
IIT/IPS PWB under the IPS PWB cover (SGS 9 o’clock for kit instructions and location).
3. Verify that the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) is installed and connected correctly.
4. Confirm System Memory is sufficient for this option (1 GB).

Note: If the Hybrid (Secure) WaterMark was installed and is no longer installed (PWB not
plugged into the top of the IIT/IPS PWB) but the SW Key had been previously installed, the only
way to clear fault is to enter NVM Read/Write and reset NVM location 785-021 to 0.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 876


103-312 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 0 3 - 3 1 4 Po s s i b l e Pr o h i b i t e d O r i g i n a l s ( Sy s t e m Fa i l )
PreIPS X Authentication Fail (System Fail)

Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

877 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 103-314
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 2 - 7 0 0 P u n c h e r Wa s t e B i n Fu l l
BSD 12.10 A/P Finisher Booklet/Punch Transport
Puncher Waste Bin Full was detected.

Initial Actions
Remove, empty, and reinstall the Puncher Waste Bin.
Check the Puncher Waste Bin Actuator and Guide for deformation.

Procedure
Enter Component Control [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor, Parts List 21.5 in the Finisher Service
Manual. Select Start. Remove and insert the Puncher Waste Bin.
The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 A/P Finisher Booklet/Punch Transport in the A/P Finisher Service
Manual. Troubleshoot the Puncher Box Set Sensor.
If the problem continues, replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor, Parts List 21.5 in the Finisher
Service Manual.
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB, Parts List 21.5 in the Finisher Service
Manual.
The Puncher Waste Bin can be removed and inserted properly.
Y N
Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin, Parts List 21.5 in the Finisher Service Manual.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB, Parts List 21.5 in the Finisher Serv-
ice Manual.
If the problem remains, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 878


112-700 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 2 1 0 M e d i a Re a d e r Fa ta l Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 2 1 1 M e d i a Re a d e r C a b l e D i s c o n n e c t e d
Media Reader Fatal Error Media Reader Cable disconnected

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Check the Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15), and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if in- Check the Controller PWB and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if installed) securely,
stalled) securely, and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred. and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off and check the USB Cable connection. If the fault persists, perform the
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing following:
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
1. Replace the Media Reader, USB Cable, or Extended Board for the Media Reader connection. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
2. Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: 1. Replace the USB Cable.
• Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same 2. Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
problem is repeated.
• Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB. if problem is repeated.
any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB. if
– NVM RAM any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
– System Memory – NVM RAM
– Page Memory – System Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. – Page Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2). • If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). • If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
• If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

879 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-210
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 2 1 2 [ M e d i a Re a d e r ] M e d i a L i b S W Lo g i c Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 2 2 0 D o w n l o a d e r I n i t i a l i z a t i o n Fa i l
The downloader software that processes downloads within the controller failed to initialize during
[Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Failure transition into download mode.

Initial Actions Procedure


1. Check the components attached to the controller PWB, [DIMM 4GB, SD Card 4GB], are fully
Check the Controller PWB and Panel connector cables and install the UI PWB (if installed) securely, seated in their socket.
and then repeat the same operation under which the error occurred.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
Procedure 3. Enter dC301, NVM Initialization, to restore the NVM back to default.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: 4. Perform the operation causing the fault.
5. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
• Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
– NVM RAM
– System Memory
– Page Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
• If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 880


116-212 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 1 0 s s m m J o b Lo g Fu l l 1 1 6 - 3 1 2 H D D E n c r y p t K e y Fa u l t

An error was detected while checking Controller font DIMM 4G. An error was detected in the HDD encryption key during activation.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing 1. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in UI Diagnostics.
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. 2. If the fault persists, replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
1. Pull out the DIMM 4G and reinsert it. 3. When the system has been recovered, set the HDD encryption key.
2. Go to BSD 3.1 PWBS Communication (Controller-MCU) and check the cable connections on the
Controller PWB.
3. If the fault persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

881 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 1 3 H D D E n c r y p t S e t U p Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 1 4 E t h e r n e t A d d r Co n t r o l l e r Fa u l t

An encryption key was specified but the HDD itself was not encrypted. An ethernet error was detected.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in UI Diagnostics. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
2. If the fault persists, replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
3. When the system has been recovered, set the HDD encryption key. 1. Check the installation of the DIMM 4G on the Controller PWB.
2. Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
• Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same
problem is repeated.
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
– NVM RAM
– System Memory
– Page Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• Check all the Controller connections for being loose or disconnected.
3. If the fault persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 882


116-313 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 1 5 Co n t r o l l e r R A M D I M M # 1 W / R C h e c k Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 1 6 Co n t r o l l e r R A M D I M M # 2 W / R C h e c k Fa u l t
An error was detected during System Memory 1 R/W. An error was detected during System Memory 2 R/W.

Procedure Procedure
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Remove and re-install System Memory. 1. Remove and re-install System Memory 2
2. If the problem still persists, install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15). 2. If the problem still persists, install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).

883 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-315
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 1 7 S ta n d a r d R O M D I M M # 1 C h e c k Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 1 8 E x p a n s i o n R O M D I M M # 2 C h e c k Fa u l t
An error was detected when checking the ROM DIMM #1 on the Controller PWB (J330). An error was detected when checking the Expansion ROM DIMM #2 on the Controller PWB (J331).
Procedure Procedure
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Switch the power Off, then On.
1. Switch the power Off, then On.
2. If the fault persists, switch power off and remove and re-install the DIMM 4GB on the Controller
PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15) 2. If the fault persists, switch the power off and remove and re-install the DIMM 4G.
3. If the problem still persists, install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15). 3. If the fault persists, replace the DIMM 4G (PL 3.2 Item 2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 884


116-317 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 1 9 M i s m a t c h C o n t R O M a n d P a n e l C o n fi g 1 1 6 - 3 2 0 S T R E A M Z S o f t Fa ta l e r r o r
A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI). A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subsequent
processes.
Procedure
Upgrade the software, GP 2. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

885 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-319
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 2 1 Sy s t e m S o f t w a r e Fa t a l Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 2 2 We b DAV S / W Fa u l t

System Software Fatal Error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon- WebDAV S/W Failure. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering
trollering could no longer continue. could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If problem still exists, check the CE log to see if the same fail fre-
quently occurred. If the problem frequently occurred, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Verify that Page Memory PM1 or Page Memory PM2 is correctly installed.
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
2. Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- is repeated.
lem is repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install RAM DIMM or replace RAM DIMM.
3. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3. Collect Failure Analysis Log data. (Apply the measure on which information is separately pro-
vided for common use.)
• SD Card (PL 3.2)
• DIMM 4G (PL 3.2 Item 2)
• HDD (PL 3.2)
4. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
5. If the problem still persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 2.2).
6. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 886


116-321 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 2 3 Co n t r o l l e r N V R A M W / R C h e c k Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 2 4 S o f t w a r e E x c e p t i o n Fa u l t
An error was detected during the Controller PWB NVM Read/Write Check. This fault will frequently A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely
appear immediately after replacing the Controller NVM PWB. the Controller software failure.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing • Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
– Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same
• Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed problem is repeated.
(the model configuration determines which are installed).
– Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
– NVM RAM 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
– System Memory ♦ NVM RAM
– Page Memory ♦ System Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. ♦ Page Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). – If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
– Check all the Controller connections for being loose or disconnected.
– Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in UI Diagnostics.

887 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-323
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 2 5 Co n t r o l l e r Fa n Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 2 8 L 2 C a c h e Fa i l
A failure was detected in the Level 2 Cache built in the CPU.
An error occurred in Controller fan rotation.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, refer to the BSD and check the Controller Fan 2. If the fault persists, instal a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
(PL 3.2) for a good connection.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 888


116-325 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 2 9 S e r i a l I F S o f t w a r e Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 3 0 H D D F i l e Sy s t e m Fa u l t
A system call error related to the serial I/F was detected. Error during the check of the HDD when the power was turned on, or the HDD was not formatted.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. Check to see if the problem is repeated. Check dC120 Failure Coun- Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
ter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the problem frequently occurred. If the problem frequently
occurred, perform the following: 1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and make a diagnosis of
HDD.
1. Install the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
is repeated. 2. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in UI Diagnostics.
2. If the fault persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 3. If the fault persists, replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
4. If the fault persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

889 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-329
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 3 1 I n v a l i d Lo g I n fo 1 1 6 - 3 3 2 Co n t r o l l e r O n B o a r d R O M Fa u l t

An error related to the log was detected. An error in the DIMM 4G was detected.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Remove and reinstall the HDD:
1. Remove and re-install the DIMM 4G.
a. Switch off the power, remove the HDD, and switch the power On.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the DIMM 4G (PL 3.2 Item 2).
b. Switch off the power, reinstall the HDD, and switch the power On.
2. If the problem continues, perform a Forced HDD Format (GP 14).
3. If the problem persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 890


116-331 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 3 3 Lo c a l Ta l k S o f t w a r e Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 3 4 E S S N V R A M D a t a Co m p a r e Fa i l
During a check of Read/Write at power on, System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings
A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering could no longer is installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring].
continue.
Because data for initialization in ESS-ROM is written on ESS-NVRAM data when 116-334 is de-
Procedure tected, powering OFF then ON after that causes System Fails (124-3xx) that indicate mismatches in
various data between the three locations.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Procedure
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then enter dC132, Machine ID/Billing Data.
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
2. Verify the data in [IOT], [SYS1], and [SYS2] are all the same. Follow the instructions in dC132 to
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- correct any missmatched data.
lem is repeated.
3. After the machine restarts, verify the re-enter dC132 and verify the changes have held.
b. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Note: Upon restart, the machine is likely to produce a 124-xxx fault. Switch off the machine,
GP 19, then allow a few minutes before switching on the machine. If the 124-xxx fault persists,
enter dC132, then verify the three datat locations match. Correct the missmatch per the dC132
instructions.
4. If the fault persists, enter dC301, NVM Initialization, then perform the operation. After restart,
perform GP 2, Software Upgrade.
5. If the fault continues to persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

891 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-333
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 3 6 Re d i r e c t o r H D Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 3 7 S N T P S / W Fa u l t
Redirector HD Failure. A problem was detected during HD accController. Fatal error with SNTP in general. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and proc-
Controllering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and reinstall the HDD:
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
a. Switch off the power, remove the HDD, and switch the power On. is repeated.
b. Switch off the power, reinstall the HDD, and switch the power On. 2. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
2. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program to diagnose the HDD. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 892


116-336 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 3 8 J B A S / W Fa u l t 116-339 JBA No HD
When the JBA is started up, the HDD is not installed
Fatal error with JBA in general. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon-
trollering could no longer continue. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
2. Perform dC355, Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. If the test fails, perform dC355, HDD
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Initialization.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. 4. If the fault persists, install new components in order:

1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2). a. HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

893 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-338
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 4 0 M e m o r y I n s u f fi c i e n t 116-341 ROM VER Incorrect

There was insufficient page memory, input buffers, or work area. The ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect versions or an invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are
installed.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If this does not resolve the problem, add Page Memory PM2.
1. Check the versions of the ROM DIMMs installed. Replace the incorrect version(s) with the correct
version so that the correct combination is installed.
2. When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, match the major version with the minor version.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 894


116-340 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 4 2 S E S A M i M a n a g e r Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 4 3 M a i n P W B A I C Fa u l t

Fatal error related to the SNMP agent. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and An IC error within the Controller PWB was detected.
procControllering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
• Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same lem is repeated.
problem is repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
– NVM RAM
• System Memory
– System Memory
• Page Memory
– Page Memory
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• Check all the Controller connections for being loose or disconnected.

895 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-342
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 4 5 To ke n R i n g B o a r d Fa i l 1 1 6 - 3 4 6 Fo r m a t t e r Fa u l t
Token Ring Control IC Access error
Formatter failure. Error return from a system call.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 896


116-345 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 4 8 Re d i r e c t o r Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 4 9 S I F P f l i t e Fu n c t i o n C a l l Fa u l t
Redirector failure. Error return from a system call. There was an error with a call within SIF related to Pflite.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- 1. Reinstall the latest version of the Controller Firmware (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

897 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-348
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 5 0 A p p l e Ta l k S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 5 1 A p p l e Ta l k S o f t Fa u l t

Fatal error with AppleTalk in general. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and Fatal error related to EtherTalk. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon-
procControllering could no longer continue. trollering could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 898


116-350 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 5 2 N e t Wa r e S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 5 3 H D D P h y s i c a l Fa u l t
Fatal error related to NetWare. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon- A physical problem was detected with the HDD during activation, causing the HDD not to activate.
trollering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and initialize the HDD.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. 2. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
3. Replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: 4. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

899 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-352
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 5 4 H D D Pr o d u c t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 5 5 A g e n t S o f t Fa u l t
A problem with the HDD product code was detected during activation, so the HDD was not acti- Fatal error related to the SNMP agent. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and
vated. A possibility exists that the HDD was formatted with a different model machine. procControllering could no longer continue.
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch the power Off and replace the HDD (PL 3.2). Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
2. To format an HDD from a different model machine, conduct the Special Boot GP 14.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
3. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 900


116-354 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 5 6 H D D Fo r m a t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 5 7 Po s t S c r i p t Fa u l t
The HDD was formatted, but either an incorrect HDD was connected or an HDD failure occurred. PostScript fatal system error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon-
trollering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and initialize the HDD.
2. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
3. Replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
4. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

901 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-356
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 5 8 S a l u t a t i o n S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 5 9 P LW S o f t Fa u l t
Fatal error related to the salutation. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and Fatal error in PLW. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering
procControllering could no longer continue. could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 902


116-358 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 6 0 S M B S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 6 1 S p o o l Fa t a l H D D Fa u l t
Fatal error related to SMB. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControl- SPL HDD fatal error. Spool Cont detected an error during HDD accController.
lering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Enter dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diag Program and initialize HDD.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: 2. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- • NVM RAM
lem is repeated.
• System Memory
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). • Page Memory
• NVM RAM 3. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• System Memory 4. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
• Page Memory 5. Replace the HDD (PL 3.2).
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. 6. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

903 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-360
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 6 2 S S D P S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 6 3 B M L i n k S / Pr i n t S e r v i c e S o f t w a r e Fa u l t
SSDP software failure. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering BMLinkS or print service software failure. A problem occurred during software procControllering,
could no longer continue. and procControllering could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6. d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
e. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 904


116-362 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 6 4 Ti m e r Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 6 5 S p o o l Fa t a l Fa u l t
A timer error was detected. SPL fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering could
no longer continue.
Procedure
Replace the Controller NVM PWB (PL 3.2).
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

905 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-364
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 6 6 Re p o r t G e n e ra t o r O p e ra t i o n Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 6 7 Pa ra l l e l I F S o f t Fa u l t

Report generator incorrect operation. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and Parallel fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering
procControllering could no longer continue. could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.

1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:

a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 906


116-366 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 6 8 D u m p Pr i n t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 7 0 X J C L Fa u l t

Dump Print fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering XJCL fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering could
could no longer continue. no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.

1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:

a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

907 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-368
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 7 1 P C L D e c o m p S / W Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 7 2 P - Fo r m a t t e r Fa i l
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
PCL Decomposer Software Failure. PCL fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControl-
lering, and procControllering could no longer continue. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 908


116-371 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 7 3 D y n a m i c D N S S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 7 4 A u t o S w i t c h Fa u l t

Fatal error related to Dynamic DNS. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and Auto SW fatal error. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControllering
procControllering could no longer continue. could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB. and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.

1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If 1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following: the code frequently occurred, perform the following:

a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated. lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed). 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM • NVM RAM
• System Memory • System Memory
• Page Memory • Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

909 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-373
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 7 5 I - Fo r m a t t e r Fa i l 1 1 6 - 3 7 6 Po r t 9 1 0 0 S o f t w a r e Fa u l t
A response such as system function recall error was detected.
Port 9100 Software Fail
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 910


116-375 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 7 7 V i d e o D M A Fa i l 1 1 6 - 3 7 8 M C R S o f t Fa u l t
Video DMA failure was detected.
Fatal error related to MCR. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControl-
Procedure lering could no longer continue.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

911 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-377
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 7 9 M C C S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 8 0 Co n t r o l l e r Fo n t R O M D I M M # 1 C h e c k Fa u l t
Fatal error related to MCC. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procControl- An error was detected while checking Controller font ROM DIMM #1.
lering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob- the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
lem is repeated.
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
b. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 912


116-379 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 8 1 A B L I n i t i a l i z e Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 8 2 A d d r Co n t r o l l e r B o o k L i b r a r y I n i t i a l i z a t i o n D i s a b l e d
It was detected that the ABL didn't agree with the ABL version information in NVM, or the data An ABL accController to NVM or HDD failed.
was corrupted.
Procedure
Procedure
1. Set Diagnostic Code 790-664 to 0.
Note: Before performing the following, obtain the consent of the user. The entire addrController in-
fo will be cleared by this action. 2. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
3. If the problem still persists, replace NVM PWB before replacing the HDD (PL 3.2).
Clear the Controller NVMs.

913 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-381
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 8 3 P I T L i b Fa i l u r e 1 1 6 - 3 8 4 D C S S o f t w a r e Fa i l
• A Hard Disk access error was detected when a job is in progress. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
• A PIT Lib internal error has occurred during the creation of Image Log or Thumbnail.
Procedure
Note: Although 016-231 is detected at power ON, this Fail is [detected when a job is in progress], Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
and hence has a different timing.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Check the UI top right display for fault [016-231], without the current fault [116-383] occurring.
• If fault 016-231 has occurred, perform the 016-231.
• If it has not occurred, go to (2) because it is a Hard Disk access error.
3. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Perform dC355, Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test. If the test fails, install
a new HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 914


116-383 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 8 5 I D C S o f t w a r e Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 8 6 I n c o r r e c t U S B p o r t u s e d fo r FA X
At startup, the Fax USB Cable was connected to an incorrect port.
Fatal error related to the IDC. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon-
trollering could no longer continue. Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. If the fault persists, Install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).

915 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-385
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 8 7 M RC H W Fa t a l E r r o r 116-388 H D N ot I nsta lle d


A fatal error has occurred during the usage of High Compression Board.
It was detected that no HD is installed, although this is a configuration (there is a FAX) that requires
Procedure an HD.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
a. DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.
e. If the problem still persists, Install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 916


116-387 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

116-389 Add-O n R AM N ot I nsta lle d 1 1 6 - 3 9 0 S t a n d a r d R O M a n d N V M Ve r s i o n M i s m a tc h


The system detected that no additional RAM was installed though the system configuration (with A version mismatch was detected between the standard ROM and NVM.
HDD, etc.) required the installation of an additional RAM.
Procedure
Procedure
Enter Diagnostic Code dC301 Initialize NVM and initialize the NVM or upgrade the software.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) Shutdown History to see if the code frequently occurred. If
the code frequently occurred, perform the following:
a. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
b. Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory
• Page Memory
c. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
d. If the problem still persists, Install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).

917 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-389
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 9 1 Co u n t r y Co d e / Te r r i t o r y Co d e / Pa p e r S i z e Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 9 2 M a c h i n e Co d e C h e c k Fa i l
• The machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM of the ESS ROM, which is inserted in SLOT1 or
SLOT2, does not match the machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM on the Controller board
Incorrect specification of the country code, territory code, or paper size group. (or on the Back Plane).
Procedure • # KOHAKU #
• Check the machine codes for both SLOT1 and SLOT2. If even one of them does not match, this
1. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write and set up the correct country code/territory code/paper size
Fault will occur.
group.
700-165=Country Code; • Although the correct way is to insert ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for
Printer Kit into SLOT2, the machine will not display this Fault Code even if they are inserted
700-337=Product Info; wrongly as long as the machine codes are matched.
700-338=Territory Code;
700-402=Paper Size Group Procedure
1. Insert the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is specified for this machine into their
700-165 -> 392 / 700-337 -> 13 / 700-338 -> 1 / 700-402 -> 1
specified slots on the Controller Board.
2. After setting up the correct values, initialize the NVM. (Otherwise, the incorrect country, territory
2. The correct way is to insert the ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for Printer
and paper size will remain unchanged.)
Kit into SLOT2.
3. However, if the problem persists even when the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is
specified for this machine has been inserted into their specified slots, either replace the Kits or
the Controller Board.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 918


116-391 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 9 3 A A A M a n a g e r S / W Fa i l 116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct.


AAA-related fatal error was detected Before the AAA Manager Task had reached Task Available (Ready to Copy is displayed) during the
boot sequence, abnormal settings of system data in the authentication system and the accounting
Procedure system was detected. This is caused by system data mis-setting from tools other than KO TOOLS.
Upgrade the software, GP 2.
Procedure
Upgrade the software, GP 2.

919 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-393
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 3 9 5 U S B S o f t Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 3 9 6 F I P S 1 4 0 S e l f - Te s t Fa i l
At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure. Self-Test Error due to illegal
Fatal error related to the USB. A problem occurred during software procControllering, and procCon- ROM (FW).
trollering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following: 2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
is repeated.
2. If the problem continues, install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 920


116-395 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 3 9 7 A A A m g r I l l e g a l S e t t i n g A r e a Co v e ra g e T h r e s h o l d 1 1 6 - 3 9 9 M a c h i n e U n d e r I n i t i a l i z a t i o n Fo r 1 0 M i n u t e s
When the condition below is met in setting system data values in boot sequence: • When 10 minutes had passed after the Pflite has started up, the machine remains in initializing
state was detected. => 10 minutes had passed in a situation where neither Ack nor Nack was re-
720-061(threshold B) <= 720-060(threshold A) turned from any task.
• This failure is detected only in startup modes such as Normal Cold Boot and Reboot Mode [dur-
Note: If Chain-Link 720-060 Value is not below 720-061 Value, FAULT will be detected. ing Diag exit, etc.]. In other modes such as Recovery from Power Save and [Special Boot Mode],
the failure is not detected because the timeout time of 10 minutes is difficult to guarantee.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Initial Actions
2. Set up system data values that meet the relation between them as below: 1. Reboot the machine once if it remains in initializing state even when the 10-minute timeout
time has passed after power ON.
Chain-Link 720-061(threshold B) > Chain-Link 720-060(threshold A)
2. [Ready to Copy] is displayed and the error code is not displayed at normal start up after
Note: Chain-Link 720-060 Value must be below 720-061 Value. rebooting.
3. If 116-399 occurs again after rebooting, the System Fail screen is displayed.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

921 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-397
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 0 0 I m a g e E x t e n s i o n K i t I n s u f fi c i e n t M e m o r y 1 1 6 - 7 0 1 M e m o r y - D u p l e x Fa u l t
When the system data [Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level] is set to [Low], the Image Extension
Kit has insufficient memory. Duplex printing is not possible due to insufficient memory.

Procedure Procedure
Set the image quality to [Normal].
Delete unneeded files from memory (DIMM 4G).
If the machine has no HDD, install the HDD (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 922


116-700 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 0 2 Pr i n t w i t h S u b s t i t u t e Fo n t 116-703
Printing occurred with a substitute font. There was a problem with the PostScript data so that an error occurred during PostScript grammar
interpretation or language interpretation.
Procedure
Procedure
Install a new Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when removing
and re-installing items from the Controller PWB (PL 1.3 Item 15).
1. Switch the power Off, then On. If the fault persists, perform the following:
• Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same prob-
lem is repeated.
• Switch the power Off. Remove and re-install the following items from the Controller PWB (PL
1.3 Item 15). if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
– NVM RAM
– System Memory
– Page Memory
• If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
• Check the print data or Click ‘Spool Setting’ under the printer driver ‘Detailed Settings’ tab
and set Interactive Communication to Off.

923 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-702
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 0 4 M e d i a Re a d e r N o t I n s t a l l e d 1 1 6 - 7 0 5 M e d i a Re a d e r Fo r m a t
Media Reader No Insert (No Job) Media Reader Format Error (No Job)

Procedure Procedure
Check that the Media is inserted. Check the contents in the Media from the PC.
Check the file format/directory and selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 924


116-704 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 0 6 M e d i a Re a d e r : F i l e A t t r i b u t e Re a d 1 1 6 - 7 0 7 M e d i a Re a d e r : I m a g e F i l e R e a d
Media Reader: File Attribute Read Error (No Job) Media Reader: Image File Read Error (No Job)

Procedure Procedure
Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the contents in the Media from the PC.
Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed in the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC.

925 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-706
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 0 8 M e d i a Re a d e r : F i l e A t t r i b u t e Re a d 1 1 6 - 7 0 9 M e d i a Re a d e r : I m a g e F i l e R e a d
Media Reader: File Attribute Read Error (In Job) Media Reader: Image File Read Error (Occurs during job)

Procedure Procedure
Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the contents in the Media from the PC.
Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed in the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 926


116-708 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

11 6 - 7 1 0 H P - G L Sp o o l F il e O ver f l o w 1 1 6 - 7 1 1 P LW S i z e / O r i e n t a t i o n M i s m a t c h
The size and direction of the specified ART EX form do not agree with that of the paper to be
It is possible that the size of the original was not correctly determined because the incoming data printed.
exceeded the HP-GL/2 (option) spool size.
Procedure
Procedure
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
Increase the HP-GL spool size. Or, install the HDD (PL 3.2).

927 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-710
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 1 2 I n s u f fi c i e n t R A M o r H D S p a c e 1 1 6 - 7 1 3 H D D Fu l l Wa r n i n g

The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space. The job was divided because the HDD was full.

Procedure Procedure
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary 1. Delete the stored documents and clear HDD Full.
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.
2. If the problem persists, split the job so that HDD Full does not occur.
3. Refer to the dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk Procedure in Section 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 928


116-712 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 1 4 H P - G L / 2 Co m m a n d Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 7 1 5 M a x Fo r m t o P LW Re g i s t e r e d
An HP-GL/2 (option) command error occurred. The form could not be registered because the ART EX form registration upper limit was reached.

Procedure Procedure
Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes the error. After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

929 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-714
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 1 6 M e d i a Re a d e r F i l e N o t E x i s t 1 1 6 - 7 1 7 M e d i a L i b : N o t E x e c u t e N e w Re q u e s t
Media Reader File Does Not Exist MediaLib: Not Execute of New Request

Procedure Procedure
Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. It is not necessary to check the file format/directory
in the Media (as this error does not occur when the previous job is complete).
Check the file format/directory and selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 930


116-716 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 1 8 S e l e c t e d P LW Fo r m N o t Re g i s t e r e d 1 1 6 - 7 1 9 X P I F Pa r a m e t e r C a n c e l l e d
The specified ART EX form has not been registered. • The device was instructed to execute a function it did not support.
• The device was instructed to execute a function or a combination of functions that it was not
Procedure ready to execute.
Use one of the registered forms, or register the necessary one. Procedure
Some of the parameters are disabled by XPIF so the device cannot execute them; cancel the dis-
abled parameter(s).

931 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-718
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 2 0 P C L M e m o r y L o w Pa g e S i m p l i fi e d 1 1 6 - 7 2 1 Pe r m i s s i o n - Pr i n t i n c o l o r ( J o b m o d i fi e d )
Since color print was executed during the time zone in which color print was prohibited, the print
PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified was continued after changing the output color to Black & White according to the system settings.

Procedure Procedure
Print it during the time zone in which it is allowed, or ask the administrator to change the permis-
Disable unnecessary ports, or increase buffer memory sizes, or add Page Memory. sions (same operation as user actions).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 932


116-720 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 2 2 Pe r m i s s i o n - P r i n t i n c o l o r ( 2 4 / 7 n e v e r ) 1 1 6 - 7 2 3 Pe r m i s s i o n - Pr i n t A p p l i c a t i o n I n Co l o r
Since color print was executed even though it is prohibited at all times, the print was continued Since color print was executed from an application program where it was prohibited, the print was
after changing it to Black & White according to the system settings. continued after changing it to Black & White according to the system settings.

Procedure Procedure
Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions). Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions).

933 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-722
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 2 4 Pe r m i s s i o n - P r i n t A p p l i c a t i o n I n S i m p l e x 1 1 6 - 7 2 5 H D D Fu l l Fo r I m a g e Lo g
Since 1-sided print was executed from an application program where it was prohibited, the print With the system data [Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation] set to [Low], the log image storage
was continued after changing the mode to 2-sided according to the system settings. area on the disk is full.

Procedure Procedure
Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions). 1. Rerun the job.
2. If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in
the device.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 934


116-724 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 2 6 Pe r m i s s i o n - P r i n t A p p l i c a t i o n I n C o l o r / S i m p l e x 1 1 6 - 7 2 7 Pe r m i s s i o n - Pr i n t 1 - S i d e d D o c u m e n t s
Since color/1-sided print was executed from an application program where it was prohibited, the Since 1-sided print was executed even though it is prohibited at all times, the print was continued
print was continued after changing the mode to Black & White/2-sided according to the system after changing it to 2-sided according to the system settings.
settings.
Procedure
Procedure Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions).
Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions).

935 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-726
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 2 8 Pe r m i s s i o n - M u l t i p l e R e s t r i c t i o n s 116-737 O ut of Ar ea -D ata R EGI


Since more than one permission violations related to color print or 2-sided print had occurred, the User defined data (foreign alphabet, pattern, etc.) could not be registered because there was insuf-
print was continued after changing the mode to Black & White or 2-sided according to the system ficient ART IV user definition memory.
settings.
Procedure
Procedure
Ask the administrator to change the permissions (same operation as user actions) Remove unnecessary data, or increase ART IV user-defined memory space.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 936


116-728 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 3 8 S i z e / O r i e n ta t i o n M i s m a tc h 1 1 6 - 7 3 9 O u t o f D i s k A r e a - Fo r m / Lo g o R E G I
Synthesis was not possible because the specified ART IV form size and direction were different from
the paper size and direction. It was not possible to register the form or logo data because there was insufficient ART IV memory
or HDD capacity.
Procedure
Procedure
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.

937 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-738
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 4 0 N u m e r i c Va l u e C a l c u l a t i o n Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 7 4 1 M a x Fo r m t o N o t P LW Re g i s t e r e d
An arithmetic error occurred because the print data exceeded the printer limit. No more forms can be registered because the number of ART IV Forms registered has reached the
upper limit.
Procedure
Procedure
1. The print data includes data that exceeds the value to which the printer limits it. Remove this
data. After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
2. Upgrade the driver. logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 938


116-740 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 4 2 M a x L o g o Re g i s t e r e d 1 1 6 - 7 4 3 Fo r m / Lo g o S i z e O v e r f l o w
No more logo data can be registered because the number of ART IV log data registered has
reached the upper limit. The form or logo data could not be registered due to insufficient ART IV memory.

Procedure Procedure
Check logos registered at the Operation Panel Utility and then remove unnecessary ones. Or remove Increase memory space, or install the HDD (PL 3.2).
unnecessary logos by print command.

939 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-742
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 4 5 A RT Co m m a n d Fa u l t 1 1 6 - 7 4 6 S e l e c t e d Fo r m N o t Re g i s t e r e d
The specified form has not been registered.
An ART IV command error occurred. During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error
and values that exceed their respective limit values. Procedure
Procedure Use one of the registered forms, or registered the necessary one.

1. Upgrade the driver.


2. Upgrade the Controller software to the latest version.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 940


116-745 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 4 7 I n v a l i d Pa g e M a r g i n 1 1 6 - 7 4 8 Pa g e W i t h o u t I m a g e D r a w D a t a
The paper margin value is too large for the HP-GL/2 (option) effective coordinate area. The HP-GL/2 (option) print data does not contain any image data.

Procedure Procedure
Reduce paper margins and instruct the machine to reprint. Check the print data.

941 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-747
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 4 9 Po s t S c r i p t Fo n t Fa u l t 116-750 Banner Sheet cancelled


The specified PostScript font is not in ROM or HDD. The Banner Sheet Tray is in the following state:
• Feed not available
Procedure
• Incorrect detection by the Size Sensor
Add the font or on the UI, instruct the machine to replace another font with the desired one.
• Not Installed
• Faulty
• Unknown

Procedure
Return the paper tray for banner sheet to a normal working condition (refer to [Detection Condi-
tions]), or change the paper tray for banner sheet.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 942


116-749 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 5 2 Pr i n t J o b Ti c ke t D e s c r i p t i o n Wa r n i n g 1 1 6 - 7 7 1 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m D L
When a user instructs to print from an application that directly sends PDF, such as Contents- Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was auto-
Bridge2005, the machine received the print job ticket sent together with the PDF but the job ticket matically corrected.
data includes printing instructions that are not supported by the machine.
Procedure
Procedure
Advise the customer to print from a different PC application. The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it.

943 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-752
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 7 2 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m D 1 1 6 - 7 7 3 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m P
Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was automati- Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was automati-
cally corrected. cally corrected.

Procedure Procedure
The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it. The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 944


116-772 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 7 4 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m Y D 1 1 6 - 7 7 5 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m L 0
Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was auto- Invalid JBIG Parameter LO Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was auto-
matically corrected. matically corrected.

Procedure Procedure
The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it. The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it.

945 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-774
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 7 6 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m M X 1 1 6 - 7 7 7 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r a m M Y
Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was auto- Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was auto-
matically corrected. matically corrected.

Procedure Procedure
The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it. The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 946


116-776 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 6 - 7 7 8 I n v a l i d J B I G Pa r V L E N G T H 1 1 6 - 7 8 0 A t t a c h e d D o c u m e n t Fa u l t
Invalid JBIG Parameter VLENGTH Fixed. A problem with the parameters included in the data was There was a problem with the document attached to the received mail.
automatically corrected.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the attached doc.
The printed image could be defective. Ask the sender to check the image or to resend it.

947 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 116-778
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 6 - 7 9 0 S ta p l i n g Ca n c e l l e d
Stapling was cancelled.

Procedure
No corrective action is required because the user cancelled the operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 948


116-790 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 1 0 W S D S c a n S / W Fa i l 117-311 Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit


Description Description
• A problem occurred in the processing of WSD Scan Service Software, causing the processing to • The Security Extension Kit is not installed in the correct slot.
discontinue after that.
Procedure
Procedure • Power OFF then ON.
• Power OFF then ON. • If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.
• If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

949 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 1 2 D e v i c e S e l f Te s t E r r o r 1 1 7 - 3 1 6 Co n t ra c t M a n a g e r S o f t w a r e Fa i l
Description Description
• In an OS self program determination test, it was detected that the Checksum value and the Mini • When the Contract Manager is running, it can no longer perform task control due to software
OS/Program were different. malfunction.
-Unsuccessful due to the Mini OS fault.
Procedure
-Unsuccessful startup due to the damaged program.
• Turn the power OFF, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn the power
-(It was detected that) the data was illegally overwritten as the Mini OS/Program are different ON again.
from the Checksum value.

Procedure
• Reload software using GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 950


117-312 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 1 7 Co n t ra c t M a n a g e r P P P _ c o n t ra c t F i n i s h i n g Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 1 8 Co n t ra c t M a n a g e r P P P D C Co m m a n d Fa i l
Description Description
• The Contract Manager detected that the PPP contract has ended. • The Contract Manager detected that the DC command write that was performed at the end of
a PPP contract has failed.
Procedure
• Wait for reboot. Procedure
• Wait for reboot.

951 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-317
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 1 9 S D C a r d Pr o g ra m o r Fo n t D a t a A c c e s s Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 2 0 S D C a r d H W Fa i l
Description Description
• When attempting to extract programs and font data from the SD Card into the memory imme- • When starting up, SD Card Hardware Error was detected by SysCheckSD.
diately after Power ON, an access error occurs and retrying still results in access failure.Or, the
[Write Protection Switch] of the SD Card is locked and prohibits writing, which will also be Procedure
treated as an error. • Perform the following, starting from 1 (Reboot and check after each step. If the problem is fixed
by a step, there is no need to perform the rest.)
Procedure
• Check whether there is any problem with the installation of the SD Card and whether the Write 1. Clear Log Data (Energy Saver + Stop + 1)
Protection Switch lock at the left of the SD Card is enabled. If there is no problem with the in- 2. Clear Spool Area (Energy Saver + Stop + 6 or Stop + Start)
stallation and the Write Protection Switch setting, rewrite the program and font data into the
SD Card. 3. Format HDD (SD Card) (Energy Saver + Stop + 4)
• If the problem persists after the rewrite, replace the SD Card. 4. Replace the SD Card
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 952


117-319 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 2 1 S D C a r d I n v a l i d Ty p e Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 2 2 S D C a r d E n c r y p t Fa i l
Description Description
• When starting up, the installed SD Card was detected to be unsupported by SysCheckSD. • When starting up, SD Encryption Error was detected by SysCheckSD.

Procedure Procedure
• Perform the following, starting from 1. • Perform the following, starting from 1.
Reboot and check after each step. If the problem is fixed by a step, there is no need to perform Reboot and check after each step. If the problem is fixed by a step, there is no need to perform
the rest. Refer to GP 14 for more information. the rest. Refer to GP 14 for more information.
1. Clear Log Data (Energy Saver + Stop + 1) 1. Clear Log Data (Energy Saver + Stop + 1)
2. Clear Spool Area (Energy Saver + Stop + 6 or Stop + Start) 2. Clear Spool Area (Energy Saver + Stop + 6 or Stop + Start)
3. Format HDD (SD Card) (Energy Saver + Stop + 4) 3. Format HDD (SD Card) (Energy Saver + Stop + 4)
4. Replace the SD Card 4. Replace the SD Card
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance. If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

953 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-321
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 2 3 S D C a r d F i l e A c c e s s Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 2 4 S D C a r d O t h e r Pr o d u c t Fa i l
Description Description
• When starting up, SD Card File System Access Error was detected by SysCheckSD. • When the OS is starting up, the system detected that the SD Card is meant for another product
and an error is issued.
Procedure
Perform the following, starting from 1. Reboot and check after each step. If the problem is fixed by Procedure
a step, there is no need to perform the rest. Refer to GP 14 for more information. • Check the parts number of the SD Card and install the correct SD Card.
1. Clear Log Data (Energy Saver + Stop + 1)
2. Clear Spool Area (Energy Saver + Stop + 6 or Stop + Start)
3. Format HDD (SD Card) (Energy Saver + Stop + 4)
4. Replace the SD Card
5. If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 954


117-323 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 2 5 Co n t ra c t M a n a g e r RT C H a r d w a r e Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 2 6 E S S N V R A M S W A c c e s s Fa i l
Description Description
• When obtaining the RTC time value (Hardware Info) has failed (only when the device is starting • When assessing the NVRAM data during start up or operation, a software malfunction where
up). the software parameters detected by the OSDD is mismatched, etc. occurs.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power OFF, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn the power • Turn the power OFF, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn the power
ON again. ON again.

955 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-325
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 2 7 E S S N V R A M ( S D C a r d ) H W A c c e s s Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 2 8 D e t e c t i n v a l i d c o m b i n a t i o n o f fu n c t i o n fo r i m a g e l o g
Description Fa i l
• When accessing using nv_memmove(), if an Error on the SD Card is detected or when 3 retry at- Description
tempts using the SD Card Driver is still unable to end in recovery, the nv_memmove() will be in
• When Delayed Print is set to a method which uses PDL storage and the Image Log function is
Assertion Fail (= state, Fail Code cannot be identified) and the access to the corresponding task
set to enabled.
is stopped. (Same as the existing NV Fail Detection)

Procedure Procedure
• Change the following settings.
• If the problem reoccurs after turning the power OFF then ON, perform the following:
1. Change the image processing method for the data storage of Delayed Print.
1. Perform SD Card Hardware Diag using Long Boot. If the Diag results in error, replace the SD
Card. 2. Disable the Image Log function.
2. Perform SD Card Hardware Diag using Long Boot. If no error can be detected, perform the
NVRAM Area Initialization process.
3. Perform the NVRAM Area Initialization process. If the error clears, the repair is complete.
4. Perform the NVRAM Area Initialization process. If the error reoccurs, replace the SD Card.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 956


117-327 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 2 9 S D C a r d N o t Fo u n d Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 3 0 X B D S S o f t Fa i l
Description Description
• When starting up, the SD Card was detected to be not connected by the OS or SysCheckSD. • XBDS-related Fatal Error
A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subse-
Procedure quent processes.
• Check whether there is any problem with the installation of the SD Card. If there is no problem
with the installation, replace the SD Card. Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is
reoccurring.
Check whether HTTP and HTTPS have started up normally and are operable.
As data is obtained via SNMP for the Alert section, it depends on whether the SNMP Agent has
started up normally.
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

957 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-329
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

117-331 Uninitialize used HDD 117-332 Uninitialize used NVM


Description Description
• An uninitialized HDD that was used for another device was recognized. • An uninitialized NVM that was used for another device was recognized.

Procedure Procedure
• Initialize the HDD. • Initialize the NVM.
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 958


117-331 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

117-333 Uninitialize used SD 1 1 7 - 3 3 4 B M L i n k S M a n a g e r S o f t Fa i l


Description Description
• An uninitialized SD Card that was used for another device was recognized. • BMLinkS Manager Fatal Error
A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subse-
Procedure quent processes.
• Initialize the HDD and the SD Card.
Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is
reoccurring.
2. Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.
3. If it is not the latest, update it using GP 2.

Note: If the Controller ROM is already of the latest version, there is no need to update it.
4. If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

959 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-333
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 3 5 I n v a l i d N V M o f Co n v e r t Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 3 6 P C I O p t i o n N o S u p p o r t D e v i c e Fa i l
Description Description
• Detected at startup after the power is cut off during the NVM Map convert. • Unknown PCI Option is detected by the controller.

Procedure Procedure
• Initialize the NVM. 1. Check if PCI Option is supported.
MF: Turn ON the power ->ESS NVM Initialization while holding down the <Power Save> + <Stop> 2. Re-insert PCI Option.
+ <2> keys. Refer to GP 14 for more information.
3. Replace PCI Option.
If problem persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 960


117-335 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 3 7 P C I E X O p t i o n N o S u p p o r t D e v i c e Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 3 8 S D C a r d Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l
Description Description
• Unknown PCI Ex Option is detected by the controller. • Fault in the connection with SD card is detected by the controller.

Procedure Procedure
1. Check if PCI Option is supported. 1. Re-insert SD card.
2. Re-insert PCI Option. 2. Replace SD card.
3. Replace PCI Option. If problem persists, replace Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
If problem persists, replace Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

961 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-337
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 3 9 N V M B a c k u p I s N o t C a r r i e d O u t Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 4 0 O t h e r H D D Fa i l
Description Description
• When the Hard Disk replacement is detected, it was also detected that the NVM had not been • A Hard Disk that was formatted by another machine was detected.
backed up beforehand.
Procedure
Procedure • Install the correct Hard Disk. Or, install an unformatted Hard Disk.
• Restore the previous Hard Disk, turn OFF the power again to check for proper operation, and If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.
then back up the NVM.
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 962


117-339 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 4 1 E P - B B C e r t i fi c a t e S i g n M i s m a t c h 1 1 7 - 3 4 2 S t o ra g e d e v i c e i n c o r r e c t - e x c h a n g e d Fa u l t
Description Description
• When the signature method of EPBB Certificate does not match the signature method that was • An SSD is installed to a machine that had a HDD installed. A HDD is installed to a machine that
set in 701-291 after the EPBB installation. had an SSD installed. Or, the type of storage device that is stored in the Seep has become an un-
defined value.
Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON. Procedure
Login using the CE Mode, set 701-291 from [0] -> [1] or from [1] -> [0], and then reboot. • 1. Turn OFF the power, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn ON the
power again.
If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.
2. Restore the previously installed storage device (HDD or SSD).

963 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-341
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 4 3 Lo g S e n d i n g Pa ra m e t e r Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 4 4 I n v a l i d U s e r J o b Ty p e Fa i l
Description Description
• When an incorrect setting of the log transfer function was detected. • When verifying the User Job Info of the Job that is being executed.
1. When the Image Log function is disabled and the Auto Transfer function is enabled, [Transfer
in Job Units] is set. Procedure
2. When the Job Log Auto Transfer function is disabled (no Hard Disk), the Auto Transfer func- • Turn the power OFF and ON.
tion of the log is set to enabled.

Procedure
• Change the setting of Log Transfer function.
1. For detection condition 1, change the operation method for Log Auto Transfer to anything
other than [Transfer in Job Units].
2. For detection condition 2, check whether a Hard Disk is installed or change the Auto Transfer
function of the log to disable it.
3. If the problem persists, call service support for assistance.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 964


117-343 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 4 5 S S M M B a t c h S e t t i n g D u ra t i o n Fa i l R A P 1 1 7 - 3 4 7 S E E P B i l l i n g Co u n t e r L i fe E n d Fa i l
Description Description
• During the batch setting of LoDeM, a reboot occurred due to a change in system data. When the SEEP Extension Billing Counter have all been used up and billing count cannot be per-
formed as New Extension Counter cannot be obtained.
Procedure
• Information only. Procedure
1. Switch off, the switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15.

965 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-345
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 4 8 U n i n i t i a l i z e U s e d S D C A R D Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 4 9 G R S S o f t w a r e Fa i l
Description Detects this Fail when enters a state where it is unable to continue operating as GRS.
• An un-initialized SD Card that had been used in another device was recognized.
Procedure
Procedure Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1.
2. Switch off, then switch one the machine, GP 19.
3. Verify the SD Card is correct for the machine installed.
4. Enter GP 4, Serial Number Synchronization Procedure, then verify all three numbers are match-
ing for [IOT, SYS1, SYS2]. Follow the procedure to correct any unmatching numbers.
5. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 966


117-348 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 5 0 C l i e n t S c a n S / W Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 5 4 J o b L i m i t Sy s t e m Fa i l
A problem has occurred in the Client Scan Service software processing and it is unable to continue An error has occurred at Coml_SsmiIsJoblimit before the job was executed.
with the subsequent processes.
Procedure
Procedure Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

967 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-350
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 5 5 H a r d D i s k N o t Fo u n d Fa i l o n D e v i c e U s i n g H a r d D i s k 1 1 7 - 3 5 6 J o b L i m i t E s t i m a t i o n Sy s t e m Fa i l
Although the hard disk was connected at the previous startup, it was not recognized at this startup. When obtaining the JobLimit estimation, a system error was detected in ComlDvm_GetEstimation.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the HDD harness plug is fully seated in to jack of the controller PWB.
3. To make a disk-less configuration, initialize the hard disk, dC355.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 968


117-355 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 5 7 T P M Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 5 8 J A L S o f t w a r e Fa i l
When any one of the following conditions is met. A problem has occurred during the software process and the process is unable to continue.
• The TPM device can not be recognized.
Procedure
• TPM self-diagnosis failed. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Communication with TPM failed.
• Failed to initialize TPM.
• The key generated by TPM was used but TPM became unusable.

Procedure
Replace the TPM if it does not recover with power OFF/ON. If the TPM device can not be recog-
nized, or initialization of the TPM or communication fails, there is a possibility of a controller board
failure.

969 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-357
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 6 0 D a t e L i m i t E x c e e d i n g Fa i l 117-361 B illin g contr ol data conflict er r or


When the unit starts up in year 3036 or later, reset the time to year 2034 in order to avoid the year A combination that cannot be allowed exists in the data between the Billing Meter Type (720-002)
2038 problem. and the Billing Counter Type (720-052).

Procedure Procedure
1. Turn OFF the power, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn ON the 1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, do the following:
power again. (If the problem reoccurs, contact the administrator/telephone center, etc.). 2. Check the Billing Meter Type (720-002) or the Billing Counter Type (720-052) settings.
2. When the power is turned ON again, the time will be set to 2034 or later. Set the correct time 3. Check the license and for whether the Billing Counter Type (720-052) has to be set to other than
again. '0'; note that when 720-052 = other than '0', 720-002 must be = '1'.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 970


117-360 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 6 2 U S B D o n g l e I l l e g a l T S C Co n t ra c t Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 6 3 U S B D o n g l e Co u n t U p M o d e S e t t i n g Fa i l
When using the USB dongle for the first time installation, the TSC agreement mode setting failed. When using the USB dongle for the first time installation, the count up mode setting failed.

Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF and ON. Check that the correct USB dongle is used. Turn the power OFF and ON. Check that the correct USB dongle is used.

971 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-362
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 6 4 K e y Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 6 5 W i - F i Lo n g d i a g Fa i l
When any one of the following conditions is met at the time of machine initialization. Error has occurred at Wi-Fi Diag Test.
• The encryption key file is destroyed
Procedure
• TPM key information file is destroyed 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• TPM backup file is missing or corrupted during automatic recovery of encryption key file 2. Verify the Wi-Fi settings in the machine UI are correct for the customer network. Correct any in-
• Either the access key information, MAC address, or serial number that was held in the SEEP area correct settings.
was changed 3. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
• Decryption of encryption key failed in TPM 4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
Procedure 5. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. If restart causes a fault, perform the RAP fr that
fault.
2. If the same fault occurs, even after GP 19 is performed more than 2 times:
a. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, code [700-449].
[000000000000] as the data string.
b. Enter dC355,then execute HDD initialization. When HDD initialization completes, switch off,
then switch on the machine to clear the fault.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 972


117-364 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 6 7 M O D E _ LO C K _ S e v e r e _ Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 7 1 Sy s t e m Fa i l o f J o b L i m i t s w i t h H C S c o n fi g u ra t i o n
The mode lock release request to modelib has failed. [Detection Conditions]
• When started up with JobLimits enabled and HCS Dynamic Sample Operation Mode set to
Procedure [Exclusive].
1. Switch off, the switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2. Procedure
• Turn the power OFF and ON, and perform the following.
1. Set the HCS Dynamic Sample Operation Mode to [Inclusive]
2. Turn OFF the JobLimits setting

973 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-367
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 7 - 3 7 2 D e t e c t i o n o f O p e ra t i n g Sy s t e m Fa i l u r e 1 1 7 - 3 7 3 U s e r D a t a Co n v e r t Fa i l
The operating system was detected to have hanged. Data conversion cannot be done and the default value was set instead.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Turn the power OFF and ON, then try again. Perform NVM Clear, and if the problem persists, per-
form Hard Disk Clear.
2. Enter Diagnostics, GP 3. Execute dC301 NVM Initialization.
3. Perform dC355, Initialize Hard Disk.
4. Upgrade the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 974


117-372 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 7 - 3 7 5 S t o ra g e D e v i c e E n c r y p t i o n Fa i l 1 1 7 - 3 7 6 E n c r y p t e d S t o ra g e M o u n t Fa i l
An error was detected at the encryption process during startup Any of the following was detected
• The key used for storage encryption is invalid
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. • The file system is corrupted

2. enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then perform dC355, Initialize Hard Disk. • Other possible cause is that a storage that was used at another machine is connected to this
machine or the Hard Disk could be physically damaged.
3. Install a new, HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. enter Diagnostics, GP 3, then perform dC355, Initialize Hard Disk.
3. Install a new, HDD assembly, PL 3.2 Item 1.

975 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 117-375
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 1 8 - 3 1 0 I P S E C I n t e r n a l Fa i l
An internal error was detected during initialization of the IPSEC.

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the network settings in the machine UI are correct for the customer network.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
4. Verify the security certificate requested is correct for the operation requested.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 976


118-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 1 8 - 3 1 1 G C P S o f t Fa t a l E r r o r 1 1 8 - 3 1 2 C S B S o f t Fa t a l E r r o r
Problem occurs at software processing, and processing is unable to proceed. A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subsequent
processes.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the network settings in the machine UI are correct for the customer network.
2. Verify the network settings in the machine UI are correct for the customer network.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. Upgrade the software, GP 2.
4. Verify the security certificate requested is correct for the operation requested.
4. Verify the security certificate requested is correct for the operation requested.

977 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 118-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 1 - 3 1 0 F D I - A c c e s s o r y Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l
Transmission between the Foreign Device Interface (FDI) and the accessories failed.

Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
Check the electrical connectors on the HDD (PL 3.2).
If the problem persists perform dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test.
If the problem persists replace the FDI.
If the problem persists replace the foreign device accessory.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 978


121-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 2 0 7 Co m m M a n a g e r Ta r g e t Fa u l t

Comm Manager Target Fault (UI-Control panel). Serial communication error.

Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

979 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-207
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 2 0 9 E V M Re t u r n s W r o n g Va l u e 1 2 3 - 3 1 0 S e n d Q u e u e Fu l l

EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Send Queue Full (UI-Control panel). The upper bound for the ability to send data from the control
panel to ESS was exceeded.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 980


123-209 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 1 1 R e c e i v e Q u e u e Fu l l 123-312 EVM Uses Wrong API

Receive Queue Full (UI-Control panel). The data received from ESS exceeded the upper boundary of EVM Uses Wrong API (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.
the processing ability within the control panel.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

981 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 1 7 Re c e i v e M e s s a g e Q u e u e Fu l l 1 2 3 - 3 1 8 R e c e i v e F i n i s h Q u e u e Fu l l

Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Control panel). The data received from ESS exceeded the upper Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Control panel). The data received from ESS exceeded the upper boun-
boundary of the processing ability within the control panel. dary of the processing ability within the control panel.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 982


123-317 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 2 0 N V M i n i t i a l i z e d fo r FC W 1 2 3 - 3 2 2 Ta r g e t Fa u l t
Polling Fault (UI-Control panel). Serial communication error. Target Fault (UI-Control panel). Serial communication error.
Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

983 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-320
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 2 3 A d d r e s s Fa u l t 1 2 3 - 3 2 5 O bj e c t C r e a t i o n Fa u l t
Address Fault (UI-Control panel). Serial communication error. Object Creation Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 984


123-323 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

12 3 - 3 2 6 M e mo r y Ove r fl o w 1 2 3 - 3 27 B u t t o n Ove r f l o w

Memory Overflow (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Button Overflow (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

985 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-326
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 2 8 U I I n t e r n a l I / F Fa u l t 1 2 3 - 3 2 9 U I I n t e r n a l I / F Fa u l t
UI Internal Fault with Out of Area. UI software error within the Controller PWB. UI Internal Fault with Invalid Coordinates. UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 986


123-328 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 3 2 I / F Fa u l t ( I n v a l i d Pa ra m e t e r C P ) 1 2 3 - 3 3 3 I / F Fa u l t ( I m p o s s i b l e Co m m u n i c a t i o n )

I/F Fault (Invalid Parameter CP). UI software error within the Controller PWB. I/F Fault (No Communication). H/W connection Fault within the UI Interface PWB, or an internal
connection could not be corrected detected.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

987 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-332
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 3 7 Fra m e D a ta Fa u l t w i t h I n v a l i d D a ta Ty p e 1 2 3 - 3 3 8 Fra m e D a t a Fa u l t O f fs e t A d d r e s s O u t

Frame Data Fault with Invalid Data Type. UI software error within the Controller PWB. Frame Data Fault Offset Address Out. UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 988


123-337 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 3 9 D i s p l a y Re q u e s t C o d e I n v a l i d 1 2 3 - 3 4 0 I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t G U A M - D M I / F

Display Request Code Invalid. UI software error within the Controller PWB. Interface Fault GUAM-DM I/F. UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

989 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-339
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 4 1 E v e n t Q u e u e Fu l l 1 2 3 - 3 4 2 Ev e n t Q u e u e E m p t y

Event Queue Full (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Event Queue Empty (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 990


123-341 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

123-343 Invalid Class 1 2 3 - 3 4 4 I n v a l i d Ty p e


Invalid Class (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Invalid Type (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

991 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-343
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 4 5 T i m e r Q u e u e Fu l l 1 2 3 - 3 4 6 I n v a l i d Ti m e r N u m b e r

Timer Queue Full (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Invalid Timer Number (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 992


123-345 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 5 0 O n e To u c h K ey Fa u l t 1 2 3 - 3 5 2 S y s E E P R O M Re a d E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )

Privilege Command (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. An error internal to the con-panel (an abnormal value in EEPROM for Sys) has been detected.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

993 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-350
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 5 3 U I C a b l e Co n n e c t E r r o r 1 2 3 - 3 5 4 D e c r e a s e i n 2 4 V E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )

Procedure The Control Panel has detected a drop in 24V power voltage.

Switch the power off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Procedure
1. Reseat the UI Interface Cable. Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
2. Perform ADJ 2.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction.
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB PL 3.2 Item 7.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 994


123-353 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 5 5 D e c r e a s e i n 5 V E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 5 6 FA X OT K Ca b l e Co n n e c t E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )

The Control Panel has detected a drop in 5V power voltage. The Control Panel has detected that FFC is disconnected from One Touch Key for FAX or that One
Touch Key has a problem.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

995 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-355
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 5 7 S y s E E P R O M W r i t e E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 5 8 L o g E E P R O M W r i t e E r r o r ( U I - Pa n e l )

The Control Panel has detected that writing in the EEPROM there failed. The Control Panel has detected that writing in the EEPROM there for logging failed.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 996


123-357 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 6 2 N o O b j e c t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 6 8 S h o r t o f U I M e m o r y ( U I - Pa n e l )

No Object (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Short of UI Memory (UI-Control panel). There is insufficient memory or a connection problem.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

997 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-362
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 6 9 I n v a l i d I n t e r fa c e Va l u e ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 7 0 I n t e r fa c e Le n g t h Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Invalid Interface Value (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Interface Length Fault (UI-Control panel). There was a mistake in a parameter received from ESS.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 998


123-369 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 7 1 I n t e r fa c e Pa ra m e t e r Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 7 2 I n t e r fa c e S e q u e n c e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Interface Parameter Fault (UI-Control panel). There was a mistake in a parameter received from Interface Sequence Fault (UI-Control panel). There was no notification of an initialization command
ESS. from ESS within the specified time.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

999 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-371
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 7 3 C h a n n e l Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 7 4 I n v a l i d U s e r J o b I D ( U I - Pa n e l )

Channel Fault (UI-Control panel). There was a mistake in a cancel received from ESS. Invalid User Job ID (UI-Control panel). There was an error in a job ID parameter received from ESS.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1000


123-373 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 7 5 I n t e r n a l Re s o u r c e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 7 6 I n t e r n a l M e m o r y Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Internal Resource Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Internal Memory Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1001 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-375
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 7 7 U I Ti m e r Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 7 8 I n t e r fa c e Fo r m a t Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

UI Timer Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Interface Format Fault (UI-Control panel). There was an error in a data format received from ESS.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1002


123-377 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 7 9 D i s p a tc h Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 8 0 Co p y I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Dispatch Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Copy Interface Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1003 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-379
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 8 1 Fa x I n t e r fa c e Fa i l ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 8 2 S c a n n e r I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

UI-SW failure in the Controller PWB. Scanner Interface Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1004


123-381 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 8 3 Re p o r t I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 8 4 S e r v e r A c c e s s Fa u l t ( H B / FC W )

Report Interface Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Server Access Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1005 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-383
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 8 5 S e r v i c e O b j e c t O v e r f l o w ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 8 6 I n v a l i d S e r v i c e O b j e c t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Service Object Overflow (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Invalid Service Object (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1006


123-385 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 8 7 I n v a l i d S e r v i c e O b j e c t A t t r i b u t e ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 8 8 A t t r i b u t e Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Attribute Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1007 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-387
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 8 9 A r g u m e n t Fa u l t ( H B / FC W ) 1 2 3 - 3 9 0 J o b Pa ra m e t e r Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Argument Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Job Parameter Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:

1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1008


123-389 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 9 1 J o b E x e c u t i o n A r g u m e n t Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 9 2 A u d i t r o n I l l e g a l ( U I - Pa n e l )

Job Actual Parameter Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Auditron Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1009 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-391
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 9 3 E P Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 9 4 F i l e A c c e s s I l l e g a l ( U I - Pa n e l )

EP Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. File Access Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1010


123-393 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 9 5 N V M Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 9 6 F F Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

NVM Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. FF Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1011 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-395
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 3 - 3 9 7 M G R Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 3 9 8 D e l a y R e l e a s e Q u e u e Fu l l ( U I - P a n e l )

MGR Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following: Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1012


123-397 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 3 - 3 9 9 I n t e r n a l Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l ) 1 2 3 - 4 0 0 J R M I / F I n t e r n a l Fa u l t ( U I - Pa n e l )

Internal Fault (UI-Control panel). UI software error within the Controller PWB. Internal Fault (UI-Control panel). Insufficient registration, internal error, or an IF sequence or pa-
rameter outside the specification was input to the converter.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
Switch off, then switvh on the machine, GP 19. If the fault persists, perform the following:
1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. 1. Upgrade ESS Firmware to the latest version, GP 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1013 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 123-399
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 1 0 Pr o d u c t N o Fa u l t
The product number was not specified.

Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1014


124-310 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 1 1 S e r i a l N o Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 1 2 Pr o d u c t N o Fa u l t
The serial number registration field failed. Product numbers did not agree.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure. • Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1015 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-311
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 1 3 S e r i a l N o Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 1 4 I OT S p e e d Fa u l t
Serial numbers did not agree. IOT Speed Fault

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure. • Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1016


124-313 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 1 5 A l l I OT S p e e d M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 1 6 Pr o d u c t M o d e l Fa u l t
IOT Speed Mismatch Product a/f Model Fault

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Check the values at the following Chain Link Codes. • Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Note: IOT refers to MCU PWB, SYS 1 to EEPROM (on Backplane PWB), and SYS 2 to Controller
NVM PWB. • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-600] (IOT) :
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-601] (SYS 1) :
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-602] (SYS 2) :
The three values are all different.
Y N
Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1017 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-315
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 1 7 A l l Pr o d u c t M o d e l M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 1 8 Pr o d u c t Ty p e Fo r S W K ey Fa u l t
Product a/f All Product Model Mismatch Product Type for S/W Key Fault

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Check the values at the following Chain Link Codes. • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Note: IOT refers to MCU PWB, SYS 1 to EEPROM (on Backplane PWB), and SYS 2 to Controller
NVM PWB.
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-600] (IOT) :
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-601] (SYS 1) :
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-602] (SYS 2) :
The three values are all different.
Y N
Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1018


124-317 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 1 9 A l l Pr o d u c t Ty p e Fo r S W K ey M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 2 0 E E P R O M Fa u l t
All Product Type For S/W Key Mismatch EEPROM Fault. A EEPROM write problem occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Check the values at the following Chain Link Codes. CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to
damage the EEPROM, it is not spared.
Note: IOT refers to MCU PWB, SYS 1 to EEPROM (on Backplane PWB), and SYS 2 to Controller
NVM PWB. 1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Controller PWB; or on the Backplane PWB.
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-606] (IOT) : 2. If the problem still exists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-607] (SYS 1) : 3. If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-608] (SYS 2) :
The three values are all different.
Y N
Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1019 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-319
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 2 1 B a c k u p S R A M Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 2 2 Co p y / S c a n / Pr i n t D i s a b l e d Fa u l t
Backup SRAM Fault. An NVM ROM write problem occurred on the Controller PWB. Copy/Scan/Print S/W Key by PWE Fault

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
1. Pull out and reinsert the Controller NVM PWB (PL 3.2). Switch the power On. • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
2. If the problem still exists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1020


124-321 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 2 3 Co p y / S c a n / Pr i n t d i s a b l e d Fa u l t 124-324 All Bi llings M ism atch


Copy/Scan/Print S/W Key 1 Fault All Billings Mismatch

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Check the values at the following Chain Link Codes. Replace any
PWB that exhibits a mismatch. • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Note: IOT refers to MCU PWB, SYS 1 to EEPROM (on Backplane PWB), and SYS 2 to Controller
NVM PWB.)
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-603] (IOT):
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-604] (SYS 1):
• dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-605] (SYS 2):

1021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-323
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 2 5 B i l l i n g Re s t o ra t i o n Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 2 6 I OT S p e e d N o t Re g i s t e r e d
Billing Restoration Fault. Billing automatic recovery was not possible. It was detedted that at boot, IOT Speed registration procedure status was 1 or 2.

Procedure Procedure
This Fail triggers the procedure for changing IOT Speed. Accordingly the user needs to follow the di-
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: alog displayed on the UI in order to enter the SW Key for changing IOT Speed.
Compare the Serial Numbers in GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
The three Numbers are all different.
Y N
Replace the PWB whose values do not match.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1022


124-325 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 2 7 I OT S p e e d C h a n g e S W Fa i l 1 2 4 - 3 3 1 E S S R O M D I M M # 1 N o t Fo u n d
A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed. The system detected that the ESS ROM DIMM #1 was not installed (deleted because unable to
display)
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
2. If the fault persists:
a. IOT drive PWB, PL 1.2 Item 11.
b. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. a. Remove then install the DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.
b. Install a new DIMM 4GB, PL 3.2 Item 2.

1023 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-327
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 3 2 Co n t ra c t D a ta M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 3 4 S t a n d a r d Fo n t R O M Fa u l t
Case where the contract data on IOT side and Controller side mismatches. Standard Font ROM Error. A problem was detected with the standard installed font ROM.

Procedure Procedure
Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others).
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
is repeated.
2. Extract and re-insert MF ROM (J 332). If the problem still persists, replace the ROM (PL 3.2)
3. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed
(the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331)
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1024


124-332 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 3 5 Fo n t R O M N o t Fo u n d 1 2 4 - 3 3 7 Co n t r o l l e r S t a n d a r d R A M E r r o r
Font ROM Not Found. The font ROM could not be detected. Controller Standard RAM Error. An error was detected with the Controller installed standard RAM.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract- CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB. ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem 1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
is repeated. is repeated.
2. Extract and re-insert MF ROM (J 332). If the problem still persists, replace the ROM. 2. Remove and install the DIMM 4G (J 330) (PL 3.2 Item 2). If the problem still persists, replace
3. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed the DIMM 4G.
(the model configuration determines which are installed). 3. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed
• NVM RAM (the model configuration determines which are installed).

• System Memory (J 330) • NVM RAM


• System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331)
• Page Memory PM1(J331)
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1025 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-335
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 3 8 I d e n t i c a l Fo n t R O M s I n s ta l l e d 1 2 4 - 3 3 9 R O M D I M M Fr o m A n o t h e r P r o d u c t I n s t a l l e d
Same Font ROMs Found. It was detected that identical font ROMs were installed. ROM DIMM of another product found. It was detected that a different type of font ROM was
installed.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB. CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Check the standard Font ROM (J 332) and optional Font ROM. Install the appropriate ROM. If
the ROM is correct, extract and re-insert it. 1. Check the standard Font ROM (J 332) and optional Font ROM. Install the appropriate ROM. If
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). the ROM is correct, extract and re-insert it.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1026


124-338 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 4 0 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t A l l 1 2 4 - 3 4 1 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t M C U
The three CRUM market destination values are not set up (0 or different). One CRUM market destination value is different (IOT).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1027 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-340
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 4 2 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t S Y S 1 1 2 4 - 3 4 3 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t S Y S 2
One CRUM market destination value is different (SYS 1). One CRUM market destination value is different (SYS 2).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
damage the EEPROM, it is not spared. ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Controller PWB; or on the Backplane PWB. 1. Pull out and insert the Controller NVM PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1028


124-342 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

124-344 All B illin gs M e ter typ es M ism atch 1 2 4 - 3 4 5 B i l l i n g M e t e r Ty p e Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l


All the billing meter types kept at multiple locations are different. When one billing meter type did not match, this machine tried to automatically correct it but failed.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure. • Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1029 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-344
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 4 6 A l l B i l l i n g Co u n t Ty p e s M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 4 7 B i l l i n g Co u n t Ty p e Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l
All the billing count types kept at multiple locations are different. When one billing count type did not match, this machine tried to automatically correct it but failed.

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following: Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure. • Perform GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1030


124-346 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 4 8 A l l M o d a l B r e a k Po i n t s M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 4 9 M o d a l B r e a k Po i n t Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l
All the Modal Break Points kept at multiple locations are different. When one Modal Break Point did not match, this machine tried to automatically correct it but
failed.
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following: Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1031 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-348
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 5 0 C R U M O E M Fa u l t A l l 1 2 4 - 3 5 1 C R U M O E M Fa u l t M C U
The three CRUM OEM destination values are not set up (0 or different). One CRUM OEM destination value is different (IOT).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1032


124-350 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 5 2 C R U M O E M Fa u l t S Y S 1 1 2 4 - 3 5 3 C R U M O E M Fa u l t S Y S 2
One CRUM OEM destination value is different (SYS 1). One CRUM OEM destination value is different (SYS 2).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
damage the EEPROM, it is not spared. ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Backplane PWB. 1. Pull out and insert the Controller NVM PWB.
2. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1033 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-352
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

124-354 DC132 13 124-355 DC132 14


The Territory Info that is stored in 3 locations are not initialized. Although the values all match, they When at least one of the Territory Info that is stored in 3 locations is different.
are the values for Not set [0].
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, do the following:
2. Perform dC131, NVM Read / Write to compare the following 3 NVM values:
• If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). [700-600], [700-601], [700-602]
• If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). 3. If 2 of them are the same, perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others), to
match the 3 values.
4. If all 3 are different, install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, and controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1034


124-354 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 5 6 S e r i a l N o Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l 1 2 4 - 3 5 7 Pr o d u c t N o Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l
When at least one Serial No. is not matched and the machine automatic correction has failed to When at least one Product No. is not matched and the machine automatic correction has failed to
correct the problem. correct the problem.

Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Perform dC131, NVM Read / Write to compare the following 3 NVM values: 2. Perform dC131, NVM Read / Write to compare the following 3 NVM values:
[700-600], [700-601], [700-602] [700-600], [700-601], [700-602]
3. If 2 of them are the same, perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others), to 3. If 2 of them are the same, perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others), to
match the 3 values. match the 3 values.
4. perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others). If all 3 are different, install a new 4. perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others). If all 3 are different, install a new
MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, and controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7. MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, and controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

1035 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-356
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 5 9 I OT N V M B a c k u p Re s t o r e Fa i l 1 1 2 4 - 3 6 0 C R U M Va l i d a t i o n Fa u l t A l l
The Restore function of the IOT NVM, which checks three points for automatic correction, had com- CRUM Valid/Invalid is not set up at the three locations (0 or different values).
pleted successfully.
Procedure
Procedure
No action is required. Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1036


124-359 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 6 1 C R U M Va l i d a t i o n Fa u l t M C U 1 2 4 - 3 6 2 C R U M Va l i d a t i o n Fa u l t S Y S 1
CRUM Validation Fault MCU. CRUM valid/invalid data was different (IOT). CRUM Validation Fault SYS 1. CRUM valid/invalid data was different (SYS 1).

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). damage the EEPROM, it is not spared.
1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Controller PWB; or on the Backplane PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1037 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-361
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 6 3 C R U M Va l i d a t i o n Fa u l t S Y S 2 1 2 4 - 3 6 4 I OT N V M B a c k u p Re s t o r e Fa i l 1
CRUM Validation Fault SYS 2. CRUM valid/invalid data was different (SYS 2). It was detected that the Restore function of the IOT NVM, which checks three points for automatic
correction, was executed and had finished successfully.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: The machine reboots automatically.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Pull out and insert the Controller NVM PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1038


124-363 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 6 7 I OT S p e e d C h a n g e I OT M o d e l M i s m a t c h 1 2 4 - 3 6 8 S h i p p i n g P l a c e Fa i l
The speed range (Low/Mid/High) and Software Key settings do not match. The Shipping Place that is retained in 3 locations are not initialized.

Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, re-set the Software Key in the IOT model (Low/ Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
Mid/High).

1039 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-367
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 6 9 S h i p p i n g P l a c e Re s t o ra t i o n Fa i l 124-370 Sh ip pi ng Place M is match


When at least one Product No. is not matched and the machine automatic correction has failed to It was detected that at least one of the Shipping Place that is retained in 3 locations is different.
correct the problem.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in se-
2. Perform dC131, NVM Read / Write to compare the following 3 NVM values:
quence to repair it.
[700-600], [700-601], [700-602]
2. Perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others).
3. If 2 of them are the same, perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others), to
match the 3 values.
4. perform dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others). If all 3 are different, install a new
MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15, and controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1040


124-369 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 7 2 I OT s c S o f t Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 7 3 I OT M a n a g e r S W Fa u l t
IOT sc Soft Fault. IOT controller software problem. A problem occurred during software procControl- IOT Manager SW Fault. IOT manager software failure.
lering, and procControllering could no longer continue.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract- ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
1. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem is repeated.
is repeated. 2. Check all the connectors on the IOT Drive PWB and the Controller PWB for being properly
2. Check all the connectors on the IOT Drive PWB and the Controller PWB for being properly installed.
installed. 3. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed
3. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed (the model configuration determines which are installed).
(the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• NVM RAM • System Memory (J 330)
• System Memory (J 33 0) • Page Memory (J 331)
• Page Memory (J331) 4. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices. 5. Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
5. Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11). 6. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
6. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). 7. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
7. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1041 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-372
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 7 4 I OT I M D e v i c e D r i v e r S W Fa u l t 1 2 4 - 3 8 0 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t A l l ( 2 )
IOT IM Device Driver software failure. CRUM Market fail ALL (2)

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off, then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract- 1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB. 2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
1. This fault can also be caused by incorrect Drum installed. An X700 Drum will fit and the machine
will be recognized but this fault will be declared when first print or copy is made.
The correct Drum for this product is 013R00664 for color and 013R00663 for Black.
2. Upgrade Controller Firmware to the latest version (GP 2) and check to see if the same problem
is repeated.
3. Check all the connectors on the IOT Drive PWB and the Controller PWB for being properly
installed.
4. Extract and re-insert the following items from the Controller PWB (PL 3.2) if any are installed
(the model configuration determines which are installed).
• NVM RAM
• System Memory (J 330)
• Page Memory (J 331)
5. If the problem still persists, replace the appropriate devices.
6. Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 1.2 Item 11).
7. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
8. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1042


124-374 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 8 1 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t M C U ( 2 ) 1 2 4 - 3 8 2 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t S Y S 1 ( 2 )
CRUM Market fail MCU (2) CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2)

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). damage the EEPROM, it is not spared.
1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Controller PWB; or on the Backplane PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1043 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-381
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 8 3 C R U M M a r ke t Fa u l t S Y S 2 ( 2 ) 1 2 4 - 3 9 0 C R U M O E M Fa u l t A l l ( 2 )
CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) CRUM OEM fail ALL (2)

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:

CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract- 1. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB. 2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
1. Pull out and insert the Controller NVM PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1044


124-383 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 3 9 1 C R U M O E M Fa u l t M C U ( 2 ) 1 2 4 - 3 9 2 C R U M O E M Fa u l t S Y S 1 ( 2 )
CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2)

Procedure Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). CAUTION: Switch the power Off. Observe correct ESD procedures. Be careful not to
2. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). damage the EEPROM, it is not spared.
1. Remove and reinsert the EEPROM on the Controller PWB; or on the Backplane PWB.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

1045 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-391
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 3 9 3 C R U M O E M Fa u l t S Y S 2 ( 2 ) 1 2 4 - 7 0 1 O u t p u t Tra y C h a n g e d fr o m S i d e Tra y
CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) Side Tray to Center Tray. The exit destination was changed to the center tray because there was a
problem with the specified exit tray (side tray).
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power Off then On. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Repair the Side Tray using the proper RAP.
CAUTION: Switch the power Off and observe correct ESD procedures when extract-
ing and inserting items from the Controller PWB.
1. Pull out and insert the Controller NVM PWB/
2. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. If the problem still persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1046


124-393 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 7 0 4 Fo l d e r Tra y C h a n g e d t o Ce n t e r Tra y 1 2 4 -7 05 Punc h ing Canc e l l ed


The output tray was changed from the Folder Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued. Punching Cancelled. A punch specification was deleted.

Procedure Procedure
Repair the Folder Tray using the proper RAP. Repair the Punch using the proper RAP.

1047 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-704
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 4 - 7 0 6 Fo l d i n g C a n c e l l e d 1 2 4 - 7 0 8 O u t p u t Tra y C h a n g e d t o S u b Tra y
Folding Cancelled. A folding specification was deleted. The output tray has been changed to the Sub Tray because a failure was detected in the specified
output tray.
Procedure
Procedure
Repair the Folder Tray using the proper RAP.
Repair the specified Output Tray using the proper RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1048


124-706 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 4 - 7 0 9 M a x S h e e t Vo l u m e fo r S t a p l i n g E x c e e d e d
Stapler Sheet Count is too high.

Procedure
The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected, but printing continued.

1049 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 124-709
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 5 - 3 1 1 P S W c o n t U n e x p e c t e d Fa u l t

PSW cont Unexpected Failure. A problem occurred during ESS software (PST cont) processing, and
processing could no longer continue.

Initial Actions
Procedure
Turn the power Off then On. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
• Check that the latest version of software is installed (GP 2).
• Check connections on the Controller PWB.
• Check the wiring to the Controller PWB.
• If the above checks are OK, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1050


125-311 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 7 - 2 1 0 D F E Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 2 1 1 D F E Pa ra m e t e r Fa u l t
Network Controller Communication Fault Network Controller Parameter Fault

Procedure Procedure
• Pull out and insert the Network Controller connection cable. • Pull out and insert the Network Controller connection cable.
Turn the power Off then On. Turn the power Off then On.

1051 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 127-210
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 7 - 3 1 2 D F E V i d e o L i n k Fa i l 1 2 7 - 3 1 3 E S S V i d e o L i n k Fa i l
re ESS detected a Video Link error.
1. Disconnect, then connect the DFE connection cable.
Procedure
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 1. Disconnect, then connect the DFE connection cable.
3. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2. 2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
3. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1052


127-312 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 7 - 3 1 4 W S D Pr i n t S / W Fa i l 1 2 7 - 3 1 5 T h i n Pr i n t S / W Fa i l
ESS detected a Video Link error. A problem has occurred with software processing, causing the processing to stop ever since.

Procedure Procedure
1. Disconnect, then connect the DFE connection cable. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. 2. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2.
3. If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2.

1053 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 127-314
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 7 - 2 2 0 D E F Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t ( V i d e o ) 1 2 7 - 2 2 1 Fa x Pa ra m e t e r Va l u e I n v a l i d

Communication Fault (video) detected by the Network Controller. Communication Fault (Command) detected by the Network Controller.

Procedure Procedure
This Fault Code may occur in the following situation: Resubmit the job, check cable connections.
• When the Controller can detect commands but cannot detect input video, data, or clock.
To recover, check cable connections.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1054


127-220 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 7 - 3 1 0 E x t S r v . Re q S o f t Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 3 1 1 P S Wc o n t U n e x p e c t e d Fa u l t

ESR Task Fatal Fault. An ESR task caused a fatal error. ExtPRT

Procedure Procedure
This Fault Code may occur in the following situation: This Fault Code may occur in the following situation:
• When the Controller can detect commands but cannot detect input video, data, or clock. • When the Controller can detect commands but cannot detect input video, data, or clock.
To recover, check cable connections. To recover, check cable connections.

1055 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 127-310
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 7 - 3 2 0 D F E C r i t i c a l Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 3 3 7 Te m p l a t e H D W r i t e Fa u l t
Network Controller Critical Fault Job Template HDD Write Fault. Internal polling file access error, or a write error to a local HDD in a
job template (other than full).
Procedure
• Take the corrective actions based on the Fault Code displayed in the Network Controller monitor, Procedure
then reboot the system. • Turn the power Off then On. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in se-
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. quence to repair it.
dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Hard Disk Diagnostics/Setup
1. Check the connection to the Network Controller.
GP 2 Software Download
2. Check the device settings.
Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
3. Check the Network Controller HW.
4. Check the device HW.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1056


127-320 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 7 - 3 4 2 J o b Te m p l a t e M o n i t o r Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 3 5 3 L P D S o f t Fa t a l Fa u l t

Job Template Monitor Fault. Fault return from a system call, etc. LPD Soft Fatal Fault. Fatal error related to LPD. A problem occurred during software processing, and
processing could no longer continue.
Procedure
• Turn the power Off then On. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in se-
Procedure
quence to repair it. Check the Network connections
Check the connectors and wiring on the Controller PWB.
GP 2 Software Download
Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1057 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 127-342
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 7 - 3 5 4 F T P S e r v e r S o f t w a r e Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 3 9 6 M a i l I O S o f t Fa t a l Fa u l t
Mail I/O Soft Fatal error. Fatal error related to mail IO. A problem occurred during software process-
FTP Server Software Fault. FTP server fatal error. ing, and processing could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Network connections Check the Network connections

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1058


127-354 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 2 7 - 3 9 8 ' I P P S o f t Fa t a l Fa u l t 1 2 7 - 3 9 9 J M E S o f t Fa t a l Fa u l t
IPP Soft Fatal Fault. Fatal error related to IPP. A problem occurred during software processing, and JME Soft Fatal Fault. Fatal error related to JME. A problem occurred during software processing, and
processing could no longer continue. processing could no longer continue.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Network connections Check the Network connections

1059 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 127-398
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 2 7 - 7 0 0 S I P Re g i s t ra t i o n Fa i l
An error has occurred in registering device info with the SIP Registration Server.

Procedure
1. Check what the SIP Registration Server is set to on the device.
2. Check that the SIP Registration Server is available.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1060


127-700 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 2 - 3 1 0 , 1 3 2 - 3 1 1 , 1 3 2 - 3 1 2 , 1 3 2 - 3 1 3 LU I / U I Fa i l R A P s
132-310 LUI Browser Software Fail
132-311 LUI Contents Software Fail
132-312 UI DisplayPortLinkFail
132-313 UI DisplayPortLinkFail

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
2. Verify the UI cable and the back plane PWB are installed properly, then perform the same oper-
ation causing the fault.
3. If the LED on the UI is flashing, perform UI Self Diagnostics to identify the fault location.
4. If the fault persists, install new components in order as required:
a. Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
b. Control panel assembly, PL 2.1 Item 1.
c. Back plane PWB, PL 1.2 Item 2.

1061 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 132-310, 132-311, 132-312, 132-313
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 1 0 I l l e g a l Fa x Pa ra m e t e r R A P 1 3 3 - 2 1 1 Fa x Pa ra m e t e r Va l u e I n v a l i d R A P
The parameter value is incorrect due to reasons such as excessive length. A parameter value exceeds the range or the required parameter is not sent.
The required parameter is not sent. Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On Procedure
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
Procedure the UI.
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1062


133-210 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 2 1 2 Fa x Re a d E r r o r - N o D a t a R A P 1 3 3 - 2 1 3 Fa x Re a d E r r o r - I n v a l i d D a t a R A P
The specified data does not exist (incorrect number or channel). Corrupted data interrupted a read on the specified data.
• The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is broken.
Initial Actions
– The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Procedure
Power Off/On
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. Procedure
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. the UI.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13

1063 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-212
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 1 4 Fa x U S B I n i t i a l i z i n g R A P 1 3 3 - 2 1 5 Fa x U S B D e v i c e R A P
Fax failed initialization. There is an error in the Fax USB interface.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5). • Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1064


133-214 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 2 1 6 Fa x U S B H o s t Fa t a l R A P 1 3 3 - 2 1 7 Fa x M a n a g e r S h o r t o f M e m o r y R A P
There is a Fax/USB processing error. There is a Fax/USB processing error. Insufficient Fax Manager Memory.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5). • Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

1065 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-216
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 1 8 Fa x C a r d M e s s a g e L i b ra r y S h o r t o f M e m o r y R A P 1 3 3 - 2 1 9 Fa x Wo r k M e m o r y R A P
There is a Fax/USB processing error. Insufficient Fax Card Message Library Memory Memory capacity reached during Fax processing. Due to insufficient memory, the system was un-
able to reserve the memory required for the processing.
Procedure
• Turn the power Off/On. Procedure
• Turn the power Off/On.
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. the UI.

• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.

• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.


• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1066


133-218 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 2 2 0 Fa x Co n t r o l Ta s k R A P 1 3 3 - 2 2 1 Fa x C a r d B o o t R A P
An error during Fax Controller software processing caused a Fax shutdown. The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time to boot.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power Off/On. • Turn the power Off/On.
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5). • Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

1067 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-220
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 2 2 Fa x C a r d d o e s n o t r e s p o n d R A P 1 3 3 - 2 2 3 Fa x C a r d Re s e t R A P
The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time. The controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

Procedure Procedure
• Turn the power Off/On. • Turn the power Off/On.
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5). • Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 20.1 Item 5).
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
the UI. the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2. • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13. • Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1068


133-222 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 2 2 4 Co n t r o l l e r R O M Fa x C a r d R O M R A P 1 3 3 - 2 2 5 Fa x A d d r e s s B o o k I l l e g a l S e t t i n g R A P
The Controller detected a version mismatch. After rewriting the Address Book in EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a speed dial entry was rewrit-
ten from the Panel.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. Upgrade both the Controller and Fax Card ROM Procedure
to the latest version.If the fault persists reload software (GP 2). 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

1069 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-224
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 2 6 Co u n t r y Co d e R A P 1 3 3 - 2 8 0 Fa x O p t i o n S l o t 1 B o a r d R A P
The Controller detects an invalid country code. The code that does not provide FAX Service is set in Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 board. Due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont
the System Data Country Code. SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed

Procedure Procedure
Check Country Code setting (GP 15).
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB. Switch on the power.
The fault persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Check the connection of each FAX PWB connector.
The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again.
The fault persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Upgrade the software, GP 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1070


133-226 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 2 8 1 Re c e i v e d u n k n o w n m e s s a g e R A P 1 3 3 - 2 8 2 Fa x C a r d D o w n l o a d R A P
A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card. An FAX PWB download could not be completed when either a FAX PWB or Fax Controller software
failure occurred.
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB. Switch on the power. • Turn the power Off/On.
The fault persists.
Y N • Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable.
Return to Service Call Procedures. • Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing
Check the connection of each FAX PWB connector. the UI.
The connectors are securely connected. • Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
Y N • Upgrade the software, GP 2.
Connect the connectors.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.
Turn on the power again.
The fault persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Upgrade the software, GP 2.

1071 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-281
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 3 - 2 8 3 Fa x Re p o r t M a i l b o x R A P 1 3 3 - 7 0 0 S ta p l e / Pu n c h Ca n c e l l e d R A P
The Fax Report mailbox did not open. The Controller cancelled the Staple/Punch operation due to staple relationship with the print paper,
or during data format processing for fax receive document printing in the Controller.
Procedure
Staple/Punch request is canceled to continue printing.
• Turn the power Off/On.
• Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable. Procedure
• Verify that the customer is programming a job within the parameters of the machine utilizing Change Staple/Punch position designation or select paper according to Staple/Punch position.
the UI.
• Disconnect then reconnect the PWBs in the FAX Module.
• Upgrade the software, GP 2.
• Perform FAX Diagnostic GP 13.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1072


133-283 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

1 3 3 - 7 0 1 Re p l a c e m e n t C h a r a c t e r D e t e c t e d 1 3 3 - 7 1 0 Tra y S e l e c t Fa i l R A P
Character replacement has occurred in destination name, sender name, comment, station name. When printing Fax-received documents, it was performed via the Bypass tray since the selected tray
cannot be used for Fax.
Procedure • The “Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function” is provided to determine “Which tray to print
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine. the Fax-received data from”. This error can occur when this function is “enabled.”
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics. Even if this function is “disabled,” this error can also occur when printing Fax reports and docu-
ments for polling.
* When set to automatically print Fax/Internet FAX received documents, this machine automati-
cally selects a paper tray. During that selection, any of the following occurs.
– Since the selected tray is set as “Unavailable for Fax document print”, the machine selects
the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper size in the selected tray is set as a size that cannot be used for Fax, the ma-
chine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper type (= paper quality) in the selected tray is set as a quality that cannot be
used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– If none of the above applies, the selected tray might be malfunctioning.
* This error also occurs when any of the four conditions above is detected when “the customer
selects the Bypass tray and tries to print from a mailbox”.

Procedure
• Load the paper size that can be used for Fax printing.
A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, Letter SEF, Legal (14inch), Legal (13inch),
Ledger, Letter LEF, and Half Letter SEF can be used.
• Load the paper type (= paper quality) that can be used for Fax printing.
Plain Paper, Bond Paper, Recycled Paper, Backing Paper, and Custom Paper can be used.
• When the machine is set to “Enable Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function”, perform any one
of the following:
1. Select [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode] to add the tray number that the custom-
er wants to specify for printing.
2. Select a tray number for the customer's printing use from the one of the trays that are set in
[Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode].
Instead of selecting [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode], the same settings can be per-
formed through [SystemData: 820-002] → [Tray selection in tray mode].
If the fault persists, upgrade the software, GP 2.

1073 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 133-701
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

1 3 4 - 2 1 0 , 1 3 4 - 2 1 1 Fa x Fa i l R A P s
134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid
134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure

Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine.
2. If the fault persists, perform GP 13, Fax Diagnostics.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1074


134-210, 134-211 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

5 0 0 - 0 3 0 Ti m e r I n t e r n a l Fa u l t
Timer Internal Failure. The following occurs (However, this includes the cases that may not occur
when dC612 Print Test Pattern starts):
• Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
• The CC Cleaner Position was moved from the Home Position.
• Fuser Relay State: Shifted to Not Ready.
• Drum Cycle State: Shifted to Cleaning Request.
• CC Wire Warning: Occurred.
• Drum Crum State: Unknown.
Procedure
Return from the Wait state and repeat.

1075 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 500-030
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

500-033 Diag Document Not Detected/Enough 500-035 Diag Document Invalid Size
When a Diag job requiring a document is performed and the document cannot be detected. When the size of the detected document is different from the specified document size.
When a Diag job requiring multiple documents is performed and the number of loaded sheets is Procedure
not sufficient to meet the specification.
Use a document of the specified size and perform the job again.
Procedure
Load the required number of documents and perform the job again.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1076


500-033 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

5 0 0 - 9 9 0 Pr i n t i n g A b o r t e d
Printing could not start due to unknown reason in Diagnostic Code dC612 Print Test Pattern, or it
was aborted.
• This occurs during Diagnostic execution only, and the Fault Code is displayed on the PC-Diag-
nostics and Panel.
Procedure
Return from the wait state and repeat.

1077 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 500-990
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

O F 1 . 1 Po w e r O n O F 1 . 2 A C Po w e r
This RAP is used for power up and initializing problems. The Control Panel may be dead or illumi-
nated, but the copier will not initialize properly or not initialize at all. This RAP is used for problems in the AC circuitry for primary distribution and control. The Control
Panel may or may not be illuminated, but the copier will not begin to initialize.
Procedure
Initial Actions
WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components
and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components
with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact
could result in serious personal injury. with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that
could result in serious personal injury.
DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ-
bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri- DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ-
ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures. bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri-
ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures.
AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto
tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto
tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite. tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto
tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite.
VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um-
gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um-
Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun- gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste
gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten. Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun-
gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten.
AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol- mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o
taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves. realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol-
taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves.
The machine is completely dead (no Console indicators, no LEDs lit, and no sound at power up).
Y N • Verify that the correct voltage is being applied to the printer from the wall outlet.
Go to the appropriate DC Power RAP: • For a Network Controller Power On problem refer to BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V)
• OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3/ +5 VDC) and Verify that there is ACH at P/J 14.
Go to the appropriate AC Power RAP: If the problem still exists, go to the Controller Service Manual.

• OF 1.2 AC Power • For a Finisher power problem, refer to BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) and Verify that
there is ACH at CN3.

Note: The Reset Switch acts as a GFCI. The AC Protect circuit senses line leakage. If there is line
leakage or an overvoltage condition, it energizes the Reset Switch and opens the contacts for AC
power. Refer to the OF 1.3 AC Protect Circuit.

Procedure
Be sure both Power Switches are on (one is behind the Front Door).
Observe the DC Power LEDs on the Controller PWB.
CR201, 203 and 208 (+3.3V, LED) on the Controller PWB is lit.
Y N
There is AC Line voltage at the PWS Outlet.
Y N
There is AC Line voltage between J11-1 and 4 on the AC Power Supply.
Y N
Suspect an open GFI Breaker or an open line between J11 -1 and 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1078


OF 1.1 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
A O F 1 . 3 A C Pr o t e c t C i r c u i t
B
There is AC Line voltage between J17-1 and 3 on the AC Power Supply. This RAP is used to locate and repair ground fault problems in the primary AC power distribution cir-
Y N cuitry. You may have been directed to this RAP from another AC Power RAP that traced the loss of
Suspect the main power switch assembly, PL 28.1 Item 20. AC power to the AC Protect Circuit device.
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
The machine is equipped with a AC Protect Circuit device that detects excessive current leakage to
• Check the Power Switch on top of the machine (refer to BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for ground. If excessive leakage is detected, the device will remove all power to the printer. In addition,
(208V-240V) (PL 1.3). there is a varistor connected across the input side of the AC Protect Circuit to suppress electrical
• Check the voltage at P501-1 (refer toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2). If +5 VDC is noise in order to meet EMI standards. If the Varistor fails in a shorted mode it will cause the AC Pro-
present, check the harness between the Main LVPS and the Controller PWB for an open or tect Circuit to continually activate.
short circuit.
Procedure
• If the harness is okay, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components
• If the problem still exists, install a new Main LVPS N11A, PL 1.3 Item 11. and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact
CR204 (+5 V ESS, orange LED) on the Controller PWB is lit. with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that
Y N could result in serious personal injury.
There is AC Line voltage between J11-1 and 4 on the AC Power Supply. DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ-
Y N bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri-
There is AC Line voltage between CN2-1 and 2 on the AC Power Supply. ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures.
Y N
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13. AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto
tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto
Go to BSD 1.1 Main Power ON for (208V-240V) andBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite.
and check for an open wire between the AC Power Supply and the Main LVPS.
• Go toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and the Wirenets, and check the OPT +5 V wires VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um-
between J502 on the Main LVPS and J300 on the Controller PWB for a short circuit. gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste
Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun-
• If the wiring is OK, install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13. gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten.
• If the problem still exists, install a new Controller PWB, PL 3.2 Item 7.
AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
There is AC line voltage between J13A-1 and 3 on the AC Power Supply. mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o
Y N realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol-
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13. taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves.
There is AC line voltage between J13A-4 and 6 on the AC Power Supply. • Check that the correct voltage is being applied to the Printer from the wall outlet.
Y N
• If the voltage is correct, install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
Refer toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and check the Power On AC wiring between the Main
LVPS and the AC Power Supply for an open or short circuit.
If the wiring is OK, go to OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3/ +5 VDC).

1079 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 1.3
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

O F 2 . 1 I OT D C Po w e r ( + 3 . 3 / + 5 V D C ) LED Description Meaning BSD Location

CR206 +24V ESS 24 VDC sup- BSD 1.6, Zone E2


This RAP is used to locate problems in the IOT +3.3 VDC and +5 VDC power generation and distribu- ply to the Back-
tion circuitry. plane PWB
Initial Actions CR208 CIE3V ESS 3.3 VDC Sig- BSD 1.2, Zone D3
WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components nal to turn on IIT
and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact LVPS and
with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that DARTS2PWB
could result in serious personal injury.
DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ-
Procedure
bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri- Refer to Table 1 and BSD 25.2 ESS Status LED (1/4). Switch on the power. Observe CR201, 203 and
ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures. 208 (+3.3VDC) on the Controller PWB.
AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto The LEDs are lit.
tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto Y N
tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite. Go to the OF 1.2 AC Power.
Observe CR204 (+5VDC) on the Controller PWB.
VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um-
gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste The LED is lit.
Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun- Y N
gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten. Go to the OF 1.2 AC Power
Observe CR9 on the MCU PWB.
AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
CR 9 (+5VDC) is lit.
mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o
Y N
realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol-
taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves. Switch off the power and check F5002 on the Main LVPS for an open circuit.
F5002 is OK.
• Check that P/J 501, P/J 503, P/J 508, P/J 404, P/J 300, P/J 430, P/J 460, and P/J 461 are fully
Y N
seated.
• Replace F5002.
• Verify that AC line voltage is present at the PWS Outlet. If not, go to the OF 1.2 RAP.
• Switch on the power. If F5002 blows again, go toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/
Table 1 LEDs
2) and the Wirenets. Refer to the IOT +5 VDC wirenet and check for a short circuit
LED Description Meaning BSD Location in the wiring going to the MCU PWB.
• If the wiring is OK, install a new main LVPS N11A, PL 1.3 Item 11.
CR201 RBT3V ESS 3.3 VDC sup- BSD 1.3, Zone G4
ply to the Back- Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
plane PWB There is +5 VDC between P/J 501-3 (+) and P/J 501-6 (-) of the Main LVPS.
Y N
CR202 IPS24V ESS 24 VDC sup- BSD 1.9, Zone D2 Switch off the power and check F5001 on the Main LVPS for an open circuit.
ply to the F5001 is OK.
DARTS2PWB Y N
CR203 IPS3V ESS 3.3 VDC com- BSD 1.3, Zone G5 • Replace F5001.
munication signal • Switch on the power. If F5001 blows again, go toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/
with the IIT PWB 2) and the Wirenets, and check for a short circuit in the +5 VDC wire to the TM Drive
PWB.
CR204 OPT5V 5VDC is available BSD 1.4, Zone G2
from the ESS to Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
communicate with Observe CR21 on the MCU PWB.
options (fax, usb CR 21 is lit.
hub, etc.) Y N
Switch off the power and check F6001 on the Main LVPS for an open circuit.
F6001 is OK.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1080


OF 2.1 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
A O F 2 . 2 I OT D C Po w e r ( + 2 4 V D C )
Y N
• Replace F6001.
This RAP is used to locate problems in the IOT +24 VDC power generation and distribution circuitry.
• Switch on the power. If F6001 blows again, go toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/
2) and the Wirenets. Initial Actions
• If there is no short circuit, install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13. and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact
There is +3.3 VDC between P/J 461-14 (+) and P/J 461-12 (-) on the TM Drive PWB. with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that
Y N could result in serious personal injury.
There is +3.3 VDC between P/J 403 - B1 (+) and GND of the MCU PWB.
Y N DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ-
bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri-
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 1.2 Item 15. ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures.
Go toBSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and check for an open circuit between the +3.3 VDC
output of the MCU PWB and the TM Drive PWB. AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto
There is +5 VDC present between P/J 430-6 (+) and P/J 430-5 (-) on the IOT Drive PWB. tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto
Y N tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite.
Go to BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2) and check for an open circuit in the +5 VDC wire be- VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um-
tween the Main LVPS and the IOT Drive PWB. gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste
Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the machine frame and measure the following voltages. Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun-
Table 2 Voltage Checks gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten.
PIN (+) Voltage Tolerance AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o
J501-2/3 +5 VDC to Controller PWB ± 5% realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol-
taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves.
J501-1 +5 VDC to MCU, TM Drive PWB and ± 5%
FAX Assy • Verify that connectors P/J 509, P/J 506, P/J 430, P/J 434, P/J 433, and P/J 400 are fully seated.
• Verify that AC line voltage is present between P/J 11 pins 4 and 3 on the Main Low Voltage
J502-1/2 +5 VDC to BP PWB ± 5% Power Supply. If AC line voltage is not present, go to the appropriate RAP:
– OF 1.2 RAP
J502-3/4 +5 VDC to MCU PWB and IOT Drive ± 5%
PWB Procedure
J502-8/9 +5 VDC to MCU PWB and IOT Drive ± 5% There is +24 VDC between P/J 509-1 (+) and P/J 509-4 (-) on the Main LVPS.
PWB Y N
Switch off the power. Disconnect P/J 509 from the Main LVPS. Wait 5 seconds, reconnect P/J
A voltage is out of specification. 509 and then switch on the power.
Y N There is +24 VDC between P/J 509-2 (+) and P/J 509-5 (-) on the Main LVPS.
The IOT +3.3, and +5, supplies are OK. For any other problems, go to BSD 1.4 DC Power Gen- Y N
eration (2/2) and the Wirenets, to check for an open circuit. Switch off the power and replace F6001.
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
Reconnect P/J461 and disconnect P/J460 from the TM Drive PWB.
Switch on the power.
Fuse F6001 blows again.
Y N
Go toBSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) and check the +24 VDC for a
short circuit to the TM Drive PWB.
If there is no short circuit, install a new TM Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.
Go to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) and check the +24 VDC for a short
circuit to the IOT Drive PWB.
If there in no short circuit, install a new IOT Drive PWB, PL 1.3 Item 2.

1081 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 2.2
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
A O F 2 . 4 DA D F D C P o w e r
Go to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2) and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit
to the AC Drive PWB.
This RAP is used to locate problems in the DADF power generation and distribution circuitry.
If there is no short circuit, install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
There is +24 VDC between P/J 509-3 (+) and P/J 509-6 (-) on the Main LVPS. Initial Actions
Y N
Check that connectors P/J750 and P/J752 are fully seated.
Switch off the power and check F6003 on the Main LVPS for an open.
F6003 is OK. Procedure
Y N
Replace F6003. Connect the meter between P/J 752-A4 (+) and P/J 752-A1 (-) on the DADF PWB.
There is +5 VDC present.
Switch on the power. If F6003 blows again, go to BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation Y N
(+24VDC) (1/2) , BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation IIT +24VDC and the appropriate +24 Go to BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation IIT +24VDC and check for an open circuit between the
VDC wirenet and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit to the MCU PWB. DADF PWB and the IIT PWB.
• Wirenets
If OK, go to the Wirenets and check the DADF +5 VDC wirenet for a short to ground.
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13.
There is +22.8 VDC to +25.4 VDC between P/J 509 -1 and machine frame. If problem still exists, install a new DADF PWB, PL 5.3 Item 4.
Y N Connect the meter between P/J 752-B1 (+) and P/J752 -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB.
Install a new AC power supply assembly, PL 1.3 Item 13. There is +24 VDC present.
The IOT +24 VDC supply is OK. If you are missing +24 VDC to a specific component go to the fol- Y N
lowing and check for an open circuit: Go to BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation IIT +24VDC and check for an open circuit between the
• IIT PWB and the DADF PWB.

• Wirenets If OK, go to the DADF Wirenets and check the DADF +24 VDC wirenet for a short to ground.
The DADF DC Power is OK. For any other problems, go to DADF Wirenets and check for an open
circuit.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1082


OF 2.4 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

O F 3 N e t w o r k J o b Fa i l R A P O F 3 . 1 N e t w o r k Co n t r o l l e r C h e c ko u t
Procedure
This RAP is used to locate problems with the Network Controller.
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Print a configuration report to find the TCP/IP address of the machine. Use the PING command Procedure
from a computer on the customer network to test communication of the machine on the
Go to GP 7 (Network Printing Simulation) and send a print job.
network.
An acceptable print is produced.
2. Check the version of controller ROM on the configuration report. Upgrade the software, GP 19, Y N
Machine Software, if the controller ROM version is not the latest.
The problem is Image Quality (print mode)
3. Verify and collect for Support, the customer procedures for reproducing the fault, verify UI set- Y N
ting are correct for the Job type, then rerun the print Job causing the fault. Verify that the AC power, Scan, and CDI cables are connected correctly.
• Check the exact occurrence timing during job execution.
If the cables are OK, refer to the FreeFlow configuration setup to verify the correct op-
• Check the job settings from the UI. eration of the DFE. If the Network Controller appears to be working correctly, check the
• Check if print spool is turned on in the WebUI. following in the IOT:
• Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. • verify machine settings
4. If the fault persists, perform GP 2, Software Update. • reload system software (GP 2)
Refer to the Network Controller service documentation (FreeFlow configuration setup) and
user documentation for color calibration information.
There is a scan to file problem.
Y N
The problem is in the customer network or the setup. Check the following:
• Verify that the Static IP/DHCP setting matches the customer’s network
• Verify that the machine’s IP address is correct
• “Ping” the Network Controller from a Client to verify connectivity
Go to BSD 3.7 and check the cable connection from J340 on the Controller PWB to the Network
Controller.

1083 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 3
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

O F 3 . 2 S t a t u s L E D s ( O n P W B s ) I n fo r m a t i o n R A P Power/
Location Color Signal Status
Initial Actions
CR30 Green 6V (Power On 6V is powered
Note: Prior to replacing a component, unplug the connectors to the component (For Example: source of
MCU PWB, IOT Drive PWB, Controller PWB, Sensors, Motors, Solenoids). Check the connections for LD5V)
broken, bent and dirty pins (Oxidation Buildup). Unplug and plug-in the connectors several times to
remove contaminants due to oxidation. The resistance created by the contaminants will change Off 24V is not supplied to MCU
the machine timing (measured in ms) which is incapable of being observed with a multimeter. or Fuse F3 on MCU blows out
due to short circuit
Procedure or DC/DC converter on MCU
Note: ¤ Since blinking speed is very fast, it might seem to be on continuously (dark). is broken
Table 1 MCU PWB
CR31 Green 2.5V On 2.5V is powered
Power/
Location Color Signal Status Off 12V is not supplied to MCU
or Fuse F1 on MCU blows out
CR6 Green Controller Blinking¤ Receiving Command data due to short circuit
Command from Controller or DC/DC converter on MCU
is broken
CR7 Green HCF Status Blinking¤ Receiving status data from
HCF CR38 Green AVREF (Ana- On AVREF is powered
log reference
CR8 Green Finisher Blinking¤ Receiving status data from
voltage)
Status Finisher

CR9 Green 5V On 5V is powered Off 5V is not supplied to MCU or


voltage regulator on MCU is
Off 5V is not supplied to MCU or broken
circuit protector on MCU has Table 2 IOT Drive PWB
tripped due to short circuit
Power/
CR15 Red CPU Reset Blinking Watch Dog Timer Fault Location Color Signal Status

On NVM-PWB is not connected CR10 Red CPLD Reset On MCU PWB failed to start-up
correctly or
or 3.3V is low (Refer to status Connection between MCU PWB and IOT
of CR21) PWB is incomplete
or AVREF is low. 5V is not
supplied to MCU or voltage On Power~On reset status
regulator on MCU is broken. (tem-
porari-
On (tempo- Power~On reset status ly)
rarily) Table 3 PH Driver PWB
CR21 Green 3.3V On 3.3V is powered Power/
Location Color Signal Status
Off 12V is not supplied to MCU
or Fuse F1 on MCU blows out CR10 Red CPLD Reset On MCU PWB failed to start-up
due to short circuit or
or DC/DC converter on MCU Connection between MCU PWB and IOT
is broken PWB is incomplete

CR27 Red Video ASIC On CPU keeps Reset signal ac- On Power~On reset status
Reset tive due to some errors. (tem-
porari-
On (tempo- Power~On reset status ly)
rarily)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1084


OF 3.2 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

O F 8 . 1 Pa p e r Fe e d C h e c ko u t A
• Friction Clutch PL 80.8.
This Procedure is used to isolate the cause of Paper Feed problems for which no faults are declared • Feed Clutch PL 80.8.
such as wrinkled paper, dog ears, etc.
• Feed in Chute PL 80.8.
Initial Actions For Tray 5, check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Repair/re-
• Check for bent or damaged baffles and guides in the paper feed area. place any parts that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved.
• Check for loose, missing or stretched springs in the paper feed area. • Roll Assembly PL 80.15.
• Verify that the paper presently being used is fresh paper which is included in the RML. • Pinch Roll PL 80.15.
• If the problem occurs only when making 2-sided copies with high solid area density images on • Chute PL 80.15.
both sides, it may be necessary to make single-sided copies to minimize or eliminate the Check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage or contamination. Repair/replace any parts
problem. that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved.
• If the problem occurs only when using plain or coated light-weight paper, it is recommended • Upper Exit Open Chute Assembly
that a heavier weight paper be used to minimize the problem.
• Top Buffer Chute Assembly
Procedure • Bottom Buffer Chute Assembly
The problem occurs from all trays.
Y N • Entrance Pinch Roller
• Exit Pinch Roller
For Tray 1,check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Repair/re-
place any parts that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved. • Upper Entrance Chute Assembly
• Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Assembly PL 80.2. • Entrance Roll
• Retard Roll PL 80.2. • Top Tray Exit Baffle
• Friction Clutch PL 80.2. • Exit Pinch Roller
• Feed Clutch PL 80.2. • Lower Top Exit Chute Assembly
• Feed in Chute PL 80.2. • Upper Top Exit Chute Assembly

For Tray 2, check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Repair/re- • Exit Roll Shaft Assembly
place any parts that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved. • Lower Exit Roll 2
• Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Assembly PL 80.4. • Exit Pinch Roller 1
• Retard Roll PL 80.4. • Exit Pinch Roller 2
• Friction Clutch PL 80.4.
• Feed Clutch PL 80.4.
• Feed in Chute PL 80.4.
For Tray 3, check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Repair/re-
place any parts that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved.
• Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Assembly PL 80.6.
• Retard Roll PL 80.6.
• Friction Clutch PL 80.6.
• Feed Clutch PL 80.6.
• Feed in Chute PL 80.6.
For Tray 4, check the following parts for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Repair/re-
place any parts that are questionable in the order listed until the problem is resolved.
• Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Assembly PL 80.8.
• Retard Roll PL 80.8.

1085 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 8.1
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

O F 9 . 1 R e g i s t r a t i o n M e a s u r i n g Cy c l e OF 13-1 Secure Access RAP


There is a problem with development that causes the registration chevrons to be damaged, missing, Overview
light or distorted. The values in the Registration Measuring Cycle table displayed 0 and the Results
Xerox Secure Access uses an external device, such as a card reader or biometric device, to authorize
column indicated NG.
access to the machine. This reader then passes the information to the controller, which handles the
authentication process including, which GUI screens are displayed, accepting GUI responses, that
Initial Actions defines their content and order. The controller can pass user identities and passwords directly to
Switch power off and remove the Left Upper Cover (PL 12.2) in order to observe the IBT Belt. the machine after gathering the data from an external server. All communication is via a secure
network link, Network Diagram.
Procedure Xerox Secure Access shall be controlled via the CentreWare Internet Services GUI. The active status
Use of Chevrons is displayed in tools within Access Control. If communication cannot be established with the Xerox
Secure Access Server the service may be temporarily disabled by touching the now enabled Off but-
1. Switch power On and enter the diagnostic mode. ton within the Xerox Secure Access tools window. Once communication is reestablished the stored
Xerox Secure Access setting shall be restored.
• Accessing UI Diagnostics - from the Registration menu, select Registration Control - Setup
Cycle.
Initial Action
2. Press the Start button. Observe the chevrons placed on the belt. Before working on the Xerox Secure Access, check out the machine in the service mode to insure no
• Rough Skew - Large chevrons placed outside the 11 inch (A4) area on the belt. faults are displayed and that the machine is functioning properly. If it is not, repair any problems
before proceeding with diagnosing the Secure Access Accessory. Diagnostics can be entered to test
• Fine Skew - Small chevrons placed inside the 11 inch (A4) area on the belt in 3 rows.
copier functionality when Secure Access is installed.
3. Panic stop the printer and check the large chevrons on the belt for the following:
Perform the following steps
• damage
• Check the connection between the Card Reader and the Secure Access Authentication Device.
• distortion
• Check for the LED’s are on or blinking on the Secure Access Authentication Device. If the LEDs
• light areas on the Secure Access Authentication Device are not operating, go to Secure Access Authentica-
4. If the chevrons are not correct, try to determine what caused the problem by using the Failure tion Device Failure.
Report. • Check for the LED’s are on or blinking on the Card Reader. If the LEDs on the Card Reader are
Use of Failure Report not operating, go to Card Reader Failure.
• If customers have problems of install / setting up, or any other problems related to their Secure
1. Enter the diagnostic mode. Run the following diagnostic procedures 2 or 3 times. Access Administrator, they should refer to the Secure Access System Administrator’s Guide or
• Accessing UI Diagnostics - from the Registration menu, select Registration Control - Setup contact Xerox Technical Support.
Cycle.
2. If the procedures fail, continue with the RAP. Secure Access Authentication Device Failure
The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom of
3. Enter the CE mode (see Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode). these failures can be detected by observing the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device.
4. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. The Machine Status screen opens.
Check the power to the Secure Access Authentication Device.
5. Select the Billing Meter/Print Report tab.
• Check the power supply at the wall socket. If there is no power at the wall socket, have the cus-
6. Under the Machine Information tab, select Print Reports. tomer restore power and continue when confirmed.
7. Press the CE button. The CE screen opens • Disconnect the power cord from the wall socket and the power supply. Check the power cord for
8. Press the Failure Report button. continuity and damage. If necessary install a new power cord. Disconnect the power cord from
the power supply and plug the power cord into the wall outlet. Using a multimeter, check for line
9. Press the Start button. The report is printed. voltage at the end of the power cord disconnected from the power supply. If there is power at
10. Examine the Failure report to see if there are any Chain 089 fault codes. These are only on the the wall but not at the end of the power cord. Install a new power cord.
Failure report and are printed on page 3. • Disconnect the small power cord from the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check there is
11. Troubleshoot these codes. +5V at the connector that plugs into the Secure Access Authentication Device. If there is no
+5V, install a new power supply.
• There is a ‘Keyed’ switch on the end of the Secure Access Authentication Device. Obtain the key
from the customer. Insert the key into the ‘keyed’ switch and cycle the switch 1 quarter turn
clockwise and then back to its start position. Observe the LEDs and listen for an audible tone.
• If the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device “Uplink” and “Downlink” Ethernet ports
do not cycle on and off as the controller goes through its boot-up process, or if the audible tone
is not heard. Install a new Secure Access Authentication Device.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1086


OF 9.1 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue
Note: A new device will require the Secure Access Administrator to reconfigure the server with • Try the card in a known good reader. If the card is working on a known good Card Reader, it
the new MAC address for the new part. Be sure to inform the Secure Access Administrator of the may be a problem with the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check to see is the LEDs on
MAC address of the device being removed and the MAC address of the new device. the Secure Access Authentication Device are on.
The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly
Card Reader Failure
The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom of • This indicates the reader is connected to the controller but the controller is not connected to the
these failures can be detected by observing the LED on the Card Reader. Refer to Table 1. server. Check the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device.
• The Green LED on the Card Reader is On • If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is off, make sure the connectors of the
LAN connections are working properly. If the connections are working, this indicates the network
• The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly may not work properly. Ask customer to check with Network Administrator.
• The Red LED on the Card Reader is On • If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is either on or flashing, contact the Se-
• The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly cure Access Administrator
• The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• The Card Reader LED’s are not On or Blinking • This indicates a valid card but does not correspond to a valid Secure Access Account at the serv-
Table 1 LED Symptom Descriptions er, test with a known valid user’s card.
• If all cards react the same way, this indicates the Server Configuration may not be correct. Ask
When the LED on
customer to check the Server Configuration.
the card Reader
is Description • If all the card react this way, this indicates the cards are not valid. Ask customer to check the
Server Configuration
Red The authentication device is in idle mode; there is no active
session. The Card Reader LED’s are not On or Blinking
• Check to see is the Secure Access is correctly installed.
Green The authentication device is in ready mode; a session is
active. • If there is still no LED on the Card Reader, install a new the Card Reader.

Slow Flashing Red The authentication device has no connection to the server. Note: If there is another working card reader available, the readers can be switched to confirm
failure. If the Card Reader is not functioning, the web page of the machine has a setting that
Slow Flashing The authentication device is communicating to the server. will enable UI keypad access. If the users know their card access number, they can use the ma-
Green chine by manually entering their number. The process is as follows:

Fast flashing red Invalid card / password; access denied. 1. Go to the machine web page under properties and then security and check the box that says
“Allow local user interface initiation”.

The Green LED on the Card Reader is On 2. Enable the keypad and test with valid credentials. This will validate the rest of the secure access
function.
• This indicates an active Secure Access Session and the Card Read correctly corresponds to a val-
id Secure Access Account. 3. Leave it in this mode until the new card reader can be installed.

• If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for addi-
tional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI.
• Verify that the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access Account.
The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• This indicates a valid card swipe and in the process of authentication on the server.
• If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for addi-
tional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI.
• If the UI on the machine is locked and no secondary PIN is required. Check that the Xerox Se-
cure Access is installed correctly, and ask customer to check the configuration at the server.
The Red LED on the Card Reader is On
• This indicates the Card Reader is in an idle state. If the red LED remains on, and the UI remains
locked after a card is swiped, re-orient the card and re-swipe.
• Try a known good card in the reader. If the other card is working on the problem Card Reader.
Ask customer to make sure the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access Account.

1087 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 13-1
2nd Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs

O F 1 I n t e r m i t t e n t Fa u l t R A P O F 2 O t h e r Fa u l t s R A P
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an Use this RAP to help troubleshoot problems not covered by a Status Code RAP, the Intermittent
exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to Fault RAP, or the Audible Noise RAP.
help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.
Initial Actions
Procedure • Refer to the BSDs in the chain(s) related to the apparent problem.
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For ex-
ample, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause • Refer to the corresponding RAPs.
of the new intermittent problem. • Inspect the Service Log for any recent activity or previous problems that could relate to the cur-
2. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the suspected problem area. The machine rent problem.
may fail more frequently or may completely fail under these conditions. Identify any signs of
failure or abnormal operation. Note any Fault or Jam codes that are displayed. Procedure
• Refer to any NVM values associated with the apparent problem. Reset any incorrect values.
3. Inspect any HFSI items that are related to the problem, even if they are not near or have not ex-
ceeded the Specified Copy Count Threshold. • Carefully inspect any harnesses related to the apparent problem. Look for broken, bent, dam-
aged or missing pins. Look for arcing due to a bad connection. Inspect how the harness is in-
4. Refer to the BSDs in the chains that relate to the suspected problem and identify any fault co- stalled, looking for mechanical interference that may cause a short circuit or a bad connection
des that are associated with the intermittent problem. Using the RAPs examine the components when a door is closed or other mechanical component activated.
that are referenced in the RAP. Check the following:
• Inspect rolls for contamination or damage and refer to the Cleaning Procedures in Section 1
as needed.
• Check the operation solenoids for slow response.
• Unplug all connectors related to the problem circuit. Check for broken, bent, or dirty pins.
Plug and unplug the connectors several times to remove contaminants due to oxidation. Re-
sistance created by contaminants can interfere with the machine timing (measured in ms)
but this resistance would not normally be observed with a multimeter.
• Inspect the wiring harnesses for chafing against components of the machine, especially
against moving components.
• Look for misaligned, improperly adjusted or incorrectly installed components.
• Inspect the components for damage.
• Inspect the components for excessive heat or symptoms of excessive heat such as
discoloration.
5. Refer to Section 4 and identify any adjustments that are related to the problem. Perform the ad-
justments. Verify that there is an adequate range of adjustment and that the adjustment can
be successfully completed. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause
of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but is at the
limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the root cause of
the problem.
6. Utilize Diagnostics and operate the components that are associated with the problem. Observe
the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, hesitation, or an unusual sound from
the component.
7. Check the AC and DC input power to Verify that they are within the range which is specified in
Section 1 of the Service Manual, or on the BSD for the component.
8. Replace components or consumables that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem.
When performing servicing procedures consider the cost and time required. If the suspected
component is inexpensive, can be installed in a short period of time, and has a high probability
of resolving the problem, then install a new item.
9. Leave in the service log an accurate and detailed record of the actions performed. Describe what
was observed, any actions that were performed and recommended steps for the improvement
of service procedures.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1088


OF 1 Service Documentation
2 Status Indicator RAPs 2nd Issue

OF 3 Audible Noise RAP


Use this RAP to locate the source of audible noise.

Procedure
Ask the customer if there are any specific HCF functions which cause noisy operation. Switch off
the machine and wait for 10 seconds. Open the HCF Front Door, cheat the Interlock, switch on the
machine, and allow it to perform a normal warm-up. Identify the source of noise by running print
jobs from HCF using different modes. Identify the faulty component using the relevant RAP. The fol-
lowing procedure is a list of possible causes of noise.

Drive Belts
• Belt whine and squeak can be caused by damaged or misadjusted drive belts. Locate the source
of the noise. If any items are worn or damaged, install new components. Adjust belt tension as
required.
• Jumping Drive Belts can be caused by worn Belts, Pulleys, Idlers, Bearings or Bushings.

Drive Shafts
Squeaks can be caused by contamination on Bearings, Bushings, and Shafts. Locate the source of
the noise and clean the component.

Misaligned or Damaged Parts


Squeaks can be caused by interference between moving parts. Check for parts which are damaged
or out of position, e.g. shafts, bearings, covers, etc.

1089 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation OF 3
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097
IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097
IQ5 Blank Page RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1098
IQ6 Black Print RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1099
IQ7 Skew/Misregistration RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100
IQ8 Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100
IQ9 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101
IQ10 Solid Color Print RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1102
IQ11 Background RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1102
IQ12 Spots RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103
IQ13 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104
IQ14 Wrinkled Image/Paper RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104
IQ15 Partial Image Deletions RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1105
IQ16 Cross Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1106
IQ17 Cross Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107
IQ18 Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108
IQ19 Mottle RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109
IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109
IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
IQ22 Developer Bias RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
IQ23 BCR Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1111
IQ24 Scorotron Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1111
IQ25 Scorotron Cleaner RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112
IQ26 Color Misregistration RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112
Image Quality Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1113
Image Quality Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1113
Image Quality Defect Samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
Image Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1116
Color Misregistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
Debris-Centered Deletions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
Deletions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1118
High Frequency Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1118
Irregular Process Direction Streak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119
Low Image Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119
Moire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1120
Mottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1120
Newton Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1121
Regular (Repeating) Bands, Streaks, Spots, or Smears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1121
Residual Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1122
Streak Deletion in Process Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1122
Wrinkled Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1123
Cloud Defect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1123
IBT Cleaner Streak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1124
Scorotron Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1124
Scorotron Cleaner Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1125

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1090


Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I Q 1 I OT I m a g e Q u a l i t y E n t r y R A P
The purpose of this RAP is to serve as the entrance vehicle into the Image Quality RAPs section. All
Image Quality RAPs must be accessed through this RAP.
The RAP will have you evaluate the copies made during the SCP 2 Call Flow procedure for image
quality defects. It will refer you to the Image Quality Analysis RAPs, the Image Quality Defect sec-
tion in order to diagnose and repair any image quality problems.

Initial Actions
Ask the customer SA to perform the Auto Gradation Adjustment if any of the following problems
are reported for both copy and print:
• Incorrect colors
• Poor gray balance
• Colors have shifted over time
• Color densities too high or low

Note: Auto Gradation Adjustment (refer to the Interactive User Guide ) is a color calibration for
the copier and printer. An Auto Gradation Adjustment compensates for differences between the ac-
tual and the expected (target) toner densities for each color. An Auto Gradation Adjustment should
be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in the appearance (quality) of the output, par-
ticularly changes in color tones or densities. Performing an Auto Gradation Adjustment on a regular
basis will help to maintain consistent color quality over time.Since an Auto Gradation Adjustment
can affect all jobs for all users, it is recommended that this procedure be performed only by the Ma-
chine Administrator.
If the customer is dissatisfied with machine output image quality, check machine customer select-
able image quality settings on the UI and the Print Driver.Determine if adjustments to these set-
tings should be made to tune image output to meet customer IQ requirements.
Refer the customer to user documentation to review the following image quality settings:
• Original Type
• Sharpness / saturation
• Image Quality Presets
• Auto Exposure
• Color Shift
• Light / Dark / Contrast
• Color Balance
Use the following Customer Mode Settings as a baseline to evaluate Image Quality:
• Output Color - Full Color
• Original Type - Text & Photo / Halftone
• Lighten/Darken - Normal
• Color Balance - 0
• Color Saturation - Normal
• Sharpness - Normal
Verify that the correct image quality settings are selected for the paper type that the customer is
using. Different image quality settings can be selected for Bond Paper, Plain Paper, Recycled Paper,
and Custom Paper 1 to 5. Setting the correct image quality setting will produce the best quality of
the output.

1091 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality
Continue with the procedure if the problem remains. Procedure
Check for the presence of the defect in Copy mode and in Print mode. If the problem occurs in Copy
CAUTION: When multiple C6095/C9070 machines exists, verify tray swapping has mode only, go to the IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
not occured. Swapping trays between C6095/C9070 machines is not possible do to
the ATC sensor setup values and image quality issues may result. Insert the correct tray For Image Quality Defects that exists on both copies and prints, go to Table 1. Examine the output
in the correct machine if required. for any of the listed defects. Perform the corrective action that is listed.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1092


IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue
Table 1 Image Quality Defects
Defect - green indicates hotlink to Description Corrective Action
image samples

Background Undesirable toner deposits on the copy or print. The toner deposits can be localized or may cover the entire copy or print. De- Go to the IQ11 Background
pending on the density of the background, it is referred to as low, medium, high, or very high background. It may occur in all RAP
colors, single colors, or any combination of single colors.

Blank Print This copy is printed completely White. Go to the IQ5 Blank Page RAP

Black Print This copy is printed completely Black Go to the IQ6 Black Print RAP

Solid Color Print This copy is printed in one solid color Go to the IQ10 Solid Color
Print

Color Misregistration Go to the IQ26 Color Misregis-


tration RAP

Deletions The undesirable absence of toner from the copy or print. May show as white, light, or untrue colored areas. The most common Go to the IQ5 Blank Page RAP
• Debris-Centered Deletions causes are “tenting” of paper from mishandling or moisture, or defects in the Transfer Belt. (For process direction streak
• Streak Deletion in Process • Debris-Centered : Deletions in the areas surrounding toner agglomerates. deletion, go to the IQ8 Process
Direction • Process Direction Streak : A deletion in the form of a single streak that runs from the lead edge to the trail edge of the Direction Bands and Streaks
• Spot Deletions copy. RAP)
• Spot Deletion : Deletion caused by system contamination, typically from paper. Go to the IQ15 Partial Image
Deletions RAP

Fuser Offset Areas of poorly-fused toner are lifted from one area of a print and deposited on a different area, or onto a subsequent print. Go to the IQ13 Unfused Copy/
Toner Offset RAP

High Frequency Bands Repeating interval bands that are most noticeable in low density (20-30%) halftone areas of the copy. These bands run per- Go to the IQ16 Cross Process
pendicular to process direction. Direction Faded Bands and
Streaks RAP

IBT Cleaner Streak Multi-color streaks, sometimes LE-TE, sometimes shorter. May have registration chevron pattern visible. Go to the IQ8 Process Direc-
tion Bands and Streaks RAP

Irregular Process Direction Streak Streaks: Usually medium-width streaks of (or shifts in) color most noticeable in low density 20-30%) halftone areas of the Go to the IQ8 Process Direc-
copy. tion Bands and Streaks RAP
A deletion in the form of a single streak that runs from the lead edge to the trail edge of the copy. and IQ18 Process Direction
Faded Bands and Streaks RAP

Lead Edge Toner Smear (fused) Smears of fused toner on the lead edge of prints Go to the IQ8 Process Direc-
tion Bands and Streaks RAP

Lead Edge Toner Smear (unfused) Smears of unfused toner on the lead edge of prints Go to the IQ13 Unfused Copy/
Toner Offset RAP

Low Image Density A condition that results when too little toner of a single color or combination of colors is developed on the copy or print. This For hardware related prob-
results in lighter copies or prints for the single-color toner or the color that results from the combination of color toners. lems, go to the IQ3 Low Im-
age Density RAP

Misregistration/Skew The position and/or alignment of the image relative to the top edge and side edge of the paper is not within specification. Go to the IQ7 Skew/Misregis-
tration RAP

Mottle Areas of solid, or high density coverage that are reproduced with a blotchy, non-uniform appearance. Go to the IQ19 Mottle RAP

Regular (Repeating) Bands, Streaks, A defect that repeats at an interval from14 to 264 mm, is most noticeable in low density (20-40%) halftone areas of the copy, Go to the IQ16 Cross Process
Spots, or Smears and runs perpendicular to process direction. Direction Faded Bands and
Lines and bands are generally uniform in shape from one end to the other. Streaks RAP and IQ17 Cross

1093 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Defect - green indicates hotlink to Description Corrective Action


image samples

Streaks are generally shorter than lines and are of nonuniform width along their length. They may have a more ragged or Process Direction Bands and
fuzzy appearance than lines. Streaks RAP

Residual Image A toner image that remains on the photoreceptor or Transfer Belt after cleaning. The next image is placed on top of the resid- Go to the IQ9 Residual Image
ual image and both images are transferred to the next copy. (Ghosting) RAP

Spots Generally circular in shape, these defects can be caused by an absence of toner in a desired area, or a deposit of toner in an Go to the IQ12 Spots RAP
undesired area

Unfused prints Image can be rubbed off with little or no pressure Go to the IQ13 Unfused Copy/
Toner Offset RAP

Wrinkled Image Areas of prints (usually 11x17 in./A3) have distinctive “worm track” patterns, and/or wrinkles in the paper itself Go to the IQ14 Wrinkled Im-
age/Paper RAP

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1094


IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP • Light / Dark / Contrast


• Color Balance
This RAP is for troubleshooting IIT (Scanner/ADF) problems only. Before proceeding, verify that the
defect is present in Copy mode only. If the defect is present in Print mode, go to the IQ1 IOT Image Verify that the correct image quality settings are selected for the paper type that the customer is
Quality Entry RAP. using. Different image quality settings can be selected for Bond Paper, Plain Paper, Recycled Paper,
and Custom Paper 1 to 5. Setting the correct image quality setting will produce the best quality of
Initial Actions the output.
Refer the customer to user documentation to review the following image quality settings: Clean the Lens, the top and bottom surface of the Platen Glass, and all Mirrors with Lens and Mirror
• Original Type Cleaner and a soft, lint-free cloth.
• Sharpness / saturation Procedure
• Image Quality Presets Compare the defective copies with the descriptions listed in Table 1. Perform the corrective action
• Auto Exposure listed for that defect.

• Color Shift

1095 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality
Table 1 Defects
Defect Corrective Action

Background Clean the Pad, CVT area of the Glass, Platen Glass and the Optics.
Calibrate the IIT (ADJ 5.11).

Blurred or Streaked Copy Verify that the Platen Glass is installed correctly.
Check/adjust the carriage alignment (ADJ 5.8).

Deletions Clean the Lens, the top and bottom surface of the Platen Glass, and all Mirrors with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and a soft, lint-free cloth.
If the problem persists, replace the Lens Assembly (PL 60.4).

Misregistration/Skew Go to the IQ7 Skew/Misregistration RAP.

Moire • Switch between photo modes and, if necessary, original types, to determine which mode minimizes the defect.
Patterns in the image areas of the print that have • Decrease the Sharpness level.
the appearance of a screen or grid overlaying the im- • Reduce or enlarge the copy slightly.
age. The pattern may be uniform or nonuniform in • Rotate the original on the platen by 90 degrees.
area or shape.

Newton Rings Clean the Document Glass


Repetitive, irregular-shaped marks that occur when Place a transparency between the document and the glass
making copies of glossy photographs. These marks
are most noticeable in large low-density or highlight
areas.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1096


IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I Q 3 Lo w I m a g e D e n s i t y R A P I Q 4 Re p e a t i n g B a n d s , S t r e a k s , S p o t s , a n d S m e a r s R A P
Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears appear on the image at a regular pitch.
This RAP troubleshoots hardware-related causes of output images showing image density lower
than specification. Procedure
Measure the distance between the repeating defects.
Initial Actions
Locate the distance on the Table below and perform the indicated repair action (Table 1).
• Perform IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP first
Table 1 Repeating Defects
• Clean the ROS windows
Repetition
• Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification Spacing
• Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation (mm) Components Repair Actions

Procedure 0.3 ROS (Stitching) Go to the Corrective procedure for 0.3mm white/black
The problem occurs in both copy and print mode. streaks.
Y N
The problem occurs in the copy mode only. 1 Developer Assembly / Go to BSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control and BSD 90.10
Y N Developer Drives Deve Y,M,C Drive Control. Check the Developer Drives.
Developer Drive Assembly (K) (REP 90.11) (PL 1.1, PL
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow 40.1).
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the connectors on the IIT Trans PWB are Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) (REP 90.12) (PL
seated properly and the wires for damage. If the continues, replace the IIT (PL 60.3). If the 1.2, PL 40.1)
problem persists, replace the CCD PWB (PL 60.4).
Perform MAX Setup ADJ 9.1. 2 Developer Assembly / Go to BSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control and BSD 90.10
The problem is still present. Developer Drives Deve Y,M,C Drive Control. Check the Developer Drives.
Y N Developer Drive Assembly (K) (REP 90.11) (PL 1.1, PL
40.1)
Return to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) (REP 90.12) (PL
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make prints of Test Pattern 12. 1.2, PL 40.1)
The Defect is a single color.
Y N 6 Developer Assembly / Developer Drive Assembly (K) (REP 90.11) (PL 1.1, PL
Go to dC612 Print Test Pattern. Print Test Pattern 12. Open the Front Door approximately sev- Xero/IBT / Developer 40.1)
en seconds into the job. Extend the IBT. Drives Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) (REP 90.12) (PL
There is a good toner image on the Transfer Belt. 1.2, PL 40.1)
Y N IBT (PL 90.12)
Xero/ Developer Drawer Unit (PL 90.6)
Go to the IQ22 Developer Bias RAP to check the Developer Bias Circuit. If the problem
continues, go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP to check the 2st BTR Bias. If the prob- 44 BCR (Y, M, C) Go to the IQ23 BCR Checkout RAP.
lem persists, check the ROS for contamination or misalignment.
Check the 2nd BTR for damage or an incorrect installation. Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout 36 Developer Roll (K, Y, Go to the IQ22 Developer Bias RAP.
RAP to check the 2nd BTR. M, C)
The problem reoccurs.
Y N 36 (Horizon- Developer Drive Go to BSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control and BSD 90.10
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow tal streaks) Deve Y,M,C Drive Control. Check the Developer Drives.
Developer Drive Assembly (K) (REP 90.11) (PL 1.1, PL
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 80.19). If the problem continue, replace the Transfer Belt
40.1)
(PL 90.14).
Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) (REP 90.12) (PL
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent cartridge. Print Test Pattern 12. 1.2, PL 40.1)
The defect moved to the new color.
Y N 58 1st BTR Go to the IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP.
Go to IQ22 Developer Bias RAP. Check the Developer Bias. If the problem continues, go to
IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP, to check the 1st BTR Bias. If the problem persists, replace the De- 62.8 2nd BUR Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP.
veloper for the affected color (PL 90.6).
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1). 88 2nd BTR Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP.

94-95 Fuser Pressure Belt All Colors - Remove the Fuser Assembly. Check the
Heat Roll for damage (nicks, wear, or cuts) or

1097 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ3 Low Image Density RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Repetition I Q 5 B l a n k Pa g e R A P
Spacing
(mm) Components Repair Actions

contamination. Clean or replace as required (REP 10.1)


(PL 10.1).

110 Fuser Heat Roll Verify correct paper type is set for the actual paper in
the paper tray. Remove the Fuser Assembly. Check the The copy is printed completely white.
Heat Roll for damage (nicks, wear, or cuts) or contami-
nation. Clean or replace as required (REP 10.1) (PL Procedure
10.1).
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
126 Y/M/C Drum (REP 90.8) (PL 40.1) Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode only.
188 Black Drum (REP 90.8) (PL 40.1) Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Corrective procedure for 0.3mm white/black streaks Check that the IIT to IOT cable connection is fully seated.
(Table 2) The cable connection is OK.
Y N
• Stitching is an Image defect that appears as Streaking. Reconnect the IIT to IOT cable.
• Stitching is caused by a change in the Image Density from the first set of 32 scanning beams Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
and the next set of scanning beams. seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
• Stitching normally results in black streaks of 0.3mm Pitch. However, over correction will produce The problem reoccurs.
white streaks. Y N
• To correct black streaks, change the NVM Value in the plus (+) direction. This will strengthen the Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
stitching action. Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment.
• To correct white streaks, change the NVM Value in the minus (-) direction. The mirror are properly installed.
Y N
Table 2 White/Black Streaks
Install the mirror properly.
Initial Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
Beam No. NVM (749-) -2 -1 Value +1 +2 +3 +4 60.4).
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Print Test Pattern 12. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into
Ch0 749-002 3 2 1 0 0 0 0
the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer.Check the surface of the IBT Belt.
Ch31 749-095 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 There is a good toner image on the surface of the IBT Belt.
Y N
Ch1 749-005 3 3 3 3 2 1 0 Print test pattern 12 again.
The developer assemblies rotate correctly
Ch30 749-092 3 3 3 3 2 1 0
Y N
Go to BSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control and BSD 90.10 Deve Y,M,C Drive Control. Check
Note: It may be difficult to visually detect small changes. Make a large change in one direction the Developer Drives.
and work backwards in small increments. When no change can be detected after a value has been Go to BSD 60.6 Laser Y Control ,, BSD 60.7 Laser M Control , BSD 60.8 Laser C Control and
changed, replace the relevant ROS (PL 5.1). BSD 60.9 Laser K Control. Check that the connectors on each ROS Unit are fully seated and
free of damage.
The connectors are OK.
Y N
Reseat the connectors.
Check the installation of each ROS Unit.
Each ROS Unit is properly installed.
Y N
Install the ROS Unit properly.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 60.1). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1098


IQ5 Blank Page RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Check that the 2nd BTR connectors are I Q 6 B l a c k Pr i n t R A P
fully seated and the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism for binding. If the problems continues, replace the 2nd BTR
HVPS (PL 1.3). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

The copy is printed completely black.

Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode only.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check that the IIT to IOT cable connection is fully seated.
The cable connection is OK.
Y N
Reconnect the IIT to IOT cable.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and free from damage. Turn Off and On.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment.
The mirror are OK.
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
60.4).
Verify that each Drum Unit is installed and seated correctly.Turn the power Off then On.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Go to BSD 90.20 1st K Transfer , 1st BTR HVPS, BSD 90.7 Charging and Exposure K , Charge K/ Pre-
clean HVPS, and BSD 90.8 Charging and Exposure Y,M,C ,- Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll HVPS. Check that
the connectors are fully seated and the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off then On.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Go to BSD 60.6 Laser Y Control , BSD 60.7 Laser M Control , BSD 60.8 Laser C Control and BSD 60.9
Laser K Control. Check that the connectors on each ROS Unit are fully seated and free of damage.
Turn the power Off then On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1099 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ6 Black Print RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 7 S ke w / M i s r e g i s t ra t i o n R A P I Q 8 Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n B a n d s a n d S t r e a k s R A P

This RAP is used when Skew or System Registration is out of specification.


This RAP is used to troubleshoot extremely light or white parts of the image. These defects appear
Initial Actions over an extensive area in this process direction.

Verify that the paper being used is fresh, dry, and within specification. Initial Actions
• Check the Fuser for damage and contamination.
Procedure
• Verify that the Platen Glass is clean and without damage.
The problem is System (LE/SE) Registration
Y N • Verify that HFSI service is being performed as required. Check HFSI for Ozone Filter, Developers,
The problem occurs in the copy mode only. and BTRs.
Y N Procedure
The defect occurs on copies from all five Paper Trays. The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N Y N
Adjust the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (ADJ 9.7). Check the affected The problem only occurs in Copy mode.
Feed Tray for wear, slipping, damage, and/or contamination. Y N
Go to dC612 Print Test Pattern. Print out test pattern #1. Adjust the outboard end of Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
the Registration Transport (PL 80.19) until skew is no longer evident.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
The problem occurs using the DADF only (CVT mode). seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
Y N
The defect reoccurs.
Check the IIT Half Rate/Full Rate carriage for proper position ADJ 5.8 and operation. Y N
Check for binding and cable condition. Check position of rear and side registration
edges, if incorrect replace Platen Glass PL 60.3. If the problem still exists Go to BSD Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the connectors on the IIT Trans PWB are Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamination.
seated and free of damage. If the problem continues, replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL The mirrors are OK.
60.4). If the problem persists, replace the Lens Assembly (PL 60.4). Y N
Check the DADF Drive Rolls and Pinch Rolls for wear and glossing. Check the Document Han- Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
dler Adjustments ADJ 5.6, ADJ 5.7, ADJ 5.8, ADJ 5.9, ADJ 5.10, ADJ 5.11. Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
The paper path is OK. 60.4).
Y N Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 11. Open the Front Door about seven
Clean and/or repair the paper path as required. seconds into the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the connectors on the IIT Trans PWB are The image on the Belt is defect free.
seated and free of damage. If the problem continues, replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If Y N
the problem persists, replace the Lens Assembly (PL 60.4). Check the following:
Adjust the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (ADJ 9.7).
• Check the IBT Belt for damage and/or contamination
There is a problem with registration for all trays
Y N • Verify that there is nothing in contact with the belt. Clean or replace as required
Check the paper feeders in the affected trays for wear, dirt, or damage • Check the Developer Housings and Drum Cartridges for toner clumping, damage and
Check the Registration Transport (PL 80.19) for wear or damage contamination
• Go to IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP to check the 1st BTR Bias
• Check the ROS Window for damage or contamination and that the connectors are fully
seated. Clean and/or replace as required (PL 5.1)
Check the IBT Cleaner Assembly; check for toner buildup on the top side of the Cleaner Blade that
contacts the IBT Belt. Replace the IBT Cleaner Assembly as required (PL 90.14).
The defect is still present.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
The defect is still present.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1100


IQ7 Skew/Misregistration RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue
Y N I Q 9 Re s i d u a l I m a g e ( G h o s t i n g ) R A P
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
The defect is still present.
Y N Part or All of the previous image was transferred to the next print.
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the 2nd BTR for damage and/or contamination. Initial Actions
The 2nd BTR is OK. • Check the end-of-life counter for the Drum Cartridge. If the unit is at or near end-of-life, replace
Y N the Drum Cartridge.
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 90.21). • If the problem occurs only with certain types of media, Verify that the media in use is within
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2) and check that the connectors on the specification, and that the customer is aware of correct operation of print driver.
2nd BTR HVPS are fully seated and check the wires for damage. • If the distance between the intended image and the residual image has a fixed rate of repeti-
The defect is still present. tion, go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP. Return to this procedure if
Y N the problem persists.
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the ROS Unit (C, K) or ROS Unit (Y, M) (PL 5.1). If the defect is still present, replace the 2nd
Procedure
BTR HVPS (PL 1.3). I The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). The problem only occurs in Copy mode.
Y N
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and wires are free from damage.If the problem continues, replace the IIT Trans PWB
(PL 60.4). If the problem persists, replace the CCD PWB (PL 60.4).
Remove the Fuser. Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll for Toner Offsetting.
There is toner adhering to the Heat Roll.
Y N
Check for a residual image on the Transfer Belt. Repair or replace the IBT Belt Assembly (PL
90.12). Check the 2nd BTR for contamination.
Check the Heat Roll for contamination.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If the problem continues, replace the Fuser (PL 10.1).
Check the Erase Lamp for the affected color:
• Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [091-001] (C, Y, or M),
or [091-002] (K), as appropriate.
• Remove the Drum cartridge for the affected color.
• Check for light along the mounting rail left side
The Erase lamp is lit.
Y N
Go to BSD 90.27 Drum K Cleaning and BSD 90.28 Drum Y,M,C Cleaning. Check that the con-
nectors on the IOT Drive and MCU PWBs are seated and the wires for damage. If the connec-
tors and wires are damaged or worn. If the problem continues, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL
1.2) for (C, Y, M) or MCU PWB for (K) (PL 1.2).
Replace the Drum Unit for the affected color (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the MCU
PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1101 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ9 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 1 0 S o l i d Co l o r Pr i n t R A P I Q 1 1 B a c kg r o u n d R A P

The entire print is covered by a very light layer of toner.

Initial Actions
• Perform IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP first.
• Perform Max Setup (ADJ 9.1).
Copy is printed in one solid color.
• Verify that the paper being used is fresh, dry, and within specification.
Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Note: Some background is unavoidable on certain media, such as heavyweight paper and transpar-
encies. Verify that the customer selects the correct settings on the UI and print driver.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode. Procedure
Y N
The problem is a yellow or green background that started after Auto Gradation was performed.
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow. Y N
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully The problem is high density, single-color background.
seated and the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off and On. Y N
The defect reoccurs. Check the face of the ADC Sensor.
Y N
The ADC Sensor is clean.
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow. Y N
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL Go to the 092-651 to troubleshoot the ADC Sensor.
60.4).
Check the Transfer Belt for excessive dirt, damage, or uncleaned toner.
Remove and reinstall the Drum Unit for the effected color.Turn the power Off then On.
The Belt is clean.
The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N
Check the IBT Cleaner Assembly for damage or wear. Clean or replace as required
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow. (PL 90.14).
Install a new Drum Unit for the effected color (PL 90.1).Turn the power Off then On. Go to IQ22 Developer Bias RAP to troubleshoot the Developer Bias Circuit.
The problem reoccur. The circuit is OK.
Y N Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow. Repair the Developer bias circuit as required.
Go toBSD 90.21 1st Transfer Y,M,C , 1st BTR HVPS, BSD 90.7 Charging and Exposure K Charge K/ Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14). If the problem continues, replace the 2nd BTR (PL
Preclean HVPS, and BSD 90.8 Charging and Exposure Y,M,C , -Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll HVPS. Check 90.21). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
that the connectors are fully seated and the wires are free from damage.Turn the power Off then
On. If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
The problem reoccur. The background is very high and even density, and covers the entire sheet (no edge erase.
Y N Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the following:
Go to BSD 60.6 Laser Y Control , BSD 60.7 Laser M Control , BSD 60.8 Laser C Control and BSD 60.9
Laser K Control. Check the connectors on each ROS Unit are fully seated and free of damage. Turn • Check the end-of-life counter for the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge for the af-
the power Off then On and print. fected color. Replace if at or near end-of-life.
The problem reoccurs. • Check the Developer Housing for the affected color. Check for toner bridging, un-
Y N even brush, or loose High Voltage terminals. Clean, repair, or replace as required (PL
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow. 90.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). • If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2). Go to the IQ23 BCR Checkout RAP for Y, M, C.
Go to the IQ24 Scorotron Checkout RAP for K.
Perform the following:
• Max Setup (ADJ 9.1)
• Verify that the IIT Calibration (ADJ 5.11) is performed per the instructions
• Go to IQ22 Developer Bias RAP to troubleshoot the Developer Bias Circuit.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1102


IQ10 Solid Color Print Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue
• If the problem continues, Verify the connectors are seated and that the wires are free from IQ12 Spots RAP
damage on the following PWBs. If the connectors and wires are OK, replace the PWBs in the fol-
lowing order:
1. IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4) Toner spots appear randomly across the print.

2. CCD PWB (PL 60.4) Initial Actions


3. Developer Bias HVPS: • Verify that the paper in use is fresh, dry, and within specification.
– K Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1. • Check print driver and copier control panel settings to Verify the media is being run in the proper
– C Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1. mode.

– M Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1. Procedure


– Y Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1. The defect occurs in Copy mode only.
Y N
4. MCU PWB (PL 1.2). The spots occur at a fixed interval on each print.
5. Controller PWB (PL 3.2). Y N
The defect occurs in approximately the same position IB to OB on multiple prints.
Y N
Check the Fuser for damage Toner Offsetting.
The Fuser is OK.
Y N
Go to IQ13 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP.
Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly. Carefully clean the Cleaning Blade. Wipe the
surface or the Transfer Belt with a Lint Free Cloth. If the problem continues, re-
place the IBT Cleaner Assembly (PL 90.14).
Check the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14) for dirt or damage. Clean or replace as required.
Go to IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.
Verify that the original is free from defects.
The original is free of defects.
Y N
Replace the original.
Clean the Platen Glass and Lens.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the surface of the 2nd BTR for damage, dirt, or distortion.
The 2nd BTR is OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 90.21).
Perform the following:
• Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT/Controller PWB connectors are fully
seated and wires are free from damage.If the problem continues, replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL
60.4). If the problem persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
• If the problem continues, replace the following parts. Check the prints after each component
has been replaced:
– MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
– Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

1103 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ12 Spots RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 1 3 U n fu s e d Co p y / To n e r O f fs e t R A P I Q 1 4 W r i n k l e d I m a g e / Pa p e r R A P
The image is not properly fused. Areas of prints have distinctive ‘worm track’ patterns or light ‘cloudy’ areas in the image. Actual
wrinkles in the paper itself can also occur.
Initial Actions
• Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification. Initial Actions
• Check the post-Fuser transport areas for dirt. Note: The following factors can/will increase the occurrence of this problem:
• Verify that the media being used matches the settings on the UI screen or print driver. Using • Lighter weight papers.
the next heavier setting may resolve the problem.
• Larger papers.
Procedure • Short-grain 11x17 in / A3 papers.
Check the Fuser for damage, toner offsetting, paper wrap, or incorrect installation. Remove and re- • Old paper.
seat the Fuser. If the problem continues, replace the Fuser (PL 10.1).
• 2 sided printing
• Fuser with 1100 or more hours of operating life.
Check the following:
• Verify the Paper Tray Side Guides are set correctly.
• Check the paper path for dirt and/or obstructions

Procedure
• For Fuser related problems, remove and reinstall the Fuser. If the problem continues, replace the
Fuser. (PL 10.1).
• Go to OF 8.1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1104


IQ13 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I Q 1 5 Pa r t i a l I m a g e D e l e t i o n s R A P Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 1.3). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
There are extremely light parts on the image or parts that are completely omitted. These omitted If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
parts appear on limited areas on the paper.

Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the Platen Glass for dirt or contamination.
The Platen Glass is OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the Platen Glass (PL 60.3).
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment.
The mirrors are OK.
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off then On.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
60.4).
Remove each Drum Unit and reinstall.Turn the power Off then On.
The defect reoccur.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Install a new Drum Unit(s) for the affected color(s) (PL 90.1).Turn the power Off then On.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the IBT Belt for damage or contamination.
The IBT Belt is OK.
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 90.12).
Check the 2nd BTR Assembly for damage or contamination.
The 2nd BTR Assembly OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 90.21).
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism for binding.
The 2nd BTR Assembly is OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 80.19).
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires free from damage. Turn the power Off then On.
The defect is still present.

1105 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ15 Partial Image Deletions RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 1 6 C r o s s Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n Fa d e d B a n d s a n d S t r e a k s R A P The defect reoccurred.


Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 1.3).
Cross Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Initial Actions
• Verify that the Platen Glass is clean and without damage. If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

• Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation.


Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamination.
The mirrors are OK.
Y N
Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
60.4).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent Cartridge. Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Print
Test Pattern 12.
The defect moves to the new color.
Y N
Check the Following:
• Clean the HV Contacts for the affected Drum Cartridge
• The Drum Unit for damage, wear, and/or contamination. If the Drum Unit is OK, replace
the Developer (PL 90.6)
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1).
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 11. Open the Front Door about seven
seconds into the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer.
The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination.
The IBT Belt is OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the IBT Belt as required (PL 90.12).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the defect reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off and then On.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1106


IQ16 Cross Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I Q 1 7 C r o s s Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n B a n d s a n d S t r e a k s R A P Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 80.19).
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off and then On.
Cross Process Direction Bands and Streets
The defect reoccurred.
Initial Actions Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
• Verify that the Platen Glass is clean and without damage.
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 1.3).
• Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode. If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode only.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to v.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamination.
The mirror are OK.
Y N
Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
60.4).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent Cartridge. Print Test Pattern 12.
The defect moves to the new color.
Y N
Check the Following:
• The 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination
• The ROS Window for damage or contamination and that the connectors are fully seated.
Clean and/or replace as required (PL 5.1)
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1).
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 11. Open the Front Door about seven
seconds into the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer.
The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination. Clean or replace
the IBT Belt (PL 90.12).
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the defect reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Check the 2nd BTR Assembly for damage or contamination.
The 2nd BTR Assembly OK.

1107 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ17 Cross Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 1 8 Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n Fa d e d B a n d s a n d S t r e a k s R A P If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

Light bands of one color appear over the image in the process direction.

Initial Actions
Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation
Verify that HFSI service is being performed as required. Check HFSI for Ozone Filter, Developers,
and BTRs.

Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode only.
Y N
Go to v.
Go to BSD 60.2 Document Illumination. Check that the IIT Trans PWB connectors are fully
seated and free from damage. Turn the power Off and On.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment.
The mirrors are properly installed.
Y N
Installed the mirrors properly.
Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.4). If the problem continues, replace the CCD PWB (PL
60.4).
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 11. Open the Front Door about seven
seconds into the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer.
The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the IBT Belt for damage or contamination.
The IBT Belt is OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the IBT Belt as required (PL 90.14).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).
If the problem continues, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.2).
Check the Developer Housing and Drum Cartridges for Toner clumping, damage, and/or
contamination.
The Developer Housing and Drum Cartridge are OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the Developer Housing (PL 90.6) or Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1) as required.
Go to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power Off and then On.
The defect reoccurred.
Y N
Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 1.3).
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1108


IQ18 Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

IQ19 Mottle RAP I Q 2 0 2 n d BT R C h e c ko u t R A P


This RAP troubleshoots the causes of output images showing image density that varies from in-
board to outboard edges, or randomly throughout the print.
To isolate mechanical failure and out-of range voltages/current for the 2nd BTR assembly.
Initial Actions
WARNING: Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power
• Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification. Verify that the loaded supplied to the machine. The machine could activate and cause serious personal injury
media matches the UI or print driver settings. when the power is on or electrical power is supplied.
• Determine if the Drum Cartridge or any of the Toner Cartridges are approaching end-of-life. Re-
place if necessary. Initial Actions
• Perform Max Setup (ADJ 9.1). If this does not resolve the problem, continue with this RAP. Note: When stacking the codes stack one code at a time with the [094-004].
• To correct suspected transfer mottle, or light copies. Go to: IQ3 Low Image Density RAP.
Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [094-004] 2nd BTR Motor
Procedure retract. Stack codes [042-001], [042-002], [042-003], with [042-004] Main Drive Motor. If the 2nd
BTR does not respond, check the Retract Motor and the 2nd BTR Retract Sensor (PL 90.19). Refer to
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 22. BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2) Replace the 2nd BTR if needed
The defect involves a single color.
Y N Note: When stacking the codes stack one code at a time with the (094-004).
The problem occurs with a specific type or weight of paper only.
Y N Procedure
Make a print of the Test Page. Open the Front Door when the lead edge of the print be- Refer to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2). Disconnect the red wire on the 2nd
gins to protrude from the Fuser Exit nip. Open the Fuser and examine the partially- BTR HVPS. Set the meter to read microampere. Connect the meter with one lead connected to the
fused sheet. connector on the board and the other lead to the red wire.
The defect is present in both the fused and unfused portion of the sheet. Approximately 20-30 microamps are measured.
Y N Y N
Clean or replace the Fuser (PL 10.1). Approximately 10-15 microamps are measured.
Enter dC612 Print Test Pattern. Make a print of Test Pattern 22. As the print is being Y N
processed, open the Front Door. Examine the image on the Transfer Belt. Approximately 0 microamps are measured.
The image on the belt has acceptable density. Y N
Y N Current is out of operating range. Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad
Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14). connection or open circuit on the 2nd BTR HVPS. Repair or replace as required.
Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP to check 2nd BTR Backup Roll bias/contacts. Reconnect the red wire. Set the meter to read VDC. Check for +24VDC between pins
1and 2 of P/J 582 while the machine is in standby mode.
Clean/replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 90.19).
+24VDC is measured.
If the problem continues, replace the Transfer Belt (PL 90.14). Y N
Go to: Mottle Light copies Caused by Image Transfer. Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the
MCU PWB (J410). Repair or replace the MCU PWB as required (PL 1.2).
Switch Drum Cartridges.
Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the 2nd
The problem moves with the cartridge. BTR HVPS. Repair or replace MCU PWB as required (PL 1.2).
Y N
Reconnect the red wire on the 2nd BTR HVPS. Set the meter to read VDC. Check for +5VDC at
Check the following: P/J439-B6 on the IOT Drive PWB while making a full color copy of the standard test pattern.
• Clean the HV contact for the developer in question. +5VDC is measured.
Y N
• Replace the Toner Cartridge if not done previously. Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the IOT
• Replace the Developer (PL 90.6). Examine the housing for damage, wear, or contamina- Drive PWB. Repair or replace as required (PL 1.2 Item 11).
tion. If the problem persists, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 90.6). Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the 2nd BTR
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1). HVPS. Repair or replace as required (PL 1.3).
Check the following:
• Check the 2nd BTR for any damage, repair or replace as required.
• Verify that the 2nd BTR is correctly installed in both the IB and OB holders.

1109 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ19 Mottle RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I Q 2 1 1 s t BT R C h e c ko u t R A P I Q2 2 D e vel o p e r B ia s RA P

This RAP is used to isolate mechanical failure and out-of-range voltage/current for the 1st BTR
Assembly
This RAP is used to isolate out-of-range voltage/current for the developer Bias.
Procedure
Procedure
Note: Because the 1st BTR HVPS location is very difficult to access, no actual voltage checks can
be made. WARNING: Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power
supplied to the machine. The machine could activate and cause serious personal injury
Make a copy of the Color Test Pattern. If the high density gradation patches (100%, 85%, and
when the power is on or electrical power is supplied.
70%) for one or more of C, Y, M, or K appear to be light, perform the following:
• Refer to BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer and 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2) and BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd Refer toBSD 90.14 Development KBSD 90.13 Development C ,BSD 90.12 Development MBSD 90.11
BTR Cleaning (2/2). Reseat the connectors and check the wiring on the 1st BTR HVPS for Development Y. Check the voltage at:
damage. • P/J 592K on the K Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.2
• Check the Fault Code List for the following Fault Codes: • P/J 592C on the C Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1.
– 094-320 • P/J 592M on the M Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.3
– 094-321 • P/J 592Y on the Y Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.3
If the above Fault Codes are OK, replace the 1st BTR HVPS (PL 90.15). If the problem continues,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2). There should be approximately 370VAC and -540VDC (+/- 10%) present.
The voltages are within range.
Y N
Go toBSD 90.14 Development K ,BSD 90.13 Development C ,BSD 90.12 Development M and
BSD 90.11 Development Y. Reseat the connections and check for damaged wires. If the prob-
lem continues:
• Replace the appropriate Developer Bias HVPS.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 1.2)
Go toBSD 90.14 Development K , BSD 90.13 Development C ,BSD 90.12 Development M and BSD
90.11 Development Y. Reseat connectors:
• P/J 592K on the K Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.2
• P/J 592C on the C Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.1
• P/J 592M on the M Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.3
• P/J 592Y on the Y Developer Bias HVPS PL 1.3
Check the wires for damage. If the checks are good, return to the RAP that directed you here.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1110


IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I Q 2 3 B C R C h e c ko u t R A P I Q 2 4 S c o r o t r o n C h e c ko u t R A P

Use this procedure to troubleshoot edge-to-edge, very dense, single-color background. Use this procedure to troubleshoot edge-to-edge, very dense, Black background

WARNING: Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power WARNING: Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power
supplied to the machine. The machine could activate and cause serious personal injury supplied to the machine. The machine could activate and cause serious personal injury
when the power is on or electrical power is supplied. when the power is on or electrical power is supplied.

Procedure Procedure
Swap the Drum Cartridge that creates the high single-color background with any of the other Drum Install a new Black Drum Cartridge and run some test prints.
Cartridges and make a test print. The background color continues.
The background color remains the same. Y N
Y N Go to SCP 2 Call Flow.
Replace the Drum Cartridge causing the single-color background (PL 90.1). Go to BSD 90.7 Charging and Exposure K. Check the connectors on the Charge K/ Preclean HVPS
Go to BSD 90.8 Charging and Exposure Y,M,C. Check the connectors on the Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll are seated and the wires for damage.
HVPS are seated and the wires for damage. The connectors and wires check out OK.
The connectors and wires check out OK. Y N
Y N Repair or replace harness as required.
Repair or replace harness as required. Program a Black only job. While the job is running, check P/J 591-1 on the Charge K/ Preclean HVPS.
Approximately -400 VDC to -900 VDC is measured:
Note: The actual BCR bias voltage involves a high-frequency AC signal at a negative DC offset.
The voltage checks out OK.
The AC and DC values vary constantly, depending on run mode, Drum age, and several environmen-
Y N
tal variables. Measured voltages will vary from machine to machine and job to job.
+24VDC INTLK is measured between P/J415-B7 (+) and B6 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Program a Full Color copy job. While the job is running, measure the voltage on the pin on P/J593 Y N
that is associated with the problem color. Voltage should be -400 VDC to -900 VDC: Check the wires for damage or open circuit. Repair as required.
• C: pin 6 Replace the Charge/Preclean HVPS (K) (PL 1.1).
M: pin 4 Replace the Charge Scorotron Unit (PL 90.1). If the problem continues, replace the Charge/Preclean
HVPS (K) (PL 1.1).
Y: pin 1
The voltages check out OK.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between pins 1 and 2 at P/J586 on the Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll
HVPS.
Y N
Check the wires for damage or open circuit. Repair as required.
Replace the Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll HVPS (PL 1.2).
Replace the affected Drum Cartridge (PL 90.1). If the problem continues, replace the Y, M, C Bias
Charge Roll HVPS (PL 1.2).

1111 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation IQ23 BCR Checkout RAP
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

IQ25 Scorotron Cleaner RAP I Q 2 6 Co l o r M i s r e g i s t ra t i o n R A P


Procedure Initial Actions
The Scorotron Streaks defect or the Scorotron Cleaner Band defect is present Perform the following adjustment procedures. If these do not resolve the problem, continue with
Y N the RAP.
The machine shows a high replacement rate for Scorotrons or Black Drums
Y N • ADJ 9.8 Registration Control Setup cycle
Return to SCP 2 Call Flow • ADJ 9.10 Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle
Perform the following: • ADJ 9.9 Registration Measurement Cycle
• Open the Xero Drawer and remove the Scorotron Unit Assembly. Rotate the black cou-
pling on the IB end of the Scorotron until the cleaner pad moves out about 4 inches. Note: Go to the OF 9.1.
• Reinstall the Scorotron and close the Xero Drawer. Procedure
• Run 1 copy from the Platen glass (any document can be used) Print a Failure Report (see Printing CE Reports). Check the report for any Chain 089 Fault Codes
(These faults are not normally displayed on the machine’s UI, but are only logged in fault history.)
• Open the xero drawer. Inspect the location of the cleaning pad on the CC. (you do not
have to remove the CC) Troubleshoot any Chain 089 faults according to the following priority (lower priority failures may be
The cleaning pad remains in the previous position resolved by correcting a failure of higher priority):
Y N
1. 089-616
Return to SCP 2 Call Flow
Replace the Cleaning Motor Assembly (REP 90.25) (PL 90.9). 2. 089-604, 089-605, 089-606, 089-607, 089-608, 089-609, 089-610, 089-611, 089-612, 089-613,
089-614, 089-615
Perform the following:
3. 089-601, 089-602, 089-603
• Open the Xero Drawer and remove the Scorotron Unit Assembly. Rotate the black coupling on
the IB end of the Scorotron until the cleaner pad moves out about 4 inches. 4. 089-600
• Reinstall the Scorotron and close the Xero Drawer. 5. 089-617
• Run 1 copy from the Platen glass (any document can be used)
• Open the xero drawer. Inspect the location of the cleaning pad on the CC. (you do not have to
remove the CC)
The cleaning pad remains in the previous position
Y N
Replace the Scorotron Unit Assembly (PL 90.1).
Replace the Cleaning Motor Assembly (REP 90.25) (PL 90.9).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1112


IQ25 Scorotron Cleaner RAP Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I m a g e Q u a l i t y S p e c i fi c a t i o n s AREA
Check for the Following Results
()
The following steps are used to set up the machine for the purpose of making test pattern copies to
G IIT Calibration Patches. These patches are scanned for IIT Calibration during the IIT
judge output image color density, balance, and registration. Calibration portion of MAX Setup.

1. Set the following Customer Mode Settings to the positions listed: H 100 Lines/Inch Image. A Moire defect will show on this image. Moire on a 100 Line/
Inch image is within specification.
a. Output Color - Full Color
I 175 Lines/Inch Image. This image is used to test for Moire. Depending on the degree of
b. Original Type - Text & Photo / Halftone the defect, moire seen on this image should be considered out of specification.

c. Lighten/Darken - Normal
Registration and border deletions are checked using the Step Scales on the Geometric Test Pattern,
d. Color Balance - 0
an example of which is shown in Figure1. All of the scales are 20mm in height, and are made up of
e. Color Saturation - Normal four 5mm steps. Step 1 will be described as at the top of the Step Scale, and Step 4 will be de-
f. Sharpness - Normal scribed as at the bottom.

2. Place the Color Test Pattern on the platen. Load 11x17” or A3 paper into Tray 1. Make a copy of
the test pattern.

3. Compare the copy to the test pattern. Refer to and for this evaluation.

Table 1 Color Specifications Check Locations


AREA
Check for the Following Results
()

A Text Reproduction. Each of the seven sentences in this area are fully reproduced with
no missing letters or portions of letters. The sentences are reproduced in Black, Cyan,
Magenta, Y, Red, Green and Blue.

B Color Registration. The patterns in location B should be properly registered to provide


Figure 1 Step Scales
Black, Red, Green and Blue lines.

C Front to Rear Density. The density of both the low density and high density bands Each Step Scale is positioned for a particular paper size and orientation. Table2 indicates the appro-
should be uniform from front to rear. This can be tested by folding the copy in the cen- priate Step Scales to use for the various paper sizes, orientations and measurement locations.
ter and comparing the front side of the copy to the rear side of the copy at location C.
Table 2 Geometric Checkout - Step Scale Data.
Both the high density and low density locations should exhibit even front to rear
density. Paper Orienta-
To check: Step Scales to use (refer to Figure1)
Size tion
D Color Gradation. This area should exhibit a decreasing density of each of the colors
from 100% density to 5% density. In a properly adjusted machine, the 10% patches 11x17 SEF Lead Edge LE1 through LE3
should be visible and the 5% patches should be barely visible or not visible on the test
pattern copy (except for the bottom row). Side Edge SE1 through SE4 (top); SE5 and SE8 (bottom)
Trail Edge TE3
E Routine Color. Location E represents three general tests for the machine to reproduce
colors common to customer originals. A3 SEF Lead Edge LE 1 through LE3
Location A is a general skin tone test. Side Edge SE1 through SE4 (top); SE6 and SE7 (bottom)
Location B represents the color of grass or other common foliage. Trail Edge TE4
Location C represents the color of the sky.
8.5x11 SEF Lead Edge LE 1 and LE2
F Photo Gradation. Location F is not used for any copy quality evaluation on this product. Side Edge SE1 through SE3 (top); SE9 (bottom)
Trail Edge TE5

1113 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Paper Orienta- Step Scales to use (refer to Figure1) GEOMETRIC


To check: CHECK PERFORMED
Size tion AREA

A4 LSEF Lead Edge LE 1 and LE2 • Tray 5: 10mm ±1.5mm


Side Edge SE1 through SE3 (top); SE10 (bottom)
Side Edge Measure from the side edge of the paper to the top of Step 3 on the SE2 and
Trail Edge TE6
Registration SE3 Step Scales. The distance should be within the following tolerance:
8.5x11 LEF Lead Edge LE1 through SE3 • Trays 1 through 4: 8.5mm ±1.2mm (±2.4mm for 2nd side of duplex job)
Side Edge SE1 and 2 (bottom) SE6 and SE7 (top) • Tray 5: 8.5mm ±2.9mm
Trail Edge TE 2
Lead Edge For skew from front to rear, the distance from the lead edge of the paper to the
Skew targets at LE1 and LE3 are measured. The measurements must match each oth-
A4 LEF Lead Edge LE1 through SE3 er to within the tolerance below:
Side Edge SE5 (top); SE1 and SE2 (bottom) • Trays 1 through 4: within ±0.8mm (±2.0mm for 2nd side of duplex job)
Trail Edge TE1 • Tray 5: within ±1.5mm

Side Edge For skew from left to right, the distance from the side edge of the paper to the
1. Set the following Customer Mode Settings to the positions listed: Skew targets at SE1 and SE4 are measured. They must match each other to within
the tolerance below:
• Output Color - Full Color
• Trays 1 through 4: within ±1.6mm (±4.0mm for 2nd side of duplex job)
• Original Type - Photo & Text / Halftone
• Tray 5: within ±3.0mm
• Lighter/Darker - Auto Contrast
Perpendicu- 400mm ±0.6mm
• Color Saturation - Normal larity

• Variable Color Balance - Normal Parallelism 400mm ±0.6mm

• Sharpness - Normal Line Density This parameter is measured on the two 0.7G Text Blocks on the test pattern
copy. The machine should reproduce all of the characters shown in the block on
2. Place Test Pattern 82E8220 on the platen and 24# Xerox Color Xpressions 11x 17” or 90 GSM the output copy.
Colotech A3 paper in Tray 1. Make a copy of the test pattern.
Solid Repro- This specifies the desired standard for reproduction of solid gray images at 1.0
3. Follow the directions in Table1 to determine if the machine registration is within specification. duction K. The 1.0 K blocks on the output copy should reproduce with minimal mottle or
graininess.
Table 3 Test Pattern Image Data Locations for Geometric Specifications
Low Contrast This specifies the desired standard for reproduction of low density images. The
GEOMETRIC Reproduc- machine should reproduce all of the text in the 0.2 G Text Blocks on the output
CHECK PERFORMED
AREA tion copy.

Magnifica- Locate the 300mm line running from near LE1 to the trail edge of the 1.8 lp lad-
tion der. Locate the 200mm line running from near LE1 to near LE3. Make a copy.
The measurements should be:.
• Trays 1 through 4: ±0.3%

Resolution Observing the targets on the test pattern copy at locations R1 through R8, the
line pairs specified below are clearly visible for the magnification value
indicated:
• 70%: 3.0 lp/mm
• 100% through 400%: 4.3 lp/mm

Lead Edge Measure from the lead edge of the paper to the top of Step 3 on the LE2 Step
Registration Scale. The measurement should be:
• Trays 1 through 4: 10mm ±0.7mm (±1.2mm for 2nd side of duplex job)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1114


Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

GEOMETRIC
CHECK PERFORMED
I m a g e D e fe c t s
AREA
The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes.
ROS Borders Measure from the lead edge of the paper at LE2, the side edge of the paper at
(Image Loss) SE2 and SE7, and the trail edge at TE4, to the top edge of the step scales in • Background
those locations. The measurements should conform to the following
specifications: • Color Misregistration
Trays 1 through 4:
• Debris-Centered Deletions
• Lead Edge 4mm ± 0.7mm
• Deletions
• Side Edges 3mm ±1.2mm
• Trail Edge 4mm ± 0. mm • High Frequency Bands
Tray 5: • Irregular Process Direction Streak
• Lead Edge 4mm ± 1.5mm
• Low Image Density
• Side Edges 3mm ± 2.9mm
• Trail Edge 4mm ± 1.5mm • Moire

* For paper <260mm long and <128 g/m2 • Mottle


** Add magnification variation for Trail and Side Edge • Newton Rings

• Regular (Repeating) Bands, Streaks, or Smears

• Residual Image

• Streak Deletion in Process Direction

• Wrinkled Image

Figure 2 Color and Geometric Test Patterns

1115 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

B a c kg r o u n d

Figure 1 Background Defect Sample


Cause
Incorrect Electrostatics, high TC, faulty ADC Sensor

Corrective Action
Go to the IQ11 Background RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1116


Background Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

Co l o r M i s r e g i s t ra t i o n D e b r i s - Ce n t e r e d D e l e t i o n s

Figure 1 Color Misregistration Defect Sample Figure 1 DCD Defect Sample

Cause Cause
Failure of the ROS or IBT “walking” from rear to front or front to rear. Toner agglomerates cause deletions in the areas surrounding them during transfer.

Mechanical problem in the IBT Assembly.


Corrective Action
Go to the IQ12 Spots RAP.
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ26 Color Misregistration RAP.

1117 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Color Misregistration
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Deletions H i g h Fr e q u e n c y B a n d s

Figure 1 Deletions Defect Sample Figure 1 High Freq. Bands Defect Sample
Cause Cause
Defective IBT Belt, damp paper, uneven charge. Faulty ROS Assembly or Photoreceptor/Developer Housing gear or bearing problem.
Corrective Action Corrective Action
Go to the IQ15 Partial Image Deletions RAP. Go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1118


Deletions Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

I r r e g u l a r Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n S t r e a k Lo w I m a g e D e n s i t y

Figure 1 Streak Defect Sample Figure 1 Low Density Defect Sample


Cause Cause
Clog in Developer Housing Trim Bar, malfunction of IBT Cleaner Assembly, contaminated ROS Incorrect electrostatics, defective ADC Sensor, low toner concentration or out-of-specification paper
window. (especially low quality or heavy weight paper).

Corrective Action Corrective Action


Go to the IQ8 Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP. Go to the IQ3 Low Image Density RAP.

1119 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Irregular Process Direction Streak
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Moire Mottle

Figure 1 Moire Defect Sample Figure 1 Mottle Defect Sample


Cause Cause
The halftone screen used on the original interferes with the halftone screen used by the copier. Damp or low quality paper, aged developer, low toner concentration

Corrective Action Corrective Action


Go to the IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP. Go to the IQ19 Mottle RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1120


Moire Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

Newton Rings Re g u l a r ( Re p e a t i n g ) B a n d s , S t r e a k s , S p o t s , o r S m e a r s

Figure 1 Newton Rings Defect Sample Figure 1 Repeating Defects Sample Image
Cause Cause
Highly reflective surfaces on a glossy photograph. Damage, density variation, or deletions caused by rotating component. Spacing equal to effective
circumference of part.
Corrective Action
Perform the following: Corrective Action
Go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.
• Clean the Document Glass

• Place a transparency between the document and the glass

1121 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Newton Rings
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

Re s i d u a l I m a g e S t r e a k D e l e t i o n i n Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n

Figure 1 Residual Image Defect Sample Figure 1 Streak Deletion Defect Sample

Cause Cause
Improper IBT cleaning and/or defective IBT Belt. Contamination of ROS window, damage to or contact with Transfer Belt or Drum Cartridge

Corrective Action Corrective Action


Go to the IQ9 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP. Go to the IQ8 Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1122


Residual Image Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

Wrinkled Image C l o u d D e fe c t

Figure 1 Wrinkled Image Defect Sample0104928 Figure 1 Cloud Defect Sample

Cause Cause
Non-uniform paper buckle between IBT and Fuser; Fuser “tenting” of paper. Actual wrinkling of the Non-uniform paper buckle between IBT and Fuser; Fuser “tenting” of paper
paper itself can also occur. Corrective Action
Corrective Action Go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.
Go to the IQ14 Wrinkled Image/Paper RAP.

1123 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Wrinkled Image
2nd Issue 3 Image Quality

I BT C l e a n e r S t r e a k Scorotron Streaks

INBOARD EDGE

LEAD EDGE

Figure 1 Scorotron Streak Defect Sample


Cause
Damage or wear to IBT Cleaner Assembly Cause
Dirty or defective Scorotron
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ8 Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP.
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ25 Scorotron Cleaner RAP.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1124


IBT Cleaner Streak Service Documentation
3 Image Quality 2nd Issue

Scorotron Cleaner Band

Figure 1 Corotron Cleaner Defect Sample


Cause
Defective Scorotron or Cleaning Motor Assembly. Cleaning Pad stuck in image area causes 18 mm
band in process direction; IB-OB position random.

Corrective Action
Go to the IQ25 Scorotron Cleaner RAP.

1125 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Scorotron Cleaner Band
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

4 Repairs & Adjustments


REP 1 - Standby Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129 REP 5.36 DADF Lead Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187
REP 1.1 AC Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129 REP 5.37 DADF Pre Registration Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1188
REP 1.2 Main LVPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131 REP 5.38 DADF Takeaway Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1189
REP 1.3 IIT LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1133 REP 5.39 DADF Exit Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1190
REP 1.4 MCU PWB Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1133 REP 5.40 DADF Platen Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191
REP 1.5 MCU NVM PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1136 REP 5.41 DADF Registration Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1192
REP 1.6 VSEL PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1137 REP 5.42 Lower Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1193
REP 1.7 Backplane PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139 REP 5.43 DADF Friction Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1194
REP 1.8 Charge / Preclean HVPS (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1140 REP 5.44 Retard Roll and Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1195
REP 1.9 TM Drive PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1142 REP 5.45 DADF Exit Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1196
REP 2 - UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1142 REP 5.46 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1197
REP 2.1 User Interface UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1143 REP 5.47 DADF Pre Registration In Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1198
REP 3 - Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1144 REP 5.48 DADF Registration Out Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1198
REP 3.1 Controller Door Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1145 REP 5.49 Platen High Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1199
REP 3.2 Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1147 REP 5.50 DADF Exit 1 and Platen Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200
REP 3.3 Controller PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1149 REP 5.51 DADF Exit Lower Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1201
REP 3.4 SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1151 REP 5.52 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203
REP 5 DADF-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1151 REP 5.53 DADF Out Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203
REP 5.1 DADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1152 REP 5.54 DADF Feed Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1204
REP 5.2 DADF Left Lower Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1155 REP 5.55 DADF Document Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1207
REP 5.3 DADF Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1156 REP 5.56 DADF PWB Wire Harness and Harness Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208
REP 5.4 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1157 REP 10 - Fuser/Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209
REP 5.5 DADF Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1157 REP 10.1 Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209
REP 5.6 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1158 REP 10.2 Fuser Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210
REP 5.7 IIT-DADF Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1158 REP 10.3 Fusing Unit Nip Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210
REP 5.8 DADF PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1159 REP 10.4 Inverter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1211
REP 5.9 Left Counter Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1160 REP 10.5 Exit Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1213
REP 5.10 Right Counter Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1162 REP 10.6 Inverter Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1213
REP 5.11 DCDC PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1164 REP 10.7 RH Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1214
REP 5.12 CIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1165 REP 10.8 Exit Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1214
REP 5.13 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1167 REP 10.9 Fuser Out Temp Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1215
REP 5.14 DADF Feed Motor and Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1168 REP 10.10 Fuser Inlet Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1215
REP 5.15 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1169 REP 10.11 Fuser Out Temp Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216
REP 5.16 DADF Tray Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1169 REP 10.12 Fuser Inlet Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216
REP 5.17 DADF Oil Damper and Document Set LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170 REP 10.13 Fuser Inlet Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217
REP 5.18 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1171 REP 12 - OCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217
REP 5.19 DADF Tray APS Sensor 1/Tray APS Sensor 2/Tray APS Sensor 3/Tray APS Sensor 4/Bottom REP 12.1 OCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1218
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172 REP 12.2 OCT Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1218
REP 5.20 DADF Document Set Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173 REP 12.3 OCT Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1220
REP 5.21 DADF Feeder Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175 REP 12.4 SCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1221
REP 5.22 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176 REP 28 - Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1222
REP 5.23 DADF Left Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1177 REP 28.1 Right Upper Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1222
REP 5.24 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1178 REP 28.2 Left Upper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1223
REP 5.25 DADF Feed In Sensor 1/DADF Feed In Sensor 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1178 REP 28.3 Rear Lower Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1224
REP 5.26 DADF Level Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179 REP 28.4 Rear Upper Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1224
REP 5.27 DADF Rear Latch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1180 REP 28.5 Rear Upper Right Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1225
REP 5.28 DADF Nudger Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1182 REP 28.6 Main Power and Front Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1225
REP 5.29 DADF Nudger Solenoid Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1183 REP 40 - Main Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226
REP 5.30 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1184 REP 40.1 Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226
REP 5.31 DADF Out Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1184 REP 40.2 Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229
REP 5.32 DADF Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1185 REP 40.3 Developer Drive Assembly (K) and Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1231
REP 5.33 DADF Pre Registration Sensor/DADF APS Sensor 1/DADF APS Sensor 2/DADF APS Sensor REP 40.4 Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1235
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1186 REP 40.5 Drum Motor Assembly (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1239
REP 5.34 Feed Out Sensor/Exit Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1186 REP 40.6 Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1240
REP 5.35 Skew Detect Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187 REP 60 - Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1243

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1126


Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
REP 60.1 ROS Assembly (C,K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1243 REP 80.25 Left Chute Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307
REP 60.2 ROS Assembly (Y, M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1246 REP 80.26 Left Chute Pinch Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307
REP 60.3 IIT Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1248 REP 80.27 Left Cover Latch Brackets and Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1308
REP 60.4 Platen Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1250 REP 80.28 T/A Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1308
REP 60.5 IIT Frame Opening and Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1251 REP 80.29 Takeaway Clutch 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1309
REP 60.6 CCD Lens Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1254 REP 80.30 Takaway Roll/Bearings/Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1309
REP 60.7 APS Sensor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1257 REP 80.31 Tray 5 / Bypass Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1310
REP 60.8 APS Sensor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1257 REP 80.32 Tray 5 / Bypass Take Away Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1310
REP 60.9 IIT Trans PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1258 REP 80.33 Tray 5 / Bypass Pinch Roll and Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311
REP 60.10 Front/Rear Carriage Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1258 REP 80.34 Tray 5 / Bypass Pre Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311
REP 60.11 Carriage Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1262 REP 80.35 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1312
REP 60.12 Platen Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1263 REP 80.36 Tray 5 / Bypass MSI Nudger Solenoid and Solenoid Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1312
REP 60.13 IIT Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1263 REP 80.37 Tray 5 / Bypass Feeder Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313
REP 60.14 Platen Angle Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1265 REP 80.38 Tray 5 / Bypass Feed Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313
REP 60.15 Full-Rate Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1266 REP 80.39 Tray 5 / Bypass Upper Feeder Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1314
REP 60.16 Half-Rate Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1267 REP 80.40 Tray 5 / Bypass MSI Lift Up, No Paper, Pre Feed Sensors and Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1314
REP 60.17 Top Front Cover Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1267 REP 80.41 Tray 5 / Bypass Lower Feeder Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1315
REP 70 - Paper Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1268 REP 80.42 Drawer Latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1315
REP 70.1 Tray 1 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269 REP 80.43 Duplex Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1316
REP 70.2 Tray 2 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1270 REP 80.44 Fuser Entrance Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1319
REP 70.3 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1272 REP 80.45 Duplex Motor Belt and Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1319
REP 70.4 Tray 3 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1272 REP 80.46 Duplex Upper Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1320
REP 70.5 Tray 3 Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1273 REP 80.47 Duplex Roller 1/2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1320
REP 70.6 Tray 3 Lift Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1274 REP 80.48 Duplex In and Out Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1321
REP 70.7 Tray 4 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1275 REP 80.49 Lower Duplex Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1321
REP 70.8 Tray 4 Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1276 REP 80.50 Pre Registration Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1322
REP 70.9 Tray 4 Lift Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1277 REP 80.51 Pre Registration Slide Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1322
REP 70.10 Tray 3/4 Rack/Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1278 REP 80.52 Registration Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1323
REP 70.11 Tray 3/4 Tray Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1278 REP 80.53 Registration Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1323
REP 70.12 MSI Tray 5 / Bypass Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279 REP 80.54 Registration Out and In Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1324
REP 70.13 Tray 5 Bypass Cover Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1282 REP 80.55 Upper Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1324
REP 70.14 Tray 5 Bypass Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1282 REP 80.56 Pre Registration and Pinch Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1325
REP 70.15 Tray 5 Bypass Tray Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1283 REP 80.57 Pre Registration Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1325
REP 70.16 Tray 5 Bypass Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1283 REP 80.58 Vacuum Transport Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1326
REP 80 - Paper Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1284 REP 80.59 Transport Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1326
REP 80.1 Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1284 REP 90 - Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1327
REP 80.2 Tray 1 Level/No Paper/Pre-Feed Sensors and Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1285 REP 90.1 Transfer Belt Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1328
REP 80.3 Tray 1 Feed Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1285 REP 90.2 IBT Cleaner Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1331
REP 80.4 Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1287 REP 90.3 Transfer Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1332
REP 80.5 Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1288 REP 90.4 2nd BTR Roll Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1334
REP 80.6 Tray 2 Level/No Paper/Pre-Feed Sensors and Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1288 REP 90.5 2nd BTR Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1336
REP 80.7 Tray 2 Feed Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289 REP 90.6 2nd BTR Blade Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1338
REP 80.8 Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1291 REP 90.7 1st BTR HVPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1339
REP 80.9 Registration Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1291 REP 90.8 Drum Cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1340
REP 80.10 Duplex Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1293 REP 90.9 Dispenser Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341
REP 80.11 Tray 3 Feed Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1295 REP 90.10 Drum Motor Assembly (K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1344
REP 80.12 Tray 3 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1296 REP 90.11 Developer Drive Assembly (K) and Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1345
REP 80.13 Takeaway Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1297 REP 90.12 Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1349
REP 80.14 Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1300 REP 90.13 MOB ADC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1353
REP 80.15 Tray 4 Level/No Paper/Pre-Feed Sensors and Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1301 REP 90.14 Developer Housing (C,M,Y,K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1355
REP 80.16 Tray 4 Feed Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1301 REP 90.15 Developer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1359
REP 80.17 Tray 4 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1303 REP 90.16 Dispenser (K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1360
REP 80.18 Tray 4 Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1303 REP 90.17 Dispenser (C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1362
REP 80.19 Tray 3/4 Gear Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1304 REP 90.18 Dispenser (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1364
REP 80.20 Takeaway Roll Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1304 REP 90.19 Dispenser (Y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1366
REP 80.21 Takeaway Roll Feed Out Sensors 2 and 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1305 REP 90.20 Low Toner Sensor PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1368
REP 80.22 Takeaway Roll 1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1305 REP 90.21 Low Toner Sensor (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1368
REP 80.23 Takeaway Roll 2/3/4 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1306 REP 90.22 Low Toner Sensor (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1369
REP 80.24 Left Cover Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1306 REP 90.23 Low Toner Sensor (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1369

1127 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
REP 90.24 Low Toner Sensor (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370
REP 90.25 Cleaning Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370
REP 90.26 Toner Dispenser Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1371
REP 90.27 Direct Pipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1373
REP 90.28 Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1377
REP 90.29 (C) Developer Bias HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1377
REP 90.30 (M) Developer Bias HVPS, (Y) Developer Bias HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1378
REP 90.31 (K) Developer Bias HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1378
REP 90.32 2nd BTR HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1380
ADJ 2 UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1381
ADJ 2.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1381
ADJ 5 DADF-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1384
ADJ 5.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1384
ADJ 5.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1387
ADJ 5.3 IIT Side Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1388
ADJ 5.4 IIT Lateral/Vertical Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1389
ADJ 5.5 DC 945: IIT Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1391
ADJ 5.6 DADF Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1395
ADJ 5.7 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1396
ADJ 5.8 DADF Leading Edge Registration (1 Pass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1400
ADJ 5.9 DADF Side Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1403
ADJ 5.10 DADF Slow Scan % Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405
ADJ 5.11 DADF Trailing Edge Registration Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1407
ADJ 5.12 DADF Document Detection Correction (size detection automatic
correction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1410
ADJ 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1410
ADJ 7.1 Tray 5/Bypass Guide Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1410
ADJ 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411
ADJ 8.1 Registration Transport Skew Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411
ADJ 8.2 Inverter Solenoid Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1412
ADJ 8.3 Inverter 2 Pinch Rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1412
ADJ 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1416
ADJ 9.1 DC945 MAX Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1416
ADJ 9.2 ATC Sensor Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1416
ADJ 9.3 Toner Density Setup (Tone Up/Down). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1417
ADJ 9.4 Manual TRC Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1418
ADJ 9.5 ProCon On/Off Print Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1418
ADJ 9.6 Copy Mode Color Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1420
ADJ 9.7 Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1420
ADJ 9.7a Lead Edge Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1421
ADJ 9.7b Side Edge Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1423
ADJ 9.8 Registration Control Setup Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1424
ADJ 9.9 Registration Measurement Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1425
ADJ 9.10 Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1425
ADJ 9.11 Inboard/Outboard Manual Density Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1426
ADJ 9.12 Secondary Transfer Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1429
ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1431
ADJ 9.15 Trapezoidal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1432
ADJ 9.16 Side1/Side2 Side Skew Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1434
ADJ 9.17 Perpendicularity Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1435
ADJ 9.18 Front to Back Image Magnification Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1436
ADJ 9.19 Front to Back Alignment Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1437
ADJ 9.20 System Registration Adjustment (Registration): DC126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1438

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1128


Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 . 1 A C Po w e r S u p p l y A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 1.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the control part at the left of the machine.
3. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the power unit part at the right of the machine.
4. Remove the rear lower cover, REP 28.3.
5. Remove the IIT LVPS, REP 1.3.
6. Remove the 2nd BTR HVPS, REP 90.32.
7. Remove the right rear lower cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the EPSV cover (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the right rear lower cover (4).

1129 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Harness removal


10. Remove four screws (1) attaching the inlet housing assembly, Figure 3.

Figure 1 Cover Bracket Removal


8. Remove the main LVPS, REP 1.2.
9. Disconnect six connectors (1), then release the harness from the clamp (2), Figure 2.

Figure 3 Mounting screws removal


11. Remove the AC power supply assembly, Figure 4 :
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the AC power supply assembly (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1130


REP 1.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 . 2 M a i n LV P S
Parts List on PL 1.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.


2. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the control part at the left of the machine.
Figure 4 AC power supply assembly removal
3. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the power unit part at the right of the machine.
Replacement 4. Remove the rear lower cover, REP 28.3.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 5. Remove the IIT LVPS, REP 1.3.
6. Remove the 2nd BTR HVPS, REP 90.32.
7. Remove the right rear lower cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the EPSV cover (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the right rear lower cover (4).

1131 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Main LVPS removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Cover Bracket Removal


8. Remove the main LVPS, Figure 2 :
a. Disconnect seven connectors (1).
b. Release the wire harness from the clamp (2).
c. Remove five screws (3).
d. Remove the main LVPS (4).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1132


REP 1.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 . 3 I I T LV P S REP 1.4 MCU PWB Assembly


Parts List on PL 1.3 Parts List on PL 1.2
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure. CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Print a Configuration Report. Refer to GP 6, Printing Reports [Printer Reports > Configuration
2. Remove the rear lower cover, REP 28.6. Report].

3. Remove the IIT LVPS, Figure 1. 2. Save the NVM, GP 18, Save and Restore NVM.
3. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2 3
Disconnect three Remove two mounting screws. 4. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
connectors.

5. Remove the MCU cover, Figure 1 :


a. Loosen ten screws (1).
b. Remove one screw on the front, then remove two screws on the side (2).
c. Slide the MCU cover left, then remove.

4
1 VIEW FROM REAR OF Loosen two mounting screws,
Disconnect the PRINTER then remove the IIT LVPS
connector. from the machine.

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1133 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove
the NVM
PWB

1
Loosen ten
2 screws.
Remove one
screw on the
front, then
remove two
screws on the
side.
7. Disconnect the connectors across the top, left side, and bottom of the MCU PWB, Figure 3.

Note: The ribbon cable connectors have a latch on the bottom of the connector. Lower the
latch to unlock the cable, then remove the ribbon cable. Do not use excessive force when lower-
ing the latch.

WARNING: When installing a new MCU PWB, move the NVM PWB from the old
MCU PWB to the new MCU PWB.

6. Remove the NVM PWB, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1134


REP 1.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 1 Disconnect all connectors Figure 2 MCU PWB screw removal


8. Remove the MCU PWB, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove eleven screws from the MCU PWB 1. Remove the new MCU NVM PWB from the new MCU PWB.
b. Move the MCU PWB left, disconnect the connector, then remove the MCU PWB. 2. Install the old MCU NVM PWB onto the new MCU PWB. If the new NVM PWB is used, restore
the MCU PWB NVM, refer to, GP 18.
3. Print a configuration report, refer to GP 6, printing reports under [Printer Reports]. Compare the
IOT ROM software version with the configuration report, printed in Step 1 of the Removal. If
the versions do not match, use the HDD method to upgrade IOT software, GP 2.
4. Complete the replacement in reverse of the removal procedure.

1135 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 1.5 MCU NVM PWB


Parts List on PL 1.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.


1
1. Print a configuration report. Refer to GP 6, printing reports [Printer Reports > Configuration Loosen ten
Report]. 2 screws.
Remove one
2. Save the NVM, GP 18, Save and Restore NVM. screw on the
front, then
3. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord. remove two
4. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5. screws on the
side.
5. Remove the MCU cover, MCU Cover removal :
a. Loosen ten screws (1).
b. Remove one screw on the front, then remove two screws on the side (2).
c. Slide the MCU cover left, then remove.

6. Remove the NVM PWB, NVM PWB removal.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1136


REP 1.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 1.6 VSEL PWB


Parts List on PL 1.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Remove
the NVM
PWB

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Disconnect all external cables connected to the controller at the left rear of the machine.
3. Remove the rear upper left, REP 28.4, and rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
4. Release four cable clamps (1) attaching the controller harness (2), Figure 1.

Replacement
After installating a new NVM PWB, perform the following:
1. Serialize the MCU NVM PWB, refer to GP 4, Serial Number Synchronization Procedure.
2. Restore MCU PWB NVM, refer to GP 18, Save and Restore NVM.
3. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Verify NVM value 742-180 is set to 1.

Figure 1 Release the controller harness


5. Disconnect the controller PWB, Figure 2 :
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Disconnect the USB cable (2).
c. Disconnect the flat cable (3).
d. Remove the cable from the controller harness guide (4).

1137 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.6
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
e. Release the cable from the clamp (5). b. Remove the bracket (2) and VSEL PWB together.
f. Remove the USB cable from the USB harness guide (6).
g. Remove one screw (7).

Figure 4 Bracket and VSEL PWB removal


Replacement
Figure 2 Disconnect the controller PWB
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
6. Loosen three screws, then open the controller door, Figure 3.

Figure 3 Open the controller door


7. Remove the VSEL PWB, Figure 4 :
a. Remove two screws (1).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1138


REP 1.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 1.7 Backplane PWB Figure 1 Disconnect connectors


Parts List on PL 1.2 Replacement
Removal WARNING: Take care not to damage the eeprom.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- 1. Remove the EEPROM from the removed backplane PWB, then install it on the new backplane
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. PWB.
2. Continue the replacement in reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the controller PWB, REP 3.3.
3. Remove the rear upper left, REP 28.4, and rear upper right covers, REP 28.5.
4. Remove the VSEL PWB, REP 1.6.
5. Remove the MCU cover. Refer to REP 1.4.
6. Remove the CONT Harness Guide, PL 1.1 Item 6.
7. Remove the BP PWB assembly, Figure 1 :
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Remove seven screws (2).
c. Remove the BP PWB assembly (3).

1139 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 1 . 8 C h a r g e / Pr e c l e a n H V P S ( K )
Parts List on PL 1.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2
Remove the two mounting
2. Disconnect the bypass tray connector, Figure 1. screws.

1 1
Lift up the Open the spring-loaded
Tray Lower Cover.
5/Bypass.

4. Remove the bypass tray from the machine by gripping it firmly at the front and rear edges and
lifting it upwards to clear the mounting lugs.
2
Disconnect 5. Remove the bypass tray cover from the left side of the machine, Figure 3.
the
connector.

3. Remove the bypass tray mounting screws, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1140


REP 1.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Charge K /
Preclean
HVPS area

1
Remove the two mounting screws and
remove the cover.

6. Remove the charge K / preclean HVPS, Figure 4.

4
Remove the Charge K / 3 2
Preclean HVPS from the Release the four Remove the ground
machine. quick-release tabs from screw.
around the perimeter of the
Charge K / Preclean HVPS.

1
VIEW FROM LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE, Disconnect the four
ABOVE BYPASS TRAY. connectors and route the
wires out of the way.

Replacement

1141 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 1.8
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 1 . 9 TM D r i v e P W B
Parts List on PL 1.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the TM drive PWB, Figure 1.

3
Remove
board
from

4
2 Remove board
Disconnect from mounting
connectors (5) studs (2)

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1142


REP 1.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 2 . 1 U s e r I n t e r fa c e U I
Parts List on PL 2.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. Rear UI Cover
2. Remove Hinge Cover from the base of the UI, Figure 1.
a. Remove the two screws on the UI swivel.
b. Remove the two plastic Hinge Covers.

Mounting screw

Two screws.

Two Hinge
Covers.
4. Remove the UI from the Tilt Swivel brackets, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect the UI connector and release the three (3) cable clips.
b. Loosen the (4) screws, then raise the UI up to disengage.
3. Remove the Rear UI cover, Figure 2. c. Slide the UI off of the bracket and remove.
a. Remove the mounting screw.
b. Slide the Rear UI Cover up and then remove.

1143 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 2.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

UI
Connector.

(4) screws

Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1144


REP 2.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 3 . 1 Co n t r o l l e r D o o r O p e n
Parts List on PL 3.1
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
3. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
4. Remove the controller cover, Figure 1 :
a. Release the DADF cable from the controller cover (1)
b. Loosen four screws (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the controller cover.

Figure 1 Controller cover removal


5. Disconnect harnesses, Figure 2 :
a. Disconnect two connectors (1), then remove the cables from the cable guide.
b. Disconnect two USB cables (2), then remove the cables from the cable guide.
c. Disconnect two flat cables (3).
d. Remove the screw in the safety bracket (4).

1145 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 3.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Controller PWB cable removal Figure 3 Controller door fasteners loosened
6. Loosen three screws (5), Figure 3. 7. Swing the controller door open, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1146


REP 3.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 3 . 2 Co n t r o l U n i t
Parts List on PL 3.1
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
3. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
4. Remove the controller cover, Controller cover removal :
a. Release the cable from the controller cover (1)
b. Loosen four screws (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the controller cover.
Figure 4 Controller door open

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1147 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 3.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Control unit removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Controller cover removal


5. Remove the control unit, Controller PWB cable removal :
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Disconnect the USB cable (2).
c. Disconnect two FFC cables (3), then remove the screw in the safety bracket behind the FFC.
d. Remove five screws (4).
e. Slide the control unit out of the left side of the machine to remove the control unit (5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1148


REP 3.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 3 . 3 Co n t r o l l e r P W B
Parts List on PL 3.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

CAUTION: The Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data are held at the fol-
lowing 3 locations respectively. Therefore, when replacing the following parts, do it
one-by-one (do not replace several simultaneously). Figure 1 HDD Assembly
1. SEEP ROM of BP PWB 5. Remove three screws (1), then remove the plastic safety cover, Figure 2.
2. Controller PWB SRAM
3. NVM PWB of MCU PWB
• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 repre-
sents the BP PWB, and SYS2 represents the Controller PWB. Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 DC132 UI List
Diag screen (DC132) Parts to be replaced

IOT MCU PWB

SYS1 BP PWB

SYS2 Controller PWB

Note: Controller PWB SRAM is directly attached to the board and can not be removed.
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the controller door, REP 3.1.
3. Remove the control unit, REP 3.2.
4. Remove the HDD assembly, Figure 1 : Figure 2 Safety cover removal

a. Disconnect two connectors (1). 6. Remove the screw (1), then four connector screws (2), Figure 3.

b. Remove the HDD assembly and HDD bracket (2).

1149 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 3.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 3 Connector screw removal Figure 4 Controller PWB removal


7. Remove seven screws (1), remove three stand-offs (2) then remove the controller PWB from the Replacement
housing assembly, Figure 4.
WARNING: When a new controller PWB is installed, install the following parts re-
moved from the old controller PWB to the new controller PWB.
1. DIMM 4GB
2. SD Card
3. HDD bracket
4. HDD
Continue replacement in reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1150


REP 3.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 3 .4 SD Ca rd
Parts List on PL 3.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
3. Remove the HDD assembly, then remove the HDD bracket. Refer to REP 3.3.
4. Remove the Memory Card, Figure 1 :
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the bracket (2).
c. Remove the SD card (3).

Figure 1 SD card removal

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1151 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 3.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 1 DA D F
Parts List on PL 5.1
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: When removing the DADF, make sure you have 2 persons to perform the
procedure as the DADF (about 15.5 kg) is heavy.
1. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
2. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
3. Disconnect the DADF-ESS cable (1) from the control unit, Figure 1.

Figure 2 DADF counter balance brackets removal


5. Remove the DADF IF cover, disconnect the cable clamp (1), then disconnect the IIT-DADF cable
(2), Figure 3.

Figure 1 DADF-ESS cable disconnect


4. Remove four screws (1), then remove the left and right DADF counter balance brackets, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1152


REP 5.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 3 IIT-DADF cable disconnect Figure 4 IIT rear cover removal


6. Raise the DADF 90 degrees. 8. Remove four screws (1), two on each counter balance, then remove the left and right DADF sup-
port brackets (2), Figure 5.
7. Remove three screws (1), remove one screw (2), then remove the IIT rear cover from the rear,
Figure 4.

1153 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 6 DADF ESS cable disconnect


10. Remove two knobs (1), one on each counter balance, securing the DADF to the IIT assembly,
Figure 7.

Figure 5 DADF support bracket removal


9. Remove the screw (1) securing the harness clamp, then disconnect two connectors (2) of the
DADF ESS cable from the DADF PWB, Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1154


REP 5.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 DA D F L e f t L o w e r C o v e r
Parts List on PL 5.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove one screw (1), Figure 1.

Figure 7 DADF knob removal


11. Slide the DADF counter balance brackets back to align the holes of the DADF counter balances
with the pins, then lift the DADF assembly off the IIT assembly. Figure 1 Left lower cover screw removal
Replacement 3. Open the DADF.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 4. Remove the DADF left lower cover, Figure 2.

Note: After replacement, clear the “DC135 HFSI” counter. Chain Link: 955-806: Document Feed. a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the DADF left lower cover (2).

1155 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 3 DA D F F r o n t C o v e r
Parts List on PL 5.2
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF.
2. Remove the DADF front cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the DADF front cover (2).

Figure 2 Left lower cover removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Front cover removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1156


REP 5.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 4 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 5 DA D F R e a r C o v e r
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.2
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the DADF rear cover (2).

Figure 1 DADF rear cover removal

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1157 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 6 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 7 I I T - DA D F C a b l e
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.3
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF IF cover, PL 60.2.
2. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cable connector, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cable connector (1).
b. Remove the clamp (2) securing the cable.

Figure 2 Disconnect IIT-DADF cable connector


3. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
4. Remove the IIT-DADF cable, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect two IIT-DADF cable connectors (1).
b. Remove one screw (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1158


REP 5.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
c. Remove the P-clamp (3). R E P 5 . 8 DA D F P W B
d. Remove the IIT-DADF cable (4) with bushing (5) from the bracket. Parts List on PL 5.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


Note: Backup the NVM data before replacing the circuit board. (Refer to, Initialize NVM in Section
6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
Figure 3 IIT-DADF cable removal 2. Remove the DADF PWB, Figure 2.

Replacement a. Disconnect eleven connectors (1).

The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. b. Remove six screws (2).
c. Remove the DADF PWB (3).

Figure 2 DADF PWB removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1159 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.8
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Note: After mounting the board, restore the NVM data that has been backed up previously. (Refer R E P 5 . 9 Le f t Co u n t e r B a l a n c e
to, Initialize NVM in Section 6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
Parts List on PL 5.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
2. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
3. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
4. Remove the DADF registration motor, REP 5.41.
5. Remove the DADF exit motor, REP 5.39.
6. Remove the DADF platen motor, REP 5.40.
7. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, REP 5.37.
8. Remove two screws (1), then remove the left counter balance bracket (2), Figure 1.

Figure 1 Left counter balance bracket removal


9. Slide a screwdiver, or similar, into the opening (1) in the rear of the counter balance to keep the
counter balance closed throughout the remaining procedure, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1160


REP 5.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Counter balance closure Figure 3 Left counter balance removal


10. Remove the left counter balance, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Remove six screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the left counter balance (2).

1161 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 1 0 R i g h t Co u n t e r B a l a n c e
Parts List on PL 5.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the bracket PWB and the DADF PWB as an assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw securing the P-clamp (1).
b. Disconnect two connectors, then remove the IIT/DADF Harness (2).
c. Remove five screws (3).
d. Lay the bracket PWB and DADF PWB off to the side leaving the remaining harnesses
connected.

Figure 2 Bracket PWB and DADF PWB removal


3. Slide a screwdiver, or similar, into the opening (1) in the rear of the counter balance to keep the
counter balance closed throughout the remaining procedure, Counter balance closure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1162


REP 5.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 3 Counter balance closure Figure 4 Right counter balance removal


4. Remove the right counter balance, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove six screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the right counter balance (2).

1163 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.10
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 5.11 DCDC PWB a. Disconnect the connector (1).


Parts List on PL 5.4 b. Remove four screws (2).
c. Remove the DCDC PWB (3).
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


Note: Backup the NVM data before replacing the circuit board. (Refer to, Initialize NVM in Section
6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the bracket PWB, Figure 2. Figure 3 DCDC PWB removal

a. Disconnect two connectors (1). Replacement


b. Remove two screws (2). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3).
Note: After mounting the board, restore the NVM data that has been backed up previously. (Refer
to, Initialize NVM in Section 6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).

Figure 2 Bracket PWB removal


3. Remove the DCDC PWB, Figure 3 :

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1164


REP 5.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 5.12 CIS


Parts List on PL 5.4
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 5.42. Figure 3 DCD-CIS flat cable and wire harness
2. Remove the APS sensor bracket, Figure 2. 4. Remove the exit 1 belt, Figure 4.
a. Remove one screw (1). a. Remove one E-clip (1).
b. Disconnect four connectors (2). b. Remove the pulley (2).
c. Remove the APS sensor bracket (3). c. Remove the exit 1 belt (3).

Figure 2 APS sensor bracket removal Figure 4 Exit 1 belt removal


3. Lift the film (1), then disconnect the DCDC-CIS flat cable and wire harness connectors (2), Fig- 5. Remove one screw (1) from the CIS bracket assembly, Figure 5.
ure 3.

1165 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Use caution when installing the CIS :
1. The installation position of the CIS bracket assembly (marking on the frame side) should be the
same as at the time of removal, Figure 7.

Figure 5 CIS bracket removal


Note: Note the installation position (marking on the frame side) of the CIS bracket assembly,
Figure 5.
6. Remove the CIS, Figure 6.
a. Open the DADF. Figure 7 CIS bracket alignment
b. Open the exit lower chute assembly (1). 2. Verify the front end of the CIS clears the bushing at the rear, Figure 8.
c. Pull out the CIS (2) in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 8 Bushing clearance check


Figure 6 CIS removal
Note: After installing the CIS, verify the CIS moves freely up and down.
Replacement 3. Perform ADJ 5.11 IIT calibration.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1166


REP 5.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
4. Verify the APS sensor bracket is installed accurately, Figure 9. R E P 5 . 1 3 N OT U S E D
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement

Figure 9 APS sensor bracket installation

1167 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 1 4 DA D F Fe e d M o t o r a n d B e l t s a. Remove the E-clip (1).


Parts List on PL 5.5 b. Remove the gear (2).
c. Remove the belt (3).
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF feed motor and belt, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove two springs (2).
c. Remove three screws (3). Figure 3 Gear and belt removal

d. Remove the DADF feed motor (4) and belt. Replacement


Note: Be careful not to lose the springs. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: Re-attach the belt to the feed motor before replacement.

Figure 2 DADF feed motor and belt removal


3. Remove the gear and belt, Figure 3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1168


REP 5.14 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 1 5 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 1 6 DA D F Tra y M o t o r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.5
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the bracket PWB, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3).

Figure 2 Bracket PWB removal


3. Remove the DADF feed motor and drive belts, REP 5.14.
4. Disconnect one connector (1), Figure 3.

1169 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.15
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 1 7 DA D F O i l D a m p e r a n d D o c u m e n t S e t L E D
Parts List on PL 5.5
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF oil damper, DADF-ESS cable disconnect.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the DADF oil damper (2).

Figure 3 Harness connector


5. Remove the DADF tray motor assembly, Figure 4.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the DADF tray motor assembly (2).

Figure 1 DADF oil damper removal


3. Remove the document set LED, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the document set LED connector (1).
b. Remove one screw (2).
c. Remove the document set LED (3).

Figure 4 DADF tray motor assembly removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1170


REP 5.17 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 1 8 N OT U S E D
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement

Figure 2 Document set LED removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1171 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.18
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 1 9 DA D F Tra y A P S S e n s o r 1 / Tra y A P S S e n s o r 2 / Tra y A P S


S e n s o r 3 / Tra y A P S S e n s o r 4 / B o t t o m S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 5.6
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Note: The replacement procedure for DADF tray APS sensor 1 to DADF tray APS sensor 4 are the
same as DADF tray APS sensor 2, so only DADF tray APS sensor 2 is described here.
1. Remove the DADF document tray, REP 5.55.
2. Remove two tray blocks (1) on both ends of the bottom tray assembly, Figure 1.

Figure 2 Tray block removal technique


3. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor 2, Figure 3.
a. Turn the document tray assembly over, then remove six screws (1).
b. Remove the inner cover (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor(s) as required (4).

Figure 1 Tray block removal


Note: Remove the tray block by pressing it with a flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool, Figure 2.

Figure 3 DADF tray APS sensor 2 removal


Note: Remove the inner cover (2) by opening the bottom tray assembly, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1172


REP 5.19 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 0 DA D F D o c u m e n t S e t S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 5.6
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove two tray blocks (1) by prying at the bottom using a flat blade screw driver, Figure 1.

Figure 4 Inner cover removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Tray blocks removal


2. Open the upper tray assembly, PL 5.6.
3. Remove the tray wire harness from guides (1), then slightly pull the harness inside the tray to al-
low required slack, Figure 2.

1173 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.20
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Harness removal from guides Figure 4 Inner cover removal


4. Remove the upper tray assembly (1) from the hinges, then place the assembly upside down, Fig- 6. Remove the document set sensor, Figure 5.
ure 3.
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the document set sensor.

Figure 3 Upper tray assembly removal


5. Remove the inner cover, Figure 4.
Figure 5 Document set sensor removal
a. Remove six screws(1).
Replacement
b. Remove the inner cover (2).
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1174


REP 5.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 1 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r A s s e m b l y a. Remove two screws (1).


Parts List on PL 5.7 b. Remove the front hinge (2).

Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
4. Remove the wire harness from harness guide, Figure 2. Figure 3 Front hinge removal
a. Disconnect the two wire harness connectors (1) from the DADF PWB. 6. Remove the rear hinge, Figure 4.
b. Release the clamp (2), then remove the wire harness (3) from the clamp. a. Remove one screw (1).
c. Remove the wire harness (3) from harness guide (4). b. Remove the rear hinge (2).
c. Pull out and remove the wire harness (3) from the frame hole.

Figure 2 Wire harness removal


5. Remove the front hinge, Figure 3. Figure 4 Rear hinge removal

1175 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.21
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
7. Remove the feeder cover assembly linkage from the stud, Figure 5. R E P 5 . 2 2 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h
a. Remove the E-clip (1). Parts List on PL 5.7
b. Remove the bushing (2). Removal
c. Remove the feeder cover assembly linkage from the stud.
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56.
3. Remove the DADF feeder cover interlock switch, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Pull the harness through the hole (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF feeder cover interlock switch (4).

Figure 5 Feeder cover assembly linkage removal


8. Remove the DADF feeder cover assembly.
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 DADF feeder cover interlock switch removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1176


REP 5.22 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 3 DA D F L e f t C o v e r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.7
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the DADF registration motor and belt, REP 5.41.
4. Remove two screws (1), Figure 1.

Figure 2 Left cover assembly removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Left cover assembly screws removal


5. Remove the left cover assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the front bracket assembly (2) using a flat blade screw driver.
c. Remove the left cover assembly (3).

1177 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.23
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 2 4 DA D F L / H C o v e r I n t e r l o c k S e n s o r a n d A c t u a t o r R E P 5 . 2 5 DA D F Fe e d I n S e n s o r 1 / DA D F Fe e d I n S e n s o r 2
Parts List on PL 5.7 Parts List on PL 5.8
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3. 1. Remove the upper feeder cover, Figure 1.
2. Remove the DADF L/H cover interlock sensor, Figure 1. a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
a. Disconnect the connector (1), then diconnect the cable clamp (2). b. Remove five screws (1).
b. Remove the screw (3), then remove the DADF L/H cover interlock sensor with the actuator as c. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).
an assembly.
c. Squeeze the tabs on the sensor to remove the sensor from the bracket.
d. Remove the spring (4).
e. Remove the E-clip (5), then remove the actuator from the shaft.

Figure 1 Upper feeder cover removal


2. Remove DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2, Figure 2.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the feed sensor bracket (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2 (4).

Figure 1 DADF L/H cover interlock sensor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1178


REP 5.24 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 6 DA D F L e v e l S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 5.8
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the upper feeder cover, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
b. Remove five screws (1).
c. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).

Figure 2 DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2 removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Upper feeder cover removal


2. Remove the DADF level sensor, Figure 2.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the DADF level sensor bracket (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF level sensor (4).

1179 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.26
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 2 7 DA D F R e a r L a t c h A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.8
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
2. Remove the upper feeder cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove five screws (1).
b. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).

Figure 2 DADF level sensor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Upper feeder cover removal


3. Remove the latch shaft hardware, Figure 2.
a. Remove two lever springs (1).
b. Remove one screw (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1180


REP 5.27 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Latch shaft harware removal Figure 4 Rear latch and latch shaft removal
4. Remove the latch lever, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Remove two screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the latch lever (2).

Figure 3 Latch lever removal


5. Remove the rear latch and latch shaft, Figure 4.
a. Remove the rear latch (1) in the direction of arrow.
b. Remove the latch shaft (2) in the opposite direction.

1181 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.27
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 2 8 DA D F N u d g e r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.8
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
b. Remove two hooks (1).
c. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly (2).

Figure 2 Bearing alignment


2. Push in to securely snap the cover closed, Figure 3.

Figure 1 DADF nudger housing assembly removal


Replacement
Take note of the following when performing the installation.
1. Align and attach the linear part of the bearing to the installation hole of the DADF feeder cover
assembly, Figure 2.

Figure 3 Snap lock on the cover

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1182


REP 5.28 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 2 9 DA D F N u d g e r S o l e n o i d A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.8
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the upper feeder cover, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
b. Remove five screws (1).
c. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).

Figure 2 DADF nudger solenoid assembly removal

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: When installing the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, attach the hook of the guide to the
leading edge of the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, Figure 3.

Figure 1 Upper feeder cover removal


2. Remove the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Open the clamp (2), then remove the harness.
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF nudger solenoid assembly (4).

Figure 3 Guide hook installation

1183 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.29
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 3 0 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 3 1 DA D F O u t S e n s o r
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.9
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47.
2. Remove the out sensor bracket, Figure 1.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the out sensor bracket (2).

Figure 1 DADF out sensor bracket removal


3. Remove the DADF out sensor, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove the DADF out sensor (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1184


REP 5.30 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 3 2 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 5.9
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47.
2. Remove the DADF registration sensor, Figure 1.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket (2).
c. Disconnect the connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF registration sensor (4).

Figure 2 DADF out sensor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 DADF registration sensor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1185 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.32
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 3 3 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r / DA D F A P S S e n s o r 1 / R E P 5 . 3 4 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r / E x i t S e n s o r
DA D F A P S S e n s o r 2 / DA D F A P S S e n s o r 3 Parts List on PL 5.9
Parts List on PL 5.9 Removal
Removal WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 5.42.
1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 5.42. 2. Remove the DADF feed out sensor, Figure 1.
2. Remove the DADF pre registration sensor, Figure 1. a. Remove two screws (1).
a. Remove one screw (1). b. Remove the exit sensor assembly (2).
b. Remove the APS sensor bracket (2). c. Disconnect one connector (3).
c. Disconnect one connector (3). d. Remove the DADF feed out sensor (4).
d. Remove the DADF pre registration sensor (4). e. Turn the exit sensor assembly (2) over, then remove the exit sensor.
e. Remove the DADF APS sensor as required (5).

Figure 1 DADF feed out sensor removal


Figure 1 DADF pre registration sensor removal Replacement
Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1186


REP 5.33 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 3 5 S ke w D e t e c t S e n s o r R E P 5 . 3 6 DA D F L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 5.9 Parts List on PL 5.9
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 5.42. 1. Remove the DADF pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47
2. Remove the skew detect sensor, Figure 1. 2. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket, Figure 1.
a. Remove one screw (1). a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the skew sensor bracket (2). b. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the skew detect sensor (4).

Figure 1 Lead registration sensor bracket removal


3. Remove the lead registration sensor, Figure 2.
Figure 1 Skew detect sensor removal
a. Disconnect the lead registration sensor connector (1).
Replacement b. Remove the lead registration sensor (2).
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1187 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.35
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 3 7 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r
Parts List on PL 5.10
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to PL 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56.
3. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, Figure 1.
a. Remove one spring (1).
b. Remove three screws (2).
c. Remove the DADF pre registration motor (3).

Figure 2 Lead registration sensor removal‘


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 DADF pre registration motor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1188


REP 5.37 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 3 8 DA D F Ta ke a w a y C l u t c h A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.10
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56.
3. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, REP 5.37.
4. Remove one spring (1), Figure 1.

Figure 2 Drive bracket assembly removal


6. Remove DADF take away clutch stopper, Figure 3.
a. Remove two E-clips(1).
b. Remove the DADF take away clutch stopper (2).

Figure 1 Spring removal


5. Remove the drive bracket assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the drive bracket assembly (2).

Figure 3 Take away clutch stopper removal


7. Remove the DADF take away clutch assembly (1), Figure 4.

1189 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.38
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 3 9 DA D F E x i t M o t o r a n d B e l t
Parts List on PL 5.10
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.

Figure 4 Take away clutch assembly removal 2. Remove the DADF exit motor, Figure 1.

Replacement a. Disconnect one connector (1).


b. Remove one spring (2).
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
c. Remove three screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF exit motor (4) with the belt.

Note: Be careful not to lose the spring.

Figure 1 DADF exit motor removal


Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1190


REP 5.39 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. R E P 5 . 4 0 DA D F P l a t e n M o t o r a n d B e l t
Note: Re-attach the belt to the exit motor before replacement. Parts List on PL 5.10
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF exit motor, REP 5.39.
3. Remove the DADF platen motor, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove one spring (2).
c. Remove three screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF platen motor (4) with belt.

Note: Be careful not to lose the spring.

Figure 2 DADF platen motor removal

1191 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.40
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Replacement R E P 5 . 4 1 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r a n d B e l t
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 5.10

Note: Re-attach the belt to the platen motor before replacement. Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF registration motor, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove one spring (2).
c. Remove three screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF registration motor (4) with belt.

Note: Be careful not to lose the spring.

Figure 2 DADF registration motor removal


Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1192


REP 5.41 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. R E P 5 . 4 2 Lo w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Note: Re-attach the belt to the registration motor before replacement. Parts List on PL 5.11
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the retard chute cover, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
b. Remove the retard chute cover (1).

Figure 1 Retard chute cover removal


2. Remove the retard roll, Figure 2.
a. Lift the retard shaft in the direction of the arrow (1).
b. Remove the retard roll in the direction of the arrow (2).

1193 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.42
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 4 3 DA D F F r i c t i o n C l u t c h
Parts List on PL 5.11
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the friction clutch, Figure 1.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the clutch stopper (2).
c. Remove the friction clutch (3).

Figure 2 Retard roll removal


3. Remove the lower chute assembly, Figure 3.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the lower chute assembly (2).

Figure 1 Friction clutch removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 3 Lower chute assembly removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1194


REP 5.43 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 4 4 R e t a r d Ro l l a n d S p r i n g
Parts List on PL 5.11
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the retard chute cover, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
b. Remove the retard chute cover (1).

Figure 2 Retard roll removal


3. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 5.42.
4. Remove the spring (1), Figure 3.

Figure 1 Retard chute cover removal


2. Remove the retard roll, Figure 2.
a. Lift the retard shaft in the direction of the arrow (1).
b. Remove the retard roll in the direction of the arrow (2).

Figure 3 Spring removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use “Initialize HFSI Counter” to clear the HFSI
counter. Chain Link: 955-806.

1195 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.44
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 4 5 DA D F E x i t E l i m i n a t o r
Parts List on PL 5.11
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the DADF lower chute assembly, REP 5.42.
4. Remove the DADF document tray, REP 5.55.
5. Remove the friction clutch, REP 5.43.
6. Remove the gear (21T) (1) and ball bearing (2), Figure 1.

Figure 2 Pivot shaft and retard holder assembly removal


8. Remove the exit guide, Figure 3.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the exit guide (2).

Figure 1 Gear (21T) and ball bearing removal


7. Remove the pivot shaft and retard holder assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the spring (1).
b. Remove the screw (2) securing the pivot shaft mounting bracket (3) to the frame.
c. Remove the pivot shaft (3) and retard holder (4) as assembly from the frame.

Figure 3 Exit guide removal


9. Remove the exit eliminator (1), Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1196


REP 5.45 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 4 6 N OT U S E D
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement

Figure 4 Exit eliminator removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1197 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.46
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 4 7 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n I n C h u t e A s s e m b l y R E P 5 . 4 8 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.12 Parts List on PL 5.12
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly. 1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Open the DADF left cover assembly. 2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, Figure 1. 3. Remove the DADF left lower cover, REP 5.2.
4. Remove the two front screws (1) securing the registration out chute assembly (2), Figure 1.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly (2).

Figure 1 Front screw removal


5. Remove the two rear screw (1), then remove the registration out chute assembly, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Pre registration in chute assembly removal
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1198


REP 5.47 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 4 9 P l a t e n H i g h Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.12
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Open the DADF.REP 5.2
4. Remove the DADF left lower cover, REP 5.2.
5. Remove the pulley (20T), Figure 1.
a. Remove two springs (1).
b. Remove the E-clip (2).
c. Remove the pulley (3).
d. Loosen the screw (4).
Figure 2 Registration out chute assembly removal e. Remove the guide (5).
f. Remove the E-clip (6).
Replacement
g. Remove the pulley (20T) (7).
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Pulley (20T) removal


6. Remove the platen high roll assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the pulley (20T) (2).
c. Remove the platen high roll assembly (3).

1199 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.49
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 5 0 DA D F E x i t 1 a n d P l a t e n B e l t s
Parts List on PL 5.12
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the exit 1 belt, Figure 1.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the gear (2).
c. Remove the exit 1 belt (3).

Figure 2 Platen high roll assembly removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: When installing the platen high roll assembly, remember to install the spring into the hole of
the platen high roll assembly, Figure 1.

Figure 1 Exit 1 belt removal


3. Remove the spring (1), Figure 2.

Figure 3 Spring installation location

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1200


REP 5.50 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 5 1 DA D F E x i t L o w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 5.13
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the bracket PWB, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3).

Figure 2 Spring removal


4. Slightly lift the gear (1), then remove the platen belt (2), Figure 3.

Figure 1 Bracket PWB removal


4. Remove the DADF exit motor and belt, REP 5.39.
5. Remove the exit rear hinge, Figure 2.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the gear (2).
Figure 3 Platen belt removal c. Remove the screw (3).
Replacement d. Remove the exit rear hinge (4).

The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1201 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.51
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Exit rear hinge removal Figure 4 Exit lower chute assembly removal
6. Remove the screw (1) securing the front hinge, Figure 3. Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 3 Front hinge screw removal


7. Open the DADF.
8. Open the exit lower chute assembly.
9. Remove the exit lower chute assembly, Figure 4.
a. Detach the DADF platen cushion (1) from the exit lower chute assembly.
b. Remove the front hinge (2) using a flat blade screw driver.
c. Remove the exit lower chute assembly (3).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1202


REP 5.51 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 5 2 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 5 3 DA D F O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.13
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF.
2. Open the exit lower chute assembly (1), Figure 1.

Figure 1 Exit lower chute assembly


3. Remove the out chute assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the out chute assembly (2).

1203 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.52
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 5 4 DA D F Fe e d Ro l l
Parts List on PL 5.14
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
2. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly, Figure 1.
a. Release two latches (1).
b. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly (2).

Figure 2 Out chute assembly removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 DADF Nudger housing assembly removal


3. Remove the bearing (PF101), Figure 2.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the gear assembly (26T) (2).
c. Remove two E-clips (3).
d. Remove the bearing (4).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1204


REP 5.54 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Bearing (PF101) removal Figure 4 Bearing (PF101) removal


4. Remove two nudger springs, Figure 3 6. Remove the feed shaft from feeder chute cover, Figure 5.
a. Remove the front nudger spring (1). a. Remove two E-clips (1).
b. Remove the rear nudger spring (2). b. Remove the feed shaft (2) in the direction of arrow from the feeder chute cover (3).

Figure 3 Nudger springs removal Figure 5 Feed shaft removal


5. Remove the bearing (PF101), Figure 4. 7. Remove the feed roll, Figure 6.

a. Remove the E-clip (1). a. Remove the feed shaft (1) from the nudger housing (2).
b. Lift the open end of the feed shaft in the direction of arrow, then remove the bearing (2). b. Remove the feed roll (3) from nudger housing (2).

1205 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.54
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 6 Feed roll removal Figure 8 Bearing alignment


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make note of the following while perform-
ing the replacement.

Note: Ensure that the pin (1) on the feed shaft align with groove on the nudger housing (2) during
installation, Figure 7.

Figure 7 Feed shaft installation


Note: Align and attach the linear part of the bearing to the installation hole of the DADF feeder
cover assembly, Figure 8.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1206


REP 5.54 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 5 . 5 5 DA D F D o c u m e n t Tra y c. Remove the tray damper bracket assembly (3).


Parts List on PL 5.5
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the tray wire harness from harness guide, Figure 2. Figure 3 Tray damper bracket assembly removal
a. Disconnect one connector (1). 5. Remove the DADF document tray, Figure 4.
b. Open the clamp (2), then remove the tray wire harness (3) from harness guide.

Figure 4 DADF document tray removal


Figure 2 Harness release Replacement
4. Remove the tray damper bracket assembly, Figure 3. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).

1207 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 5.55
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 5 . 5 6 DA D F P W B W i r e H a r n e s s a n d H a r n e s s G u i d e
Parts List on PL 5.3
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.

Figure 1 ESD symbol


1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Disconnect eleven connectors from DADF PWB, Figure 2 Figure 3 DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide removal
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 2 DADF PWB connectors


3. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect six connectors (2).
b. Remove the harnesses from harness guide (2).
c. Remove two screws (3) securing the harness guide (2).
d. Remove the harness guide.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1208


REP 5.56 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 0 . 1 Fu s e r
Parts List on PL 10.1
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Remove the Fuser, Figure 1 :

1 3
2 Turn Release Lift Fuser out
Slide out the Handle to the of the Transfer
Transfer Unit right Unit
until it stops

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1209 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 10.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 1 0 . 2 Fu s e r B l o c k R E P 1 0 . 3 Fu s i n g U n i t N i p S e n s o r
Parts List on Parts List on PL 10.1
Removal Removal
1. Remove the Fuser, REP 10.1. The procedure will be available in the coming update.
2. Release the tabs on the back of the fuser block, then remove the fuser block from the transfer
tray, Figure 1.
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Fuser block removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1210


REP 10.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

RE P 1 0 . 4 I n ve r t er A s s e mb l y
Parts List on PL 10.5
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Un-dock the Finisher from the IOT or remove the Offset Catch Tray.
3. Remove the Right Rear Upper and Right Upper Covers (Figure 1).

2
Remove screws (2)
and the Right Upper
Cover

Remove
screws (2)
and lift
Inverter
Cover to
remove
6. Remove Inverter 2 (Figure 3)

1
Remove screws
(2) and the
Right Rear Upper
Cover

4. Open the Inverter.


5. Remove the Inverter Cover (Figure 2). 2 1
Remove clips
(2) and pins
(2)

7. Disconnect connector and remove screws (Figure 4).

1211 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 10.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1
Disconnect
connector

1
Remove
screws
(2)

2
Remove
Inverter
2 1
Remove
screws
(2) Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

8. Remove Inverter 1 (Figure 5).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1212


REP 10.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 10.5 Exit Motor R E P 1 0. 6 I nve rt e r M o t o r A sse mb l y


Parts List on PL 10.1 Parts List on PL 10.1
Removal Removal
The procedure will be available in the coming update. The procedure will be available in the coming update.

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1213 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 10.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 1 0 . 7 R H Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h R E P 1 0 . 8 E x i t Fa n A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 10.7 Parts List on PL 10.10
Removal Removal
The procedure will be available in the coming update. The procedure will be available in the coming update.

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1214


REP 10.7 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 0 . 9 Fu s e r O u t Te m p S e n s o r R E P 1 0 . 1 0 Fu s e r I n l e t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 10.1 Parts List on PL 10.2
Removal Removal
The procedure will be available in the coming update. The procedure will be available in the coming update.

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1215 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 10.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 1 0 . 1 1 Fu s e r O u t Te m p S e n s o r R E P 1 0 . 1 2 Fu s e r I n l e t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 10.5 Parts List on PL 10.5
Removal Removal
The procedure will be available in the coming update. The procedure will be available in the coming update.

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1216


REP 10.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 1 0 . 1 3 Fu s e r I n l e t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 10.5
Removal
The procedure will be available in the coming update.

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1217 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 10.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 12.1 OCT REP 12.2 OCT Sensors


Parts List on PL 12.1 Parts List on PL 12.2
Removal Removal
1. Disconnect the harness from the IOT. 1. Remove the OCT, REP 12.1.
2. Lift the OCT to the closed position. 2. Remove the OTC tray full sensor, Figure 1 :
3. Remove the screw at the bottom of the OCT. a. Disconnect the connector (1).
4. Slide the base tray assembly to the rear of the machine. b. Remove the screw (2).
5. Remove the OCT. c. Remove the OCT full tray sensor (3).
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 OCT full tray sensor removal


3. Separate the OCT support from the base tray, Figure 2 :
a. Turn the OCT assembly over, bottom up, release two tabs (1) locking the shafts (2) in-place.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1218


REP 12.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Shaft tab release


b. Lift the shafts out of the OCT support, then slide the shafts out of the OCT support to sepa- Figure 3 OCT position sensor removal
rate the OCT support from the base tray.
Replacement
4. Remove the OTC position sensor, Figure 3 :
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Lift the sensor bracket (2) from the OCT support.
c. Release the tabs (3) of the OTC position sensor to remove.

1219 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 12.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 12.3 OCT Motor


Parts List on PL 12.2
Removal
1. Remove the OCT, REP 12.1.
2. Separate the OCT support from the base tray, Shaft tab release :
a. Turn the OCT assembly over, bottom up, release two tabs (1) locking the shafts (2) in-place.

Figure 2 OCT motor cover removal


4. Remove two screws (1), then remove the OCT motor (2), Figure 3.

Figure 1 Shaft tab release


b. Lift the shafts out of the OCT support, then slide the shafts out of the OCT support to sepa-
rate the OCT support from the base tray.
3. Turn the OCT support over, remove three screws (1), disconnect the connector (2), then remove
the OCT motor cover (3), Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1220


REP 12.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 12.4 SCT


Parts List on PL 12.3
Removal
Perform REP 12.1, OCT Removal, to remove the SCT.

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 3 OCT motor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1221 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 12.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 2 8 . 1 R i g h t U p p e r Co v e r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 28.1
Removal
1. Remove the right rear upper cover, REP 28.5.
2. Remove the right upper cover assembly, Figure 1.
a. Open the front cover assembly (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the right upper cover assembly (3).

Figure 1 Right upper cover removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1222


REP 28.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 2 8 . 2 Le f t U p p e r Co v e r
Parts List on PL 28.1
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the tray assembly and UI, REP 5.16.
3. Remove the tray 5 / bypass, Figure 1 :
a. Raise the bypass tray.
b. Disconnect the connector to the left side of copier/printer.
c. Open the lower cover of the bypass tray, then remove two screws (1).
d. Grasp the bypass tray firmly with both hands, then lift up and out to remove.

2
1 Remove the
Remove four IIT left
screws. cover

6. Remove the left upper cover (Figure 3).

1
Remove two
screws

1
Remove two
4. Remove the IIT front cover, REP 28.4. screws.
5. Remove the IIT left cover, Figure 2.
2
Remove the
left upper
cover

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1223 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 28.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 2 8 . 3 Re a r L o w e r C o v e r R E P 2 8 . 4 Re a r U p p e r L e f t C o v e r
Parts List on PL 28.1 Parts List on PL 28.3
Removal Removal
1. Remove the rear lower cover, Figure 1. 1. Remove the rear upper left cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the rear upper left cover (2).

2
Remove the
Rear Lower
Cover.

1
Remove four
(4) screws.

Replacement Figure 1 Rear upper left cover

1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement


The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1224


REP 28.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 2 8 . 5 Re a r U p p e r R i g h t C o v e r R E P 2 8 . 6 M a i n Po w e r a n d Fr o n t C o v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h
Parts List on PL 28.3 Parts List on PL 28.1
Removal Removal
1. Remove the rear upper right cover, Figure 1. The procedure will be available in the coming update.
a. Remove five screws (1). Replacement
b. Remove the rear upper right cover (2).

Figure 1 Rear upper right cover removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1225 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 28.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 4 0 . 1 Fu s e r D r i v e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 40.3
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly (REP 3.1).
3. Remove the Fuser Duct (Figure 1).

Remove
screws (2)
and the
Fuser Duct

4. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan and Duct (Figure 2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1226


REP 40.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
2 6. Remove the Fan. (Figure 4)
Remove screws (2) and the
Fuser Exhaust Fan

Remove the
screws (2) and
remove the Fan

5. Remove the Vacuum Transport Duct. (Figure 3)

1 7. Disconnect connectors and release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 5).
Remove the 2
screws and
remove the duct

1227 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove
screws (4)
and the
Fuser Drive
Assembly

1
Disconnect
connectors
(2)

2
Release Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

8. Release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 6).

Release Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

9. Remove the Fuser Drive Assembly (Figure 7).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1228


REP 40.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

RE P 4 0 . 2 M ai n Dr i ve A s s em bl y
Parts List on PL 40.1
Removal 2 Remove
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. screws
(2) and
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1. the V -
Transport
3. Remove the Main K-Duct (1), Figure 1. Duct

1 Remove
screws (2)
and the Main
K - Duct

5. Remove the V-Transport Fan and Duct, Figure 3.

1
4. Remove the V-Transport Duct (2), Figure 2.

2
Remove two
screws and
the V -
Transport
fan and
Duct

6. Remove the Tension Bracket (3), Figure 4.

1229 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
NOTE: 2
Disconnect
Connectors.

3
Release
Wire
3 Remove Harness
screws from
(3) and Harness
the Clips
Tension
Bracket

1
Disconnect
connectors

7. Remove the Gear Bracket (4), Figure 5. 9. Remove the Main Drive Assembly (5), Figure 7.

4 Remove
screws (2)
and the
Gear
Bracket

8. Disconnect connectors (1,2), then release the Wire Harness from Harness Clips (3), Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1230


REP 40.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 4 0. 3 D eve l o p er D ri ve A s s em bl y ( K ) an d Be l t s
Parts List on PL 40.1
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly (REP 3.1).
3. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (K) (REP 40.5).
4. Remove the Tension Bracket (Figure 1).

5 Remove
screws (4)
and the Main
Drive
Assembly

Remove screws
(3) and the
Replacement Tension Bracket
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 5. Remove the Gear Bracket (Figure 2).

1231 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws
(2) and the
Gear Bracket

1 2
Disconnect Remove Harness from Harness
connector Clips (3)

7. Loosen the Belt Tension (Figure 4).

6. Disconnect connector and release Wire Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 3).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1232


REP 40.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Remove the
Belt from the
Pulley

Loosen screws
and move
brackets to
loosen Belt
8. Remove the Belt from the Pulley (Figure 5). tension 9. Remove the Rear Cooling Fan and Duct (Figure 6).

1233 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

1 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.


Disconnect
connector

2
Remove screws
(2) and the
Fan and Duct

10. Remove the Developer Drive Assembly (K) (Figure 7).

Remove screws (5) and


the Developer Drive
Assembly (K)
Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1234


REP 40.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

RE P 4 0 . 4 D e vel o p e r D r ive A s s e mb l y ( Y , M , C )
Parts List on PL 40.1
Removal Remove
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. screws
(2) and
2. Open the Chassis Assembly (REP 3.1). the V -
Transport
3. Remove the Main K-Duct (Figure 1). Duct

Remove screws
(2) and the
Main K - Duct

5. Remove the Fuser Duct and the Bracket (Figure 3).

4. Remove the Vacuum Transport Duct (Figure 2).

1235 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws
(2) and the Y, M
1 2 Cooling Duct
Remove Remove screws
screws (2) (2) and the 7. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (C) (Figure 5).
and Fuser Bracket
Duct
6. Remove the Y, M Cooling Duct (Figure 4).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1236


REP 40.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1 1
Disconnect
Disconnect connectors (2)
connectors (2)

2 3 2 3
Release Harness Remove screws (3) Release Harness Remove screws (3) and
from Harness and the Drum Motor from Harness the Drum Motor
Clips (2) Assembly (C) Clip Assembly (M)

8. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (M) (Figure 6). 9. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (Y) (Figure 7).

1237 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1 1
Disconnect Disconnect connectors
connectors (2) (2)

2
Remove screws (2)
and the Drum Motor
YMC PWB
11. Remove the Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C) (Figure 9).

2
Remove screws (3) and the Drum
Motor Assembly (M)

10. Remove the Drum Motor YMC PWB Assembly (Figure 8).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1238


REP 40.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 40.5 Drum Motor Assembly (K)


Parts List on PL 40.1

2 1 Removal
Remove screws Disconnect
(3) connectors (2) 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly (REP 3.1).
3. Remove the Main - K Duct (Figure 1).

2
Remove screws (5) and the
Developer Drive Assembly
(Y, M, C)

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Remove screws
(2) and the
Main - K Duct
4. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (K) (Figure 2).

1239 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 4 0 . 6 Fu s e r D r i v e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 1.1
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly (REP 3.1).
1 3. Remove the Fuser Duct (Figure 1).
Disconnect
Connectors
(2)
Remove
screws (2)
and the
Fuser Duct

2 3
Remove screws Gently pull out the Drum
(3) Motor Assembly

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

4. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan and Duct (Figure 2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1240


REP 40.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
2 6. Remove the Fan. (Figure 4)
Remove screws (2) and the
Fuser Exhaust Fan

Remove the
screws (2) and
remove the Fan

5. Remove the Vacuum Transport Duct. (Figure 3)

1 7. Disconnect connectors and release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 5).
Remove the 2
screws and
remove the duct

1241 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 40.6
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove
screws (4)
and the
Fuser Drive
Assembly

1
Disconnect
connectors
(2)

2
Release Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

8. Release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 6).

Release Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

9. Remove the Fuser Drive Assembly (Figure 7).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1242


REP 40.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 60.1 ROS Assembly (C,K)


Parts List on PL 60.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the IIT frame, REP 60.5.
3. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
4. Loosen eleven screws, then remove the MCU cover, PL 1.1.
5. On the MCU PWB, disconnect ribbon cables and open the cable clip, Figure 1.

2
Open the cable clip,
then gently move ribbon
cables to the left

1
Disconnect
ribbon
cables (4)

6. Remove the IIT plate, Figure 2.

1243 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws (4) and


Right and Left Plates

Loosen screws
(3) and remove
IIT Plate

9. Open the cable clip, Figure 4.


7. Remove all toner cartridges.
8. Remove the left and right plates, Figure 3.

Open the cable Clip


and gently move
ribbon cables to the
left

10. Remove the ROS Assembly (C, K), Figure 5.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1244


REP 60.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
1
NOTE: Remove 2 C -28 3 -17
In this screws (3)
figure, The Y, K 759-904 759-908 759-912
M ROS has been
removed to K -4 -3 -17
show location
of screws
better. Note: The following NVM locations exist on all 770, 550/560 and C75/J75 IOTs - also on 700s with
IOT software v54.43 or above.
Table 2 ROS Values-NVM Locations
ROS values NVM Location

Y first value 759-901

Y second value 759-905

Y third value 759-909

M first value 759-902

3 M second value 759-906


Gently pull on
the ribbon M third value 759-910
4 cables to get
more slack C first value 759-903
Disconnect ribbon
cables (4) and gently (disconnected
remove the ROS Assembly and moved in C second value 759-907
step )
C third value 759-911
Pre-Replacement Preparation K first value 759-904
1. After replacing the ROS assembly, enter the number from the bar-code label (affixed tempora-
rily to the ROS assembly) into the appropriate NVM locations as shown in Table 1. K second value 759-908

Note: NVM values can be negative values. There are 3 values for each color. K third value 759-912

2. After entering this data into NVM stick the bar-code label in the machine history log for storage
and future reference.

Note: Correctly entering the ROS specific NVM values into their correct NVM locations may create
a color registration accuracy improvement by as much as 40 microns

Replacement
Figure 1 Examples of Bar Code labels on ROS Assemblies 1. Ensure that ribbon cables are properly re-connected.
Note: If the value on the label is preceded by a zero (0), DO NOT enter the 0 in the NVM location. 2. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
Example: 3. Perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 9.8).
Table 1 Example of Translating Bar Code Label Values into NVM Location
Values
Y 759-901 759-905 759-909

Y -11 14 -7

M 759-902 759-906 759-910

M -11 21 -9

C 759-903 759-907 759-911

1245 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 60.2 ROS Assembly (Y, M)


Parts List on PL 60.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the IIT frame, REP 60.5.
3. Remove the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
4. Loosen eleven screws, then remove the MCU cover, PL 1.1.
5. On the MCU PWB, disconnect ribbon cables and open ribbon cable clip, Figure 1.
Loosen screws
(3) and remove
IIT Plate
2
Open The cable Clip and
gently move ribbon
cables to the left

7. Remove all toner cartridges.


8. Remove left and right plates, Figure 3.

Remove screws (4)


6. Remove the IIT Plate, Figure 2. and Right and Left
Plates

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1246


REP 60.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
9. Disconnect ribbon cables, Figure 4. Pre-Replacement Preparation
1. After replacing the ROS assembly, enter the number from the bar-code label (affixed tempora-
1 rily to the ROS assembly) into the appropriate NVM locations as shown in Table 1.
Disconnect
ribbon cables
(2) Note: NVM values can be negative values. There are 3 values for each color.

Figure 1 Examples of Bar Code labels on ROS Assemblies


Note: If the value on the label is preceded by a zero (0), DO NOT enter the 0 in the NVM location.
Example:
Table 1 Example of Translating Bar Code Label Values into NVM Location
Values
Y 759-901 759-905 759-909

Y -11 14 -7
2
Open the cable Clip M 759-902 759-906 759-910
and gently move
ribbon cables to M -11 21 -9
the left
C 759-903 759-907 759-911
10. Remove the ROS assembly (Y, M), Figure 5.
C -28 3 -17
1 3 2
Remove screws Gently pull on the K 759-904 759-908 759-912
(3) ribbon cables to
get more slack K -4 -3 -17
(disconnected and
moved in step 5) Note: The following NVM locations exist on all 770, 550/560 and C75/J75 I OTs - also on 700s with
IOT software v54.43 or above.
Table 2 ROS Values-NVM Locations
ROS values NVM Location

Y first value 759-901

Y second value 759-905

Y third value 759-909

M first value 759-902


4
Disconnect four
ribbon cables, then M second value 759-906
gently remove the
ROS Assembly M third value 759-910

C first value 759-903

C second value 759-907

C third value 759-911

1247 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

ROS values NVM Location R E P 6 0 . 3 I I T Re a r C o v e r


Parts List on PL 60.2
K first value 759-904
Removal
K second value 759-908
1. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4.
K third value 759-912
2. Remove rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.

2. After entering this data into NVM stick the bar-code label in the machine history log for storage 3. Remove the DADF IF Cover, PL 60.2 Item 5.
and future reference. 4. Disconnect the Connector, and release the clamp of DADF-ESS cable, Figure 1.

Note: Correctly entering the ROS specific NVM values into their correct NVM locations may create a. Release the clamp (1).
a color registration accuracy improvement by as much as 40 microns b. Disconnect the connector (2).
Replacement c. Release four clamps holding the harness (3).

1. Ensure that ribbon cables are properly re-connected.


2. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
3. Perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 9.8).

Figure 1 Rear upper left cover removal


5. Remove the filter duct assembly, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the filter duct assembly.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1248


REP 60.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 2 Filter duct assembly


6. Open the DADF 90 degrees.
7. Remove the IIT rear cover, Figure 3.
a. Remove the screw (x3) at the front.
b. Remove the screw (x1) at the rear.
c. Remove the IIT rear cover.

Figure 3 IIT rear cover removal


Replacement

1249 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 60.4 Platen Glass


Parts List on PL 60.4
Removal
1. Open the DADF 90 degrees.
2. Remove the platen glass, Figure 1.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the right plate (2).
c. Remove the platen glass (3).

Figure 2 Platen glass replacement


2. After installation of the new platen glass, perform ADJ 9.1 DC945 MAX Setup.

Figure 1 Platen glass removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: Push the platen glass in the direction of arrow A and the right side plate in the direction
of arrow B, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1250


REP 60.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 6 0 . 5 I I T Fr a m e O p e n i n g a n d C l o s i n g 10. Remove the rear upper left cover, REP 28.4, and the rear upper right cover, REP 28.5.
11. Remove the cooling fan duct assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
CAUTION: Move the brace shaft in the proper direction (A). The brace shaft might b. Remove two screws (2).
break if strength is applied in direction B, Figure 1.
c. Remove the filter duct assembly (3).

Figure 2 Cooling fan duct assembly removal


12. Open the controller door, REP 3.1.
13. Remove the Ground Bracket, Figure 3 :
a. Remove the Flat cable (Thin) (1).
b. Disconnect the connector (2).
c. Remove the Flat cable (Thick) (3).
Figure 1 Brace shaft d. Loosen two screws (4).
1. Remove the SCT/OCT and the exit fan assembly, or any connected accessory. e. Remove the Ground Bracket (5).
2. Remove the UI control panel together with the wing table assembly.
3. Remove the MSI, REP 70.12.
4. Remove the top front cover assembly, REP 60.17.
5. Remove the IIT left cover.
• Installation screws: x2 at the top, x2 at the left
6. Remove the left upper cover, REP 28.2.
7. Remove the IIT right cover.
• Installation screws: x2 at the top, x2 at the right
8. For machines installed with finisher, remove the finisher docking plate.
• Installation screw: M4: x2
9. Remove the right upper cover assembly, REP 28.1.

1251 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Figure 4 IIT arm shaft removal
15. Remove two stoppers on the left-side of the IIT, Figure 5.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove two stoppers (2).

Figure 3 Ground bracket removal


14. Remove the arm shaft (1) used for opening/closing the IIT frame, Figure 4.

Figure 5 IIT left-side stopper removal


16. Remove two stoppers on the right-side of the IIT, Figure 6.
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove two stoppers (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1252


REP 60.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Figure 6 IIT right-side stopper removal a. Loosen the screw (1).
17. Remove the DADF rear cover, then insert a screwdriver into the hole of the left counter balance b. Move the lock brace bracket (2) in the direction of the arrow, then tighten the screw (1).
prohibiting the DADF from opening, Figure 7.

Figure 7 Secure the DADF hinge


18. Open the IIT frame, Figure 8.
a. Install the arm shaft and open the IIT frame (1).
b. Align the tip of the brace shaft to the arrow, then insert it into the support bracket hole (2).

Figure 9 Brace shaft installation


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 8 IIT frame bracing


19. Secure the brace shaft, Figure 9.

1253 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Note: please take note of the following procedural help: R E P 6 0 . 6 C C D Le n s K i t
1. Push the stoppers on the right-side of the IIT in the direction of the arrows, then tighten the Parts List on PL 60.4
screw, Figure 10.
Removal
Note: Optical axis correction using UI diagnostics is required after replacing the parts. After re-
placement, always check the optical axis and perform the optical axis correction adjustment where
necessary. (The correction procedures are described in this step.)
1. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.4.
2. Remove four screws, then remove the CCD lens cover assembly, Figure 1.

Figure 10 IIT right-side stopper installation


2. Push two stoppers on the left-side of the IIT in the direction of the arrows, then tighten the
screw, Figure 11.

Figure 1 CCD lens cover assembly removal


3. Remove APS sensor 1, REP 60.7.
4. Remove the CCD-Cont video flat cable and connector, Figure 2.

Figure 11 IIT left-side stopper installation a. Release the hook, and remove the connector (1) of the CCD-Cont video flat cable.
b. Disconnect the connector on the CCD lens power harness (2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1254


REP 60.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 CCD-Cont video flat cable and connector removal Figure 3 CCD lens kit removal
5. Remove the CCD lens kit, Figure 3. Replacement
Note: When removing the CCD lens kit, never remove the screw of the jig pin (x2). 1. After installation of the new lens and CCD, make a copy of the test chart (499T 00283) on A3
paper. Check the lead/trail edges and both sides.
CAUTION: When removing the CCD lens kit, never remove the screw securing the jig
pins. 2. If any problems are found with the image (especially alignment), carry out ADJ 9.1, DC945 MAX
Setup.
a. Remove four screws (1). 3. Connect the CCD-Cont video flat cable and connector.
b. Remove the CCD lens kit (2). 4. Install the APS sensor 2 and APS sensor cover.
5. Install the CCD lens cover assembly and platen glass. (No need to install the guide for holding
the glass.)
6. Make a copy of the test chart (499T 00283) onto A3 paper. Check lead/trail edges and both
sides.

1255 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.6
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
WARNING:

• If any problem is found in the image (especially alignment), jump to Step 11.
• In the following steps, it is best to work where outside light is minimized. If the
servicing site is located directly below the fluorescent light, perform the servicing
with the DADF covered to reduce external light.

7. Continue replacement in the reverse of the removal procedure.


8. Enter UI Diag: [IIT Calibration] > White Reference Adjustment > CCD Calibration > Optical Axis
Correction >.
9. Follow the instructions shown on the screen. Open the DADF and press [Start].

Note: The lamp carriage moves and the lamp irradiates.


10. Check the following items on the UI screen, Table 1 :
Table 1 Table 1
Optical Axis Correction

Optical Axis Correction Result NG

Front Nut Correction Angle -: Left rotation (CCW) -90

Rear Nut Correction Angle +: Right rotation (CW) -555

• Optical Axis Correction Result: Displays OK/NG. If OK appears, the operation is complete. If
NG appears, correction is needed.
• Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle: Shows a combination of +/- and numerals.
• Front Nut refers to the Nut at the front of the CCD Lens Kit.
• Rear Nut refers to the Nut at the rear of the CCD Lens Kit.
Figure 4 Adjustment nut location
• +: Refers to right (CW) rotation.
13. After the adjustment, enter ADJ 9.1 MAX Setup [DC945: IIT Calibration] > White Reference Ad-
• -: Refers to left (CCW) rotation. justment > CCD Calibration > Optical Axis Correction >, then perform the Optical Axis Correction
• Numeral: Refers to the angle. (Unit: degrees) again.
11. Using the information on the UI screen and the content in, Table 1, as an example: 14. Repeat Steps 11 to 18 until the result on the UI displays [OK].
15. Reinstall all removed parts.
a. The Front Nut must be rotated 90 degrees to the left.
b. The Rear Nut must be rotated 555 degrees to the left.
c. If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the platen glass and the mirror, etc.
and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.
12. Rotate the nut, Figure 4, as required in Figure 1.

Note: Draw a line on the tip of the box driver as shown in Figure 4 to ensure proper numbers of
screw rotation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1256


REP 60.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 60.7 APS Sensor 1 REP 60.8 APS Sensor 2


Parts List on PL 60.4 Parts List on PL 60.4
Removal Removal
1. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.4. 1. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.4.
2. Remove the CCD lens cover assembly, PL 60.4 Item 1. 2. Remove the APS sensor 2, Figure 1.
3. Remove APS sensor 1, Figure 1. a. Disconnect the connector (1).
a. Remove two screws (1). b. Remove the screw (2).
b. Remove the sensor cover (2). c. Remove the APS sensor 2 (3).
c. Remove the screw (rounded) (3).
d. Remove APS sensor 1 (4).

Figure 1 APS sensor 2 removal

Replacement
Figure 1 APS sensor removal
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1257 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 6 0 . 9 I I T Tra n s P W B R E P 6 0 . 1 0 Fr o n t / Re a r C a r r i a g e C a b l e
Parts List on PL 60.4 Parts List on PL 60.5
Removal Removal
Note: Backup the NVM data before installing a new IIT Trans PWB. Refer to, dC301 Initialize NVM Note: Carriage cable has a different coating in the Front and Rear.
1. Remove the IIT rear cover, PL 60.2 Item 4. Rear: Silver
2. Remove the IIT Trans PWB, Figure 1. Front: Black
a. Disconnect six connectors (1).
Note: Only the replacement procedures for the Rear Carriage cable are described here. The replace-
b. Remove six screws (2). ment procedures for the Front Carriage cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage cable.
c. Remove the IIT Trans PWB (3).
Note: The Carriage cables must be replaced one by one. Never remove both front and rear cables
at the same time.
1. Open the DADF.
2. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.2.
3. Remove the screw of the full-rate carriage from the carriage cable, Figure 1.
a. Move the full-rate carriage (1) to the opening in the frame.
b. Remove the screw (2).

Figure 1 IIT Trans PWB removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Figure 1 Move the full-rate carriage
Note: After installation of a new IIT Trans PWB, restore the NVM data backed up at the start
of the procedure. Refer to, dC301 Initialize NVM. 4. Remove the carriage cable, Figure 2.
a. Detach the spring from the frame (1).
b. Detach the cable from the spring (2).
c. Detach the ball from the notch (3) of the frame, then remove the carriage cable.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1258


REP 60.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
a. Wind the cable 3.5 revolutions (1).
b. Affix the cable at the spring end on the frame using tape (2) to assist installation.

Figure 2 Carriage cable spring removal


Replacement
1. Insert the ball of the carriage cable into the groove of the pulley, Figure 3.

Figure 4 Carriage cable spring-end installation


3. Wind the carriage cable at the ball end around the pulley, Figure 5 :
a. Wind the cable 2.5 revolutions (1).
b. Affix the cable wound around the pulley using tape to prevent loosening (2).

Figure 3 Carriage cable center ball installation


2. Install the carriage cable on the pulley, Figure 4 :

1259 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.10
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 5 Carriage cable ball-end installation Figure 6 Correct carriage cable turns on the pulley
Note: The figure below shows the number of carriage cable turns at the front and rear, Figure 4. Install the ball end of the carriage cable, Figure 7 :
6.
a. Hang the cable on the idler pulley (1).
b. Hang the cable onto the rear side of the pulley of half-rate carriage (2).
c. Hang the ball on the notch of the frame (3).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1260


REP 60.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 7 Carriage cable ball-end installation Figure 8 Carriage cable spring installation
5. Carriage cable spring installation, Figure 8 : 6. Install the cable to the full-rate carriage, Figure 9 :
a. Peel off the tape that secures the cable (1). a. Remove the tape on the pulley (1).
b. Hang the cable on the pulley (2). b. Move the full-rate carriage to the notch on the frame (2).
c. Hang it onto the front side of the pulley of half-rate carriage (3). c. Attach the cable to the full-rate carriage (3).
d. Hang the cable onto the idler pulley (4).
e. Hang the spring on the cable and attach it to the frame (5).

1261 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.10
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R EP 6 0. 11 Car r iag e Mot or


Parts List on PL 60.5
Removal
1. Remove the IIT Rear Cover, REP 60.3.
2. Remove the carriage motor, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove two clamps (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the tension spring (4).
e. Remove the belt from the pulley, then remove the carriage motor (5).

Figure 9 Carriage cable to full-rate carriage installation


7. Restore the machine to its original state.
8. Perform ADJ 5.1, Full/Half-rate Carriage Position Adjustment.

Figure 1 Carriage motor removal

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1262


REP 60.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 6 0 . 1 2 P l a t e n I n t e r l o c k Sw i tc h R E P 6 0 . 1 3 I I T Re g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Parts List on PL 60.5 Parts List on REP 60.5
Removal Removal
1. Remove the front panel assembly, REP 60.17. 1. Remove the IIT rear cover, REP 60.3.
2. Remove the platen interlock switch, Figure 1 : 2. Remove the ESS cooling fan assembly to gain access to the IIT registration sensor bracket screw,
Figure 1 :
a. Disconnect the connector, then open the cable clamp (1).
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the screw (2)
c. Remove the platen interlock switch (3). b. Remove the screw (2).
c. Remove the ESS cooling fan assembly (3).

Figure 1 ESS Cooling Fan assembly


3. Remove the IIT registration sensor, Figure 2 :
a. Release the wire harness from the clamp (1).
b. Remove the screw (2).
c. Remove the IIT registration sensor (3).

Figure 1 Platen interlock switch removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1263 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
[Chain Link: 956-808]

Figure 2 IIT registration sensor


4. Detach the IIT registration sensor from the bracket, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Detach the IIT registration sensor from the bracket (2).

Figure 3 IIT registration sensor removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. After installation of a new IIT registration sensor, enter Diag Mode and clear the [DC135 HFSI]
counter.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1264


REP 60.13 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 60.14 Platen Angle Sensor


Parts List on PL 60.5
Removal
1. Open the DADF 90 degrees.
2. Remove the upper left screw of rear upper right cover, REP 60.5.
3. Remove the IIT right cover, PL 60.2 Item 3.
4. Remove the actuator, Figure 1 :
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the actuator (2).

Figure 2 Platen angle sensor removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Actuator removal


5. Remove the platen angle sensor, Figure 2 :
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the platen angle sensor (2).

1265 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.14
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 6 0 . 1 5 Fu l l - R a t e C a r r i a g e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 60.6
Removal
1. Remove the IIT rear cover, REP 60.3.
2. Disconnect the LED flat cable from the IIT Trans PWB, Figure 1.

Figure 2 Carriage cable removal


5. Remove the full-rate carriage assembly, Figure 1 :
a. Rotate the full-rate carriage assembly (1) in the direction of the arrow.
b. Remove the full-rate carriage assembly (2).

Figure 1 LED flat cable disconnect


3. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.4.
4. Remove the screws securing the full-rate carriage, Figure 2 :
a. Move the full-rate carriage to the notch in the IIT frame (1).
b. Remove two screws (2).

Figure 3 Full-rate carriage removal


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: Perform ADJ 5.1 Full/Half-rate Carriage Position Adjustment.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1266


REP 60.15 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 6 0 . 1 6 H a l f - Ra t e C a r r i a g e A s s e m b l y R E P 6 0 . 1 7 To p Fr o n t Co v e r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 60.6 Parts List on PL 28.4
Removal Removal
The procedure will be available in the next update. 1. Open the DADF.
2. Open the toner cartridge cover.
Replacement
3. Release the top front cover assembly, Figure 1 :
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
a. Remove the stylus pen (1).
Note: Perform ADJ 5.1 Full/Half-rate Carriage Position Adjustment. b. Loosen two screws (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).

Figure 1 Release the top front cover assembly


4. Remove the top front cover assembly, Figure 2 :
a. Hold the top front cover assembly and move it slightly to the front (1).
b. Release the USB cable from the clamp (2), the dicconect the USB connector (3).
c. remove the top front cover assembly (1).

1267 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 60.16
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Top front cover assembly removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1268


REP 60.17 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 7 0 . 1 Tra y 1 A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 70.1
Removal
1. Fully open Tray1.
2. Open the Left chute cover assembly.
3. Remove the Tray 1 Connector Cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the Tray 1 Connector Cover.

Figure 3 j0hs41203
6. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly, Figure 4.
a. Remove the screw (x2).
b. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly.

Figure 1 j0hs41201
4. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Out Chute, Figure 2.
a. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Out Chute.

Figure 4 j0hs41204
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse if the removal procedure.

Note: After installation, clear the HFSI Counter.


"Chain Link: 954-820": Tray 1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
"Chain Link: 954-837": Tray 1 Feeder Unit

Figure 2 j0hs41202
5. Disconnect the connector, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect the connector (x2).

1269 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 7 0 . 2 Tra y 2 A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 80.4
Removal
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Open the Left Chute Cover Assembly.
3. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Out Chute, Figure 1.
a. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Out Chute.

Figure 2 Tray 2 connector cover removal


5. Disconnect the connector, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect the connector (x2).

Figure 1 Tray 2 removal


4. Remove the Tray 2 Connector Cover, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the Tray 2 Connector Cover.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1270


REP 70.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 3 Connector disconnect Figure 4 Tray 2 feed assembly removal


6. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove the screw (x2). The replacement is the reverse if the removal procedure.
b. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly.
Note: After installation, clear the HFSI Counter.
"Chain Link: 954-821": Tray 2 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
"Chain Link: 954-838": Tray 2 Feeder Unit

1271 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 7 0 . 3 Tra y 1 a n d Tra y 2 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r R E P 7 0 . 4 Tra y 3 A s s e m b l y


Parts List on PL 70.4 , PL 70.5 Parts List on PL 70.6
Removal Removal
To be added in coming update 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Pull out Tray 3 and remove the paper.
Replacement
3. Remove the Tray 3 mounting screw and bracket, Figure 1.

NOTE:
Note the position of
the mounting bracket
prior to removal.

1
Remove the mounting screw and
bracket.

4. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1272


REP 70.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

2 R E P 7 0 . 5 Tra y 3 C a b l e K i t
Carefully remove the Tray 3 Assembly from Parts List on PL 70.7
the machine.
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. REP 70.4
3. At the rear of the Tray 3 Assembly, remove (2) cable ends from the pocket of the Lift Shaft, Fig-
ure 1.
a. Remove (2) E-Clips, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys.
b. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from its bracket, and
slide the Pulley on the Lift Shaft to release the cable ends trapped in the pocket underneath
the Pulley.
c. Remove (1) E-Clip, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.
d. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Rear Cable.

1
Lift the outboard edge of the Tray 3
Assembly about 1 inch (25mm) in
order to clear the tray rails.

Replacement
1
1. The replacement is the reverse of the Removal procedure. Remove
these items
to put
slack in
the cable.

2
Slack cable
allows Lift
Shaft to be
disengaged and
Pulley moved,
freeing 2 cable
ends.
Replacement
1. Install the Rear Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Reinstall the Tray 3 Assembly on its rails in the copier/printer.
3. Reinstall the bracket, located under the left front corner of the copier/printer.

1273 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
a. Position the bracket under the left front corner of the copier/printer. R E P 7 0 . 6 Tra y 3 L i f t Co m p o n e n t s
b. Install the securing screw. Parts List on
c. Pull out Tray 3, place paper back into the tray, and slide Tray 3 back into the copier/printer.
Removal
To be added in coming update

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1274


REP 70.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 7 0 . 7 Tra y 4 A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 70.8
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Pull out Tray 4 to the 15 cm position.
3. Remove the screws securing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly to the Tray 4 Assembly, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screws (2).

Note: The screws may be in a slightly different location than shown in the figure.

Figure 2 Removing the Tray 4 Stopper


6. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.

Note: If the Tray 4 Transport Assembly moves with the Tray 4 Assembly, use your left hand to
support the Transport Assembly as you pull the Tray 4 Assembly out of the copier/printer. You
can then separate the two pieces of equipment after they have been removed from the copier/
printer. If, however, the Tray 4 Transport Assembly stays in place on its rails, then just remove
the Tray 4 Assembly by itself, making replacement easier.
Replacement
1. If necessary, slide the Tray 4 Transport Assembly onto its rails inside the copier/printer.
2. Install the Tray 4 Assembly onto its rails and check to see that the assembly is moving freely on
its rollers.
3. Install the Stopper.
4. Roll the Tray 4 Assembly in to meet up with the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the screws securing Tray 4 Transport Assembly 5. Secure the Tray 4 Transport Assembly to the Tray 4 Assembly with (2) screws.
4. Pull Tray 4 further out and remove the paper. 6. Place paper back into Tray 4 and slide Tray 4 back into the copier/printer.
5. Remove the Stopper, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the Stopper.

1275 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 7 0 . 8 Tra y 4 C a b l e K i t
Parts List on PL 70.9
Removal
Front cable removal:
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. REP 70.7
3. Remove the Tray 4 Cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove four screws (1).
b. Remove the Tray 4 Cover.

1
Remove the
E-Clip and
slide the
Pulley
forward to
remove the
cable
ends.
5. Remove two E-Clips, two Wire Guides, and two Pulleys.
6. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in two places and remove the Front Cable.
Rear Cable Removal :
1. At the rear of the Tray 4 Assembly, remove two cable ends from the pocket of the Lift Shaft, Fig-
ure 3.
a. Remove two E-Clips, two Wire Guides, and two Pulleys (1).
1 b. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from its bracket, and
Remove (4) slide the Pulley on the Lift Shaft to release the cable ends trapped in the pocket underneath
securing screws. the Pulley (2).
Note the screw
that has to be c. Remove the two cable ends from the Lift Shaft.
removed from the d. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in two places and remove the Rear Cable.
sheet metal of
left side.

4. Remove the two cable ends from the pocket of the Lift Shaft, Figure 2.
a. Remove the E-Clip from the end of the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the Pulley forward (towards you) on the Lift Shaft.
c. Remove the two cable ends.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1276


REP 70.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 7 0 . 9 Tra y 4 L i f t Co m p o n e n t s
Parts List on
Removal
To be added in coming update

Replacement

2
Slack cable
1 allows Lift
Remove these Shaft to be
items to put disengaged and
slack in the Pulley moved,
cable. freeing two
cable ends.

Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1277 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 7 0 . 1 0 Tra y 3 / 4 Ra c k / P i n i o n R E P 7 0 . 1 1 Tra y 3 / 4 Tra y Ro l l s


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
To be added in coming update To be added in coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1278


REP 70.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 7 0 . 1 2 M S I Tra y 5 / By p a s s Fe e d e r
Parts List on PL 70.10
Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the MSI Tray 5 / Bypass, PL 70.10 Item 1.
a. Raise the MSI Tray 5 / Bypass.
b. Disconnect the connector to the left side of copier/printer.
c. Open the Lower Cover, PL 70.11 Item 16, of the MSI Tray 5 / Bypass, then remove the (2) se-
curing screws, Figure 1.
d. Grasping the Tray 5 / Bypass firmly with both hands, lift it up and out to remove.

1
Remove the left and

b. Remove the Lower Plate and Lower Cover, Figure 3.

1
Securing
screws (2) 1
Lower
Plate 2
Lower
Cover

3. Place the Tray 5 / Bypass on a flat work surface, and remove the Lower Cover, Figure 2.
a. Remove the left and right UNDERSIDE-MOUNTED screws (1) securing the Lower Plate to the
Front and Rear Brackets.
For The replacement purposes, note the two springs, which are attached to the Lower Cover,
and are held in tension behind the Lower Plate. These springs assure correct (spring-actu-
ated) Lower Cover operation.

4. Working from the right side, remove the Rear Cover 2 and Torsion Spring, Figure 4.
a. Remove the securing screw (1).
b. Gently press down on the Rear Bracket (2).

1279 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
c. Slide the tab of the Rear Cover out from under the bracket to remove the cover (3). Figure 1 Removing the 4 screws securing Rear Cover 1
d. Release the Torsion Spring from the Rear Bracket. 6. Remove the Rear Bracket by sliding it to the right off its mounting shaft.
7. Remove the Front Cover 2.

2 a. Remove two Tapping Screws.


Press down b. While pressing down on the Front Bracket, slide the Front Cover 2 out from under the bracket
here on to remove the cover.
bracket.
8. Remove the Front Bracket.
a. Remove two Tapping Screws.
b. Remove the Front Bracket by sliding it to the left out of its mounting hole.
3 9. Remove the Front Cover 1.
Slide plastic
tab of Rear 10. Remove the Front Frame.
Cover 2 out
from under a. Remove three screws.
bracket here.
b. Remove two Tapping Screws.
c. Remove the Front Frame.
11. Remove the Lift Up Motor, Figure 6.
a. Disconnect the connector.
b. Remove the cable band from the hole.
1
Remove the c. Remove three screws.
Securing d. Remove the Lift Up Motor.
Screw
2
Securing
5. Remove four screws securing Rear Cover 1, then remove the cover, Figure 5. screws (3)

1
Lift Up
Motor

12. Remove the Sector Gear, PL 70.12 Item 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1280


REP 70.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
a. Remove the E-Ring.
b. Remove the Sector Gear. 2
c. Remove the pin.
d. Remove the Sleeve Bearing.
13. Remove the Feeder, Figure 7.
a. Remove three screws (1), then remove two screws (2) used to secure the Feeder
b. Remove the Feeder.

1
Securing
Screws

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Note: When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the DC 135 HFSI counter (dC135
HFSI Counter). “Chain Link: 924-826”

1281 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 7 0 . 1 3 Tra y 5 By p a s s Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h R E P 7 0 . 1 4 Tra y 5 By p a s s Co v e r s
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
To be added in coming update To be added in coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1282


REP 70.13 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 7 0 . 1 5 Tra y 5 By p a s s Tra y Co m p o n e n t s R E P 7 0 . 1 6 Tra y 5 By p a s s S e n s o r s


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
To be added in coming update To be added in coming update

Replacement Replacement

1283 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 70.15
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 1 Tra y 1 L i f t / Fe e d M o t o r
Parts List on PL 80.1
Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1284


REP 80.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 2 Tra y 1 Le v e l / N o Pa p e r / Pr e - Fe e d S e n s o r s a n d A c t u a t o r R E P 8 0 . 3 Tra y 1 Fe e d A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 80.1 Parts List on PL 80.2
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update 1. Pull out the Tray1.
2. Open the Left Chute Cover Assembly.
Replacement
3. Remove the Tray 1 Connector Cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the Tray 1 Connector Cover.

Figure 1 Tray 1 connector cover removal


4. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Out Chute, Figure 2.
a. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Out Chute.

1285 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Tray 1 feed out chute removal Figure 3 Connector


5. Disconnect the connector, Figure 3. 6. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly, Figure 4.
a. Disconnect the connector (x2). a. Remove the screw (x2).
b. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1286


REP 80.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 4 Tra y 1 Fe e d / N u d g e r / Re t a r d Ro l l K i t
Parts List on PL 80.2
Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

Figure 4 Tray 1 feed assembly removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI Counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-820”: Tray 1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
• “Chain Link: 954-837”: Tray 1 Feeder Unit

1287 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 5 Tra y 2 L i f t / Fe e d M o t o r R E P 8 0 . 6 Tra y 2 Le v e l / N o Pa p e r / Pr e - Fe e d S e n s o r s a n d A c t u a t o r
Parts List on PL 80.3 Parts List on PL 80.3
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1288


REP 80.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 7 Tra y 2 Fe e d A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 80.4
Removal
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Open the Left Chute Cover Assembly.
3. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Out Chute, Figure 1.
a. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Out Chute.

Figure 2 Tray 2 connector cover removal


5. Disconnect the connector, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect the connector (x2).

Figure 1 Tray 2 feed out chute removal


4. Remove the Tray 2 Connector Cover, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the Tray 2 Connector Cover.

1289 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 3 Connector Figure 4 Tray 2 feed assembly removal


6. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove the screw (x2). 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly. 2. After replacement, clear the HFSI Counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-821”: Tray 2 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
• “Chain Link: 954-838”: Tray 2 Feeder Unit

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1290


REP 80.7 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 8 Tra y 2 Fe e d / N u d g e r / Re t a r d Ro l l K i t R E P 8 0 . 9 Re g i s t ra t i o n Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on PL 80.19
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
Replacement
3. Open the Transport Drawer, Figure 1.

1 2
Turn release Slide out
handle to the Transport
right Drawer until it
stops
4. If the outboard screw is in the left hole, mark or note the setting of the Skew Adjustment guide
on the outboard frame and be sure to install the Skew Adjustment guide to the same setting,
Figure 2.

1291 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.8
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
2 1
Remove
screw Disconnect
If the screw connectors
is in the left (3)
hole, mark or
note the Skew
Adjustment
guide setting

3
Remove
screw and

5. Remove the Registration Transport Assembly, Figure 3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1292


REP 80.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
1
REP 80.10 Duplex Motor Assembly Remove screws
Parts List on PL 80.21 (3)

Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Open the Transport Drawer, Figure 1.

3 2
Remove the
Remove the handle (2
Inner screws)
Cover

5. Remove Harness from Bypass Motor Bracket, Figure 3.

1 2
Turn release Slide out
handle to the Transport
right Drawer until it
stops
4. Remove the Inner Cover, Figure 2.

1293 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.10
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

4
Remove Harness
Clip from
Bracket

2
Remove (push)
P/J out from
Bracket
1

3
Open

Remove screws
(2) and the
Bracket
7. Release Belt Tension, Figure 5.

6. Remove the Bypass Motor Bracket, Figure 4.

2
Push Belt
Tensioner down to
release tension
1 3
Loosen Tighten
screw screw

8. Disconnect the Bypass Motor Harness, Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1294


REP 80.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1 R E P 8 0 . 1 1 Tra y 3 Fe e d A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 80.5
Removal
1. Fully open tray 3, then remove the paper.
2. Remove the tray 3 stopper, Figure 1.
a. Loosen the screw (1).
2 b. Unhook the tray3 stopper (2).
Remove Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

9. Remove the Bypass Motor Assembly, Figure 7.

Remove screws
(3) and the
Duplex Motor
Assembly

Figure 1 Tray 3 stopper removal


3. Remove the tray 3 assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the tray 3 assembly (1).

1295 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 1 2 Tra y 3 Fe e d / N u d g e r / Re t a r d Ro l l K i t
Parts List on PL 80.6
Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

Figure 2 Tray 3 assembly removal


Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1296


REP 80.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 1 3 Ta ke a w a y M o t o r 3
Parts List on PL 80.12 Remove
screw and
Removal the
bracket
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. If present, remove the network controller.
3. Remove the rear lower cover, PL 12.2.
2
4. Remove left rear lower and the filter cover, Figure 1. Remove
screws (2)
securing
the filter
case

1
Remove
screw

6. Remove the filter case, Figure 3.

1 2
Remove the Remove screw and
screw and the the rear lower
filter cover cover

5. Remove the bracket, Figure 2.

1297 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screw
and the
filter case

2
Remove
screws (3)
and the
bracket

8. Remove the blower assembly, Figure 5.

3
Remove
screws (2)
and the
Blower
Assembly
7. Remove bracket, Figure 4.

1
Open
Harness
clip and
disconnect
connector

2
Remove
screw

9. Remove the bracket, Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1298


REP 80.13 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
4 5 3
1 2 Release Remove Disconnect
Loosen Remove screws the screws (2) connectors (2)
screw (2) Harness and the IIT and open
clip LVPS Harness clip

1
Disconnect 2
connector and Remove screws (2)
remove Ground
Strap (1 screw)

10. Remove the IIT LVPS, Figure 7. 11. Remove the T/A Motor, Figure 8.

1299 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

2 R E P 8 0 . 1 4 Tra y 4 L i f t / Fe e d M o t o r
Remove screws Parts List on
(2) and the T/A
motor Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1300


REP 80.14 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 1 5 Tra y 4 Le v e l / N o Pa p e r / Pr e - Fe e d S e n s o r s a n d R E P 8 0 . 1 6 Tra y 4 Fe e d A s s e m b l y
Actuator Parts List on PL 80.8
Parts List on Removal
Removal 1. Pull out Tray 4 to the 15 cm position.
The procedure will be in the coming update 2. Lift up Tray 4 Transport Assembly slightly, and push it in, Figure 1.

Replacement a. Remove the screw (Round: x2).


b. Push in the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Tray 4 transport assembly


3. Pull Tray 4 further out and remove the paper.
4. Open the Front Cover Assembly.
5. Open the Waste Toner Cover Assembly.
6. Remove the Stopper (Tray 4), Figure 2.
a. Loosen the screw.
b. Remove the Stopper (Tray 4).

1301 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.15
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 2 Tray 4 (stopper) removal Figure 3 Tray 4 assembly removal


7. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1302


REP 80.16 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 1 7 Tra y 4 Fe e d / N u d g e r / Re t a r d Ro l l K i t R E P 8 0 . 1 8 Tra y 4 Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1303 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.17
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 1 9 Tra y 3 / 4 G e a r A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 2 0 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1304


REP 80.19 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 2 1 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l Fe e d O u t S e n s o r s 2 a n d 4 R E P 8 0 . 2 2 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l 1 A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1305 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.21
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 2 3 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l 2 / 3 / 4 A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 2 4 Le f t Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1306


REP 80.23 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 2 5 Le f t C h u t e Co v e r A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 2 6 L e f t C h u t e P i n c h Ro l l
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1307 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.25
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 2 7 Le f t Co v e r L a t c h B ra c ke t s a n d H i n g e R E P 8 0. 28 T /A D r ive A sse mb l y
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1308


REP 80.27 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 2 9 Ta ke a w a y C l u t c h 1 / 2 R E P 8 0 . 3 0 Ta ka w a y Ro l l / B e a r i n g s / B e l t
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1309 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.29
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 3 1 Tra y 5 / By p a s s C h u t e A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 3 2 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Ta ke Aw a y Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1310


REP 80.31 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 3 3 Tra y 5 / By p a s s P i n c h Ro l l a n d S p r i n g R E P 8 0 . 3 4 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1311 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.33
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 3 5 Tra y 1 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r R E P 8 0 . 3 6 Tra y 5 / By p a s s M S I N u d g e r S o l e n o i d a n d S o l e n o i d
Parts List on Link
Removal Parts List on

The procedure will be in the coming update Removal


Replacement The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1312


REP 80.35 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 3 7 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t s R E P 8 0 . 3 8 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Fe e d Ro l l K i t
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1313 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.37
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 3 9 Tra y 5 / By p a s s U p p e r Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t s R E P 8 0 . 4 0 Tra y 5 / By p a s s M S I L i f t U p , N o Pa p e r , Pr e Fe e d S e n -
Parts List on sors and Actuator
Removal Parts List on

The procedure will be in the coming update Removal


Replacement The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1314


REP 80.39 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 4 1 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Lo w e r Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t s R E P 8 0 . 4 2 D ra w e r L a t c h
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1315 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.41
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1
REP 80.43 Duplex Motor Assembly Remove screws
Parts List on PL 80.20 (3)

Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Open the Transport Drawer, Figure 1.

3 2
Remove the
Remove the handle (2
Inner screws)
Cover

5. Remove Harness from Bypass Motor Bracket, Figure 3.

1 2
Turn release Slide out
handle to the Transport
right Drawer until it
stops
4. Remove the Inner Cover, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1316


REP 80.43 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

4
Remove Harness
Clip from
Bracket

2
Remove (push)
P/J out from
Bracket
1

3
Open

Remove screws
(2) and the
Bracket
7. Release Belt Tension, Figure 5.

6. Remove the Bypass Motor Bracket, Figure 4.

2
Push Belt
Tensioner down to
release tension
1 3
Loosen Tighten
screw screw

8. Disconnect the Bypass Motor Harness, Figure 6.

1317 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.43
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

1 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2
Remove Harness
from Harness
Clips (2)

9. Remove the Bypass Motor Assembly, Figure 7.

Remove screws
(3) and the
Duplex Motor
Assembly

Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1318


REP 80.43 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 4 4 Fu s e r E n t r a n c e S e n s o r R E P 8 0. 45 D upl e x M o t o r B e l t an d Pul l ey
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1319 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.44
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 80.46 Duplex Upper Chute Assembly R E P 8 0 . 4 7 D u p l e x Ro l l e r 1 / 2 / 3


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1320


REP 80.46 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 80.48 Duplex In and Out Sensors R E P 8 0 . 4 9 Lo w e r D u p l e x C h u t e A s s e m b l y


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1321 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.48
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 5 0 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 5 1 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n S l i d e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1322


REP 80.50 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 5 2 Re g i s t r a t i o n Ro l l R E P 8 0 . 5 3 Re g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1323 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.52
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 5 4 Re g i s t r a t i o n O u t a n d I n S e n s o r s REP 80.55 Upper Chute Assembly


Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1324


REP 80.54 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 8 0 . 5 6 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n a n d P i n c h Ro l l s R E P 8 0 . 5 7 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Parts List on Parts List on
Removal Removal
The procedure will be in the coming update The procedure will be in the coming update

Replacement Replacement

1325 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.56
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 8 0 . 5 8 Va c u u m Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 5 9 Tra n s p o r t B e l t
Parts List on PL 80.25 Parts List on PL 80.25
Removal Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Fuser, REP 10.1. 2. Remove the vacuum transport assembly, REP 80.58.
3. Remove the Roller, Figure 1.
Note: This removal procedure can be done without removing the Fuser. Removing the Fuser will
however give you a little more room to remove the Vacuum Transport Assembly.
3. Remove the Vacuum Transport Assembly, Figure 1.

1
Remove
screws
(2)

2
3
Remove
the
Vacuum
Transport Remove the Roller
Assembly from the
V-Transport
Assembly
4. Remove the transport belt, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1326


REP 80.58 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Remove Transport
Belt from the
V-Transport
Assembly

1327 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 80.59
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 1 Tra n s fe r B e l t U n i t
Parts List on PL 90.14
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Open the Transfer Module (Figure 1).

2
1 Slide out the
Push in the Left and Right Transfer Module until
Rail stoppers it stops

5. Open the Handles on the Drum Cartridge Module and the IBT Drawer, Figure 3.

2 1
Slide out the Turn Release
Transfer Module Handle to the
until it stops right

4. Push in Rail stops and slide out Transfer Module completely (Figure 2).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1328


REP 90.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
2
Open the Handle
on the Drum
Cartridge Module
1 Slide out the
Open the Handle IBT Drawer
on the IBT
Drawer

7. To prevent waste toner spillage, remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly, PL 90.14 Item 1, before rais-
3 ing the Transfer Belt Unit to a vertical position
Remove Screws
(2) 8. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit, Figure 5.

6. Slide out the IBT Drawer, Figure 4.

1329 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove the Transfer Belt


Unit using the Front and
Rear handles on the IBT
Frame

Extend the
Transfer Belt
Support Arm and
put the Transfer
Belt Unit on the
back.1.
10. Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly, if necessary, PL 90.14 Item
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1. Ensure that the white stud is positioned in the frame cut-out. Figure 7.

9. Extend the Transfer Belt Support Arm and put the Transfer Belt Unit on the back, (Figure 6.

Verify position
of the white
stud

2. Perform the Belt Edge Learn adjustment, ADJ 9.13.


3. Perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle, ADJ 9.8.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1330


REP 90.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0 . 2 I BT C l e a n e r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 90.14
Removal
1. Switch off the the machine, GP 19, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Perform REP 90.1, Transfer Belt Unit, steps 1 through 6.
3. Lift and secure the Transfer Belt Unit using the Retract Shaft, Figure 1.

1
Lift the Transfer
Belt Unit using the
Front IBT handle

2
Pull IBT Cleaner Assembly
1 towards the front of the
Remove screws machine to remove the
(2) Assembly

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2
Secure the Transfer
Belt Unit with the
Retract Shaft

4. Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly, Figure 2.

1331 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 3 Tra n s fe r B e l t
Parts List on PL 90.14
Removal
1. Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly, REP 90.2.
2. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit, REP 90.1.
3. Remove the Inlet, Figure 1.

2
Remove Support 1
Assembly Remove screws
(2)

5. Release the Transfer Belt Tension, Figure 3.

2
1 Pull Inlet
Remove upward to
screw remove Inlet

4. Remove Support Assembly, Figure 2.

Use 5.5 mm
driver and
turn the cam
clockwise
until the cam
locks in
place

6. Remove the Transfer Belt, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1332


REP 90.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Ensure that the reflector on


the inside of the Transfer Belt
goes towards the back of the
Transfer Belt Unit when
re-installing the Belt
Pull Transfer
Belt up

Replacement 2. Continue the replacement in the reverse of the removal procedure.


3. Perform the Belt Edge Learn Adjustment, ADJ 9.13.
1. Re-install the Transfer Belt, Figure 5. Center the belt on the rolls, ADJ 9.13.
4. Perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle, ADJ 9.8.
Note: ADJ 9.13 can only correct for minor misalignment - if the belt is not approximately cen-
tered, a fault code may be generated.

1333 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 4 2 n d BT R Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 90.19
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Open the Transfer Module, Figure 1.
2
Slide out
the
Transfer
Module
until it
stops

1
Push in the
Left and Right
Rail stoppers

5. Remove the Inner Panel, Figure 3.


1
Remove Screws

2 1
Slide out the Turn Release
Transfer Module Handle to the
until it stops right

4. Push in Rail stops and slide out Transfer Module completely, Figure 2.

2 3
Remove the Remove the
handle (2 Inner Cover
screws)

6. Remove Indicator and disconnect connector, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1334


REP 90.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1
Disconnect
connector

1 2 3
Remove the Disconnect Open cable
Indicator by connector tie
pulling it of from
the shaft

7. Remove the 2nd BTR Assembly, Figure 5.

2
Remove screw and lift out the 2nd
BTR Assembly

Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1335 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 5 2 n d BT R Ro l l
Parts List on PL 90.12
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the 2nd BTR Assembly, REP 90.4.
3. Disconnect connector and release Wire Harness, Figure 1.

2
Release Wire
Harness from Wire
Clamps

Remove screws (4) and the


Plate
5. Remove the Inlet Chute, PL 90.19 Item 3.

1
Disconnect
connector

4. Remove the Plate, Figure 2.

Remove screw and the Inlet


Chute

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1336


REP 90.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
6. Remove rear drive Gears, Figure 4. Replacement
4 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Remove
E-clip

1 3 2
Remove the Remove gears Remove
Spring (2) E-clip

7. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll, Figure 5.

5
Remove 2nd BTR
Roll

4 2
Remove Front 3 Remove
Arm Remove E-Ring 1
Screw Remove
Spring

1337 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 6 2 n d BT R B l a d e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 90.21
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the 2nd BTR Assembly, PL 90.4.
3. Disconnect connector and release Wire Harness, Figure 1.

1 2
Disconnect Release Wire
connector Harness from
Wire Clamps

Remove screws (4) and


the Plate

5. Remove the Inlet Chute, Figure 3.

4. Remove the Plate, Figure 2.

Remove screw and the Inlet


Chute

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1338


REP 90.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
6. Remove the Blade Assembly, Figure 4. R E P 9 0 . 7 1 s t BT R H V P S
2 Parts List on PL 90.15
Remove screws (2) and the Blade
Assembly Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Transfer Belt, REP 90.3.
3. Remove the 1st BTR HVPS, Figure 1.

1 4
Disconnect Release the HVPS from the
connectors mounting stud and remove
(2) the 1st BTR HVPS

1
Remove springs (2)

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2 3
Disconnect
connectors Remove
(4) screw

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1339 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 9 0 .8 D r um Car t r id g e s Drum Drum Drum Drum


Parts List on PL 90.1 Cartridge Cartridge (C) Cartridge (M) Cartridge (Y)
(K)
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Open the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module handles, Figure 1.
1 2
Open the Open the Handle
Handle on the on the Drum
IBT Drawer Cartridge Module

2
1
Slide out the Drum
Cartridge Module

4. Remove the Drum Cartridges, Figure 2. Replacement


The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1340


REP 90.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 90.9 Dispenser Assembly


Parts List on PL 90.3 Remove screws (4) and the
Inner Cover
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Toner Cartridges and the Toner Cartridge Cover, Figure 1.
2
Loosen screws (2) and
remove the Toner
Cartridge Cover

5. Disconnect connectors, Figure 3.

Disconnect
connectors (2)

1
Remove Toner
Cartridges (5)

3. Open the Front Cover.


4. Remove the Inner Cover, Figure 2.

6. Remove screws securing the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 4.

1341 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws
(4)

On the Left Side of


the IOT, remove
screws (2)

7. Remove screws securing the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 5.

8. Remove screws securing the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1342


REP 90.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1 2
Open the IBT Drawer Open the Drum Cartridge
Handle Module Handle

On the Right Side


of the IOT, remove
screws (2)

10. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 8.

9. Open the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module handles, Figure 7.

1 2
Slide out the Lift and remove
Drum Cartridge the Dispenser
Module Assembly

Replacement

1343 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. REP 90.10 Drum Motor Assembly (K)
Parts List on PL 40.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1.
3. Remove the Main - K Duct, Figure 1.

Remove screws
(2) and the
Main - K Duct
4. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (K), Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1344


REP 90.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0. 11 D eve l o p er Dr ive A s s em bl y ( K ) a n d Be l t s
Parts List on PL 40.1
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1.
1 3. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (K), REP 90.10.
Disconnect
Connectors 4. Remove the Tension Bracket, Figure 1.
(2)

2 3
Remove screws Gently pull out the Drum
(3) Motor Assembly

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Remove screws
(3) and the
Tension Bracket
5. Remove the Gear Bracket, Figure 2.

1345 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws
(2) and the
Gear Bracket

1 2
Disconnect Remove Harness from Harness
connector Clips (3)

7. Loosen the Belt Tension, Figure 4.

6. Disconnect connector and release Wire Harness from Harness Clips, Figure 3.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1346


REP 90.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Remove the
Belt from the
Pulley

Loosen screws
and move
brackets to
loosen Belt
8. Remove the Belt from the Pulley, Figure 5. tension 9. Remove the Rear Cooling Fan and Duct, Figure 6.

1347 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

1 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that belts and harnesses are
Disconnect routed correctly.
connector

2
Remove screws
(2) and the
Fan and Duct

10. Remove the Developer Drive Assembly (K), Figure 7.

Remove screws (5) and


the Developer Drive
Assembly (K)
Replacement

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1348


REP 90.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

RE P 9 0 . 1 2 D e vel o p e r D ri ve A s s e mb l y ( Y , M , C )
Parts List on PL 40.2
Removal Remove
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. screws
(2) and
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.3. the V -
Transport
3. Remove the Main K-Duct, Figure 1. Duct

Remove screws
(2) and the
Main K - Duct

5. Remove the Fuser Duct and the Bracket, Figure 3.

4. Remove the Vacuum Transport Duct, Figure 2.

1349 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Remove screws
(2) and the Y, M
1 2 Cooling Duct
Remove Remove screws
screws (2) (2) and the 7. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (C), Figure 5.
and Fuser Bracket
Duct
6. Remove the Y, M Cooling Duct, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1350


REP 90.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1 1
Disconnect
Disconnect connectors (2)
connectors (2)

2 3 2 3
Release Harness Remove screws (3) Release Harness Remove screws (3) and
from Harness and the Drum Motor from Harness the Drum Motor
Clips (2) Assembly (C) Clip Assembly (M)

8. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (M), Figure 6. 9. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (Y), Figure 7.

1351 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1 1
Disconnect Disconnect connectors
connectors (2) (2)

2
Remove screws (2)
and the Drum Motor
YMC PWB
11. Remove the Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C), Figure 9.

2
Remove screws (3) and the Drum
Motor Assembly (M)

10. Remove the Drum Motor YMC PWB Assembly, Figure 8.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1352


REP 90.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 90.13 MOB ADC Assembly


Parts List on PL 1.1

2 1 TAG001
Remove screws Disconnect When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
(3) connectors (2) for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove Tray 5 / Bypass, REP 70.12.
3. Disconnect the HCF connector and remove the Left Upper Cover, REP 28.2.
4. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly, REP 90.3.
5. Push in the Transfer Module.
6. Remove the Drum Cartridges, REP 90.8.
7. Release first stop on the left side, Figure 1.

2
Remove screws (5) and the
Developer Drive Assembly
(Y, M, C)

Replacement
Release stop and
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. pull drawer out
slightly

8. Release first stop on the right side, Figure 2.

1353 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Release Left second


stop and remove the
Drum Cartridge
Module

Release stop and pull


drawer out until the
drawer stops

9. Release second stop on the right side, Figure 3.


11. Disconnect connector, Figure 5.

Release stop and


pull drawer out
slightly

Disconnect
connector

10. Remove the Drum Cartridge Module, Figure 4.


12. Remove the MOB ADC Assembly, Figure 6.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1354


REP 90.13 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0. 14 D eve l o p er Ho u s in g ( C ,M ,Y ,K )
Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Drum Cartridges, REP 90.8.
3. Release first stop on the right side, Figure 1.

1 2
Remove screw Remove bracket
and MOB ADC
Assembly

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Release stop and
pull drawer out
slightly

4. Release first stop on the left side, Figure 2.

1355 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.14
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Release stop and pull


the Drum Cartridge
Module out until it
stops

5. Remove the Inner Cover, Figure 3.

1 2 3
Slide cover Remove screws Lift Inner
forward (3) Cover up and
remove

6. Remove Spring(s), Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1356


REP 90.14 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Remove Spring on the


Developer Housing(s) to
be removed.
7. Remove the ATC Cover(s), Figure 5.
Loosen screw and remove ATC Cover
for the Developer Housing(s) to be
removed.
8. Disconnect connector(s), Figure 6.

1357 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.14
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Refer to REP 90.15, for developer replacement.

Disconnect connector on
the Developer Housing(s)
to be removed.
9. Remove the Developer Housing(s), Figure 7.
1
Cover the opening on the Developer Housings
with a sheet of paper

3 2
Remove the Loosen screw and remove Bracket(s)
Developer on the Developer Housing(s) to be
Housing(s) removed.

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1358


REP 90.14 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0 . 1 5 D e v e l o p e r Re p l a c e m e n t
Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Developer Housing, REP 90.14.
3. Remove screws, Figure 1.

Remove
Cover (4
snap locks)
WARNING: Carefully dispose of any material remaining in the Developer Housing.

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1. Add Developer, Figure 1.

Remove screws
(2)

4. Remove Cover, Figure 2.

1359 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.15
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 90.16 Dispenser (K)


Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, REP 90.6.
3. Remove one screw on the front of the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 1.

1
Add Developer 2
material evenly Turn Drive Pulley
into the Housing clockwise while
adding material
2. Install Developer Housing using theremoval procedure in, REP 90.14.
3. If the Developer Housing was replaced, perform the ADJ 9.2, ATC Sensor Setup.
4. Reset HFSI Counter. Refer to SCP 3 Detailed Maintenance Activities, for the Developer that was Remove screw
replaced:
• 954-805 (Yellow/Yellow-Flourescent/Clear - Y/Y-Flou/Clear)
• 954-806 (Magenta/Magenta-Flourescent/Silver - M/M-Flou/Silver)
• 954-807 (Cyan/Cyan-Flourescent/White - C/C-Flou/White)
• 954-808 (Black/Gold - K/Gold)

4. Remove screw on the back of the Dispenser Assembly, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1360


REP 90.16 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Slide Guide
Remove screw out to
remove

5. Remove the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (K), Figure 3. 7. Disconnect connectors, Figure 6.

2
Disconnect connector
and release harness
from harness clips

1 3
Disconnect Remove screws (2)
connector and and move Toner
release harness Cartridge CRUM PWB
from harness to the side
clips
Disconnect connectors
(2)

6. Remove the Guide, Figure 4. 8. Remove the (K) Dispenser, Figure 6.

1361 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.16
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 90.17 Dispenser (C)


Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, REP 90.6.
3. Remove the (K) Dispenser, REP 90.16.
4. Remove front screw, Figure 1.

Push the Shutter down


and remove the K
Dispenser

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Remove screw

5. Remove rear screw, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1362


REP 90.17 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Disconnect
connectors

2
Disconnect
connectors
(2)

1
Remove screw

6. Remove the (C) Dispenser, Figure 3. 8. If replacing the C Dispenser, remove the Low Toner Sensor PWB, REP 90.20, then re-install it on
the new C Dispenser.
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Push the Shutter down


and remove the (C)
Dispenser

7. Disconnect connectors, Figure 4.

1363 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.17
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 90.18 Dispenser (M)


Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, REP 90.6.
3. Remove the Guide, Figure 1.

Remove screw

5. Remove the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (C, M, Y), Figure 3.

2
Remove screws (2)
and move Toner
Cartridge CRUM PWB
to the side

Slide Guide
out to
remove

4. Remove the front screw, Figure 2.

1
Disconnect
connector and
release harness
from harness
clips

6. Remove the rear screw and disconnect connectors, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1364


REP 90.18 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

3
Move harness
to the side

1 2
Remove screw Disconnect
connectors
(2)

7. Remove the M Dispenser, Figure 5.

Push the Shutter down


and remove the M
Dispenser

Replacement

1365 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.18
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

REP 90.19 Dispenser (Y)


Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, REP 90.6.
3. Remove the Guide, Figure 1.

Remove screw

5. Remove the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (C, M, Y), Figure 3.

2
Remove screws (2)
and move Toner
Cartridge CRUM PWB
to the side

Slide Guide
out to
remove

4. Remove the front screw, Figure 2.

1
Disconnect
connector and
release harness
from harness
clips

6. Remove the rear screw and disconnect connectors, Figure 4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1366


REP 90.19 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2
Disconnect
connectors
(2)
1
Remove screw

7. Remove the Y Dispenser, Figure 5.

Push the Shutter down


and remove the (Y)
Dispenser

Replacement

1367 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.19
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 2 0 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r P W B R E P 9 0 . 2 1 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r ( K )
Parts List on PL 90.3 Parts List on PL 90.4
TAG001 TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispenser Assembly, REP 90.6. 2. Remove the (K) Dispenser, REP 90.16.
3. Remove the (K) Dispenser, REP 90.16. 3. Remove the Low Toner Sensor, Figure 1.
4. Remove the (C) Dispenser, REP 90.17.
Note: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser completely.
5. Remove the Low Toner Sensor PWB, Figure 1.

Remove screws Remove screws


(2) and the (2) and the
Low Toner Low Toner
Sensor PWB Sensor

Replacement
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1368


REP 90.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0 . 2 2 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r ( C ) R E P 9 0 . 2 3 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r ( M )
Parts List on PL 90.4 Parts List on PL 90.6
TAG001 TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the (C) Dispenser, REP 90.17. 2. Remove the (M) Dispenser, REP 90.18.
3. Remove the Low Toner Sensor, Figure 1. 3. Remove the Low Toner Sensor, Figure 1.

Note: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser completely. Note: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser completely.

Remove screws
Remove screws (2) and the
(2) and the Low Toner
Low Toner Sensor
Sensor

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1369 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.22
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

R E P 9 0 . 2 4 Lo w To n e r S e n s o r ( Y ) REP 90.25 Cleaning Motor Assembly


Parts List on REP 90.6 Parts List on PL 90.9
TAG001 TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Y Dispenser, REP 90.19. 2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1.
3. Remove the Low Toner Sensor, Figure 1. 3. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (K), REP 90.10.
4. Remove the Developer Drive Assembly (K), REP 90.11.
Note: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser completely.
5. Remove the Cleaning Motor Assembly, Figure 1.

Remove screws
(2) and the
Low Toner
Sensor

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Figure 1 Removing the Cleaning Motor Assembly


Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1370


REP 90.24 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0 . 2 6 To n e r D i s p e n s e r C l e a n i n g Pr o c e d u r e
Parts List on PL 90.2
TAG001 GENTLY
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology lift
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. Locking
Tabs (2
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. front; 2
rear)
Removal
Note: This is a dirty procedure. Take precautions to keep the customer’s area clean.
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Dispensor Assembly, REP 90.3.
3. Remove the Motor Assembly and Gear, Figure 1.

5. Vacuum all toner from the dispenser body.


6. Remove the front Agitator by pulling back from the Gear. Note the orientation, Figure 3.

CAUTION: The spring on the rear agitator is very fragile. Use care when removing.

1
GENTLY
pull
Agitator
to unsnap
from Gear
end

3
1 Remove
Remove the the
screws (2) Gear
2
Remove the Motor
Assembly
Note
4. Gently lift the locking tabs (2 front, 2 rear), Figure 2.

7. Remove the rear Agitator by pulling back from the Gear. Note the orientation, Figure 4.

1371 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.26
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
10. Vacuum the toner from underneath the Auger, and from the surface of the Auger.
CAUTION
! Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

8. Vacuum the toner from underneath the Agitators, and from the surface of the Agitators.
9. Carefully unsnap the Gear and remove the Auger, Figure 5.

Figure 1 Removing the Auger Gear

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1372


REP 90.26 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

REP 90.27 Direct Pipe Assembly


Parts List on PL 90.10
Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1.
3. Remove the Main K-Duct, Figure 1.

Remove screws
(2) and V
duct

5. Remove the Fuser Duct and the Bracket, Figure 3.

Remove screws (2) and


K duct

4. Remove the V-Transport Duct, Figure 2.

1373 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.27
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

1 2
Remove screws (2) and Remove screws (2) and Remove
Fuser Duct bracket screws (2)
and Y,M Duct
6. Remove the Y,M Cooling Duct, Figure 4. 7. Loosen the idler screw and remove the drive belt, Figure 5.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1374


REP 90.27 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Loosen idler Remove screws (2)


screw and remove and lower joint
belt from pulley assembly
8. Lower the Joint Assembly, Figure 6. 9. Open the machine front cover.
10. Open the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module handles, Figure 7.
1 2
Open the Open the Handle
Handle on the on the Drum
IBT Drawer Cartridge Module

11. Pull out the Drum Drawer and cover the drums to protect them from light shock, Figure 8.

1375 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.27
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Cover the Drums


with sheets of
paper
12. Remove the Direct Pipe Assembly, Figure 9.

Remove screws (6)


and Direct Pipe
Assembly

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1376


REP 90.27 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

R E P 9 0 . 2 8 Y , M , C B i a s C h a r g e Ro l l H V P S R E P 9 0. 29 ( C ) D e vel o p e r B ia s HV P S
Parts List on PL 1.2 Parts List on PL 1.2
TAG001 TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1. 2. Open the Chassis Assembly, REP 3.1.
3. Remove the Y, M, C Bias Charge Roll HVPS, Figure 1. 3. Remove the (C) Developer Bias HVPS, Figure 1.

2
Remove the cable from the
cable restraint.
3
Release the

1
Disconnect the 4
three connectors. Remove the (C)
Developer Bias
1 HVPS from the
Disconnect the machine.
two connectors.

3
Release the

4
Remove the
screw from the
ground.

5
Remove the Y, M, C
Bias Charge Roll
HVPS from the
machine.

2
VIEW FROM INSIDE BACK PANEL VIEW FROM INSIDE BACK PANEL Remove the screw from the
ground.

Replacement Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1377 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.28
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

RE P 9 0 . 3 0 ( M ) D e vel o p e r B ia s HV P S , ( Y ) D e vel o p e r B ias H V P S R E P 9 0. 31 ( K ) D e vel o p e r B ia s HV P S


Parts List on PL 1.2 Parts List on PL 1.2
TAG001 TAG001
When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology When working with special toner machines, refer to 001, Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology
for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070. for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components. The following procedures are to be used for all toner color components.

Removal Removal
1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the machine, then disconnect the power cord.
2. Disconnect the Tray 5/Bypass connector, Figure 1.
Note: The Magenta and Y Developer Bias HVPS are located inboard of the Main LVPS and the
AC Power Supply.
2. Remove the AC Power Supply, REP 1.1.
3. Remove the M Developer Bias HVPS or Y Developer Bias HVPS, Figure 1.
1 NOTE:
Disconnect the Both the M Developer Bias HVPS
and the Y Developer Bias HVPS
are removed in the same way.

4
M Developer
Bias HVPS
Remove the M
Developer Bias
HVPS from the
1
machine. Lift up the
2 Tray
Remove the
screw from the
5/Bypass.
ground.
3
Release the

2
Disconnect
the
connector.

Y Developer Bias HVPS

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 3. Remove the Tray 5/Bypass mounting screws, Figure 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1378


REP 90.30 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

K
Developer
2 Bias HVPS
Remove the two mounting Area
screws.

1
Open the spring-loaded
Lower Cover.

1
Remove the two mounting screws and
remove the cover.

6. Remove the (K) Developer HVPS, Figure 4.


4. Remove the Tray5/Bypass from the machine by gripping it firmly at the front and rear edges
4 3
and lifting it upwards to clear the mounting lugs. Remove the K Developer 2
Bias HVPS from the Remove the ground
machine. screw.
5. Remove the Bypass Tray Cover from the left side of the machine, Figure 3.

VIEW FROM LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE, 1


ABOVE BYPASS TRAY. Disconnect the
connectors and route
the wires out of the
way.

Replacement

1379 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation REP 90.31
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. R E P 9 0 . 3 2 2 n d BT R H V P S
Parts List on PL 1.3
Removal
1. Switch off the printer power and disconnect the power cord.

Note: The IIT LVPS must first be removed to gain access to the 2nd BTR HVPS.
2. Remove the IIT LVPS, REP 1.3.
3. Remove the 2nd BTR HVPS, Figure 1.

4
Remove the 2nd BTR
HVPS from the
machine.

3
Release the three
quick-release tabs
from around the
perimeter of the
1 2nd BTR HVPS.
Disconnect the

2
Remove the ground
screw.

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1380


REP 90.32 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 2 . 1 U I To u c h Pa n e l O r i g i n Co r r e c t i o n
To align the position of the buttons on the display and the Touch Panel so that the user can select
the contents on the display using the Touch Panel.
Perform this adjustment when the UI PWB and the Control Panel are replaced.

Note: To adjust, use the attached stylus pen and be careful not to damage the UI surface.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 19. Wait for the UI Console to completely shut down.
2. Press and hold the [0], [1], and [3] keys on the Control Panel while turning ON the machine.
3. Release the key when [1/6] is displayed, Figure 1.

Figure 1 Release key sequence screen


Figure 2 Origin correction grid
4. The Origin Correction grid will display, Figure 2.
5. Using the Touch Pen, Figure 3, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to
P9, in sequence.

Figure 3 Pen location


• When P1 is pressed, the following is displayed, and the buzzer sounds, Figure 4.

1381 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 2.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 4 Touch intersection response Figure 5 origin point correction save screen
• For each touched intersection, the point number is sequentially increased by 1 through 9. 7. If the correction has failed, the following screen appears, Figure 6.
6. After touching P9, Origin Point Correction is carried out and the following screen will appear for
a moment when the corrected data has been saved, Figure 5.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1382


ADJ 2.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 6 origin point correction failed screen Figure 7 Origin point correction complete screen
8. Upon Origin Point Correction completion, the following screen will display, Figure 7 : 9. If correction the fails, repeat Steps 1 to 9 again.
• Touch the 4 circled intersections. (In any order). A black box will be displayed on the part
which is touched and remains until the next input
• The buzzer sounds when the correction is complete -> Origin Point Correction complete.
• The buzzer does not sound if the correction has failed -> Perform correction again.

1383 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 2.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 5 . 1 Fu l l / H a l f Ra t e C a r r i a g e Po s i t i o n A d j u s t m e n t
Parts List on PL 60.6
Adjust the position of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage.

WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF by 90 degrees, and secure at position.
2. Remove the platen glass, REP 60.4.
3. Remove four screws, them remove the lens cover.
4. Remove the two red screws securing the jigs, then remove the jigs, Figure 1.

Note: The red screws will be used to install the jigs in the following procedure.

Figure 2 Jig hole alignment


6. Install the Jig of the Half Rate Carriage. (Front and rear), Figure 3 :
a. Install the Jig. (Front and rear)
b. Secure it by using the screw.

Figure 1 Jig removal


5. Align the rail jig hole (A) and half-rate carriage jig hole (B) with the jig holes, Figure 2.
(A) Jig hole of the Rail
(B) Jig hole of the Half Rate Carriage

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1384


ADJ 5.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 3 Half-rate carriage jig installation Figure 4 Jig hole alignment


7. If unable to install the Jig because the Jig hole cannot be aligned, change the position where 8. Check that the Jig hole of the IIT Frame and the Full Rate Carriage are aligned. (Front and rear),
the Capstan Pulley is fixed, Figure 4 : Figure 5 :
a. Loosen the Setscrew (x2). a. Install the Jig. (Front and rear)
b. Turn the Capstan Pulley. b. Secure it by using the screw.
c. Align the Jig hole.

1385 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 5 Full rate carriage jig installation Figure 6 Correct jig hole indentification
Note: The Full Rate Carriage Jig hole should use the right side hole (printed as 1 on the ma- 9. If unable to install the Jig because the Jig hole cannot be aligned, loosen the fixing screw of the
chine), see arrow, Figure 6. Carriage Cable, Figure 7 :
a. Loosen the screw.
b. Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the Jig hole.
c. Tighten the screw.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1386


ADJ 5.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 5 . 2 I I T L e a d E d g e Re g i s t r a t i o n
To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Slow Scan direction and to correct the copy position.

CAUTION: Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Lead
Edge Registration. This procedure should be performed only when the actual IIT Regi
is not appropriate. This is because the IIT Lead Edge Registration affects the precision
of the document size detection, etc.

Note: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appro-
priate. (See ADJ 9.20 System Registration Adjustment.)
1. Place the Test Chart (499T 00283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the follow-
ing copy mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Paper Size: A3
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
2. 10.0 +/-1.6 mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart, Figure 1.

Figure 7 Carriage cable set screw

Figure 1 Lead edge test chart


If the value is not within the specified range, procede to the Adjustment procedure:
1. Enter dC131 [715-050].

1387 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.2
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
2. Change the value. A D J 5 . 3 I I T S i d e Re g i s t r a t i o n
• 1 step: 0.036 mm
To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Fast Scan direction and to correct the copy position.
• Increment of the value The image moves towards the Trail Edge.
• Decrement of the value The image moves towards the Lead Edge. CAUTION: Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Side
Registration. This procedure should be performed only when the actual IIT Regi is not
appropriate. This is because the IIT Side Registration affects the precision of the docu-
ment size detection, etc.

Note: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appro-
priate. (See ADJ 9.20 System Registration Adjustment.)
1. Load A3 paper into Tray 2.
2. Place the Test Chart (499T 00283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the follow-
ing copy mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Paper Tray: Tray 2
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
3. 10.0 +/-2.1 mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart, Figure 1.

Figure 1 Side edge test chart


If the value is not within the specified range, procede to the Adjustment procedure:

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1388


ADJ 5.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
1. Enter dC131 [715-053]. A D J 5 . 4 I I T L a t e ra l / Ve r t i c a l M a g n i fi c a t i o n
2. Change the value.
To correct the horizontal (Fast Scan %)/vertical (Slow Scan %) for a 100% copy.
• 1 step: 0.0846 mm
• Increment of the value The image moves to IN. CAUTION: Avoid performing this procedure. This procedure should only be per-
formed when the actual IIT magnification is not correct.
• Decrement of the value The image moves to OUT.
Note: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT horizontal/vertical Reduce/Enlarge
ratios are correct.
1. Place the Test Chart (499T 00283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the follow-
ing copy mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Document Type: Photo & Text
• Paper: A3
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
2. Check the 2nd copy for the following:

Note: Refer to Figures 1 and 2 for this procedure.


a. At Horizontal Magnification, Figure 1 :
Check that the distance between the two points is 200 +/-1 mm or the same as the dimen-
sion on the Test Chart.
If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:

1389 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.4
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 1 Horizontal magnification Figure 2 Vertical magnification


b. At Vertical magnification, Figure 2 : If the value is not within the specified range, procede to the Adjustment procedure:
Check that the distance between the two points is 300 +/-1.5 mm or the same as the dimen-
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
sion on the Test Chart.
Note: This adjustment may cause the following secondary problem to occur.
• Deterioration of resolution because of the ASIC digital correction.
1. Enter dC131 [715-702].
2. Change the value.
• 1 step: 0.1%
• Increment of the value: Enlargement direction
• Decrement of the value: Reduction direction
Example of a Vertical Reduce/Enlarge ratio Adjustment

Note: This adjustment may cause the following secondary problem to occur.
• RGB does not overlap, causing a color shift.
1. Enter dC131 [715-051].
2. Change the value.
• 1 step: 0.1%
• Increment of the value: Enlargement direction

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1390


ADJ 5.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
• Decrement of the value: Reduction direction A D J 5 . 5 D C 9 4 5 : I I T C a l i b ra t i o n
There are a total of 7 adjustments for the IIT calibration - 3 for Side 1, 3 for Side 2, and Color Scale
Target Calibration as follows.
1. <White Reference Adjustment> Calculates and sets the White Reference Correction
Coefficient.
When to perform: At shipment and after replacing the Platen Glass, Lamp Unit, Lens Unit, or
CCD. Also, [CCD Calibration] is to be performed after performing the [White Reference
Adjustment].
2. <CCD Calibration> Corrects the IIT sensitivity dispersion.
When to perform: At shipment and after replacing the Platen Glass, Lamp Unit, Lens Unit, or
CCD. Also, [CCD Calibration] is to be performed after performing the [White Reference
Adjustment].
3. <Optical Axis Correction> Reads the glass registration position (lead/side) at the platen open-
ing and calculates the amount of registration skew based on the variation from the target
value.
When to perform: After replacing the Lens Unit or CCD.
4. <Side 2 Shading Correction> Collect the Side 2 CIS shading data with white paper, and deter-
mine the presence or absence of garbage.
Implementation timing: Performed at factory shipment, at Color CIS replacement, at image
quality adjustment.
5. <White Reference Adjustment - Side 2> 716-131, White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 can be
omitted by entering the setting value into 716-131)
Implementation timing: Perform only at Image quality adjustment.
6. <CCD Calibration - Side 2> Performs read color correction of the Side 2 Color CIS. (Color CIS
dispersion correction)
When to perform: At shipment and when replacing the Color CIS. Also, perform rear CCD calibra-
tion, after Side 2 Shading Correction is implemented.
7. <Color Scale Target Calibration> Corrects color variation of individual IIT for image quality ad-
justment feature (DFE calibration, etc.) using scanned images.
Execution timing: When installing Print Server N04, if EX-i Print Server for the PrimeLink C9065/
9070 is installed, do this when replacing the platen glass, lighting unit, lens unit and CCD. It is
unnecessary when Print Server N04 is not installed.

Note: Before carrying out the "White reference adjustment", "CCD calibration", make sure the IIT
Lead Edge Registration, ADJ 5.2 and IIT Side Edge Registration, ADJ 5.3 are correct.
If the spec is not satisfied, perform ADJ 5.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment.
And, then perform "White Reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration".

Note: If you are replacing a lens unit, before replacing the lens unit, make sure the IIT Lead Edge
Registration, ADJ 5.2 and IIT Side Edge Registration, ADJ 5.3 are correct.
If the spec is not satisfied, perform ADJ 5.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment.
Then, replace the Lens Unit and perform Optical Axis Correction. And, then perform "White Refer-
ence Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration".
<White Reference Adjustment>

1391 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Note: Depending on the paper used before performing the White Reference Adjustment, the 5. If [NG] is displayed, check the chart's orientation and cleanliness, then clean the CCD and re-
dC131 [715-106] IIT Paper Code may have to be set. To support individual paper, it is also possible peat the CCD Calibration.
to set the item to "0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient" and enter the appropriate values in
NVM 715-102 to 105 (Individual Paper Correction Value) to perform the White Reference <Optical Axis Correction>
Adjustment.
1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
The setting values are as follows: 2. Select [Optical Axis Correction].
dC131 [715-106] 3. Open the Platen and press <Start> with nothing placed on the Platen Glass.
• Default setting: 3 4. The following content will be displayed on the Optical Axis Correction Settings screen.
• 0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient (715-102 to 105) (Default value during initialization) Note: The presence of indoor light on the Platen surface could cause interference and the edge
• 1: J paper (Factory adjustment value: IIT standard) detection may not be performed properly.
• 2: P Paper Optical Axis Correction Result: OK/NG
• 3: C2 Paper (standard blank paper) (FX/APO default setting: Factory default setting) Front Nut Correction Angle: (numeric display)
Rear Nut Correction Angle: (numeric display)
• 4: Green 100 Paper
• Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle shows a combination of +/- and a numeral.
• 5: Xerox Bold Digital Printing Paper
• Front Nut items refer to the nuts at the front of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• 6: Xerox Colotech
• Rear Nut items refer to the nuts at the rear of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• 7: Xerox Viality Multipurpose Paper
• +: Refers to right rotation.
• 8: Xerox Premier
• -: Refers to left rotation.
• 9: Green70 paper A3*
• Numeral: Refers to the angle. (Unit: degrees)
Note: Initializing the NVM will cause the value of dC131 [715-106] to revert to "3: C2 Paper" or the E.g.) When Front Nut Correction Angle: 90 Degree, Rear Nut Correction Angle: -45 Degree is
parameter value in "0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient". When the NVM had been initialized,
displayed
the value of dC131 [715-106] will revert to "3: C2 Paper" or the setting value of the paper that is
being used. Also, as the parameter values of dC131 [715-102 to 105] will also be initialized when Rotate the front nut 90 Degree to the right and the rear nut 45 Degree to the left.
"0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient" is used, record the parameter values that were set for
each supported paper of dC131 [715-102 to 105] in advance. Note: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror,
etc. and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.
For the details on NVM initialization, refer to [Handling when NVM has been Initialized] at the end 5. If [NG] is displayed, rotate the nut according to the display to perform correction, Figure 1.
of this section.
1. Change the value of NVM [715-106] to match the paper used. The default value is, 3: C2 paper.
Note: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, it is recommended to draw a line on a
strip of paper and tape it to the tip of the Box Driver to make a mark as shown in the figure
2. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration). below.
3. Select [White Reference Adjustment].
4. Stack 10 or more sheets of new blank paper (A3 or 11x17") on the Platen and press <Start>.
5. The setting will be displayed on the White Reference Setup screen.

Note: The machine carries out the following operations:


a. Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.
b. Obtains the shading data.
c. Performs sampling of the white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correc-
tion Coefficient. (dC131 [715-092 to 096] are set.)
d. Carries out shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.
<CCD Calibration>
1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
2. Select [CCD Calibration].
3. Place the Color Chart (499T 00276) on the Platen Glass and press <Start>.
4. The settings and results are displayed in the CCD Calibration Settings screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1392


ADJ 5.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
• 3: C2_Paper A3
• 4: Green 100 Paper A3*
• 5: Xerox Bold Digital Printing Paper 11x17''
• 6: Xerox Colotech A3
• 7: Xerox Viality Multipurpose Paper 11x17''
• 8: Xerox Premier A3
• 9: Green70 paper A3*
• 10: If 11x17 inch paper is used in White Reference Adjustment - Side 2, it is set to this value.
*: Avoid the use of 4 and 9 as much as possible, as there is a possibility that the image will be-
come streaky.

Note: Initializing the NVM will cause the value of dC131 [716-131] to revert to "1: J Paper" or
the parameter value in "0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient". If you implement the NVM
initialization, set it to the setting value of the paper to be used, or perform a White Reference
Adjustment - Side 2.
1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
2. Select [Side 2 Shading Correction].
3. Set 2 sheets of new white paper (A3 or 11"x17") to DADF, and press [Start].

Note: During CIS replacement, use J paper and change [716-131] to '1'. When performing im-
age quality adjustment, perform Side 2 Shading Correction using the same paper without
changing [716-131] after White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 is performed, or if the paper to
be used can be selected in [716-131], re-enter [716-131] and perform Side 2 shading. However,
even if White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 was performed in advance, [716-131] should be set
to '10', before Side 2 shading implementation when using inch-based paper.
4. After scanning is completed, [OK] or [NG] will be displayed depending on whether the Shading
DATA retrieval has succeeded or failed.
Figure 1 Adjustment nut rotation 5. If it has failed, clean the Color CIS and perform the [Side 2 Shading Correction] again.
6. After adjustment, perform [Optical Axis Correction] again. 6. Press the [End] button.
7. Perform Steps 2 -7 until the result is OK.
<White Reference Adjustment - Side 2>
Note: If the result is [OK], the operation can be completed even if the number of rotations is 1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
still displayed.
2. Select [White Reference Adjustment - Side 2].
<Side 2 Shading Correction>
3. Set a single new white sheet of A3 or 11"x17" to DADF, and press [Start].
Before carrying out the Side 2 Shading Correction, it is necessary to set the dC131 [716-131] DADF
paper code. If you implement White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 in advance, 716-131 is auto- Note: If you run without any paper loaded, it will Abort.
matically switched to 0, and the calculated value was already entered into NVM716-132 to 134 (in-
dividual paper response correction amount). However, even if carrying out White Reference Note: Even if it is a blank sheet do not use paper that is recycled or the Rear side has been
Adjustment - Side 2 in advance, it is necessary to set 716-131 to 10 before Side 2 shading, when us- used.
ing inch-based paper. 4. When the reading is complete, 1/10 the value of the Correction Coefficient for the paper used is
displayed on White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 screen.
The setting values are as follows:
Note: When White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 is completed 716-131 is set to 0, and the Cor-
dC131 [716-131] rection Coefficient of the paper used in 716-132 to 134 is stored.
Default setting: 1 <CCD Calibration - Side 2>
• 0: NVM individual paper coefficient used (716-132 to 134) (value when White Reference Adjust-
ment - Side 2 has been performed) 1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
• 1: J Paper (factory adjustment value: CIS standard) A3 2. Select [CCD Calibration - Side 2].
• 2: P Paper A3 3. Face the front surface of the color chart (499T 00276) downward, set in DADF, and press [Start].

1393 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Note: If the Color Chart (499T 00276) is not loaded before the operation, the DADF will keep Setting Range NVM Default
on rotating. In that case, turn the power OFF and ON.
Value
4. The settings and results are displayed in the CCD Calibration - Side 2 Settings screen. Setting List
5. If [NG] is displayed, clean the Side 2 Color CCD and repeat the CCD Calibration - Side 2. De- *2
Mini- Maxi- fault O: Recorded
[Handling when NVM has been Initialized] mum mum Value X: Not
Chai- Lin-
1. The factory default adjustment values of the NVM (NVM data marked with O) can be found in n k Contents Value Value *1 recorded Remarks
the NVM Default Value Setting List that is bundled with the machine. Enter the appropriate val-
ues according to the NVM Default Value Setting List. Blue (Individual (No
Paper) correction)
NVM 715-92-94, 716-58 to 60, are most important.
2. NVM 715-102 to 105 are rarely used in general. 715 106 IIT Paper Code 0 9 0 X The factory
default set-
If it is being used, it is set to 715-106: 0. Record the values before initializing the NVM and enter
ting is "3: C2
the recorded values after the NVM initialization. Refer to the following NVM List (related to
Paper".
White Reference Adjustment) for the default values, Table 1.
*1: The setting value at the time of NVM initialization. Side 2 White Reference Adjustment Related

*2: List containing the NVM factory default setting values that is bundled with the machine. 716 58 Factory Default 0 255 146 O Factory
Table 1 NVM List (related to White Reference Adjustment) SD Data B Color Default
Correction
Setting Range NVM Default Coefficient
Value
Setting List 716 59 Factory Default 0 255 144 O Factory
De- *2 SD Data G Color Default
Mini- Maxi- fault O: Recorded Correction
Value X: Not Coefficient
Chai- Lin- mum mum
n k Contents Value Value *1 recorded Remarks 716 60 Factory Default 0 255 142 O Factory
SD Data R Color Default
White Reference Adjustment Related
Correction
Coefficient
715 92 W-Ref Correc- 70 255 140 O Factory
tion Coefficient Default 716 131 Paper Code 0 10 0 X The factory
Red Setting default set-
ting is "1: J
715 93 W-Ref Correc- 70 255 140 O Factory
Paper".
tion Coefficient Default
Green

715 94 W-Ref Correc- 70 255 140 O Factory


tion Coefficient Default
Blue

715 102 W-Ref Correc- 0 127 63 X Default val-


tion Coefficient ue: 63
Red (Individual means +/-0.
Paper) (No
correction)

715 103 W-Ref Correc- 0 127 63 X Default val-


tion Coefficient ue: 63
Green (Individu- means +/-0.
al Paper) (No
correction)

715 104 W-Ref Correc- 0 127 63 X Default val-


tion Coefficient ue: 63
means +/-0.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1394


ADJ 5.5 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 5 . 6 DA D F H e i g h t A d j u s t m e n t 3. Loosen the nut of the Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the position of the
DADF such that the gap of the foot on the right in front is less than 0.5 mm, Figure 3.
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. Turning the screw in direction D will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear to fall.
1. Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass or DADF Platen Glass, Fig- Turning the screw in direction E will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear to rise.
ure 1.
a. Looking from the front of the DADF Platen Guide, the Bearing B (x2) at the Left Platen Roll
should be in contact with the Platen Glass.
b. Foot A (protrusions) (x2) at the front of the DADF Platen Guide should be in contact with the
Platen Glass.

Figure 3 Right counter adusjment screw


Note: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
4. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Platen gap adjustment


1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover, REP 5.5.
2. Loosen the nut of the Left Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and slant of
the DADF such that the shaft of the Platen Roll is parallel to the IIT frame, Figure 2.
Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear to fall.
Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear to rise.

Figure 2 Left counter adusjment screw


Note: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.

1395 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.6
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 5 . 7 DA D F L e a d S k e w A d j u s t m e n t
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the position of the DADF. (DADF Lead-Skew,
Perpendicularity)
Adjust the CVT (Side 1) and the CIS for both sides simultaneous reading (Side 2).

Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20)
• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3)
• DADF Height Adjustment, ADJ 5.6.

Note: CIS's Lead Skew adjustment, is performed after CVT's Lead Skew adjustment.
Note:
• When the adjustment test is started, change the DADF travel mode to [normal mode (looped
mode)].
[The default setting is silent mode (no loop mode)]
There are 2 methods to make this change as follows. Perform either one.
– Change method 1: In Administrator authentication or CE mode [System Settings] -> [Com-
mon Service Settings] -> [Other Settings] -> [Document Feeder Quiet Mode] -> select [Dis-
abled] (Loops) in [Copy].
– How to change 2: Change NVM 785-056(Copy) to [0 Normal mode]. (Default Value: 1)
[Reference NVM: 785-057 (Fax), NVM: 785-058 (Scan)]
After making a change, select [Reboot].
• After completion of the adjustment test, return the DADF travel mode to the default setting.

Note:
• To perform this manual adjustment, turn off factory default correction. Figure 1 Lead skew
[Factory default correction is On by default] 4. When carrying out the Lead Skew adjustment, compare the average difference of dimensions C,
– Change method: Change NVM 715-342 to [0: Do not perform factory default correction]. D for 3 copy sheets, and the specified value below
*: Do not return the above NVM to [Default value: 1 Perform factory default correction] after this Lead Skew Side1 specified value: 1.7 mm or less
adjustment. If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.

<Side1> <Side1>

1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced on top, and so there is no 1. Calculate the Lead Skew adjustment amount.
gap between the Guide of the DADF. Determine the DADF adjustment value from the difference between the C, D dimensions, Figure
2. Take a copy by setting the following conditions. 3.
Color Mode: "Black" [e.g.change by 2 Scale marks for 1.0 mm adjustment.]
Paper Tray: "A3" [Reference: For 1 Scale mark change, the Lead Skew changes by about 0.5 mm]
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%" 2. Enable the opening and closing of the DADF at 90 degrees, Figure 2 :
No. of copies: "3" a. Remove the Screw (2) of Left Counter Balance, and remove the bracket.
2 Sided Printing: 1 -> 1-sided
b. Remove the Screw (2) of Right Counter Balance, and remove the bracket. (Figure instruction
3. The difference of dimensions C, D from the leading edge of the 3rd copy sheet, is the Lead Skew omitted)
amount, Figure 1.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1396


ADJ 5.7 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 2 Counter balance bracket removal


3. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving it in the A or B direction relative to the IOT, Figure 3
:
a. Loosen the KNOB and Screw (2) so DADF can move.
b. Move the DADF in the A or B direction, while checking the Scale mark.

Figure 4 B direction if C-D is positive


d. B direction if C-D is positive, Figure 5.

Figure 3 DADF security


c. A direction if C-D is negative, Figure 5.

1397 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
<Side2>
1. Calculate the Lead Skew adjustment amount.
Determine the DADF adjustment value from the difference between the C, D dimensions, Figure
6.
[e.g.change by 1 Scale marks for 1.0 mm adjustment.]
[Reference: For 1 Scale mark change, the Lead Skew changes by about 1.0 mm]

Figure 5 A direction if C-D is negative


e. Secure the DADF.
4. Return the bracket that was removed in step 2 to the original place.
5. After Lead Skew adjustment for Side 1, implement the DADF Lead Skew check for <Side 2>.
<Side2>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced down, and so there is no gap
between the Guide of the DADF. Figure 6 C, D dimensions

2. Take a copy by setting the following conditions. 2. Remove the DADF Front Cover, REP 5.3.
Color Mode: "Black" 3. Move the CIS in the A or B direction to adjust the position of the CIS with respect to the DADF,
Figure 7.
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%" a. Loosen the Screw so CIS moves.
No. of copies: "3" b. Move the CIS in the A or B direction, while checking the Scale mark.
2 Sided Printing: 2 -> 1-sided
3. The difference of dimensions C, D from the leading edge of the 3rd copy sheet, is the Lead Skew
amount, Figure 6.
4. When carrying out the Lead Skew adjustment, compare the average difference of dimensions C,
D for 3 copy sheets, and the specified value below
Lead Skew Side2 specified value: 2.2 mm or less
If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1398


ADJ 5.7 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 7 Direction A lead skew adjustment Figure 8 A direction if C-D is negative


c. A direction if C-D is negative, Figure 9. d. B direction if C-D is positive, Figure 9.
[If CIS is moved in the A direction] [If CIS is moved in the B direction]

1399 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.7
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 5 . 8 DA D F Le a d i n g Ed g e Re g i s t ra t i o n ( 1 Pa s s )
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Lead Edge (Slow Scan Direction).

Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20)
• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3)
• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 5.6)
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 5.7)

Note:
• When the adjustment test is started, change the DADF travel mode to [normal mode (looped
mode)].
See the notes of ADJ 5.7 DADF Lead Skew adjustment for how to change.
• After completion of the adjustment test, return the DADF travel mode to the default setting.
<Side1>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced on top, and so there is no
gap between the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "5"
2 Sided Printing: 1 -> 1-sided
3. Measure the value from the document leading edge to the reference point (part A of the dia-
Figure 9 Direction B lead skew adjustment gram) of the output 3rd copy, Figure 1.
Check that the measured value is within the specified value.
e. Tighten the Screw, which was loosened in (1).
If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.
4. Restore the DADF Front Cover.
Lead Regi Side1 specified value: 10+/-2.0 mm
5. After adjustment, perform DADF Side Registration, ADJ 5.9, and DADF Lead edge Registration,
ADJ 5.8.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1400


ADJ 5.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Table 1 NVM DADF Scan Speeds

No. NVM Scan Speed [mm/s] Remarks

1 711- For all reading speeds Does not affect the other adjustment values.
140

2 711- 700 Add to the adjustment value of 711-140.


001

3 711- 490 Add to the adjustment value of 711-140.


002

<Side2>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced down, and so there is no gap
between the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "5"
2 Sided Printing: 2 -> 1-sided
3. For the Side2 copy of the 3rd output sheet, measure the value from the leading edge of the
document to the reference point (A in the figure), Figure 2.
Check that the measured value is within the specified value.
If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.
Lead Regi Side2 specified value: 10+/-2.3 mm

Figure 1 Leading edge registration check


<Side1>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM711-140"so the Lead Edge (A) value measured in the check step 3, is within the
specified value.
• When the measured value is equal to or less than the specified value, increase the value of
the NVM.
• When the measured value is equal to or greater than the specified value, reduce the value
of the NVM.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 3 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.

Note:
• In this DADF, rewriting NVM711-140, does not rewrite NVM711-001 to 711-002.
To change the correction value for each reading speed, enter a correction value for each
reading speed to [NVM: 711-001 to 002]. Adjustment is not made for each speed by default.

1401 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.8
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Table 2 NVM DADF Scan Speeds

No. NVM Scan Speed [mm/s] Remarks

1 716- For all reading speeds Does not affect the other adjustment values.
067

2 716- 700 It becomes the same value when 716-067 is


091 changed

3 716- 490 It becomes the same value when 716-067 is


090 changed

Figure 2 Side 2 check


<Side2>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM716-067"so the Lead Edge (A) value measured in the check step 3, is within the
specified value.
• When the measured value is equal to or less than the specified value, increase the value of
the NVM.
• When the measured value is equal to or greater than the specified value, reduce the value
of the NVM.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 3 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.

Note:
• When rewriting NVM 716-067, NVM 716-090 to 716-091 are also rewritten to the same
value.
To change the correction value for each reading speed, enter a correction value for each
reading speed to [NVM: 716-090 to 091].Adjustment is not made for each speed by default.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1402


ADJ 5.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 5 . 9 DA D F S i d e R e g i s t r a t i o n
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction).

Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20)
• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3)
• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 5.6)
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 5.7)

Note: DADF Side Registration can also be adjusted using the NVM for every paper width.
Note:
• When the adjustment test is started, change the DADF travel mode to [normal mode (looped
mode)].
See the notes of ADJ 5.7 DADF Lead Skew adjustment for how to change.
• After completion of the adjustment test, return the DADF travel mode to the default setting.
<Side1>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced on top, and so there is no
gap between the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "2"
2 Sided Printing: 1 -> 1-sided
Figure 1 Side 1 check
3. Fold the output 2nd sheet copy into 2, then check the central reference line of the test chart
copy, and deviation of the fold trace, Figure 1. 4. Check that the fold line is within the specified value, in relation to the reference line. If the value
is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure. (Perform adjustment of <Side1>)
Side Regi Side1 specified value: +/-2.5 mm
<Side1>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM715-110"* so that measurement of the center line deviation (A) is within spec. The
following are for CVT-Side1. (For CIS-Side2, it is in the opposite direction)
• If the center line in the test chart is to the right of the center line in the copy: Set a larger
value.
• If the center line in the test chart is to the left of the center line in the copy: Set a smaller
value.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
4. "NVM715-110" to "NVM711-272" also.
*: NVM715-110 is rewritten by the value of NVM711-272 of DADF at Power-ON.
[NVM: 715-056 to 072].
All sizes are adjusted together by default.

1403 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Table 1 Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided mode
Document Guide
NVM Width Original Size

1 715-110 For all sizes For all sizes


711-272

2 715-056 139.7-148 mm A5SEF, Half letter SEF (5.5x8.5 inch SEF)


*: 105 mm, 128 mm *: A6SEF, B6SEF

3 715-058 182-195 mm B5 SEF, 16K SEF

4 715-060 203.2 mm 8x10 inch SEF, 8x10.5 inch SEF

5 715-062 210 mm A5 LEF, A4 SEF

6 715-064 215.9 mm Half letter LEF (5.5x8.5 inch LEF), Letter SEF
(8.5x11 inch SEF), Legal SEF (8.5x13 inch SEF/
8.5x14 inch SEF)

7 715-066 254-257 mm B5LEF, (8x10 inch LEF), B4SEF

8 715-068 266.7-270 mm 16K LEF, 8K SEF, Executive LEF (7.25x10.5 inch


LEF), 8x10.5 inch SEF

9 715-070 279.4 mm Letter LEF (8.5x11 inch LEF), 11x15 inch SEF, Tab-
loid (11x17 inch SEF)

10 715-072 297 mm A4 LEF, A3 SEF

<Side2>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced down, and so there is no gap Figure 2 Side 2 check
between the Guide of the DADF.
4. Check that the fold line is within the specified value, in relation to the reference line. If the value
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original. is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure. (Perform [Adjustment of Side1])
Color Mode: "Black" Side Regi Side2 specified value: +/-2.9 mm
Paper Tray: "A3"
<Side2>
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "2" 1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2 Sided Printing: 2 -> 1-sided 2. Adjust "NVM 716-068"* so that the measured value of the center line deviation (A) is within the
specified value. The following are for CVT-Side2. (For CIS-Side1, it is in the opposite direction)
3. Fold the output 2nd sheet Side2 copy into 2, the Check the central reference line of the test
chart copy, and deviation of the fold trace, Figure 2. • If the center line in the test chart is to the right of the center line in the copy: Set a smaller
value.
• If the center line in the test chart is to the left of the center line in the copy: Set a larger
value.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
[NVM: 716-104 to 112].
All sizes are adjusted together by default.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1404


ADJ 5.9 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Table 2 Side 2 of 2 Sided mode A D J 5 . 1 0 DA D F S l o w S c a n % A d j u s t m e n t
NVM Document Guide Width Original Size
To obtain the proper Slow Scan % for 100% copy.
1 716- For all sizes For all sizes Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
068
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20)
2 716- 139.7-148 mm A5SEF, Half letter SEF (5.5x8.5 inch SEF)
• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3)
104
• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 5.6)
3 716- 182-195 mm B5 SEF, 16K SEF
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 5.7)
105

4 716- 203.2 mm 8x10 inch SEF, 8x10.5 inch SEF


Note: For Side2, just check after Side1 adjustment.
106 Note:
5 716- 210 mm A5 LEF, A4 SEF • When the adjustment test is started, change the DADF travel mode to [normal mode (looped
107 mode)].
See the notes of ADJ 5.7 DADF Lead Skew adjustment for how to change.
6 716- 215.9 mm Half letter LEF (5.5x8.5 inch LEF), Letter SEF (8.5x11
108 inch SEF), Legal SEF (8.5x13 inch SEF/8.5x14 inch • After completion of the adjustment test, return the DADF travel mode to the default setting.
SEF)
<Side1>
7 716- 254-257 mm B5LEF, (8x10 inch LEF), B4SEF
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 with the reading surface (A3) faced on top, and so there is no
109
gap between the Guide of the DADF.
8 716- 266.7-270 mm 16K LEF, 8K SEF, Executive LEF (7.25x10.5 inch LEF), 2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
110 8x10.5 inch SEF Color Mode: "Black"
9 716- 279.4 mm Letter LEF (8.5x11 inch LEF), 11x15 inch SEF, Tabloid Paper Tray: "A3"
111 (11x17 inch SEF) Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "5"
10 716- 297 mm A4 LEF, A3 SEF
112 2 Sided Printing: 1 -> 1-sided
3. Measure the length of the output 3rd copy and specified position of the test chart, Figure 1.
Compare the measured value to determine the magnification.
Slow Scan % (Vertical): Between 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 in the figure.Magnification calculation: Length
of the copy/Length of the test chart = xxx%
If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.
SS (slow scan) % Side1 specified value: 100+/-0.8% Side2 specified value: 100+/-0.8%

1405 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.10
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Table 1 NVM DADF Scan Speeds
N-
o. NVM Scan Speed [mm/s] Remarks

1 711- For all reading speeds Does not affect the other adjustment values.
144

2 711- 700 It becomes the same value when 711-144 is


041 changed

3 711- 490 It becomes the same value when 711-144 is


042 changed

<Side2>
1. Set the Test chart 499T 00247 (A3) with the reading surface face down (bottom), so that there
is no gap with the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
No. of copies: "5"
2 Sided Printing: 2 -> 1-sided
3. Measure the length of the output 3rd copy and specified position of the test chart, Figure 2.
Compare the measured value to determine the magnification.
Slow Scan % (Vertical): Between 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 in the figure.Magnification calculation: Length
of the copy/Length of the test chart = xxx%
Check the adjustment result.
Figure 1 Side 1 check
• SS (slow scan) % Side 2 specified value: 100+/-0.8%
<Side1>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM 711-144"* so that the magnification value measured in Check Step 3 is within
specification.
• When the ratio is large (measured value of the copy is larger): increase the NVM's value
• If the ratio is small (measured value of the copy is smaller): reduce the NVM's value
(1 Step of NVM = 0.1%)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 3 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
*: When rewriting NVM 711-144, NVM 711-041 to 711-042 are also rewritten to the same
value.
To change the correction value for each reading speed, enter a correction value for each reading
speed to [NVM: 711-041 to 042].Adjustment is not made for each speed by default.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1406


ADJ 5.10 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 5 . 1 1 DA D F Tra i l i n g Ed g e Re g i s t ra t i o n A d j u s t m e n t
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Trail Edge (Slow Scan Direction).

Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20)
• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3)
• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 5.6)
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 5.7)

Note:
• When the adjustment test is started, change the DADF travel mode to [normal mode (looped
mode)].
See the notes of ADJ 5.7 DADF Lead Skew adjustment for how to change.
• After completion of the adjustment test, return the DADF travel mode to the default setting.
<Side1>
1. Correctly set a document that is about 30 mm shorter than the standard size, and there is a
reference point 10 mm from the trailing edge of the document, with the reading surface in front
(up), and so there is no gap between the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
Edge erase setting value: "0 mm"
No. of copies: "5"
Figure 2 Side 2 check 2 Sided Printing: 1 -> 1-sided
3. Measure the value from the image trail edge to the reference point (part A of the diagram) of
<Side2>
the output 3rd copy, Figure 1.
1. Side2's Slow Scan % is adjusted automatically by adjusting Side1. Check that the measured value is within the specified value.
If Side2 cannot be adjusted by the above method, adjust in the same manner as"NVM716- If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.
069". Tail Regi Side1 specified value: 9+/-0.5 mm, Side2: 9+/-0.5 mm

1407 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Table 1 Scan speeds

No. NVM Scan Speed [mm/s] Remarks

1 711-142 For all reading speeds Does not affect the other adjustment
values.

2 711-021 700 Add to the adjustment value of 711-


142.

3 711-022 490 Add to the adjustment value of 711-


142.

<Side2>
1. Correctly set a document that is about 30 mm shorter than the standard size, and there is a
reference point 10 mm from the trailing edge of the document, with the reading surface in the
rear (down), and so there is no gap between the Guide of the DADF.
2. Set the following conditions, and take a copy, and this will be the original.
Color Mode: "Black"
Paper Tray: "A3"
Reduce/Enlarge: magnification "100%"
Edge erase setting value: "0 mm"
No. of copies: "5"
2 Sided Printing: 2 -> 1-sided
3. Measure the value from the image trail edge to the reference point (part A of the diagram) of
Side 2 of the output 3rd copy, Figure 2.
Check that the measured value is within the specified value.
If the value is not specified, carry out the following adjustment procedure.
Figure 1 Side 1 check Tail Regi Side2 specified value: 9+/-0.5 mm
<Side1>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM711-142"*so the Trail Edge (A) value measured in the check step 3, is within the
specified value.
• When the measured value is equal to or less than the specified value, increase the value of
the NVM.
• When the measured value is equal to or greater than the specified value, reduce the value
of the NVM.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 3 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
*: In this DADF, rewriting NVM711-142, does not rewrite NVM711-021 to 711-022.
To change the correction value for each reading speed, enter a correction value for each reading
speed to [NVM: 711-021 to 022]. Adjustment is not made for each speed by default.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1408


ADJ 5.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Table 2 Scan speeds
N-
o. NVM Scan Speed [mm/s] Remarks

1 716-066 For all reading speeds Does not affect the other adjustment values.

2 716-074 700 It becomes the same value when 716-066 is


changed

3 716-073 490 It becomes the same value when 716-066 is


changed

Figure 2 Side 2 check


<Side2>
1. Enter Diag mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).
2. Adjust "NVM716-066"so that the Lead Edge (A) value measured in Check Step 3 is within
specification.
• When the measured value is equal to or less than the specified value, increase the value of
the NVM.
• When the measured value is equal to or greater than the specified value, reduce the value
of the NVM.
(1 Step in NVM = 0.1 mm)
3. Check the adjustment result and perform a re-adjustment.
Repeat Check Steps 1 to 3 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
When rewriting NVM 716-066, NVM 716-073 to 716-074 are also rewritten to the same value.
To change the correction value for each reading speed, enter a correction value for each reading
speed to [NVM: 716-073 to 074].Adjustment is not made for each speed by default. Adjustment
is not made for each speed by default.

1409 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 5.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 5 . 1 2 DA D F D o c u m e n t D e t e c t i o n C o r r e c t i o n ( s i z e d e t e c t i o n A D J 7 . 1 Tra y 5 / By p a s s G u i d e A d j u s t m e n t
automatic correction) This procedure calibrates the paper size detection circuits for Tray 5. It should be performed when
the MSI size sensor is replaced or a size detection error occurs
To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics mode (see Accessing UI Diagnostics).
Proceed with this adjustment only after the following operations/events.
2. From the Registration menu, select Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment. The Tray 5 (Bypass)
• The DADF Assy is replaced.
Guide Adjustment screen opens. The following radio buttons and dialog boxes are displayed:
• An abnormality is detected after replacing the Regi Roll, Feed Roll and Retard Roll.
• Minimum Size Position button
• A size detection error occurs.
• Maximum Size Position button
Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment. 3. Remove any paper from the tray and move the side guides to the minimum position and press
• System Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.20) the Minimum Size Position button.

• IIT lead edge/side registration (ADJ 5.3) 4. Press the Start button to calibrate the size. The dialog box indicates the results.

• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 5.6) • OK appears in the Result box if the sensor output value is within the specified range.

• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 5.7) • NG appears in the Result box if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. Check
the guide position and retry.
Overview 5. Move the side guides to the maximum position and press the Maximum Size Position button.
DADF reads 3 consecutive sheets, and the DADF compares the detected sub-scan length and refer- 6. Press the Start button to calibrate the size. The dialog box indicates the results.
ence value, and automatically changes the NVM's value.
• OK appears in the Result box if the sensor output value is within the specified range.
1. Enter the Diagnostics mode "ADF independent operation (size detection automatic correction) ". • NG appears in the Result box if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. Check
2. Set the 3* documents to be transported correctly, so that there is no gap between the DADF's the guide position and retry.
Guide.
* Document to be transported differs by market type as follows
• FX, XE/APO: A4LEF [slow scan length accuracy (210.0 mm +/- 0.7 mm)]
• XC: 8.5 inch x 11 inch LEF [slow scan length accuracy (215.9 mm +/- 0.7 mm)]
3. When the [Start] button is pressed, DADF starts to pull in the document, and automatically cal-
culates the correction value. At this time, [running] message is displayed.
4. The applicable NVM Data will then be updated. After the operation, the UI screen will be
displayed.
However, if this operation results in an NG, the NVM will not be updated and a message indicat-
ing that an NG has occurred will be displayed.

Note:
• This operation cannot be terminated (or aborted) halfway through the process and has to
be completed from start to finish regardless of any abnormalities that occur.
• In cases where more than 4 originals are loaded in the DADF, this operation will not feed
the originals that are fed after the fourth sheet.
• If it is still NG after the adjustment, repeat the procedure.
• Document to be transported by market type can be confirmed in the NVM715-307.
715-307 is 1 or 4 or 5: 8.5 inch x 11 inch LEF
715-307 is 2 or 3: A4LEF
5. The operation ends when the [Confirm] button is pressed.
Status Confirmation Specifications
After processing is completed, the correction value can be confirmed in NVM 711-164 docu-
ment slow scan size correction value, in the NVM Read.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1410


ADJ 5.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 8 . 1 Re g i s t ra t i o n Tra n s p o r t S ke w A d j u s t m e n t
This procedure adjusts the fine skew adjustment of paper registration using the adjustable Registra-
tion Transport.
1. Determine the direction of the skew on the print.
2. Open the Transport Drawer.
3. Loosen the inboard Transport Assembly mounting screw one full turn. (Figure 1)
4. If the outboard screw is in the right hole, remove the screw and place it in the left hole. (Figure
1)

Loosen the
screw

7. Tighten the inboard and outboard Registration Transport mount screws.

If the screw is 8. Determine if the skew is corrected.


in the right 9. Repeat the adjustment if necessary.
hole, move it
to the left
hole and loosen
the screw

Note: The center line on the Registration Skew guide is the nominal setting. Each line is equal
to approximately 1mm of skew. (Figure 2)
5. Slide the Registration Transport toward the right to more the bottom side of the image on the
page, to the right.
6. Slide the Registration Transport toward the left to move the bottom side of the image on the
page, to the left.

1411 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 8.1
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A DJ 8 . 2 I n ver t e r S o l en o id A d ju s t me n t A D J 8 . 3 I n v e r t e r 2 P i n c h Ro l l s
This adjustment Verifys the Inverter Gate Solenoid is clean and aligned correctly. This procedure adjusts the Inverter Pinch Roll nip gap. Indications that this Adjustment may need
to be performed are:
Check for any of the following conditions:
• Noise from the Inverter area.
• Duplex jobs are producing simplex output.
• Inverter or Duplex jams.
• Check output for damage that appears as “pinch marks” on the side edges of the paper.
• 77-111 or 77-129 fault codes.
• Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330. Alternate execution of codes
[077-013] Invert Gate In, and [077-014] Invert Gate Exit. Check the operation Inverter Gate Sol- • Skew caused by Inverter area.
enoid, PL 10.9 Item 22 actuates the exit gate, PL 10.9 Item 12, and middle chute, PL 10.9 Item
1. Verify that the media or tabs being used are less than 256gsm (94.5lbs). Using heavyweight
14, correctly. stock (greater than 256gsm (94.5lbs)) will cause Inverter jams.
If any of these conditions are present, perform the Adjustment.
Note: If machine has system s/w 60.1x.xxx inversion will be limited to 220gsm(81.3lbs).
1. Remove the Exit Gate, PL 10.9 Item 12.
Note: Some specialty medias may have to run facedown.(ie: Perforated Business Cards).
2. Remove the Nip Solenoid Cover, PL 10.9 Item 24.
2. Separate the IOT from the Finisher.
3. Remove the Inverter Gate Solenoid, PL 10.9 Item 22.
3. Visually check the gap between the front side of the Inverter Cover and the Right Upper and
4. Clean the Inverter Gate Solenoid. Right Lower Covers, Figure 1.
a. Clean the Inverter Gate Solenoid plunger and cavity. Use Formula-A.
5. Correct the alignment of the Inverter Gate Solenoid.
a. Loosen two screws, Look for the “sweet spot” so that the Inverter Gate is just flush with the
Upper Chute when the solenoid is actuated.
1. With the screws loosened slide the solenoid all the way in one direction. Then, slide the
solenoid all the way in the opposite direction. Then, back to approximately center.

Note: Adjustments beyond flush will cause the Gate to not open completely, resulting in
simplex jobs being sent to the inverter or a jam will occur.

Note: Adjustments short of being flush will cause the Gate to not close completely, resulting
in duplex jobs being sent to the finisher or a jam will occur.
6. If any of the above checks are still present perform this adjustment again. If the fault persists,
install a new Inverter Gate Solenoid, PL 10.9 Item 22.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1412


ADJ 8.2 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

1
If the gap is wider towards
the lower side of the
Inverter Cover, the hinges
may have been accidentally
bent.

NOTE:
To reform a bent hinge, open the
Inverter 2 Door. Place a hand
underneath the door in the area
indicated and pull upwards
slightly.

1413 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 8.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1. Open the Inverter 2 Door and remove the Inverter 2 Cover (Figure 2).
1
1 2 Loosen the two nip adjustment
Remove the two Lift the Cover screws with a 5.5mm nut driver.
screws at the top of straight upwards to
the Inverter 2 remove.
Cover.

INVERTER 2 DOOR WITH COVER REMOVED

3. Close the Inverter 2 Door.

CAUTION: In the following activity, Verify that the nut driver is held absolutely inline
and square to the adjustment screw being tightened. Do not allow any lateral drift in
the position of the nut driver shaft.
Note: In the following activity, if the two 5.5mm adjustment screws are missing, replace them
with 2 standard 5.5mm screws, 6 to 8mm in length. 4. Using a 5.5mm nut driver, tighten the two nip adjustment screws (Figure 4).

2. While the Inverter 2 Door is open, loosen the two nip adjustment screws (Figure 3).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1414


ADJ 8.3 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
1 1 2
Tighten both adjustment Place the sheet of paper
screws, keeping the nut Close the Inverter 2
between the Inverter 2 Door. The paper should
driver shaft inline with Pinch Rolls and Nip
the position of the remain captured in the
Rolls. rollers.
screw.

3
Gently pull on the exposed front and
rear sections of the paper to verify
that the paper is captured between
the rollers.
5. Open the Inverter 2 Door.
6. Place one sheet of 8.5” x 11” 24lb. paper in the Inverter Nip Rolls and close the Inverter 2 Door
(Figure 5), 7. Enter Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, dC330, code [077-016].
8. Press Start.
9. The paper should fall downward, out of the Pinch Rolls.
10. Place 10 sheets of 8.5” x 11” 24lb. paper in the Inverter Nip Rolls and close the Inverter 2 Door,
Figure 5, The 10 sheets of paper should be held in the Nip Rolls and not fall.
11. The 10 sheets of paper should fall out of the Pinch Rolls.
12. If the 10 sheets did not fall from the Pinch Rolls, repeat the Adjustment starting at step 2 of the
Adjustment section.
13. If the second attempt fails, try 8 sheets of paper in the Pinch Rolls and repeat the process. If this
is also unsuccessful, install a new upper chute assembly, PL 10.8 Item 1.

Note: If the Inverter 2 Transport is replaced individually, perform the adjustment again for this
new transport. If the Inverter 1 and Inverter 2 are replaced as an assembly, the steps starting
from step 7 must be checked and adjustment performed as required.

1415 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 8.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

ADJ 9.1 DC945 MAX Setup A D J 9 . 2 AT C S e n s o r S e t u p


This procedure checks, and, if necessary, adjusts, several Image Quality factors so that optimum CAUTION: This procedure should only be performed when the ATC Sensor or Devel-
copy and print quality can be consistently obtained, by stabilizing the development potential and oper Housing is being replaced, OR when there is reason to believe that the calibration
copy density. values in NVM are incorrect.
1. Reset the TRC Adjust values (ADJ 9.4) and Copy Mode Color Balance values (ADJ 9.6) to mid- This procedure sets the calibration values (ATC Correction Coefficient and ATC Correction Offset) in
point ( 0 ). NVM to calibrate new ATC Sensors
2. Perform the ProCon On/Off Print check (ADJ 9.5). If the check is good, go to step 5. 1. If the ATC Sensor or Developer Housing was replaced, perform the first procedure listed in
3. If the prints display any Inboard-to-Outboard density variation, perform the Adjustment. Adjustment
4. If Print quality is OK but Copy quality is bad, perform the IIT Procedures portion of the 2. If there is reason to believe that the calibration values in NVM are incorrect, perform the
Adjustment. following:
5. Perform the following as required by the customer: TRC Adjust (ADJ 9.4); Color Balance (ADJ a. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
9.6). The adjustment is complete. DO NOT perform the Adjustment unless problems are encoun-
tered in this Check. b. Press <Machine Status>.
c. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance /
Max Setup consists of several separate procedures that should be performed in the following Diagnostics].
sequence:
d. Select [Max Setup] , then [ATC Sensor Setup].
IOT Procedures
e. Check the values in the top rows of numbers in the window. If the value in all 4 columns is
1. Verify the ATC Sensor Setup (ADJ 9.2), then proceed to step 2. Verify that the calibration codes the default (55), it is probable that the NVM is incorrect. perform the second procedure listed
have not been reset to the default values. in the Adjustment.
2. Perform the ProCon On/Off Print check (ADJ 9.5), then proceed to step 3. Adjustment
3. If the prints display any Inboard-to-Outboard density variation go to Print Test Pattern. Print Procedure 1 - for new ATC Sensors
out test pattern #12 - In/out adjustment_primary color (4C). Evaluate the prints for inboard-to- Perform these steps if you have just replaced an ATC Sensor or Developer Housing:
outboard density variation. If problems are observed, perform ADJ 9.11, then proceed to step 4.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics..
4. If Print quality is OK but Copy quality is bad, go to the IIT Procedures ; otherwise proceed to
step 5. 2. Press <Machine Status>.
5. Perform Auto Gradation (Color Calibration). 3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
Proceed to step 4. 4. Select [Max Setup] , then [ATC Sensor Setup].
6. Perform the following as required by the customer: TRC Adjust (ADJ 9.4); Color Balance (ADJ 5. Locate the ATC Sensor calibration code on the ATC Sensor. This is the 3-digit number in the 3rd
9.6). line of text on the label (it will always start with a zero).
IIT Procedures 6. Enter the last 2 digits of this code into the appropriate column of the first row.
7. Select the color(s) to be changed.
Perform these steps ONLY if sent here from the IOT Baseline Checks. IIT Calibration SHOULD NOT
be performed as a routine part of the Adjustment. 8. Select Start.

1. If any IIT or IPS repairs were performed, perform the IIT Calibration (ADJ 5.11), then proceed to Procedure 2 - for existing ATC Sensors
step 2. Perform steps 1, 2, or 3 as appropriate if you need to restore ATC Sensor NVM calibration values:
2. Make a copy of the ProCon On pattern that was printed in step 2 of the Baseline Checks. Com-
pare the copy to the original print. Return to step 5 of the IOT Procedures. 1. If a known good Machine Settings exists, restore Machine Settings.
2. If a known good floppy is not available, but the original (as delivered) ATC Sensors are still in
the machine, perform the following:
a. Check the NVM Setting Value List in the Tray 1 pocket. Record the values for locations 752-
883 through 752-886 (these are the sensor barcode values).
b. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics..
c. Press <Machine Status>.
d. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance /
Diagnostics].
e. Select [Max Setup] , then [ATC Sensor Setup].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1416


ADJ 9.1 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
f. Select the color(s) to be changed. A D J 9 . 3 To n e r D e n s i t y S e t u p ( To n e U p / D o w n )
g. Enter the recorded values into the appropriate column of the first row.
This procedure manually increases or decreases toner concentration (TC). It is used when a xero-
h. Select Start. graphic problem or out-of-toner condition has prevented process control from maintaining the TC
3. If one or more ATC Sensors have been replaced, or if you are not sure of the replacement status, target value.
perform the following
This procedure does not change any parameters; it performs a one-time change to TC. It is impor-
a. Open the Drum Cartridge Module. tant that the problem that caused the low or high TC condition is resolved before performing this
adjustment.
Note: The sensor tags for the Y,M,C developers are visible from beneath the drawer. In order
to see the Black tag, remove the adjacent Drum Cartridge. 1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics..
b. Locate the ATC Sensor calibration code on the ATC Sensors. This is the 3-digit number in the 2. Press <Machine Status>.
3rd line of text on the label (it will always start with a zero). 3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
c. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics. 4. Select [Max Setup] , then [Adjust Toner Density].
d. Select Max Setup, then ATC Sensor Setup. 5. Compare the values for ATC Measured Value with the values for ATC Target. If the values differ
e. Select the color(s) to be changed. by more than 25 bits for Y, M, or C; or by more than 50 bits for K, perform the Adjustment.
f. Enter the last 2 digits of this code into the appropriate column of the first row. 1. For each color that is above or below target, enter a value between -99 and 99 into the top row.
g. Select Start. This value is the number of tone up or tone down cycles to be performed. Negative values in-
crease the ATC Measured Value ; positive values decrease ATC Measured Value. Press Start.
2. Repeat as required until ATC Measured Value matches ATC Target. If the measured (average)
value cannot be set to the target, there is a problem in either the toner delivery system (Dis-
penser, low toner sensor, etc.), or in the TC detection circuitry.

1417 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.3
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 9 . 4 M a n u a l T RC A d j u s t A D J 9 . 5 Pr o Co n O n / O f f Pr i n t C h e c k
CAUTION: Perform this adjustment only to correct a strong customer complaint. Al- This procedure performs a Mini setup, outputs a printed test pattern for visual analysis, and prints a
tering the set points will affect both Print and Copy modes. Also, there is quite a bit of Job End patch. Selected process control NVM values are displayed, and a check for hidden process-
overlap among the low, medium, and high densities. For these reasons, it is recom- control-related faults is performed.
mended that this procedure not be used unless absolutely necessary.
There are 2 modes in this procedure:
To adjust image quality (TRC) to meet the user's preference, by increasing or decreasing the center • Procon On mode - the routine is run with ATC/ADC correction per the ProCon lookup table (LUT)
value of correction for each (YMCK) color, in low density, medium density, and high density ranges. and customer mode settings.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics. • Procon Off mode: - the routine is run with ATC/ADC/LUT bypassed, using the default settings for
potential.
2. Press <Machine Status>.
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics]. 1. Verify that there is 11 x 17 in/A3 paper in Tray 1.
4. Select [Max Setup] , then [TRC Adjustment]. 2. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics..
5. Select Copy and Print 3. Verify that TRC (ADJ 9.4) and Color Balance (ADJ 9.6) values are set at midpoint.
6. Type in the new values; the default is 0, and the range is from -128 to +127. 4. Press <Machine Status>.
7. Select Start. 5. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
8. Perform a Complete Call Closeout, then switch the machine power Off then On 6. Select [Max Setup] , then [Procon On/Off Print].
9. Make 2 prints or copies. Ask the customer if the desired result is achieved. Note: Disregard any NG readings that are displayed when you first enter the routine - the data
10. Repeat steps 3 through 6 until the customer is satisfied with the image quality. are only valid after Start has been selected.

7. Select [ ProCon On] , then press Start. Mini setup will be executed in 4C mode. 1 sheet of the
built-in test pattern Pcon PG 200C will be printed and the job end patch created.
8. Check the ProCon Status and Judgement tables for any failures. If NG is displayed, perform the
Adjustment. If NG is not displayed, then all is OK.
9. Check the ProCon On/Off Values window. If any of the following values do not meet the listed
criteria, perform the Adjustment:
• ADC H(igh) (relevant to mid/high density reproduction) is within +/- 25 bits of ADC Target
H(igh) (+/- 50 bits for K).
• ADC Min 1 (relevant to mid/high density reproduction) is at least 50 bits lower than ADC
Min 2. The ADC Target H should fall between the Min1 and Min 2 values, +/- 50 bits
• Measured ADC L(ow) 1 - 4 (relevant to highlight density reproduction) is within +/- 25 bits
of ADC Target L(ow) 1 - 4 (+/- 50 bits for K).
• Measured ATC Average is within +/- 25 bits of ATC Target.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1418


ADJ 9.4 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
• For ADC Shutter Closed failures go to the 092-650.
• For ADC Sensor failures go to the 092-651.
• For ADC Patch failures go to the 092-652.
• For ATC Average failures go to the 092-653 (Y), 092-653 (M), 092-655 (C), or 092-656 (K)
• For ATC Amplitude failures go to the 092-657 (Y), 092-658 (M), 092-659 (C), or the 092-660
(K).
• For Temperature failures go to the 092-661.
• For Humidity failures go to the 092-662.
• For ADC Mini setup failures go to the 092-663..
2. If the ATC Measurement Average in step 9 of the Check was out of spec, perform ADJ 9.3, re-
peat the Check. If the problem remains, continue the Adjustment from this point.
3. Record the values in the ProCon On/Off Values window.
4. Select the ProCon Off radio button, then select Start. Mini setup will be executed in 4C mode. 1
sheet of the built-in test pattern Pcon PG 200C will be printed and the job end patch created.
ProCon Off switches off the Grid Voltage Control, and ADC Gradation Control:
Figure 1 ADC Target Range • Grid Voltage Control Off: For medium/high density problems, this allows you to differentiate
between developing/transfer problems in IOT elements status and Grid Voltage Control prob-
10. Examine the printed test pattern (Figure 2). Compare the output to the Color Test Pattern. lems due to Procon ADC.
Check the density and color shift of the medium/high density areas, and the reproduced density
and color shift of the highlights. If a problem is detected, perform the Adjustment. • ADC Gradation Control: When reproduced highlights are poor, this allows you to differenti-
ate between problems with the IOT itself and problems with the ADC Gradation Adjustment.
5. Compare the output of the ProCon On and ProCon Off prints. Evaluate according to one of the
following Problem Statements:
Mid/High density:
1st column 100% a. Both ProCon On and ProCon Off prints are unacceptable
10th column 5%, • F or poor Highlight reproduction, perform ADJ 9.3 (Tone-up/Tone-down).
11th column not
visible • If the problem involves a single color, it may be the Developer and/or power supplies,
Photoreceptor/BCR/Scorotron, and/or power supplies, or ROS. Repair or replace as
required.
• If the problem involves a all colors, check the 2nd BTR, its power supply, and the Transfer
Highlight Belt.
Density:
1st column 100% b. ProCon Off print is OK but ProCon On print is unacceptable
6th column 5%,
8th column • Replace the MOB/ ADC Sensor Assembly (PL 1.1 Item 16).
visible
* 11th column not
visible

* Secondary Colors - Mid/High


Density

1. If NG is displayed, carry out the following failure correction as appropriate, then repeat the
Check.
• For ADC Shutter Open failures go to the 092-649.

1419 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.5
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 9 . 6 Co p y M o d e Co l o r B a l a n c e A D J 9 . 7 L e a d E d g e / S i d e E d g e Re g i s t r a t i o n
To perform fine adjustment of the center value of the low density/medium density/high density Purpose
output balance for each color for copy images.
The purpose is to adjust the position of the printed image on the page. This is done by changing
• This adjustment is only applicable to the copy function. the value of the Lead Edge Registration and Side Edge Registration Parameters in NVM. Side Edge
• Adjustment is carried out in the TRC section of the IIT according to the set value. Registration is determined by when the ROS starts and stops writing the image. Lead Edge Registra-
tion is determined by the timing of the Registration Clutch.
• Perform this adjustment only when requested by the customer. The center of color adjustment
in Customer Mode will be changed by this setup. Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
justments will affect customers output.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics..
2. Press <Machine Status>. Specification
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics]. The specifications for Lead Edge and Side Edge are shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Specification
4. Select [Max Setup] , then [Color Balance Adjustment].
Item Simplex Duplex Tray 5 / Bypass
5. Select Max Setup, then Color Balance Adjustment.
6. Place an image on the platen Lead Edge 10±0.7mm 10±0.7mm 10±0.7mm
7. Use the (+) and (-) buttons to choose from 9 color balance adjustment values (from -4 to +4; 0
is the default value), for the range of low density, medium density and high density, for each col- Side Edge 10±1.2mm 10±1.2mm 10±1.2mm
or. The portion of the image in each range will become lighter from -1 to -4, and darker from +1
to +4.
Introduction
8. When all corrections have been entered, select Start. This series consists of the following procedures:
9. Perform a Temporary Call Closeout, then switch the machine power Off then On • Lead Edge Registration, Bond/Plain Paper, All Trays (1 - 6), Sides 1 and 2, are set separately.
10. Make 2 prints or copies. Ask the customer if the desired result is achieved. • Lead Edge Registration, Heavyweight Paper, All Trays (1 - 6), Sides 1 and 2, are set separately.
11. Repeat steps 6 through 10 until the customer is satisfied with the image quality.
Note: Lead Edge Registration is set by paper weight and paper type. One Lead Edge Registra-
12. Select a paper tray (1-4) containing the appropriate paper. tion setting for a particular weight and type applies to all trays (1-6).
13. Select Start. A copy of the image on the platen will be made in FC mode. • Side Edge Registration, All Trays (1 - 6), Sides 1 and 2, are set separately.
14. Ask the customer to examine the copy to determine if the corrections meet the desired
outcome. Note: If unable to set lead edge registration, enter NVM Read/Write. Verify NVM value 749-226
ROS Lead Edge Registration Correction, is set to the value specified on the factory setting sheet.
15. If further correction is needed, repeat steps 6 -14 as required.
16. When the image meets the customers requirements, select Save , then perform a Temporary Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order:
Call Closeout.
ADJ 9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.

Note: Whenever you adjust registration, you must perform the entire series, in the sequence given.
Read the entire procedure before performing the adjustment.

Lead Edge Registration


Go To: ADJ 9.7a

Side Edge Registration


Go To: ADJ 9.7b

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1420


ADJ 9.6 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 7 a L e a d E d g e Re g i s t r a t i o n Lead Edge
Measurement
Purpose
To correctly register the lead edge of the image in relation to the lead edge of the paper. There is a
baseline lead edge setting for Trays 1 - 6 on sides 1 and 2.

Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
justments will affect customers output.
Checking Baseline Lead Edge Registration (Trays 1 - 4 and 6)

Note: You must set baseline registration for Bond/Plain paper before setting heavyweight
registration.
1. Load Trays 1 and 2, and the Tray 5 / Bypass, with 11 x 17 / A3 Bond/Plain or Heavyweight paper,
as appropriate. Load Trays 3, 4, and 6 with 8 1/2 x 11 / A4 Bond/Plain or Heavyweight paper, as
appropriate.
2. Enter UI diagnostics (see Accessing UI Diagnostics).
3. Press <Machine Status>.
4. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
5. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
6. Select [Paper Supply] and select the desired Tray, then Save.
7. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 1] and [Save].
8. Set Number of Prints to 5 and select [Print].

Note: The routine automatically selects the appropriate NVM location to set, based on the Pa-
per Type setting for the trays.
Checking Side 2 Lead Edge Registration
9. Label each printed sheet with the number of the print (1 through 5), the words “Tray 1,” and Note: The test pattern for side 1 does not align with the side 2 test pattern; do not attempt to set
“Side 1.” registration by aligning the grids.
Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has 1. Make the following selections:
one line.
a. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2] and [Save].
10. Take the third print and measure the lead edge (as shown on Figure 1).
b. Select 5 for Number of Sheets , if not already selected.
11. If the measured value is not 10±0.7 mm, perform the Adjustment. If the Check is OK, proceed
to Checking Side 2 Lead Edge Registration. 2. Select Print on the UI screen.
3. Label each printed sheet with the number of the print (1 through 5), the words “Tray 1” and
“Side 2.”
4. Take the third print and measure lead edge (as shown on Figure 2).
5. If the measured value is not 10±1.5 mm, perform the Adjustment. If the Check is OK, proceed
to Checking Lead Edge Registration, Heavyweight paper.

1421 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.7a
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
5. Select [Save].
Lead Edge
Measurement 6. Select [Adjust]. (You must select Adjust. If you do not select Adjust, the changes will not be
saved and applied.)

Note: Select [Adjust] only once or the changes will be saved and applied multiple times.
The adjustment is applied to all stocks of the same weight.
7. Repeat the Check/Adjust Sequence until the measured value falls within the specification.

Checking Lead Edge Registration, Heavyweight paper


1. If heavyweight paper is available, load Trays 1 and 2, and the Tray 5 / Bypass, with 11 x 17 / A3
Heavyweight paper. Load Trays 3, 4, and 6 with 8 1/2 x 11 / A4 Heavyweight paper.

Note: If heavyweight paper is not available, use the same Bond/Plain paper that was used to
check and adjust baseline registration for Bond/Plain paper.

Note: Setting up the registration for Heavyweight 1 will automatically set up the registration
for Plain Gloss media.
2. For Trays 1 - 6, the routine automatically selects the appropriate NVM location to set, based on
the Paper Type setting for the trays. Verify that all paper trays are set to a Heavyweight paper
type (regardless of the actual weight of paper installed in the trays) by pressing the Machine
Status button on the UI, select the Paper Tray button to display attributes, and setting and Sav-
ing a Heavyweight paper type for each tray. Note that if this path has changed, you will need to
consult the copier/printer User Guide (Training and Information CD) for the correct menu path
3. Repeat the previously stated procedures for Checking and Adjusting (if necessary) Lead Edge
Registration (for Bond/Plain Paper) for Trays 1 - 6, If the Check is OK, proceed to Side Edge
Registration (ADJ 9.7b).
1. Select [Paper Supply] and select the desired Tray.
2. Select [Adjusted Side] and select Side 1 or Side 2 as required.
3. Select [Lead / Side Registration] and adjust the Lead Registration.

Note: Verify that Side is set to 0.


4. Use the Up and Down Arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of lead edge spacing.
The down arrow increases the lead edge spacing (moves the test pattern down). The up arrow
decreases the lead edge spacing.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1422


ADJ 9.7a Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 7 b S i d e Ed g e Re g i s t r a t i o n 11. If the measured value is not 10±1.2mm, perform the Adjustment.


12. If the measurement is within specification, select Trays 2 through 4, then Tray 6, and repeat
Purpose steps 1 through 5 for each successive tray. Perform the Adjustment, if the measurement is not
To correctly register the side edge of the image in relation to the outboard edge of the paper. within specification.

Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad- Checking Side 2 Side Edge Registration
justments will affect customers output. 1. When side 1 is within specification, select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2] and [Save].
1. Check that paper is loaded in all trays, and that the paper guides are adjusted correctly. 2. Set Number of Prints to 5 and select [Print].
2. Enter UI diagnostics (see Accessing UI Diagnostics). 3. Label each printed sheet with the number of the print (1 through 5), the words “Tray 1,” and
“Side 1.”
3. Press <Machine Status>.
4. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics]. Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has
one line.
5. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
6. Select [Paper Supply] and select the desired Tray, then Save.
7. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 1] and [Save].
8. Set Number of Prints to 5 and select [Print].

Note: The routine automatically selects the appropriate NVM location to set, based on the Pa-
per Type setting for the trays.
9. Label each printed sheet with the number of the print (1 through 5), the words “Tray 1,” and
“Side 1.”

Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has
one line.

Side Edge

Side Edge
4. Select Trays 2 through 4, then Tray 6, and repeat the check for each successive tray for Side 2.
5. If the measured value for Trays 2 through 4, and Tray 6 (Side 2) is not 10±1.2mm, perform the
Adjustment, where applicable.

Checking Tray 5 / Bypass Side Edge Registration


1. If the measurement is within specification, select Tray 5 and repeat the check for Side 1 of the
Tray 5 / Bypass.
2. If the measured value for Side 1 of the Tray 5 / Bypass is not 10±1.2mm, perform the
Adjustment.
3. If the measurement is within specification, select the Side 2 radio button and repeat the check
for Side 2 of the Tray 5 / Bypass.
10. Take the third print and measure the side edge (Figure 1). 4. If the measured value for Side 2 of the Tray 5 / Bypass is not 10±1.2mm, perform the
Adjustment.

1423 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.7b
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
1. Select [Paper Supply] and select the desired Tray. A D J 9 . 8 Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e t u p Cy c l e
2. Select [Adjusted Side] and select Side or Side 2 as required.
To set the most appropriate Registration Control correction value for skew etc. This procedure must
3. Select [Lead / Side Registration] and adjust the Side Registration. be performed if the registration NVM is corrupted or initialized, and after replacement of any of the
4. Use the Right and Left Arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of side edge spacing. following:
The Right arrow increases the side edge spacing (moves the image to the right). The Left arrow • ROS (REP 60.1, REP 60.2)
decreases the side edge spacing.
• Transfer Belt (REP 90.1)
Note: Verify that Lead is set to 0. • IBT Module (REP 90.2)
5. Select [Save].
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
6. Select [Adjust]. (You must select Adjust. If you do not select Adjust, the changes will not be
saved and applied.) 2. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
3. Select [Sub System > Belt Edge Learn].
Note: Select [Adjust] only once or the changes will be saved and applied multiple times.
4. Press Start.
7. Repeat the Check/Adjust Sequence until the measured value falls within the specification.
5. When the routine is completed, select [Close] and [Close] Sub System.
6. Select [Registration > Registration Control - Setup Cycle].
7. Press Start.
The shift amount for each color is corrected automatically.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1424


ADJ 9.8 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 9 Re g i s t r a t i o n M e a s u r e m e n t Cy c l e A D J 9 . 1 0 Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e n s o r C h e c k Cy c l e
To measure the color registration for 4 colors and display the status by indicating OK/NG (Check or This is a self-diagnostic cycle for checking that the misregistration detection system (MOB Sensor)
Adjustment). is operating normally. The color shift amount is detected using Cyan patch. Any misregistration de-
tected in the MOB sensor is displayed on the screen.
This cycle performs the color registration measurement that includes the detection of AC compo-
nent to determine the condition of AC control (Drum Drive, Belt Drive, and Belt Steering, etc.), which This detection result is compared again with the target value to determine the pass/fail (OK/NG)
is one of the color registration components. status. Correction is not performed.
• Performs registration measurement to determine the condition of the AC control. 1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
• Checks that the Belt control etc. are operating normally. 2. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
• Measures/displays the amount of color shift relative to Black in the Fast Scan/Slow Scan 3. Select [Registration > Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle].
direction.
4. Press Start.
• Displays the result of comparing OK/NG (Check or Adjustment) with the target value.
5. When the test completes, the results will be displayed. If the measured value for any parameter
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics. is larger than the target value by 10, NG is displayed.
2. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics]. If NG, check that Cyan is being printed; if so, replace the MOB Sensor Assembly.
3. Select [Registration > Registration Measuring Cycle]. If Cyan is not being printed, there is a problem in Development or 1st Transfer.
4. Press Start.
Displays OK or NG in the Result column.
5. When NG is displayed, go to the OF 9.1.
If the result is NG for both AC/DC, fix the AC problem first.

1425 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.9
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

ADJ 9.11 Inboard/Outboard Manual Density Setup 1. Categorize the variation according to one of the following general types, then choose the specif-
ic pattern number within that group that most closely represents the density variation:
This procedure corrects Inboard to outboard density variation of each of the primary colors (YMCK) • Darker or Lighter Center Density: Patterns 1, 4, 5, 6 - Figure 2.
independently by adjusting the Laser Diode output as it scans.
• Lighter Inboard Density: Patterns 2, 7, 10 - Figure 3.
Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad- • Darker Inboard Density: Patterns 3, 8, 9 - Figure 4.
justments will affect customers output.

Note: The changes made by this routine are VERY slight, and may not be detectable without a
densitometer. It will not correct gross density variations caused by Image Quality faults.
1. Load 11 x 17”/A3 paper into Tray 1.
2. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. (refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics).
3. Press <Machine Status>.
4. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
5. Select [Max Setup] , then [In/Out Manual Setup].
6. Make the following selections on the UI:
• Select Primary Color.
• Press Start. The Primary Color Test Pattern is output, Figure 1.

Figure 2 Darker or Lighter Center Density (Patterns 1, 4, 5, 6)

Figure 1 Test Pattern 1


7. Check the print for inboard-to-outboard density variation. Examine each band on the print. If
any variation is observed, perform the Adjustment.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1426


ADJ 9.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 3 Lighter Inboard Density (Patterns 2, 7, 10)

Figure 4 Darker Inboard Density (Patterns 3, 8, 9)


2. Determine the Density Level from the following figures:
• Figure 5 - Density Levels for Patterns 1 and 4
• Figure 6 - Density Levels for Patterns 5 and 6
• Figure 7 - Density Levels for Patterns 2 and 7
• Figure 8 - Density Levels for Pattern 10
• Figure 9 - Density Levels for Patterns 3 and 8
• Figure 10 - Density Levels for Pattern 9

1427 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.11
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 5 Density Levels - Patterns 1 and 4 Figure 7 Density Levels - Patterns 2 and 7

Figure 6 Density Levels - Patterns 5 and 6 Figure 8 Density Levels - Pattern 10

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1428


ADJ 9.11 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 1 2 S e c o n d a r y Tra n s fe r O u t p u t Vo l ta g e
The CE adjusts the secondary transfer voltage for the special paper which the customer uses.

CAUTION: Placeholder only! This is a copy of preliminary engineering input, and


may not represent the final procedure. For reference and general information only.
Check with the customer on the weight of the paper and which is the desired output mode for the
special paper.
Table 1 Paper Weight
Paper Weight Color / B/W Side 1 / Side 2

1 Plain: Paper up to 104gsm. 1 Color 1 Side 1


2 Heavyweight 1: Paper from 105gsm to 176gsm. 2 B/W 2 Side 2
3 Heavyweight 2: Paper that is 177gsm.

See Table 1 to check the combinations.


1. Based on the data collected during preparation, set the required icons in addition to the existing
UI icons.
Figure 9 Density Levels - Patterns 3 and 8 The machine is designed such that 6 icons can be added for the special settings above. (The
shaded parts in Table 2)

Note: Be sure to remember the icon names used.


Table 2 Paper Type
UI Paper UI Image Quality
Type Settings Type Details

Plain Plain A Cannot be changed (For thin Plain paper)

Plain B Cannot be changed (For thick Plain paper)

Plain C Cannot be changed (For Coated paper)

Plain S1 For manual settings

Plain S2 For manual settings

Heavyweight Heavyweight 1A Cannot be changed (Heavyweight 105gsm to


1 128gsm)
Figure 10 Density Levels - Pattern 9
Heavyweight 1B Cannot be changed (Heavyweight 129gsm to
3. In the Color Adjustment column, select the color to be adjusted. 176gsm)
4. In the Form Adjustment column, select the Pattern and Level determined in steps 1 and 2.
Heavyweight 1 S1 For manual settings
5. Select Start , then select Print. Check the new print for even density.

Note: The amount of visible change is small, even when level 6 is selected. It may be necessary Heavyweight 1 S2 For manual settings
to perform several cycles to achieve the desired result.
Heavyweight Heavyweight 2A Cannot be changed (Standard Heavyweight 2)
6. Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the density is even. If more than one color shows density variation, re- 2
peat the procedure as required. Heavyweight 2B Cannot be changed (Corresponds to application)

Heavyweight 2C Cannot be changed (Postcard (Private))

Heavyweight 2D Cannot be changed (Postcard)

1429 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.12
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
5. Set 10 for No. of sets. Then select a tray and press the Start button.
UI Paper UI Image Quality
Type Settings Type Details Print 10 sheets (the 1st sheet is a dummy) of the sample of the changed output in adjustment
mode.
Heavyweight 2E Cannot be changed (Heavyweight above 256gsm) Details of the output samples are as follows.
1st sheet: Dummy
Heavyweight 2 S1 For manual settings
2nd sheet: Prints at 60% output of the secondary transfer of the 6th sheet.
Heavyweight 2 S2 For manual settings 3rd to 5th sheets: Prints in increasing order from 61% to 99% output of the secondary transfer
of the 6th sheet.
Determine which above icon to set according to the paper weight. 6th sheet: Prints at the current secondary transfer status.
Next, prepare for input into the NVM according to the mode information and the above icon 7th to 9th sheets: Prints in increasing order from 101% to 139% output of the secondary trans-
settings. The NVM is determined according to the combinations from the following mode infor- fer of the 6th sheet.
mation. Table 3 10th sheet: Prints at 140% output of the secondary transfer of the 6th sheet.
Table 3 Mode Information
6. Excluding the 1st dummy sample, when there is a sample with the best printing among the 9
NVM Mode Information sheets (2nd sheet to 10th sheet), proceed to the following steps. When there isn't, go to Step 9.
746-002 11: Plain S1, FC, Side 1 a. Determine the number (2 to 10) of the best sample.
12: Plain S1, FC, Side 2
13: Plain S1, BW, Side 1 E.g.) The 8th sheet of the sample has the best printing = Best sample number is 8
14: Plain S1, BW, Side 2 b. Enter the number of that sample into the NVM (746-003).
15: Plain S2, FC, Side 1 E.g.) When sample number 8 is identified to be the best, enter 8 into the NVM (746-003).
16: Plain S2, FC, Side 2
17: Plain S2, BW, Side 1 7. Exit from the Diag. mode. Make a copy in the icon created in Step 1 and check if the same im-
18: Plain S2, BW, Side 2 age quality as the sample can be attained.
21: Heavyweight 1 S1, FC, Side 1 8. Explain to the customer that the mode for using the special paper was set in the particular icon.
22: Heavyweight 1 S1, FC, Side 2
23: Heavyweight 1 S1, BW, Side 1 9. When there is no output value for the best changed output among the 10 sheets, change the
24: Heavyweight 1 S1, BW, Side 2 NVM value as follows.
25: Heavyweight 1 S2, FC, Side 1 When the desired secondary transfer output is higher *1: Check the NVM (746-014) value and
26: Heavyweight 1 S2, FC, Side 2 input that value into NVM (746-004).
27: Heavyweight 1 S2, BW, Side 1 When the desired secondary transfer output is lower *2: Check the NVM (746-006) value and in-
28: Heavyweight 1 S2, BW, Side 2 put that value into NVM (746-004).
31: Heavyweight 2 S1, FC, Side 1
32: Heavyweight 2 S1, FC, Side 2 10. By inputting a value mentioned above, 10 sheets of sample can be output with that value as a
33: Heavyweight 2 S1, BW, Side 1 central value.
34: Heavyweight 2 S1, BW, Side 2 11. Change the following NVM again and enter adjustment mode. Table 5
35: Heavyweight 2 S2, FC, Side 1 Table 5 NVM
36: Heavyweight 2 S2, FC, Side 1
37: Heavyweight 2 S2, BW, Side 1 After
38: Heavyweight 2 S2, BW, Side 2 Initial Chang-
NVM NVM Names Value e
2. Enter UI Diag. and change the following NVM data. Table 4
Table 4 NVM 746-001 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Activation Switch 0 2
(Adjustment Mode)
Ini-
tial
NVM NVM Names Value After Change Note: This is because the initial value is restored automatically after making samples of 746-
001.
746-001 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Activa- 0 1
tion Switch (Adjustment Mode) The value 1 entered in Step 2 is for normal mode output. As the data sample output of the
changed central value is necessary, enter 2 for 2nd adjustment.
746-002 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Rewrite 0 Input the data deter- 12. Repeat Steps 5 to 7.
Mode Selection mined in Step 1. 13. When more samples must be made, repeat Steps 9 to 11.
3. Borrow the specified original from the customer and place it on the Platen Glass. 14. NVM Table Table 6
4. Borrow the specified special paper (up to 30 sheets) from the customer and load it in the tray.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1430


ADJ 9.12 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Table 6 NVM A D J 9 . 1 3 B e l t Ed g e Le a r n
Sample
Number NVM NVM Names This procedure calibrates the Belt Edge Sensor. This adjustment is required after replacement of ei-
ther the Transfer Belt or the Belt Edge Sensor.
2 746-006 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.2
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
3 746-007 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.3 2. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
3. Select [Sub System > Belt Edge Learn].
4 746-008 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.4
4. Select Start on the screen.
5 746-009 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.5

6 746-010 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.6

7 746-011 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.7

8 746-012 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.8

9 746-013 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.9

10 746-014 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Sample Output Value No.10

*1 When the desired secondary output is more than 140% of the current output
E.g.: The high density parts have a low density even in sample No.10.
The 3C high density parts are bluish.
*2 When the desired secondary output is less than 60% of the current output
E.g.: The high density parts have mottles (spots/white spots) even in sample No.2.
(For other symptom, there may be many white dots at the H/T area, or there may be rustling
noise at H/T area of the color K.)

1431 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.13
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 9 . 1 5 Tra p e z o i d a l A d j u s t m e n t
The purpose is to Verify there is equal nip pressure IB to OB between the 2nd BTR Roll and the 2nd
BTR Backup Roll, and the Fuser Heat Roll and Fuser Belt Assembly. An IB to OB nip variation causes
paper rotation during transfer and results in Image Stretch. This adjustment Verifys that Trapezoi-
dal Distortion due to IB to OB nip variation is within tolerances. The maximum acceptable deviation
is 0.6mm.

Check
Note: During this adjustment you will use the 700 Alignment Calculator. Select Trapezoidal Adjust-
ment. Note the ADJXX in the calculator do not match the adjustment numbers for the xc550-560.

Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order: ADJ
9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.

Note: Before starting this series of procedures, Verify that there are no custom paper profiles or
alignment profiles selected in customer tools mode:
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
2. Press <Machine Status>.
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Paper Tray Settings > Custom
Paper Settings].
4. The settings for tray 6/7 should display “not in use” or “No name”.
Figure 1 IB and OB Side Line Length Measurements
Note: Verify that the HFSI counter for (954-813) 2nd BTR Unit is below threshold and correctly in-
stalled. If the threshold has been exceeded, replace the unit. 5. Press Enter to get the results from the calculator.
6. The alignment calculator automatically calculates the difference ( 1A - 1B ) which represents
1. The following Steps need to be performed on ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories). the Trapezoidal Misalignment Amount.
2. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics. • If the calculated value is within tolerances, the judgement will display “OK”. Continue to the
3. Print the test pattern. next adjustment, ADJ 9.16 Side1/Side2 Side Skew Adjustment.

a. Press <Machine Status>. • If the calculated value is not within tolerances, the judgement will display “NG”, you must
perform the Adjustment. The Correction Value box will display the number of increments
b. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / that the 2nd BTR Cams will need to be adjusted.
Diagnostics].
c. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment]. Adjustment
1. Remove the 2nd BTR Assembly (REP 90.4).
d. Under For Individual Trays, select [Paper Supply].
2. Adjust the inboard and outboard 2nd BTR Cams (Figure 2 and Figure 3) based on the Correction
e. Select the tray 6/7 paper size.
Value displayed in the XC or XE Xerox 700 Digital Color Press alignment field calculator:
• For the HCF select 8.5x11 inch (A4) 90gsm.
• For the OHCF select 11 X 17 inch (A3) 90gsm
Note: Rotate each cam CW or CCW as directed by the alignment tool. Place the 2nd BTR on a
flat surface and face the front of the unit to adjust the front cam. Then, rotate the unit end-for-
• Select [Save]. end to adjust the rear cam. Both cams must be rotated (Clockwise) or (Counterclockwise) as in-
f. Select [Adjusted Side]. dicated on the alignment tool. The net effect is removing roll torque.

g. Select [Side 1] and [Save].


h. For Number of Sheets, select [3] and select [Print].
4. (Figure 1): Select the last print out and label the lead edge (LE). Measure dimensions 1A and 1B
in millimeters, as shown in the figure (NOTE: The figure shows 11x17 (A3) SEF.).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1432


ADJ 9.15 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
8. Perform the ADJ 9.16 Side1/Side2 Side Skew Adjustment.

Paper Stretch Check


a Measure Fuser paper-stretch:
1. Open the paper Tray being checked.
2. Remove three (3) 11 X 17 (A3) sheets of paper from the tray.
3. Measure and record the inboard to outboard paper width, at the lead and trail edges of the
paper.
4. Replace the measured sheets in the tray and run test pattern 8.
5. Measure the inboard to outboard paper width, at the lead and trail edges of the paper.
6. If the measurements differ by 0.4mm or more, replace the Fuser Assembly.

a. Hold the cam latch open.

b. Rotate the cam the number of increments indicated in the Correction Value of the alignment
tool. Rotate counterclockwise for negative values. Rotate clockwise for positive values.
c. Repeat steps a and b for the other cam.
3. Repeat the Check. If the result is OK, continue to ADJ 9.16 Side1/Side2 Side Skew Adjustment.
If the result is still NG, continue with the next step.
4. Remove and inspect the 2nd BTR Assembly (REP 90.4). Visually check the 2nd BTR Assembly
gears to check for wear. If parts on the 2nd BTR Assembly are worn or broken, replace the 2nd
BTR Assembly.
5. If the 2nd BTR Assembly was not broken or worn, replace the assembly in the machine, and Veri-
fy that it is properly seated.
6. Return to the beginning of the adjustment and perform the check.
7. If the Check continues to be NG, perform the Paper Stretch Check.

1433 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.15
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 9 . 1 6 S i d e 1 / S i d e 2 S i d e S ke w A d j u s t m e n t 2B 2A
The purpose is to Verify that the IB edge of the paper is aligned with the image on the Transfer
Belt. The side skew is adjusted by changing the physical position of the Registration Transport in
the Paper Path Module. The maximum acceptable deviation is 0.5mm.

Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
justments will affect customers output. Side 2
Lead Edge
Check
Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order: ADJ
9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
2. Press <Machine Status>.
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
4. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
5. Select [Paper Supply] and select 11 X 17 (A3).
6. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2].
7. Set Number of Prints to 3 and select [Print].
11. Subtract the value for 2B from the value for 2A.
8. (Figure 1): Select the last print out. On Side 1, measure the distance at locations 1A and 1B.
12. If the difference in the measurements is 0.5mm or less, the measurement is OK.
Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has If the difference is greater than 0.5 mm, perform the adjustment for that side.
one line.
If the judgment is OK, go to ADJ 9.17 and perform the Perpendicularity Adjustment.

1B 1A Software Skew Adjustment


Note: The following adjustments are applied to ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories).
1. In the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Fast Scan Skew].
2. If the difference is negative (1B is larger than 1A), use the negative arrow to adjust the skew.
Side 1 If the difference is positive (1B is smaller than 1A), use the plus arrow to adjust the skew.
Lead Edge
Note: 10 equals 1 mm, so select a number 10 times the number of mm in the difference. (For
example, it the skew is off 0.6 mm, you would select 6 in the Fast Scan Skew window.)
3. Input the change for Side 1 and Side 2.
4. Select [Save].
5. Select [Print] and check the skew. Repeat the adjustment as required.

Note: If you cannot meet the specification, you can manually adjust the Registration Transport
Assembly using the Hardware Skew Adjustment.
6. When correct, go to ADJ 9.17 and perform the Perpendicularity Adjustment.

Hardware Skew Adjustment


Note: This is a coarse adjustment.
9. Subtract the value for 1B from the value for 1A.
1. Loosen the mounting screws for the Registration Transport Assembly (Figure 3).
10. (Figure 2): On Side 2, measure the distance at locations 2A and 2B.
2. Check the position of the outboard mounting screw (Figure 4). If the screw is in the right hole,
move it to the left hole, but do not tighten it.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1434


ADJ 9.16 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 1 7 Pe r p e n d i c u l a r i t y A d j u s t m e n t
The purpose is to Verify that Lead Edge Image Skew is within specification. The maximum devia-
tion is 0.6mm.

Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
justments will affect customers output.

Check
Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order: ADJ
9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics
2. Press <Machine Status>.
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
4. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
5. Select [Paper Supply] and select 11 X 17 (A3).
6. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2].
7. Set Number of Prints to 3 and select [Print].
8. (Figure 1): Select the last print out. On Side 1, measure the distance at locations 1A and 1B.

Figure 1 Registration Transport Assembly Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has
one line.
3. Rotate the Registration Transport Assembly CW or CCW to adjust the skew.

Outboard Mounting 1A
Left Hole Screw

Side 1
Lead Edge

1B

9. Subtract the value for 1B from the value for 1A


10. (Figure 2): On Side 2, measure the distance at locations 2A and 2B.

4. Tighten the mounting screws.


5. Do the Software Skew Adjustment.

1435 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.17
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

A D J 9 . 1 8 F r o n t t o B a c k I m a g e M a g n i fi c a t i o n A d j u s t m e n t
The purpose of this procedure is to adjust front to back image magnification so that it is within
2A specification. The target deviation is within 0.3%.

Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
justments will affect customers output.
Side 2
Lead Edge Check
Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order: ADJ
9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.
1. The following Steps need to be performed on ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories).
2. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
3. Press <Machine Status>.
4. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
2B 5. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
6. Select [Paper Supply] and select 11 X 17 (A3).
7. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2].
11. Subtract the value for 2B from the value for 2A. 8. Set Number of Prints to 3 and select [Print].
12. If the difference in the measurements is 0.5mm or less, the measurement is OK. 9. (Figure 1): Select the last print out. On Side 1, measure the test pattern in the fast and slow scan
directions.
If the difference is greater than 0.5 mm, perform the adjustment for that side.
If the judgment is OK, go to ADJ 9.19 Lead/Side Edge Registration Adjustment. Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has
one line.
Adjustment
Note: The following adjustments are applied to ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories).
1. In the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Perpendicularity].
2. If the difference is negative (1B is larger than 1A), use the negative arrow to adjust. 1A
If the difference is positive (1B is smaller than 1A), use the plus arrow to adjust. Fast Scan
Measurement
Note: 10 equals 1 mm, so select a number 10 times the number of mm in the difference. (For
example, it the perpendicularity is off 0.6 mm, you would select 6 in the Perpendicularity
window.)
3. Input the change for Side 1 and Side 2.
4. Select [Save].
1B
5. Select [Print] and check the perpendicularity. Repeat the adjustment as required. Slow Scan Measurement
6. When correct, go to ADJ 9.19 and perform the Side 1 Lead/Side Edge Registration Adjustment.

10. 1A should measure 259.2mm (277mm for A3) +/-0.8mm.


1B should measure 411.6mm (400mm for A3) +/-1.2mm.
If the check is not within specifications, perform the adjustment for side one and continue with
the check for side 2.
11. (Figure 2): Measure the same lines on side 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1436


ADJ 9.18 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

A D J 9 . 1 9 Fr o n t t o B a c k A l i g n m e n t A d j u s t m e n t
The purpose of this procedure is to Verify that front to back image alignment is within specification.
Maximum deviation is 1mm.
2A
Fast Scan Note: Be aware if the customer has manually set the tray profiles using the SIQA Tool, these ad-
Measurement justments will affect customers output.

Check
Note: This procedure is part of a series of adjustments which need to be performed in order: ADJ
9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ 9.19.

Note: The following Steps need to be performed on ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories).
2B
Slow Scan 1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Accessing UI Diagnostics.
Measurement
2. Press <Machine Status>.
3. Select [Tools > System Settings > Common Service Settings > Maintenance / Diagnostics].
4. Select [Registration > System Registration Adjustment].
5. Select [Paper Supply] and select the select the paper stock in each paper tray.
6. Select [Adjusted Side] and select [Side 2].
12. Subtract 2A from 1A. If the difference for each is 0.8mm or less, the check is OK. 7. Set Number of Prints to 3 and select [Print].
13. Subtract 2B from 2B. If the difference for each is 1.2mm or less, the check is OK. 8. (Figure 1): Select the last print out. On Side 1, measure 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D.
14. If the difference is within specification, go to ADJ 9.19 and perform the Front to Back Alignment
Adjustment. Note: The lead edge has the color patches. Side 1 has two lines on the lead edge, side two has
one line.
Adjustment
Note: The following adjustments are applied to ALL available Trays (IOT + Accessories). 1B

1. For adjustments for the Fast Scan measurement, select [Fast Scan%].
2. Adjust the value in the window to increase or decrease the size of the image. The adjustments
are made on the top side of the image.

Note: 10 equals 1 mm, so select a number 10 times the number of mm in the difference. (For
example, it the difference is off 0.6 mm, you would select 6 in the Fast Scan% window.)
3. Input the change for Side 1 and/or Side 2 as required.
4. Select [Save].
5. Select [Print] and check the perpendicularity. Repeat the adjustment as required. 1A 1C
6. For adjustments for the slow Scan measurement, select [Slow Scan%].
7. Adjust the value in the window to increase or decrease the size of the image. The adjustments
are made on the left side of the image.

Note: 10 equals 1 mm, so select a number 10 times the number of mm in the difference. (For
example, it the difference is off 0.6 mm, you would select 6 in the Slow Scan% window.)
8. Select [Print] and check the Repeat the adjustment as required.
9. When correct, go to ADJ 9.7 and perform the Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.

1D
9. (Figure 2): On Side 2, measure 2A, 2B, 2C, and 2D.

1437 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.19
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

2B A D J 9 . 2 0 S y s t e m R e g i s t r a t i o n A d j u s t m e n t ( Re g i s t r a t i o n ) :
DC126
Purpose
Aligns the IOT Registration.
• IOT Registration Adjustment performs the Registration adjustment from the output result of
the Built-in Adjustment Test Pattern.

Feature
Print the Adjustment Test Pattern (containing the record of measurement (length) location of the
various alignment component) that is stored in the Controller and then follow the instructions on
2A 2C the UI screen to input the result of measurements from the measurement locations on the printout
via the UI screen to send the misalignment to the IOT and adjust the alignment component.
Furthermore, for adjustment items other than the Side 1/Side 2 Registration, succesive adjustments
can be done using the output result of 1 sheet of chart.
Adjustable Items
Adjustment should be done in the following order.
• Side 1 Trapezoid Correction
• Side 1/Side 2 Fast Scan Skew Fine Adjustment
• Side 1/Side 2 Perpendicularity Fine Adjustment
• Side 1/Side 2 Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge Fine Adjustment
2D
• Side 1/Side 2 Slow Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge Fine Adjustment
10. Subtract the following: • Side 1/Side 2 Lead Regi/Side Regi Independent Adjustment
• 1A - 2A =
• 1B - 2B =
Procedure
Note: Before performing this adjustment, make sure that the following has already been
• 1C - 2C = completed.
• 1D - 2D = • DC675: Regi Control Setup Cycle (Appropriate alignment adjustment cannot be performed if Re-
11. If the measurements are within 0.7 mm, the check is good. Registration setup is compete. gi Control Setup Cycle is not finished properly)
If the measurements are not correct, return to the following Adjustments are repeat. 1. Enter Diag mode and select [Registration]. (Figure 1).
• 1C - 2C, go to ADJ 9.18 Front to Back Image Magnification Adjustment and repeat the Slow
Scan% adjustment.
• 1D - 2D, go to ADJ 9.18 Front to Back Image Magnification Adjustment and repeat the Fast
Scan% adjustment.
• 1A - 2A, go to ADJ 9.19 Side 1 Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment and repeat the
Side Edge adjustment.
• 1B - 2B = go to ADJ 9.19 Side 1 Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment and repeat
the Lead Edge adjustment.
12. Continue the Registration sequence from the Adjustment you repeat: ADJ 9.19, ADJ 9.18, ADJ
9.19.

Figure 1 j0pa41850
2. Select DC126 [System Registration Adjustment].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1438


ADJ 9.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Load A3, 11x17, A4LEF, 8.5x11LEF, or SRA3 paper in the Tray and then select [Print] to output
the number of measurement charts that was set. (Figure 2).

Figure 4 j0pr41856
3. Input the measured value and select [Calculate]. (Figure 5).
Figure 2 e0psm418506
Trapezoid Correction Adjustment
1. Select [Trapezoid Correction]. (Figure 3).

Figure 5 e0psm418508
4. The automatically calculated adjustment amount is displayed. (Figure 6).

Figure 3 e0psm418507
2. Measure Pa and Pb on the measurement chart. (Figure 4).

1439 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.20
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Figure 6 e0psm418509 Note: The movement range for the scale is between (-4) and (+3). An increment of 1 in the
scale is equal to a change of 0.35 mm.
5. Use the displayed adjustment amount to adjust the Eccentric Cam of the 2nd BTR relative to its
current position. E.g.)
1. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly. (PL 80.19 Item 32). If the adjustment amount is (-3): rotate the cam 3 scales in CCW direction.
Note: Rotate each cam in CW or CCW direction as shown in, Figure 7. Place the 2nd BTR Roll If the adjustment amount is (+1): rotate the cam 1 scale in CW direction.
Assembly on a level surface with its front side facing towards you and adjust the cam at the
front. Next, turn the 2nd BTR 180 Degrees and adjust the cam at the rear. 3. (IB side: rear side)
Rotate the cam by the same amount, but in the opposite direction to those at OB side. The
movement range for the scale is between (+4) to (-3).

Note: When looking from the OB side, the direction of the rotation is reversed. When working
from the rear, the direction of the rotation is the same.
4. Repeat the check. If the result is [OK], proceed with the Fast Scan Skew Adjustment. If it persists
as [NG] go to the next step.
5. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly and inspect it.
Visually check to see whether the gears of the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly have worn out.
If the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly parts are worn out or damaged, replace the 2nd BTR Roll
Assembly.
6. If the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly parts are neither worn out nor damaged, replace the assembly in
the machine and check that it is installed properly.
7. Return to the beginning of this adjustment and perform the check.
8. If the result of the check persistently remains as [NG], check the paper for elongation.
9. Perform the Fast Scan Skew Adjustment.
Figure 7 Releasing the 2nd BTR Cam (j0psm418501)
Change the cam position at the IN/OUT of the 2nd BTR by the following procedure. At that Check the paper for elongation
time, pull the lever of the cam to release the latch, and then rotate the cam, Figure 8. Check for paper elongation at the Fusing Unit.
1. Open the Paper Tray that is being checked.
2. Remove 3 sheets of paper from the Tray.
3. Measure the paper width in the IB-OB direction at the Lead Edge and Trail Edge of the paper.
4. Reload the measured paper in the Tray, and execute pattern number [8] section 6, Print Test
Pattern.
5. Measure the paper width in the IB-OB direction at the Lead Edge and Trail Edge of the paper.
6. If the difference between the measured values is 0.4 mm or higher, replace the Fusing Unit.

Fast Scan Skew Adjustment


1. Select [Fast Scan Skew]. (Figure 9).

Figure 8 Adjusting the 2nd BTR Cam (j0psm418502)


2. (OB side: front side)
If the adjustment amount for Trapezoid Correction is positive, turn the cam in CW direction. If it
is negative, turn it in CCW direction.
Use the adjustment amount as the amount to move the cam (scale count).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1440


ADJ 9.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 9 e0psm418510 Figure 11 e0psm418511

2. Measure Sa and Sb on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 10). 4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.

Note: Selecting [Calculate] again after the adjustment has completed returns the displayed
values to their default values. If the adjustment values are re-input and [Adjust] is selected at
this time, it will cause those values to be reflected. Therefore, never perform the adjustment
without printing out and measuring the chart first.
5. Next, measure Sa and Sb on Side 2 of the measurement chart in the same way as Step 2. Figure
12).

Figure 10 j0pa41853
3. Select [Software Adjustment (Side 1)], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure
11).

Figure 12 j0pr41862
6. Select [Software Adjustment (Side 2)], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure
13).

1441 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.20
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments

Figure 13 e0psm418512
Figure 15 j0pa41860
7. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
3. Select [Side 1], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 16).
Note: Selecting [Calculate] again after the adjustment has completed returns the displayed
values to their default values. If the adjustment values are re-input and [Adjust] is selected at
this time, it will cause those values to be reflected. Therefore, never perform the adjustment
without printing out and measuring the chart first.

Note: Do not perform hardware adjustment.


Perpendicularity Adjustment
1. Select [Perpendicularity]. (Figure 14).

Figure 16 e0psm418514
4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
5. Measure La and Lb on Side 2 of the measurement chart. (Figure 17).

Figure 14 e0psm418513
2. Measure La and Lb on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 15).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1442


ADJ 9.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 19 e0psm418516
Figure 17 j0pa41861
2. Measure Lfs on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 20).
6. Select [Side 2], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 18).

Figure 18 e0psm418515 Figure 20 j0pr41870


7. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed. 3. Select [Side 1], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 21).
Fast Scan Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
1. Select [Fast Scan %]. (Figure 19).

1443 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.20
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Figure 21 e0psm418517
4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
5. Measure Lfs on Side 2 of the measurement chart. (Figure 22).

Figure 24 e0psm418519
2. Measure Lss on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 25).

Figure 22 j0pr41872
6. Select [Side 2], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 23).

Figure 25 j0pr41875
3. Select [Side 1], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 26).

Figure 23 e0psm418518
7. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.

Slow Scan Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment


1. Select [Slow Scan %]. (Figure 24).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1444


ADJ 9.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue
Figure 26 e0psm418520
4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
5. Measure Lss on Side 2 of the measurement chart. (Figure 27).

Figure 29 e0psm418522
2. Measure B on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 30).

Figure 27 j0pr41877
6. Select [Side 2], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 28).

Figure 30 j0pa41865
3. Select [Side 1], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 31).

Figure 28 e0psm418521
7. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.

Lead Registration Adjustment


1. Select [Lead Registration]. (Figure 29).

1445 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.20
2nd Issue 4 Repairs & Adjustments
Figure 31 e0psm418523
4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
5. Select [Apply Value to All Paper Types]. (Figure 32).

Figure 34 e0psm418525
8. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
9. Select [Apply Value to All Paper Types].

Figure 32 e0psm418524 Side Registration Adjustment


6. Measure B on Side 2 of the measurement chart. (Figure 33). 1. Select the Tray to adjust and select [Side Registration]. (Figure 35).

Figure 35 e0psm418526
Figure 33 j0pa41866 2. Measure A on Side 1 of the measurement chart. (Figure 36).
7. Select [Side 2], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 34).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1446


ADJ 9.20 Service Documentation
4 Repairs & Adjustments 2nd Issue

Figure 36 j0pa41868 Figure 38 j0pa41869


3. Select [Side 1], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 37). 6. Select [Side 2], input the measured value, and select [Adjust]. (Figure 39).

Figure 37 e0psm418527 Figure 39 e0psm418528


4. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed. 7. The automatic adjustment is performed and [Adjustment completed.] will be displayed.
5. Measure A on Side 2 of the measurement chart. (Figure 38). 8. Set the individual Trays by selecting an unadjusted Tray or MSI, printing out the measurement
chart, and then performing the procedure from step 2 onwards.

Note: Load A3, 11x17, A4LEF, 8.5x11LEF, or SRA3 paper in Tray/MSI.

Side 1/Side 2 Registration Adjustment


Note: Do not use the Side 1/Side 2 Registration Adjustment.

1447 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation ADJ 9.20
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

5 Parts Lists
PL 1 - Standby Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1450 PL 40.3 Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1506
PL 1.1 Electrical (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1451 PL 40.4 Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507
PL 1.2 Electrical (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1452 PL 40.5 Developer Drive Assembly (K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1508
PL 1.3 Electrical (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1453 PL 40.6 Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M, C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509
PL 1.4 Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1454 PL 40.7 NOHAD (1 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510
PL 2 - User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1455 PL 40.8 NOHAD (2 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1511
PL 2.1 Control Panel Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1456 PL 40.9 NOHAD (3 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1512
PL 2.2 Control Panel Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1457 PL 60 - Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1513
PL 2.3 HCF Tray Control Panel (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1458 PL 60.1 ROS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1514
PL 2.4 IC Card Reader (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1459 PL 60.2 IIT Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1515
PL 3 - Machine Run Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1460 PL 60.3 Platen Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1516
PL 3.1 Control Unit (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1461 PL 60.4 CCD Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1517
PL 3.2 Control Unit (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1462 PL 60.5 Carriage Cable, Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1518
PL 5 - DADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1463 PL 60.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1519
PL 5.1 DADF Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1464 PL 70 - Paper Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1520
PL 5.2 DADF, DADF Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1465 PL 70.1 Tray 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1521
PL 5.3 DADF PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1466 PL 70.2 Tray 3/4 (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1522
PL 5.4 DCDC PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1467 PL 70.3 Tray 3/4 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1523
PL 5.5 Document Tray, Tray Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1468 PL 70.4 Tray 1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1524
PL 5.6 DADF Document Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1469 PL 70.5 Tray 2 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1525
PL 5.7 DADF Feeder Cover Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1470 PL 70.6 Tray 3 Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1526
PL 5.8 DADF Feeder Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1471 PL 70.7 Tray 3 Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1527
PL 5.9 Sensor Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1472 PL 70.8 Tray 4 Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1528
PL 5.10 Drive Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1473 PL 70.9 Tray 4 Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1529
PL 5.11 Lower Chute Assembly, Retard Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1474 PL 70.10 Tray 5 / Bypass Accessory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1530
PL 5.12 Pre Regi. In Chute, Platen High Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1475 PL 70.11 Tray 5 / Bypass Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1531
PL 5.13 Exit Lower Chute, Out Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1476 PL 70.12 Tray 5 / Bypass Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1532
PL 5.14 DADF Nudger Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1477 PL 70.13 MSI Lift Up Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1533
PL 10 - Copy Transportation and Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1478 PL 70.14 Tray 5 / Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1534
PL 10.1 Fuser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1479 PL 80 - Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1535
PL 10.2 Fusing Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1480 PL 80.1 Tray 1 Feed Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1536
PL 10.3 Upper Frame Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1481 PL 80.2 Tray 1 Feed Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1537
PL 10.4 Lower Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1482 PL 80.3 Tray 2 Feed Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1538
PL 10.5 Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1483 PL 80.4 Tray 2 Feed Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1539
PL 10.6 Inverter 1 Transport (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1484 PL 80.5 Tray 3 Feed Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1540
PL 10.7 Inverter 1 Transport (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1485 PL 80.6 Tray 3 Feed Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1541
PL 10.8 Inverter 2 Transport (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1486 PL 80.7 Tray 4 Feed Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1542
PL 10.9 Inverter 2 Transport (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1487 PL 80.8 Tray 4 Feed Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1543
PL 10.10 Exit Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1488 PL 80.9 Tray 4 Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1544
PL 12 - SCT/OCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1489 PL 80.10 Takeaway Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1545
PL 12.1 OCT (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1490 PL 80.11 Left Chute Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1546
PL 12.2 OCT (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1491 PL 80.12 Takeaway Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1547
PL 12.3 SCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1492 PL 80.13 Tray 3/4 Gear Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1548
PL 20 - Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1493 PL 80.14 Tray 5 / Bypass Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1549
PL 20.1 Fax Unit (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1494 PL 80.15 Tray 5 / Bypass Feeder Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1550
PL 20.2 Fax Unit (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495 PL 80.16 Tray 5 / Bypass Upper Feeder Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1551
PL 25 - Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1496 PL 80.17 Tray 5 / Bypass Lower Feeder Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1552
PL 25.1 Convenience Stapler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1497 PL 80.18 Retard/Feed/Nudger Roll Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1553
PL 28 - Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1498 PL 80.19 Drawer Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1554
PL 28.1 Cover (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1499 PL 80.20 Drawer Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1555
PL 28.2 Cover (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1500 PL 80.21 Drawer Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1556
PL 28.3 Cover (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1501 PL 80.22 Pre Registration Motor Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1557
PL 28.4 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1502 PL 80.23 Registration Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1558
PL 40 - Main Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503 PL 80.24 Pre Registration Slide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1559
PL 40.1 Drive Unit (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1504 PL 80.25 Vacuum Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1560
PL 40.2 Drive Unit (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1505 PL 90 - Xerographics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1561

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1448


Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue
PL 90.1 Drum/Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1562
PL 90.2 Dispenser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1564
PL 90.3 Dispense Assembly ( 1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1565
PL 90.4 Dispenser Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1566
PL 90.5 Dispense Unit (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1567
PL 90.6 Dispense Unit (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1568
PL 90.7 Dispense Unit (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1570
PL 90.8 Rear Frame (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1571
PL 90.9 Rear Frame (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1572
PL 90.10 Direct Pipe Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1573
PL 90.11 Joint/Leveler Box Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1574
PL 90.12 IBT Unit (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1575
PL 90.13 IBT Unit (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1576
PL 90.14 Transfer Belt Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1577
PL 90.15 IBT Frame Assembly (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1578
PL 90.16 IBT Frame Assembly (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1579
PL 90.17 IBT Frame Assembly (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1580
PL 90.18 IBT Frame Assembly (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1581
PL 90.19 2nd BTR Roll Assembly (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1582
PL 90.20 2nd BTR Roll Assembly (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1583
PL 90.21 2ND BTR Roll Assembly (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1584
PL 90.22 IBT Drawer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1585
Common Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1586
Common Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1587

1449 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1450


Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 1.1 Electrical (1 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 105E17732 Developer Bias HVPS (K) S5C (REP
90.31)
2 105K20971 Charge/Preclean HVPS (K) S4 (REP
1.8)
3 — Controller Cover (REP 3.1)
4 — MCU Cover
5 — Bracket
6 — CONT Harness Guide
7 110K17661 Power Switch Assembly
8 — Sub Power Switch (P/O PL 1.1
Item 7)
9 — Holder (P/O PL 1.1 Item 7)
10 — Bracket (P/O PL 1.1 Item 7)
11 962K77320 Wire Harness (Fusing)
12 054K59610 Fan Assembly
13 053K06160 UPF Filter
14 — Fan Duct
15 127K63080 Fan
16 130K71494 MOB ADC Assembly (Color) (REP
90.13)
17 — MOB ADC Bracket
18 — Bracket

1451 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 1.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 1.2 Electrical (2 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 — PWB Assembly
2 960K98261 Backplane PWB (REP 1.7)
3 540K24262 Memory Module
4 — Support Bracket
5 — Wire Harness
6 — Harness
7 — Conductor
8 105E19584 Bias Charge Roll HVPS PWB (Y, M,
C) - CD01 (REP 90.28)
9 — Support
10 105E17732 Developer Bias HVPS PWB (C) -
S5C (REP 90.29)
11 960K95572 IOT Drive PWB
12 960K69773 VSEL PWB (REP 1.6)
13 — Chassis Support
14 — MCU PWB Assembly (REP 1.4)
15 960K95556 MCU PWB
16 160K95234 NVM PWB (REP 1.5)
17 — Spacer (P/O PL 1.2 Item 14)
18 — Wire Harness
19 — Pin (upper)
20 — Pin (lower)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1452


PL 1.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 1.3 Electrical (3 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 — Bracket (Not Spared)
2 960K95581 TM Drive PWB (REP 1.9)
3 — Bracket (Not Spared)
4 — Bracket (Not Spared)
5 — Post (Not Spared)
6 105E21602 IIT LVPS (REP 1.3)
7 105E17721 2nd BTR HVPS S2C (REP 90.32)
8 105E17732 Developer Bias HVPS (M-Top, Y-
Bottom) - SSC (REP 90.30)
9 — Cover Bracket
10 — Bracket (Not Spared)
11 105K33511 Main LVPS N11A (REP 1.2)
12 — PWB Support (Not Spared)
13 105K34250 AC Power Supply Assembly (110V)
(REP 1.1)
— 105K34260 AC Power Supply Assembly (220V)
(REP 1.1)
14 — AC Power Supply N11A (P/O PL
1.3 Item 13)
15 — Inlet Chassis Assembly (110V), In-
let Chassis Assembly (220V) (P/O
PL 1.3 Item 13)
16 — Wire Harness (220V) (P/O PL 1.3
Item 13)
17 117E24670 Power Cord (110V)
18 — Bracket
19 — Screw

1453 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 1.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 1.4 Wire Harness


Item Part Description
1 — Wire Harness (DC Power) (Not
Spared)
2 — Wire Harness (DC Signal) (Not
Spared)
3 952K44221 Wire Harness (AC Main)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1454


PL 1.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1455 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 1.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 2 . 1 C o n t r o l Pa n e l A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 848K92298 Control Panel Assembly (XE) (REP
2.1)
— 848K90638 Control Panel Assembly (USSG/
XCL) (REP 2.1)
2 — Control Panel (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1)
3 — Rear Panel Cover (P/O PL 2.1 Item
1)
4 — Wing Tray Assembly
5 — Right Hinge Cover
6 — Left Hinge Cover
7 — Wing Bracket
8 — Wing Stopper
9 — Thumb Screw
10 — Clamp

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1456


PL 2.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 . 2 C o n t r o l Pa n e l A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Front Panel Cover
2 — Housing
3 — Key Assembly
4 — 10.4 Inch UI 10 Key PWB
5 — Screw
6 — LCD Frame Assembly
7 — 10.4 Inch Touch Panel Assembly
8 — 10.4 Inch UI I/F PWB
9 — UI LED PWB
10 — UI Wire Harness
11 — Screw
12 — Earth Plate
13 — Neck Bracket
14 — Rear Cover
15 — Rear Panel Cover
16 — UI Flexible Print Cable (10 key)
17 — UI Flexible Print Cable (LCDC)
18 — Screw
19 — Clamp
20 — Mole Cover
21 — Screw

1457 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 2.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 2 . 3 H C F Tra y Co n t r o l Pa n e l ( O p t i o n )
Item Part Description
1 — UI Plate Assembly
2 — Right Hinge Cover
3 — Left Hinge Cover
4 — Neck Hinge Assembly
5 — Guide Harness
6 — Neck Post Cover
7 — Front Post Cover
8 — Rear Post Cover

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1458


PL 2.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 . 4 I C C a r d Re a d e r ( O p t i o n )
Item Part Description
1 — IC Card Reader Box Top Cover
2 — USB Micro Cable
3 — IC Card Reader
4 — Label (IC Card Reader Box)
5 — IC Card Reader Box Bottom Cover
6 — IC Card Reader Box Inner Cover
7 — Hook Fastener Tape
8 — Loop Fastener Tape

1459 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 2.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1460


PL 2.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 3 . 1 Co n t r o l U n i t ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Control Unit (REP 3.2)

1461 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 3.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 3 . 2 Co n t r o l U n i t ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 101K74590 HDD Assembly
2 133K28460 DIMM 4GB
3 540K24262 Memory Card (4GB) (REP 3.4)
4 — Bracket
5 — Controller PWB Housing Assembly
6 — Housing Assembly (P/O PL 3.2
Item 5)
7 960K98130 Controller PWB (REP 3.3) (See
NOTE)
8 — HDD Bracket (P/O PL 3.2 Item 5)
9 — Thumbscrew (P/O PL 3.2 Item 5)
10 — Earth Plate (P/O PL 3.2 Item 5)
11 — Blanking Plate (P/O PL 3.2 Item 5)

Note: Before ordering this part refer to Bulletin T9117-08-17


located in the EDOC Reference Library.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1462


PL 3.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1463 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 3.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 1 DA D F C o m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 859K12944 DADF (DADF-250) (REF: PL 5.2)
(REP 5.1) (See NOTE)
2 — Seal (Not Spared)
3 — Counterbalance Bracket (Not
Spared)
4 — DADF Support (Not Spared)
5 — Counterbalance Cover (Not
Spared)
6 004K03761 DADF Platen Cushion
7 — Ferrite Core (Not Spared)
8 003K91881 Knob
9 — Label Kit
10 — Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 5.1
Item 9)
11 — Label (Clean) (P/O PL 5.1 Item 9)
12 — Label (Clean Point) (P/O PL 5.1
Item 9)

Note: Before ordering this part refer to Bulletin T9117-08-17


located in the EDOC Reference Library.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1464


PL 5.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 2 DA D F , DA D F C o v e r
Item Part Description
1 822E38552 DADF Left Lower Cover (REP 5.2)
2 822E38503 DADF Front Cover (REP 5.3)
3 822E38511 DADF Front Top Cover
4 — LED Lens (P/O PL 5.2 Item 10)
5 822E38523 DADF Rear Cover (REP 5.5)
6 822E38581 Exit Cloth Cover
7 042E92802 Cloth Cleaner
8 003K22351 Stopper
9 — DADF (REF: PL 5.3 , PL 5.4 , PL 5.5
, PL 5.7 , PL 5.9 , PL 5.10 , PL 5.11 ,
PL 5.12 , PL 5.13)
10 948K35130 DADF Front Cover Assembly

1465 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 3 DA D F P W B
Item Part Description
1 — P Clamp (Not Spared)
2 121E25180 Core (NFT-10)
3 117K50380 IIT-DADF Cable (REP 5.7)
4 960K98361 DADF PWB (REP 5.8)
5 — Harness Guide (Not Spared)
6 — Bracket PWB (Not Spared)
7 952K37150 DADF PWB Wire Harness (REP
5.56)
8 036K92392 Left Counter Balance (REP 5.9)
9 036K92403 Right Counter Balance (REP 5.10)
10 — Right Bracket (Not Spared)
11 — Screw (Not Spared)
12 121E88780 Core (TFT-10201ON)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1466


PL 5.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 5.4 DCDC PWB


Item Part Description
1 — DCDC PWB Assembly
2 — Bracket PWB (P/O PL 5.4 Item 1)
3 960K96780 DCDC PWB (REP 5.11) (See
NOTE)
4 117E47660 DADF-Controller Cable
5 049K33420 Flat Cable (DCDC-CIS)
6 — Stopper Bracket (Not Spared)
7 835E12130 Gasket
8 — Tape (Not Spared)
9 930K04053 CIS (REP 5.12) (See NOTE)
10 952K31211 Wire Harness (DCDC-CIS)

Note: Before ordering this part refer to Bulletin T9117-08-17


located in the EDOC Reference Library.

1467 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 5 D o c u m e n t Tra y , Tra y Fe e d
Item Part Description
1 127K74090 DADF Feed Motor (MOT05-001)
(REP 5.14)
2 023E28620 Belt
3 — Tension Spring (Not Spared)
4 — Feed Idler Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
5 — Pulley (52T/23T) (Not Spared)
6 — Idler Roller (Not Spared)
7 023E28661 Belt (REP 5.14)
8 — Tension Spring (Not Spared)
9 127K74030 DADF Tray Motor Assembly
(MOT05-051) (REP 5.16)
10 050K75076 DADF Document Tray (REF: PL
5.6) (REP 5.55)
11 — Tray Damper Bracket Assembly
(Not Spared)
12 004K02002 Oil Damper (REP 5.17)
13 — LED Bracket (Not Spared)
14 960K81820 Document Set LED (Q05-084)
(REP 5.17)
15 — Screw (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1468


PL 5.5 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 6 DA D F D o c u m e n t Tra y
Item Part Description
1 063K00762 Film and Tape Assembly
2 — Tray Block (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)
3 — Bottom Tray Assembly (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
4 — Upper Tray Assembly (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
5 — Inner Cover (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)
6 930W00121 Tray APS Sensor 1 (Q05-215)/Tray
APS Sensor 2 (Q05-216)/Tray APS
Sensor 3 (Q05-217)/Tray APS Sen-
sor 4 (Q05-302)/Bottom Sensor
(Q05-202) (REP 5.19)
7 — Not Used
8 — Not Used
9 — Not Used
10 930W00212 DADF Document Set Sensor (Q05-
102) (REP 5.20)
11 019K99061 Retard Pad
12 — Wire Harness (Tray) (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
13 — Pinion Gear (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)

1469 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.6
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 7 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r U n i t
Item Part Description
1 054K55156 DADF Feeder Cover Assembly
(REF: PL 5.8) (REP 5.21)
2 — Stopper Roll (Not Spared)
3 — Rear Hinge (Not Spared)
4 — Front Hinge (Not Spared)
5 110K18130 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock
Switch (S05-212) (REP 5.22)
6 — Wire Harness (Interlock Switch)
(Not Spared)
7 948K00991 DADF Left Cover Assembly (REP
5.23)
8 — Front Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
9 — Switch Bracket (Not Spared)
10 120E35980 Actuator (REP 5.24)
11 — Tension Spring (Not Spared)
12 930W00121 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor
(Q05-223) (REP 5.24)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1470


PL 5.7 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 8 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — DADF Feeder Cover (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
2 — Feed Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
3 930W00222 DADF Feed In Sensor 1 (Q05-204)
/DADF Feed In Sensor 2 (Q05-
205) (REP 5.25)
4 — Not Used
5 — DADF Level Sensor Bracket (P/O
PL 5.7 Item 1)
6 930W00121 DADF Level Sensor (Q05-203)
(REP 5.26)
7 — Upper Feeder Cover (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
8 011E29160 Latch Lever (REP 5.27)
9 806E47360 Latch Shaft (REP 5.27)
10 803E26090 Rear Latch (REP 5.27)
11 809E99510 Lever Spring (REP 5.27)
12 948K00882 DADF Nudger Housing Assembly
(REF: PL 5.14) (REP 5.28)
13 121K57831 DADF Nudger Solenoid Assembly
(SOL05-086) (REP 5.29)
14 803E08630 Left Latch Front Cover
15 803E08640 Left Latch Rear Cover
16 — Rear Spring (P/O PL 5.7 Item 1)
17 — Front Spring (P/O PL 5.7 Item 1)
18 — Wire Harness (Top Sig) (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)

1471 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.8
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 9 S e n s o r Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — Out Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
2 930W00121 DADF Out Sensor (Q05-208) (REP
5.31)/DADF Registration Sensor
(Q05-110) (REP 5.32)/DADF Pre
Registration Sensor (Q05-206)/
DADF APS Sensor 1 (Q05-218),
DADF APS Sensor 2 (Q05-219),
DADF APS Sensor 3 (Q05-220)
(REP 5.33)/DADF Feed Out Sensor
(Q05-205) (REP 5.34)/DADF Exit
Sensor (Q05-209) (REP 5.34)/Skew
Detect Sensor (Q05-192) (REP
5.35) (REP 5.33)
3 — DADF Lead Registration Sensor
Bracket (Not Spared)
4 930W00222 DADF Lead Registration Sensor
(Q05-207) (REP 5.36)
5 — APS Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
6 — Exit Sensor Assembly (Not
Spared)
7 — Skew Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
8 — Wire Harness (DADF Regi. Sensor)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1472


PL 5.9 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 1 0 D r i v e Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 127K75920 DADF Pre Registration Motor
(MOT05-011) (REP 5.37)
2 — Tension Spring (Not Spared)
3 — Drive Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
4 023E28620 Belt (DADF Exit) (REP 5.39)
5 423W11955 Belt (DADF Take Away Clutch)
(REP 5.38)
6 121K52310 DADF Take Away Clutch Assembly
(CL05-087) (REP 5.38)
7 — DADF Take Away Clutch Stopper
(Not Spared)
8 127K74121 DADF Exit Motor (MOT05-041)
(REP 5.39)
9 023E28630 Belt (DADF Pre Regi.) (REP 5.38)
10 127K74101 DADF Platen Motor (MOT05-031)
(REP 5.40)
11 023E28640 Belt (DADF Platen) (REP 5.40)
12 127K74000 DADF Regi. Motor (MOT05-021)
(REP 5.41)
13 023E28760 Belt (DADF Regi.) (REP 5.41)
14 — Motor Assembly Harness (Not
Spared)

1473 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.10
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 1 1 L o w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y , Re t a r d Ro l l
Item Part Description
1 054E60531 Retard Chute Cover
2 054K55143 Lower Chute Assembly (REP 5.42)
3 — Clutch Stopper (Not Spared)
4 005K14230 Friction Clutch (REP 5.43)
5 — Gear (21T) (Not Spared)
6 — Ball Bearing (Not Spared)
7 — Sleeve Bearing (Not Spared)
8 — Pivot Gear (Not Spared)
9 — Pivot Shaft (Not Spared)
10 — Retard Holder (Not Spared)
11 — Retard Shaft (Not Spared)
12 859K02461 Retard Roll (REP 5.44)
13 899E13651 Retard Spring (REP 5.44)
14 — Exit Guide (Not Spared)
15 105E22470 Exit Eliminator (REP 5.45)
16 921W20101 Magnet Interlock (REP 5.24)
17 — Magnet Cover (Not Spared)
18 063E07290 Fastener Tape

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1474


PL 5.11 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 1 2 P r e Re g i . I n C h u t e , P l a t e n H i g h Ro l l
Item Part Description
1 054K55160 Pre Registration In Chute Assem-
bly (REP 5.47)
2 054K55100 Registration Out Chute Assembly
(REP 5.48)
3 859K02620 Platen High Roll Assembly (REP
5.49)
4 — Pulley (20T) (Not Spared)
5 023E28630 Belt (Exit 1) (REP 5.50)
6 023E28620 Belt (Platen) (REP 5.50)
7 — Regi. In Chute (Not Spared)

1475 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.12
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 5 . 1 3 E x i t Lo w e r C h u t e , O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 054K55123 Exit Lower Chute Assembly (REP
5.51)
2 — Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 5.13
Item 1)
3 063K00710 Film S
4 063K00720 Film W
5 054K55130 Out Chute Assembly (REP 5.53)
6 — Exit Rear Hinge (Not Spared)
7 — Front Hinge (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1476


PL 5.13 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 5 . 1 4 DA D F N u d g e r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Feeder Chute Cover (Not Spared)
2 — Bearing (Not Spared)
3 — Nudger Shaft (Not Spared)
4 — Feed Shaft (Not Spared)
5 059K29520 Feed Roll (REP 5.54)
6 — Nudger Roll (P/O PL 5.8 Item 12)
7 — Nudger Housing (Not Spared)
8 — Idler Gear Shaft (Not Spared)
9 — Gear (27T) (Not Spared)
10 — Gear (33T) (Not Spared)
11 — Gear (31T) (Not Spared)
12 — Gear Assembly (26T) (Not
Spared)
13 — Bearing (PF101) (Not Spared)
14 — Sensor Shield (Not Spared)
15 — Front Nudger Spring (Not Spared)
16 — Rear Nudger Spring (Not Spared)

1477 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 5.14
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1478


PL 5.14 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 1 0 . 1 Fu s e r U n i t
Item Part Description
1 014E48602 Block (110V) (REP 10.2)
— 014E59751 Block (220V) (REP 10.2)
2 008R13102 Standard Fuser (110V) (REP 10.1)
— 008R13065 Standard Fuser (220V) (REP 10.1)
— 126K28343 Heavy Weight Curl Reduction Fu-
ser (110V) (XC) (REP 10.1)
— 126K28354 Envelope Wrinkle Reduction Fuser
(110V) (XC) (REP 10.1)
— 126K28364 Heavy Weight Curl Reduction Fu-
ser (220V) (XE) (REP 10.1)
— 126K37280 Envelope Wrinkle Reduction Fuser
(220V) (XE) (REP 10.1)
3 — Label (220V) (Not Spared)
4 — Bracket (Not Spared)
5 — Base Bracket (Not Spared)
6 — Spring (Not Spared)
7 826E08080 Shoulder Screw
8 — Wire Harness (Fuser) (Not Spared)
9 — Frame Assembly (Not Spared)
10 130K88740 Out Temp Sensor (REP 10.9)

1479 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 1 0 . 2 Fu s i n g U n i t
Item Part Description
1 — Stopper (P/O PL 10.1 Item 2)
2 — Block (P/O PL 10.1 Item 2)
3 054K35970 Inlet Chute Assembly (REP 10.10)
4 — Eliminator (P/O PL 10.2 Item 3)
5 — Inlet Chute (P/O PL 10.2 Item 3)
6 — Upper Exit Chute
7 — Baffle
8 — Heat Roll (220V)
9 — Belt Assembly
10 — Spring
11 — Spring
12 — Main Lamp 1
13 — Main Lamp 2
14 — Sub Lamp
15 — Lower Frame Assembly
16 — Upper Frame Assembly
17 — Upper Cover Assembly
18 — Rear Cover
19 — Front Cover
20 — Gear (18T/22T) (50/60 hz)
21 — Bush
22 — Nip Spring
23 — Nip Screw
24 — Shoulder Screw
25 — Front Bracket
26 — Rear Bracket
27 — Paper Guide
28 — Tape

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1480


PL 10.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 1 0 . 3 U p p e r Fr a m e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Frame
2 — Gear (32T)
3 — Latch Gear Assembly
4 — Brake Ring (P/O PL 10.3 Item 3)
5 013E87700 Ball Bearing
— 013E22230 Ball bearing (alternative)
6 — Brake Holder (P/O PL 10.3 Item 3)
7 — Shaft (P/O PL 10.3 Item 3)
8 — Gear (20T) (P/O PL 10.3 Item 3)
9 — Gear (33T) (P/O PL 10.3 Item 3)
10 — Nip Cam
11 — Sleeve
12 — Ball Bearing
13 — Insulator
14 — Saddle Clip
15 — Tie Plate
16 — Reflector
17 — Actuator
18 — Holder
19 — Fusing Fuse (220V Only)
20 — Center NC Sensor, Rear NC Sensor
21 — Heat Roll Sensor
22 — Thermostat
23 — Wire Harness (220V Only)
24 — Upper Front Frame
25 — Upper Rear Frame
26 — Front Cover
27 — Rear Cover
28 — Shaft
29 — Gear (18T/28T)
30 — Gear (25T)
31 — Bracket
32 — Bracket
33 — Bracket
34 930W00111 Fusing Unit Nip Sensor (REP 10.3)
35 — Wire Harness

1481 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 1 0 . 4 L o w e r Fr a m e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Gear (20T)
2 — Sleeve
3 — Exit Lower Chute Assembly
4 — Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 10.4
Item 3)
5 — Fuser Exit Sensor (Q10-201) (P/O
PL 10.4 Item 3)
6 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 10.4 Item 3)
7 — Exit Roll
8 413W75959 Bearing
9 — Lower Frame
10 — Lower Cover
11 — Gear Cover
12 — Gear (24T)
13 — Gear (19T)
14 — Gear (18T)
15 — Spring
16 — Shoulder Screw

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1482


PL 10.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 10 . 5 In ver t e r
Item Part Description
1 038E31522 Bottom Guide
2 054E53930 Inverter 3 Chute
3 054K30653 OCT Exit Chute (REP 10.11)
4 054K51802 Inverter 4 Chute Assembly (REP
10.12)
5 — Inverter 4 Chute (P/O PL 10.5
Item 4)
6 130K87812 Inverter End Sensor (REP 10.13)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 10.5 Item 4)
8 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 10.5 Item 4)
9 — Pin 1 (P/O PL 10.5 Item 14)
10 — Inverter 1 Transport (P/O PL 10.5
Item 14)
11 — Inverter 2 Transport (P/O PL 10.5
Item 14)
12 802E63744 Inverter Cover
13 — Connector Cover (Not Spared)
14 059K88168 Inverter Assembly (REP 10.4)
15 — Bracket
16 — Screw
17 — Spacer (P/O PL 10.5 Item 19)
18 — Support
19 604K92280 Chute Inverter Kit

1483 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.5
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 1 0 . 6 I n v e r t e r 1 Tra n s p o r t ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 127K71470 Exit Motor Assembly (REP 10.5)
2 — Exit Motor (P/O PL 10.6 Item 1)
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 10.6 Item 1)
4 — Support Bracket
5 — Gear Cover (P/O PL 10.5 Item 10)
6 — Gear (26T) (P/O PL 10.5 Item 10)
7 — Collar (22) (P/O PL 10.5 Item 10)
8 809E55030 Spring
9 127K63011 Inverter Motor Assembly (REP
10.6)
10 — Damper (P/O PL 10.6 Item 9)
11 — Inverter Motor (P/O PL 10.6 Item
9)
12 — Bracket (P/O PL 10.6 Item 9)
13 — Motor Cover (P/O PL 10.5 Item
10)
14 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 10.5 Item
10)
15 — Gear Assembly (23T) (P/O PL 10.5
Item 10)
16 — Gear Assembly (22T/16T) (P/O PL
10.5 Item 10)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1484


PL 10.6 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 1 0 . 7 I n v e r t e r 1 Tra n s p o r t ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Collar
2 — Clutch
3 413W66250 Bearing
4 — Gate Link
5 — Bearing
6 — Gear (17T)
7 — Rear Frame
8 — Top Chute
9 — Inverter Roll
10 — Upper Chute
11 — Inverter Dup Gate
12 — Middle Chute
13 — Inverter Dup Roll
14 — Lower Chute Assembly
15 110E93440 RH Cover Interlock Switch (S77-
301) (REP 10.7)
16 006K89502 Pinch Shaft
17 — Ball Bearing
18 — Clip
19 — Collar
20 — Front Frame
21 038E32620 Decurler Guide 1
22 038E32631 Decurler Guide 2
23 — Gear
24 — Pin

1485 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.7
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 1 0 . 8 I n v e r t e r 2 Tra n s p o r t ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 054K46114 Upper Chute Assembly
2 — Spring (P/O PL 10.8 Item 1)
3 059K62210 Pinch Roll
4 — Shaft (P/O PL 10.8 Item 1)
5 — Chute (P/O PL 10.8 Item 1)
6 — Upper Chute (P/O PL 10.8 Item 1)
7 105E98690 Eliminator
8 130K88401 IOT Exit Sensor
9 — Sensor Cover (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
10 130K87712 Invert In Sensor
11 — Nip Solenoid Cover (P/O PL 10.5
Item 11)
12 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
13 130E15170 Conductor

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1486


PL 10.8 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 1 0 . 9 I n v e r t e r 2 Tra n s p o r t ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Exit Roll Clutch (P/O PL 10.9 Item
32)
2 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 10.9 Item 32)
3 — Collar (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
4 413W66150 Ball Bearing
5 — Exit Roll Stopper (P/O PL 10.5
Item 11)
6 — Spring (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
7 — Bearing (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
8 — Bearing (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
9 — Inverter 2 Frame (P/O PL 10.5
Item 11)
10 413W66250 Bearing
11 059K69341 Exit Roll
12 050K52540 Exit Gate
13 — Nip Washer (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
14 — Middle Chute (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
15 — Reverse Inverter Solenoid (P/O PL
10.9 Item 31)
16 054K29612 Middle Chute Assembly
17 — Link (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
18 127K39590 Duplex 1/2 Fan
19 — Roll Pinch Spring (P/O PL 10.5
Item 11)
20 059K33322 Pinch Roll
21 — Lower Chute (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
22 121K35071 Inverter Gate Solenoid
23 — Collar (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
24 — Nip Solenoid Cover (P/O PL 10.5
Item 11)
25 — Latch Spring (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
26 — Lever Bracket (P/O PL 10.5 Item
11)
27 — Cover Latch (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
28 — Latch Lever (P/O PL 10.5 Item 11)
29 — Link Assembly (P/O PL 10.9 Item
31)
30 — Spacer (P/O PL 10.9 Item 31)
31 121K54140 Release Invert Solenoid Assembly
32 005K83420 Exit Roll Clutch Assembly

1487 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.9
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 1 0 . 1 0 E x i t Fa n A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Fan Cover
2 127K63670 Exit Fan Assembly
3 — Knob
4 — Fan Support

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1488


PL 10.10 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1489 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 10.10
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 12.1 OCT (1 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 050K50987 OCT (REP 12.1)
2 — Catch Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
3 — Extension Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item
1)
4 — Catch Tray Cover (P/O PL 12.1
Item 1)
5 — Plate (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
6 — Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
7 — Center Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
8 — Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
9 — Base Tray Assembly (P/O PL 12.1
Item 1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1490


PL 12.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 12.2 OCT (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 — Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
2 — Gasket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
3 930W00211 Tray Full Sensor (Q47-202) (REP
12.2)
4 — Clamp (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
5 127K39971 OCT Motor (REP 12.3)
6 — Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
7 — Rack (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
8 — Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
9 — Plate (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
10 — Motor Cover (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
11 930W00121 Rear Position Sensor (Q47-201),
Front Position Sensor (Q47-200)
(REP 12.2)
12 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
13 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
14 — Base Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
15 — Wall Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
16 — Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)
17 — Bottom Cover (P/O PL 12.1 Item
9)
18 — Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 9)

1491 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 12.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 12.3 SCT
Item Part Description
1 050K50991 SCT (REP 12.4)
2 — Base Tray (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
3 — Center Tray (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
4 — Catch Tray (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
5 — Extension Tray (P/O PL 12.3 Item
1)
6 — Wall Tray (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
7 — Catch Tray Cover (P/O PL 12.3
Item 1)
8 — Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
9 — Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
10 — Plate (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)
11 — Bottom Cover (P/O PL 12.3 Item
1)
12 — Support (P/O PL 12.3 Item 1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1492


PL 12.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1493 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 12.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 2 0 . 1 Fa x U n i t ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Fax Chassis Assembly
2 — Front Fax Cover
3 — Rear Fax Cover
4 — Fax Mount Bracket
5 117K51200 Fax USB Cable
6 952K42720 Fax Power Harness
7 — Fax Blind Cover
8 — Harness Guide

Note: All parts supplied as part of Fax module kit


497K20240.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1494


PL 20.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 0 . 2 Fa x U n i t ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Fax Chassis (P/O PL 20.1 Item 1)
2 — Riser Bracket Assembly (P/O PL
20.1 Item 1)
3 — Speaker Bracket (P/O PL 20.1 Item
1)
4 930K00260 Speaker Assembly
5 — Fax Panel (P/O PL 20.1 Item 1)
6 — Fax Snap Cover (P/O PL 20.1 Item
1)
7 — Label (P/O PL 20.1 Item 1)
8 — Lower Fax Bracket (P/O PL 20.1
Item 1)
9 — Upper Fax Bracket (P/O PL 20.1
Item 1)
10 — Label (Traceability) (P/O PL 20.1
Item 1)
11 960K87696 Fax PWB (IND/BRA/ARG)
— 960K79266 Fax PWB (USSG/XCL)
— 960K81232 Fax PWB (XE/SA)
12 960K77546 AG3 PWB
13 960K77550 Riser PWB

1495 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 20.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1496


PL 20.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 5 . 1 Co n v e n i e n c e S t a p l e r
Item Part Description
1 604K35700 Convenience Stapler (XE)
— 604K35710 Convenience Stapler (XC)

1497 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 25.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1498


PL 25.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 8 . 1 Co v e r ( 1 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 948K24980 Front Cover Assembly
2 — Right Upper Cover Assembly (REP
28.1)
3 — Right Upper Cover (P/O PL 28.1
Item 2)
4 — Snap Cover (P/O PL 28.1 Item 2)
5 — Right Rear Upper Cover
6 848K42280 Waste Toner Cover Assembly
7 — Waste Toner Cover (P/O PL 28.1
Item 6)
8 121E92870 Magnet
9 — Right Front Lower Cover
10 — Hinge
11 — Right Lower Cover
12 — Right Rear Lower Cover
13 — EPSV Cover
14 — Blind Cover
15 — Label (Outlet)
16 — Label (Breaker)
17 — Bracket
18 — Inner Cover
19 — Label (Main Switch)
20 110K16280 Main Power Switch Assembly (REP
28.6)
21 — Bracket (P/O PL 28.1 Item 20)
22 110E11980 Front Cover Interlock Switch (S77-
303) (REP 28.6)
23 — Main Power Switch (P/O PL 28.1
Item 20) (REP 28.6)
24 — Wire harness (P/O PL 28.1 Item
20)

1499 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 28.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 2 8 . 2 Co v e r ( 2 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 — Front Cover
2 — Fusing Duct
3 — Hinge
4 032E21491 Guide
5 121E92870 Magnet

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1500


PL 28.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 2 8 . 3 Co v e r ( 3 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Upper Right Cover (REP 28.5)
2 — Rear Upper Left Cover (REP 28.4)
3 — Rear Lower Cover (REP 28.3)
4 — Left Upper Cover (REP 28.2)
5 — Left Front Lower Cover
6 — Left Lower Cover
7 — Left Lower Rear Cover
8 — Filter Cover
9 — Blind Cover
10 — Blind Cover
11 — EPSV Cover
12 — Filter Cover
13 — Bracket
14 — Bracket

1501 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 28.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 2 8 . 4 Fr o n t P a n e l
Item Part Description
1 — Top Front Cover (REP 60.17)
2 — Clip Cover
3 — USB Cover
4 — Bracket Assembly
5 — Screw (M3 x 6)
6 — Core Blind Housing
7 — Outer Cover Assembly
8 122E92851 Pen Stylus
9 — ICCR Cover
10 — LID Cover
11 — Screw (Black)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1502


PL 28.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1503 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 28.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 40 . 1 D ri ve U n it ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 007K87844 Fuser Drive Assembly (REP 40.1 ,
REP 40.6)
2 007K23663 Main Drive Assembly (REP 40.2)
3 007K22220 Developer Drive Assembly (K)
(REP 40.3)
4 068K24231 Gear Bracket Assembly
5 — Gear Assembly (28/31T) (P/O PL
40.1 Item 4)
6 — Gear Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item 4)
7 — Gear Assembly (31/33) (P/O PL
40.1 Item 4)
8 127K66560 Drum Motor Assembly (K)
(MOT42-006) (REP 40.5)
9 — Tension Bracket
10 — Fuser Unit Drive Assembly
11 — Guard (P/O PL 40.1 Item 10)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1504


PL 40.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 40 . 2 D ri ve U n it ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 007K14754 Developer Drive Assembly (Y, M,
C) (REP 40.4)
2 127K64581 Drum Motor Assembly (Y, M, C)
3 — Drum Motor YMC PWB (P/O PL
40.2 Item 6)
4 — Plate (P/O PL 40.2 Item 6)
5 — PWB Support (P/O PL 40.2 Item 6)
6 960K35932 Drum Motor YMC PWB Assembly
(Y, M, C) (MOT77-011)

1505 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 40.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 4 0 . 3 Fu s e r D r i v e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 007K89292 Gear Assembly
2 413W08350 Bearing
3 — Shaft (P/O PL 40.3 Item 1)
4 — Gear (35T) (P/O PL 40.3 Item 1)
5 — Gear (62T) (P/O PL 40.3 Item 1)
6 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.3 Item 1)
7 — Fuser Drive Motor (P/O PL 40.1
Item 1)
8 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item 1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1506


PL 40.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 40 . 4 Ma in D r ive A sse mb l y
Item Part Description
1 — Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 40.1 Item
2)
2 — Gear Assembly (86T) (P/O PL 40.1
Item 2)
3 — Gear Assembly (21T/42T) (P/O PL
40.1 Item 2)
4 — Gear Assembly (31T/44T) (P/O PL
40.1 Item 2)
5 — Gear Assembly (40T) (P/O PL 40.1
Item 2)
6 — Gear Assembly (42T) (P/O PL 40.1
Item 2)
7 013E87700 Ball Bearing
— 013E22230 Ball Bearing (alternative)
8 — Brake Assembly (P/O PL 40.1 Item
2)
9 — Upper Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item
2)
10 — Lower Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item
2)
11 121K33942 2nd BTR Cam Clutch
12 — Shaft (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
13 121K42230 Developer K Drive Clutch
Assembly
14 127K39620 Main Motor Assembly (MOT42-
001)
15 413W08350 Bearing
16 413W77359 Bearing
17 — Shaft (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
18 — Gear (17T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
19 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
20 — Gear (53T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
21 — Gear (30T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
22 — Gear (53T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
23 — Gear (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
24 — Connector (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
25 — Housing (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)
26 — PWB Support (P/O PL 40.1 Item 2)

1507 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 40.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 40 . 5 D eve l o p er Dr ive A s s e m bl y ( K )
Item Part Description
1 005E17830 Retainer
2 — Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 40.1 Item
3)
3 009E94920 Spring
4 — Pulley (20T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
5 — Idler Pulley (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
6 — Pulley (31T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
7 — Pulley Assembly (P/O PL 40.1 Item
3)
8 — Belt (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
9 — Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 40.1
Item 3)
10 — Tension Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item
3)
11 — Tension Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item
3)
12 413W08350 Bearing
13 413W08950 Bearing
14 423W52154 Belt
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
16 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
18 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
19 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
20 — Support (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
21 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.1 Item 3)
22 — Flange

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1508


PL 40.5 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 40 . 6 D eve l o p er Dr ive A s s e m bl y ( Y , M , C )
Item Part Description
1 — Coupling Assembly (P/O PL 40.2
Item 1)
2 — Retainer (P/O PL 40.6 Item 1)
3 — Coupling (P/O PL 40.6 Item 1)
4 009E94920 Spring
5 413W08950 Bearing
6 — Pulley (P/O PL 40.6 Item 1)
7 — Gear Assembly (P/O PL 40.2 Item
1)
8 — Gear Assembly (P/O PL 40.2 Item
1)
9 013E22230 Ball Bearing
10 — Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 40.2
Item 1)
11 — Spring (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
12 — Pulley Assembly (P/O PL 40.6 Item
13)
13 — Tension Pulley Assembly (P/O PL
40.2 Item 1)
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.6 Item 13)
15 — Tension Pulley Assembly (P/O PL
40.2 Item 1)
16 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.6 Item 15)
17 — Pulley
18 — Film (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
19 127K57180 Developer Motor Assembly (Y, M,
C) (MOT93-018)
20 — Belt (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
21 — Belt (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
22 — Gear (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
23 — Spring (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
24 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.2 Item 1)
25 — Coupling Assembly (P/O PL 40.2
Item 1)
26 — Coupling (P/O PL 40.6 Item 25)
27 — Spring (P/O PL 40.6 Item 25)
28 — Shaft (P/O PL 40.6 Item 25)
29 — Flange (Not Spared)

1509 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 40.6
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 40.7 NOHAD (1 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 — Main Filter Assembly
2 — PCC Duct (Not Spared)
3 — CC Duct (Not Spared)
4 — Duct (Not Spared)
5 — Main - K Duct (Not Spared)
6 — Bracket (Not Spared)
7 — Bracket (Not Spared)
8 — Blower Duct (P/O PL 40.7 Item 7)
9 127K70132 Blower Fan
10 — Cooling Fan Duct Assembly (P/O
PL 40.7 Item 24)
11 — Screw (P/O PL 40.7 Item 24)
12 — Connector (P/O PL 40.7 Item 24)
13 127K78110 Rear Cooling Fan
14 — Filter Case
15 — Rear ADD Fan Assembly
16 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.7 Item 15)
17 — Rear ADD Fan (P/O PL 40.7 Item
15)
18 — Connector (P/O PL 40.7 Item 15)
19 053K96200 Suction Filter
20 053K91911 Ozone Filter
21 — Upper Duct (P/O PL 40.7 Item 10)
22 — Lower Duct (P/O PL 40.7 Item 10)
23 — Seal (P/O PL 40.7 Item 10)
24 — Rear Cooling Fan Assembly

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1510


PL 40.7 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 40.8 NOHAD (2 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 — Y,M Cooling Duct (Not Spared)
2 — Fusing Duct (Not Spared)
3 — Fusing Duct (Not Spared)
4 127K63360 Fuser Exhaust Fan
5 — Screw (Not Spared)
6 — V-Transport Duct (Not Spared)
7 127K39571 V-Transport Fan
8 — Screw (Not Spared)
9 — Duct (Not Spared)
10 — Y Duct (Not Spared)
11 — M/C Duct (Not Spared)

1511 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 40.8
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 40.9 NOHAD (3 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 — Connector (P/O PL 40.9 Item 20)
2 — Duct (P/O PL 40.9 Item 20)
3 127K67550 Exit Roll Fan 1, Exit Roll Fan 2, Exit
Roll Fan 3, Front Fan
4 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.9 Item 20)
5 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 40.9 Item
20)
6 — CC Duct (Not Spared)
7 — Fusing Duct (Not Spared)
8 — Duct (P/O PL 40.9 Item 18)
9 — Inverter Front Fan (P/O PL 40.9
Item 18)
10 — Screw (P/O PL 40.9 Item 18)
11 — Bracket (P/O PL 40.9 Item 18)
12 — CC Seal (Not Spared)
13 — CC Duct (Not Spared)
14 127K60991 CC Intake Fan
15 — Screw (Not Spared)
16 053K91981 CC Filter
17 — Seal (Not Spared)
18 — Fan Assembly (P/O PL 40.9 Item
19)
19 — Fan Kit
20 — Duct Assembly

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1512


PL 40.9 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1513 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 40.9
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 60.1 ROS
Item Part Description
1 — Guide (Not Spared)
2 — Seal (Not Spared)
3 — Clamp (Not Spared)
4 062K29623 ROS Assembly (C, K) (REP 60.1)
5 062K29633 ROS Assembly (Y, M) (REP 60.2)
6 952K14370 Flat Cable (C, K) (Alternate) (REP
60.1)
— 952K45370 Flat Cable (C, K) (REP 60.1)
7 952K14360 Flat Cable (Y, M) (Alternate) (REP
60.2)
— 952K45360 Flat Cable (Y, M) (REP 60.2)
8 130K88740 Registration Control Temp Sensor

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1514


PL 60.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 6 0 . 2 I I T Co v e r
Item Part Description
1 — IIT Top Assembly (REF: PL 60.3)
2 822E52331 IIT Left Cover
3 822E52352 IIT Right Cover (W)
4 — IIT Rear Cover (REP 60.3)
5 — DADF IF Cover
6 — Pivot Bracket
7 — Pivot Stud
8 — Left Stopper
9 — Left Locate Bracket
10 — Right Locate Bracket
11 — Rock Brace Bracket
12 — IIT Right Stopper
13 — Foot Bracket
14 — Arm Shaft
15 — Arm Shaft Holder
16 — DADF Support Bracket
17 — Sensor Shield
18 — UI USB Cable Holder

1515 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 60.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 60.3 Platen Glass


Item Part Description
1 — IIT Assembly (REF: PL 60.4 , PL
60.5)
2 815K10440 Right Plate
3 — CVT Glass Plate (Not Spared)
4 090K93270 CVT Platen Glass
5 090K93570 Platen Glass (REP 60.4)
6 — Front Glass Support (Not Spared)
7 — Rear Glass Support (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1516


PL 60.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 6 0 . 4 C C D Le n s
Item Part Description
1 — CCD Lens Cover Assembly (Not
Spared)
2 607K02350 CCD Lens Kit (REP 60.6)
3 — CCD PWB (P/O PL 60.4 Item 2)
(See NOTE)
4 — Conductor (P/O PL 60.4 Item 2)
5 — Pin Assembly (Jig) (P/O PL 60.4
Item 2)
6 — Lens Assembly (P/O PL 60.4 Item
2)
7 130K64150 APS Sensor1 (Q62-251) (REP
60.7)/APS Sensor2 (Q62-253)
(REP 60.8)
8 — APS Sensor Cover (Not Spared)
9 — APS Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
10 952K35020 Wire Harness (CCD Power)
11 — Clamp (Not Spared)
12 952K42730 CCD-Cont Video Flat Cable
13 960K98030 IIT Trans PWB (REP 60.9)
14 — PWB Bracket (Not Spared)
15 117K50290 IIT-Cont I/O Flat Cable
16 952K45130 Wire Harness (Sig)

Note: Before ordering this part refer to Bulletin T9117-08-17


located in the EDOC Reference Library.

1517 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 60.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 6 0 . 5 Ca r r i a g e Ca b l e , M o t o r
Item Part Description
1 120K93040 Actuator Assembly
2 130E87280 Platen Angle Sensor (Q062-301)
(REP 60.14)
3 012K96420 Front Carriage Cable (REP 60.10)
4 012K96430 Rear Carriage Cable (REP 60.10)
5 020E21630 Idler Pulley
6 023E26740 Drive Belt
7 127K77850 Carriage Motor (MOT62-005)
(REP 60.11)
8 910W00612 Platen Interlock Switch (alterna-
tive) (REP 60.12)
— 910W00901 Platen Interlock Switch (S62-300)
(REP 60.12)
9 809E76840 Tension Spring
10 — Clamp (Not Spared)
11 — Clamp (Not Spared)
12 — IIT Registration Sensor Bracket
(Not Spared)
13 930W00112 IIT Registration Sensor (Q62-212)
(REP 60.13)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1518


PL 60.5 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 6 0 . 6 Fu l l / H a l f Ra t e C a r r i a g e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 041K95850 Half Rate Carriage Assembly (REP
60.16)
2 041K96632 Full Rate Carriage Assembly (REP
60.15)
3 — Cord Guide (P/O PL 60.6 Item 2)
4 — LED Flat Cable (P/O PL 60.6 Item
2)
5 — LED Bracket (P/O PL 60.6 Item 2)
6 — LED Lamp PWB (P/O PL 60.6 Item
2)
7 — Plate Bridge (P/O PL 60.6 Item 2)
8 — Cushion (P/O PL 60.6 Item 2)
9 — LED Lamp Assembly (P/O PL 60.6
Item 2)

1519 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 60.6
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1520


PL 60.6 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 1 Tra y 1 / 2
Item Part Description
1 050K78150 Tray 1 Assembly (REP 70.1)
2 050K78161 Tray 2 Assembly (REP 70.2)
3 054K45691 Tray 1 Feed Out Chute Assembly
4 054E36442 Tray 1 Feed Out Chute
5 — Guide (P/O PL 70.1 Item 3)
6 859K16640 Tray 1 Feed Assembly (REF: PL
80.1) (REP 80.3)
7 — Tray 2 Connector Cover (Not
Spared)
8 054E33803 Tray 2 Feed Out Chute
9 — Chute (Not Spared)
10 — Rear Cover (Not Spared)
11 859K14800 Tray 2 Feed Assembly (REF: PL
80.3) (REP 80.7)
12 059E07240 Roll (Left)
13 059E07260 Roll (Right)
14 059E03510 Roll
15 110K17950 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (Q71-
202), Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor
(Q72-202) (REP 70.3)
16 — Not Used
17 803E07421 Stopper
18 — Spacer (Not Spared)
19 014E59990 Slide Lock
20 897E09920 Tray Label (1)
21 897E10220 Tray Label (2)
22 890E25610 Label (Instruction)
23 — Plate (Not Spared)
24 — Tray1 Connector Cover (Not
Spared)

1521 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 2 Tra y 3 / 4 ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 050K78171 Tray 3 Assembly (REP 70.4)
2 050K79420 Tray 4 Assembly (REP 70.7)
3 059K87381 Tray 4 Transport Assembly (REP
80.18)
4 — Shaft
5 — Stopper (Tray3)
6 059E05060 Roll (REP 70.11)
7 — Stopper (Tray4)
8 803E07450 Stopper
9 803E07460 Stopper
10 970E38961 Label (Caution)
11 890E25620 Label (Instruction)
12 890E10111 Label
13 897E10230 Tray Label (3)
14 897E10240 Tray Label (4)
15 059E04690 Roll (REP 70.11)
16 — Bracket
17 — Bracket
18 019E71680 Pad
19 — Label (Caution L)
20 — Label (Caution R)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1522


PL 70.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 3 Tra y 3 / 4 ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Connector Cover
2 054E44560 Feed Out Chute
3 — Cover (Not Spared)
4 859K14800 Tray 3 Feed Assembly (REF: PL
80.5) (REP 80.11)
5 859K16650 Tray 4 Feed Unit
6 — Lower Chute (P/O PL 70.3 Item 5)
7 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.3 Item 5)
8 — Cover (P/O PL 70.3 Item 5)
9 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.3 Item 5)
10 — Front Bracket (P/O PL 70.3 Item 5)
11 — Tray 4 Feed Assembly (REF: PL
80.7) (Part number the same as
item 4) (REP 80.16)
12 — Pivot Bracket (Not Spared)
13 110K17960 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (Q73-
202), Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor
(Q74-202)
14 — Tray Guide (Not Spared)

1523 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 4 Tra y 1 A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 019E71680 Pad
2 — End Label F (Not Spared)
3 — Side Label (Not Spared)
4 — End Label R (Not Spared)
5 050K78150 Tray 1 Assembly (REP 70.1)
6 — Handle (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
7 — Latch (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
8 — Spring (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
9 — Cover (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
10 — Cover (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
11 — Tray 1 Cover (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
12 893E09490 Label (Max)
13 — Stopper (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
14 — Guide (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
15 038E39091 Rear Paper Guide
16 — Roll (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
17 — Gear (13T) (P/O PL 70.4 Item 33)
18 — Gear (60T) (P/O PL 70.4 Item 33)
19 — Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 70.4 Item
33)
20 807E13521 Pinion Gear
21 — End Paper Guide Link (P/O PL 70.4
Item 5)
22 — Plate (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
23 019K09580 Bottom Plate Pad
24 — Bottom Plate (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
25 038K22280 Front Paper Guide
26 — Stopper (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
27 120E33840 Actuator
28 — Actuator (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
29 809E47091 Spring (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
30 038E44700 End Paper Guide
31 — Lift Shaft (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
32 — Cassette (P/O PL 70.4 Item 5)
33 604K20542 Tray Gear Kit

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1524


PL 70.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 5 Tra y 2 A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 019E71680 Pad
2 — End Label F (Not Spared)
3 — Side Label (Not Spared)
4 — End Label R (Not Spared)
5 050K78161 Tray 2 Assembly (REP 70.2)
6 — Handle (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
7 — Latch (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
8 — Spring (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
9 — Cover (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
10 — Cover (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
11 — Tray Cover (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
12 893E09490 Label (Max)
13 038E39091 Rear Paper Guide
14 — Roll (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
15 — Gear (13T) (P/O PL 70.5 Item 31)
16 — Gear (60T) (P/O PL 70.5 Item 31)
17 — Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 70.5 Item
31)
18 807E13521 Pinion
19 — End Paper Guide Link (P/O PL 70.5
Item 5)
20 — Plate (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
21 019K09580 Bottom Plate Pad
22 — Bottom Plate (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
23 038K22280 Front Paper Guide
24 — Stopper (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
25 120E33840 Actuator
26 — Actuator (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
27 809E47091 Spring
28 038E44700 End Paper Guide
29 — Lift Shaft (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
30 — Cassette (P/O PL 70.5 Item 5)
31 604K20542 Tray Gear Kit

1525 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.5
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 6 Tra y 3 A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 050K78171 Tray 3 Assembly (REP 70.4)
2 — Tray 3 Cover Assembly (P/O PL
70.6 Item 1)
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
4 — Tray 3 (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
5 — Bottom Plate (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
6 — Cassette Assembly (P/O PL 70.6
Item 4)
7 006K98080 Lift Shaft Assembly (REP 70.6)
8 807E36210 Gear (18T) (REP 70.6)
9 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
10 413W11860 Bearing (REP 70.6)
11 — Plate Spring (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
12 019K93921 Brake (REP 70.6)
13 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
14 032E38000 Wire Guide (REP 70.6)
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
16 — Front Cable (P/O PL 70.6 Item 21)
17 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.6 Item 4)
18 020E48770 Pulley (REP 70.6)
19 — Front Wire Guide (P/O PL 70.6
Item 4)
20 019K09580 Bottom Pad
21 604K91950 Tray 3 Cable Kit (REP 70.5)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1526


PL 70.6 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 7 Tra y 3 A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 007E78190 Pinion (REP 70.10)
2 007E78370 Rack (REP 70.10)
3 — Front Guide Assembly (P/O PL
70.6 Item 1)
4 — Front Guide (P/O PL 70.7 Item 3)
5 — Knob (P/O PL 70.7 Item 3)
6 — Knob Assembly (P/O PL 70.7 Item
3)
7 — Spring (P/O PL 70.7 Item 3)
8 — Rear Guide Assembly (P/O PL 70.6
Item 1)
9 893E09490 Label (Max)
10 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
11 032E37990 Rear Wire Guide (REP 70.6)
12 — Actuator (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
13 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
14 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.6 Item 1)
15 — Rear Cable (P/O PL 70.6 Item 21)
16 020E48770 Pulley (REP 70.6)
17 059E05040 Roll (REP 70.11)
18 059E05060 Roll (REP 70.11)

1527 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.7
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 8 Tra y 4 A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 050K79420 Tray 4 Assembly (REP 70.7)
2 948K20210 Tray 4 Cover Assembly
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
4 — Tray 4 (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
5 — Plate Spring (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
6 — Cassette Assembly (P/O PL 70.8
Item 4)
7 — Lift Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 70.8
Item 4)
8 807E36210 Gear (18T) (REP 70.9)
9 413W11860 Pulley (REP 70.9)
10 — Bearing (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
11 019K18200 Brake (REP 70.9)
12 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
13 019K09580 Bottom Pad
14 — Bottom Plate (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
15 — Front Wire Guide (P/O PL 70.8
Item 4)
16 — Front Cable (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
(REP 70.8)
17 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)
18 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.8 Item 4)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1528


PL 70.8 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 9 Tra y 4 A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 007E78190 Pinion (REP 70.10)
2 007E78370 Rack (REP 70.10)
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
4 — Rear Guide Assembly (P/O PL 70.8
Item 1)
5 893E09490 Label (Max)
6 — Actuator (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
7 — Front Guide Assembly (P/O PL
70.8 Item 1)
8 — Front Guide (P/O PL 70.9 Item 7)
9 — Knob (P/O PL 70.9 Item 7)
10 — Knob Assembly (P/O PL 70.9 Item
7)
11 — Spring (P/O PL 70.9 Item 7)
12 032E37990 Rear Wire Guide (REP 70.9)
13 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
14 604K91960 Tray 4 Repair Kit (Front and Rear
Cable) (REP 70.8)
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.8 Item 1)
16 059E05040 Roll (REP 70.11)
17 059E05060 Roll (REP 70.11)

1529 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.9
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 1 0 Tra y 5 / By p a s s A c c e s s o r y
Item Part Description
1 059K87397 MSI (REP 70.12)
2 893E44111 Label (Instruction)
3 893E44122 Label (Size)
4 — Label (Caution)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1530


PL 70.10 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 7 0 . 1 1 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Co v e r
Item Part Description
1 — Sector Gear (P/O PL 70.11 Item
24)
2 — Compression Spring (P/O PL 70.11
Item 24)
3 — Lock Pin (P/O PL 70.11 Item 24)
4 — Lock Plate (P/O PL 70.11 Item 24)
5 110E11430 Cover Interlock Switch (S77-304)
(REP 70.13)
6 — Screw (M2.3x9) (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
7 — Switch Bracket (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
8 — Front Bracket (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
9 — Rear Bracket (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
10 — Tray 5/Bypass (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
11 802E55622 Front Cover 1 (REP 70.14)
12 802E55634 Rear Cover 1 (REP 70.14)
13 802E55641 Front Cover 2 (REP 70.14)
14 802E55652 Rear Cover 2 (REP 70.14)
15 — Upper Cover (REP 70.14)
16 802K57485 Lower Cover Assembly (REP
70.14)
17 — Torsion Spring (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
18 — Lower Plate (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
19 962K17864 MSI Wire Harness
20 893E16170 Label (Max)
21 — Label (Number)
22 — Harness Guide (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
23 — Harness Cover (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
24 — Lock Gear Assembly (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
25 — MSI Lower Cover (P/O PL 70.11
Item 16)
26 — Spring (P/O PL 70.11 Item 16)
27 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.11 Item 16)

1531 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.11
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 1 2 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — MSI Damper (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
2 007E79331 Sector Gear
3 007E79350 Gear (19T)
4 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
5 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
6 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
7 050K78453 MSI Tray
8 059K55668 Feeder (REF: PL 80.15)
9 801K50651 MSI Lift Up Motor Assembly (REF:
PL 70.13)
10 — MSI Front Frame (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1532


PL 70.12 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 70.13 MSI Lift Up Motor


Item Part Description
1 — Gear (12T/28T) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
2 — Gear (28T) (P/O PL 70.12 Item 9)
3 — Compression Spring (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
4 — Gear (12T) (P/O PL 70.12 Item 9)
5 — Lift Up Bracket (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
6 — Gear (10T/20T) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
7 — Screw (M2.6x2.5) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
8 — MSI Lift Motor (P/O PL 70.12 Item
9)
9 — Gear (12T/28T) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
10 — Gear (12T/28T) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)
11 — Gear (12T/44T) (P/O PL 70.12
Item 9)

1533 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.13
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 7 0 . 1 4 Tra y 5 / By p a s s
Item Part Description
1 — Lower Tray (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
2 050E19822 Extension Tray (REP 70.15)
3 — MSI Tray (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
4 — Bottom Plate (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
5 802E55680 Tray Lower Cover
6 038E26771 Front Side Guide (REP 70.15)
7 038E26781 Rear Side Guide (REP 70.15)
8 038E30911 Paper Guide (REP 70.15)
9 — Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
10 — Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
11 — Gear Plate (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
12 930W00111 MSI No Paper Sensor (Q75-202)
(REP 70.16)
13 130K64361 MSI Paper Set Sensor (Q750-203)
(REP 70.16)
14 130K64432 MSI Paper Size Sensor (Q75-200)
(REP 70.16)
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
16 007E79700 Pinion Gear
17 — Front Rack Gear (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
18 — Rear Rack Gear (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
19 809E49930 Compression Spring
20 012E11760 Sensor Link
21 — MSI Tray Wire Harness (P/O PL
70.10 Item 1)
22 — Harness Cover (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1534


PL 70.14 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1535 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 70.14
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 Tra y 1 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rail (P/O PL 70.1 Item 6)
2 807E30640 Gear (28T/21T)
3 013E26530 Bearing (6)
4 — Chute (P/O PL 70.1 Item 6)
5 — Upper Frame Assembly (P/O PL
70.1 Item 6)
6 120E22481 Actuator (REP 80.2)
7 930W00123 Tray 1 Level Sensor (Q71-201),
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (Q71-200)
(REP 80.2)
8 930W00211 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (Q71-100)
(REP 80.2)
9 005K83081 One Way Clutch
10 007K98130 One Way Gear
11 006K23221 Shaft Assembly Drive
12 807E20300 Gear (25T)
13 014E44770 Spacer
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.1 Item 6)
15 — Harness Holder (P/O PL 70.1 Item
6)
16 127K52790 Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor (MOT71-
001) (REP 80.1)
17 807E00390 Gear (31T)
18 807E00800 Gear (13T)
19 809E50531 Spring
20 — Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 70.1
Item 6)
21 — Harness Guide (Front) (P/O PL
70.1 Item 6)
22 — Harness Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 70.1
Item 6)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.1 Item 6)
24 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.1 Item 6)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1536


PL 80.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 2 Tra y 1 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Frame (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
2 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
3 005K08820 Clutch (22T)
4 005K09290 Friction Clutch
5 — Nudger Shaft (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
6 — Retard Shaft (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
7 — Feed Shaft (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
8 807E20330 Gear (29T)
9 — Lever (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
10 013E40800 Bearing (6)
11 014E45030 Spacer
12 — Holder (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
13 607K12020 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit (Con-
tains All 3 Rolls) (REP 80.4)
14 — Feed in Chute (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
15 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
18 — Spring (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)
19 — Bearing (Not Spared)
20 — Nudger Support (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
21 — Retard Support (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
22 807E30650 Gear (25T)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.1 Item
20)
24 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.1 Item 20)

1537 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.2
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 3 Tra y 2 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rail (P/O PL 70.1 Item 11)
2 807E30640 Gear (29T/24T)
3 013E26530 Bearing (6)
4 — Chute (P/O PL 70.1 Item 11)
5 — Upper Frame Assembly (P/O PL
70.1 Item 11)
6 120E22481 Actuator (REP 80.6)
7 930W00123 Tray 2 Level Sensor (Q72-201),
Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (Q72-200)
(REP 80.6)
8 930W00211 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor (Q72-100)
(REP 80.6)
9 005K83081 One Way Clutch Assembly
10 007K98130 One Way Gear Assembly
11 807E30650 Shaft Assembly Drive
12 807E20300 Gear (25T)
13 014E44770 Spacer
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.1 Item 11)
15 — Harness Holder (P/O PL 70.1 Item
11)
16 127K52790 Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor (MOT72-
001) (REP 80.5)
17 807E00390 Gear (31T)
18 807E00800 Gear (13T)
19 809E50531 Spring
20 — Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 70.1
Item 11)
21 — Harness Guide (Front) (P/O PL
70.1 Item 11)
22 — Harness Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 70.1
Item 11)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.1 Item
11)
24 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.1 Item
11)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1538


PL 80.3 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 4 Tra y 2 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Frame (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
2 005K05890 One Way Clutch
3 005K08820 Clutch (25T)
4 005K83300 Friction Clutch
5 — Nudger Shaft (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
6 — Retard Shaft (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
7 — Feed Shaft (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
8 807E20330 Gear (29T)
9 — Lever (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
10 013E40800 Bearing (6)
11 014E45030 Spacer
12 — Holder (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
13 607K12020 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit (Con-
tains All 3 Rolls) (REP 80.8)
14 — Feed In Chute (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
15 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
18 — Spring (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)
19 — Bearing (Not Spared)
20 — Nudger Support (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
21 — Retard Support (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
22 807E30650 Gear (27T)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.3 Item
20)
24 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.3 Item 20)

1539 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.4
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 5 Tra y 3 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rail (P/O PL 70.3 Item 4)
2 807E30640 Gear (29T/24T)
3 013E26530 Bearing
4 — Chute (P/O PL 70.3 Item 4)
5 — Upper Frame Assembly (P/O PL
70.3 Item 4)
6 120E22481 Actuator (REP 80.10)
7 930W00123 Tray 3 Level Sensor (Q73-201),
Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (Q73-200)
(REP 80.10)
8 930W00211 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (Q73-100)
(REP 80.10)
9 005K83081 One Way Clutch Assembly
10 007K98130 One Way Gear Assembly
11 006K23221 Shaft Assembly Drive
12 807E20300 Gear (25T)
13 014E44770 Spacer
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.3 Item 4)
15 — Harness Holder (P/O PL 70.3 Item
4)
16 127K52790 Tray3 Feed Lift Motor (MOT73-
001) (REP 80.9)
17 807E00390 Gear (31T)
18 807E00800 Gear (13T)
19 809E50531 Spring
20 — Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 70.3
Item 4)
21 — Harness Guide (Front) (P/O PL
70.3 Item 4)
22 — Harness Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 70.3
Item 4)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.3 Item 4)
24 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.3 Item 4)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1540


PL 80.5 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 6 Tra y 3 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Frame (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
2 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
3 005K08820 Clutch
4 005K83300 Friction Clutch
5 — Nudger Shaft (P/O PL 80.5 Item
20)
6 — Retard Shaft (P/O PL 80.5 Item
20)
7 — Feed Shaft (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
8 807E20330 Gear (29T)
9 — Lever (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
10 013E40800 Bearing (6)
11 014E45030 Spacer
12 — Holder (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
13 607K12020 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit (Con-
tains All 3 Rolls) (REP 80.12)
14 — Feed In Chute (P/O PL 80.5 Item
20)
15 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
18 — Spring (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
19 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
20 — Nudger Support (P/O PL 80.5 Item
20)
21 — Retard Support (P/O PL 80.5 Item
20)
22 807E30650 Gear (25T)
23 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)
24 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.5 Item 20)

1541 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.6
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 7 Tra y 4 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rail (P/O PL 70.3 Item 11)
2 807E30640 Gear (29T/24T)
3 013E40800 Bearing (6)
4 — Chute (P/O PL 70.3 Item 11)
5 — Upper Frame Assembly (P/O PL
70.3 Item 11)
6 120E22481 Actuator (REP 80.15)
7 930W00123 Tray 4 Level Sensor (Q74-201),
Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (Q74-200)
(REP 80.15)
8 930W00211 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (REP
80.15)
9 005K83081 Oneway Clutch Assembly
10 007K98130 Oneway Gear Assembly
11 006K23221 Shaft Assembly Drive
12 807E20300 Gear (29T)
13 014E44770 Spacer
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 70.3 Item 11)
15 — Harness Holder (P/O PL 70.3 Item
11)
16 127K52790 Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor (MOT74-
001) (REP 80.14)
17 807E00390 Gear (31T)
18 807E00800 Gear (13T)
19 809E50531 Spring
20 — Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 70.3
Item 11)
21 — Harness Guide (Front) (P/O PL
70.3 Item 11)
22 — Harness Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 70.3
Item 11)
23 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.3 Item
11)
24 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 70.3 Item
11)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1542


PL 80.7 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 8 Tra y 4 Fe e d A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Rear Frame (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
2 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
3 005K08820 Clutch (25T)
4 005K83300 Friction Clutch
5 — Nudger Shaft (P/O PL 80.7 Item
20)
6 — Retard Shaft (P/O PL 80.7 Item
20)
7 — Feed Shaft (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
8 807E20330 Gear (29T)
9 — Lever (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
10 013E40800 Bearing (6)
11 014E45030 Spacer
12 — Holder (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
13 607K12020 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit (Con-
tains All 3 Rolls) (REP 80.17)
14 — Feed In Chute (P/O PL 80.7 Item
20)
15 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
18 — Spring (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
19 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
20 — Nudger Support (P/O PL 80.7 Item
20)
21 — Retard Support (P/O PL 80.7 Item
20)
22 807E30650 Gear (25T)
23 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)
24 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.7 Item 20)

1543 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.8
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 9 Tra y 4 Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 413W88650 Ball Bearing (REP 80.18)
2 — Upper Transport Chute (P/O PL
70.2 Item 3)
3 — Lower Transport Chute (P/O PL
70.2 Item 3)
4 059E99310 Pinch Roll (REP 80.18)
5 — Takeaway Roll Assembly (P/O PL
70.2 Item 3)
6 — Not used
7 — Joint (P/O PL 80.9 Item 5)
8 — Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 80.9 Item
5)
9 — Spring (P/O PL 80.9 Item 5)
10 — Support (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
11 — Pinch Spring (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
12 — Label (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
13 — Roll (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
14 — Pulley (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
15 — Collar (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
16 — Belt (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)
17 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.2 Item 3)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1544


PL 80.9 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 1 0 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l
Item Part Description
1 054K44041 Chute Assembly (REP 80.20)
2 — Chute (P/O PL 80.10 Item 1)
3 130K76910 Feed Out Sensor 2 (Q72-101),Feed
Out Sensor 3 (Q73-101) (REP
80.21)
4 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.10 Item
1)
5 054K44051 Chute Assembly (REP 80.20)
6 — Chute (P/O PL 80.10 Item 5)
7 — Not used
8 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.10 Item
5)
9 859K16740 Takeaway Roll 1 Assembly (REP
80.22)
10 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 80.10 Item 9)
11 413W08350 Bearing (REP 80.22)
12 — Takeaway Roll 1 (P/O PL 80.10
Item 9)
13 413W88650 Bearing (REP 80.23)
14 859K16770 Takeaway Roll 2/3/4 Assembly
(REP 80.23)
15 — Takeaway Roll 2/3/4 (P/O PL
80.10 Item 14)
16 930W00211 Feed Out Sensor 4 (Q74-101) (REP
80.21)
17 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.10 Item 19)
18 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.10 Item
19)
19 — Sensor Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
20 — Chute Assembly (Not Spared)

1545 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.10
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 1 Le f t C h u t e Co v e r
Item Part Description
1 — Cover (P/O PL 80.11 Item 23)
2 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.11 Item 23)
3 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.11 Item
23)
4 110E11420 L/H Cover Interlock Switch (S77-
300) (REP 80.24)
5 — Bracket (Not Spared)
6 068K55701 Latch Bracket (REP 80.27)
7 068K55711 Latch Bracket (REP 80.27)
8 848K43293 Left Chute Cover Assembly (REP
80.25)
9 — Hook (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
10 — Handle (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
11 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
12 — Bearing (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
13 059E99241 Pinch Roll (REP 80.26)
14 — Left Chute Cover (P/O PL 80.11
Item 8)
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
17 — Spring (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
18 — Latch (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
19 — Label (P/O PL 80.11 Item 8)
20 — Upper Chute (P/O PL 80.11 Item
8)
21 — Lower Chute (P/O PL 80.11 Item
8)
22 068K55791 Hinge (REP 80.27)
23 — L/H Cover Assembly (Not Spared)
24 — Label (1) (Option) (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1546


PL 80.11 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 1 2 Ta ke a w a y D r i v e
Item Part Description
1 — Gear (28T) (Not Spared)
2 — Gear (45T) (Not Spared)
3 — Collar (Not Spared)
4 — Pulley (21T/36T) (Not Spared)
(REP 80.30)
5 059E03590 Roll
6 — Pulley (21T/52T)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.12 Item 23)
8 — Pulley (14T) (P/O PL 80.12 Item
23 , 24)
9 — Spring (Not Spared)
10 007K17372 T/A Drive Assembly (REP 80.28)
11 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.12 Item 10)
12 — Gear (26T) (P/O PL 80.12 Item
10)
13 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.12 Item 10)
14 121K47590 Takeaway Clutch 1/2 (REP 80.29)
15 — Takeaway Motor (P/O PL 80.12
Item 10) (REP 80.13)
16 413W08350 Ball Bearing (REP 80.30)
17 413W77359 Bearing (REP 80.30)
18 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.12 Item 10)
19 — Gear (41T) (P/O PL 80.12 Item
10)
20 — Gear (54T) (P/O PL 80.12 Item
10)
21 423W50454 Belt (REP 80.30)
22 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.12 Item 24)
23 — Tension Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
24 — Tension Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)

1547 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.12
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 3 Tra y 3 / 4 G e a r A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 049K04240 Tray 3 Gear Assembly (REP 80.19)
2 — Gear (17T/50T) (P/O PL 80.13
Item 1)
3 — Gear (16T/48T) (P/O PL 80.13
Item 1)
4 — Gear (51T) (P/O PL 80.13 Item 1)
5 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 80.13 Item 1)
6 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.13 Item 1)
7 049K04260 Tray 4 Gear Assembly (REP 80.19)
8 — Gear (17T/50T) (P/O PL 80.13
Item 7)
9 — Gear (16T/48T) (P/O PL 80.13
Item 7)
10 — Gear (57T) (P/O PL 80.13 Item 7)
11 — Gear (18T) (P/O PL 80.13 Item 7)
12 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.13 Item 7)
13 — Bracket (Not Spared)
14 017E94310 Caster
15 417W51049 Caster
— 017K05390 Caster (alternative)
16 417W51149 Caster
17 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
18 — Nut (Not Spared)
19 — Wire Harness (Main) (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1548


PL 80.13 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 1 4 Tra y 5 / By p a s s C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Chute (Not Spared)
2 054K53111 Chute Assembly (REP 80.31)
3 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 80.14
Item 2)
4 — Lower chute Assembly (P/O PL
80.14 Item 2)
5 — Upper Chute (P/O PL 80.14 Item
2)
6 059K26201 Take Away Roll Assembly (REP
80.32)
7 059K37990 Pinch Roll (REP 80.33)
8 962K17850 Wire Harness
9 413W08350 Bearing (REP 80.32)
10 — Gear Cover (P/O PL 80.14 Item 2)
11 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.14 Item 2)
12 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.14 Item 2)
13 809E54941 Spring (REP 80.33)
14 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.14 Item 2)
15 — Support (P/O PL 80.14 Item 2)
16 930W00211 Pre Registration Sensor (Q77-101)
(REP 80.34)
17 — Chute Assembly (Not Spared)
18 — Harness (P/O PL 80.14 Item 17)
19 — Chute (P/O PL 80.14 Item 17)
20 130K71370 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor (Q71-101)
(REP 80.35)
21 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.14 Item 17)
22 — Label (Regi. Information) (Not
Spared)

1549 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.14
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 5 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — Feeder Front Frame (P/O PL 70.12
Item 8)
2 — Feeder Rear Frame (P/O PL 70.12
Item 8)
3 012E11041 Solenoid Link (REP 80.36)
4 121K31341 MSI Nudger Solenoid (SOL75-
003) (REP 80.36)
5 — Torsion Spring (P/O PL 70.12 Item
8)
6 — Motor Bracket (P/O PL 70.12 Item
8)
7 007E78770 Gear (25T) (REP 80.37)
8 — Shaft (P/O PL 70.12 Item 8)
9 007E78760 Gear (19T) (REP 80.37)
10 007E78780 Gear (25T) (REP 80.37)
11 007K88730 One Way Clutch Gear (23T/27T)
(REP 80.37)
12 — Block (P/O PL 70.12 Item 8)
13 059K26591 Retard Roll (P/O PL 80.15 Item
22)
14 059K26691 Feed Roll
15 059K26702 Nudger Roll
16 — MSI Lower Feeder (REF: PL 80.17)
17 059K75863 MSI Upper Feeder (REF: PL 80.16)
18 127K38252 MSI Feed Motor (MOT75-001)
19 013E25530 Sleeve Bearing (REP 80.37)
20 413W66250 Ball Bearing (REP 80.37)
21 — Solenoid Cover (P/O PL 70.12
Item 8)
22 604K23660 Feed Roll Kit (Contains All 3 Rolls)
(REP 80.38)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1550


PL 80.15 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 1 6 Tra y 5 / By p a s s U p p e r Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — Upper Feeder Frame (P/O PL
80.15 Item 17)
2 003E59570 Latch (REP 80.39)
3 — Latch Shaft (P/O PL 80.15 Item
17)
4 006K23314 Feed/Nudger Shaft (REP 80.39)
5 007E78180 Gear (Spur 25T) (REP 80.39)
6 — Lever (P/O PL 80.15 Item 17)
7 013E25540 Sleeve Bearing (REP 80.39)
8 — Spacer (P/O PL 80.15 Item 17)
9 — Pin (P/O PL 80.15 Item 17)
10 — Upper Rear Chute (P/O PL 80.15
Item 17)
11 — Upper Chute (P/O PL 80.15 Item
17)
12 930W00112 MSI Lift Up Sensor (Q75-201),
MSI No Paper Sensor (Q75-200)
(REP 80.40)
13 — Solenoid Guide (P/O PL 80.15
Item 17)
14 — Torsion Spring (P/O PL 80.15 Item
17)
15 120E21900 Actuator (REP 80.40)
16 930W00211 Pre Feed Sensor (Q75-100) (REP
80.40)
17 — MSI Upper Feeder Wire Harness
(P/O PL 80.15 Item 17)
18 — MSI Upper Feeder Cover (P/O PL
80.15 Item 17)
19 — Guide (P/O PL 80.15 Item 17)
20 — Upper Guide (P/O PL 80.15 Item
17)

1551 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.16
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 7 Tra y 5 / By p a s s Lo w e r Fe e d e r Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — MSI Lower Feeder Frame (P/O PL
80.15 Item 16)
2 — Retard Shaft (P/O PL 80.17 Item
13)
3 — Retard Bracket (P/O PL 80.17 Item
13)
4 — Collar (P/O PL 80.17 Item 13)
5 005K06701 Friction Clutch (REP 80.41)
6 007E78170 Gear (15T)
7 007E89760 Gear (22T)
8 013E23600 Sleeve Bearing (Length: 5mm)
9 013E23610 Sleeve Bearing (Length: 6.6mm)
(REP 80.41)
10 — Retard Slide (P/O PL 80.15 Item
16)
11 — Lower Chute (P/O PL 80.15 Item
16)
12 809E41221 Compression Spring (REP 80.41)
13 006K23135 Retard Shaft Assembly (REP
80.41)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1552


PL 80.17 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 1 8 Re t a r d / Fe e d / N u d g e r Ro l l Co m p o n e n t
Item Part Description
1 — Nudger Support (P/O PL 80.16
Item 4)
2 — Nudger Bracket (P/O PL 80.16
Item 4)
3 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.16 Item 4)
4 — Gear (23T) (P/O PL 80.16 Item 4)
5 — Gear (20T) (P/O PL 80.16 Item 4)
6 — One Way Clutch Gear (26T) (P/O
PL 80.16 Item 4)
7 — One Way Clutch Gear (22T) (P/O
PL 80.16 Item 4)
8 — Nudger Lever (P/O PL 80.16 Item
4)
9 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 80.16 Item
4)
10 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 80.16 Item
4)
11 — Spacer (P/O PL 80.16 Item 4)
12 — Pin (P/O PL 80.16 Item 4)
13 — Torsion Spring (P/O PL 80.16 Item
4)

1553 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.18
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 1 9 D ra we r U n i t
Item Part Description
1 803E19950 Knob
2 014E45620 Block
3 — Connector Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
4 — Shoulder Screw (P/O PL 80.19
Item 3)
5 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 3)
6 913W12117 Connector
7 913W12124 Connector
8 — Guide Assembly (Not Spared)
9 — Roller (P/O PL 80.19 Item 8)
10 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.19 Item 8)
11 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 8)
12 — Guide Assembly (Not Spared)
13 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 12)
14 — Roller (P/O PL 80.19 Item 12)
15 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.19 Item 12)
16 050K71504 Drawer Assembly (REF: PL 80.20,
PL 80.21) (REP 80.42)
17 — Roller (Not Spared)
18 801K32631 Right Rail
19 801K32642 Left Rail
20 — Drawer Cover Assembly (Not
Spared)
21 — Drawer Cover (P/O PL 80.19 Item
20)
22 — Label (P/O PL 80.19 Item 20)
23 — Label (Instruction 2A) (P/O PL
80.19 Item 20)
24 — Label (Instruction 2B) (P/O PL
80.19 Item 20)
25 — Shaft (Not Spared)
26 — Shoulder Screw (Not Spared)
27 — Screw (Not Spared)
28 — Indicator Stopper (Not Spared)
29 059K87216 Registration Transport Assembly
(REF: PL 80.23) (REP 80.43)
30 859K15281 Vacuum Transport Assembly (REF:
PL 80.25) (REP 80.58)
31 029E35540 Guide Pin
32 059K68397 2ND BTR Roll Assembly (REF: PL
90.19) (REP 90.4)
33 — Indicator Stopper (P/O PL 80.19
Item 16)
34 — Label (Caution) (P/O PL 80.19
Item 16)
35 — Connector Cover (Not Spared)
36 — Label (Caution) (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1554


PL 80.19 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 2 0 D ra we r A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 003K13455 Drawer Latch
2 — Tension Bracket (P/O PL 80.19
Item 16)
3 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 80.19
Item 16)
4 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
5 — Duct (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
6 — Connector (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
7 127K49693 Duplex Motor Assembly (REP
80.45)
8 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.20 Item 7)
9 — Dup Motor (P/O PL 80.20 Item 7)
10 499W17061 Idler Pulley
11 130K87770 Fuser Entrance Sensor (REP 80.44)
12 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
13 423W01554 Belt (REP 80.45)
14 499W14524 Pulley (REP 80.45)
15 — Idler Pulley (P/O PL 80.19 Item
16)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
17 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
18 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
19 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 16)
20 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
21 913W12113 Connector
22 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
23 913W12114 Connector
24 — Sensor Cover (P/O PL 80.19 Item
16)

1555 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.20
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 2 1 D ra we r A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 054K52793 Duplex Upper Chute Assembly
(REP 80.46)
2 — Pulley (P/O PL 80.21 Item 1)
3 — Duplex Upper Chute (P/O PL
80.21 Item 1)
4 059K33503 Duplex Roller 1 (REP 80.47)
5 059K33512 Duplex Roller 2 (REP 80.47)
6 130K87881 Duplex In Sensor (Q77-107), Du-
plex Out Sensor (Q77-109) (REP
80.48)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.21 Item 1)
8 413W75959 Bearing (REP 80.47)
9 499W14124 Pulley (REP 80.47)
10 — Washer (P/O PL 80.21 Item 1)
11 059K82580 Duplex Roller 3 (REP 80.47)
12 054K52381 Lower Duplex Chute Assembly
(REP 80.49)
13 — Stopper (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
14 — Lever (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
15 — Tape Guide (P/O PL 80.21 Item
12)
16 — Lower Dup Chute (P/O PL 80.21
Item 12)
17 059K33351 Pinch Roll
18 413W11660 Bearing
19 — Latch Shaft (P/O PL 80.21 Item
12)
20 — Lever Shaft (P/O PL 80.21 Item
12)
21 — Spring (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
22 899E05630 Spring
23 — Spring (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
24 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
25 — Label (2b) (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
26 — Latch (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
27 — Knob (P/O PL 80.21 Item 12)
28 899E05621 Spring
29 — Sensor Cover (Not Spared)
30 — Bracket (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1556


PL 80.21 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 2 2 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 049K31140 Pre Registration Motor Assembly
(MOT77-006) (REP 80.50)
2 — Damper (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
3 — Collar (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
4 — Gear (20T) (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
5 — Spring (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
6 — Gear (34T) (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
8 — Gear (34T) (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
9 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.22 Item 1)
10 — Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 80.22
Item 1)
11 — Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 80.22
Item 1)
12 127K39650 Pre Registration Motor (MOT77-
006) (REP 80.50)

1557 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.22
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 2 3 Re g i s t ra t i o n Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Screw (P/O PL 80.19 Item 29)
2 010K92025 Pre Registration Slide Assembly
(REP 80.51)
3 — Lower Chute (P/O PL 80.19 Item
29)
4 013E23631 Bearing
5 — Upper Chute (P/O PL 80.23 Item
25)
6 — Roll Assembly (P/O PL 80.23 Item
25)
7 — Spring (P/O PL 80.23 Item 25)
8 — Spring (P/O PL 80.23 Item 25)
9 — Support (P/O PL 80.23 Item 25)
10 — Label (P/O PL 80.23 Item 25)
11 — Registration Chute Assembly (P/O
PL 80.19 Item 29)
12 059K62290 Registration Roll (REP 80.52)
13 127K66450 Registration Motor (Alternate)
(MOT77-007) (REP 80.53)
— 127K39641 Registration Motor (MOT77-007)
(REP 80.53)
14 413W82370 Bearing (REP 80.52)
15 — Front Frame Assembly (P/O PL
80.19 Item 29)
16 930W00211 Registration Out Sensor (REP
80.54)
17 — Registration Cover (P/O PL 80.19
Item 29)
18 — Registration In Sensor (REP 80.54)
19 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.19 Item
29)
20 — Gear (20T/35T) (P/O PL 80.19
Item 29)
21 — Gear (47T) (P/O PL 80.19 Item
29)
22 809E41710 Spring (REP 80.55)
23 809E95940 Spring (REP 80.55)
24 — Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL
80.19 Item 29)
25 054K53001 Upper Chute Assembly (REP
80.55)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1558


PL 80.23 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 8 0 . 2 4 P r e Re g i s t r a t i o n S l i d e A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Inner Frame (P/O PL 80.23 Item
2)
2 — Collar (P/O PL 80.23 Item 2)
3 013E23631 Bearing (REP 80.56)
4 — Paper Guide (P/O PL 80.23 Item
2)
5 — Pre Registration Lower Chute (P/O
PL 80.23 Item 2)
6 — Chute Assembly (P/O PL 80.23
Item 2)
7 059K26191 Pinch Roll (REP 80.56)
8 059K33171 Pre Registration Roll (REP 80.56)
9 413W82370 Bearing (REP 80.56)
10 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.23 Item
2)
11 — Gear (25T) (P/O PL 80.23 Item 2)
12 809E54920 Spring (REP 80.56)
13 809E54930 Spring (REP 80.56)
14 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 80.23 Item
2)
15 830E60740 Support (REP 80.56)
16 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.23 Item 2)
17 930W00211 Pre Registration Sensor (Q77-100)
(REP 80.57)

1559 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.24
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 8 0 . 2 5 Va c u u m Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 — Gear (15T) (P/O PL 80.19 Item
30)
2 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.19 Item 30)
3 413W93250 Ball Bearing
4 — Transport Belt (P/O PL 80.19 Item
30) (REP 80.59)
5 — Bracket (P/O PL 80.19 Item 30)
6 — Transport Chute (P/O PL 80.19
Item 30)
7 — Roller (P/O PL 80.19 Item 30)
8 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 80.19
Item 30)
9 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.19 Item 30)
10 — Gear (29T) (P/O PL 80.19 Item
30)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1560


PL 80.25 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

1561 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 80.25
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 D r u m / To n e r C a r t r i d g e
Item Part Description
1 013R00663 Drum Cartridge Assembly (K) (REP
90.8)
2 — Drum Assembly (P/O PL 90.1 Item
1)
3 013R00650 Charge Scorotron Unit
4 — Scorotron (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
5 — Spring Wire (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
6 — Cleaner (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
7 — Rear Shield (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
8 — Front Shield (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
9 — Corotron Wire (P/O PL 90.1 Item
3)
10 — Front Cover (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
11 — Rear Cover (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
12 — Grid Plate (P/O PL 90.1 Item 3)
13 013R00664 Drum Cartridge Assembly (C, M,
Y) (REP 90.8)
14 006R01792 Toner Cartridge (C-Fluo) (NOTE 2)
(W/001)
— 006R01803 Toner Cartridge (White) (NOTE 1)
(W/001)
— 006R01524 Toner Cartridge (C) WW Metered
(W/O 001)
— 006R01735 Toner Cartridge (C) NASG/XCL
Sold (W/O 001)
15 006R01793 Toner Cartridge (M-Fluo) (NOTE
2) (W/001)
— 006R01523 Toner Cartridge (M) WW Metered
(W/O 001)
— 006R01804 Toner Cartridge (Silver) (NOTE 1)
(W/001)
— 006R01736 Toner Cartridge (M) NASG/XCL
Sold (W/O 001)
16 006R01734 Toner Cartridge (K) NASG/XCL
Sold (W/O 001)
— 006R01521 Toner Cartridge (K) WW Metered
(W/O 001)
— 006R01802 Toner Cartridge (Gold) (NOTE 1)
(W/001)
17 006R01794 Toner Cartridge (Y-Fluo) (NOTE 2)
(W/001)
— 006R01805 Toner Cartridge (Clear) (NOTE 1)
(W/001)
— 006R01522 Toner Cartridge (Y) WW Metered
(W/O 001)
— 006R01737 Toner Cartridge (Y) NASG/XCL
Sold (W/O 001)
18 — Drum (P/O PL 90.1 Item 1)
19 — PCC Corotron (P/O PL 90.1 Item
1)
20 — Vivid Toner Kit (W/001)
21 — Vivid Combination Toner Kit (W/
001)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1562


PL 90.1 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

Note: 1.Also supplied with Vivid Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 20


and Vivid Combination Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 21.

Note: 2.Also supplied with Vivid Combination Toner Kit PL


90.1 Item 21.

1563 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.1
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 90.2 Dispenser Unit


Item Part Description
1 — Left Plate (Not Spared)
2 807E02800 Gear
3 — Bracket (Not Spared) (W/O 001)
4 — Bracket (Not Spared) (W/O 001)
5 — Right Plate (Not Spared)
6 094N00257 Dispenser Assembly (NOTE) (W/
001) (REP 90.9 , REP 90.26)
— 094K94582 Dispenser Assembly (W/O 001)
(REP 90.9 , REP 90.26)
7 848E55273 Inner Cover
8 003K88060 Hinge
9 848K94020 Toner Cartridge Cover Assembly
10 — Toner Cartridge Cover (P/O PL
90.2 Item 9)
11 815E92580 Magnet Plate
12 — K1 Label (Gold) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
19) (W/001)
13 — K2 Label (Gold) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
19) (W/001)
14 — Y Label (Clear, Y-Fluo) (P/O PL
90.2 Item 19 , 20) (W/001)
15 — M Label (Silver, M-Fluo) (P/O PL
90.2 Item 19 , 20) (W/001)
16 — C Label (White, C-Fluo) (P/O PL
90.2 Item 19 , 20) (W/001)
17 003E61500 Hinge
18 029N00439 Insertion Pin (NOTE) (W/001)
19 600N03528 Label Kit (Gold, Clear, Silver,
White) (NOTE) (W/001)
20 600N03546 Label Kit (K, Y-Fluo, M-Fluo, C-
Fluo) (NOTE) (W/001)
21 600N03527 Bracket with Connector Assembly
(NOTE) (W/001)
22 — Logo Plate (P/O PL 90.2 Item 10)
23 600N03547 Magnetic Caution Label (NOTE)
3A — Bracket with connector (P/O PL
90.2 Item 21) (NOTE) (W/001)
4A — Bracket with connector (P/O PL
90.2 Item 21) (NOTE) (W/001)

Note: Also supplied with Vivid Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 20 and
Vivid Combination Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 21.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1564


PL 90.2 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 90.3 Dispense Assembly ( 1 of 2)


Item Part Description
1 094K92863 Dispenser (K) (REP 90.16)
2 094K92873 Dispenser (Y) (REP 90.19)
3 094N00258 Dispenser (M) (W/TAG 001) (REP
90.18)
— 094K92883 Dispenser (M) (W/O TAG 001)
(REP 90.18)
4 094N00259 Dispenser (C) (W/TAG 001) (REP
90.17)
— 094K92893 Dispenser (C) (W/O TAG 001) (REP
90.17)
5 110K12081 Dispense Cover Switch 1, 2 (S93-
205)
— 110K18780 Dispense Cover Switch 1, 2 (alter-
native) (S93-205)
6 960K98310 Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1
7 960K98320 Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2,
Y, M
8 960K01281 Low Toner Sensor PWB (REP
90.20)
9 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
10 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
11 — Guide (Not Spared)
12 — Base (Not Spared)
13 — Wire Harness (Not Spared)
14 — Connector and Wire Harness
(Large) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 18) (W/
TAG 001)
15 — Connector and Wire Harness
(Small) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 18) (W/
TAG 001)
16 — Clip (P/O PL 90.3 Item 18) (W/
TAG 001)
17 — Magnet (W/TAG 001)
18 600N03530 Quick Toner Dispenser Connector
Kit (NOTE) (W/TAG 001)

Note: Also supplied with Vivid Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 20 and
Vivid Combination Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 21.

1565 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.3
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 90.4 Dispenser Assembly (2 of 2)


Item Part Description
1 — Stopper (P/O PL 90.3 Item 1 , PL
90.3 Item 2 , PL 90.3 Item 3 , PL
90.3 Item 4)
2 — Agitator Assembly (K) (P/O PL
90.3 Item 1)
3 — Agitator (K) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 1)
4 — Shutter (NOTE 1)
5 — Shutter Assembly (NOTE 1)
6 — Auger (K) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 1)
7 127K39532 Dispense Motor K (MOT93-009),
Dispense Motor Y (MOT93-006),
Dispenser M (Q93-007), Dispense
Motor C (Q93-008)
8 130E85200 Low Toner Sensor K (REP 90.21),
Low Toner Sensor C (REP 90.22),
Low Toner Sensor M (REP 90.23),
Low Toner Sensor Y (REP 90.24)
9 — Cover (K) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 1)
10 — Housing (K) (P/O PL 90.3 Item 1)
11 — Gear (15T) (NOTE 1)
12 — Gear (23T) (NOTE 1)
13 — Gear (35T) (Front) (NOTE 1)
14 — Gear (35T) (Rear) (NOTE 1)
15 — Gear (NOTE 1)
16 — Cover (Y, M, C) (NOTE 2)
17 — Agitator (Y, M, C) (NOTE 2)
18 — Agitator Assembly (Y, M, C) (NOTE
2)
20 — Auger (Y, M, C) (NOTE 2)
21 — Housing (Y, M, C) (NOTE 2)

Note: 1. Part of PL 90.3 items 1-4.


Note: 2. Part of PL 90.3 items 2-4.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1566


PL 90.4 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 90.5 Dispense Unit (1 of 3)


Item Part Description
1 — Harness Guide (Not Spared)
2 930W00511 Waste Bottle Full Sensor
3 — Bracket (Not Spared)
4 — Right Bracket (Not Spared)
5 — Left Bracket (Not Spared)
6 008R12990 Waste Bottle Assembly
7 — Inner Lower Cover Assembly (Not
Spared)
8 — Connector Cover (Not Spared)
9 — Inner Upper Cover (Not Spared)
10 122K93641 Erase Lamp K
11 960K98310 Drum CRUM PWB Y,M,C,K
12 — PWB Holder (Not Spared)
13 — Connector (Not Spared)
14 122K93571 Erase Lamp (Y, M, C)
15 801K16741 Erase Lamp Rail
16 — Connector (Not Spared)
17 — Xerographics Temp & Humidity
Sensor Assembly (Not Spared)
18 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.5 Item 17)
19 130K87800 XERO Temp & Humidity Sensor
20 — Plate (P/O PL 90.5 Item 7)
21 — Inner Lower Cover (P/O PL 90.5
Item 7)

1567 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.5
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 90.6 Dispense Unit (2 of 3)


Item Part Description
1 — Plate Assembly (Not Spared)
2 068K24114 Bracket Assembly
3 001N00572 Rail Assembly (R) (NOTE) (W/001)
— 801K44630 Rail Assembly (W/O 001)
— 001N00571 Rail Assembly (L) (NOTE) (W/001)
4 130K67341 ATC Sensor (Y, M, C, K) (W/O 001)
— 600N03531 ATC Sensor Kit (x3) (NOTE) (W/
001)
5 — Seal (P/O PL 90.6 Item 24 , 25)
6 809E54700 Spring
7 815E06240 Tension Plate
8 054K27362 Duct
9 050N00704 Xerographic Developer Drawer
(NOTE) (W/001)
— 050K65736 Xerographic Developer Drawer
(W/O 001)
10 035E72822 Gasket
11 — Developer Housing (P/O PL 90.6
Item 24 , 25)
12 802E64361 ATC Cover
13 826E10681 Screw (W/O 001)
— 026N00870 Screw (NOTE) (W/001)
14 802K65486 Inner Cover Assembly
15 — Inner Cover (P/O PL 90.6 Item 14)
16 — Drum Label R1 (P/O PL 90.6 Item
14)
17 — Drum Label R2 (P/O PL 90.6 Item
14)
18 — Drum Label R3 (P/O PL 90.6 Item
14)
19 — Drum Label R4 (P/O PL 90.6 Item
14)
20 005R00764 Developer (Gold) (W/001)
— 505S00030 Developer (K) (W/O 001) (REP
90.15)
21 505S00033 Developer (Y) (W/O 001) (REP
90.15)
— 005R00766 Developer (Clear) (W/001)
— 505S00074 Developer (Y-Fluo) (W/001)
22 005R00765 Developer (Silver) (W/001)
— 505S00073 Developer (M-Fluo) (W/001)
— 505S00032 Developer (M) (W/O 001) (REP
90.15)
23 005R00767 Developer (White) (W/001)
— 505S00072 Developer (C-Fluo) (W/001)
— 505S00031 Developer (C) (W/O 001) (REP
90.15)
24 604K86352 Developer Housing Kit (Y, M, C)
(REP 90.14)
25 604K86361 Developer Housing Kit (K)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1568


PL 90.6 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

26 — Label (Gold) (P/O PL 90.2 Item


19) (W/001)
27 — Label (White) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
19) (W/001)
28 — Label (Silver) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
19) (W/001)
29 — Label (Clear) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
19) (W/001)
30 — Label (C-Fluo) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
20) (W/001)
31 — Label (M-Fluo) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
20) (W/001)
32 — Label (Y-Fluo) (P/O PL 90.2 Item
20) (W/001)
33 078N00043 Smart Cart Assembly (NOTE) (W/
001)

Note: Also supplied with Vivid Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 20 and
Vivid Combination Toner Kit PL 90.1 Item 21.

1569 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.6
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

PL 90.7 Dispense Unit (3 of 3)


Item Part Description
1 003E61101 Cam
2 — Plate (Not Spared)
3 — Stopper (Not Spared)
4 003K88070 Handle
5 — Shaft Assy (Not Spared)
6 013K03401 Bearing
7 014K82103 Block
8 050K65736 Xerographic Developer Drawer
9 — Base Cover (Not Spared)
10 802E74010 Harness Cover
11 809E54680 Spring
12 893E19192 Label
13 962K23383 Wire Harness (Y, M)
14 962K23393 Wire Harness (C, K)
15 809E61071 Spring
16 032E30521 Front Guide (K)
17 032E23452 Front Guide (Y, M, C)
18 032E21782 Rear Guide (Y, M, C)
19 032E30511 Rear Guide (K)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1570


PL 90.7 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 8 Re a r Fr a m e ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 030K76362 Support Assembly
2 962K23524 Wire Harness (K)
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.8 Item 14)
4 — Connector (P/O PL 90.8 Item 14)
5 127K39542 Toner Cartridge Motor Assembly Y
(MOT93-001), M (MOT93-002), C
(MOT93-003), K1 (MOT93-004),
k2 (MOT93-005)
6 — Toner Cartridge Motor (P/O PL
90.8 Item 5)
7 — Gear (P/O PL 90.8 Item 5)
8 962K85860 Wire Harness (Y, M)
9 — Guide (Not Spared)
10 068K24431 Bracket Assembly
11 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.8 Item 10)
12 — Connector (P/O PL 90.8 Item 10)
13 962K85881 Wire Harness (C)
14 068K24420 Bracket Assembly

1571 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.8
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 9 Re a r Fr a m e ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 114K82650 Connector Assembly (K)
2 849E41210 Ground Clip
3 114K82700 Connector Assembly (BCR)
4 127K75610 Cleaning Motor Assembly (REP
90.25)
5 — Coupling (P/O PL 90.9 Item 4)
6 — Friction Clutch (P/O PL 90.9 Item
4)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.9 Item 4)
8 — CC Cleaner Motor (P/O PL 90.9
Item 4)
9 — Gear (32T) (P/O PL 90.9 Item 4)
10 — Gear (10T) (P/O PL 90.9 Item 4)
11 — Encoder Gear (P/O PL 90.9 Item
4)
12 — Coupling Gear (P/O PL 90.9 Item
4)
13 — Spring (P/O PL 90.9 Item 4)
14 — Locate Bracket (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1572


PL 90.9 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

PL 90.10 Direct Pipe Assembly


Item Part Description
1 049K19960 Direct Pipe Assembly (REP 90.27)
2 — Direct Shaft (P/O PL 90.10 Item
1)
3 — Spring (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
4 — Joint Assembly (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
5 — Pipe Assembly (P/O PL 90.10 Item
1)
6 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
7 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
8 413W75959 Bearing
9 413W11860 Bearing
10 — Drive Shaft (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
11 — Gear Pulley (21T/24T) (P/O PL
90.10 Item 1)
12 — Gear (38T/30T) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
13 — Gear (45T/25T) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
14 — Gear (22T/35T) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
15 — Drive Gear (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
16 — Drive Gear (23T) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
17 — Gear (K) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
18 — Gear (Y) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
19 — Gear (M) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
20 — Gear (C) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)
21 — Joint Gear (21T) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
22 — Ball Assembly (P/O PL 90.10 Item
1)
23 — Seal (P/O PL 90.10 Item 1)

1573 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.10
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 1 J o i n t / Le v e l e r B o x A s s e m b l y
Item Part Description
1 093K20000 Joint Assembly
2 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
3 — Pulley (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
4 — Main Agitator (P/O PL 90.11 Item
1)
5 — Joint (Down) (P/O PL 90.11 Item
1)
6 — Joint (UP) (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
7 — Crank Shaft (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
8 — Washer (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
9 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.11 Item 1)
10 — Sub Agitator (P/O PL 90.11 Item
1)
11 052K98930 Leveler Box Assembly
12 — Side Flange (P/O PL 90.11 Item
11)
13 — Belt (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
14 — Oil Seal (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
15 — Seal (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
16 — Shutter (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
17 — Conductive Auger (P/O PL 90.11
Item 11)
18 — Leveler Box (P/O PL 90.11 Item
11)
19 130K76860 Waste Bottle Position Sensor
20 — Gear (18T/37T) (P/O PL 90.11
Item 11)
21 — Gear (40T) (P/O PL 90.11 Item
11)
22 — Gear Pulley (P/O PL 90.11 Item
11)
23 — Spring (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
24 — Spring (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
25 — Joint (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
26 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
27 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)
28 — Conductor (P/O PL 90.11 Item 11)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1574


PL 90.11 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 1 2 I BT U n i t ( 1 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 826E10681 Screw
2 — Cushion (Not Spared)
3 006E79751 Shaft
4 — Joint (Not Spared)
5 114K82580 Connector Assembly
6 604K74732 IBT Belt Unit (REP 90.1)
7 — IBT Drawer (Not Spared)
8 826E14500 Screw

1575 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.12
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 3 I BT U n i t ( 2 o f 2 )
Item Part Description
1 — Bracket (Not Spared)
2 114K82051 Connector Assembly
3 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.13 Item 2)
4 — Spring (P/O PL 90.13 Item 2)
5 — Bracket (P/O PL 90.13 Item 2)
6 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 90.13 Item
2)
7 — Wire Harness (P/O PL 90.13 Item
2)
8 — Block (Not Spared)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1576


PL 90.13 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 1 4 Tra n s fe r B e l t U n i t
Item Part Description
1 042K94561 IBT Cleaner Assembly (REP 90.2)
2 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
3 — Plate (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
4 — Blade (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
5 — Cleaner Housing (P/O PL 90.14
Item 1)
6 — Cleaner Cover (P/O PL 90.14 Item
1)
7 — Auger (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
8 — Auger Gear (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
9 — Gear (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
10 — Gear (P/O PL 90.14 Item 1)
11 — Seal (Front) (P/O PL 90.14 Item
11)
12 — Seal (Rear) (P/O PL 90.14 Item
11)
13 — Support Assembly (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
14 675K72181 IBT Belt (REP 90.3)
15 — IBT Frame Assembly (P/O PL
90.12 Item 6)
16 815K06810 Inlet
17 — Pin (Not Spared)

1577 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.14
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 5 I BT Fra m e A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 4 )
Item Part Description
1 007K87835 IBT Drive Motor (MOT042-015)
2 019K98884 BTR Holder Assembly (Y, M, C, K)
3 059K79200 1ST BTR Roll (Y, M.C, K)
4 105E19852 1ST BTR HVPS (REP 90.7)
5 127K39101 1st BTR Retract Motor
6 127K39120 IBT Steering Motor
7 130K60830 IBT Belt Edge Sensor
8 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
9 848K50282 BTR Housing Assembly
10 802K59471 1ST BTR Contact/Retract Sensor
Cover Assembly
11 — Spring (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
12 — Spring (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
13 848E30361 Sensor Cover

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1578


PL 90.15 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 1 6 I BT Fra m e A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 4 )
Item Part Description
1 — Stopper (Front) (P/O PL 90.15
Item 9)
2 — Stopper (Rear) (P/O PL 90.15 Item
9)
3 — Collar (P/O PL 90.15 Item 9)
4 — Collar (P/O PL 90.15 Item 9)
5 — Ball Bearing (8x16) (P/O PL 90.15
Item 9)
6 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 90.15 Item
9)
7 — Ball Bearing (5x10) (P/O PL 90.15
Item 9)
8 — Clamp (P/O PL 90.15 Item 9)
9 059E99540 Contact Roll
10 059K32510 Idler Roll
11 059K71530 Backup Roll
12 130E84270 IBT Belt Home Position Sensor
(Q42-200)
13 — Pre Conductor (P/O PL 90.15 Item
9)
14 — Conductor Assembly (P/O PL
90.15 Item 9)
15 — BTR Housing (P/O PL 90.15 Item
9)
16 — Spring (P/O PL 90.15 Item 9)
17 — Bias Housing (P/O PL 90.15 Item
9)
18 — Conductor (P/O PL 90.15 Item 9)

1579 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.16
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 7 I BT Fra m e A s s e m b l y ( 3 o f 4 )
Item Part Description
1 005E18450 Collar
2 005E18460 Collar
3 — Collar (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
4 005E18490 Collar
5 — Shaft (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
6 007E76180 Drive Gear
7 413W93250 Ball Bearing (6x12)
8 413W95150 Ball Bearing (10x19)
9 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
10 — Bearing (Front) (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
11 — Bearing (Rear) (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
12 059K32501 Drive Roll
13 059K32510 Idler Roll
14 059K32792 Retract Roll Assembly
15 003E60770 Latch
16 — Spring (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
17 — Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
18 — Rear Frame (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
19 — Front Housing (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
20 — Rear Housing (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
21 807E01710 Gear (Front)
22 807E01720 Gear (Rear)
23 807E01730 Drive Gear
24 809E52190 Spring
25 013E16540 Bearing
26 059E02600 Brush Roll
27 — Cleaner Roll (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
28 413W90350 Ball Bearing (6x12)
29 003E60760 Latch

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1580


PL 90.17 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 1 8 I BT Fra m e A s s e m b l y ( 4 o f 4 )
Item Part Description
1 — Ball Bearing (8x16) (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
2 015K63982 Tension Plate Assembly
3 — Tension Plate (P/O PL 90.18 Item
2)
4 809E52180 Tension Spring
5 016E93440 Bush (Inner)
6 — Bush (Outer) (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
7 — Bush (Inner) (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
8 019E57341 Holder
9 019K99043 Holder Assembly (Y, M, C), Holder
Assembly (K)
10 — Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
11 059K32520 Steering Roll
12 — Shaft (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
13 — Cam (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
14 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
15 — Cam Plate (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
16 — Tension Cam (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
17 — Slider (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
18 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.12 Item 6)
19 809E52190 Spring
20 — Wire Harness (IBT1) (P/O PL 90.12
Item 6)
21 962K23790 Wire Harness (IBT2)
22 — Tension Plate (P/O PL 90.12 Item
6)
23 962K22570 Wire Harness (BTR, Y)
24 962K22580 Wire Harness (BTR, M)
25 962K22591 Wire Harness (BTR, C)
26 962K22601 Wire Harness (BTR, K)

1581 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.18
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 1 9 2 n d BT R Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 — Gear Cover
2 — Wire Saddle
3 — Inlet Chute Assembly
4 — Sensor Cover
5 130K87791 Retract Sensor Assembly
6 — Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 90.19 Item
5)
7 930W00111 2ND BTR Contact/Retract Sensor
8 — Front Plate
9 — Inlet Resistor
10 — Exit Plate
11 054K44152 Exit Chute Assembly
12 — Chute Guide (P/O PL 90.19 Item
11)
13 — Post 2ND BTR Sensor (P/O PL
90.19 Item 11)
14 — Exit Support Assembly (P/O PL
90.19 Item 11)
15 — Wire Harness
16 — Harness Guide
17 — Exit Resistor
18 — Helical Gear
19 — Ball Bearing (8x16)
20 — BTR Cam
21 — BTR Wedge
22 — Wedge Spring
23 — Helical Gear
24 — Roll Cover
25 — 2ND BTR Housing Assembly (REF:
PL 90.20)

Note: All parts are P/O PL 80.19 item 32.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1582


PL 90.19 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 2 0 2 n d BT R Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 — Spring
2 — Arm Plate (Front)
3 — Drive Gear
4 — Arm Plate (Rear)
5 — Shaft
6 — Retract Cam Assembly
7 — Retract Cam (P/O PL 90.20 Item
6)
8 413W11660 Sleeve Bearing
9 — Pin (P/O PL 90.20 Item 6)
10 — Cam Shaft (P/O PL 90.20 Item 6)
11 — Retract Gear (P/O PL 90.20 Item
6)
12 — Ball Bearing (8x16)
13 — BTR Wedge
14 — Wedge Spring
15 — Roll Gear
16 — BTR Cam
17 — Wire Harness
18 — Conductor
19 — Roll Cover
20 — Idler Gear
21 — 2ND BTR Housing Assembly (REF:
PL 90.21)

Note: All parts are P/O PL 80.19 item 32.

1583 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.20
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

P L 9 0 . 2 1 2 N D BT R Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( 3 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 — Conductor (Front)
2 — Roll Holder
3 — Conductor (Rear)
4 — Roll Holder
5 — 2ND BTR Roll (REP 90.5)
6 — Holder Plate Assembly
7 — Conductor Plate
8 — Shaft Guide
9 033K96880 Cleaning Blade (REP 90.6)
10 — Blade Bracket Assembly
11 — Blade Spring
12 — Bearing
13 — BTR Brush Assembly
14 — Flicker Shaft Assembly
15 — Chute Bracket
16 — Adjust Lever
17 — Roll Seal
18 — Ball Bearing (8x16)
19 — BTR Housing

Note: All parts are P/O PL 80.19 item 32.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1584


PL 90.21 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

P L 9 0 . 2 2 I BT D ra w e r
Item Part Description
1 003K13470 Handle Assembly
2 — Handle (P/O PL 90.22 Item 1)
3 — Shaft (P/O PL 90.22 Item 1)
4 — Plate (P/O PL 90.22 Item 1)
5 — Bearing (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)
6 — Front Frame (P/O PL 90.12 Item
7)
7 — Cover (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)
8 — Cam (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)
9 — Link (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)
10 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 90.12
Item 7)
11 801K14911 Left Rail
12 — Plate Spring (P/O PL 90.12 Item
7)
13 — Shoulder Screw (P/O PL 90.12
Item 7)
14 — Plate (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)
15 050K50480 Right Rail Assembly
16 — Cam (P/O PL 90.22 Item 15)
17 — Link (P/O PL 90.22 Item 15)
18 — Frame Assembly (P/O PL 90.22
Item 15)
19 801K14921 Right Rail
20 — Plate Spring (P/O PL 90.22 Item
15)
21 — Shoulder Screw (P/O PL 90.22
Item 15)
22 — Plate (P/O PL 90.22 Item 15)
23 — Inner Cover (P/O PL 90.12 Item 7)

1585 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation PL 90.22
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1586


PL 90.22 Service Documentation
5 Parts Lists 2nd Issue

Co m m o n H a r d w a r e
Item Part Description
A 112W27677 Sems Screw (M3x6)
B 112W27678 Sems Screw (M3x6)
C 112W27898 Screw (M3x8)
D 112W28098 Sems Screw (M3x10)
E 113W15588 Pan Head Screw (M2x5)
F 113W16088 Screw (M2x10)
G 113W20478 Tapping Screw (M3x4)
H 113W20677 Screw (M3x6)
J 113W20678 Screw (M3x6)
K 113W20688 Pan Head Screw (M2.5x6)
L 113W20878 Screw (M3x8)
M 113W21078 Screw (M3x10)
N 113W21278 Screw (M3x12)
P — Screw (M3x8) (Same As Item L)
Q 113W27488 Pan Head Screw (M3x4)
R 113W27588 Pan Head Screw (M3x5)
S 113W27688 Pan Head Screw (M3x6)
T 113W27888 Pan Head Screw (M3x8)
U 113W35878 Screw (M4x8)
V 113W35888 Pan Head Screw (M4x8)
W 114W27678 Bind Head Screw (M3x6)
X 141W27451 Set Screw (M3x4)
Y 141W35651 Set Screw (M4x6)
Z 153W15888 Tapping Screw (M4x8)
AA 153W16288 Tapping Screw (M4x12)
AB 153W17688 Tapping Screw (M3x6)
AC 153W17888 Tapping Screw (M3x8)
AD 153W18088 Tapping Screw (M3x10)
AE 153W27878 Tapping Screw (M3x8)
AF 153W28078 Tapping Screw (M3x10)
AG 158W27678 Screw
AH 158W27688 Round Screw (M3x7)
AJ 158W27878 Screw (M3x8)
AK 158W28078 Screw (M3x10)
AL 158W35878 Tapping Screw (M4x8)
AM 220W21278 Flange Nut (3)
AN 251W19278 Washer (2.5) (10.5)
AP 251W21278 Washer (3) (10.5)
AQ 251W24278 Washer (4) (10.8)
AR 251W26278 Washer (5)
AS 252W24350 Nylon Washer (4)
AT 252W26450 Nylon Washer (5)
AU 252W27350 Nylon Washer (6) (10.5)
AV 252W27450 Nylon Washer (6) (11)
AW 252W29350 Nylon Washer (8) (10.5)
AX 252W31250 Nylon Washer (10) (10.25)
AY 252W31350 Nylon Washer (10) (10.5)
AZ 256W15278 Spring Washer (2) (10.5)
BA 271W10850 Dowel Pin (1.6x8)

1587 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Common Hardware
2nd Issue 5 Parts Lists

BB 271W16250 Dowel Pin (2x12)


BC 271W28250 Dowel Pin (3x12)
BD 271W28450 Dowel Pin (3x14)
BE 271W28650 Dowel Pin (3x16)
BF 251W24178 Washer (4) (10.8)
BG 285W16251 Pin Spring (2x12)
BH 285W28051 Spring Pin (3x10)
BJ 252W24250 Nylon Washer (4) (10.25)
BK — Nylon Washer (4) (10.5) (Same As
Item AS)
BL 354W13278 E-Clip (1.5)
BM 354W15278 E-Ring (2)
BN 354W19278 E-Ring (2.5)
BP 354W21254 Ring KL (4)
BQ 354W21278 E-Ring (3)
BR 354W24254 KL Ring (6)
BS 354W24278 E-Clip (4)
BT 354W26278 E-Clip (5)
BU 354W27254 KL-Clip (8)
BV 354W27278 E-Ring (6)
BW 354W29278 E-Ring (8)
BX 180W16878 Wing Screw
BY 113W35678 Screw (M4x6)
BZ 153W27678 Screw (M6x6)
CA 271W16050 Dowel Pin (2x10)
CB 112W27659 Sems Screw (M3x6)
CC 158W27663 Screw (M3x6)
CD 113W27551 Screw (M3x5)
CE 113W16051 Screw (M2x10)
CF 114W27878 Bind Head Screw (M3x8)
CG 113W21778 Screw (M3x18)
CH 113W20698 Round Screw (M3x6)
CJ 153W16088 Tapping Screw (M4x8)
CK 271W21050 Dowel Pin (3x10)
CL 158W27888 Round Screw (M3x9)
CM 252W29450 Nylon Washer (8) (11)
CP — E-Ring
CQ — E-Ring (8) (Same As Item BW)
CR — Nut Screw (Same As Item DC)
CS 285W16051 Dowel Pin (2x10)
CT 285W15851 Pin Spring (2x8)
CU — Pin Spring (Same As Item BG)
CV 113W35578 Tapping Screw (M4x5)
CW 113W27651 Screw (M3x6)
CX 251W21178 Washer (3) (10.5)
CY 354W31278 E-Clip (10)
CZ 112W27851 Screw (M3x8)
DA 113W15488 Screw (M2x4)
DB 113W20857 Screw (M3x8)
DC 237W00178 Nut Screw
DD — Screw

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1588


Common Hardware Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

6 General Procedures & Information


Customer Admin mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1590 GP 7 Network Printing Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1706
Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1590 GP 8 Cloning Network Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1707
Date / Time Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1591 GP 9 Entering Admin Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1709
Color Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1592 GP 10 Billing Meter PWBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1710
Accessing UI Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1593 GP 11 Password / Login ID Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1710
Quick Setup Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1594 GP 12 Common Access Card Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1711
Software Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1594 GP 13 Fax Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713
dC131 NVM Read/Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595 GP 14 Special Boot Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1715
dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595 GP 15 Setting Country Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1717
dC612 Print Test Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1596 GP 16 Foreign Device Interface Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1717
Delete All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1597 GP 17 PWS NVM Access/Software Download Tool Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1718
dC301 Initialize NVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1598 GP 18 Save and Restore NVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1719
IO Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1598 GP 19 Special Power Off/Power On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1719
Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1599 GP 20 How to Check a Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1720
Adjustment / Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1599 GP 21 How to Check a Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1722
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1600 GP 22 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1723
dC919 - dC991 Max Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603 GP 23 How to Check a Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1724
dC118 Jam Counter (Faults) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605 GP 24 Jam Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1724
dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605 GP 25 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) GP 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1725
dC122 Shutdown History (Faults) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1606 GP 26 Speed Enablement Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1725
dC126 System Registration Adjustment (Registration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1606 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727
dC131 NVM Read/Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609 Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1733
dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609 Common Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1736
dC135 HFSI Counter (Adjustment/Others). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1610 Product Tools and Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1737
dC140 Analog Monitor (IO Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1618 Cleaning Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1737
dC301 NVM Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1624 Installation / Maintenance / Removal Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1738
dC330 Component Control (IO Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1624 Machine Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1739
dC355 Initialize Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1674 Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1740
dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1674 Tags/MODs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1743
dC527 ADF Independent Operation (Sub System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1675 Procedure Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1744
dC612 Print Test Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1675
dC671 Registration Measuring Cycle (Registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1688
dC673 Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle (Registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1689
dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle (Registration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1689
dC740 Tray 5 Guide Adjustment (Registration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1690
dC919 Color Balance Setup (MAX Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1690
dC924 TRC Adjustment (MAX Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1691
dC931 Density Uniformity Adjustment (MAX Setup). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1692
dC938 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1693
dC945 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1693
dC945 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1694
dC945 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1694
dC945 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1695
dC945 Side 2 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1695
dC945 Side 2 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1696
dC945 Color Scale Target Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1696
dC950 ATC Sensor Setup (MAX Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1697
dC956 Belt Edge Learning (Sub system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1698
dC982 Adjust Image Transfer (MAX Setup). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1698
dC991 Adjust Toner Density (MAX Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1700
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1701
GP 2 Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702
GP 3 Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1703
GP 4 Serial Number Synchronization Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704
GP 5 Hard Stop Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1705
GP 6 Printing Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1705

1589 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Customer Admin mode Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode


The following useful tools are available. Certain diagnostic routines and reports are available locally (on the UI) through Service Rep. mode.
Refer to, Accessing UI Diagnostics, for a list of available options within the UI.
• Date / Time
Entering Diagnostics
• Color Calibration
To enter the Service Rep. mode:

1. Press and hold the 0 key for 5 seconds, then while still holding down the 0 key, press the Start
button.
The CE - Type Passcode screen will appear.

2. Enter 6789 and press Confirm.

3. The top right area of the UI display will change to let the user know that the mode has changed
to Service Rep. mode. The words Service Rep. are displayed.

Note: If a system failure has occurred when the machine is turned On but it has not been recti-
fied, the diagnostic operation will not be guaranteed.

Exiting Diagnostics
There are three ways to exit from Service Rep. mode:

• Press and hold the 0 key then press the Start button.

• Switch the power Off then On (If actions performed in Service Rep. mode cause the machine to
restart upon exiting, the machine will come back up in normal user mode).

• Select Abort the Operation and Exit on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen., then enter
dC131

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1590


Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

D a t e / Ti m e S e t t i n g s 8. Make adjustments according to the instructions on screen.

Purpose 9. Select Save.

Allows easy access to change System Time, System Date, Time Display format, and GMT Offset.

Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostics Mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.

2. Select the Tools tab on the UI screen.

3. Select System Settings.

4. In the Group column, select Common Service Settings

5. In the Features column, select Machine Clock / Timers.

6. Select the appropriate item from the list. Available choices are:

a. System Date

• Month (1-12)

• Day (1-31)

• Year

b. System Time

• Hour (1-12 w/ 12 hour clock, 1-24 w/ 24 hour clock)

• Minute

• AM (12 hour clock only)

• PM (12 hour clock only)

c. NTP Time Synchronization

d. Connection Interval

e. Time Server Address

f. Auto Clear

g. Auto Job Release

h. Auto Print

i. Printer Lockout Duration

j. Energy Saver Timers

k. Time Zone

l. Daylight Savings

m. Time Zone (GMT Offset)

7. Select Change Settings.

1591 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Date / Time
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Co l o r C a l i b ra t i o n 11. Select the Save button.

The Calibration procedure is used to Verify consistent color reproduction over time for copies and 12. Select the Start button on the UI. A Calibration Test Page will print with instructions on how to

prints. Performing the calibration procedure adjusts the output densities to be as close to the devi- perform the calibration.

ces specified values as possible. If performed on media which has lower densities the outcome will 13. Follow the instructions on the UI to perform the calibration.
be increased densities and vice versa. It should be performed if optimal color reproduction and con-
Note: The calibration sheet must be placed on the Document Glass with the printed side down
sistency over time is desired.
and with the magenta squares along the left side of the Document Glass. If the calibration
Note: To fully calibrate both copies and prints it is necessary to run all four job types and apply sheet is not positioned correctly, the massage, Original is not correctly placed on the docu-
them to the corresponding calibration type. If such precision is not needed, select the most impor- ment glass. Select Confirm and follow the instructions to place the original , will be
tant output type and then apply the results to both copy and print jobs. If there are color reproduc- displayed.
tion issues in one Job type but not the others, then it is only necessary to run calibration for the Select the Start button on the UI. A message stating whether the calibration was successful or
problematic job type. unsuccessful will be displayed.

Note: Color Calibration can be entered through Customer Admin mode (GP 9) or through Serv- 14. Repeat steps 6 ~ 12 for all required job types and calibration types
ice Rep. Mode.
15. When all calibrations are complete, select Close.

1. Enter the Service Rep. Mode (Accessing UI Diagnostics).

2. Select the Tools tab on the UI screen.

3. Select System Settings.

4. In the Group column, select Common Service Settings

5. In the Features column, select Image Quality Adjustment.

6. Select Calibration.

7. Select the required job type:

• Copy Job 1 - Text & Text/Photo Modes

• Copy Job 2 - Photo Mode

• Print Job 1 - Lower quality modes

• Print Job 2 - Higher quality modes

8. Select the Paper Supply button. Choose a paper tray to print the Calibration Test Page from the
list displayed, and then select the Save button.

9. Select the Target button.

10. Select the desired calibration type:

• Copy & Print Jobs

• Copy Jobs Only

• Print Jobs Only

• None

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1592


Color Calibration Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Accessing UI Diagnostics – MAX Setup

Procedure – Power On Self Test

1. Enter the Service Rep. mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. – Delete All Certificates / Initialize Settings

2. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel. The Machine Information screen – Printing CE Reports
appears.

3. Select Tools.

4. Select System Settings.

5. From the Group column, select Common Service Settings.

6. From the Features column, scroll down and select Maintenance / Diagnostics. The following se-
lections appear:

• Quick Setup Home

• Software Options

• dC131 NVM Read/Write

• dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk

• dC612 Print Test Pattern

• Delete All Data

• dC301 Initialize NVM

• IO Check

• Sub System - this selection displays the following procedures:

– Belt Edge Learn, refer to, ADJ 9.13.

– dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test

– dC527 ADF Independent Operation

• Adjustment / Others - this selection displays the following procedures:

– dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data Settings

– dC135 HFSI Counter

– Finisher Adjustments - this selection provides direction to the BR Finisher and STD/BM
Finisher Service Documentation finisher adjustment procedures.

• Registration

– Measure Paper Path Timing

– dC120 Failure Counter (Faults)

– Restore NVM Values

1593 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Accessing UI Diagnostics
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Quick Setup Home Software Options


Purpose Certain optional features must be enabled in software by entering a password (supplied by sales).
Quick Setup Home allows for the configuration of a number of features.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Enter UI Diagnostic mode. Refer to, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
1. Enter UI Diagnostic mode, refer to Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. 2. Select Software Options on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.
2. Select Quick Setup Home on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen. 3. Select Keyboard.
3. Select the feature to be configured. Follow on screen directions to continue.
4. Enter the password for the software option on the keyboard displayed on the UI.

5. Select Save.

6. Select Reboot.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1594


Quick Setup Home Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 1 3 1 N V M Re a d / W r i t e dC 355 Initialize Hard Disk


Purpose Purpose
Reads, sets or changes the NVM data. This routine initializes Partition A of the HDD. Partition A contains the following data: added fonts,
forms for ART EX, ART IV (optional), PC-PR201H, ESC/P, and HP-GL/2 (optional), ART IV User De-
• dC131 NVM Read/Write
fined Data, and SMB folder.
Note: All NVM data including the NVM for the Key Operator are accessible. However, Billing and
• dC355 Initialize Hard Disk
Auditron Administration Password cannot be rewritten.

1595 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC131 NVM Read/Write
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 6 1 2 Pr i n t Te s t Pa t t e r n Table 1 Pattern Numbers


Pattern
Purpose #
Test Pattern Name Purpose
This routine outputs test patterns from the built-in Pattern Generator.
001 Grid - 45 degrees To verify slant line reproduction
• dC612 Print Test Pattern
002 Grid - for adjusting the position to fold To adjust the position to fold
Note: The maximum number of prints that can be made is 99. Selecting more than 99 gives an In-
003 Grid (90 degrees) - 102 Alignment measurement
valid Parameter error message.
004 Grid (90 degrees) - 204 Alignment measurement
Note: An error message is displayed if prints cannot be made from the specified tray. Make sure
that there is sufficient paper in the trays before starting the routine. If a jam or system fault occurs, 005 Grid (90 degrees) - 208 Alignment measurement

the process stops but a recovery message is not displayed. The fault code is displayed but it is not 006 Grid (slant) - 101 To verify slant line reproduction
recorded in History
007 Grid (slant) - 102 To verify slant line reproduction
Note: If fresh paper has been added, wait until the tray is fully raised before trying to print other-
008 Grid (90 degrees) - system registration Registration measurement
wise an error message will be displayed.
009 PH Regi Alignment confirmation
Procedure
010 4 - corners patch Auto alignment adjustment
1. Refer to Table 1 for the pattern you wish to print. NVM location 870-207 specifies which line
CAUTION: Single
screen pattern is printed.
color print only. Full
2. Enter UI Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
color print may dam-
3. Go to the Maintenance / Diagnostics screen. Select Print Test Pattern. age the Fuser.

4. Enter the following information: 011 Color Registration For measurement using Color
Registration Measurement device
• Test Pattern Number from the table
012 Banding Banding verification
• quantity to print

• paper supply selection - Save 013 TED/Starvation TED/Starvation verification

014 Auto Tone Correction (for correction) Auto tone correction (for
Note: For the test pattern selected, an incorrect output color (color Vs B/W) selection gives correction)
an Invalid Parameter error message.
015 Auto Tone Correction (for confirmation) Auto Tone Correction (for
• output color - select the appropriate color for the pattern being printed confirmation)

• density (where applicable) 016 ProCon Procon, Tone, Defect detection

5. Press the Start button. A status message is displayed after printing. Press the Confirm button. 017 16 Tones Tone, Defect detection

6. Close the Print Test Pattern screen to return to the Maintenance / Diagnostics screen. 018 ADC check ADC sensor adjustment

7. Exit Diagnostics. The printer re-boots. 019 Whole Area - Half Tone Defect Detection
Note: Adjust Cin% for desired hal-
tone density.

020 In - Out adjustment (Primary Color) In - Out adjustment (Primary


Color)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1596


dC612 Print Test Pattern Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Pattern Purpose
D ele te All D ata
Test Pattern Name
#
Purpose
021 In - Out adjustment (Secondary/Triery color) In - Out adjustment (Secondary/
Triery color) This procedure deletes user-defined/registered information and information recorded automatically
by the system from the hard disk, the ESS NVM PWB and Buffer RAM.
022 In - Out adjustment (Single color) In - Out adjustment (Each color)
Procedure
023 Highlight adjustment Highlight adjustment, verification
of reproduction 1. Enter UI Diagnostic mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.

024 ATCN24 Tone verification 2. Select Delete All Data. The Delete All Data screen opens. The following messages are
displayed:
025 Gradation Tone Jump, verification of
reproduction • Ready to delete all data kept by the machine.

026 SS direction adjustment (YC) SS direction adjustment (YC) • The control panel is unavailable during deletion.

027 SS direction adjustment (MK) SS direction adjustment (MK) 3. Select Start.

028 IT8 Tone, Color reproduction 4. A confirmation message appears. Select Yes.

CAUTION: Single 5. The Deleting data. message appears.


color print only. Full
6. When the message indicating the completion appears, exit UI Diagnostic mode, Switch off the
color print may dam-
power, then switch on the power.
age the Fuser.

029 X’fer Voltage Setup Pattern Second Transfer Output Value,


adjustment

030 Custom paper type adjustment Second Transfer Output Value,


alignment adjustment

031

1597 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Delete All Data
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC301 Initialize NVM IO Check


Purpose Purpose
This procedure is needed when the machine cannot recover for some unknown reasons, including The purpose of this procedure is to check input and output components. The following two types of
problems such as producing blank prints, continuously declaring system faults, etc. checks are available:

• dC301 NVM Initialization • dC330 Component Control (IO Check)


The purpose of Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to energize
CAUTION: NVM for the selected subsystem will be reset to the default values. Any
output components. Up to 12 components, including Input and Output components, can be op-
machine-specific, region-specific, or customer-specific information will need to be re-
erated simultaneously. If the selected components cannot output simultaneously, the prior in-
entered. This information can be made available by creating a snapshot (go to ‘Saving
put component is turned Off and the latter input component is turned On. (Last Precedence
and Restoring an NVM Snapshot’) or use manual entry using NVM list in the Tray One
Control). When multiple components that cannot output simultaneously are selected, the rele-
storage pocket.
vant components are all turned Off and then the latter input components are turned On.

• dC140 Analog Monitor (IO Check)


The purpose of the Analog Monitor is to monitor and display the status of certain analog ma-
chine sensors (Fuser temperature sensors and paper tray size sensors). Temporary change of out-
put values is possible.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1598


dC301 Initialize NVM Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

S u b Sy s t e m Adjustment / Others
The following is a list of available procedures dealing with sub-system: The following is a list of available procedures dealing with Adjustment / Others:

• Belt Edge Learn (See ADJ 9.13) • dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data Settings (see GP 4)

• dC527 dC527 ADF Independent Operation • dC135 HFSI Counter

• dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test • Finisher Adjustments

dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data Settings
Purpose Purpose
This procedure is used to predict the failure of the hard drive. The serial no., product no., and billing count are stored at three locations; the MCU NVM PWB

• dC355 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System) (IOT), the EEPROM (SYS1) on the Controller PWB, and the ESS NVM PWB (SYS2). This procedure al-
lows the data in all three locations to be synchronized in case of replacement of one of the PWBs,
dC527 ADF Independent Operation or due to data corruption associated with one of the following faults:
Purpose
This procedure is used for testing functions of the ADF. • dC132 Machine ID/Billing Data (Adjustment/Others)

• dC527 ADF Independent Operation (Sub System) dC135 HFSI Counter


Purpose
This routine displays the service life (Threshold) and the current value (count) of the periodic re-
placement parts. Replacement life change, and current value resets are possible.

• dC135 HFSI Counter (Adjustment/Others)

Finisher Adjustments
• For the BR Finisher, refer to the BR Finisher Service Documentation, Adjustments 12.1 through
12.14.

• For the STD/BM Finisher, refer to the STD/BM Service Documentation, Adjustments 17.1
through 17.15.

1599 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Sub System
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Re g i s t r a t i o n • Average value

Purpose • Average -3 Sigma value

Registration consists of a group of several related adjustments. Some routines must be performed • Minimum value
in a specific sequence; go to the referenced ADJ procedure for comprehensive instructions.
Table 1 Paper Path Timing Types
Color-to-Color Registration Timing Type Description Tray

• dC671 Registration Measuring Cycle (see ADJ 9.9) 1 Tray 1 Feed Start to Tray 1 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 1
LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
• dC673 Registration Control - Sensor Check Cycle (see ADJ 9.10)
2 Tray 1 Feed Start to Tray 1 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 1
• dC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle (see ADJ 9.8) LEF Heavyweight 1

Paper Registration 3 Tray 2 Feed Start to Tray 2 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 2
LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
• System Registration Adjustment (see ADJ 9.15, ADJ 9.16, ADJ 9.17, ADJ 9.18, ADJ 9.7, ADJ
9.19) 4 Tray 2 Feed Start to Tray 2 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 2
LEF Heavyweight 1
• dC740 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (see ADJ 7.1)
5 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 feed out sensor on 2, HCF
• Measure Paper Path Timing time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper

Measure Paper Path Timing 6 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 feed out sensor on 2, HCF
Purpose time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
This procedure is used to monitor the timing of paper between selected sensors during repeated
7 Tray 3 Feed Start to Tray 3 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 3
print cycles. The results are displayed in msec. LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper

Procedure 8 Tray 3 Feed Start to Tray 3 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 3


LEF Heavyweight 1
1. Enter the diagnostic mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
9 Tray 4 Feed Start to Tray 4 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 4
2. From the Registration menu, select Measure Paper Path Timing. LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
a. Select the Timing Type to be monitored from Table 1. Press the Confirm button. 10 Tray 4 Feed Start to Tray 4 feed out sensor - Letter / A4 4
LEF Heavyweight 1
b. Select a paper supply where applicable (some sensor selections do not allow a choice of
trays). Select Save. 11 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 3 feed out sensor on 4
time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
c. Enter the number of sheets to be fed. Select Save.
12 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 3 feed out sensor on 4
d. Select Start. time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
e. A diagnostic message is displayed after the timing is measured. Press the Confirm button. 13 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 feed out sensor on 3, 4
time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
f. The following information is displayed:

• Upper limit value 14 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 feed out sensor on 3, 4
time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
• Normal value
15 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 pre Registration 1, 2, 3, 4, HCF
• Lower limit value sensor on time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or
punched paper
• Maximum value
16 Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor on to Tray 1 pre Registration 1, 2, 3, 4, HCF
• Average +3 Sigma value sensor on time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1600


Registration Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Timing Type Description Tray Timing Type Description Tray

17 Tray 5 (MSI) Feed Start to tray 5 feed sensor on time - 5 46 Inverter Out Sensor on to IOT Exit Sensor on time - Let- Any Tray
Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper ter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1

18 Tray 5 (MSI) Pre Feed Sensor on to Tray 5 Pre Registra- 5 47 Invert start to Duplex In Sensor on time - Letter / A4 Any Tray
tion Sensor on time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
punched paper
48 Invert start to Duplex In Sensor on time - Letter / A4 Any Tray
19 Tray 6 (HCF) Feed Start to Tray 6 feed out sensor - Let- 6 LEF Heavyweight 1
ter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
49 Duplex In Sensor on to Duplex Path Sensor on time - Any Tray
20 Tray 6 (HCF) Feed Start to Tray 6 feed out sensor - Let- 6 Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
ter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
50 Duplex In Sensor on to Duplex Path Sensor on time - Any Tray
25 Tray 6 (HCF) Feed Out Sensor on to HCF Exit Sensor on 6 Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
51 Duplex In Sensor on to Duplex Out Sensor on time - Let- Any Tray
26 Tray 6 (HCF) Feed Out Sensor on to HCF Exit Sensor on 6 ter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1
71 IOT Exit Sensor on to I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on_ Any Tray
31 Duplex Feed Start to Pre Registration Sensor on time - Any Tray Simplex_invert_top - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or
Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper punched paper

32 Duplex Feed Start to Pre Registration Sensor on time - Any Tray 72 IOT Exit Sensor on to I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on_ Any Tray
Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1 Duplex_top - (Large size larger than 280mm) Plain, re-
cycled, or punched paper
33 Pre Registration Sensor on to Registration Sensor on Any Tray
time - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper 73 IOT Exit Sensor on to I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on_ Any Tray
Simplex_invert_top - Heavyweight 1
34 Pre Registration Sensor on to Registration Sensor on Any Tray
time - Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1 74 IOT Exit Sensor on to I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on_ Any Tray
Duplex_top - (Large size larger than 280mm) Plain, re-
35 Registration Feed Start to Fuser Exit Sensor on time - Any Tray cycled, or punched paper
Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
75 I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on to I/F Transport Exit Any Tray
36 Registration Feed Start to Fuser Exit Sensor on time - Any Tray Sensor on_Simplex_invert_top - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, re-
Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1 cycled, or punched paper

37 Tray 5 Pre Registration Sensor on to Registration Sensor 5 76 I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on to I/F Transport Exit Any Tray
on - Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper Sensor on_Duplex_top - (Large size larger than 400mm)
Plain, recycled, or punched paper
41 Fuser Exit Sensor on to IOT Exit Sensor on (straight exit) Any Tray
- Letter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper 77 I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on to I/F Transport Exit Any Tray
Sensor on_Simplex_invert_top - Heavyweight 1
42 Fuser Exit Sensor on to IOT Exit Sensor on (straight exit) Any Tray
- Letter / A4 LEF Heavyweight 1 78 I/F Transport Entrance Sensor on to I/F Transport Exit Any Tray
Sensor on_Duplex_top - (Large size larger than 400mm)
43 Fuser Exit Sensor on to Inverter In Sensor on - Letter / Any Tray Heavyweight 1
A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper
79 I/F Transport Exit Sensor on to Transport Entrance Sen- Any Tray
44 Fuser Exit Sensor on to Inverter In Sensor on - Letter / Any Tray sor on _Simplex-_invert_top - Plain, recycled, or punched
A4 LEF Heavyweight 1 paper

45 Inverter Out Sensor on to IOT Exit Sensor on time - Let- Any Tray 80 I/F Transport Exit Sensor on to Transport Entrance Sen- Any Tray
ter / A4 LEF Plain, recycled, or punched paper sor on_Duplex _top - A3 Plain, recycled, or punched
paper

1601 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Registration
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Timing Type Description Tray 4. Remove the NVM factory settings list from the Tray One storage pocket and entry the applicable
NVM values.
81 I/F Transport Exit Sensor on to Transport Entrance Sen- Any Tray
sor on _Simplex-_invert_top - Heavyweight 1 Power On Self Test
Purpose
82 I/F Transport Exit Sensor on to Transport Entrance Sen- Any Tray
sor on_Duplex _top - A3 Heavyweight 1 This setting enables a longer diagnostic boot sequence to be completed. System start-up time will
be increased with this setting enabled. Once enabled, the test will take place every time the system
83 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Top Tray Exit Sensor Any Tray
on_top - Plain, recycled, or punched paper is powered on until the test is disabled.

84 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Top Tray Exit Sensor Any Tray Procedure
on_top - Heavyweight 1
1. Enter UI Diagnostics mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
85 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Top Tray Exit Sensor Any Tray 2. Select Power On Self Test.
on_top_punch - (Large size - Larger than 230mm) Plain,
recycled, or punched paper 3. Select On to enable the Power On Self Test or Off to disable the Test.

86 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Top Tray Exit Sensor Any Tray 4. Exit Diagnostics and Power Off and Power On the machine to complete the self test.
on_top_punch Large size - Larger than 230mm) Heavy-
weight 1 5. After the test is no longer necessary, disable it so that the customer does not experience long
boot times.
87 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Compile Exit Sensor Any Tray
on_Stacker - Plain, recycled, or punched paper
Delete All Certificates / Initialize Settings
88 Transport Entrance Sensor on to Compile Exit Sensor Any Tray Purpose
on_Stacker - Heavyweight 1 This routine will delete all security certificates stored in the machine and re-initialize all settings as-
sociated with the security certificates.
dC120 Failure Counter (Faults)
Purpose Procedure
The purpose of this procedure is to display the number of occurrences of each IOT fault since the 1. Enter UI Diagnostics mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
last Service Exit with the Complete Closeout option selected. 2. Select Delete All Certificates / Initialize Settings. The Delete All Certificates / Initialize Settings
• dC120 Failure Counter (Faults) screen opens.

3. Select Start. The machine will reboot automatically.


Note:
• The machine does not count the faults detected while in the Service Mode. Printing CE Reports
Reports Menu
• The machine does not count interlock open detected faults while the Main Processor is stopped. To access the menu of printable reports:
Restore NVM Values
1. Enter UI Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode.
Purpose
Restore NVM Values will restore all adjusted NVM values to their factory defaults. 2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. The Machine Status screen appears.

3. Select the Machine Information tab.


Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostics mode, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode. 4. Select Print Reports.

2. Select Restore NVM Values. If this function is not available or ‘beeps’, go to step 4. 5. Select CE. The following report selections will be displayed:

3. Select Start to begin the Restore NVM Values routine. The Machine will reboot automatically. • Debug Log Report
Do not power off the machine until the restoration routine completes. • HFSI Report

• Jam Report

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1602


Registration Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

• Shutdown Report dC919 - dC991 Max Setup


• Failure Report MAX Setup
• NVM Setting Value List MAX Setup consists of a group of several related Image Quality and Process Control adjustments.
Also, refer to ADJ 9.1.
• Fax Protocol Report (if a fax is installed)
• dC919 Color Balance Setup (MAX Setup)
6. Select the required report and press Start. The report will be printed.
Purpose
Debug Log Report
This report prints out debug messages with the time when the data was stored. The output format – To perform fine adjustment of the center value of the low density/medium density/high den-
is as follows: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS "xxxxx" (Recorded message) sity output balance for each color Y, M, C and K (Black) for copy images.

• dC924 TRC Adjustment (MAX Setup)


HFSI Report
The HFSI information stored in the IOT will be displayed. Table 2 shows the format. Purpose
Table 2 HFSI Report
– Manual Density Adjustment. Manually sets the offset amount of the ADC-LUT created by
Average Last Re- Second Last Third Last the ADC patch and finely adjusts the gradation.
Chain- Spec per placement Replace- Replace-
Link Current Life Month (P1) ment (P2) ment (P3) • dC931 Density Uniformity Adjustment (MAX Setup)
xxx-xxx Current Count Average Count at Count at 2 Count at 3
count in when re- monthly most recent replace- replace- Purpose
6-digit
location place- (30 days) replace- ments ago ments ago
Display – Adjusts the IN-OUT direction of ROS light exposure (MC rear-front). IN-OUT uneven density
ment is usage ment
Reason code: Reason code:
due of each of the colors YMCK is corrected independently.
Reason
U=UM, U=UM,
code: U= • dC938 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup)
S= SM S= SM
UM,
O= Other O= Other Purpose
S= SM
O= Other – Identifies whether the print image quality is affected by an image quality failure at the Pro-
con, etc. or an image quality failure due to the status of the IOT elements.
Jam Report • dC945 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)
The Jam report displays a pre programmed list of jam faults, and the number of occurrences since
Purpose
that last time the counter was cleared.
– Performs automatic correction for IIT white sensitivity level and gray balance.
Shutdown Report
• dC945 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)
The Shutdown report displays the 50 most recent shutdowns in three categories: System Faults, Pa-
per Jams, and Document Jams. The date of occurrence, and the copy count when the fault occurred, Purpose
are listed.
– Performs automatic correction for the CCD Color Sensitivity Dispersion.
Failure Report • dC945 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)
The Failure report displays a pre programmed list of non-jam faults, and the number of occurrences
since that last time the counter was cleared. Purpose

– Automatically measures and adjust the skew for Platen and Side Registration.
NVM Setting Value Lis t
The NVM Setting Value List displays a list of NVM locations and their values. Also listed are the ma- • dC945 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)
chine serial number and software versions.

1603 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Purpose – Adjusts toner density with Tone Up and Tone Down.

– Collects the Side 2 CIS shading data with white paper, and determine the presence or ab-
sence of garbage. Side 2 white reference adjustment is also performed at the same time in
this adjustment

• dC945 Side 2 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)

Purpose

– Calculates the reflection ratio dispersion correction value of the white reference sheet for
Side 2 color CIS and set the Side 2 color CIS white reference coefficient.

• dC945 Side 2 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)

Purpose

– Performs read color correction of the Side 2 Color CIS.

• dC945 Color Scale Target Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration)

Purpose

– Corrects color variation of individual IIT for image quality adjustment feature (DFE calibra-
tion, etc.) using scanned images.

• dC950 ATC Sensor Setup (MAX Setup)

Purpose

– Derives the sensitivity correction values [Correction Coefficient] and [Correction Offset] for
adjusting the ATC sensor output from the bar code numbers which display the sensitivity at-
tribute in every ATC Sensor. The bar code numbers are set in NVM [Bar Code Number] man-
ually from this adjustment screen.

• dC956 Belt Edge Learning (Sub system)

Purpose

– Creates an Edge Profile Table (table for performing Belt Walk control) in order to set the
Edge Learn mode at factory shipment or during the replacement of Belt system component
(IBT Belt, Edge Sensor).

• dC982 Adjust Image Transfer (MAX Setup)

Purpose

– Sets an optimum Transfer output value for each paper type. Adjustment can be done by
reading the Transfer output value of the manual or sample print.

• dC991 Adjust Toner Density (MAX Setup)

Purpose

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1604


Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 1 1 8 J a m Co u n t e r ( Fa u l t s ) d C 1 2 0 Fa i l u r e Co u n t e r ( Fa u l t s )
Purpose Purpose
Displays the number of times jams had occurred since the previous reset due to [Exit when work To display the Count for failures that have occurred since the previous reset due to [Exit (Clear Log)]
completed] up to now. up to now.

Procedure Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Faults. 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [Faults].

2. The following items are displayed on the Faults screen. 2. The following items are displayed on the [Faults] screen.

• Fault in occurrence • Fault in occurrence

• Jam Counter button • Jam Counter button

• Failure Counter button • Failure Counter button

• Shutdown History button • Shutdown History button

3. Select Jam Counter. 3. Select Failure Counter.

4. The following Items are displayed on the Jam Counter screen. 4. The following Items are displayed on the Failure Counter screen.

• Chain-Link • Chain-Link

• Count • Count

Note: Note:
• Displays the history of paper/document feeder jams based on the data obtained from the • Displays the history of failures based on the data obtained from the Main Unit.
Main Unit. • Failures that have occurred since the previous exit from the Service Mode with Exit (Clear
• Failures that have occurred since the previous exit from the Service Mode with Exit Clear Log) until now will be displayed.
Log until now will be displayed. • The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using Exit (Clear Log).
• The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using Exit Clear Log. 5. Select Close to return to the Faults screen.
5. Select Close to return to the Faults screen.

1605 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC118
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 1 2 2 S h u t d o w n H i s t o r y ( Fa u l t s ) d C 1 2 6 S y s t e m Re g i s t r a t i o n A d j u s t m e n t ( R e g i s t r a t i o n )
Purpose Purpose
To display the history in 4 categories: Document Feeder Jam, Paper Jam, Failure, and Last 40 Faults. Aligns the IOT Registration.

Procedure • IOT Registration Adjustment performs the Registration adjustment from the output result of
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Faults. the Built-in Adjustment Test Pattern.

2. The following items are displayed on the Faults screen. Feature


• Fault in occurrence Print the Adjustment Test Pattern (containing the record of measurement (length) locations of the
various alignment components) that is stored in the Controller and then follow the instructions on
• Jam Counter button
the UI screen to input the result of measurements from the measurement locations on the printout
• Failure Counter button via the UI screen to send the misalignment to the IOT and adjust the alignment component.
• Shutdown History button
For adjustment items other than the Side 1/Side 2 Registration, successive adjustments can be done
3. Select Shutdown History. using the output result of 1 chart sheet.

4. The following Items are displayed on the Shutdown History screen. <Adjustable Items>
The Chain-Link, Date & Time, and Total CV of the selected button are displayed on the screen.
Note: Adjustment should be done in the following order.
• Paper Jam button
• Side 1 Trapezoid Correction
• Document Feeder Jam button
• Side 1/Side 2 Fast Scan Skew Fine Adjustment
• Failure button
• Side 1/Side 2 Perpendicularity Fine Adjustment
• Last 40 Faults button
• Side 1/Side 2 Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge Fine Adjustment
Note: • Side 1/Side 2 Slow Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge Fine Adjustment
• Displays the history of failures based on the data obtained from the Main Unit.
• Side 1/Side 2 Lead Registration/Side Registration Independent Adjustment
• Failures that have occurred since the previous exit from the Service Mode with Exit Clear • Dual Registration (Not in use)
Log until now will be displayed.
Note: Before performing this adjustment, make sure that the following has already been
• The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using Exit Clear Log.
completed.
5. Selecting any of Paper Jam/Document Feeder Jam/Failures/Last 40 Faults displays the Chain-
• ADJ 9.8 - dC675: The appropriate alignment adjustment cannot be performed if Registration
Link, Date & Time, and Total CV.
Control - Setup Cycle is not completed successfully.
6. Select Close to return to the Faults screen.
Procedure
1. Select Registration on the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

2. Select System Registration Adjustment on the Registration screen.

• In the System Registration Adjustment screen, load A3, 11x17, A4LEF, 8.5 x 11LEF, or
SRA3 paper in the Tray, and then select Print to output the specified number of measure-
ment charts that have sides 1 and 2 printed.

3. Select Confirm to return to the System Registration Adjustment screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1606


dC122 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

4. Trapezoid Correction Note: Selecting Calculate again after the adjustment has completed returns the displayed
values to their default values. If the adjustment values are re-input and Adjust is selected at
a. Select Trapezoid in the System Registration Adjustment screen.
this time, it will cause those values to be reflected. Therefore, never perform the adjustment
• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 399.7 mm is dis- without printing out and measuring the chart first.
played for A3.
6. Perpendicularity Adjustment
b. Measure Pa and Pb of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2.
a. Select Perpendicularity in the System Registration Adjustment screen.
c. Input the measured value and select Calculate.
• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 10.0 mm is
• Measurement value input is in the range of Pa: 396.7 to 402.7 mm and Pb: 396.7 to
displayed.
402.7 mm in the case of A3.
b. Measure La and Lb on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2.
d. The automatically calculated adjustment amount is displayed in the adjustment amount
column. c. Select Side 1 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.

• The effective ranges of measured values are 7.0 to 13.0 mm for La and 7.0 to 13.0 mm
e. Use the displayed adjustment amount to adjust the position of Eccentric Cam at 2 locations
of 2nd BTR IN/OUT. (ADJ 9.20) for Lb.

d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
5. Fast Scan Skew Adjustment
displayed.
Note: Do not perform hardware adjustment.
e. And then, select Side 2 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.
a. Select Fast Scan Skew in the System Registration Adjustment screen. • The effective ranges of measured values are 7.0 to 13.0 mm for La and 7.0 to 13.0 mm
• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 10.0 mm is for Lb.
displayed. f. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
b. Measure Sa and Sb on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2. displayed.

c. Enter measured value of Software Adjustment (Side 1) , then select Calculate. 7. Fast Scan % Adjustment

• The effective ranges of measured values are Sa: 7.0 to 13.0 mm, Sb: 7.0 to 13.0 mm. a. Select Fast Scan % in the System Registration Adjustment screen.
d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be • When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 276.7 mm is dis-
displayed. played for A3.

Note: Selecting Calculate again after the adjustment has completed returns the displayed b. Measure Lfs on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2.
values to their default values. If the adjustment values are re-input and Adjust is selected at c. Select Side 1 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.
this time, it will cause those values to be reflected. Therefore, never perform the adjustment
• Measurement value input is in the range of Lfs: 273.7 to 279.7 mm in the case of A3.
without printing out and measuring the chart first.
d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
e. Then select Software Adjustment (Side 2) , input the measured value, and select Adjust.
displayed.
• The effective ranges of measured values are Sa: 7.0 to 13.0 mm, Sb: 7.0 to 13.0 mm.
e. And then, select Side 2 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.
f. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
• Measurement value input is in the range of Lfs: 273.7 to 279.7 mm in the case of A3.
displayed.
f. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
displayed.

8. Slow Scan % Adjustment

1607 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC126
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

a. Select Slow Scan % in the System Registration Adjustment screen. c. Select Side 1 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.

• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 399.7 mm is dis- • The effective range of measured values is 7.0 to 13.0 mm for A.
played for A3. d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
b. Measure Lss on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2. displayed.

c. Select Side 1 , input the measured value, and select Adjust. e. And then, select Side 2 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.

• The effective range of the measured values of Lss is 396.7 to 402.7 mm for A3. • The effective range of measured values is 7.0 to 13.0 mm for A.

d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be f. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
displayed. displayed.

e. And then, select Side 2 , input the measured value, and select Adjust. g. Select an unadjusted Tray or MSI in For Individual Trays, print out the measurement chart,

• The effective range of the measured values of Lss is 396.7 to 402.7 mm for A3. and then perform the procedure from step 2 onwards.

f. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be Note: Load A3 SEF, 11 x 17, A4LEF, 8.5 x 11LEF, or SA3 paper in Tray/MSI.
displayed. 11. Side 1/Side 2 Registration Adjustment
9. Lead Registration Adjustment
Note: Do not use the Side 1/Side 2 Registration Adjustment.
a. Select Lead Registration in the System Registration Adjustment screen.

• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 10.0 mm is
displayed.

b. Measure B on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2.

c. Select Side 1 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.

• The effective range of measured values is 7.0 to 13.0 mm for B.

d. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
displayed.

e. Select Apply Value to All Paper Types.

f. And then, select Side 2 , input the measured value, and select Adjust.

• The effective range of measured values is 7.0 to 13.0 mm for B.

g. The automatic adjustment is performed and Adjustment has been completed. will be
displayed.

h. Select Apply Value to All Paper Types.

10. Side Registration Adjustment

a. Select Side Registration in the System Registration Adjustment screen.

• When displayed for the first time, the measurement reference value of 10.0 mm is
displayed.

b. Measure A on Sides 1 and 2 of the measurement chart that was printed in Step 2.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1608


dC126 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 1 3 1 N V M Re a d / W r i t e dC132 M ach ine ID /B illi ng D ata (Adjustm en t/ O th er s)


Purpose Purpose
To refer to the NVM data and set/modify it. In order to reconcile the mismatch in Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data that occur
between the MCU PWB and the Controller PWB after replacing either PWB, set the Serial Number,
Note: All the NVM data including the NVM for the Key Operator are accessible. However, Billing,
Product Number, and Billing Data of an unreplaced PWB into the new PWB.
Counterfeit Prevention, and Auditron Administration Password cannot be rewritten.
dC132 can be performed when one of the following failures occurs:
Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select NVM Read/Write. • 124-324 (3 Billing Counter Mismatch)

2. Input the Chain-Link No. and select Confirm/Change. • 124-325 (1 Billing Counter Mismatch)

3. The Current Setting Value and the New Value input column are displayed. • 124-312 (Any Product Number mismatched)

• 124-313 (Any Serial Number mismatched)


Note: E.g.) The machine does not accept [700-006] as an abbreviation of [700-6]. When a
number starts with '0', the '0' must be entered. • 124-315 (dC132 System Fail-2)

4. Enter the value that you wish to change to into the New Value column using the Keypad and • 124-317 (dC132 System Fail-4)
select Save. • 124-319 (dC132 System Fail-8)
The entered value can be cleared using the C button. • 124-326 (Unregistered IOT Speed)

Note: If the entered value is invalid, the following message is displayed. • 124-341 (CRUM Market fail MCU)

Incorrect value. Please re-enter. • 124-342 (CRUM Market fail SYS1)

5. The entered number is displayed in the Current Settings column. • 124-343 (CRUM Market fail SYS2)

6. Select Close to return to the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen. • 124-351 (CRUM OEM fail MCU)

• 124-352 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1)

• 124-353 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2)

• 124-361 (CRUM validation fail MCU)

• 124-362 (CRUM validation fail SYS1)

• 124-363 (CRUM validation fail SYS2)

• 124-381 (CRUM Market fail MCU (2))

• 124-382 (CRUM Market fail SYS1 (2))

• 124-383 (CRUM Market fail SYS2 (2))

• 124-391 (CRUM OEM fail MCU (2))

• 124-392 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1 (2))

• 124-393 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2 (2))

• 124-344 (Billing Meter Type Fail (different at all 3 locations))

1609 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC131
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

• 124-345 (Billing Meter Type Fail (at least 1 location is mismatched, unable to correct d C 1 3 5 H F S I Co u n t e r ( A d j u s t m e n t / O t h e r s )
automatically))
Purpose
• 124-346 (Billing Count Type Fail (different at all 3 locations)) To display the Spec Life (threshold value) and the Current Value (usage status) of the periodic re-
• 124-347 (Billing Count Type Fail (at least 1 location is mismatched, unable to correct placement parts. You can change the Spec Life and reset the Current Value.
automatically))
The following tables list the HSFI counters for dC135 procedures:
• 124-348 (Modal Break Point Fail (different at all 3 locations))
1. Table 1 : dC135 HFSI Counters (IOT)
• 124-349 (Modal Break Point Fail (at least 1 location is mismatched, unable to correct
automatically)) 2. Table 2 : dC135 HFSI Counters (IPoC)

3. Table 3 : dC135 HFSI Counters (DADF-250 Color)


Note: The Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data are held at the following 3 locations
respectively. The Job History can be used to record/check the previous 3 replacements.

1. NVM PWB of MCU PWB Procedure


2. Memory Card of Controller PWB 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Adjustment/Others.

3. EEP ROM of BP PWB 2. On the Adjustment/Others screen, select HFSI Counter.

• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP 3. The Initialize HFSI Counter screen is displayed.

PWB, and SYS2 represents the Controller PWB. 4. Select the parts to be replaced and select Details.

Note: 5. The Details screen appears to display the Chain-Link and the Part Name of the parts to be re-
placed, as well as the Spec Life , Current Value , Last Replacement , Second Last Replacement
• This function can only be used when failure has occurred.
, and Third Last Replacement counters.
(This function is supposed to be available with the failure active.)
6. If you want to reset the Current Value, select Reset Current Value. The Reset Current Value
• When exiting the Service Mode after setting the Serial Number, the failure will be cancelled. screen is displayed.
(The Print Test Pattern is not available with the failure active.)
• Following the message and selecting Reset will update the previous 3 replacement records
Procedure in the HFSI Counter as follows.
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Adjustment/Others.
a. The Second Last Replacement value is moved to Third Last Replacement.
2. On the [Adjustment/Others] screen, select Machine ID/Billing Data.
b. The Last Replacement value is moved to Second Last Replacement.
3. The Machine ID/Billing Data screen is displayed.
c. The Current Value value is moved to Last Replacement.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen, select the PWBA that was not replaced or the PWBA with
d. The Current Value value is set to '0'.
the correct data and select Start.
7. If you want to change the Spec Life, select Change Spec Life. The Change Spec Life screen is
5. Enter the Serial Number and select Confirm.
displayed.
6. Select Close to return to the Adjustment/Others screen.
8. Set the new Spec Life (Max. 8 digits) using the selection buttons or the keyboard and select
Save.

• The Spec Life value is overwritten with the new Spec Life value.

9. Print and verify the HFSI Report as necessary.

10. Select Close to return to the Adjustment/Others screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1610


dC135 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 1 dC135 HFSI Counters (IOT)


Replacement Interval: Number of
BW/FC Sheets

75/70- 65/60- 55/50-


Chain- sheet sheet sheet Module
Link HFSI Name Detailed Description Unit Count Condition models models models Name

954- Drum Cartridge No. of rotations of Drum Cartridge Y (PV 1 Performs PV conversion on the number of Drum Cycles at Power 133000 113000 115000 Xero
800 Y conversion) (PV) ON, Job completion, Marking Drawer Close, and NVM Initializa-
tion for counting up

954- Drum Cartridge No. of rotations of Drum Cartridge M (PV 1 Performs PV conversion on the number of Drum Cycles at Power 133000 113000 115000 Xero
801 M conversion) (PV) ON, Job completion, Marking Drawer Close, and NVM Initializa-
tion for counting up

954- Drum Cartridge No. of rotations of Drum Cartridge C (PV 1 Performs PV conversion on the number of Drum Cycles at Power 133000 113000 115000 Xero
802 C conversion) (PV) ON, Job completion, Marking Drawer Close, and NVM Initializa-
tion for counting up

954- Drum Cartridge No. of rotations of Drum Cartridge K (PV 1 Performs PV conversion on the number of Drum Cycles at Power 325000 278000 238000 Xero
803 K conversion) (PV) ON, Job completion, Marking Drawer Close, and NVM Initializa-
tion for counting up

954- CC Assy Charge time of CC Assy 1 Performs PV conversion on the number of Drum Cycles at Power 127000 127000 127000 Xero
804 (PV) ON, Job completion, Marking Drawer Close, and NVM Initializa-
tion for counting up

954- Developer Hous- Usage time of the Developer Housing Assy/ 1 Counts up when the Developer Housing Assy stops 1500000 150000- 1500000 Deve
805 ing Assy/Devel- Developing Powder Y (PV conversion) [PV] 0
Performs PV conversion of the Deve Motor On time for counting
oping Powder Y
up.

954- Developer Hous- Usage time of the Developer Housing Assy/ 1 Counts up when the Developer Housing Assy stops 1500000 150000- 1500000 Deve
806 ing Assy/Devel- Developing Powder M (PV conversion) [PV] 0
Performs PV conversion of the Deve Motor On time for counting
oping Powder M
up.

954- Developer Hous- Usage time of the Developer Housing Assy/ 1 Counts up when the Developer Housing Assy stops 1500000 150000- 1500000 Deve
807 ing Assy/Devel- Developing Powder C (PV conversion) [PV] 0
Performs PV conversion of the Deve Motor On time for counting
oping Powder C
up.

954- Developer Hous- Usage time of the Developer Housing Assy/ 1 Counts up when the Developer Housing Assy stops 1500000 150000- 1500000 Deve
808 ing Assy/Devel- Developing Powder K (PV conversion) [PV] 0
Performs PV conversion of the Deve Clutch On time for counting
oping Powder K
up.

954- 1st BTR Y Current-carrying time for 1st BTR Y (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 800000 800000 800000 X’fer
809 conversion) [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: FC/+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

1611 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC135
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Replacement Interval: Number of


BW/FC Sheets

75/70- 65/60- 55/50-


Chain- sheet sheet sheet Module
Link HFSI Name Detailed Description Unit Count Condition models models models Name

954- 1st BTR M Current-carrying time for 1st BTR M (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 800000 800000 800000 X’fer
810 conversion) [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: FC/+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- 1st BTR C Current-carrying time for 1st BTR C (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 800000 800000 800000 X’fer
811 conversion) [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: FC/+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- 1st BTR K Current-carrying time for 1st BTR K (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 800000 800000 800000 X’fer
812 conversion) [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- 2nd BTR Unit Operation count of 2nd BTR (PV conversion) 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 300000 300000 300000 X’fer
813 [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- IBT Belt Operation count of IBT Belt (PV conversion) 1 Counts up when an image passes through the Secondary Transfer 600000 600000 600000 X’fer
814 [PV] Unit
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- IBT Belt CLN IBT Belt Cleaner ON Count (PV conversion) 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Secondary Transfer 300000 300000 300000 X’fer
815 Assy [PV] Unit

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1612


dC135 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Replacement Interval: Number of


BW/FC Sheets

75/70- 65/60- 55/50-


Chain- sheet sheet sheet Module
Link HFSI Name Detailed Description Unit Count Condition models models models Name

Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2
* When the paper size is unknown for the above condition, apply
+2.

954- CC Filter Operation time of CC Filter (PV conversion) 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit (only Du- 280000 280000 280000 Drive
816 [PV] plex Side 1) and when paper is output (both from Simplex and
Duplex)
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm:
BW/+1, FC/+2
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer:
BW/+2, FC/+4

954- Ozone Suction Operation time of Ozone Suction Filter (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit (only Du- 840000 840000 840000 Drive
817 Filter conversion) [PV] plex Side 1) and when paper is output (both from Simplex and
Duplex)
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm:
BW/+1, FC/+2
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer:
BW/+2, FC/+4

954- Fusing Filter Operation time of Fusing Filter (PV 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit (only Du- 800000 800000 800000 Drive
818 conversion) [PV] plex Side 1) and when paper is output (both from Simplex and
Duplex)
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm:
BW/+1, FC/+2
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer:
BW/+2, FC/+4

954- Standard Fusing No. of sheets that passed through the Fusing 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit. 200000 200000 200000 Fusing
819 Unit (Standard Fusing) [PV]
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2

954- Tray 1 Feed/Re- No. of sheets fed through Tray 1 Feed Roll, 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 1 300000 300000 300000 P/H
820 tard/Nudger Tray 1 Retard Roll, and Tray 1 Nudger Roll [she-
Roll ets]

954- Tray 2 Feed/Re- No. of sheets fed through Tray 2 Feed Roll, 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 2 300000 300000 300000 P/H
821 tard/Nudger Tray 2 Retard Roll, and Tray 2 Nudger Roll [she-
Roll ets]

1613 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC135
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Replacement Interval: Number of


BW/FC Sheets

75/70- 65/60- 55/50-


Chain- sheet sheet sheet Module
Link HFSI Name Detailed Description Unit Count Condition models models models Name

954- Tray 3 Feed/Re- No. of sheets fed through Tray 3 Feed Roll, 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 3 300000 300000 300000 P/H
822 tard/Nudger Tray 3 Retard Roll, and Tray 3 Nudger Roll [she-
Roll ets]

954- Tray 4 Feed/Re- No. of sheets fed through Tray 4 Feed Roll, 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 4 300000 300000 300000 P/H
823 tard/Nudger Tray 4 Retard Roll, and Tray 4 Nudger Roll [she-
Roll ets]

954- MSI Feed/Re- No. of sheets fed through the MSI Feed Roll, 1 Counts up at feeding from MSI (regardless of w/ or w/o HCF). 300000 300000 300000 P/H
824 tard/Nudger Roll MSI Retard Roll, and MSI Nudger Roll [she-
(Including w/ ets]
HCF)

954- Takeaway Roll 1 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 1 to 4 and 2000HCF 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
827 away Roll 1 (immediately after Tray 1 [she- 0
Feeder) ets]

954- Takeaway Roll 2 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 2 to 4 and 2000HCF 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
828 away Roll 2 (immediately after Tray 2 [she- 0
Feeder) ets]

954- Takeaway Roll 3 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 3 and 4 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
829 away Roll 3 [she- 0
ets]

954- Takeaway Roll 4 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 3 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
830 away Roll 4 (immediately after Tray 3 [she- 0
Feeder) ets]

954- Takeaway Roll 5 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 4 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
831 away Roll 5 [she- 0
ets]

954- Takeaway Roll 6 No. of sheets that passed through the Take- 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 4 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
832 away Roll 6 (immediately after Tray 4 [she- 0
Feeder) ets]

954- Takeaway The number of times Takeaway Clutch 1 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 1 to 4 and 2000HCF 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
835 Clutch 1 turns ON/OFF [she- 0
ets]

954- Takeaway The number of time Takeaway Clutch 2 turns 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 3 and 4 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
836 Clutch 2 ON/OFF [she- 0
ets]

954- Tray 1 Feeder No. of feedings from Tray 1 Feeder Unit 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 1 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
837 Unit [she- 0
ets]

954- Tray 2 Feeder No. of feedings from Tray 2 Feeder Unit 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 2 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
838 Unit [she- 0
ets]

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1614


dC135 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Replacement Interval: Number of


BW/FC Sheets

75/70- 65/60- 55/50-


Chain- sheet sheet sheet Module
Link HFSI Name Detailed Description Unit Count Condition models models models Name

954- Tray 3 Feeder No. of feedings from Tray 3 Feeder Unit 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 3 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
839 Unit [she- 0
ets]

954- Tray 4 Feeder No. of feedings from Tray 4 Feeder Unit 1 Counts up at feeding from Tray 4 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
840 Unit [she- 0
ets]

954- MSI Feeder Unit No. of feedings from MSI Feeder Unit 1 Counts up at feeding from MSI (regardless of w/ or w/o HCF). 1500000 150000- 1500000 P/H
841 (Including w/ [she- 0
HCF) ets]

954- MSI Pre Regi No. of sheets that passed through the MSI 1 Counts up at feeding from MSI (regardless of w/ or w/o HCF). 300000 300000 300000 P/H
849 Roll Pre Regi Roll [she-
ets]

954- Thick Paper No. of sheets that passed through the Fusing 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit. 200000 200000 200000 Fusing
850 Fusing Unit (Thick Paper Fusing) [PV]
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/ 5000(FX) 5000 5000(FX)
+1 (FX)
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2

954- Envelope Fusing No. of sheets that passed through the Fusing 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit. 200000 200000 200000 Fusing
851 Unit (Envelope Fusing) [PV]
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/ 50000(FX) 50000 50000
+1 (FX) (FX)
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2

954- Conductive No. of sheets that passed through the Fusing 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit. 100000 100000 100000 Fusing
852 Fusing Unit (Conductive Fusing) [PV]
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/ 50000(FX) 50000 50000
+1 (FX) (FX)
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2

954- TA Fusing No. of sheets that passed through the Fusing 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit. 200000 200000 200000 Fusing
853 Unit (TA Fusing) [PV]
Paper length in process direction shorter than 216.0 mm: BW, FC/
+1
Paper length in process direction 216.0 mm or longer: BW, FC/+2

954- UFP Filter Operation time of UFP Filter (PV conversion) 1 Counts up when paper passes through the Fusing Unit (only Du- 340000 340000 340000 Drive
860 [PV] plex Side 1) and when paper is output (for both Simplex and
Duplex).
Paper length in the Process direction is 216.0 mm or longer:BW,
FC/+2
Paper length in the Process direction is 216.0 mm or longer:BW/
+2,FC/+4

1615 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC135
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 2 dC135 HFSI Counters (IPoC)


Mod-
Chain- ule
Link HFSI Name UI Display Description Replacement Life Units Count Condition Name

956- IIT Scan Scan Count Only count Platen Scans, not CVT Scans 6000000 1 Scan Count (including pre-Scan). IPoC
802 [times]
• Max count value = 6,000,000 times and above • Counts up with each scan.
• Scan count after clearing HFSI Counter
• Total Scan count without clearing Recycle

956- Lamp ON Time Light Lamp Time Count the total time that the LED Lamp has lit up 7200000 1 [Sec] LED Lamp lighting time. IPoC
803 (AGOC, Lamp Check, etc. as well).
• Starts timer when the LED Lamp turns
• LED Lamp life 2000 hours
ON.
• Max count value = 7,200,000 s and above
• Starts timer when the LED Lamp turns
• LED Lamp ON time after clearing HFSI Counter
OFF.
• Total LED Lamp ON time without clearing Recycle
• When Carriage Initialize, write to the
NVM.

956- Lamp ON Count Lamp Turn On Count all the times the LED Lamp has lit up (AGOC, 6000000 1 LED Lamp ON count after clearing HFSI IPoC
804 Count Lamp Check, etc. as well). [times] Counter.
• LED Lamp life 6,000,000 times • Counts up when the LED Lamp turns
• Max count value = 6,000,000 times and above ON.
• When Carriage Initialize, write to the
NVM.

956- Platen Open/Close Platen I/L Open Used during recycle 3000 1 Angle Sensor Full Interruption Count Up IPoC
808 Count Count [times]
Max count value = 1,000,000 times and above
(Platen machine)

956- Side 2 LED ON Time Light Back LED Used during recycle 35000 1 [Sec] When the LED turns ON: Start timing IPoC
809 Time
Max count value = 7,200,000 s and above When the LED turns OFF: Stop timing
Counts the total duration when the lamp is ON (includ- Recycle -> Total LED ON time without
ing AGOC, etc.). clearing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1616


dC135 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 3 dC135 HFSI Counters (DADF-250 Color)


Chain- Replacement Module
Link HFSI Name UI Display Description Life Units Count Condition Name

955- Document Feed Feed Count No. of sheets fed from the DADF Document Tray 200000 1 [times] Count Up after Feed start to DADF
806 DADF Feed In Sensor 1/2 On
• The number of operations after HFSI Counter Clear
• Total number of operations that did not Clear
recycling

955- Document Feed Simp Simplex Feed Count Counts the no. of document sheets fed in Simplex 3000000 1 [Feed] Count Up when DADF Exit Sen- DADF
807 mode. sor OFF during Simplex transport

955- Document Feed Dup Duplex Feed Count Counts the no. of document pages fed in Duplex mode. 3000000 1 [Feed] Count Up when DADF Exit Sen- DADF
808 sor OFF during Duplex transport

955- Platen Open/Close Count I/L Open Count Platen Open/Close Count 257000 1 [times] Count Up when Platen Interlock DADF
810 (Platen Interlock Switch) Open

955- TA Clutch ON Count TA Clutch On-Count The number of operations of the DADF Takeaway 3000000 1 [times] Count Up when DADF Takeaway DADF
812 Clutch Clutch On

955- Nudger Solenoid number of Nudger Sol On Count The number of operations of the DADF Nudger 3000000 1 [times] Count Up when DADF Nudger DADF
820 operations Solenoid Solenoid ON

955- DADF Stamp Solenoid Oper- Stamp Sol On Count DADF Stamp Solenoid Operation Count (Solenoid life- 100000 1 [times] Count Up after DADF Stamp Sol- DADF
830 ation Count (Solenoid life- span management) enoid ON
span management)
• The number of operations after HFSI Counter Clear
• Total number of operations that did not Clear
recycling

955- DADF Stamp Solenoid Oper- Stamp Action Count DADF Stamp Solenoid Operation Count (Ink lifespan 3000 1 [times] Count Up after DADF Stamp Sol- DADF
831 ation Count (Ink lifespan management) enoid ON
management)
• The number of operations after HFSI Counter Clear

955- Number of times of Feed FeedCover Open Feeder Upper Cover hinge lifespan (Front Hinge/Rear 35000 1 [times] Count Up at Feeder Upper Cover DADF
832 Cover Open Count Hinge) (DADF Feeder Cover Interlock
Switch)

1617 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC135
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC140 Analog Monitor (IO Check) • Change Output Level button: To temporarily change the output level of an Output compo-
nent for checking purposes, enter the component which output level you want to change. Se-
Purpose
lect Change Output Level , enter the value using either the Keypad on the screen or the
Monitors the Analog value of the A/D converted sensor, by operating the various component (such
arrow keys and select Save.
as C.C). You can temporarily change the output value.
• Enter Number button: Refer to Step 4
Table 1, dC140 Analog Monitor, lists the chain-link values for Input/Output components for dC 140
• Show Current Status button: Refer to Step 4
test procedures.
4. Enter the Chain-Link No. of the analog Input/Output components using the Keypad.
Procedure
• To proceed, select Enter Number on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and press <Start>.
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select IO Check.

2. On the IO Check screen, select Analog Monitor. Note: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen.

3. The Analog Monitor screen is displayed. • To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select Enter Number , enter the
Chain-Link No. of that component and select Show Current Status. The status of the previ-
• Input/Output column: Component type Input/Output component
ously turned ON component is displayed.
• Enable/Disable column: Operation status - Enable Checking in progress , Disable Checking
5. Select Stop Current Component or Stop All Components to stop the component operation.
stopped
6. Select Close to return to the IO Check screen.
• Level column: Displays the received output level value. Level: 0 to 65535

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1618


dC140 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 1 dC140 Analog Monitor


Mod-
Chain- O- Time ule
Link Component Name Description IN UT Out CE Corrective Action Name

010- Fusing Center NC Sensor The detected temperature at the Heat Roll Center. O - - Normal Output Range: 1020 to 242 Fusing
200
Failure Determination Level: High temperature error is detected
when it is 242 or lower.
Open circuit is detected when it is 1020 or higher.

010- Fusing Center NC Sensor Temperature of the device itself (compensation output). O - - Normal Output Range: 1020 to 276 Fusing
201
Failure Determination Level: High temperature error is detected
when it is 276 or lower.
Open circuit is detected when it is 1020 or higher.

010- Fusing Center NC Sensor Differential output (the difference between the detection/ O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 992 Fusing
202 compensation values x 10).
Failure Determination Level: High temperature error is detected
when it is 992 or higher.

010- Fusing Rear NC Sensor The detected temperature at the Heat Roll Rear. O - - Normal Output Range: 1020 to 242 Fusing
203
Failure Determination Level: High Temperature Failure is detected
when it is 242 or lower.
Open circuit is detected when it is 1020 or higher.

010- Fusing Rear NC Sensor Temperature of the device itself (compensation output). O - - Normal Output Range: 1020 to 276 Fusing
204
Failure Determination Level: High Temperature Failure is detected
when it is 276 or lower.
Open circuit is detected when it is 1020 or higher.

010- Fusing Rear NC Sensor The difference between the detection/compensation val- O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 992 Fusing
205 ues ((Rear NC Sensor VC - Rear NC Sensor VD) x 10).
Failure Determination Level: High Temperature Failure is detected
when it is 992 or higher.

010- Fusing Heat Roll STS Displays the detected temperature at the Heat Roll Rear O - - Normal Output Range: 900 to 350 Fusing
206 (voltage value between Fusing Heat Roll STS) as an AD
Failure Determination Level: High Temperature Failure is detected
value.
when it is 350 or lower.
Open circuit is detected when it is 900 or higher.

010- Fusing Harness Type Displays the resistance of the Fusing Harness state. O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 Fusing
207
Standard Fusing: 0 to 127
Heavyweight Curl Handling Fusing: 128 to 255
Envelope Wrinkle Handling Fusing: 256 to 383
Electrostatic Offset Handling Fusing: 384 to 511
Not Installed: 896 to 1023
Failure Determination Level: Other than the above

1619 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC140
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Mod-
Chain- O- Time ule
Link Component Name Description IN UT Out CE Corrective Action Name

010- Out Temp Sensor Displays the external temperature sensor value as an AD O - - When NVM ’Temp_Fail_CNTR’ counts up, the value of external Fusing
208 value. sensor output is abnormal.
Using NVM ’Temp_SNSR_Fail’ value, perform the following
action:
1: Check the External Sensor Circuit System for open circuits
2: Check the External Sensor Circuit System for short circuits
If no open circuits and short circuits are found, replace the Exter-
nal Sensor.
Note: When the External Sensor has a failure, Fusing Temperature
Adjustment is not performed in the environment at 20 degrees C
or lower.

042- Belt Edge Sensor Displays the AD value for the Belt Edge Sensor when the O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 Drive
200 Belt Edge LED is ON.
IBT Belt axis direction position = Rear side: 0 to 171
(Moves the Edge Sensor Actuator displacement towards the Rear
up to the Max.)
IBT Belt axis direction position = Center +/−0.5 mm: 341 to 683
(The Edge Sensor Actuator is almost vertical.)
IBT Belt axis direction position = Front side: 852 to 1023
(Moves the Edge Sensor Actuator displacement towards the Front
up to the Max.
The Actuator and the IBT Belt are not in contact)
Failure Determination Level: Out of the above range
Presumed cause for failure:
The Edge Sensor has dirty light receptor surface or failure
Elec Harness/MCU PWB operation failure
Corrective action at failure:
Clean or replace the Edge Sensor
Check the Elec Harness connection or replace it
Replace the MCU PWB

071- Tray 1 Size Sensor Analog Displays the AD value for Tray 1 paper size. O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 P/H
200
When A4 LEF is loaded: 304 to 365
When B5 SEF is loaded: 735 to 796
When Tray is pulled out: 922 to 989
Sensor failure: 990 to 1023
Failure Determination Level: Out of the above range
Presumed cause for failure:
Size SW operation failure at the appropriate Tray

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1620


dC140 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Mod-
Chain- O- Time ule
Link Component Name Description IN UT Out CE Corrective Action Name

Size detection mechanism failure at the appropriate Tray


Elec Harness/Circuit Board operation failure
Software failure
Corrective action at failure:
Replace the Size SW for the appropriate Tray
Replace the Size detection mechanism at the appropriate Tray
Replace the Elec Harness and Circuit Board

072- Tray 2 Size Sensor Analog Displays the AD value for Tray 2 paper size. O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 P/H
200
When A4 LEF is loaded: 304 to 365
When B5 SEF is loaded: 735 to 796
When Tray is pulled out: 922 to 989
Sensor failure: 990 to 1023
Failure Determination Level: Out of the above range
Presumed cause for failure:
Size SW operation failure at the appropriate Tray
Size detection mechanism failure at the appropriate Tray
Elec Harness/Circuit Board operation failure
Software failure
Corrective action at failure:
Replace the Size SW for the appropriate Tray
Replace the Size detection mechanism at the appropriate Tray
Replace the Elec Harness and Circuit Board

073- Tray 3 Size Sensor Analog Displays the AD value for Tray 3 paper size. O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 P/H
200
When A4 LEF is loaded: 304 to 365
When 8.5x11’ LEF is loaded: 428 to 487
When Tray is pulled out: 922 to 989
Sensor failure: 990 to 1023
Failure Determination Level: Out of the above range
Presumed cause for failure:
Size SW operation failure at the appropriate Tray
Size detection mechanism failure at the appropriate Tray
Elec Harness/Circuit Board operation failure
Software failure
Corrective action at failure:
Replace the Size SW for the appropriate Tray
Replace the Size detection mechanism at the appropriate Tray

1621 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC140
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Mod-
Chain- O- Time ule
Link Component Name Description IN UT Out CE Corrective Action Name

Replace the Elec Harness and Circuit Board

074- Tray 4 Size Sensor Analog Displays the AD value for Tray 4 paper size. O - - Normal Output Range: 0 to 1023 P/H
200
When A4 LEF is loaded: 304 to 365
When 8.5x11’ LEF is loaded: 428 to 487
When Tray is pulled out: 922 to 989
Sensor failure: 990 to 1023
Failure Determination Level: Out of the above range
Presumed cause for failure:
Size SW operation failure at the appropriate Tray
Size detection mechanism failure at the appropriate Tray
Elec Harness/Circuit Board operation failure
Software failure
Corrective action at failure:
Replace the Size SW for the appropriate Tray
Replace the Size detection mechanism at the appropriate Tray
Replace the Elec Harness and Circuit Board

075- MSI Size Sensor Displays the AD value of MSI Size Sensor. O - - Normal Output Range: 60 to 966 (nominal) P/H
200
Failure Determination Level: No changes at 20 or lower
Presumed cause for failure: MSI Size Sensor operation failure
Corrective action at failure: Check the operation of the MSI Size
Sensor (check for hardware failures / Sensor output AD value). If
’NG’, replace the MSI Size Sensor.

089- MOB Moni In A MOB Sensor: Displays the Analog Monitor voltage at IN. O - - Operation Conditions: Start the Analog Monitor with a sheet of Regi-
200 paper inserted between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt. Con
Failure Determination Level: 93 (Equivalent to analog amplitude
of 0.3V)
If the level exceeds the above failure determination level, it will
be judged as an error. In that case, perform the following actions.
1. Remove the Sensor Assy from the IOT and visually check the
IN_MOB Sensor itself.
2a. (If it is found to have Toner contamination) Clean it and then
check the Analog Monitor and the displayed value again.
2b. (If the visual check reveals no problem) Replace the Sensor.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1622


dC140 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Mod-
Chain- O- Time ule
Link Component Name Description IN UT Out CE Corrective Action Name

089- MOB Moni Center A MOB Sensor: Displays the Analog Monitor voltage at O - - Operation Conditions: Start the Analog Monitor with a sheet of Regi-
201 CENTER. paper inserted between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt. Con
Failure Determination Level: 93 (Equivalent to analog amplitude
of 0.3V)
If the level exceeds the above failure determination level, it will
be judged as an error. In that case, perform the following actions.
1. Remove the Sensor Assy from the IOT and visually check the
CNT_MOB Sensor itself.
2a. (If it is found to have Toner contamination) Clean it and then
check the Analog Monitor and the displayed value again.
2b. (If the visual check reveals no problem) Replace the Sensor.

089- MOB Moni Out A MOB Sensor: Displays the Analog Monitor voltage at OUT. O - - Operation Conditions: Start the Analog Monitor with a sheet of Regi-
202 paper inserted between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt. Con
Failure Determination Level: 93 (Equivalent to analog amplitude
of 0.3V)
If the level exceeds the above failure determination level, it will
be judged as an error. In that case, perform the following actions.
1. Remove the Sensor Assy from the IOT and visually check the
OUT_MOB Sensor itself.
2a. (If it is found to have Toner contamination) Clean it and then
check the Analog Monitor and the displayed value again.
2b. (If the visual check reveals no problem) Replace the Sensor.

1623 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC140
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC301 NVM Initialization d C 3 3 0 Co m p o n e n t Co n t r o l ( I O C h e c k )


Purpose Purpose
To perform initialization for any NVM area. To display the logic state of Input Component input signals and operates the Output Components.

Note: Input components can easily be checked in batch by specific group components.

• Initialize NVM does not initialize the settings for Billing Counter, Machine Serial Number, Mar- The following tables list the Input Component Control Codes for dC330 troubleshooting:
ket, HFSI, Shutdown History, and Jam/Fail Counter. The values of Shutdown History and Jam/
Fail Counter are cleared when the Exit Clear Log is specified at Diag Exit. 1. Table 1 : dC330 Input Component Check List (IOT)

• Each password can be deleted with KO Tool. 2. Table 2 : dC330 Input Component Check List (IPoC)

3. Table 3 : dC330 Input Component Check List (DADF-250 Color)


Note: Precautions during Initialize NVM
• After initializing the NVM, take out the inspection sheet that comes with the machine and per- The following tables list the Output Component Control Codes for dC330 troubleshooting:
form ATC Sensor Setup using the Sensor Sensitivity Comparison Table and the recorded ATC bar 1. Table 4 : dC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)
code value for individual colors via dC950. If this operation is not performed, the Toner Density
2. Table 5 : dC330 Output Component Check List (IPoC)
Control does not get performed correctly and may cause image quality problems.
3. Table 6 : dC330 Output Component Check List (DADF-250 Color)
Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Initialize NVM. Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select IO Check.
2. The Initialize NVM screen is displayed.
2. On the IO Check screen, select Component Control.
3. Select the area to be initialized.
Table 1 NVM Initialization List 3. Enter the Chain-Link No. (xxx-xxx) of the Input/Output components using the Keypad.
Target areas Description
Note: E.g.) The machine does not accept [001-300] as an abbreviation of [1-300]. When a
IOT1 IOT Main number starts with '0', the '0' must be entered.

Finisher - 4. Press Start. The component will start operating.

PFIM Interface Module • To proceed, select Enter Number on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and press <Start>.

IISS (IIT/IPS) - Note: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen.
IISS - Extension - • To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select Enter Number , enter the
Input Device DADF Chain-Link No. of that component and select Show Current Status. The status of the previ-
ously turned ON component is displayed.
Sys-SYSTEM Configurable system area of CE Mode
• Select Cyclic Motion for the component to repeat the operation.
Sys-USER User configurable system area
• A beep will sound according to the status of input components. The volume can be set by se-
4. Click Start. lecting Volume and toggling through the Loud, Normal, Soft, Off sequence. The default vol-
ume is Off and the changed volume will be effective until the Power is turned OFF.
5. Follow the message shown on the Initialize NVM screen and select Yes or No.
5. Input/Output column (component type), Status column (Operation status: High/Low), and
6. Select Close to return to the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.
Counter column (Operation Count) are displayed on the Component Control screen.

6. Select Stop Current Component or Stop All Components to stop the component operation.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1624


dC301 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

7. Select Close to return to the IO Check screen. dC330 Input Component Control Codes

1625 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 1 dC330 Input Component Check List (IOT)


ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

010-200 Fusing Entrance Sensor Detects paper on Fusing Entrance Sensor. - X - Low Paper detected Fusing

010-201 Fusing Exit Sensor Detects paper on Fusing Exit Sensor. - X - Low Paper detected Fusing

010-202 Fusing Unit New Detects new Fusing Unit. - X - Low Detects new CC Fusing

010-203 Fusing Nip Sensor Detects Nip state of Fusing Unit. - X - Low Nipped Fusing

041-200 MCU F3 Status Detects the F3 fuse blow-out on the MCU PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-201 MCU F4 Status Detects the F4 fuse blow-out on the MCU PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-202 IOT F1 Status Detects the F1 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-203 IOT F3 Status Detects the F3 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-204 IOT F7 Status Detects the F7 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-205 IOT F9 Status Detects the F9 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-206 IOT F10 Status Detects the F10 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-207 IOT F11 Status Detects the F11 fuse blow-out on the MD, IO PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-208 TM F1 Status Detects the F1 fuse blow-out on the MD, TM PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-209 TM F2 Status Detects the F2 fuse blow-out on the MD, TM PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-210 TM F3 Status Detects the F3 fuse blow-out on the MD, TM PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

041-211 TM F4 Status Detects the F4 fuse blow-out on the MD, TM PWB. - X - High Fuse has blown IOT
Manager

042-200 Belt Home Position Sensor Detects the Home Position of the IBT Belt. - X - High Home Drive

047-200 OCT Front Position Sensor Detects OCT Front Position Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Front Position OutCon

047-201 OCT Rear Position Sensor Detects OCT Rear Position Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Rear Position OutCon

047-202 OCT Full Stack Sensor Detects OCT Full Stack Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Full Stack OutCon

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1626


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

[I/O] OCT Full Stack Sensor

047-203 OCT Detect Detects the OCT. - X - Low OCT detected OutCon

061-200 Polygon Motor#1:Ready Displays Polygon Motor (YM) Ready signal. - X - Low Ready ROS

061-201 Polygon Motor#2:Ready Displays Polygon Motor (CK) Ready signal. - X - Low Ready ROS

061-202 NO-SOS FAIL (M) Displays the status of the NO-SOS FAIL (M) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-203 NO-SOS FAIL (K) Displays the status of the NO-SOS FAIL (K) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-204 SOS LONG FAIL (M) Displays the status of the SOS LONG FAIL (M) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-205 SOS LONG FAIL (K) Displays the status of the SOS LONG FAIL (K) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-206 SOS SHORT FAIL (M) Displays the status of the SOS SHORT FAIL (M) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-207 SOS SHORT FAIL (K) Displays the status of the SOS SHORT FAIL (K) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-208 SOS STOP FAIL (M) Displays the status of the SOS STOP FAIL (M) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-209 SOS STOP FAIL (K) Displays the status of the SOS STOP FAIL (K) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS

061-210 LD_ALM (Y) Displays the status of the LD_ALM (Y) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS
Stores the details in [NVM] LD State at Occurrence of
LD_Alarm Y (749-138) when LD_ALM occurs.

061-211 LD_ALM (M) Displays the status of the LD_ALM (M) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS
Stores the details in [NVM] LD State at Occurrence of
LD_Alarm M (749-139) when LD_ALM occurs.

061-212 LD_ALM (C) Displays the status of the LD_ALM (C) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS
Stores the details in [NVM] LD State at Occurrence of
LD_Alarm C (749-140) when LD_ALM occurs.

061-213 LD_ALM (K) Displays the status of the LD_ALM (K) signal. - X - Low Normal ROS
Stores the details in [NVM] LD State at Occurrence of
LD_Alarm K (749-141) when LD_ALM occurs.

061-214 ROS Connect Fail (Y) Displays the status of the connection between the - X - Low Normal ROS
ROS Y PWB and the MCU.

061-215 ROS Connect Fail (M) Displays the status of the connection between the - X - Low Normal ROS
ROS M PWB and the MCU.

061-216 ROS Connect Fail (C) Displays the status of the connection between the - X - Low Normal ROS
ROS C PWB and the MCU.

1627 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

061-217 ROS Connect Fail (K) Displays the status of the connection between the - X - Low Normal ROS
ROS K PWB and the MCU.

071-100 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor Detects the Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

071-101 Feed Out Sensor1 Detects the Feed Out Sensor 1 ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

071-200 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Detects the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High No paper detected P/H

071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor Detects the Tray 1 Level Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High At this position, paper can P/H
be supplied

071-202 Tray 1 Size Sensor Digital Detects the Tray 1 Size Sensor Digital ON/OFF. - X - Low The Sensor is depressed P/H

072-100 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor Detects the Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

072-101 Feed Out Sensor2 Detects the Feed Out Sensor 2 ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

072-200 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor Detects the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High No paper detected P/H

072-201 Tray 2 Level Sensor Detects the Tray 2 Level Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High At this position, paper can P/H
be supplied

072-202 Tray 2 Size Sensor Digital Detects the Tray 2 Size Sensor Digital ON/OFF. - X - Low The Sensor is depressed P/H

073-100 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor Detects the Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

073-101 Feed Out Sensor 3 Detects the Feed Out Sensor 3 ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

073-200 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor Detects the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High No paper detected P/H

073-201 Tray 3 Level Sensor Detects the Tray 3 Level Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High At this position, paper can P/H
be supplied

074-100 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor Detects the Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

074-101 Feed Out Sensor 4 Detects the Feed Out Sensor4 ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

074-200 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor Detects the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High No paper detected P/H

074-201 Tray 4 Level Sensor Detects the Tray 4 Level Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High At this position, paper can P/H
be supplied

075-100 MSI Pre Feed Sensor Detects the MSI Pre Feed Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

075-200 MSI Lift Up Sensor Detects the MSI Lift Up Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Lift Up P/H

075-201 MSI Lift Down Sensor Detects the MSI Lift Down Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Lift Down P/H

075-202 MSI No Paper Sensor Detects the MSI No Paper Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High No paper P/H

075-203 MSI Paper Set Sensor Detects the MSI Paper Set Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1628


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

077-100 Pre Regi Sensor Detects the Pre Regi Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

077-101 MSI Pre Regi Sensor Detects the MSI Pre Regi Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

077-102 Regi In Sensor Detects the Regi In Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

077-103 Regi Out Sensor Detects the Regi Out Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Paper detected P/H

077-104 Transparency Sensor Detects the Transparency Sensor ON/OFF. - X - Low Other than Transparency P/H
(Transparency frame
detected)

077-105 Invert In Sensor Detects the Invert In Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

077-106 Invert End Sensor Detects the Invert End Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

077-107 Duplex In Sensor Detects the Duplex In Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

077-109 Duplex Out Sensor Detects the Duplex Out Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

077-110 IOT Exit Sensor Detects the IOT Exit Sensor ON/OFF. - X - High Paper detected P/H

077-300 Left Hand Cover Interlock Detects the Left Hand Cover Interlock Open/Close. - X - Low Open P/H

077-301 Right Hand Cover Detects Right Hand Cover Interlock Open/Close. - X - Low Open P/H
Interlock

077-302 PH Drawer Interlock Detects PH Drawer Interlock Open/Close. - X - Low Open P/H

077-303 Front Cover Interlock Detects the Front Cover Interlock Open/Close. - X - High Open P/H

077-304 MSI Cover Interlock Detects MSI Cover Interlock Open/Close. - X - High Open P/H

091-200 Waste Toner Bottle Sensor Detects the Waste Toner Bottle. - X - Low Available Xero

091-201 Waste Toner Near Full Detects Waste Toner Bottle Near Full. - X - High Near Full Xero
Sensor

091-202 CC New Signal Detects the current-carrying/open circuit status of - X - Low Detects new CC Xero
Fuse.

093-200 Low Toner Sensor Y Detects amount of toner in Toner Reserve Tank (Y). - X 093-201 Low No Toner Deve
[I/O]Low Toner 093-202 Low -
[I/O]Toner Selector A 093-203 Low -
[I/O]Toner Selector B
Switches among YMCK according to the combination
of Toner Selector A and B.
* According to the configuration of the sensor hard-
ware, the level becomes unstable after approx. 3sec

1629 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

from Power ON and 1sec after Component Check


begins.

093-201 Low Toner Sensor M Detects amount of toner in Toner Reserve Tank (M). - X 093-200 Low No Toner Deve
[I/O]Low Toner 093-202 Low -
[I/O]Toner Selector A 093-203 High -
[I/O]Toner Selector B
Switches among YMCK according to the combination
of Toner Selector A and B.
* According to the configuration of the sensor hard-
ware, the level becomes unstable after approx. 3sec
from Power ON and 1sec after Component Check
begins.

093-202 Low Toner Sensor C Detects amount of toner in Toner Reserve Tank (C). - X 093-200 Low No Toner Deve
[I/O]Low Toner 093-201 High -
[I/O]Toner Selector A 093-203 Low -
[I/O]Toner Selector B
Switches among YMCK according to the combination
of Toner Selector A and B.
* According to the configuration of the sensor hard-
ware, the level becomes unstable after approx. 3sec
from Power ON and 1sec after Component Check
begins.

093-203 Low Toner Sensor K Detects amount of toner in Toner Reserve Tank (K). - X 093-200 Low No Toner Deve
[I/O]Low Toner 093-201 High -
[I/O]Toner Selector A 093-202 High -
[I/O]Toner Selector B
Switches among YMCK according to the combination
of Toner Selector A and B.
* According to the configuration of the sensor hard-
ware, the level becomes unstable after approx. 3sec
from Power ON and 1sec after Component Check
begins.

093-205 Dispense Cover Sensor Detects the open/closed status of the Dispense Cover. - X High Open state Deve

093-206 Marking Drawer Interlock Detects the open/closed status of the Marking Drawer - X Low Closed state Deve
Switch.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1630


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

ON Status
Cyclic Multiple Out-
Chain- Time Opera- put Prohibited Connec- Module
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain-Link tor Meaning Name

094-200 1st BTR Contact Retract Detects the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor ON/OFF. - X Low Retract X’fer
Sensor
Position

094-201 2nd BTR Contact Retract Detects the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor ON/OFF. - X Low Retract X’fer
Sensor
Position

094-202 Post 2nd BTR Sensor Detects the Post 2nd BTR Sensor ON/OFF. - X Low Paper detected X’fer

1631 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 2 dC330 Input Component Check List (IPoC)


Chain-
Link Component Name Description ON Status Module Name

062- IIT Regi Sensor Deactuates the Regi Sensor. L IPoC


212

062- ADF Exist DADF is not installed. H IPoC


240

062- APS Sensor 1 Document detected. APS SNR 1: L IPoC


251
APS ON: H

062- APS Sensor3 Document detected. APS SNR 3: L IPoC


253
APS ON: H

062- CCD Fan Fail Fan failure. H IPoC


280

062- Platen I/L Switch Platen closed. L IPoC


300

062- Angle Sensor Platen closed. L IPoC


301

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1632


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 3 dC330 Input Component Check List (DADF-250 Color)


Chain-
Link Component Name Description Timeout Connector Level

005- Document Sensor Document Sensor On (document present) - Low


102

005- Regi Sensor Regi Sensor On (document present) - High


110

005- Skew Sensor Skew Sensor On (document present) - High


192

005- Bottom Sensor Bottom Sensor On (Tray is in the home position) - High
202

005- Level Sensor Level Sensor is ON (Nudger Roller high position) - High
203

005- Feed In Sensor Feed In Sensor On (document present) - Low


204

005- Feed Out Sensor Feed Out Sensor On (document present) - High
205

005- Pre-Regi Sensor Pre-Regi Sensor On (document present) - High


206

005- Lead Regi Sensor Lead Regi Sensor On (document present) - Low
207

005- Out Sensor Out Sensor On (document present) - High


208

005- Exit Sensor Exit Sensor On (document present) - High


209

005- Feeder Cover Interlock Switch Feeder Cover Interlock Switch On (Feeder Cover Close) - High
212

005- DADF Interlock Platen Interlock On (DADF Close) - Low


213

005- #1 Tray APS Sensor Sensor On (Shielded by the Actuator) - High


215

005- #2 Tray APS Sensor Sensor On (Shielded by the Actuator) - High


216

005- #3 Tray APS Sensor Sensor On (Shielded by the Actuator) - High


217

005- APS No. 1 Sensor APS No. 1 Sensor On (document present) - High
218

005- APS No. 2 Sensor APS No. 2 Sensor On (document present) - High
219

005- APS No. 3 Sensor APS No. 3 Sensor On (document present) - High
220

1633 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Chain-
Link Component Name Description Timeout Connector Level

005- L/H Cover Interlock Sensor Sensor On (Left Hand Cover Close) - Low
223

005- Scan Start Scan Count Signal ON. - Low


224

005- Stamp Set Stamp Solenoid: None - High


226

005- #4 Tray APS Sensor Sensor On (Shielded by the Actuator) - High


302

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1634


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

dC330 Output Component Control Codes

1635 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 4 dC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)


Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

010- Fusing Unit Drive Motor: Rotates the Fusing Unit Drive Motor when Process Speed is 320 mm/s. - X 010 002 Low ON State Fusing
001 320 mm/s
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor 010 003 High Gain 1
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 1 010 004 High Gain 2
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 2 010 005 - Clock
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Clock High -> Low -> Reverse Rota-
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Reverse: Sets the reverse rotation time High tion -> For-
by the combination of [NVM] 744-695~708 when the stop process is ward Rotation
carried out. -> Reverse
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Fusing Unit Rotation
Drive Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.)
When the operation starts: Reverse rotation -> Forward rotation
When the operation stops: Forward rotation -> Reverse rotation

010- Fusing Unit Drive Motor: Rotates the Fusing Unit Drive Motor when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. - X 010 001 Low ON State Fusing
002 308 mm/s
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor 010 003 High Gain 1
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 1 010 004 High Gain 2
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 2 010 005 - Clock
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Clock High -> Low -> Reverse Rota-
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Reverse: Sets the reverse rotation time High tion -> For-
by the combination of [NVM] 744-695~708 when the stop process is ward Rotation
carried out. -> Reverse
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Fusing Unit Rotation
Drive Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.)
When the operation starts: Reverse rotation -> Forward rotation
When the operation stops: Forward rotation -> Reverse rotation

010- Fusing Unit Drive Motor: Rotates the Fusing Unit Drive Motor when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. - X 010 001 Low ON State Fusing
003 220 mm/s
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor 010 002 Low Gain 1
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 1 010 004 High Gain 2
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 2 010 005 - Clock
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Clock High -> Low -> Reverse Rota-
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Reverse: Sets the reverse rotation time High tion -> For-
by the combination of [NVM] 744-695~708 when the stop process is ward Rotation
carried out. -> Reverse
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Fusing Unit Rotation
Drive Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.)
When the operation starts: Reverse rotation -> Forward rotation

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1636


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

When the operation stops: Forward rotation -> Reverse rotation

010- Fusing Unit Drive Motor: Rotates the Fusing Unit Drive Motor when Process Speed is 154 mm/s. - X 010 001 Low ON State Fusing
004 154 mm/s
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor 010 002 Low Gain 1
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 1 010 003 High Gain 2
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 2 010 005 - Clock
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Clock High -> Low -> Reverse Rota-
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Reverse: Sets the reverse rotation time High tion -> For-
by the combination of [NVM] 744-695~708 when the stop process is ward Rotation
carried out. -> Reverse
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Fusing Unit Rotation
Drive Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.)
When the operation starts: Reverse rotation -> Forward rotation
When the operation stops: Forward rotation -> Reverse rotation

010- Fusing Unit Drive Motor: Rotates the Fusing Unit Drive Motor when Process Speed is 110 mm/s. - X 010 001 Low ON State Fusing
005 110 mm/s
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor 010 002 High Gain 1
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 1 010 003 Low Gain 2
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Gain 2 010 004 - Clock
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Clock High -> Low -> Reverse Rota-
[I/O] Fusing Unit Drive Motor Reverse: Sets the reverse rotation time High tion -> For-
by the combination of [NVM] 744-695~708 when the stop process is ward Rotation
carried out. -> Reverse
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Fusing Unit Rotation
Drive Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.)
When the operation starts: Reverse rotation -> Forward rotation
When the operation stops: Forward rotation -> Reverse rotation

010- Heat Roll Main Lamp 1 Turns Heat Roll Main Lamp 1 ON/OFF. 1000 X 010 008 Low On Fusing
007
[I/O] Fusing Main Lamp 1 ms 010 009
(The Faults (Chain-Link) that are also being detected while running this
Component:
10-311, 10-320, 10-322, 10-323, 10-324, 10-326, 10-327, 10-328, 10-
334, 59-313)

010- Heat Roll Main Lamp 2 Turns Heat Roll Main Lamp 2 ON/OFF. 1000 X 010 007 Low On Fusing
008
[I/O] Fusing Main Lamp 2 ms 010 009
(The Faults (Chain-Link) that are also being detected while running this
Component:

1637 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

10-311, 10-320, 10-322, 10-323, 10-324, 10-326, 10-327, 10-328, 10-


334, 59-313)

010- Heat Roll Sub Lamp Turns Heat Roll Sub Lamp ON/OFF. 1000 X 010 007 Low On Fusing
009
[I/O] Fusing Sub Lamp ms 010 008
(The Faults (Chain-Link) that are also being detected while running this
Component:
10-311, 10-320, 10-322, 10-323, 10-324, 10-326, 10-327, 10-328, 10-
334, 59-313)

042- Main Motor: 320 mm/s Rotates the Main Motor when Process Speed is 320 mm/s. - X 042 002 Low ON State Drive
001
[I/O] Main Motor 042 003 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 1 042 004 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 2 042 005 - Clock
[I/O] Main Motor Clock 042 023
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Main Mo- 042 024
tor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Main Motor: 308 mm/s Rotates the Main Motor when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. - X 042 001 Low ON State Drive
002
[I/O] Main Motor 042 003 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 1 042 004 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 2 042 005 - Clock
[I/O] Main Motor Clock 042 023
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Main Mo- 042 024
tor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Main Motor: 220 mm/s Rotates the Main Motor when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. - X 042 001 Low ON State Drive
003
[I/O] Main Motor 042 002 Low -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 1 042 004 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 2 042 005 - Clock
[I/O] Main Motor Clock 042 023
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Main Mo- 042 024
tor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 025

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1638


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Main Motor: 154 mm/s Rotates the Main Motor when Process Speed is 154 mm/s. - X 042 001 Low ON State Drive
004
[I/O] Main Motor 042 002 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 1 042 003 Low -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 2 042 005 - Clock
[I/O] Main Motor Clock 042 023
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Main Mo- 042 024
tor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Main Motor: 110 mm/s Rotates the Main Motor when Process Speed is 110 mm/s. - X 042 001 Low ON State Drive
005
[I/O] Main Motor 042 002 High -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 1 042 003 Low -
[I/O] Main Motor Gain 2 042 004 - Clock
[I/O] Main Motor Clock 042 023
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Main Mo- 042 024
tor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor K: 320 Rotates the Drum Motor (K) when Process Speed is 320 mm/s. - X 042 007 Low ON State Drive
006 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 008 High -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 009 High -
operation.) 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor K 042 016
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 K 042 017
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 K 042 018
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock K 042 019
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026

1639 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor K: 308 Rotates the Drum Motor (K) when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
007 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 008 High -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 009 High -
operation.) 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor K 042 015
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 K 042 017
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 K 042 018
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock K 042 019
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor K: 220 Rotates the Drum Motor (K) when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
008 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 007 Low -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 009 High -
operation.) 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor K 042 015
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 K 042 016
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 K 042 018
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock K 042 019
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor K: 154 Rotates the Drum Motor (K) when Process Speed is 154 mm/s. - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
009 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 007 Low -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 008 High -
operation.) 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor K 042 015

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1640


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 K 042 016


[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 K 042 017
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock K 042 019
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor K: 110 Rotates the Drum Motor (K) when Process Speed is 110 mm/s. - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
010 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 007 High -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 008 Low -
operation.) 042 009 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor K 042 015
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 K 042 016
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 K 042 017
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock K 042 018
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
093 023

042- Drum Motor YMC: 308 Rotates the Drum Motor (YMC) when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. - X 042 012 Low ON State Drive
011 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 013 High -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 014 High -
operation.) 042 023 Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor YMC 042 024
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 YMC 042 025
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 YMC 042 026
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock YMC 042 027
093 024

042- Drum Motor YMC: 220 Rotates the Drum Motor (YMC) when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. - X 042 011 Low ON State Drive
012 mm/s
042 013 High -
042 014 Low -

1641 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 023 - Clock
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 024
operation.) 042 025
[I/O] Drum Motor YMC 042 026
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 YMC 042 027
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 YMC 093 024
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock YMC

042- Drum Motor YMC: 154 Rotates the Drum Motor (YMC) when Process Speed is 154 mm/s. - X 042 011 Low ON State Drive
013 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 012 Low -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 014 Low -
operation.) 042 023 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor YMC 042 024
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 YMC 042 025
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 YMC 042 026
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock YMC 042 027
093 024

042- Drum Motor YMC: 110 Rotates the Drum Motor (YMC) when Process Speed is 110 mm/s. - X 042 011 Low ON State Drive
014 mm/s
(Retract the Transfer Module before the operation. Also, in order to not 042 012 Low -
damage the IBT Belt, remove the IBT Marking Drawer before the 042 013 Low -
operation.) 042 023 - Clock
[I/O] Drum Motor YMC 042 024
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 1 YMC 042 025
[I/O] Drum Motor Gain 2 YMC 042 026
[I/O] Drum Motor Clock YMC 042 027
093 024

042- IBT Drive Motor: 320 Rotates the IBT Drive Motor when Process Speed is 320 mm/s [Walk - X 042 007 Low ON State Drive
015 mm/s control]. (The operation stops when the conditions for 042-326 Belt
042 008 High -
Home Position too long Fail / 042-327 Belt Position Fail / 042-328 Belt
Edge Sensor Fail are satisfied.) 042 009 High -
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 1 042 016
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 2 042 017
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Clock 042 018
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the IBT Drive 042 019
Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 020
042 021

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1642


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023

042- IBT Drive Motor: 308 Rotates the IBT Drive Motor when Process Speed is 308 mm/s [Walk - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
016 mm/s control]. (The operation stops when the conditions for 042-326 Belt
042 008 High -
Home Position too long Fail / 042-327 Belt Position Fail / 042-328 Belt
Edge Sensor Fail are satisfied.) 042 009 High -
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 1 042 015
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 2 042 017
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Clock 042 018
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the IBT Drive 042 019
Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023

042- IBT Drive Motor: 220 Rotates the IBT Drive Motor when Process Speed is 220 mm/s [Walk - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
017 mm/s control]. (The operation stops when the conditions for 042-326 Belt
042 007 Low -
Home Position too long Fail / 042-327 Belt Position Fail / 042-328 Belt
Edge Sensor Fail are satisfied.) 042 009 High -
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 1 042 015
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 2 042 016
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Clock 042 018
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the IBT Drive 042 019
Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 020
042 021

1643 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023

042- IBT Drive Motor: 154 Rotates the IBT Drive Motor when Process Speed is 154 mm/s [Walk - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
018 mm/s control]. (The operation stops when the conditions for 042-326 Belt
042 007 High -
Home Position too long Fail / 042-327 Belt Position Fail / 042-328 Belt
Edge Sensor Fail are satisfied.) 042 008 Low -
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor 042 010 - Clock
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 1 042 015
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 2 042 016
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Clock 042 017
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the IBT Drive 042 019
Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023

042- IBT Drive Motor: 110 Rotates the IBT Drive Motor when Process Speed is 110 mm/s [Walk - X 042 006 Low ON State Drive
019 mm/s control]. (The operation stops when the conditions for 042-326 Belt
042 007 High -
Home Position too long Fail / 042-327 Belt Position Fail / 042-328 Belt
Edge Sensor Fail are satisfied.) 042 008 Low -
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor 042 009 - Clock
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 1 042 015
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Gain 2 042 016
[I/O] IBT Drive Motor Clock 042 017
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the IBT Drive 042 018
Motor Gain 1, Gain 2 and Clock.) 042 020
042 021

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1644


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023

042- IBT Steering Motor Rotates the IBT Steering Motor in the CW direction (strong excitation, - X 042 015 High ON State Drive
020 (CW) low drive frequency).
042 016 Low CW Direction
High Current [I/O] IBT Steering Motor
042 017 - Strong Current
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Direction
042 018
[PWM] IBT Steering Motor Current
042 019
After 1 rotation in the CW direction and resetting to 0 degrees, it
042 021
stops.
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029

042- IBT Steering Motor Rotates the IBT Steering Motor in the CCW direction (strong excitation, - X 042 015 High ON State Drive
021 (CCW) low drive frequency).
042 016 High CCW Direction
High Current [I/O] IBT Steering Motor
042 017 - Strong Current
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Direction
042 018
[PWM] IBT Steering Motor Current
042 019
After 1 rotation in the CCW direction and resetting to 0 degrees, it
042 020
stops.
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029

1645 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042- IBT Steering Motor Rotates the IBT Steering Motor in the CW direction (weak excitation, - X 042 015 High ON State Drive
022 (CW) high drive frequency).
042 016 Low CW Direction
Low Current [I/O] IBT Steering Motor
042 017 - Weak Current
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Direction
042 018
[PWM] IBT Steering Motor Current
042 019
After 1 rotation in the CW direction and resetting to 0 degrees, it
042 020
stops.
042 021
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029

042- IBT Belt Check: <Multi Component Control> - X 042 001 - - Drive
023
320 mm/s Checks the operation of the IBT Belt drive system. (320 mm/s) 042 002
Carries out combined operation of the following components. 042 003
[Component] Drum Motor K: 042-006 042 004
[Component] IBT Drive Motor: 042-015 042 005
[Component] Main Motor: 042-001 042 006
* Retract the 1st BTR and contact the 2nd BTR before the operation. 042 007
042 008
042 009
042 010
042 011
042 012
042 013
042 014
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1646


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023
093 024

042- IBT Belt Check: <Multi Component Control> - X 042 001 - - Drive
024
308 mm/s Checks the operation of the IBT Belt drive system. (308 mm/s) 042 002
Carries out combined operation of the following components. 042 003
[Component] Drum Motor YMC: 042-011 042 004
[Component] Drum Motor K: 042-007 042 005
[Component] IBT Drive Motor: 042-016 042 006
[Component] Main Motor: 042-002 042 007
* Contact the 1st BTR and 2nd BTR before the operation. 042 008
042 009
042 010
042 011
042 012
042 013
042 014
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029

1647 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

093 023
093 024

042- IBT Belt Check: [Multi Component Control] - X 042 001 - - Drive
025
220 mm/s -Checks the operation of the IBT Belt drive system. (220 mm/s) 042 002
Carries out combined operation of the following components. 042 003
[Component] Drum Motor YMC: 042-012 042 004
[Component] Drum Motor K: 042-008 042 005
[Component] IBT Drive Motor: 042-017 042 006
[Component] Main Motor: 042-003 042 007
042 008
042 009
042 010
042 011
042 012
042 013
042 014
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 026
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023
093 024

042- IBT Belt Check: <Multi Component Control> - X 042 001 - - Drive
026
154 mm/s Checks the operation of the IBT Belt drive system. (154 mm/s) 042 002
Carries out combined operation of the following components. 042 003
[Component] Drum Motor YMC: 042-013 042 004

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1648


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[Component] Drum Motor K: 042-009 042 005


[Component] IBT Drive Motor: 042-018 042 006
[Component] Main Motor: 042-004 042 007
* Contact the 1st BTR and 2nd BTR before the operation. 042 008
042 009
042 010
042 011
042 012
042 013
042 014
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 027
042 028
042 029
093 023
093 024

042- IBT Belt Check: <Multi Component Control> - X 042 001 - - Drive
027
110 mm/s Checks the operation of the IBT Belt drive system. (154 mm/s) 042 002
Carries out combined operation of the following components. 042 003
[Component] Drum Motor YMC: 042-014 042 004
[Component] Drum Motor K: 042-010 042 005
[Component] IBT Drive Motor: 042-019 042 006
[Component] Main Motor: 042-005 042 007
* Contact the 1st BTR and 2nd BTR before the operation. 042 008
042 009
042 010

1649 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 011
042 012
042 013
042 014
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 028
042 029
093 023
093 024

042- IBT Steering Motor Resets the IBT Steering Motor to 0 degrees. It stops after the - X 042 015 High ON State Drive
028 Reset operation.
042 016 Low CW Direction
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor
042 017 - Strong Current
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Direction
042 018
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Current
042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 029

042- IBT Steering Cam Down Operates until the IBT Steering Cam is at the lowest point position. It - X 042 015 High ON State Drive
029 stops after the operation.
042 016 Low CW Direction

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1650


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[I/O] IBT Steering Motor 042 017 - Weak


[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Direction 042 018 excitation
[I/O] IBT Steering Motor Current 042 019
042 020
042 021
042 022
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027
042 028

042- Fusing Exhaust Fan: Rotates the Fusing Exhaust Fan at High Speed. Changes to Low Speed - X - - - ON State Drive
030 High Speed rotation at stop command.
(Also used by
[I/O] Fusing Exhaust Fan PWM
the Speed
Control)

042- Blower Fan: High Speed Rotates the Blower Fan at High Speed. - X 042 032 - ON State Drive
031
[I/O] Blower Fan PWM (Also used by
the Speed
Control)

042- Blower Fan: Low Speed Rotates the Blower Fan at Low Speed. - X 042 031 - ON State Drive
032
[I/O] Blower Fan PWM (Also used by
the Speed
Control)

042- CC Intake Fan: Rotates the CC Intake Fan at High Speed. - X 042 034 - ON State Drive
033
High Speed [I/O] CC Intake Fan PWM

042- CC Intake Fan: Rotates the CC Intake Fan at Low Speed. - X 042 033 - ON State Drive
034
Low Speed [I/O] CC Intake Fan PWM

042- V_tra Fan: High Speed Rotates the V_tra Fan at High Speed. - X 042 036 High ON State Drive
035
[I/O] V_tra Fan Low High Speed
[I/O] V_tra Fan Speed Rotation

042- V_tra Fan: Low Speed Rotates the V_tra Fan at Low Speed. - X 042 035 High ON State Drive
036
[I/O] V_tra Fan High Low Speed
[I/O] V_tra Fan Speed Rotation

1651 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042- Dup Fan Rotates the Dup Fan. - X - - Low ON State Drive
037
[I/O] Dup Fan

042- Exit Roll Fan Rotates the Exit Roll Fan. - X - - Low ON State Drive
038
[I/O] Exit Roll Fan

042- Rear Cooling Fan Rotates the Rear Cooling Fan. - X - - High ON State Drive
039
[I/O] Rear Cooling Fan

042- Invert Front Fan Rotates the Invert Front Fan. - X - - Low ON State Drive
040
[I/O] Invert Front Fan

042- Rear Add Fan Rotates the Rear Add Fan. - X - - High ON State Drive
042
[I/O] Rear Add Fan

042- Option Exit Fan Rotates the Option Exit Fan. - X - - Low ON State Drive
043
[I/O] Option Exit Fan

042- LVPS Fan Rotates the LVPS Fan. - X - - High ON State Drive
044
[I/O] LVPS_FAN_SPEED

042- UFP Fan: Low Speed Rotates the UFP Fan at Low Speed. - X 042 046 High ON State Drive
045
[I/O] UFP Fan 042 047 Low Low speed
[I/O] UFP Fan PWM 042 048 rotation
042 049

042- UFP Fan: Mid Speed Rotates the UFP Fan at Mid Speed. - X 042 046 High ON State Drive
046
[I/O] UFP Fan 042 047 Low Mid speed
[I/O] UFP Fan PWM 042 048 rotation
042 049

042- UFP Fan: High Speed Rotates the UFP Fan at High Speed. - X 042 046 High ON State Drive
047
[I/O] UFP Fan 042 047 Low High speed
[I/O] UFP Fan PWM 042 048 rotation
042 049

042- UFP Fan: Max Speed Rotates the UFP Fan at Max Speed. - X 042 046 High ON State Drive
048
[I/O]UFP Fan 042 047 Low MAX rotation
[I/O]UFP Fan PWM 042 048
042 049

042- UFP Fan: LP_Mode Rotates the UFP Fan at LP Mode Speed. - X 042 046 High ON State Drive
049 Speed
[I/O] UFP Fan 042 047 Low LP mode
[I/O] UFP Fan PWM 042 048 rotation

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1652


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 049

047- OCT Motor (CW) Turns ON the OCT Motor CW in the rear direction. 200 ms X 047 002 Low ON State Out-
001 Con
When performing another check, move it in the opposite direction be- Low CW Direction
fore the operation.
[I/O] OCT Motor
[I/O] OCT Motor Direction

047- OCT Motor (CCW) Turns ON the OCT Motor CCW in the front direction. 200 ms X 047 001 Low ON State Out-
002 Con
When performing another check, move it in the opposite direction be- High CCW Direction
fore the operation.
[I/O] OCT Motor
[I/O] OCT Motor Direction

061- Polygon Motor #1: Rotates the Polygon Motor (YM) normally when Process Speed is 308 - X 061 002 Low ON State ROS
001 PS308 mm/s.
061 003 - Clock
[I/O] Polygon Motor 1
061 004
[Pulse] Polygon Motor Clock: Outputs [NVM] Polygon Motor Clock Fre-
061 005
quency Specification [for 308, 154 mm/s] (749-180).
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- Polygon Motor #1: Rotates the Polygon Motor (YM) normally when Process Speed is 220 - X 061 001 Low ON State ROS
002 PS220 mm/s.
061 003 - Clock
[I/O] Polygon Motor 1
061 004
[Pulse] Polygon Motor Clock: Outputs [NVM] Polygon Motor Clock Fre-
061 005
quency Specification [for 220, 110 mm/s] (749-181).
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- Polygon Motor #2: Rotates the Polygon Motor (CK) normally when Process Speed is 320 - X 061 001 Low ON State ROS
003 PS320 mm/s.
061 002 - Clock
[I/O] Polygon Motor 2
061 004
[Pulse] Polygon Motor Clock: Outputs [NVM] Polygon Motor Clock Fre-
061 005
quency Specification [for 320 mm/s] (749-182).
061 006
061 007

1653 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

061 008
061 009
061 010

061- Polygon Motor #2: Rotates the Polygon Motor (CK) normally when Process Speed is 308 - X 061 001 Low ON State ROS
004 PS308 mm/s.
061 002 - Clock
[I/O] Polygon Motor 2
061 003
[Pulse] Polygon Motor Clock: Outputs [NVM] Polygon Motor Clock Fre-
061 005
quency Specification [for 308, 154 mm/s] (749-180).
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- Polygon Motor #2: Rotates the Polygon Motor (CK) normally when Process Speed is 220 - X 061 001 Low ON State ROS
005 PS220 mm/s.
061 002 - Clock
[I/O] Polygon Motor 2
061 003
[Pulse] Polygon Motor Clock: Outputs [NVM] Polygon Motor Clock Fre-
061 004
quency Specification [for 220, 110 mm/s] (749-181).
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- LASER#1: PS308 LASER (YM) PS308: Output when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. 60 s X 061 001 - - ROS
006
Drives Polygon Motor #1 at the same time. (Automatically stops when 061 002 Low ON State
Polygon Motor #1 is rotating abnormally.) 061 003
[I/O] Polygon Motor#1 061 004
[I/O] LASER #1 061 005
061 007
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- LASER#1: PS220 LASER (YM) PS220: Output when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. 60 s X 061 001 - - ROS
007
Drives Polygon Motor #1 at the same time. (Automatically stops when 061 002 Low ON State
Polygon Motor #1 is rotating abnormally.) 061 003
[I/O] Polygon Motor#1 061 004
[I/O] LASER #1 061 005

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1654


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

061 006
061 008
061 009
061 010

061- LASER#2: PS320 LASER (CK) PS320: Output when Process Speed is 320 mm/s. 60 s X 061 001 - - ROS
008
Drives Polygon Motor #2 at the same time. (Auto stops when Polygon 061 002 Low ON State
Motor #2 is rotating abnormally.) 061 003
[I/O] Polygon Motor#2 061 004
[I/O] LASER #2 061 005
061 006
061 007
061 009
061 010

061- LASER#2: PS308 LASER (CK) PS308: Output when Process Speed is 308 mm/s. 60 s X 061 001 - - ROS
009
Drives Polygon Motor #2 at the same time. (Auto stops when Polygon 061 002 Low ON State
Motor #2 is rotating abnormally.) 061 003
[I/O] Polygon Motor#2 061 004
[I/O] LASER #2 061 005
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 010

061- LASER#2: PS220 LASER (CK) PS220: Output when Process Speed is 220 mm/s. 60 s X 061 001 - - ROS
010
Drives Polygon Motor #2 at the same time. (Auto stops when Polygon 061 002 Low ON State
Motor #2 is rotating abnormally.) 061 003
[I/O] Polygon Motor#2 061 004
[I/O] LASER #2 061 005
061 006
061 007
061 008
061 009

071- Tray 1 Feed Drives the Motor in the Feed direction. - X 071 002 High Drive ON P/H
001
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Low Feed
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Direction - Current Value
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Current - Clock

1655 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Clock

071- Tray 1 Lift Up Drives the Motor in the Lift Up direction. - X 071 001 High Drive ON P/H
002
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor High Lift Up
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 1 Feed Motor Clock High ON State
[I/O] Tray 1 Level Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the Level Sensor turns ON at the start of the
drive.
-If Level Sensor ON is detected while driving, the operation will step
down to 0pps and finally stops.
-If the Tray is removed, the operation will not be performed.

072- Tray 2 Feed Drives the Motor in the Feed direction. - X 072 002 High Drive ON P/H
001
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Low Feed
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Direction - Current Value
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Clock

072- Tray 2 Lift Up Drives the Motor in the Lift Up direction. - X 072 001 High Drive ON P/H
002
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor High Lift Up
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 2 Feed Motor Clock High ON State
[I/O] Tray 2 Level Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the Level Sensor turns ON at the start of the
drive.
-If Level Sensor ON is detected while driving, the operation will step
down to 0pps and finally stops.
-If the Tray is removed, the operation will not be performed.

073- Tray 3 Feed Drives the Motor in the Feed direction. - X 073 002 High Drive ON P/H
001
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Low Feed
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Direction - Current Value
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Clock

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1656


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

073- Tray 3 Lift Up Drives the Motor in the Lift Up direction. - X 073 001 High Drive ON P/H
002
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor High Lift Up
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 3 Feed Motor Clock High ON State
[I/O] Tray 3 Level Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the Level Sensor turns ON at the start of the
drive.
-If Level Sensor ON is detected while driving, the operation will step
down to 0pps and finally stops.
-If the Tray is removed, the operation will not be performed.

074- Tray 4 Feed Drives the Motor in the Feed direction. - X 073 002 High Drive ON P/H
001
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Low Feed
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Direction - Current Value
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Clock

074- Tray 4 Lift Up Drives the Motor in the Lift Up direction. - X 073 001 High Drive ON P/H
002
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor High Lift Up
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Tray 4 Feed Motor Clock High ON State
[I/O] Tray 4 Level Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the Level Sensor turns ON at the start of the
drive.
-If Level Sensor ON is detected while driving, the operation will step
down to 0pps and finally stops.
-If the Tray is removed, the operation will not be performed.

075- MSI Feed Drives the MSI Feed Motor. - X High Drive ON P/H
001
[I/O] MSI Feed Motor - Medium
[I/O] MSI Feed Motor Current - Current
[I/O] MSI Feed Motor Pulse Clock

075- MSI Nudger Lowers the Nudger Roll. Suction by strong current. 2000 X 075 004 - PWM P/H
003
Solenoid: High [I/O] MSI Nudger Solenoid [ms] 075 005

1657 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

075- MSI Nudger Lowers the Nudger Roll. Suction by weak current. 2000 X 075 003 - PWM P/H
004
Solenoid: Low [ms] 075 005

075- MSI Lift Motor Raises the MSI Lifter. 4500 X 075 003 - - P/H
005
Lift Up (CW) [I/O] MSI Nudger Solenoid [ms] 075 004 Low ON State
Sensor Stop [I/O] MSI Lift Motor 075 006 High Rise
[I/O] MSI Lift Motor Direction High Lift Up
[I/O] MSI Lift Up Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the MSI Lift Up Sensor turns ON at the start
of the operation.
-Stops when the MSI Lift Up Sensor ON is detected during the opera-
tion and the MSI Nudger Solenoid turns OFF.

075- MSI Lift Motor Lowers the MSI Lifter. 6000 X 075 005 Low ON State P/H
006 ms
Lift Down (CCW) [I/O] MSI Lift Motor Low Lower
Sensor Stop [I/O] MSI Lift Motor Direction High Lift Down
[I/O] MSI Lift Down Sensor
<Operation Conditions>
-This does not operate if the MSI Lift Down Sensor turns ON at the
start of the operation.
-Stops when the MSI Lift Down Sensor ON is detected during the
operation.

077- Takeaway Motor Turns ON the Takeaway Motor at the transport speed of 640 mm/s. - X Low ON State P/H
001

077- Takeaway Clutch 1 Turns ON the Takeaway Clutch 1. - X 077 004 - PWM P/H
002
Reference: Driving Take Away Roll 1 and 2 at 640 mm/s is possible by
combining with Takeaway Motor (077-001).

077- Takeaway Clutch 2 Turns ON the Takeaway Clutch 2. - X 077 005 - PWM P/H
003
Reference: Driving Take Away Roll 3, 4, 5 and 6 at 640 mm/s is possible
by combining with Takeaway Motor (077-001).

077- Takeaway Clutch 1 Cy- Turns ON the Takeaway Clutch 1. - X 077 002 - PWM P/H
004 clic Operation
[I/O] Takeaway Clutch 1 PWM
Reference: Driving Take Away Roll 1 and 2 at 640 mm/s is possible by
combining with Takeaway Motor (077-001).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1658


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

077- Takeaway Clutch 2 Cy- Turns ON the Takeaway Clutch 2. - X 077 003 - PWM P/H
005 clic Operation
Reference: Driving Take Away Roll 3, 4, 5 and 6 at 640 mm/s is possible
by combining with Takeaway Motor (077-001).

077- Pre Regi Motor Drives the Pre Regi Roll and the MSI Pre Regi Roll. - X - - High ON State P/H
006
[I/O] Pre Regi Motor - Strong Current
[I/O] Pre Regi Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Pre Regi Motor Clock

077- Regi Motor Drives the Regi Roll. - X - - High ON State P/H
007
[I/O] Regi Motor - Medium
[I/O] Regi Motor Current - Current
[I/O] Regi Motor Clock Clock

077- Exit Motor Drives the Invert In Roll and the Exit Roll. - X - - High ON State P/H
008
[I/O] Exit Motor - Strong Current
[I/O] Exit Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Exit Motor Clock

077- Invert Motor Forward Drives the Invert Roll. - X 077 010 High ON State P/H
009 Rotation
[I/O] Invert Motor High CCW Direction
[I/O] Invert Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Invert Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Invert Motor Clock

077- Invert Motor Reverse Drives the Invert Roll in reverse rotation. - X 077 009 High ON State P/H
010 Rotation
[I/O] Invert Motor Low CW Direction
[I/O] Invert Motor Direction - Strong Current
[I/O] Invert Motor Current - Clock
[I/O] Invert Motor Clock

077- Duplex Motor Forward Drives the Duplex Roll 1, 2, and 3 at 640 mm/s in forward rotation (pa- - X 077 012 High ON State P/H
011 Rotation per feed side).
Low CW Direction
[I/O] Duplex Motor
- Strong Current
[I/O] Duplex Motor Current
- Clock
[I/O] Duplex Motor Direction
[I/O] Duplex Motor Clock

077- Duplex Motor Reverse Drives the Duplex Roll 1, 2, and 3 at 640 mm/s in reverse rotation - X 077 011 High ON State P/H
012 Rotation (jammed paper removal side).
High CCW Direction
[I/O] Duplex Motor
- Strong Current

1659 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[I/O] Duplex Motor Current - Clock


[I/O] Duplex Motor Direction
[I/O] Duplex Motor Clock

077- Invert Gate In Switches the Invert Gate to the In direction. 80 ms X 077 014 Low Invert P/H
013 Direction
077 015

077- Invert Gate Exit Switches the Invert Gate to the Exit direction. 80 ms X 077 013 Low Exit Direction P/H
014
077 015

077- Switches between Invert Repetitively performs the Invert Gate ON for 80 ms/OFF for 720 ms in - X 077 013 Low Invert P/H
015 Gate In/Exit. the In direction and ON for 80 ms/OFF for 720 ms in the Exit direction. Direction
077 014 Low
[I/O] Invert Gate In Exit Direction
[I/O] Invert Gate Exit

077- Invert Solenoid Releases the Invert Roll. 6000 X - - - Released P/H
016 ms

089- MOB LED Turns the MOB LED (IN/CENTER/OUT) ON/OFF based on the value set - X - - - PWM Regi-
001 in the NVM. Con
- PWM
[I/O] LED set-IN (MOB LED Current Setting IN)
- PWM
[I/O] LED set-CENTER (MOB LED Current Setting CENTER)
[I/O] LED set-OUT (MOB LED Current Setting OUT)

091- Erase Lamp YMC Turns the Erase Lamp (YMC) ON/OFF. - X - - Low On Xero
001

091- Erase Lamp K Turns the Erase Lamp (K) ON/OFF. - X - - Low On Xero
002

091- BCR Y AC DC Outputs the BCR (Y) AC/DC. - X - - - PWM Xero


003
[I/O] BCR AC Y: Outputs [NVM] BCR AC Y Current: Component Check - PWM
(751-092).
[I/O] BCR DC Y: Outputs [NVM] BCR DC Y Volt: Component Check
(751-089).
Discharging of the BCR (Y) is possible when used in combination with
[Component] BCR AC Clock (091-006). It is necessary to output the
BCR AC Clock before usage.

091- BCR M AC DC Outputs the BCR (M) AC/DC. - X - - - PWM Xero


004
[I/O] BCR AC M: Outputs [NVM] BCR AC M Current: Component Check - PWM
(751-093).
[I/O] BCR DC M: Outputs [NVM] BCR DC M Volt: Component Check
(751-090).

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1660


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

Discharging of the BCR (M) is possible when used in combination with


[Component] BCR AC Clock (091-006). It is necessary to output the
BCR AC Clock before usage.

091- BCR C AC DC Outputs the BCR (C) AC/DC. - X - - - PWM Xero


005
[I/O] BCR AC C: Outputs [NVM] BCR AC C Current: Component Check - PWM
(751-094).
[I/O] BCR DC C: Outputs [NVM] BCR DC C Volt: Component Check
(751-091).
Discharging of the BCR (C) is possible when used in combination with
[Component] BCR AC Clock (091-006). It is necessary to output the
BCR AC Clock before usage.

091- BCR AC Clock Outputs the AC component frequency in the BCR. - X - - - Clock Xero
006
[I/O] BCR AC Clock: Outputs [NVM] BCR AC Frequency: Component
Check (751-095).
Discharging of each respective BCR (Y, M, C) is possible when used in
combination with any of [Component] BCR Y AC DC (091-003), BCR M
AC DC (091-004) and BCR C AC DC (091-005). It is necessary to stop
the BCR Y AC DC, BCR M AC DC or BCR C AC DC before stopping the
BCR AC Clock.

091- CC Discharges electricity by the CC Grid and CC Wire output in CC (K). - X - - - PWM Xero
007
[I/O] CC Grid K: Outputs [NVM] CC Grid K Volt: Component Check - PWM
(751-096).
[I/O] CC Wire K: Outputs [NVM] CC Wire K Current: Component Check
(751-097).

091- PCC DC Removes the electrical potential from the PCC Plus. - X - - - PWM Xero
008
[I/O] PCC K: Outputs [NVM] PCC: Component Check (751-098).

091- CC Cleaner Motor: Rotates the CC Cleaner Motor in the CW direction (Front -> Rear 15.5 s X 091 010 High ON State Xero
009 1500PPS (CW) High operation).
- -
Current
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor
Low CW Direction
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Current
- -
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Direction
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Clock
1. Turns ON the CC Cleaner Motor at Mot frequency: 0[pps], Mot cur-
rent value: L (0.2[A]), and Mot rotation direction: CW. (Referred to as
Pre-excitation operation)

1661 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

2. When 50[ms] has passed after 1., sets to Mot frequency: 800[pps]
and Mot current value: H (0.4[A]).
3. When 100[ms] has passed after 2., set to Mot frequency: 1500[pps].

091- CC Cleaner Motor: Rotates the CC Cleaner Motor in the CCW direction (CCW: Rear -> Front 15.5 s X 091 009 High ON State Xero
010 1500PPS (CCW) High operation).
- -
Current
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor
High CCW Direction
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Current
- -
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Direction
[I/O] CC Cleaner Motor Clock
1. Turns ON the CC Cleaner Motor at Mot frequency: 0[pps], Mot cur-
rent value: L (0.2[A]), and Mot rotation direction: CCW. (Referred to as
Pre-excitation operation)
2. When 50[ms] has passed after 1., sets to Mot frequency: 800[pps]
and Mot current value: H (0.4[A]).
3. When 100[ms] has passed after 2., set to Mot frequency: 1500[pps].

092- ADC Diffuse Turns the ADC diffusion LED ON/OFF. - X - - Low LED 2 ON Pro-
002 State Con

092- ADC Shutter Open Opens the ADC Shutter. 100 ms X 092 005 Low Open state Pro-
004 Con
* After performing this Component Control, make sure the MOB ADC
Shutter is closed so that the sensor inside the shutter will not be dirtied
(the shutter, however, will close automatically if printing is carried out).

092- ADC Shutter Close Closes the ADC Shutter. 100 ms X 092 004 Low Closed state Pro-
005 Con

093- Toner Cartridge Motor Y Supplies toner (Y) to the Reserve Tank. 10 s X - - - ON State Deve
001

093- Toner Cartridge Motor Supplies toner (M) to the Reserve Tank. 10 s X - - - ON State Deve
002 M

093- Toner Cartridge Motor C Supplies toner (C) to the Reserve Tank. 10 s X - - - ON State Deve
003

093- Toner Cartridge Motor Supplies toner (K1) to the Reserve Tank. 10 s X - - - ON State Deve
004 K1

093- Toner Cartridge Motor Supplies toner (K2) to the Reserve Tank. 10 s X - - - ON State Deve
005 K2

093- Dispense Motor Y Supplies toner (Y) from the Reserve Tank to the Developer. 2s X - - - ON State Deve
006

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1662


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

093- Dispense Motor M Supplies toner (M) from the Reserve Tank to the Developer. 2s X - - - ON State Deve
007

093- Dispense Motor C Supplies toner (C) from the Reserve Tank to the Developer. 2s X - - - ON State Deve
008

093- Dispense Motor K Supplies toner (K) from the Reserve Tank to the Developer. 2s X - - - ON State Deve
009

093- Deve Bias DC Y Outputs Deve Bias DC (Y). - X - - - PWM Deve


010
[I/O] Deve Bias DC PWM Y
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias DC Y Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-302)

093- Deve Bias AC Y Outputs Deve Bias AC (YMC). - X - - - PWM Deve


011
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM Y1 - PWM
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM Y2
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-306)
Uses the following NVM for dividing ratio and phase.
[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Dividing Ratio (Component Check)
(762-308)
[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Phase Difference (Component
Check) (762-310)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] Deve Bias AC-YMC Test
Mode (758-001),
the value of Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode (758-001) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode
(758-001) at 167.

093- Deve Bias DC M Outputs Deve Bias DC (M). - X - - - PWM Deve


012
[I/O] Deve Bias DC PWM M
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias DC M Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-303)

093- Deve Bias AC M Outputs Deve Bias AC (YMC). - X - - - PWM Deve


013
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM M1 - PWM
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM M2
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-306)
Uses the following NVM for dividing ratio and phase.

1663 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Dividing Ratio (Component Check)


(762-308)
[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Phase Difference (Component
Check) (762-310)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] Deve Bias AC-YMC Test
Mode (758-001),
the value of Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode (758-001) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode
(758-001) at 167.

093- Deve Bias DC C Outputs Deve Bias DC (C). - X - - - PWM Deve


014
[I/O] Deve Bias DC PWM C
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias DC C Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-304)

093- Deve Bias AC C Outputs Deve Bias AC (YMC). - X - - - PWM Deve


015
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM C1 - PWM
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM C2
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-306)
Uses the following NVM for dividing ratio and phase.
[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Dividing Ratio (Component Check)
(762-308)
[NVM] Deve Bias AC YMC Output Phase Difference (Component
Check) (762-310)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] Deve Bias AC-YMC Test
Mode (758-001),
the value of Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode (758-001) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the Deve Bias AC-YMC Test Mode
(758-001) at 167.

093- Deve Bias DC K Outputs Deve Bias DC (K). - X - - - PWM Deve


016
[I/O] Deve Bias DC PWM K
Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias DC K Output Voltage Value (Compo-
nent Check) (762-305)

093- Deve Bias AC K Outputs Deve Bias AC (K). - X - - - PWM Deve


017
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM K1 - PWM
[I/O] Deve Bias AC PWM K2

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1664


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

Output value: [NVM] Deve Bias AC K Output Voltage Value (Compo-


nent Check) (762-307)
Uses the following NVM for frequency and phase.
[NVM] Deve Bias AC K Output Dividing Ratio (Component Check)
(762-309)
[NVM] Deve Bias AC K Output Phase Difference (Component Check)
(762-311)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] Deve Bias AC-K Test
Mode (758-002), the value of Deve Bias AC-K Test Mode (758-002) is
output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the Deve Bias AC-K Test Mode
(758-002) at 167.

093- Deve Motor: 308 Turns the Deve Motor ON/OFF. Operates at a Process Speed of 308 - X 093 019 Low ON State Deve
018 [mm/s].
093 020 High -
[I/O] Deve Motor
093 021 High -
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 1
093 024 - Clock
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 2
[I/O] Deve Motor Clock
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Deve Motor
Gain 1 and 2.)

093- Deve Motor: 220 Turns the Deve Motor ON/OFF. Operates at a Process Speed of 220 - X 093 018 Low ON State Deve
019 [mm/s].
093 020 Low -
[I/O] Deve Motor
093 021 High -
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 1
093 024 - Clock
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 2
[I/O] Deve Motor Clock
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Deve Motor
Gain 1 and 2.)

093- Deve Motor: 154 Turns the Deve Motor ON/OFF. Operates at a Process Speed of 154 - X 093 018 Low ON State Deve
020 [mm/s].
093 019 High -
[I/O] Deve Motor
093 021 Low -
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 1
093 024 - Clock
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 2
[I/O] Deve Motor Clock
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Deve Motor
Gain 1 and 2.)

1665 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

093- Deve Motor: 110 Turns the Deve Motor ON/OFF. Operates at a Process Speed of 110 - X 093 018 Low ON State Deve
021 [mm/s].
093 019 Low -
[I/O] Deve Motor
093 020 Low -
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 1
093 024 - Clock
[I/O] Deve Motor Gain 2
[I/O] Deve Motor Clock
(Sets the above speed according to the combination of the Deve Motor
Gain 1 and 2.)

093- Deve Clutch Turns the Deve Clutch ON/OFF. - X 093 023 Low ON State Deve
022
[I/O] Deve Clutch
When checking the Deve K operation, it is necessary to check it in com-
bination with the following outputs.
If the following procedures are not carried out, the developer might ac-
cumulate between the Drum and the Deve Roll.
1. Lower the IBT Module.
2. Turn ON the [Component] Main Motor (042-003).
3. Turn ON the [Component] Drum Motor K (042-008).
4. Turn ON the [Component] Deve Clutch (093-022).
* The Step 2. and 3. are in no particular order.
* 2. and 3. stops after 4. stops.

093- Deve K <Multi Component Control> 2s X 093 022 - - Deve


023
Rotates the Deve Roll K. Operates at High Process Speed. 042 001
042 002
042 003
042 004
042 005
042 006
042 007
042 008
042 009
042 010
042 015
042 016
042 017
042 018
042 019

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1666


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027

093- Deve YMC <Multi Component Control> 2s X 093 018 - - Deve


024
Rotates the Deve Roll (YMC). Operates at High Process Speed. 093 019
To prevent the developer from accumulating between the Drum and 093 020
the Deve Roll, carry out the following compound operations. 093 021
[Component] Deve Motor: 093-018 (operates at 1.6 s) 042 011
[Component] Drum Motor YMC: 042-011 (operates at 2 s) 042 012
Carry out the operations with the IBT Module lowered. 042 013
042 014
042 023
042 024
042 025
042 026
042 027

094- 1st BTR Contact Contact operation of the 1st BTR. Stops the contact operation of the - X 094 002 High ON State X’fer
001 1st BTR when the Contact Position of the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sen-
- Clock
sor is detected.
High Contact
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor
- Position
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor Clock
Current Value
[I/O] 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor Current

094- 1st BTR Retract Contact operation of the 1st BTR. Stops the retract operation of the - X 094 001 High ON State X’fer
002 1st BTR when the Retract Position of the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sen-
- Clock
sor is detected.
Low Retract
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor
- Position
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor Clock
Current Value
[I/O] 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor
[I/O] 1st BTR Retract Motor Current

094- 2nd BTR Contact Contact operation of the 2nd BTR. Stops the contact operation of the - X 094 004 Low ON State X’fer
003 2nd BTR when the Contact Position of the 2nd BTR Contact Retract
094 005 High Contact
Sensor is detected.
Position
[I/O] 2nd BTR Retract Clutch
[I/O] 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor

1667 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

094- 2nd BTR Retract Retract operation of the 2nd BTR. Stops the retract operation of the - X 094 003 Low ON State X’fer
004 2nd BTR when the Retract Position of the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sen-
094 005 Low Retract
sor is detected.
Position
[I/O] 2nd BTR Retract Clutch
[I/O] 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor

094- 2nd BTR Retract Clutch Turns the 2nd BTR Retract Clutch ON/OFF. - X 094 003 Low ON State X’fer
005
[I/O] 2nd BTR Retract Clutch 094 004

094- 1st BTR Y Charges the 1st BTR Y. - X - - - PWM X’fer


006
[I/O] 1st BTR PWM Y
Output value: [NVM] 1st BTR (Y) Output Current Value (746-449)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] 1st BTR-Y Test Mode
(758-114),
the value of 1st BTR-Y Test Mode (758-114) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the 1st BTR-Y Test Mode (758-114)
at 125.

094- 1st BTR M Charges the 1st BTR M. - X - - - PWM X’fer


007
[I/O] 1st BTR PWM M
Output value: [NVM] 1st BTR (M) Output Current Value (746-450)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] 1st BTR-M Test Mode
(758-115),
the value of 1st BTR-M Test Mode (758-115) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the 1st BTR-M Test Mode (758-115)
at 125.

094- 1st BTR C Charges the 1st BTR C. - X - - - PWM X’fer


008
[I/O] 1st BTR PWM C
Output value: [NVM] 1st BTR (C) Output Current Value (746-451)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] 1st BTR-C Test Mode
(758-116),
the value of 1st BTR-C Test Mode (758-116) is output.
When output in the Test Mode, set the 1st BTR-C Test Mode (758-116)
at 125.

094- 1st BTR K Charges the 1st BTR K. - X - - - PWM X’fer


009
[I/O] 1st BTR PWM K
Output value: [NVM] 1st BTR (K) Output Current Value (746-452)
* When a value other than 0 is set in the [NVM] 1st BTR-K Test Mode
(758-117),

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1668


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Multiple Output
Cyclic Prohibited ON State Mod-
Chain- Time Opera- ule
Link Component Name Description Out tion Chain Link Connector Meaning Name

the value of 1st BTR-K Test Mode (758-117) is output.


When output in the Test Mode, set the 1st BTR-K Test Mode (758-117)
at 125.

094- 2nd BTR Current Charges according to the constant current output (34 microA) of the - X 094 011 - PWM X’fer
010 2nd BTR.
094 012
[I/O] 2nd BTR PWM

094- 2nd BTR Voltage Charges according to the voltage output of the 2nd BTR. - X 094 010 - PWM X’fer
011
[I/O] 2nd BTR PWM 094 012
Output value: [NVM] 2nd BTR Output Voltage Value (746-453)

094- 2nd Clean Charges according to the cleaning voltage output of the 2nd BTR. - X 094 010 - PWM X’fer
012
[I/O] 2nd Clean PWM 094 011
Output value: [NVM] 2nd BTR Reverse Bias Output Voltage Value (746-
454)

1669 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 5 DC330 Output Component Check List (IPoC)


Multiple Output
Chain- Time- Cyclic Prohibited Module
Link Component Name Function operation Out Operation (Chain-Link) ON State Name

062- IIT Exposure Lamp Turns the Lamp ON for 180 s -> Auto OFF O X - L IPoC
002
Will also turn OFF when Stop is instructed before Auto OFF.

062- IIT Scan Motor (Scan direction) Moves it 50 mm from current position in Scan direction -> Auto OFF O X 062-006 4 phases IPoC
005 each
Will not accept Stop instruction before Auto OFF.
H/L switch

062- IIT Scan Motor (Return Moves it 50 mm from current position in Return direction -> Auto OFF O X 062-005 4 phases IPoC
006 direction) each
Will not accept Stop instruction before Auto OFF.
H/L switch

062- CCD Cooling Fan Operates the CCD Cooling Fan at high speed. X X - FAN ON: H IPoC
017
FAN Slow: L

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1670


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 6 dC330 Output Component Check List (DADF-250 Color)


Chain-
Link Component Name Function operation TimeOut Connector Level

005- Feed Motor (CW) 200.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O Motor ON : High
001

005- Feed Motor (CCW) 300.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
002

005- Feed Motor (CCW) 490.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
003

005- Feed Motor (CCW) 600.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
004

005- Feed Motor (CCW) 700.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
005

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 300.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
011

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 350.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
012

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 400.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
013

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 490.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
014

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 510.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
015

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 700.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
016

005- Pre Regi Motor (CW) 860.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
017

005- Regi Motor (CCW) 490.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF
021

005- Regi Motor (CCW) 700.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF
022

005- Platen Motor (CW) 490.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF
031

005- Platen Motor (CW) 700.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF
032

005- Exit2 Motor (CW) 220.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
041

005- Exit2 Motor (CW) 350.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
042

005- Exit2 Motor (CW) 490.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
043

1671 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Chain-
Link Component Name Function operation TimeOut Connector Level

005- Exit2 Motor (CW) 700.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
044

005- Tray Motor (CCW) 55.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
051

005- Tray Motor (CW) 55.0 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
052

005- Tray Motor (CCW) 12.5 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
053

005- Tray Motor (CW) 12.5 mm/s Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O
054

005- Doc Ready Turns ON the Doc Ready signal X High


083

005- Doc Set LED Turns ON for 5 s > Auto OFF O High
084

005- Stamp Solenoid Turns ON for 0.01 s > Auto OFF O


085

005- Nudger Solenoid Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O


086

005- TA Clutch Turns ON for 60 s > Auto OFF O


087

005- Image Area Turns ON for 5 s > Auto OFF O High


088

005- CIS Sync Turns ON for 5 s > Auto OFF O High


089

005- Tray raising operation Performs Tray raising operation regardless of the port of Document Set Sensor O
091

005- Tray fine-raising operation during Job Performs Tray fine-raising operation during Job regardless of the port of Document Set Sensor O
092
Carried out under the following conditions. Otherwise, there is a possibility of a Fail.
• When Raising operation is complete. (Level Sensor is already On)
• When the Raising operation is complete, and the document is removed and Level Sensor is turned OFF.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1672


dC330 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Chain-
Link Component Name Function operation TimeOut Connector Level

005- Tray lowering operation Performs Tray lowering operation regardless of the port of Document Set Sensor O
093

005- Nudger Solenoid RCP fastest Perform a cycle operation X


094
ON: NVM value (711199: Default Value 203),
OFF: NVM value (711200: Default Value 232)
When this is ON, it will perform the double pull operation that is described in the operation specifications.
ON: [Tnu1] > OFF: [Tnu2] > ON: [711199] (Tnu1 + Tnu2) > OFF:[711200] > Next Cycle ...
If the value of NVM 711199 is '0' or smaller than [Tnu1 + Tnu2] of the double pull operation, it will transition
to the OFF period of NVM 711200 after the completion of the double pull operation.

1673 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC330
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC355 Initialize Hard Disk d C 3 5 5 H a r d D i s k Fa i l u r e Pr e d i c t i o n Te s t ( S u b Sy s t e m )


Purpose Purpose
To initialize the Hard Disk Partition A only. To perform failure prediction test for the Hard Disk (HDD).

Procedure Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Initialize Hard Disk. 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Sub System.

2. Select Partition A and select Start. 2. On the Sub System screen, select Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test.

3. Select Yes after the confirmation message is displayed. 3. The Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test screen is displayed.
Partition A of the Hard Disk is initialized. 4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press <Start>.

4. When the message: Partition A has been initialized. is displayed, select Confirm. 5. The result is displayed on the Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test screen.
5. Select Close to return to the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen. 6. If the result is NG , a Fault Code will be displayed.
Take action according to the message and select Confirm.

7. Select Close to return to the Sub System screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1674


dC355 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 5 2 7 A D F I n d e p e n d e n t O p e ra t i o n ( S u b Sy s t e m ) d C 6 1 2 Pr i n t Te s t Pa t t e r n
Purpose Purpose
To check for any unusual noise by operating the document feeder independently. To print the Test Pattern that is stored in the machine for the checking of image quality and isolat-
ing problems.
Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [Sub System]. To perform No Paper Run.

2. On the Sub System screen, select ADF Independent Operation. Note: Perform this operation after verifying that there is enough paper loaded in the Tray to be
3. The ADF Independent Operation screen is displayed. used. (If No Paper condition occur during the execution, printing failure may occur on the paper
that is being run. The paper being used here are not counted.)
4. Follow the message and set the originals on the DADF. (3 sheets at the maximum)

5. Click Start.
Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Print Test Pattern.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and select Confirm.
2. Set a Test Pattern Number.
7. Select Close to return to the Sub System screen.
• If the Pattern Number prerequisite is wrong, it cannot be executed. Refer to the following ta-
ble for the prerequisites for each pattern.

3. Select the following Setting Items and set the Setting Value.

• Pattern Number

• Quantity

• Paper Supply

• Output Color

• Cin %

• Select Screen

• Face Up/Down*

• 1 Sided/2 Sided

Note: * The display of Face Up/Down differs depending on the Option installation status.
4. Press Start.

Note: When Pattern Number is set to 71: No Paper Run , empty rotation is performed as many
times as the number set in Quantity (1 to 99). Press the Stop button to stop.

5. Select Close to return to the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen.

1675 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC527
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC612: Print Test Pattern (IOT: MCU PWB)


• * indicates the default display.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1676


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 1 Print Test Pattern: (IOT: MCU PWB)


Ci-
Pat- n
tern Quanti- Image Paper Sizes when us- Paper Type when using the MSI Simp/ Output (-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Size Tray ing MSI (*2) Dup Color Screen %)

1 Grid 45 Degrees For checking the reprodu- 1*-999 A3SEF Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the size when All the paper types for IOT can be Simp*/ Y, M, C, K, R, 150 -
cibility of diagonal lines 4, Tray5 MSI is selected. The set. The paper types are as fol- Dup G, B, 3C, 4C*, Dot,
(MSI, Tray6 sizes are as follows: lows. Uncoated*, Coated, Re- BW (*1) 150
(HCF1), A4LEF, A4SEF, B4SEF, cycled, Hole Punched, Tab Stock, Line,
Tray7 A3SEF, Letter-L, Let- Labels, Transparency, Transfer Pa- 175Dot,
(HCF2) ter-S, Ledger-S per, Postcard, Uncoated (Side 2), 200
(11"x17") Coated (Side 2), Custom Paper Dot,
Type, Tack Film (Adhesive). 200
Line,
300
Dot,
600
Dot, FM
(*3)

2 Grid (Adjust Fold Adjust Fold Position Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
Position) as as above above above Dot,
above above 200
Dot,
200
Line,
300
Dot,
600 Dot

3 Grid (90 De- Alignment measurement Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
grees) - 102 as as above above above as
above above above

4 Grid (90 De- Alignment measurement Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
grees) - 204 as as above above above as
above above above

5 Grid (90 De- Alignment measurement Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
grees) -208 as as above above above as
above above above

6 Grid (diagonal) For checking the reprodu- Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
-101 cibility of diagonal lines as as above above above Dot,
above above 150
Line,
175Dot,
200
Dot,
200
Line,
300
Dot,
600
Dot, FM
(*3)

1677 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Ci-
Pat- n
tern Quanti- Image Paper Sizes when us- Paper Type when using the MSI Simp/ Output (-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Size Tray ing MSI (*2) Dup Color Screen %)

7 Grid (diagonal) For checking the reprodu- Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
-102 cibility of diagonal lines as as above above above as
above above above

8 Grid (90 De- Dual registration Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
grees) - Both measurement as as above above above Dot,
sides above above 200
Dot,
200
Line,
300
Dot,
600 Dot

9 PH Regi Alignment check 1*-999 A3SEF Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the size when All the paper types for IOT can be Simp*/ Y, M, C, K, R, 150 -
4, Tray5 MSI is selected. The set. The paper types are as fol- Dup G, B, 3C, 4C* Dot,
(MSI, Tray6 sizes are as follows: lows. Uncoated*, Coated, Re- , BW(*1) 150
(HCF1), A4LEF, A4SEF, B4SEF, cycled, Hole Punched, Tab Stock, Line,
Tray7 A3SEF, Letter-L, Let- Labels, Transparency, Transfer Pa- 175Dot,
(HCF2) ter-S, Ledger-S per, Postcard, Uncoated (Side 2), 200
(11"x17") Coated (Side 2), Custom Paper Dot,
Type, Tack Film (Adhesive). 200
Line,
300
Dot,
600
Dot, FM
(*3)

10 4-corner Patch Auto Adjust Paper Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
Registration as as above above above Dot,
above above 200
Dot,
200
Line,
300
Dot,
600 Dot

11 Color Regi (for Color Regi measuring in- Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
measurement) strument measurement as as above above above Dot,
above above 200
Dot,
200
Line,
300
Dot,
600 Dot
(*3)

12 Banding Banding check Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as 150 -
as as above above above Dot,
above above 200
Dot,

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1678


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Ci-
Pat- n
tern Quanti- Image Paper Sizes when us- Paper Type when using the MSI Simp/ Output (-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Size Tray ing MSI (*2) Dup Color Screen %)

200
Line,
300
Dot,
600 Dot

13 TED/Starvation TED/Starvation check Same A4LEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
as above above above as
above above

14 Calibration (for Calibration (correction) Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
correction) as as above above above as
above above above

15 Calibration (for Calibration (checking) Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
checking) as as above above above as
above above above

16 ProCon Process Control, Tone Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
Characteristics, Defect as as above above above as
detection above above above

17 16 Tone Tone Characteristics, De- Same A3SEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
fect detection as above above above as
above above

18 ADC Check ADC Sensor adjustment Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
as as above above above as
above above above

19 Full Halftone Defect detection Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same 0*
as as above above above as ~
above above above 1-
00

20 In-Out Adjust- In-Out Adjustment (all Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
ment (Primary primary colors) as as above above above as
Color) above above above

21 In-Out Adjust- In-Out Adjustment (all 1*-999 A3SEF Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the size when All the paper types for IOT can be Simp*/ Y, M, C, K, R, 150 -
ment (Secon- secondary/process colors) 4, Tray5 MSI is selected. The set. The paper types are as fol- Dup G, B, 3C, 4C*, Dot,
dary/Process (MSI, Tray6 sizes are as follows: lows. Uncoated*, Coated, Re- BW (*1) 200
Color) (HCF1), A4LEF, A4SEF, B4SEF, cycled, Hole Punched, Tab Stock, Dot,
Tray7 A3SEF, Letter-L, Let- Labels, Transparency, Transfer Pa- 200
(HCF2) ter-S, Ledger-S per, Postcard, Uncoated (Side 2), Line,
(11"x17") Coated (Side 2), Custom Paper 300
Type, Tack Film (Adhesive). Dot,
600 Dot

22 In-Out Adjust- In-Out Adjustment (for Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
ment (Single each color) as as above above above as
Color) above above above

1679 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Ci-
Pat- n
tern Quanti- Image Paper Sizes when us- Paper Type when using the MSI Simp/ Output (-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Size Tray ing MSI (*2) Dup Color Screen %)

23 Highlight Highlight adjustment, re- Same A4LEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
Adjustment producibility check as above above above as
above above

24 ATCN24 Gradation check Same A3SEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
as above above above as
above above

25 Gradation Tone Jump, Gradation Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
check as as above above above as
above above above

26 SS Direction Ad- Density adjustment in SS Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
justment (YC) direction (YC) as as above above above as
above above above

27 SS Direction Ad- Density adjustment in SS Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
justment (MK) direction (MK) as as above above above as
above above above

28 IT8 Tone Characteristics, Col- Same A4LEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
or Reproducibility as above above above as
above above

29 X'fer Voltage Secondary Transfer out- Same A3SEF Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
Setup Pattern put value adjustment as above above above as
above above

30 Custom Paper Secondary Transfer out- Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
Type Adjustment put value, alignment as as above above above as
adjustment above above above

31 ROS LDF Checking of ROS Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
Stitching as as above above above as
above above above

33 HT-GMC For production line in- Same Same Same as Same as above Same as above Same as Same as Same -
spection process (XERO/ as as above above above as
Developer Housing Assy above above above
defect confirmation)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1680


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

*1: K indicates Black in Color mode and BW indicates Black in Black & White mode.

*2: The paper weight that is applicable for each paper type is indeterminate. The composition of pa-
per weight is as follows. 60-70 gsm, 71-82 gsm, 83-90 gsm, 91-105 gsm, 106-128 gsm, 129-150
gsm, 151-176 gsm, 177-220 gsm, 221-256 gsm, 257-300 gsm

*3: Gray Font 1200dpi will be output regardless of the screen that is selected.

1681 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

dC612: Print Test Pattern (Controller)


• * indicates the default display.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1682


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Table 2 Print Test Pattern: dC612 (Controller)


Pat- Number Paper Sizes Out- C-
tern of when using Paper Type when us- Simp/ put TRACS IOT
No. Name Purpose/Overview Sheets Image Size Tray MSI ing the MSI Dup Color Screen Resolution Tone LUT LUT

52 Total Adjusted at ship- 1*-999 A3, Ledger-S Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the All the paper types for Simp*/ 4C Photo 600 x 600 Mul- ON/ ON*/
Chart ment inspection and (11"x17") 4, Tray5 size when IOT can be set. The Dup ti- OFF* OFF
Stand-
on the spot. Used (*4) (MSI, Tray6 MSI is se- paper types are as fol- val-
for isolating (HCF1), Tray7 lected. The lows. Uncoated*, ard ued
problems. (HCF2) sizes are as Coated, Recycled, Fine
follows: Hole Punched, Tab
A4LEF, Stock, Labels, Trans-
A4SEF, parency, Transfer Pa-
B4SEF, per, Postcard,
A3SEF, Let- Uncoated (Side 2),
ter-L, Letter- Coated (Side 2), Cus-
S, Ledger-S tom Paper Type, Tack
(11"x17") Film (Adhesive).

71 No Pa- For specifying the 1*-99 A4L/8.5 x Tray1 - - - - - - - - -


per Run dC710 No Paper 11L
Run function

1683 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

*4: Indicates 294 mm x 17" (short edge of A3 x long edge of Ledger) (Means either A3 or Ledger
size is supported)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1684


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

dC612: Print Test Pattern (IISS: IIT Trans PWB)


• * indicates the default display.

1685 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 3 Print Test Pattern: dC612 (IISS: IIT Trans PWB)


IO-
Pat- Sim- Out- C- T
tern Quanti- Paper Sizes when Paper Type when using the p/ put TRACS L-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Tray using MSI MSI Dup Color Screen Resolution Tone LUT UT

102 Process Control Process Control 1*-999 Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the size All the paper types for IOT Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
PG/Binary Setup 4, Tray5 when MSI is se- can be set. The paper types p* ED ry n*,
(MSI, Tray6 lected. The sizes are as follows. Uncoated*, Off
(HCF1), are as follows: Coated, Recycled, Hole
Tray7 (HCF2) A4LEF, A4SEF, Punched, Tab Stock, Labels,
B4SEF, A3SEF, Let- Transparency, Transfer Paper,
ter-L, Letter-S, Postcard, Uncoated (Side 2),
Ledger-S (11"x17") Coated (Side 2), Custom Pa-
per Type, Tack Film
(Adhesive).

104 Auto Gradation Calibration 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
Correction/Binary above p* ED ry (*5) n*,
(for Document Off
Creation)

106 Calibration/Binary Calibration 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
(for Gradation above p* ED ry n*,
check) Off

108 Highlight PG/ Highlight 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
Binary Adjustment above p* ED ry n*,
Off

110 IIT Analog Grada- Analog - Pre IPS 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
tion RGB Connection CHK above p* (*6) ED ry

112 IIT Analog Grada- Analog - Pre IPS 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
tion BW Connection CHK above p* ED ry

113 Pre IPS/FS Incre- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
ment RGB circuit board IPS above p* (*6) ED ry
CHK

115 Pre IPS/FS Incre- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
ment BW circuit board IPS above p* ED ry
CHK

117 Pre IPS/SS Incre- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
ment RGB circuit board IPS above p* (*6) ED ry
CHK

119 Pre IPS/SS Incre- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
ment BW circuit board IPS above p* ED ry
CHK

121 Pre IPS/Grid BW Uneven Light In- 1*-999 Tray1*, 2, 3, Input the size All the paper types for IOT Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
tensity Level, FS 4, Tray5 when MSI is se- can be set. The paper types p* ED ry
Streak CHK (MSI, Tray6 lected. The sizes are as follows. Uncoated*,
(HCF1), are as follows: Coated, Recycled, Hole
Tray7 (HCF2) A4LEF, A4SEF, Punched, Tab Stock, Labels,
B4SEF, A3SEF, Transparency, Transfer Paper,

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1686


dC612 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

IO-
Pat- Sim- Out- C- T
tern Quanti- Paper Sizes when Paper Type when using the p/ put TRACS L-
No. Name Purpose/Overview ty Tray using MSI MSI Dup Color Screen Resolution Tone LUT UT

Letter-L, Letter-S, Postcard, Uncoated (Side 2),


Ledger-S (11"x17") Coated (Side 2), Custom Pa-
per Type, Tack Film
(Adhesive).

122 Pre IPS/Shading Uneven Light In- 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
Data Color tensity Level, FS above p* (*6) ED ry
Streak CHK

123 Pre IPS/Shading Uneven Light In- 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
Data BW tensity Level, FS above p* ED ry
Streak CHK

124 Pre IPS/YMCK Ver- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
tical Streak circuit board IPS above p* ED ry
CHK

125 Pre IPS/8 Grada- ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
tion Patch circuit board IPS above p* (*6) ED ry
CHK

126 Pre IPS/Solid (For Development) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
above p* (*6) ED ry

127 Post IPS/Grid/4C (For Development) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
above p* ED ry

128 Post IPS/Grid/BW (For Development) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
BW Path CHK above p* ED ry

129 Post IPS/FSRE/ ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
Grid circuit board IPS, above p* ED ry
PS, and LS syn-
chronization CHK

130 Post IPS/FSRE/ ESS (Controller) 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- - -
Slanting Grid circuit board IPS, above p* ED ry
PS, and LS syn-
chronization CHK

168 Copy ED 24 Gra- Copy ED 24 Gra- 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
dation Patch FC1 dation Patch FC1 above p* ED ry n*,
Off

169 Copy ED 24 Gra- Copy ED 24 Gra- 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- 4C Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
dation Patch FC2 dation Patch FC2 above p* ED ry n*,
Off

170 Copy ED 24 Gra- Copy ED 24 Gra- 1*-999 Same as Same as above Same as above Sim- BW Copy 600 x 600 Bina- On*,Off O-
dation Patch BW dation Patch BW above p* ED ry n*,
Off

1687 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC612
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

*5: Though ON/OFF of the C-TRACS LUT is described, the IPoC forcedly turns it OFF. d C 6 7 1 Re g i s t r a t i o n M e a s u r i n g Cy c l e ( Re g i s t r a t i o n )
*6: 4 colors are available but the K color is not selectable. Feature
Measure the color registration and display the status by indicating OK / NG (Check or Adjustment).
Test Pattern Image Information Flow (Overall)
Note: Each PG No. in the following image information flow corresponds to the pattern No. of Test This cycle performs the color registration measurement that includes the detection of AC compo-
Pattern List, Figure 1. nent to determine the condition of AC control (Drum Drive, Belt Drive, and Belt Steering, etc), which
is one of the color Regi components.

• Performs registration measurement to determine the condition of the AC control.

• Checks that the Belt control etc. are operating normally.

• Measures/displays the amount of color shift relative to Black in the Fast Scan/Slow Scan
direction.

• Displays the result of comparing OK / NG (Check or Adjustment) with the target value.

Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Registration.

2. On the Registration screen, select Registration Measuring Cycle.

3. Press Start.
OK or NG will be displayed in the Result field.

4. When NG (Check or Adjustment) is displayed, refer to the corresponding FIP and correct the
problem.

If the result is NG for both AC/DC, fix the AC problem first.

5. Select Close to return to the Registration screen.

Figure 1 Test Pattern Image Information Flow (Overall)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1688


dC671 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 6 7 3 Re g i C o n t r o l S e n s o r C h e c k Cy c l e ( Re g i s t r a t i o n ) d C 6 7 5 Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e t u p Cy c l e ( Re g i s t r a t i o n )
Purpose Note: This function is available for color machines only.
To check if the misregistration detection system from the MOB Sensor is operating normally.
Feature
This is a self-diagnosis cycle to check that the detection system can operate properly. To verify that To set the most appropriate Regi Control correction value for skew etc. at the first execution when
the detection result is Misalignment = Zero , the color shift amount is detected using CUI patch replacing the ROS etc. (details of the relevant parts will be described in the note below).
(Cyan single color) and the misalignment detected in the MOB sensor is displayed on the UI screen.
The Setup Cycle is made up of the following 2 functions (operations).
This detection result is compared again with the target value to determine the OK / NG (Check or
Function 1: Performed right after assembling or during field installation, or when replacing a key
Adjustment) result which will be displayed. Correction is not performed.
part. Also, this is a Regi Control Full Cycle that can be performed in the Diag mode right after the
Procedure NVM is initialized. Executing this function corrects the Color Registration into the predefined range.
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Registration. The corrected shift amount for each color is saved in the NVM and it is displayed at normal

2. On the Registration screen, select Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle. completion.

3. Press Start. Function 2: On entering a setup cycle, the IOT does not start. The Regi Control shift correction
amount is displayed automatically on the UI screen and is used as a tool for determining the cause
The [Value] will be displayed along with OK or NG.
when a failure occurs.
4. When the measure value is larger than the target value by 10, NG (Check or Adjustment) is
displayed. Note: This Diag is to be performed during the following. After performing this, ADJ 9.8dC671
When NG , check that Cyan is being printed and replace the MOB Sensor Assembly. Registration Measuring Cycle must also be performed.

When Cyan is not being printed, repair the Marking accessories including the Deve. • ROS replacement/detachment

5. Select Close to return to the Registration screen. • IBT Belt replacement/detachment

• Belt Module replacement/detachment (recommended)

Note: After the ROS is replaced, change the value of NVM [759-913] from '0' -> '1'. It will auto-
matically revert to '0' after the Registration Control Setup Cycle. As the default value after an initi-
alization is '1', perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle and end.

Note: If a Fail occurs after performing this cycle, take corrective action on the Fail that has oc-
curred and then perform the Registration Control - Setup again. (The appropriate alignment adjust-
ment cannot be performed if Registration Control - Setup Cycle is not completed successfully.)

Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Registration.

2. On the Registration screen, select Registration Control Setup Cycle.

3. Press Start.
The shift amount for each color is corrected automatically.

4. Select Close to return to the Registration screen.

1689 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC673
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 7 4 0 Tra y 5 G u i d e A d j u s t m e n t ( Re g i s t ra t i o n ) d C 9 1 9 Co l o r B a l a n c e S e t u p ( M A X S e t u p )
Purpose Purpose
To check that the MSI Guide paper width detection is properly carried out. To perform fine adjustment of the center value of the low density/medium density/high density
output balance for each color Y, M, C and K (Black) for copy images.
Note: This adjustment is performed during MSI Size Sensor replacement and when a size detection
error occurs. The focus of Color Balance Adjustment in Customer Mode will be changed by this setup.

Procedure • This adjustment is only applicable to the copy function.


1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select Registration. • Perform this adjustment only when requested by the customer.
2. On the Registration screen, select Tray 5 Guide Adjustment. Operation Content
3. The Tray 5 Guide Adjustment screen is displayed. 1. To select the color balance adjustment value from -4 to +4 (9 levels) for the respective low den-

4. Select Minimum Size Position or Maximum Size Position. sity, middle density, and high density outputs of each Y, M, C, K (Black) color. '0' is the default
value. The image will become lighter (lower density) from -1 to -4, and darker (higher density)
5. When Minimum Size Position is selected.
from +1 to +4.
a. Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the minimum size 2. Image adjustment is carried out in the TRC section of the Controller PWB, according to the set
position. value.
b. Press Start. 3. Keep the set value as the NVM of the IISS.
• If the sensor output value is within the specified range, OK will be displayed. At the same 4. When the Output Color is BW , the adjustment value for K becomes effective.
time, the NVM [742-327] MSI Side Guide Minimum Position data is changed.
Procedure
• If the sensor output value is out of the specified range, NG will be displayed. If NG ,
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup.
check the guide position and try again.
2. On the MAX Setup screen, select Color Balance Adjustment.
6. When Maximum Size Position is selected.
3. On the Color Balance Adjustment screen, change the respective Shadows/Midtones/Highlights
a. Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the maximum size values of each Y, M, C and K within the range of -4 to +4 and press Start , then work towards ob-
position. taining the customer's required image quality by making copies to visually check the image
b. Press Start. quality.

• If the sensor output value is within the specified range, OK will be displayed. At the same 4. Select Close to return to the MAX Setup screen.
time, the NVM [742-328] MSI Side Guide Maximum Position data is changed.

• If the sensor output value is out of the specified range, NG will be displayed. If NG ,
check the guide position and try again.

7. Select [Close] to return to the Registration screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1690


dC740 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 9 2 4 T RC A d j u s t m e n t ( M A X S e t u p ) • Copy & Print Jobs

Purpose 5. Select Close to return to the MAX Setup screen.

Manual Density Adjustment. Manually sets the offset amount of the ADC-LUT created by the ADC
patch and finely adjusts the gradation.

Note: When performing this adjustment, make sure that there is no problem with the IOT. After
performing the Calibration, only perform adjustment for density, especially highlight or central gra-
dation when necessary.

Note: To adjust the density of the printer, when selecting [Copy/Printer] as the scope of this adjust-
ment, copy density is also changed. If the copy density does not become the desired density when
the printer density is adjusted, perform ADJ 9.6 /dC919 : Color Balance Setup, and adjust the copy
density.

Adjustment Overview
1. The gradation adjustment amount can be set from the screen in 1/128 units (-128 to +127) for
the L/M/H gradation of each color Y, M, C and K. (0 indicates no adjustment. + numbers increase
the density, and - numbers reduce the density)

2. The actual ADC_LUT change takes place during the ADC_LUT calculation after the next ADC
patch is created. Therefore, perform checking, e.g. by performing PCON_ON_Print output.

3. None , Copy Jobs Only , or Copy & Print Jobs is displayed as the applicable scope for TRC_Ad-
just. This setting can be set from the screen.

4. Upon entering the adjustment screen, the Manual LUT adjustment value for the L/M/H of each
color Y, M, C and K, and the status of the Target will be displayed.

5. The Manual LUT adjustment value for each color can be changed on the adjustment screen.

6. When the Start button pressed, the NVM is updated according to the Manual LUT adjustment
value and the Target status is displayed on the screen.

7. Only the NVM for M LUT NVM Value and Target is updated. The ADC_LUT is not updated.

Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup.

2. On the MAX Setup screen, select TRC Adjustment.

3. On the TRC Adjustment screen, change the respective Shadows/Midtones/Highlights values of


each Y, M, C and K with a value from the range -128 to +127 and press <Start> , then check the
image quality in the copy visually to obtain the customer's required image quality .

4. Select the Target from the following:

• None

• Copy Jobs Only

1691 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC924
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 9 3 1 D e n s i t y U n i fo r m i t y A d j u s t m e n t ( M A X S e t u p ) 8. Select the color to correct by using Y, M, C, K at the left of the screen and then perform the ad-
justment by using Shape 1 to 10 and Level 1 to 9 at the center of the screen.
Purpose
By adjusting the IN-OUT direction of the ROS light exposure amount (MC rear-front), the IN-OUT 9. After the adjustment, select Save and print out the test pattern again. Check the density and re-

uneven density of each of the colors YMCK is corrected independently. peat Steps 4 to 9 until the density is even.

10. For fine adjustment of the density distribution, Sensitivity Adjustment and Position Adjust-
Note: There are usually no problems adjusting in Primary Color, but even if the uneven density is
ment (5 positions - B, C, D, E, F), refer to Chapter 4 ADJ 9.3.
corrected for each single color (YMCK) by the status, environment and machine difference of the
MC image developing unit, the RGB and Gray for Secondary/Process Color may not necessarily be 11. Select Close to return to the MAX Setup screen.
corrected in equivalence. In this case, it is possible to specifically adjust the uneven density for RGB
or the specified color the customer wishes to adjust.

However, as the unevenness in density for each Single Color for YMCK may worsen instead in this
case, be sure to check the Primary Color after Secondary/Process Color adjustment and adjust the
density to the customer's desired level.

Primary Colors are Y, M, C, and K; Secondary Colors are R, B, and G, which are printed with 2 of the
colors Y, M, and C; Process Color is gray color printed with all 3 colors Y, M, and C.

Note: Although the standard test pattern density (Cin) is Low: 20% and Mid: 60%, if it is different
from the customer's density requirement, change the Cin % on the screen before performing this.
(However, limit the total Y, M, C, K to 240% or less.)

Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 9.3 in Chapter 4.


Procedure
<Primary, Secondary/Process Color Rough Adjustment Procedure>

1. Load A3 paper into Tray 1.

2. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup.

3. On the MAX Setup screen, select Density Uniformity Adjustment.

4. Specify Tray 1 (A3 paper) in Paper Select.

5. Select Full Color and then select Print.

Note:
• To check the density and balance of all colors, select Full Color , and to check the density of
a specific color, select Single Color.

• If Single Color is selected, select the color to print from Y, M, C, K.

6. 2 copies of the test pattern will be printed out in the order of Primary color, Secondary color,
and Process color.

7. Check the Test Pattern that was output.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1692


dC931 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 9 3 8 Pr o c o n O N / O F F Pr i n t ( M A X S e t u p ) d C 9 4 5 W h i t e Re fe r e n c e A d j u s t m e n t ( M A X S e t u p - I I T
Purpose C a l i b ra t i o n )
The dC937 Procon ON/OFF Print consists of the following 2 types. Purpose
• Procon "On" Print: To perform automatic correction for IIT White Sensitivity Level and Gray Balance.

This is a Print mode that uses the current Procon Data with the Procon (Process Control) Soft en- Note: Perform this when there are smears and gray contamination etc. of the IIT.
abled and the TRC Adjustment enabled.
Note: This adjustment is to be performed at shipment and after replacing the Platen Glass, Lamp,
• Procon OFF Print: Lens Unit, or CCD.
This is a Print mode that uses only the features posessed by the IOT and with the Procon, etc. all
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4.
turned OFF.
Procedure
By comparing the above 2 modes, it is possible to identify whether the current print image quality
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup.
is being affected by an image quality failure at the Procon, etc. or an image quality failure due to
the status of the IOT elements. 2. On the MAX Setup screen, select IIT Calibration.

3. On the IIT Calibration screen, select White Reference Adjustment.


Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 9.5 in Chapter 4.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press <Start>. (Load 10 or more sheets of blank A3 or
[Procon "On" Print]
11x17" paper on the Platen)
Procedure
Note: Change the value of NVM [715-106] to match the paper used. The default value is, 3: C2
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup.
paper.
2. On the MAX Setup screen, select Procon On/Off Print.
Note: The machine carries out the following operations during the execution.
3. On the Procon On/Off Print , select Procon "On" Print.
a. Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.
4. Load A3 paper into Tray 1 and press Start.
b. Obtains the shading data.
• 1 sheet of the built-in PG Pcon PG 200C is output and the execution result is displayed.
c. Performs sampling of white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction
5. Check the image quality of the print in Procon ON status with the data displayed in image
Coefficient. (Written into NVMs 715-092 to 715-096)
quality.
d. Performs shading to reflect the result after the White Reference Adjustment.
6. Select Close to return to the MAX Setup screen.
5. The following measured values are displayed on the screen after the White Reference Adjust-
Procon "Off" Print ment is performed. When completed with error, the message: Calibration has been completed
Procedure with an error. is displayed.

1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup. • BW-Y (W-Ref correction coefficient BW-Y: NVM715-096)

2. On the MAX Setup screen, select Procon On/Off Print. • R (W-Ref correction coefficient BW-Red: NVM715-092)

3. On the Procon On/Off Print , select Procon "Off" Print. • G (W-Ref correction coefficient BW-Green: NVM715-093)

4. Load A3 paper into Tray 1 and press Start. • B (W-Ref correction coefficient BW-Blue: NVM715-094)

• 1 sheet of the built-in PG Pcon PG 200C is output and the execution result is displayed. 6. Select Close to return to the IIT Calibration screen.

5. Select Close to return to the MAX Setup screen.

1693 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC938
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 9 4 5 C C D C a l i b ra t i o n ( M A X S e t u p - I I T C a l i b ra t i o n ) d C 9 4 5 O p t i c a l A x i s Co r r e c t i o n ( M A X S e t u p - I I T C a l i b ra t i o n )
Purpose Purpose
To perform automatic correction for the CCD Color Sensitivity Dispersion. To automatically measure and adjust the skew for Platen and Side Registration.

Note: Perform this when the yellow component of the image looks abnormal. Note: Perform this when something is clearly wrong with the skew of Platen Regi.

Note: This adjustment is to be performed at shipment and after replacing the Platen Glass, Lamp, Note: Perform this adjustment after replacing the Lens Unit or CCD.
Lens Unit, or CCD. Also, perform this after performing the White Reference Adjustment.
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4.
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4.
Procedure
Procedure 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen , select MAX Setup.
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select MAX Setup. 2. On the MAX Setup screen, select IIT Calibration.
2. On the MAX Setup screen, select IIT Calibration.
3. On the IIT Calibration screen, select Optical Axis Correction.
3. On the IIT Calibration screen, select CCD Calibration. 4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press <Start>.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen, then place the Color Chart (STP5001, 82E13120) on the Open the Platen Cover, make sure there is nothing on the glass, and then execute.
Platen and press <Start>.
5. The following data are displayed on the screen after the execution.
5. The following obtained data are displayed on the screen after the execution.
• Result: OK/NG
• b* Correction Coefficient
• Front NUT Correction Angle: numeric display
• b* Patch Measured Value
• Rear NUT Correction Angle: numeric display
• b* Standard Value
6. If NG , perform the necessary adjustment. (Refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4)
• Result
7. Select Close to return to the IIT Calibration screen.
• Color reflection ratio (R, G, B, Y, M, C, K)

• Reflection Ratio Result

6. [OK] or [NG] will be displayed in the [Result] field. When completed with error, the message:
[Calibration has been completed with an error.] is displayed.

7. Select [Close] to return to the IIT Calibration screen.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1694


dC945 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

d C 9 4 5 S i d e 2 S h a d i n g Co r r e c t i o n ( M A X S e t u p - I I T C a l i b ra t i o n ) d C 9 4 5 S i d e 2 W h i t e Re fe r e n c e A d j u s t m e n t ( M A X S e t u p - I I T
Purpose C a l i b ra t i o n )
Collect the Side 2 CIS shading data with white paper, and determine the presence or absence of Purpose
garbage. Side 2 white reference adjustment is also performed at the same time in this adjustment. To calculate the reflection ratio dispersion correction value of the White Reference Sheet for Side 2
Color CIS and set the Side 2 Color CIS White Reference Coefficient.
Note: This correction is performed when Side 2 color image quality is deteriorated, and when black
lines appear in the slow scan direction. • To perform this before Side 2 Shading Correction to measure the whiteness of the blank paper
to be used for Side 2 Shading and get ready to perform Side 2 Shading Correction correctly.
Note: This adjustment is to be performed at shipment and after replacing the Color CIS.
Note: When using paper that has been registered in advance to NVM716-131, White Reference
Note: Before carrying out the Side 2 Shading Correction, it is necessary to set the NVM [716-131] Adjustment - Side 2 can be omitted by entering the setting value into NVM716-131. The default
DADF paper code. If you implement White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 in advance, NVM716-131 value is, 1: J paper.
is automatically switched to 0, and the calculated value was already entered into NVM[716-132 to
134] (individual paper response correction amount). However, even if White Reference Adjustment - Note: This adjustment is to be performed at shipment and after replacing the Color CIS.
Side 2 was performed in advance, NVM716-131 should be set to '10', before Side 2 shading imple-
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4.
mentation when using inch-based paper.
Procedure
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4. 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].
Procedure 2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [IIT Calibration].
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].
3. On the [IIT Calibration] screen, select [White Reference Adjustment - Side 2].
2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [IIT Calibration].
4. Set a single new white sheet of A3 or 11” x 17” to DADF, and press [Start].
3. On the [IIT Calibration] screen, select [Side 2 Shading Correction].
5. The following obtained data are displayed on the screen after the execution. If it has completed
4. Set 2 sheets of new white paper (A3 or 11" x 17") to DADF, and press [Start]. with error, the RGB setting values will be blank.

Note: 1: J paper. • R (W-Ref Correction Coefficient Red)

5. After scanning is completed, [OK] or [NG] will be displayed in the Result field depending on • G (W-Ref Correction Coefficient Green)
whether the Shading DATA retrieval has succeeded or failed. When completed with error, the • B (W-Ref Correction Coefficient Blue)
message: [Calibration has been completed with an error.] is displayed.
6. Select [Close] to return to the [IIT Calibration] screen.
6. If it NG is displayed, clean the Color CIS and perform the [Side 2 Shading Correction] again.

7. Select [Close] to return to the [IIT Calibration] screen.

1695 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC945
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 9 4 5 S i d e 2 C C D C a l i b ra t i o n ( M A X S e t u p - I I T C a l i b ra t i o n ) d C 9 4 5 Co l o r S c a l e Ta r g e t Ca l i b ra t i o n ( M A X S e t u p - I I T
Purpose C a l i b ra t i o n )
To perform read color correction of the Side 2 Color CIS. (Color CIS dispersion correction) Purpose
Corrects color variation of individual IIT for image quality adjustment feature (DFE calibration, etc.)
Note: This adjustment is to be performed at shipment and after replacing the Color CIS. Also [CCD
using scanned images.
Calibration - Side 2] is to be performed after performing the [Side 2 Shading Correction] and the
[White Reference Adjustment - Side 2]. Note: This adjustment is to be performed at EX-i Print Server for the PrimeLink C9070/C9065 Print-
er installation and after replacing the Platen Glass, Illumination Unit, Lens Unit, or CCD.
Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.5 in Chapter 4.
Note: In order to use this feature, a color reference chart [Color Scale Target V3] (hereinafter
Procedure
[CST]) bundled with EX-i Print Server for the PrimeLink C9070/C9065 Printer is required. Therefore,
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select <MAX Setup>.
without using Print Server N04, calibration with this feature is unnecessary when using the printer
2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select <IIT Calibration>. alone. Perform only"White Reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration" as usual. When there is EX-
3. On the [IIT Calibration] screen, select <CCD Calibration - Side 2>. i Print Server for the PrimeLink C9070/C9065 Printer, this feature is implemented after performing
white reference adjustment and CCD calibration in order to obtain the accuracy of DFE calibration.
4. Load the Color Chart (STP5001, 82E13120) on the DADF and press <Start>.
• CST is a calibration chart in which color patches and QR codes encoded with colorimetric data
5. The following obtained data are displayed on the screen after the execution.
of each color patch are paired on Side 1 and Side 2 as shown in the figure below. (Figure 1)
• b* Correction Coefficient

• b* Patch Measured Value

• b* Standard Value

• Result

• Color reflection ratio (R, G, B, Y, M, C, K)

• Reflection Ratio Result

6. [OK] or [NG] will be displayed in the [Result] field. When completed with error, the message:
[Calibration has been completed with an error.] is displayed.
If NG is displayed, clean the Side 2 Color CCD and repeat the CCD Calibration - Side 2.

7. Select <Close> to return to the [IIT Calibration] screen. Figure 1 j0psm640005

Note: This feature calculates and sets the IIT individual difference correction coefficient and initi-
alizes the correction value in the event of market trouble, etc.

Procedure
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].

2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [IIT Calibration].

3. On the IIT Calibration screen, select [Color Scale Target Calibration].

4. Follow the instructions on the screen, load the patch of the CST table on the platen glass, and
press [Read].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1696


dC945 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

5. After it is read, load the QR code at the back of the CST table on the platen glass, and press d C 9 5 0 AT C S e n s o r S e t u p ( M A X S e t u p )
[Execute].
Purpose
Note: The QR code can be read even in the opposite direction of 180 degrees. To derive the sensitivity correction values [Correction Coefficient] and [Correction Offset] for adjust-

6. After reading is completed, various parameters used in the scan of Color Scale Target Calibra- ing the ATC sensor output from the bar code numbers which display the sensitivity attribute in every

tion are calculated and stored in the NVM. While calculating the parameters, the [Executing in ATC Sensor. The bar code numbers are set in NVM [Bar Code Number] manually from this adjust-

progress] message will be displayed on the UI screen. ment screen.

7. When the process is completed normally, the message, "Correction is completed" and "Confirm" When this adjustment is required:
button are displayed on the UI screen, and in the case of abnormal termination, the "Ended ab- • Developer Housing Assembly replacement (If the replacement is only for the developing pow-
normally" message and "Confirm" button will be displayed. der, this process is not required)
8. If it ends abnormally, select the [Confirm] button, return to the IIT calibration screen, confirm • ATC Sensor replacement
the placement of the CST (reverse placement, etc.) and contamination, and execute Color Scale
Target Calibration again.
Operation Overview
• Upon entering the adjustment screen, the NVM values [Bar Code Number], [Correction Coeffi-
9. Select [Confirm] to return to the IIT Calibration screen.
cient], and [Correction Offset] for each of the colors Y, M, C, and K will be displayed.
[About initialization of IIT individual difference correction coefficient] • The [Bar Code Number] value displayed on the adjustment screen can be rewritten with the
1. CE rewrites the value of NVM 715-489 [High Precision Calibration Coefficient Initialization Keypad.
Switch] from 0 to 1 in the NVM Read/Write screen.
• Pressing <Start> updates the NVM [Bar Code Number], [Correction Coefficient], and [Correction
Table 1 IPoC NVM
Offset] for each of the colors Y, M, C, and K after the calculation based on the [Bar Code Num-
De- Set-
ting ber] value displayed on the screen at that time. The [Correction Coefficient] and [Correction Off-
Chain- fault
Link NVM Name Settings Value Range Remarks set] screen displays will also be updated at the same time.

715-489 High Precision Cali- CE 0 0 to 1 High precision cali- Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 9.2 in Chapter 4.
bration Coefficient automatic bration-related NVM
Initialization Switch initialization switch Procedure
(0: Off, 1: On).
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].
2. When the NVM Read/Write screen is closed, various parameters stored in NVM with this feature 2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [ATC Sensor Setup].
return to their default values.
3. Use the selection buttons to enter the number that is recorded on the replacement Sensor into
the [Bar Code Number] field on the screen.

4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press <Start>.

5. Check that the [Correction Coefficient] and [Correction Offset] have changed.

6. Select [Close] to return to the [MAX Setup] screen.

1697 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC950
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 9 5 6 B e l t Ed g e Le a r n i n g ( S u b sy s t e m ) d C 9 8 2 A d j u s t I m a g e Tra n s fe r ( M A X S e t u p )
Feature Purpose
Creates an Edge Profile Table (table for performing Belt Walk control) in order to set the Edge Learn When the toner image is not transferred in an optimum state to the sheet, you can set an optimum
mode at factory shipment or during the replacement of Belt system component (IBT Belt, Edge Transfer output value for each paper type. Adjustment can be done by reading the Transfer output
Sensor). value of the manual or sample print.

Note: This Diag. must be executed and completed successfully before executing the Regi Control Procedure
Setup Cycle (Registration): dC675. 1. Load the paper that you want to adjust for into the MSI.

Note: Processing time: Max. approx. 100 sec (13 Belt cycles) 2. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].

3. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [Adjust Image Transfer].


Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 9.13 in Chapter 4.
4. Select [Paper Type] in the Transfer output adjustment screen.
Procedure
• Select the paper type to be adjusted, and press [Close].
1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [Sub System].
5. Select [Specify Sample Number], and select [Print Sample].
2. On the Sub System screen, select [Belt Edge Learn].
• Load the selected paper size in the manual feed tray, and select 1-sided or 2-sided.
3. The [Belt Edge Learn] screen is displayed.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and press <Start>.
4. press <Start> to execute.
Press [Stop] to stop. • Outputs a sample like the following (Figure 1)

5. Select [Close] to return to the [Sub System] screen.

Figure 1 j0psm640006

Note:
– In the top right corner of the sample, the front face has [Side 1], the rear face has [Side
2] printed on it.

– If the paper size is A4, B4, or 8.5X11 inches, the sample is printed divided into 2 sheets.

7. Adjust the Transfer output value.

• To adjust by [Specify Sample Number], proceed to [To adjust by specifying sample number].

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1698


dC956 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

• To adjust by [Specify custom (percent)], proceed to [To adjust by specifying custom Note:
(percent)].
a. The required number of scans is determined by the contents and the number of sample
• When adjusting by [Read sample], proceed to [To adjust Transfer output value by loading prints.
the sample print].
• When the sample print is 1 sheet 1-sided: 1 time
[To adjust by specifying sample number] • When the sample print is 1 sheet 2-sided: 2 times
1. Check the sample and take note of the number at the left side (-5 to +10) of the sample you
• When the sample print is 2 sheet 1-sided: 2 time
think to show the optimal transfer state.
• When the sample print is 2 sheet 2-sided: 4 times
• If it is printed on both sides, note the numerical value of both Side 1, and Side 2.
b. [Adjustment start] is displayed on the screen once a sample print is scanned 1 time. Press
2. In [Side 1] and [Side 2], specify the number noted in step 1.
after scanning the required number of sample prints.
3. Press [Adjustment value setting].
c. If you press [Start Adjustment] with insufficient number of scans, the Transfer output adjust-
• For the remaining prints, the Transfer output value set here will be reflected. ment in the following step will abort.
4. Select [Close] to return to the [MAX Setup] screen. d. Regardless of the content of the sample print, scanning can be performed up to four times.
If you scan beyond the necessary number of times, the later scanned data is used preferen-
[To adjust by specifying custom (percent)]
tially, and the Transfer output adjustment is performed with the scan data of the necessary
1. Check the sample and specify the adjustment value (percent) for [Side 1] and [Side 2] when the
number of times
current output is 100%. Increase the numerical value in case of poor transfer.
e. When scanning a sample print with 2 or more scans, make sure to scan the entire sample
Note: If you are accustomed to adjusting the Transfer output value, you can specify a custom
print set that was output in [Sample output]. If you scan together with a sample print which
value without printing the sample.
has output time difference greater than 24 hours, the sample print from more than 24 hours
• If it is printed on both sides, note the numerical value of both Side 1, and Side 2. before is not used for the adjustment data.
2. Press [Adjustment value setting]. 5. When the scan is finished, press [Start Adjustment].
• For the remaining prints, the Transfer output value set here will be reflected. • When the Transfer output adjustment is completed normally, the message [Completed] is
3. Select [Close] to return to the [MAX Setup] screen. displayed.

6. The recommended adjustment value that this unit calculated (sample number) is displayed in
[To adjust Transfer output value by loading the sample print]
[Side 1] and [Side 2].
1. Perform the same procedure up to step 6 of the sample output procedure.
7. Press [Adjustment value setting].
2. Select [Read sample] in the Transfer output adjustment screen.
• For the remaining prints, the Transfer output value set here will be reflected.
3. Following the instructions on the screen, set the sample print on the document glass.
8. Select [Close] to return to the [MAX Setup] screen.
4. Place 5 or more sheets of blank paper that are the same size as the sample print, on top of the
sample print, and close the document cover, and press [Read].

a. When the scan is finished, remove the sample print and blank sheet.

b. If the sample print is on both sides, perform steps 3 and 4on Side 1 and Side 2 of the sample
print.

1699 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation dC982
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

d C 9 9 1 A d j u s t To n e r D e n s i t y ( M A X S e t u p ) • Operates according to Up and Down settings for each color.

Purpose Note: For detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 9.3 in Chapter 4.


Adjusts toner density with Tone Up and Tone Down.
Procedure
Mode for performing Tone Up and Tone Down. 1. On the Maintenance/Diagnostics screen, select [MAX Setup].
Table 1 Tone Up and Down Modes 2. On the [MAX Setup] screen, select [Adjust Toner Density].
Item Operation Overview
• Upon entering the screen, the various NVM values of [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner
Tone Up No paper feed. Supplies Toner at the designated time. Density Diff. Tolerance] are read and displayed for each of the colors Y, M, C, and K. The
[Number of Sheets] display '0'.
Tone Down No paper feed. Stops toner supply.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen and set the [Number of Sheets] (-99 to +99) that is re-
This adjustment becomes necessary in the following cases: quired for Tone Up/Tone Down.

• The difference between the current ATC Target Value and the ATC Measured Value is large (25 • (+) means Tone Up while (-) means Tone Down. Tone Up increases toner density and de-
bit or higher) creases the measured value.

• When you want to change the toner density intentionally 4. Pressing [Start] executes the Tone Up or Tone Down machine operation according to the num-
ber of sheets that was set.
Operation Overview
5. After the MC operation has completed, [Number of Sheets] returns to '0' sheets. The various
Machine operation:
NVM values of ATC Target Value, ATC Measured Value, and Toner Density Difference Tolerance
• At No Paper Run, the equivalent number of sheets for Max [Maximum number of Down sheets
Range are updated and displayed as the [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner Density Diff. Toler-
in the four colors, Maximum number of Up sheets in the four colors] is processed. In fact, as the
ance] for each of the colors Y, M, C, and K.
IOT only operates up to the equivalent of the max A4 L 60 sheets, even if a value of 60 or higher
6. Check the image quality and repeat the procedure until you obtain the appropriate density.
is set from the UI, operation will be by that of 60 sheets.
7. Select [Close] to return to the [MAX Setup] screen.
• For XERO/DEVE, this is the same as the case for normal images. Xfer 2nd Retract, Output OFF.
1st also turns off the output. Follow Diag No Paper Mode for Jam detection etc.

• During the operation, the V-Transport is stopped and the Fusing Unit cannot be driven. -> Con-
sidered as Standby status (no rotation, and the temperature is controlled in the same way as in
Standby)

• After No Paper Run of the number of sheets specified above, Cycle Down is carried out after
X'fer 2nd Contact and Belt 2 rotation. The Developer Housing Assy is also rotated during this pe-
riod (remove blank paper and perform mixing during this period)

Procon operation:

• Toner supply control settings are as follows and does not follow the settings in Customer mode.
After the operation, the Customer mode settings are restored.

• Potential Control, ADC Gradation Control and Calibration Control are the same as in Customer
mode settings.

Toner supply control:

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1700


dC991 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 1 I n t e r m i t t e n t Pr o b l e m R A P 5. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of
the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms
Purpose
of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an
exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to 6. Check that the AC and DC power are within specification.

help locate the cause of an intermittent problem. 7. Get technical advice or assistance when it is appropriate. This will depend upon the situation
and the established local procedures.
Procedure
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For ex- 8. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is
ample, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for:
of the new intermittent problem. • contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
2. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The ma- • wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
chine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of
• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value
failure or abnormal operation.
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components
An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results
in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom. • misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components

3. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of • slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for: • damaged components
• contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner • excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component
• wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash • loose cables or wires
• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value 9. Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to Verify that the adjustment CAN BE
MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the
• misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components
nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the prob-
• slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids lem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of
• damaged components the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem

• excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component 10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that
is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components for any symp-
• loose cables or wires
toms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
• Packing materials not removed
11. Replace any components or consumables that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem.
4. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is inexpensive, can
the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP. Check to Verify be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to
that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that replace it.
it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indica-
12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what you have
tion of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal val-
observed, what actions you took, and the recommended next steps.
ue, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of
the cause of the problem.

1701 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 1
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

G P 2 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e 5. Copy the appropriate .bin file from the PWS or computer to the dwld directory on the USB
drive.
Purpose
CAUTION: This procedure is generic in nature, and is intended as an overview only. CAUTION: Verify that this is the only file in this directory.
Always follow the instruction that may come with the software. There may be addi-
6. Insert the USB drive into the USB connector on the front panel of the C9065/C9070.
tional steps added, or other special requirements that vary from version to version.
7. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.
Upgrades machine software or reinstallation of the machine software as required.
CAUTION: For this procedure, use ONLY the main power switch located behind the
Note: Use the All-In-One file ( FULL.bin ) to upgrade software. If you are reinstalling software at front cover to power off and power on the machine. Do NOT use the sub power switch
the same version, you must use the individual files to reinstall software, as the All-in-One option will on the front panel.
not overwrite a file of the same version.
a. Open the front cover, locate the main power switch, then switch off the machine.
There are three processes for software ugrade:
b. Disconnect the RJ45 network connector to the customer's network.
• USB software upgrade - installs the software from USB drive using the USB port located on the
c. Hold the energy saver button down and use ONLY the main power switch to switch on the
front console of the machine.
machine.
Note: Customer upgrade from USB is not an option. d. Continue holding the Energy Saver button until [Download Mode] is displayed (approxi-
• HDD software upgrade - performs the software upgrade from the hard drive. mately 15 seconds).

8. After approximately 30 seconds the screen will display [TRANSFERRING] followed by [Process-
Note: The machine saves a backup file on the hdd automatically. The HDD software upgrade is
ing 0/10, 1/10,....10/10].
typically used to recover a device option that may not be at the correct software version of the
machine. Note: The Interrupt light will flash continually during the software upgrade. Download time:
• Network - used by the customer for software installation. This procedure is included in the cus- Approx. 10 min.
tomer documentation and not discussed here. 9. When the software upgrade is complete, the machine will restart, then print out a [Software Up-
USB Software Upgrade grade Report].

1. Download the software from Xerox.com to the PWS or a computer. 10. Remove USB drive once the software ugrade is complete.

2. Print the Copy Reports/Configuration Reports. Refer to GP 6, Printing Reports. CAUTION: After troubleshooting software issues, always verify the software version
3. Make a copy of the color test pattern and check for image quality problems. is the latest available on Xerox.com. Upgrade the machine to the latest software ver-
sion, when possible, before completing work performed.
Note: Resolve any problems before performing the software loading.
HDD Software Upgrade
4. Insert the USB Drive into the PWS or computer, then in the root directory, create a directory la-
1. Print the Copy Reports/Configuration Reports. Refer to GP 6, Printing Reports.
beled dwld.
2. Make a copy of the color test pattern and check for image quality problems.
Note: Generally, the All-in-One file ( Full.bin ) is used when upgrading to a newer version of
software. If you are reinstalling software at the same version, you must use individual files, as Note: Resolve any problems before performing the software upgrade.
the All-in-One option will not overwrite a file of the same version. When installing individual files 3. Perform the USB Software Upgrade.
the machine software version will display as either all zeroes or as the last file that was down-
loaded. This is a display issue only. Loading the All-in-One file after loading individual files will Note: The machine saves a backup file on the HDD automatically. The HDD software upgrade
correct this. is typically used to recover a device option that may not be at the correct software version of
the machine..

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1702


GP 2 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

4. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19. GP 3 Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode
CAUTION: For this procedure, use ONLY the main power switch located behind the Purpose
front cover to power off and power on the machine. Do NOT use the sub power switch Certain diagnostic routines and reports are available locally on the machine UI through Service
on the front panel. Rep. mode. Refer to, Accessing UI Diagnostics, for a list of available options within the UI.

a. Open the front cover, locate the main power switch, then switch off the machine. Entering Diagnostics
b. Disconnect the RJ45 network connector to the customer's network. 1. Press and hold the 0 key for 5 seconds, then while still holding down the 0 key, press the Start
button.
c. Hold the energy saver button down and use ONLY the main power switch to switch on the
The CE - Type Passcode screen will appear.
machine.
2. Enter 6789 and press Confirm.
d. Continue holding the Energy Saver button until [Download Mode] is displayed (approxi-
mately 15 seconds). 3. The top right area of the UI display will change to let the user know that the mode has changed
to Service Rep. mode. The words Service Rep. are displayed.
5. Hold the [start button] down until transferring begins.

6. When the software upgrade is complete, the machine will restart, then print out a [ Software Note: If a system failure has occurred when the machine is turned On but it has not been recti-
Upgrade Report ]. fied, the diagnostic operation will not be guaranteed.

CAUTION: After troubleshooting software issues, always verify the software version Exiting Diagnostics
is the latest available on Xerox.com. Upgrade the machine to the latest software ver- There are three ways to exit Diagnostics:
sion, when possible, before completing work performed.
1. Press and hold the 0 key then press the Start button.

2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 19.

Note: Some actions performed in Service Rep. mode cause the machine to restart upon exiting,
the machine will come back up in normal user mode.

3. Select Abort the Operation and Exit.

1703 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 3
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

G P 4 S e r i a l N u m b e r S y n c h r o n i z a t i o n Pr o c e d u r e 6. Enter the correct serial number (last six digits, leave off the last digit for XE machines) in both
boxes on the Serial Number screen and then select Confirm.
Purpose
This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when certain PWBs must 7. If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.

be replaced. This data is stored at three locations; the MCU NVM PWB (IOT), the EEP ROM (SYS1)
on the Back Plane PWB (SYS1), and the Controller PWB (SYS2). This procedure allows the data in all
three locations to be synchronized in case of replacement of one of the PWBs, or due to data cor-
ruption associated with one of the following faults:

• 124-324 (3 Billing Counter Mismatch)

• 124-325 (1 Billing Counter Mismatch; Unable to recover Billing Counter during recovery)

• 124-312 (Product No. Mismatch)

• 124-313 (Serial No. Mismatch)

• 124-310 (Product No. Failure: Not initialized)

• 124-311 (Serial No. Failure: Not initialized)

Procedure
CAUTION: Verify that the software on the PWBs is the correct version for that PWB
before, and after, PWB replacement.

To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data, never install all three
PWBs at once. Always install the PWBs, ONE PWB AT A TIME, in the following order:

• Controller PWB (PL 3.2).

• MCU NVM PWB (PL 1.2).

• EEP ROM (PL 3.2).

Print the System Settings List (GP 6), then compare the ROM values to the table in the
software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD.

1. Enter UI Diagnostic mode (see Accessing UI Diagnostics).

2. Select Adjustment/Others.

3. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.

4. Select a PWB with the correct data.

Note: For any of the following conditions, escalate the call to Field engineering or the NTC:
• The displayed serial numbers all match each other but do not match the data plate.

• Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number

• The displayed numbers are all different.

5. Select Start.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1704


GP 4 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 5 H a r d S t o p Pr o c e d u r e G P 6 P r i n t i n g Re p o r t s
Procedure Purpose
1. Enter UI Diagnostics (see Accessing UI Diagnostics) This procedure lists the various printed reports that can be generated by the machine, and describes
the procedure for accessing them.
2. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write.

3. To Hard Stop DADF: change location 711-296 (Independent Operation Time) from 0 to a value Procedure
between 2 and 999 , where the value represents the time between start of the feed operation There are three levels of reports available. Some reports are available to anyone, in User mode.
and the timed of the desired Hard Stop (each bit = 10 msec). There are additional reports that are only available in System Administrator mode (the User mode

To Hard Stop IOT: change location 740-012 (Paper Intentional Stop Timer) from 0 to a value reports are also available). A third group of reports is only available to CSEs (the reports available in

between 1 and 999 , where the value represents the time between start of the feed operation the other modes are also accessible).

and the timed of the desired Hard Stop (each bit = 10 msec). User Mode Reports
4. Exit UI Diagnostics mode without rebooting the Controller. If the machine reboots, the settings 1. Press the Machine Status button on the UI surround.
for the Hard Stop mode will be cleared. 2. Select the Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the UI screen.
5. Paper Intentional Stop operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode (1 copy 3. Select Print Report List. The following report selections will be displayed:
with Paper Tray settings as Simp, Dup, Inv etc.).
• Job Status
The M/C stops at the specified timing. Stop the operation by shutting down the M/C. The M/C
performs recovery operation (Marking recovery) when it restarts after shutting down. Under this selection there are 2 choices:

6. To cancel Hard Stop mode switch off the machine power: – Job History Report

– Error History Report

• Scan Reports

Under this selection there are 3 choices:

– Reports

♦ Configuration Report

♦ Scan/Fax Configuration

♦ Domain Filter LIst

– Job Template LIst

– Address Book

• Copy Reports

– Configuration Report

• Printer Reports

Under this selection there are 11 choices:

– Configuration Report

– PCL Settings List

1705 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 5
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

– PCL Macro List G P 7 N e t w o r k Pr i n t i n g S i m u l a t i o n


– PDF Settings List Purpose
– TIFF / JPEG Settings LIst This procedure details a method of troubleshooting network printing problems.

– TIFF / JPEG Logical Printers List Prerequisites


– HP-GL/2 Settings List • Crossover Cable and a PWS equipped with a Network Interface Card.

– HP-GL/2 Logical Printers List • User software CD or driver files downloaded and extracted to a folder on the PWS.

– HP-GL/2 Palette List • Windows 2000/Windows XP

– Font List Procedure


Setup
– PCL Font List
1. Print the System Settings List (Configuration Report). Refer to GP 6.
4. Select the report you wish to print, and press the Start button.
2. Configure the PWS IP Address:
System Administrator Mode Reports
a. Right click on the My Network Places icon.
1. Press the Log In/Out button on the UI surround.
b. Select Properties to bring up the Network and Dial-up Connections window.
2. Enter the SA password (the default is 1111 ).
c. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
3. Follow the procedure for User Mode. The following additional reports are available:
d. Select the General tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Highlight TCP/IP and
• Folder List
select Properties.
• Job Counter Report
e. Select the Use the following IP address radio button.
• Auditron Reports
f. Enter an IP address one digit different than the machine IP address listed on the Configura-
4. To exit SA mode, press the Log In/Out button on the UI surround then select Cancel. tion Report (ex., if the machine IP address is 12.138.147.44, enter 12.138.147.45 or
12.138.147.43).
CSE Reports
Refer to Printing CE Reports in the UI Diagnostics section. g. Enter 255.255.252.0 for Subnet mask.

3. Connect the PWS to the printer with the Crossover Cable.

4. Click the Windows Start button.

5. Select Settings , then Printers and Faxes.

6. Select Add Printer.

7. On the Add Printer Wizard screen, click Next.

8. On the next screen, select Local printer , then click Next.

9. When the Add Printer Wizard asks you to select the printer port, select Create a new port. In
the Type: menu, select Standard TCP/IP Port , then click Next. This will open the Add Standard
TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard. Click Next.

10. Enter the IP address of the printer. Click Next.

11. Select Custom , then click on Settings...

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1706


GP 7 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

12. in the Protocol box, select LPR. In the LPR Settings box, type print for Queue Name :, then click G P 8 C l o n i n g N e t w o r k C o n fi g u r a t i o n
OK.
Purpose
13. Click Next. Click Finish to return to the Add Printer Wizard. This procedure is designed to be used by System Administrators to copy Network Configuration set-
14. If the printer driver was previously loaded on the PWS, select the printer from the list and click tings to multiple devices on the network such as Scan to File and/or Scan to Email configuration
Next. Otherwise, click Have Disk. Print Drivers can be found on the customer’s User Software settings. It can also be used to backup and restore Network Controller settings that are lost during
CD. The drivers can be downloaded from the Controller via Web Tools. The latest driver can also an Altboot software load.
be downloaded from the Xerox website. Navigate to the CD or downloaded driver for your PWS’
Establishing a LAN connection
operating system. Click OK.
The following steps establish a correctly configured Local Area Network (LAN) connection so that
15. On the Name Your Printer screen, enter a name for the printer. Do not set this printer as the de- the PWS can communicate with the Network Controller. Once the settings are established they will
fault. Click Next. remain in effect until changed.
16. Select Do not share...
Note: Record the original data for every place you make a change. You may or may not need to re-
17. Select Yes when asked if you want to print a test page. Correct printing indicates a functioning set the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network practice
network connection.
1. Record any selections that you change, so that you can restore your original configuration when
Using the Simulator finished.
To use this simulator tool on different machines, modify the Setup as follows:
2. Print a Configuration Report (GP 6).
1. Print a new System Settings List (Configuration Report). Refer to GP 6. 3. Right click on the My Network Places icon.
2. Reconfigure the PWS IP Address per step 2 in Setup. 4. Select Properties to bring up the Network and Dial-up Connections window.
3. Click the Windows Start button. 5. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
4. Select Settings , then Printers and Faxes. 6. Select the General tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Highlight TCP/IP and se-
5. Right-click on the name of the test printer you created, and select Properties lect Properties.

6. Select the Ports tab, then click on Configure Port... 7. Select the Use the following IP address radio button.

7. Enter the printer’s IP address then click on OK. 8. Enter an IP address one digit different than the machine IP address listed on the Configuration
Report for example, if the machine IP address is 12.138.147.44, enter 12.138.147.45 or
12.138.147.43).

9. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask.

10. Select OK to close the TCP/IP Properties window

11. Select OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.

12. You may need to reboot the PWS to load the settings.

Connecting to the machine


1. Connect the Crossover Cable between the PWS and the Network Controller.

2. Open Internet Explorer

3. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go.

1707 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 8
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Note: If the customer has enabled Administrator Password, you will be asked for a user name
and password. Defaults are admin as the user name, and 1111 for the password.

4. When the CentreWare Internet Services window opens, select the Properties Tab.

5. Click on the General Setup link, then the Cloning link (Figure 1).

Figure 2 Important Notes


Saving settings to a Clone file
Note: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS connected
to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC is an Internet
Browser.

Figure 1 Cloning Screen 1. Select the Clone button under the View Feature Details link (Figure 2).

6. Scroll down the page to see critical information about the cloning process (Figure 2). Click the Note: If the customer has enabled Administrator Password, you will be asked for a user name
View Feature Details link to get a list of data that is backed up and/or restored using the Clon- and password. Defaults are admin as the user name, and 1111 for the password.
ing Feature.
CAUTION: Do NOT attempt to open the clone file as it may cause the file to become
corrupt.

2. Right click on Cloning.dat to save the clone file (Figure 3).

Note: When the file is saved, a.txt extension may automatically be placed at the end of the file
name. Before loading this clone file, navigate to the saved file, right-click on the file and select
Rename. The correct format for the file name is xxxxxxxx.dat.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1708


GP 8 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

GP 9 Entering Admin Mode


Purpose
This procedure is used to enter the Admin Mode, using customer password, to make changes within
the tools menus.

Procedure
1. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel

2. If there are Registered User accounts on the machine there will be a Pull Down menu displaying
Registered User. Select the pull down menu and select System Administrator.

3. If the customer has enabled the Login ID - default (admin), enter the Login ID. The password (
1111) is the default; the customer may have set a unique password).

4. Press Enter on the touch screen.

Note: If this password does not work, the customer has reset the password. Ask customer for
password. Do not change password (GP 11) without customer’s consent.

5. Press the Machine Status Button.


Figure 3 Saving the Clone File
6. Select the Tools Tab.
Using the Clone file
7. Press the Log In/Out button to log out.
Note: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS connected
to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC is an Internet 8. Press Logout.
Browser.

1. Open Internet Explorer

2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go.

3. When the CentreWare Internet Services window opens, select the Properties Tab. Click on the
General Settings link, then the Cloning link (Figure 1).

4. Scroll to the bottom of the page (Figure 2).

5. Use the Browse button to navigate to the clone file, or type the full path to the file.
Click the Install button. If the machine does not reboot after five minutes, power the machine
off/on.

6. Verify the cloned settings with a new Configuration Report.

1709 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 9
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

GP 10 Billing Meter PWBs G P 1 1 Pa s s w o r d / L o g i n I D Re s e t


Refer to GP 4. Purpose
The Login ID was changed and needs to be reset to access the System Administration screens. This
procedure enables the Login ID to be reset.

Procedure
1. Enter Service Rep. mode. (Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode)

2. Press System Status.

3. Select the Tools Tab.

4. In the Group column, select Authentication / Security Settings

5. In the Features column, select System Administrator Settings.

6. Select System Administrator’s Login ID.

7. Select Keyboard.

8. Enter the desired Login ID.

9. Select Next

10. Enter the same Login ID again.

11. Select Save.

12. Select System Administrator’s Passcode.

13. Enter the desired Passcode twice.

14. Select Save

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1710


GP 10 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 1 2 Co m m o n A c c e s s C a r d S e r v i c i n g Installation
The customer is responsible for installation of the hardware and the enablement kit software (un-
Description
less they have purchased Analyst services).
The Xerox Common Access Card & Personal Identity Verification ID System is an embedded authen-
tication solution. It supports Common Access Cards (CAC) cards issued to Department of Defense Service
(DoD) personnel. These types of smart cards store identity information in the form of Personal Iden- Note: Except for USAF installations, Xerox does not provide any on-site or remote repair or replace-
tification Numbers and of digitally encrypted certificates. These are used for id authentication and ment of CAC compatible Cards or Card readers. For USAF installations, Xerox Service supplies the
authorization in order to gain access to work areas, computers, networks, and peripheral devices. Card Reader. The card reader is manufactured by SCM Microsystems, model SCR3310, and can be
identified by the Xerox p/n (960K59280) on the underside of the device.Only readers with the Xerox
The Xerox CAC Enablement software supports a number of card readers and allows users to authen-
part number affixed are to be replaced by Xerox Service.
ticate at the device. The card reader is connected to a USB port on the WorkCentre.
Service for CAC hardware is limited to verifying correct operation:
Supported Card Types
The CAC solution is compatible with most common CAC card types listed below. Other card types • CSE should check the following NVM values:
may function with the CAC/PIV ID system but they have not been validated. – Location 850-009 should be set to 0
• Axalto Pegasus 64K / V2 – Location 700-379 should be set to 0101.
• Axalto Cyberflex 32K / V1 • Check out the machine in the service mode to insure no faults are displayed and that the Work-
• Axalto Cyberflex 64K / V2 Centre is functioning correctly in diagnostic mode.

• Gemplus GemXpresso 64K / V2 • If working properly, return the machine to customer user mode and have a user attempt to use
their card to gain access to the machine features.
• Oberthur 72K / V2

• Oberthur CosmopoIIC 32K / V1 If the card functions properly, the CSE’s responsibilities have been met.

• Oberthur D1 72K / V2 (contact-less and PIV) If the CAC System Fails


Check for any UI displayed messages that might indicate a card failure or card reader failure. Other
Supported Card Readers
messages might indicate authorization issues with the customer’s card.
The following card readers are compatible with the CAC ID system:

• Gemplus GemPC USB SL Suggest that the user try their card in another device. If the card works in another device, suggest
that they alert their on-site supervisor to try another card reader on the failed device or check for
• Gemplus GemPC Twin
network connectivity to the failed device. For USAF installations, the CSE will replace the faulty Card
• SCM Micro SCR3310 Reader.
• Panasonic ZU 9PS
Suggest that another user try their card on the device where the original card failed. If the second
Other USB CCID compliant readers may function with the CAC ID system, but have not been card works, suggest that the user’s card has failed.
validated.
Servicing non-CAC problems.
Prerequisites Diagnostic Tools
USB Enablement Kit (software option).
Diagnostics can be accessed as usual when the Common Access Card & Personal Identity Verifica-
For most installations, the customer is responsible for supplying a compatible card reader for each tion ID System is installed.
MFP. The exception to this is for USAF installations (see the Note: under Service).
Customer Tools

1711 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 12
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

If the Machine Status pathway has been locked, the Tools will only be available to the user who has 14. The session is terminated when the card is removed from the reader, or the administrator setta-
either logged in as a System Admin or has logged in and Authenticated to the machine using their ble timeout expires.
Common Access Card and the correct password for that card.
CAC Feature Limitations:
CAC Feature Principles of Operation • The CAC solution requires the Scan option to be installed.
The following steps represent an authentication process.
• When CAC authentication is enabled on the device the Copy Feature is locked by default and
1. The WorkCentre’s control panel will prompt the user to insert their card in the attached reader. can only be accessed once the user has successfully authenticated.

2. Once a card is inserted the user will be prompted to enter their PIN. Possible Fault Codes That May Be Observed
3. The PIN is validated against the card, and if they match, this will unlock the card so the Private • 021-210: USB Card Reader connection error.

Certificate Key may be used. • 021-211: USB Card Reader broken.

4. The user’s digital Certificate is read from the card. • 021-212: USB Card Reader couldn’t start.

5. • 018-725: Users Kerberos password has expired. Please ask system administrator of KDC to ex-
tend password expiration date or change password.
Steps to validate the Chain of Trust
The WorkCentre may be configured to validate the Domain Controller (DC) certificate. If so it • 018-726: Not all of Certificate Authority certificate(s) of the CAC Root and Intermediate certifi-
submits the DC Certificate and any associated Trusted Root Certificates, to the Online Certifi- cates are registered in device.
cate Status Protocol (OCSP) Responder, to verify that the Domain Controller certificate is valid • 018-727: Check that CAC certificate is valid, or that the CAC user is registered on the configured
and not revoked. Domain Controllers.
6. The system receives a response from the OCSP responder stating whether the certificate is valid • 018-728: Check that the Domain Controller Certificate is invalid.
and has not been revoked.
• 016-533: Domain Controller server clock-skew error. Enable NTP.
7.
• 016-534: Could not connect with the configured Domain Controller realm.
Authenticating with the Domain Controller • 016-539: Fatal error on the Domain Controller.
The system calls the Domain Controller using the PKINIT protocol to validate the CAC user’s
• 016-231: A fault or an error has occurred with the CAC Card Reader.
Certificate.

8. The Domain Controller (Kerberos) returns an encrypted challenge.

9. The WorkCentre decrypts the challenge using the private key from the Domain Controller Certifi-
cate that was downloaded on the WorkCentre. The Domain Controller then provides a decrypted
session key that the machine uses to decode subsequent communication with the DC.

10. The CAC User’s Identity certificate is passed to the Domain Controller for Authorization.

11. If successful, the Domain Controller returns a Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). Authentication is
complete and Authorization begins.

12. At this point authorization is complete and the authorized services such as (scan to e-mail, copy
& fax) are now available.

13. The E-mail address is retrieved from the Signing Certificate and is available for inclusion in the
From: field whenever the E-mail Service is selected.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1712


GP 12 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 1 3 Fa x D i a g n o s t i c s 3. To stop the test, select Relay Off.

Purpose Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers

This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in Accessing UI Signal No. Output Description
Diagnostics.
011 Tonal Signal Output 462Hz
Procedure 012 Tonal Signal Output 1080Hz
To Access Fax Diagnostics:
1. Enter Accessing UI Diagnostics. 013 Tonal Signal Output 1100Hz

2. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel 014 Tonal Signal Output 1300Hz

3. On the display, select System Settings , then Common Settings , then Maintenance/ 015 Tonal Signal Output 1650Hz
Diagnostics.
016 Tonal Signal Output 1850Hz
4. Select Sub System.
017 Tonal Signal Output 2100Hz
5. Select Fax Diagnostics.
019 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 1
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signal Sending Test and the Relay On/Off Test
020 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 2
Signal Sending Test
021 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 3
This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.
022 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 4
To run this test:
023 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 5
1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test.
024 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 6
2. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional addi-
tional lines, 0 , 2 , and 4 are for FX use only). 025 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 7

3. Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for the list 026 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 8
of signal numbers. 027 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 9
4. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies com-
028 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 0
munication from the UI to the Controller PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to
generate the specific signal being tested. 029 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone *

If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. 030 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone #

5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending. 031 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone A

Relay On/Off Test 032 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone B


This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU. 033 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone C

To run this test: 034 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone D

1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test. 035 V.21 (H) Signal Output HDLC Flag

2. Select the Line Number and select Relay On. 036 V.27ter Signal Output 2400 bps (HDLC Flag)
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line.
037 V.27ter Signal Output 4800 bps (HDLC Flag)

1713 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 13
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Signal No. Output Description Signal No. Output Description

038 V.29 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 112 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2743 (HDLC Flag)

039 V.29 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 113 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2743 (HDLC Flag)

040 V.17 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 114 V.34 Signal Output 24000/2743 (HDLC Flag)

041 V.17 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 117 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

042 V.17 Signal Output 12000 bps (HDLC Flag) 118 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3000 (HDLC Flag)

043 V.17 Signal Output 14400 bps (HDLC Flag) 119 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3000 (HDLC Flag)

080 V.8 Signal Output ANSam 120 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3000 (HDLC Flag)

081 V.8 Signal Output CM 121 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3000 (HDLC Flag)

082 V.8 Signal Output JM 122 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

083 V.8 Signal Output INFOc 123 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3000 (HDLC Flag)

084 V.8 Signal Output INFOa 124 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3000 (HDLC Flag)

085 V.8 Signal Output PPh+ALT 125 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3000 (HDLC Flag)

096 V.34 Signal Output 2400/2400 (HDLC Flag) 126 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3000 (HDLC Flag)

097 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 127 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

098 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 129 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

099 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 130 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

100 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2400 (HDLC Flag) 131 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3200 (HDLC Flag)

101 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2400 (HDLC Flag) 132 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3200 (HDLC Flag)

102 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 133 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3200 (HDLC Flag)

103 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 134 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

104 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 135 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

106 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 136 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3200 (HDLC Flag)

107 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 137 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3200 (HDLC Flag)

108 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 138 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3200 (HDLC Flag)

109 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 139 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

110 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2743 (HDLC Flag) 140 V.34 Signal Output 31200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

111 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 142 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3429 (HDLC Flag)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1714


GP 13 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Signal No. Output Description GP 14 Special Boot Modes


143 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3429 (HDLC Flag) Purpose
This procedure describes methods to force initialization of HDD or NVM data. This may be required
144 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
if UI Diagnostic cannot be entered and initialization is required.
145 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3429 (HDLC Flag)
Procedure
146 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3429 (HDLC Flag) Note: For this procedure, use ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door to power
147 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3429 (HDLC Flag) off and power on the machine. Do NOT use the Top Power Switch. Refer to GP 19 for more
information.
148 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3429 (HDLC Flag)
CAUTION: There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of
149 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
initializations for a particular function. There is information lost in each procedure,
150 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3429 (HDLC Flag) thus, they should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list
151 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3429 (HDLC Flag) gives these procedures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are in-
structed to perform a specific initialization, perform only that procedure.
152 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3429 (HDLC Flag)
Job Log Initialization
153 V.34 Signal Output 31200/3429 (HDLC Flag)
This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot.
154 V.34 Signal Output 33600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
To Execute:
160 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 697Hz
1. Power off using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (refer to GP 19 for
161 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 770Hz
more information).
162 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 852Hz 2. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door, while simultane-
163 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 941Hz ously holding the 1 , the Stop , and the Energy Saver buttons on the Control Panel.

164 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1209Hz 3. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (progress bar) appears.

165 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1336Hz Spool Initialization


This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot.
166 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1477Hz
To Execute:
167 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1633Hz
1. Power off using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (refer to GP 19 for
more information).

2. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door, while simultane-
ously holding the 6 , the Stop , and the Energy Saver buttons on the Control Panel.

3. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (progress bar) appears.

HDD Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD, and
will and then perform a reboot.

1715 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 14
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

CAUTION: All customer data on the HDD (customer’s files/configuration such as To Execute:
mailboxes, scanned documents, user IDs and account IDs for accounting) will be
1. Power off using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (refer to GP 19 for
deleted.
more information).
To Execute: 2. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door, while simultane-
1. Power off using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (refer to GP 19 for ously holding the 3 , the Stop , and the Energy Saver buttons on the Control Panel.

more information). 3. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (progress bar) appears.
2. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door, while simultane-
ously holding the 4 , the Stop , and the Energy Saver buttons on the Control Panel.

3. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (progress bar) appears.

NVM Initialization
If possible, save NVM to be restored after the procedure is complete (GP 18).

CAUTION: STOP HERE! This portion of the routine will set all ESS NVM values to de-
fault. DO NOT execute this step unless specifically directed to perform this portion.

If possible, save NVM to be restored after the procedure is complete (GP 18).

This step will initialize the ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a reboot.

To Execute:

1. Power off using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (refer to GP 19 for
more information).

2. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door, while simultane-
ously holding the 2 , the Stop , and the Energy Saver buttons on the Control Panel.

3. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (progress bar) appears.

4. Use the Main Power Switch to Switch to switch off, then switch on the machine. Refer to GP 19.

5. Fault 116-334 will occur. Again, use the Main Power Switch to switch off, then switch on ma-
chine. Refer to GP 19.

6. Fault 124-315 will occurs. Perform GP 4.

IOT NVM Initialization


If possible, save NVM to be restored after the procedure is complete (GP 18).

CAUTION: STOP HERE! This portion of the routine will set all IOT NVM values to de-
fault. DO NOT execute this step unless specifically directed to perform this portion.

If possible, save NVM to be restored after the procedure is complete (GP 18).

This step will initialize the IOT NVM and then perform a reboot.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1716


GP 14 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 1 5 S e t t i n g Co u n t r y Co d e G P 1 6 Fo r e i g n D e v i c e I n t e r fa c e S e t u p
Purpose Purpose
This procedure is used to set the Country Code for correct FAX operation. This procedure explains the process for installing and configuring the Foreign Device Interface (FDI)
PIN: 498K14141.
Procedure
1. Enter Tools mode (GP 9). Procedure
1. Perform internal dip switch setup for the Bear DCS6061 FDI:
2. Follow the path, System Settings -> System Settings -> Common Settings -> Other Settings.

3. Scroll the Other Settings menu to find Country (on page 2; item 14, 15, or 16 depending on con- a. Remove the 3 Phillips screws on under side of the FDI.
figuration). To change the value: b. Remove top cover to gain access to the internal DIP switches.
• Select Change Settings. c. Set switches as shown in Figure 1.
• Scroll through the list to select the Country.
J1 DIP Switches
• Select Save. 1 through 4, 7
ON
4. Exit Tools mode. Switch 5 ON for
Copy Only; OFF
for Copy and
Print

P2

d. Reassemble the FDI.

2. Connect the FDI:

a. Switch off the power.

b. Connect the cable from P351 on the controller Chassis to J1 on the FDI.

c. The Foreign Accessory connects to P2 on the FDI.

d. Switch on the power.

3. Go to dC131 NVM Read/Write. Set the following locations depending on the type of device and
the customer’s wishes:

a. Location 850-001 (FDI Present):

• 1= present, 0 = not present

• Auto-sets to 1 when FDI attached, but does not reset to 0 if FDI is removed.

• Must be manually set to 0 if FDI is removed.

1717 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 15
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

b. Location 850-007 (UI Messaging). The default is 0, Ready to Copy. This must be changed G P 1 7 P W S N V M A c c e s s / S o f t w a r e D o w n l o a d To o l Co n n e c t i o n
to one of the following messages:
CAUTION: Currently there is no NVM Access Tool for Primelink. Do not try and
• For Additive Mode (Auditron-type devices). use the C60/70 Tool it will not work. Please escalate the need for this tool by con-
– 1 = Use a Valid Card tacting the hotline.

• For Subtractive Mode (Coin -Op or Debit Card devices).

Note: These modes will significantly reduce productivity, especially duplex.


– 2, 3 or 5 = Use a Valid Card

– 4 = Insert Coins

– 6 or 7 = Insert Coins or Use a Valid Card

c. Location 850-009 (Print & Copy Control).

• 0 = Copy Control only; 1 = Print & Copy Control

d. Location 850-015 (Scan Access Control)

• 1 = Restrict access to scanning services; 0 = Allow access to scanning services

4. Configuring the IOT for Print Control.

a. Enter Admin Mode (GP 9).

b. Select Authentication/Security Settings.

c. In Group column, Select Authentication.

d. In Features column, scroll to Charge/Private Print Settings.

e. Select Receive Control.

f. Select Change Settings

g. Make the appropriate selection depending on the type of device and the customer’s wishes.

h. Select Save

i. Exit Tools Mode.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1718


GP 17 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 1 8 S a v e a n d Re s t o r e N V M G P 1 9 S p e c i a l Po w e r O f f / Po w e r O n P r o c e d u r e
CAUTION: Currently there is no NVM Access Tool for Primelink. Do not try and Procedure
use the C60/70 Tool it will not work. Please escalate the need for this tool by con- The Special Power Off/Power On procedure is required to access some service modes.
tacting the hotline.
CAUTION: Use this procedure ONLY if specifically Instructed to do so.
Refer to dC131 NVM Read/Write to view or change NVM values.
Power Off the Machine
1. Check to Verify there are no jobs in progress or pending.

2. Open the Front Door and locate the Main Power Switch (Figure 1).

Note: Do NOT use the Top Power Switch (Figure 1) to power off the machine.

3. Power off the machine using ONLY the Main Power Switch behind the Front Door.

Top Power
Switch

Main Power
Switch

4. Disconnect the RJ45 Network Connector to the customer's network.

Power On the Machine


1. Power On using ONLY the Main Power Switch located behind the Front Door (Figure 1), while si-
multaneously holding the buttons listed in the procedure that called GP 19.

2. Continue holding the buttons until the indication described in the procedure that called GP 19
occurs.

1719 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 18
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

GP 20 How to Check a Motor


This procedure describes how to check the motors that follow:

• Two Wire DC Motors, Figure 1 .

• Four Wire Stepper Motor, Figure 1 .

• Six Wire Stepper Motor, Figure 1 .

Initial Actions
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death
or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

1. Check that the motor is free to rotate.

2. Check that all the motor’s mechanisms are clean, free to move and lubricated correctly.

3. Enter the component control code for the motor. Refer to dC330. Run the motor for 30 seconds. If the motor shows signs of, or can be heard to slow down, then the motor is defective. Replace the
motor.

4. Perform the appropriate procedure:

• Two Wire DC Motors, Figure 1 .

• Four Wire Stepper Motor, Figure 1 .

• Six Wire Stepper Motor, Figure 1 .

Note: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.

Two Wire DC Motors,Figure 1


Note: In cases where the motor may be driven forward or backward, the same 2 feed wires are used, but the voltages on them are reversed, to reverse the motor direction. Such motors may have 2 compo-
nent control codes, for forward and reverse. A typical application is a tray lift motor with a tray-up and a tray-down direction.

• Disconnect PJB (Flag 2). Check that +24V is measured when the component control code for the motor is entered.

• Disconnect PJA (Flag 1). Check for +24V on the LVPS.

• Disconnect PJC (Flag 3). Check that the signal changes on the controller PWB when the component control code for the motor is entered.

• Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.

Four Wire Stepper Motor,Figure 1


Note: A stepper motor with an internal open circuit may appear to be fully functional under dC330 component control. However, under normal operation it will run with intermittent failure. Use the stand-
ard digital meter to check that the resistance of the stepper motor coils are similar.

• Disconnect PJH (Flag 6). Check the motor on pulses on the harness when the component control code for the motor is entered.

• Disconnect PJJ (Flag 6). Check the motor on pulses on the harness when the component control code for the motor is entered.

• Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1720


GP 20 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue
Six Wire Stepper Motor,Figure 1
Note: A stepper motor with an internal open circuit may appear to be fully functional under dC330 component control. However, under normal operation it will run with intermittent failure. Use the stand-
ard digital meter to check that the resistance of the stepper motor coils are similar.

• Disconnect PJF (Flag 5). Check the +24V supply and the motor on pulses when the component control code for the motor is entered.

• Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.

1721 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 20
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

GP 21 How to Check a Sensor • Disconnect PJC (Flag 2). Check the wiring and the connectors for the sensor circuit.

Purpose • Check for +3.3V and 0V at PJC (Flag 2) on the controller PWB.

Use this procedure to check the operation of a sensor. • If necessary, install new components or repair the wiring.

Note: The upper circuit diagram in Figure 1, shows a flag sensor. Some sensors have a resistor with-
in the sensor. Other sensors require a resistor on the PWB, such as R1 in Figure 1. The resistor limits
the current through the LED. This decreases the voltage on the sensor LED to 1.2V, typically.

Note: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
Initial Actions
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Perform the steps that follow:

1. Ensure that the sensor is installed correctly.

2. Clean the sensor and the area around the sensor.

3. If a flag actuator is installed, check that it has free movement.

4. Check that the paper path is clear.

5. If the sensor actuates by a surface that reflects, check that the surface is clean. Also ensure that
there is not an obstruction between the sensor and the surface.

6. If the sensor actuates by an encoder disc, ensure the holes or gaps in the disc are aligned cor-
rectly with the sensor.

Sensor Action
Refer to Figure 1. When light from the LED is allowed to fall on the registration sensor, photo-sensi-
tive transistor, the sensing line, PJA, pin 2, is low (Flag 1). When light from the LED is blocked by the
flag, the sensing line is high.

Refer to Figure 1. When light from the LED is reflected by the paper onto the ltray 3 feed sensor,
photo-sensitive transistor, the sensing line, PJE, pin 2 is low. When no paper is present, no light falls
on the transistor and the sensing line is high.

Quick Sensor Check


Enter the component control code for the sensor. Refer to dC330. Actuate the sensor. If the display
changes, the sensor operates correctly. If the display does not change, perform the procedure.

Procedure
For the upper sensor in Figure 1 :

• Disconnect PJA (Flag 1). Check for +3.3V and 0V at PJA on the harness.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1722


GP 21 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

GP 22 H ow to Che ck a S ole noid or Clutch


Purpose
Use this procedure to check a clutch or solenoid.

Initial Actions
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

1. For a clutch, check that the mechanical components are clean, free to move and are lubricated
correctly

2. For a solenoid, check that the armature and associated mechanical components are free to
move.

Procedure
Note: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.

Note: When a solenoid is energized in diagnostics, armature movement is seen. When a clutch is
energized in diagnostics, the sound of the clutch action is heard. If possible, energize the motor con-
nected to the clutch to confirm when the clutch is energized.

• Check that the signal changes on the controller PWB (PL 3.2 Item 7) when the component con-
trol code for the clutch or solenoid is entered.

• Refer to Figure 1. Disconnect PJA (Flag 1) from PJC (Flag 2). Check that +24V is measured when
the component control code for the clutch or solenoid is entered.

• Refer to Figure 1. Disconnect PJD (Flag 3) from PJC (Flag 2). Check for +24V on the LVPS.

• Check the wiring and the connectors for the clutch or solenoid circuit.

1723 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 22
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

G P 2 3 H o w t o C h e c k a Sw i tc h G P 2 4 J a m By p a s s M o d e
Purpose Procedure
Use this procedure to check the operation of a switch. 1. Enter UI Diagnostics (see Accessing UI Diagnostics)

Note: The circuit in Figure 1 shows an example of an interlock switch actuated by the closing of a 2. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write.
door. 3. DADF Jam Bypass: change location 711-297 (Communication Fail Bypass) from 0 to 1.

Initial Actions IOT Jam Bypass: change location 742-002 (Jam Bypass Switching) from 0 to 1.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- 4. Exit the UI Diagnostics mode without rebooting the Controller. If the machine reboots, the set-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 19. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- tings for the Jam Bypass mode will be reset to 0.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
5. Jam Bypass operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode. Stop it with the Stop
Manually check that the switch operates. Ensure that the magnet or other actuator has enough me- key.
chanical movement to operate the switch. 6. To cancel Jam Bypass mode switch off the machine power.

Note: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
Procedure
• Disconnect PJA, Flag 1. Check the electrical operation of the switch.

• Disconnect PJB, Flag 1. Check for +5V and 0V on the IOT PWB.

• Check the wiring and the connectors for the switch circuit.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1724


GP 23 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

G P 2 5 Re s t r i c t i o n o f H a z a r d o u s S u b s t a n c e s ( Ro H S ) G P 2 5 GP 26 Speed Enablement Kit


Purpose Purpose
To give information on the RoHS Directive. To provide information about the process to follow when the Speed Enablement Kit is missing dur-
ing machine installation. The Initialization Kit is missing, and the machine has not been recorded
The RoHS Directive restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
as installed.
equipment. It applies to equipment placed in the European Union (EU) market. The directive takes
effect from 1st July 2006. Procedure
Go to the SWAP website, www.xerox licensing.xerox.com, to acquire Speed PIN if required after the
Note: Currently these restrictions are only for the European Union (EU) market and some associ-
machine is recorded as installed.
ated countries. For more information go to www.Xerox.com. However, Xerox has mandated that all
PrimeLink® C9065/C9070 machines must be maintained as RoHS compliant. 1. Select the option [Find an existing key].

The hazardous substances are: 2. Select the option [or enter a serial number to get all the keys for a machine], then click
[Next]. If a Speed Enablement code has been previously generated, it is displayed on the
• Lead (Pb)
screen.
• Mercury (Hg)
3. Enter UI Diagnostics, Entering and Exiting Diagnostics Mode, then Software Options, to install
• Cadmium (Cd) the Feature Install Key (FIK).
• Hexavalent Chromium (Cr 6+, Cr [VI])
Due to control of the machine speed, the Speed Enablement Kit, which contains the Speed PIN, is
• Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE’s) not supported in spares as a standard spare part. The Speed Enablement Kit is supplied as part of
• Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB’s) the Initialization Kit, Speed Badge, CDs, Customer Documentation, and Install Instructions. See Ta-
ble 1 for the Initialization Kit part numbers.
Identification of a RoHS Compliant Machine
Table 1 Initialization Kits
Xerox will maintain a central list of RoHS compliant machines.
Initialization Kit Part Number OPCO
All XxxxXxxx xxx//xxx machines are RoHS compliant at time of manufacture. C9065 Initialization Kit with 097S05058 Americas
BIM GQV
Procedure
C9065 Initialization Kit - 097S05059 Americas
CAUTION: Failure to comply with RoHS guidelines can result in product recalls, im- speed only GQW
prisonment, fines or penalties.
C9070 Initialization Kit with 097S05060 Americas
Use only spares that are listed in the PrimeLink® C9065/C9070 Spare Parts List. Do not use spare BIM GQY
parts from other similar machines, even if the parts look identical. All PrimeLink® C9065/C9070 ma- C9065 Initialization Kit - 097S05061 Americas
chines are RoHS compliant at time of manufacture and must be maintained as RoHS compliant. speed only GQZ

EH C9065 ppm INBOUND IN- 650S42631 EMEA


ITIALIZATION KIT
(with Page Pack Grace period
on)

EH C9070 ppm INBOUND IN- 650S42633 EMEA


ITIALIZATION KIT
(with Page Pack Grace period
on)

1725 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation GP 25
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Initialization Kit Part Number OPCO • XE: For Speed Enablement Kit replacements. Follow the standard product replacement process
(DOA/TEX) for the relevant part number.
DMOE C9065 ppm INBOUND 650S42630 EMEA - E
INITIALIZATION KIT • EMEA — E: Log a complaint in the system PNP. ISC STE (Integrated Supply Chain Service Team
(with Page Pack Grace period East) will handle the complaint and arrange shipment.
off)

DMOE C9070 ppm INBOUND 650S42632 EMEA - E


INITIALIZATION KIT
(with Page Pack Grace period
off)

Perform one of the following:


• US/Canada Direct Sales: Call XDSS (800-890-3260) and provide them with the serial number
of the machine in question. If they can find the order for this device in either the CAPS or IEMS
ordering systems, they will add a record to the XCLS with that order’s specific device entitle-
ments. Once that is complete, you can go back to the SWAP Portal (www.xerox licensing.xerox.
com ), select “Find an existing key”, enter the serial number of the device and retrieve the al-
ready-created FIKs/unlock-codes for that device. If XDSS cannot find the order in IEMS or CAPS
they cannot provide any further assistance. Please generate Deep Dive escalation for assistance.
Otherwise continue with steps below.

• US: The Speed Enablement Kit replacement is a part of the Product Coded Initialization Kit and
must be ordered using the DOA (Dead on Arrival) or IDR (Identical Replacement) tools.
If a replacement is needed at the time of install, and the equipment has not yet been recorded
as installed, use the DOA tool to order the Initialization Kit accessory only. The DOA should be
requested to be shipped via air to ensure timely delivery.

• Canada: The Speed Enablement Kit replacement is part of the Product Coded Initialization Kit.
Follow the Like for Like equipment process through the Customer Relations Specialist to order
the replacement Initialization Kit.

• Authorized Service Provider: Use this link to order a Speed Enablement Kit: www.office.xerox.
com/partners/productreplacementform/index.cfm
In the Box Description of technical problem and any steps taken to resolve, enter, Speed Enable-
ment Kit request. In the Box Options, Speed Enablement Kit. Under Reason for Return, select
Other then enter Speed Enablement Kit in the comments section.

• Xerox Business Solution (XBS): - Replacement Speed Kit for XBS Field Service should be ordered
as product coded Initialization Kit via the standard Returned Goods Equipment Spares Consum-
ables XBS Process Guide (Version 2011.05.16).

• LATAM (Latin America): Log a complaint request in the system PNP. ISC STW (Integrated Sup-
ply Chain Service Team West) will handle the complaint and arrange shipment.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1726


GP 26 Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Dimensions Figure 1 Service Envelope

Space Requirements Table 1 Service Envelop Dimensions


The Dimensions and installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1, Table 1 and Table 2. Moveable Stationary
Service / Operational Space Installation Installation
The dimensions listed below provide the overall service space required, including the space to the
nearest obstruction. The dimensions reflect both typical and hallway installations and are absolute A Rear of System 10” 24”
minimums. 254 mm 610 mm

The service envelope depth (including device dimensions) is always 102” (2591 mm). The service B Front of IOT 60” 48”

envelope Width is the sum of the System Width + D1 + D2. 1524 mm 1219 mm

D1 Left Side of System 13” 13”


Installation of a Standard Finisher or Booklet Maker Finisher results in a stationary system
330 mm 330 mm
installation.
D2 Right Side of System 24” 24”
610 mm 610 mm

E Allowable Height 78” 78”


1981 mm 1981 mm

1727 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Dimensions
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Table 2 Machine Dimensions and Service Envelope


Configuration Width Depth Height Weight

IOT (Base) (IOT +UI + UI Mtg.) 46 in. / 1168.6mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 563 lbs.

IOT + OCT 62 in. / 1574 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 576 lbs.

HCF + IOT + OCT 62 in. / 1574 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 640 lbs.

IOT+ BR Finisher 78.8 in. / 2002 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 679 lbs.

HCF + IOT +BR Finisher 78.8 in. / 2002 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 740 lbs.

IOT + CZ Folder + BR Finisher 88.3 in. / 2243 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 779 lbs.

HCF + IOT + CZ Folder + BR Finisher 88.3 in. / 2243 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 843 lbs.

OHCF + IOT + BR Finisher 105.2 in. / 2673 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1010 lbs.

OHCF + IOT + CZ Folder + BR Finisher 114.4 in. / 2905 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1113 lbs

IOT + BR Booklet Maker Finisher 81.4 in. / 2068 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 727 lbs

HCF + IOT + BR Booklet Maker Finisher 81.4 in. / 2068 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 791 lbs

IOT + CZ Folder + BR Booklet Maker Finisher 90.6 in. / 2301mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 830 lbs.

HCF + IOT + CZ Folder + BR Booklet Maker 90.6 in. / 2301 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 894 lbs.
Finisher

OHCF + IOT + BR Booklet Maker Finisher 98.4 in. / 2500.5 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1061 lbs.

OHCF + IOT + CZ Folder + BR Booklet Maker 107.6 in. / 2732.5mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1164 lbs.
Finisher

IOT + IFM + PR Finisher 93.1 in. / 2363.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 860lbs.

IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Finisher 99.8 in. / 2370.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 959 lbs.

IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR 116.9 in, / 2968.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1120 lbs.
Finisher

IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided Trimmer + 123.6 in, / 3133.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1219 lbs.
PR Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + PR Finisher 93.1 in. / 2363.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 924 lbs.

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Finisher 99.8 in. / 2528.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1023 lbs.

HCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR 116.9 in. / 2986.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1184 lbs.
Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided 123.6 in. / 3133.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1283 lbs.
Trimmer + PR Finisher

IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Marker Fin 94.5 in. / 2400.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 904 lbs.

IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Booklet Marker Fin 101.2 in. / 25635 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1003 lbs

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1728


Dimensions Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Configuration Width Depth Height Weight

IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR Booklet 118.3 in. / 3005.3mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1164 lbs
Marker Fin

IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided Trimmer + 125 in. / 3170.3mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1283 lbs.
PR Booklet Marker Fin

HCF + IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Marker Fin 94.5 in. / 2400.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 968 lbs.

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Booklet 101.2 in. / 2563.5 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1067 lbs.
Marker Fin

HCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR 118.3 in, / 3005.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1228 lbs.
Booklet Marker Fin

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided 125 in. / 3170.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1327 lbs.
Trimmer + PR Booklet Marker Fin

HCF + IOT+ IFM + CZ Folder + PR Finisher 102.2 in. / 2595.9 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1038 lbs.

HCF + IOT+ IFM + Inserter + CZ Folder + PR 108.9 in. / 2760.5 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1137 lbs.
Finisher

HCF + IOT+ IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + CZ 126 in. / 3200.9 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1298 lbs.
Folder + PR Finisher

HCF + IOT+ IFM + Inserter + Two Sided Trim- 132.7 in. / 3365.9 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1397 lbs.
mer + CZ Folder + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Maker Fin 119.5 in. / 3035.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1238 lbs.

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Booklet 126.2 in. / 3200.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1337 lbs.
Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR 143.3 in. / 3640.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1498 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided 150 in. / 3805.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1597 lbs.
Trimmer + PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + CZ Folder + PR Booklet 128.6 in. / 3266.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1352 lbs.
Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + CZ Folder + 135.3 in. / 3431.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1451 lbs.
PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + 152.4 in. / 3871.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1612 lbs.
CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided 159.1 in. / 4036.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1711 lbs.
Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin

HCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + PR Finisher 110.6 in. / 2808.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1144 lbs.

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter +GBC + PR 117.3 in. / 2973.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1243 lbs.
Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trimmer 134.4 in. / 3413.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1404 lbs.
+ PR Finisher

1729 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Dimensions
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Configuration Width Depth Height Weight

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 141.1 in. / 3578.6 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1503 lbs.
Sided Trimmer +PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + PR Finisher 127.8 in. / 3247.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1414 lbs.

OHCF + IOT + IFM + inserter + GBC + PR 134.5 in. / 3412.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1513 lbs.
Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trim- 151.6 in. / 3852.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1674 lbs.
mer + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 158.3 in. / 4017.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1772 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + PR Finisher

2T OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + PR Finisher 127.8 in. / 3247.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1481 lbs.

HCF + IOT + IFM +GBC + CZ Folder + PR 137 in. / 3479.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1258 lbs.
Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + CZ Fold- 143.7 in. / 3644.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1357 lbs.
er + PR Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trimmer 160.8 in. / 4084.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1518 lbs.
+ CZ Folder + PR Finisher

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 167.5 in. / 4249.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1617 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM +GBC + CZ Folder + PR 137 in, / 3479.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1528 lbs.
Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter +GBC + CZ Fold- 143.7 in. / 3644.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1627 lbs.
er + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM +GBC + Two Sided Trim- 160.8 in. / 4084.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1788 lbs.
mer + CZ Folder + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 167.5 in. / 4249.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1887 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Finisher

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + PR Booklet Maker 129.2 in. / 3282.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1458 lbs.
Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM +Inserter + GBC + PR 135.9 in. / 3447.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1557 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trim- 153 in. / 3887.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1718 lbs.
mer + PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM +Inserter + GBC + Two 158.7 in. / 4052.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1817 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM +GBC + CZ Folder + PR 138.4 in. / 3514.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1572 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + inserter +GBC + CZ Fold- 145 in. / 3683 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1671 lbs.
er + PR Booklet Maker Fin

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1730


Dimensions Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Configuration Width Depth Height Weight

OHCF + IOT + IFM +GBC + Two Sided Trim- 162 in. / 4114.8 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1832 lbs.
mer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter +GBC + Two 168.7 in. / 4279.8 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1931 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Mak-
er Fin

HCF + IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Maker Fin + 136.4 in. / 3465.4 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1177 lbs.
SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Booklet 143 in. / 3630.4 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1276 lbs.
Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + PR 160.2 in. / 4069 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1437 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Maker Fin + 166.9 in. / 4239.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1536 lbs.
SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + PR Booklet Maker Fin + 153.7 in. / 3904 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1447 lbs.
SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + PR Booklet 160.4 in. / 4074.2 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1546 lbs.
Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer PR 177.5 in. / 4508.5 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1707 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sided 184.2 in. / 4678.7 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1806 lbs.
Trimmer + PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + CZ Folder + PR Booklet 145.5 in. / 3696 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1291 lbs.
Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + CZ Folder + PR 152.2 in. / 3861 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1390 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + CZ 169.3 in. / 4301 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1551 lbs.
Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

HCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Ttwo Sided 176 in. / 4466 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1650 lbs.
Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin
+ SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + CZ Folder + PR Booklet 162.8 in. / 4135.2 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1561 lbs.
Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + CZ Folder + 169.5 in. / 4300 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1660 lbs.
PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Two Sided Trimmer + 186.6 in. / 4740 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1821 lbs.
CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + Two Sidded 193.3 in. / 4905 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1920 lbs.
Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin
+ SQFT

1731 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Dimensions
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Configuration Width Depth Height Weight

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + PR Booklet Maker 171.2 in. / 4348.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1667 lbs.
Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + PR 178 in. / 4513.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1766 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trim- 195 in. / 4953.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1927 lbs.
mer+ PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 201.7 in. / 5118.3 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 2026 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + PR Booklet Maker Fin +
SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + CZ Folder + PR 180.3 in. / 4580 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1781 lbs.
Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + CZ 187 in. / 4745 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 1880 lbs.
Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin + SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + GBC + Two Sided Trim- 201 in. / 5185 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 2041 lbs.
mer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Maker Fin +
SQFT

OHCF + IOT + IFM + Inserter + GBC + Two 210.8 in. / 5350 mm 31.6 in. / 803.5 mm 54.8 in. / 1,391.5 mm 2140 lbs.
Sided Trimmer + CZ Folder + PR Booklet Mak-
er Fin + SQFT

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1732


Dimensions Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Component Weights P r o d u c t S p e c i fi c a t i o n s
Table 3 Weights
Product Codes
Weight Kgs
Table 1 Color C9065-C9070 Product Codes
Configuration Weight lbs (approx.) (approx.)
Item Product Code
Weight (approximate base unit only) 604 lbs 273 Kgs
C9065/C9070 IOT 110 VAC E2B

C9065/C9070 IOT 220 VAC E2BN

C9065/C9070 IOT 110 VAC (GSA) E3B

Initialization Kit 110 VAC (C9065) L4B

Initialization Kit 110 VAC (C9070) L6B

Label Speed Kit 220 VAC (C9065/C9070) L5B

Label Speed Kit 220 VAC (C9065/C9070) L7B

Xerox Integrated Controller (NASG) M0B

EFI Integrated Controller R7B

EFI Stand Alone Server R4A

EFI HDD Security Option BEX

EFI FACI Furniture Bundle GKB

Freeflow Integrated Controller K5X

English UI for Color 9065/9070 (XC) B3R

Picture UI for Color 9065/9070 (XE) B4R

BR with 2/3 hole punch Finisher (XC) D3A

BR Finisher with 2/4 hole punch (XE) D5A

Tri-fold and Z Fold Unit for BR Finisher C8B

BR Booklet with 2/3 hole punch Finisher (XC) D4A

BR Booklet with 2/4 hole punch (XE) D6A

BR Vertical Transport Kit B5V

Booklet Maker Finisher (XC) YBF

Booklet Maker Finisher (XE) YBG

Square Fold Trimmer TLX

Standard Finisher (XC) YBH

1733 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Product Specifications
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Item Product Code • 218 watts in low power mode

Standard Finisher (XE) YBK • 28 watts in sleep mode

Tri-fold and Z Fold Unit for Standard and MUA Warm-up Time
Bookletmaker
• At Power On: 85 sec.
Interface Module for Standard and Booklet AB8
Maker Finishers • From Sleep mode: 85 sec.

GBC Advanced Punch Letter Size UAD • From Low Power mode: 30 sec.

GBC Advanced Punch A4 UAE FCOT


High Capacity Feeder B2W First Copy Output Time; 8.5” x 11” (A4); Tray 1;

• Color
Oversized High Capacity Feeder XY9
– 6.5 sec max (Platen to SCT; Color Priority mode)
2 Tray Oversized High Capacity Feeder YA0
– 7.8 sec max (Platen to SCT; B/W Priority mode)
Xerox Secure Access w/ Magstripe Reader RAF
(USB) – 7.8 sec max (DADF to OCT; Color Priority mode)

Xerox Secure Access w/ Mifare/HID iClass Read- RAG – 7.6 sec max (Platen to Finisher Top Tray; Color Priority mode)
er (USB)
– 9.4 sec max (DADF to Finisher Top Tray; Color Priority mode)
Xerox Secure Access w/ LEGIC Reader (USB) RAH
• B/W
Xerox Secure Access w/ HID 125K Reader RAK
(USB) – 5.1 sec max (Platen to SCT; Color Priority mode)

Billing Impression Mode Kit C9X – 4.1 sec max (Platen to SCT; B/W Priority mode)

XMPie VDP Software Kit X3G – 5.7 sec max (DADF to OCT; B/W Priority mode)

– 5.8 sec max (Platen to Finisher Top Tray; B/W Priority mode)
Voltage Requirements
– 7.2 sec max (DADF to Finisher Top Tray; B/W Priority mode)
• Single phase (two wires plus ground)
Copy Speed
• 110 VAC/60 Hz (110 - 127 VAC, 55 to 62 Hz)
• B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1)
• 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (198 to 255 VAC, 48.5 to 51.5 Hz)
– letter size LEF: 65 ppm (C9065), 75 ppm (C9070)
Environmental Requirements
– letter size SEF: 47 ppm (C9065), 54 ppm (C9070)
• Temperature: 10 ~ 28 degrees Centigrade
– legal size: 39 ppm (C9065), 44 ppm (C9070)
• Humidity 15 ~ 85% (no condensation - max. humidity@ 32 degrees = 62%, 85% @ 28
degrees) – A3/11x17 in.: 33 ppm (C9065), 37 ppm (C9070)

• Altitude: 8200 feet or 2500 meters max. • Color (plain paper; gloss off, simplex; fed from Tray 1)

• Must be level +/- 5 mm front-to-rear; 10 mm side-to-side – letter size LEF: 60 ppm (C9065), 70 ppm (C9070)

• Ambient Light: 3,000 lux max (no direct sunlight) max. – letter size SEF: 44 ppm (C9065), 51 ppm (C9070)

– legal size: 36 ppm (C9065), 39 ppm (C9070)


Power Consumption
• 2.2 KVA maximum – A3/11x17 in.: 30 ppm (C9065), 35 ppm (C9070)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1734


Product Specifications Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Paper Capacities Capacity (24 lb / Specified


Table 2 Paper Capacities Tray # Size 90 gsm) Weights

Capacity (24 lb / Specified 5 (Bypass) 4” x 6” SEF 250 sheets 18 lb - 80 lb


Tray # Size 90 gsm) Weights
5” x 7” SEF (64 - 220 gsm)
1 A5 SEF or 5.5” x 500 sheets 18 lb - 80 lb A5 SEF, LEF Additionally:
8.5” 5.5” x 8.5” SEF (221-300 gsm)
(64 - 220 gsm)
B5 SEF A4 SEF, LEF
A4 SEF, LEF 8” x 10” LEF
B5 LEF or 7.25” x 8” x 11” SEF, LEF
10.5” LEF 9” x 11” LEF
8” x 10” SEF 8.5” x 13” SEF
8” x 11” SEF 8.5” x 14” SEF
8” x 11” LEF B4 SEF
8” x 13” SEF A3 SEF
8” x 14” SEF 11” x 17” SEF
B4 SEF 12” x 18” SEF
A3 SEF SRA3 SEF
11” x 17” SEF 13” x 19” SEF
12” x 18” SEF
6 (HCF) B5 LEF 2000 sheets 18 lb - 80 lb
SRA3 SEF
A4 (64 - 220 gsm)
13 X 18 SEF
8.5” x 11”
330.2 x 457.2 SEF
7.25” x 10.5”
2 A5 SEF or 5.5” x 500 sheets 18 lb - 80 lb
8.5” 6 & 7 (OHCF) Min: B5 LEF 2000 Sheets 18 lb - 80 lb
(64 - 220 gsm)
B5 SEF Max SRA3 / 13” x (64 - 220 gsm)
A4 SEF, LEF 19” Additionally:
B5 LEF or 7.25” x (221-300 gsm)
10.5” LEF
8” x 10” SEF IIT/DADF Specifications
8” x 11” SEF Table 3 DADF Specifications
8” x 11” LEF Document Size: Platen Max size: 334 x 452 mm
8” x 13” SEF Max scannable area: 297 x 432 mm
8” x 14” SEF
Document Size: DADF 5.5” x 8.5” (A5) LEF to 11” x 17” SEF (A3)
B4 SEF
Max: 297 x 432 mm
A3 SEF
Min: 148.5 x 210 mm
11” x 17” SEF
Document Weight: DADF Min: 38 gsm
3&4 B5 LEF or 7.25” x 870 sheets (Tray 18 lb - 80 lb
10.5” 3) Max: 200 gsm/32lb (110 gsm in Duplex mode)
(64 - 220 gsm)
A4 LEF 1140 sheets (Tray
8.5” x 11” LEF 4)

1735 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Product Specifications
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Document Capacity: DADF 250 sheets 80 gsm or less Co m m o n To o l s


150 sheets 81 to 128 gsm Table 1 Common Tools
100 sheets 128 to 200 gsm Description Part Number

R/E Capability: Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50 600T40205
Preset Percentages: Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100 600T1989
• 25%
Screw Driver (+) NO.1 499T356
• 50% (A3 to A5)
• 64% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.) Stubby Driver (+) (-) 600T40210
• 70% (A3 to A4; B4 to B5)
Screw Driver (-) 100MM 499T355
• 100%
• 129% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.) Spanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5 600T40501

• 141% (A4 to A3; B5 to B4) Spanner and Wrench 7x 7 600T40502


• 400%
Hex Key Set 600T02002
Presets can be changed in Tools mode
Box Driver 5.5MM 600T1988

Side Cutting Nipper 600T40903

Round Nose Pliers 600T40901

Digital Multi-meter Set 600T2020

Interlock Cheater 600T91616

Silver Scale 150MM 600T41503

CE Tool Case 600T1901

Magnetic Screw Pick-up Tool 600T41911

Scriber Tool 600T41913

Magnetic pickup 600T41911

Loupe 600T42008

Flash Light 600T1824

Brush 600T41901

Tester Lead Wire (red) 600T 9583

Tester Lead Wire (black) 600T2030

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1736


Common Tools Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Pr o d u c t To o l s a n d Te s t Pa t t e r n s Cleaning Materials
Table 1 Tools and Test Patterns Table 1 Cleaning Materials
Description Part Number USSG Part XE Part
Description
Number Number
Color Test Pattern 82E13120
Cleaning fluid 43P48 8R90034
Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220
(8oz., Formula A)
HVPS test probe (1/10X) 600T1653
Film remover (8 oz.) 43P45 8R90176
HVPS test probe adapter 600T1996
Lens/mirror cleaner 43P81 8R90178
Copy Paper Carrying Case 600T1999 Lint-free (white) cleaning cloth 19P3025 19P3025
Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag 600T2000 Lint-free Optics cleaning cloth 499T90417 499T90417
Xerox Color Xpressions Plus 24# 11×17 in 3R5465 Cleaning towels 35P3191 600S4372
Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3 3R94642 Drop cloth 35P1737 35P1737
Serial cable 600T2058 Cotton Swab 35P2162 35P2162
Network Interface (Crossover) cable 600T02252

Parallel printer cable 117E19340

PWS power cord adapter 600T2018

Miniature Probe 600T02177

USB Cable 600T02231

1737 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Product Tools and Test Patterns
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

I n s t a l l a t i o n / M a i n t e n a n c e / Re m o v a l K i t s
Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Color
Printer Kit Instructions
The following is an overview of the conversion and installation process. Each step is detailed in the
Adaptive CMYK Service Installation Guide.

Before beginning the conversion process, print a Configuration Report to verify the machine soft-
ware level is the same version or newer than the version identified in the Xerox® Adaptive CMYK
Plus Technology for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Announcement bulletin, 001.

Xerox Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology Cart


The cart, Figure 1, contains the Vivid Toner Kit or Vivid and Fluorescent Toner Kit which includes:

• Vivid Toner Kit

– Vivid Toner Dispenser Assembly

– Vivid Gold, White, Silver, Clear starter toner cartridges

– Vivid Developer Drawer Assembly

– Printer conversion parts Figure 1 Xerox adaptive CMYK plus technology cart

• Vivid and Fluorescent Toner Kit • The printer conversion parts include, Figure 2 :

– Fluorescent Toner Dispenser Assembly – Connector assemblies for CMYK toner assembly

– Fluorescent Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow starter toner cartridges – Pre-assembled connector assemblies for IOT

– Fluorescent Developer Drawer Assembly – Insertion pins

– Vivid Toner Kit components* – ATC sensors for CMYK developer housings

– Boring bit tool

– Magnets

– Left and right rails and frame

– Set screws

– Allen wrench

– Safety labels

– CD with Safety Data Sheets

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1738


Installation / Maintenance / Removal Kits Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

M a c h i n e Co n s u m a b l e s
Table 1 Consumables
Name Yield Part Number

Drum Cartridge Assembly 85,000 pages 13R00664


(C,M,Y), PL 90.1 Item 13

Drum Cartridge Assembly 190,000 pages 13R00663


(K), PL 90.1 Item 1

Y/Y-Flou/Clear Toner Car- 34,000 pages 006R01522 - Metered (World Wide)


tridge, PL 90.1 Item 17
006R01737 - Sold (NA, EMEA)
006R01794 - Y-Flourescent
006R01805 - Clear

M/M-Flou/Silver Toner 32,000 pages 006R01523 - Metered (World Wide)


Cartridge, PL 90.1 Item
006R01736 - Sold (NA, EMEA)
15
006R01793 - M-Flourescent
006R01804 - Silver

C/C-Flou/White Toner Car- 34,000 pages 006R01524 - Metered (World Wide)


Figure 2 Printer conversion parts tridge, PL 90.1 Item 14
006R01735 - Sold (NA, EMEA)
USB Hub Kit 006R01792 - C-Flourescent
Provides a Fax option for the Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Color Printer. 006R01803 - White

Part Number - 497K20240 Black (K)/Gold Toner Car- 30,000 pages 006R01521 - Metered (World Wide)
tridge, PL 90.1 Item 16
006R01734 - Sold (NA, EMEA)
Table 1, lists the parts supplied in the installation kit.
006R01802 - Gold
Table 1 USB Hub Kit BOM
Waste Toner Bottle 50,000 pages 008R12990
No Name Qty
Scorotron (K) 13R00650
1 Hub PWB 1

2 Wire Harness 1 Fuser 200,000 pages 8R13102 - 110 Volt


8R13065 - 220 Volt
3 USB Cable 1
Feed Roll Kits 300,000 pages 008R13169
4 Screw 3

5 USB Cable Clamp 1

Installation instructions are located in the Reference Library - USB Hub Kit Instructions

1739 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Machine Consumables
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

G l o s s a r y o f Te r m s Term Description
Table 1 Glossary
CA Certificate Authority or Certification Authority - an entity that issues digital
Term Description certificates for use by other parties.

A3 Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches). CCD Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter)

A4 Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches). CD 1:Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc

AC Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine. CDUP Use the CDUP subcommand to change the working directory to the parent di-
rectory on the foreign host.
A/D Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal
Chip Integrated Circuit (IC)
ADC Automatic Density Control
CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device - a programmable logic device with
ADJ Adjustment Procedure complexity between that of PALs and FPGAs, and architectural features of
both. The building block of a CPLD is the macro cell, which contains logic im-
AGC Automatic Gain Control plementing disjunctive normal form expressions and more specialized logic
operations.
A/P Advanced/Professional (Finishers)
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
ApeosWare connected to external authentication server, Active Directory, does the au-
Authentica- thentication of your devices, be it a multifunction or a network printer. CRUM Customer Replaceable Unit Memory
tion changes in Active Directory are automatically reflected in Authentication
Agent. Usage restriction can be set on copy, print, scan, fax, color or mono- CYMK Toner colors for machine; Y=yellow, C=cyan, M=magenta, and K=black
chrome by user and by user group.
DADF Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder
APS Auto Paper Select - The machine selects a suitable size of copy paper auto-
matically based on the detected original size and the reproduction ratio you DC Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts
select. AC power from power source to DC power.
ATC Automatic Toner Concentration
DIMM Dual In-line Memory Module - a series of dynamic random access memory in-
ATS Auto Tray Switch - The machine will automatically select a usable tray that tegrated circuits.
has paper when the one presently in use becomes empty. This feature only
works when the Auto Tray Switch is selected and the paper size being used is DLD Download Direct Method - Down Load Direct (DLD) was developed to acceler-
the same for all usable paper trays. ate downloads

DMA Direct memory access (DMA) is a feature of modern computers and micro-
Attestation Remote attestation provides the basis for one platform to establish trusts on
processors that allows certain hardware subsystems within the computer to
Agent another.
access system memory for reading and/or writing independently of the cen-
tral processing unit.
ASIC Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) is an integrated circuit (IC) cus-
tomized for a particular use, rather than intended for general-purpose use.
DMM Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current,
or electrical resistance.
Bit Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state.
DNS Domain Name System - a hierarchical naming system for computers, services,
BMLinks stands for Business Machine Linkage Service. BMLinkS is a specification devel- or any resource connected to the Internet or a private network. It associates
oped with participation of major Office Automation appliance vendors in Ja- various information with domain names assigned to each of the participants.
pan. With BMLinkS, it now becomes possible to create multi-vendor systems Most importantly, it translates domain names meaningful to humans into the
where Office Automation appliances are simple and easy to use on networks. numerical (binary) identifiers associated with networking equipment for the
purpose of locating and addressing these devices worldwide.
BSD Block Schematic Diagram
DTMF Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency signaling - is used for telecommunication signal-
BTR Bias Transfer Roll ing over analog telephone lines in the voice-frequency band between tele-
phone handsets and other communications devices and the switching center.
BUR Back up Roll
Duplex 2-sided printing or copying

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1740


Glossary of Terms Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Term Description Term Description

EA Emulsion Aggregation (toner) IPSEC Internet Protocol Security - a protocol suite for securing Internet Protocol (IP)
communications by authenticating and encrypting each IP packet of a data
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory - a type of non-volatile stream. IPsec also includes protocols for establishing mutual authentication
memory used in computers and other electronic devices to store small between agents at the beginning of the session and negotiation of crypto-
amounts of data that must be saved when power is removed, e.g., calibration graphic keys to be used during the session.
tables or device configuration.
IOT Image Output Terminal - the ROS/Xero/paper handling/ fusing portion of the
EME Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal opera- machine
tion and power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features.
IM Image Management Software - Windows and Macintosh software for view-
ESD Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different elec- ing, organizing, cataloging, managing, browsing, storing, sharing, and printing
trostatic potential. images.

ESG European Solutions Group - also referred to as XE (Xerox Europe) IPS Image Processing Subsystem

FE Field Engineer IQ Image Quality

FIFO First In, First Out - an abstraction in ways of organizing and manipulation of JBA Job-based Accounting
data relative to time and prioritization. This expression describes the principle
of a queue processing technique or servicing conflicting demands by ordering JBIG Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group - JBIG was designed for compression of bi-
process by first-come, first-served (FCFS) behavior: what comes in first is nary images, particularly for faxes, but can also be used on other images.
handled first, what comes in next waits until the first is finished, etc.
KC 1000 copies
FoIP FAX Over Internet Protocol
Kerberos a computer network authentication protocol, which allows nodes communi-
FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array - an integrated circuit designed to be config- cating over a non-secure network to prove their identity to one another in a
ured by the customer or designer after manufacturing secure manner.

FS Fast Scan (direction) - LE - to - TE LCD Liquid Crystal Display

FTP File Transfer Protocol - a standard network protocol used to exchange and LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol - an application protocol for querying
manipulate files over a TCP/IP-based network, such as the Internet. and modifying directory services running over TCP/IP

GND Ground LE Lead Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term TE

HCF High Capacity Feeder LED Light Emitting Diode

HDD Hard Disk Drive LEF Long Edge Feed


HFSI High Frequency Service Item LTR Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches)
HGEA High Grade Emulsion Aggregation (toner) LocalTalk a particular implementation of the physical layer of the AppleTalk networking
system from Apple Computer. LocalTalk specifies a system of shielded twisted
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply pair cabling, plugged into self-terminating transceivers, running at a rate of
230.4 kbit/s.
Hz Hertz (Cycles per second)
LUT Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data
IBT Intermediate Belt Transfer
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
I/F Interface
MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions - an Internet standard that extends
IIO Intermediate Image Overwrite the format of e-mail to support: Text in character sets other than ASCII Non-
text attachments Message bodies with multiple parts Header information in
IIT Image Input Terminal - the Scanner/CCD portion of the machine non-ASCII character sets

1741 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation Glossary of Terms
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

Term Description Term Description

MCU Machine Control Unit - a microcontroller (also microcomputer, MCU or C) is a PWS Portable Workstation for Service
small computer on a single integrated circuit consisting internally of a rela-
tively simple CPU, clock, timers, I/O ports, and memory. PJ Plug Jack (electrical connections)

MF Multi-Function Proxy Server a server (a computer system or an application program) that acts as an inter-
mediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers.
MN Multinational
RAM Random Access Memory
MOB Marks On Belt> MOB Sensor is used to determine Color Registration
RAP Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnor-
MRD Machine Resident Disk mal conditions
MSI Multi Sheet Inserter R/E Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that ena-
ble reduction or enlargement
NAK Negative Acknowledgement - negative acknowledgment or not acknowl-
edged. It is a signal used in digital communications to Verify that data is re- Redirector an operating system driver that sends data to and receives data from a re-
ceived with a minimum of errors. mote device. A network redirector provides mechanisms to locate, open, read,
write, and delete files and submit print jobs.
NIC Network Interface Card

NVM Non Volatile Memory RegiCon Registration Control

OCT Offsetting Catch Tray REP Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machine

OEM Original equipment manufacturer RIS Raster Input Scanner

OGM On-going Maintenance ROM Read Only Memory

PC Personal Computer SAD Solid Area Density

PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect - a computer bus for attaching hardware SCP Service Call Procedure
devices in a computer. These devices can take either the form of an inte-
grated circuit fitted onto the motherboard itself, called a planar device in the SEF Short Edge Feed
PCI specification, or an expansion card that fits into a slot.
Self-test An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault
PDL Page Description Language - a language that describes the appearance of a that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB.
printed page in a higher level than an actual output bitmap.
SIMM Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity
PIO Programmed Input/Output - a method of transferring data between the CPU
and a peripheral such as a network adapter or an ATA storage device. Simplex Single sided copies

PJL Printer Job Language - a method developed by Hewlett-Packard for switching SIP Session Initiation Protocol - a signaling protocol, widely used for controlling
printer languages at the job level, and for status readback between the print- multimedia communication sessions such as voice and video calls over Inter-
er and the host computer. net Protocol (IP).

PL Parts List S/MIME Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions - a standard for public key en-
cryption and signing of MIME data.
P/O Part of (Assembly Name)
Software a small program that will generate valid CD keys or serial/registration num-
POP Server Post Office Protocol - Version 3 (POP3) is intended to permit a workstation to Key bers for a piece of software.
dynamically access a maildrop on a server host in a useful fashion. Usually,
this means that the POP3 protocol is used to allow a workstation to retrieve SSL Secure Socket Layer - cryptographic protocols that provide security for com-
mail that the server is holding for it. munications over networks such as the Internet

PWB Printed Wiring Board SMB Server Message Block - operates as an application-layer network protocol[1]
mainly used to provide shared access to files, printers, serial ports, and miscel-
laneous communications between nodes on a network.

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1742


Glossary of Terms Service Documentation
6 General Procedures & Information 2nd Issue

Term Description Ta g s / M O D s
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol - an Internet standard for electronic mail (e- Purpose
mail) transmission across Internet Protocol (IP) networks.
To provide a list of all the tag numbers used, together with a description, of each of the machine
SSL Secure Sockets Layer - are cryptographic protocols that provide security for modifications.
communications over networks such as the Internet.
Description
TE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE
Each modification to the system is assigned a unique tag number. This section of the service docu-
TMA Toner Mass/unit Area detection. The combined function of the MOB/ADC mentation contains a listing and brief description of all change tags.
Sensors.

TRC Tone Reproduction Curve Change tags listed in this section are listed by machine module. The module to which the tag re-
lates is identified by the tag prefix letter.
UM Unscheduled Maintenance
• Procedure Tags - TAG 001
UI User Interface
Tag/MOD Information
USB Universal Serial Bus
Information that may be included with each tag item is as follows:
W/ With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present
• Tag - identifies the control number for the tag.
WebDAV Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning - a set of extensions to the
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) that allows computer-users to edit and • Class - identifies the classification code as listed in Classification Codes.
manage files collaboratively on remote World Wide Web servers. RFC 4918
defines the extensions. • Use - indicates the block build or model designation of the machine.

W/O Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not • Manufacturing Serial Number - indicates the serial number of the factory-built machines with
present the modification installed.

XBRA Xerox Brazil • Name - indicates the name of the retrofit.

XE Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group) • Purpose - provides a brief description of the modification.

XEIP Xerox Extensible Interface Platform (EIP). Xerox EIP is a software platform • Kit Number - identifies the part number of the kit or part required to install the modification.
upon which developers can use standard web-based tools to create server-
based applications that can be configured for the MFP’s touch-screen user • Parts List On - identifies the Part List location of the modification part.
interface.
• Reference - Indicates all other Tag/MOD numbers that are related to this product configuration.
XLA Xerox Latin America These may supercede or be superceded by another Tag/MOD.
YCMK Toner colors for machine; Y=yellow, C=cyan, M=magenta, and K=black
Mod/Tag Plate Location
XMEX Xerox Mexico Tags are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix inside the front door.

Classification Codes
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in, Table 1.
Table 1 Classification codes
NAS-
G
Code Description

M Mandatory: install this tag at the next opportunity.

R Repair: install this tag as a repair, at the failure of a component.

1743 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 6 General Procedures & Information

NAS- Pr o c e d u r e Ta g s
G
Code Description T AG : 0 0 1
CLASS: M
O Optional: install as a customer option or a field engineering decision.
USE: Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
S Situational: install as the situation demands.
NAME: Xerox® Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology for PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070.
N Manufacturing: cannot be installed in the field.
PURPOSE: Introduction of two new toner color series for fluorescent and vivid toner
color printing. Information for the parts to be serviced in the C9065/
C9070 printer shipped with Adaptive CMYK Plus Technology and a retro-
fit kit for the C9065/C9070 printer shipped W/O Adaptive CMYK Plus
Technology.
The Parts List below will represent W/TAG 001, parts of concern to this
TAG, and W/OTAG 001, parts not concerned with this TAG.
Refer to, Adaptive CMYK Service Installation Guide to install.

KIT NUMBER:: PL 90.1 Item 20 VIVID, PL 90.1 Item 21 VIVID + FLUORESCENT

PARTS LIST ON: PL 90.1 , PL 90.2 , PL 90.3 , and PL 90.6

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1744


Procedure Tags Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 Wiring Data
7.1 Plug/Jack Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1746 BSD 60.1 - 60.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1872
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1746 BSD 70.1 - 70.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1885
WireNets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1771 BSD 80.1 - 80.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1896
7.2.1 IOT/IIT/ESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1771 BSD 90.1 - 90.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906
7.2.1.1 IOT ACH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1772 Electrical Component Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1937
7.2.1.2 IOT ACN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1773 7.4.1 Sensor Location (DADF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1938
7.2.1.3 ESS +3.3VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1774 7.4.2 Sensor Location (IIT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1939
7.2.1.4 IOT +3.3VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775 7.4.3 Sensor Location (IOT Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1940
7.2.1.5 ESS +5VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1776 7.4.4 Sensor Location (IOT Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1941
7.2.1.6 ESS 3.3V RTN/5V RTN/24V RTN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1777 7.4.5 Sensor Location (Invert\Dup Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1942
7.2.1.7 IOT +5VDC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1778 7.4.6 Sensor Location (TM Drive Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1943
7.2.1.8 IOT +5VDC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1779 7.4.7 Sensor Location (MSI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1944
7.2.1.9 IOT +5VDC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1780
7.2.1.10 IOT +5VDC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1781
7.2.1.11 IOT +5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1782
7.2.1.12 IOT +5VDC-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1783
7.2.1.13 IOT DC COM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1784
7.2.1.14 IOT DC COM-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1785
7.2.1.15 IOT DC COM-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1786
7.2.1.16 IOT DC COM-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1787
7.2.1.17 IOT DC COM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1788
7.2.1.18 IOT DC COM-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1789
7.2.1.19 IOT DC COM 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790
7.2.1.20 IOT DC COM-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1791
7.2.1.21 ESS +24VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1792
7.2.1.22 IOT +24VDC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1793
7.2.1.23 IOT +24VDC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1794
7.2.1.24 IOT +24VDC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1795
7.2.1.25 IOT +24VDC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1796
7.2.1.26 IOT +24VDC-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1797
7.2.1.27 IOT +24V RTN-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1798
7.2.1.28 IOT +24V RTN-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1799
7.2.1.29 IOT 24V RTN-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1800
7.2.1.30 IOT 24V RTN-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1801
7.2.1.31 IIT +5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1802
7.2.1.32 IIT 3.3V RTN/5V RTN/24V RTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803
7.2.1.33 IIT +24VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804
7.2.53 DADF 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804
7.2.53.1 DADF 250 +5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805
7.2.53.2 DADF 250 +24VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1806
7.2.53.3 DADF 250 DC COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1807
BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1807
1. How to Use BSDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808
2. Symbology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808
3. Signal Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1811
4. DC Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1812
5. Other Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1812
BSD 1.1 - 1.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1814
BSD 2.1 - 2.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1827
BSD 3.1 - 3.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1831
BSD 5.1 - 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1839
BSD 10.1 - 10.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850
BSD 25.1 - 25.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1864
BSD 34.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1870
BSD 40.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1871

1745 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 1 P l u g / J a c k Lo c a t i o n L i s t Figure Item
P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)
How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List
P/J1B M 9 16 LDD PWB M/K
• Within the document are links to each P/J within each P/J map. Clicking on the P/J link in the
document takes the reader to the map and specific P/J. J2 5 7 CIS

• The P/J Locations Table lists the P/J, Figure number, item number within the figure, and P/J a P/J3 2 5 S104 UI I/F PWB (S104 Touch Panel)
short component name/description. P/J3 34 4 AC Power Supply N11A
• P/J No. on 7.1.2 Plug/Jack Location List is expressed in the nine ways below: P/J3 R1 9 19 LDD PWB M/K
– P/J250 represents Plug/Jack 250. P/J3 R2 9 12 LDD PWB M/K
– P250 represents Plug 250. P/J4 34 3 AC Power Supply N11A
– J250 represents Jack 250. J4A R1 9 2 LDD PWB Y/C (Connect to P341)
– DP250 represents Double Plug 250.
J4A R2 9 8 LDD PWB M/K (Connect to P341)
– DJ250 represents Double Jack 250.
P/J4B R1 9 20 LDD PWB M/K
– CN1 represents Connector 1.
P/J4B R2 9 13 LDD PWB Y/C
– FS1 represents Faston Terminal 1.
P/J5 2 9 S104 UI I/F PWB
– SJ1 represents Shorting Jack 1.
P/ J5 R1 9 3 SOS PWB Y/M
– T1 represents Terminal 1. P/J5 R2 9 14 SOS PWB C/K

P/J6 R1 9 1 ROS Motor Y/M

P/J6 R2 9 5 ROS Motor C/K

P/J7 2 7 S104 UI I/F PWB

J7 R1 29 2 ROS Assy Y/M (Connect to P247Y)


Plug/Jack Location List
J7 R2 29 4 ROS Assy C/K (Connect to P247C)
Table 1 Plug/Jack Location List
P/J8 2 2 S104 UI I/F PWB
Figure Item
P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J8 33 7 LVPS CC4
P1 25 2 VSEL PWB P/J10 34 2 AC Power Supply N11A
J1 5 6 CIS P/J11 34 14 AC Power Supply N11A
P/J1 2 4 S104 UI I/F PWB
P12 34 10 AC Power Supply N11A
P/J1 R1 9 17 MPD PWB Y/M
P/J13 34 9 AC Power Supply N11A
P/J1 R2 9 9 MPD PWB C/K
P14 34 11 AC Power Supply N11A
P/J1A K 9 11 LDD PWB M/K
P/J15 34 7 AC Power Supply N11A
P/J1A M 9 18 LDD PWB M/K
P/J16 2 8 S104 UI 10 Key PWB
P/J1B K 9 10 LDD PWB M/K

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1746


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J16 34 6 AC Power Supply N11A P/J102 3 10 DADF Lead Regi. Sensor

P/J17 2 6 S104 LCD Module P/J102 30 3 Tray 1-4 No Paper Sensor

P/J17 34 13 AC Power Supply N11A P/J103 30 4 Tray 1-4 Pre Feed Sensor

P18 34 12 AC Power Supply N11A P/J104 3 8 DADF Out Sensor

P/J19 2 1 S104 UI I/F PWB P/J104 20 5 Dup. In Sensor

P/J19 33 9 LVPS N11A P/J105 3 7 DADF Pre Regi. Sensor


P/J20 2 3 UI LED PWB P/J106 3 6 DADF APS Sensor 1
P/J60A 22 17 Main Power Switch (BLK) P/J106 20 2 Dup. Out Sensor
P/J60B 22 14 Main Power Switch (BLK)
P/J107 3 5 DADF APS Sensor 2
P/J60C 22 16 Main Power Switch (WHT) P107 20 3 PH Drawer Shorting Wire
P/J60D 22 15 Main Power Switch (WHT) P/J108 3 4 DADF APS Sensor 3
P/J61 19 4 Main Lamp 1 P/J108 23 2 Invert In Sensor
P/J61B 19 9 Main Lamp 1 P/J109 5 5 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor

P/J62 19 3 Main Lamp 2 P/J110 5 3 Document Set LED

P/J62B 19 11 Main Lamp 2 P/J110 23 11 Invert End Sensor

P/J63 19 5 Sub Lamp P/J111 3 13 Skew Detect Sensor

P/J111 23 3 IOT Exit Sensor


P/J63B 19 10 Sub Lamp
P/J112 3 15 DADF Feed Out Sensor
J73A(BLK) 34 20 Outlet (BLK)
P/J112 23 13 RH Cover Interlock Switch
J73B(WHT) 34 20 Outlet (WHT)
P/J113 3 14 DADF Exit Sensor
J73C(GN/YL) 34 20 Outlet (GN/YL)
P/J113 16 10 MSI Paper Size Sensor
J74A(BLK) 34 15 Inlet 1 (BLK)
P/J114 3 3 DADF Document Set Sensor
J74B(WHT) 34 15 Inlet 1 (WHT)
P/J114 16 8 MSI Lift Down Sensor
J74C(GN/YL) 34 15 Inlet 1 (GN/YL)
P/J115 3 18 DADF Bottom Sensor
J75 34 1 GFI 1
P/J115 16 9 MSI Paper Set Sensor
J76 34 16 GFI 1
P/J116 3 20 DADF Tray APS Sensor 1
P/J80 22 5 Connector
P/J116 16 4 MSI Cover Interlock Switch
P/J101 3 9 DADF Regi. Sensor
P/J117 3 1 DADF Tray APS Sensor 2
P/J101 30 2 Tray 1-4 Level Sensor
P/J117 16 5 MSI Lift UP Sensor

1747 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J118 3 2 DADF Tray APS Sensor 3 P/J137 9 15 Xero Temp &Humidity Sensor

P/J118 16 6 MSI No Paper Sensor P/J138 15 6 MOB In Sensor (Rear)

P/J119 3 19 DADF Tray APS Sensor 4 P/J139 15 4 MOB Control Sensor

P/J119 16 7 MSI Pre Feed Sensor P/J140 C 11 10 Low Toner Sensor C

P/J120 5 4 DADF Feed In Sensor 1 P/J140 K 11 12 Low Toner Sensor K

P/J120 17 5 MSI Pre Regi Sensor P/J140 M 11 8 Low Toner Sensor M

P/J140 Y 11 6 Low Toner Sensor Y


P/J121 5 1 DADF Feed In Sensor 2
P/J142A 10 7 Dispense Cover Switch 1
P/J121 17 11 Pre Regi Sensor
P/J142B 10 1 Dispense Cover Switch 2
P/J122 5 2 DADF Level Sensor

P/J122 17 7 Regi In Sensor P/J144 22 12 Front Cover Interlock Switch

P/J146 19 12 Heat Roll Sensor


P/J123 9 4 Regicon Temp Sensor
P/J148 20 4 Fuser Entrance Sensor
P/J124 17 8 Regi Out Sensor
P/J149 19 13 Fuser Exit Sensor
J126 17 6 Connector
P/J150 19 16 Center NC Sensor
P/J128 32 2 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor
P/J151 19 2 Rear NC Sensor
P/J129 32 4 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor
P/J152 22 10 Waste Bottle Full Sensor
P/J130 32 5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor
P/J153 22 9 Waste Bottle Position Sensor
P/J131 32 3 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor
P/J155 13 3 IBT Belt Home Position Sensor
P/J132 31 3 LH Cover Interlock Switch P/J156 13 7 IBT Belt Edeg Sensor
P/J133A 21 6 Feed Out Sensor 1
P/J157 13 6 1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor
P/J133B 31 2 Feed Out Sensor 2
P/J158 18 1 2nd BTR Contact/Retract Sensor
P/J133C 31 4 Feed Out Sensor 3
P/J159 18 2 Post 2nd BTR Sensor
P/J133D 32 6 Feed Out Sensor 4
P/J160 15 3 MOB Out Sensor (Front)
P/J134C 12 3 ATC Sensor C
P/J171C 29 5 Drum CRUM PWB C
P/J134K 12 4 ATC Sensor K
P/J171K 29 11 Drum CRUM PWB K
P/J134M 12 2 ATC Sensor M
P/J171M 29 21 Drum CRUM PWB M
P/J134Y 12 1 ATC Sensor Y
P/J171Y 29 23 Drum CRUM PWB Y
P/J135 15 2 Temp &Humidity Sensor
P/J172C 10 3 Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C,K2
P/J136 15 5 ADC Sensor
P/J172K1 10 2 Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1748


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J172Y 10 6 Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M P/J213 4 7 DADF Pre Regi. Motor

P/J173 19 8 Fuser Nip Sensor P/J213 28 7 Drum Motor K PWB (2pin)

P/J174 21 5 Out Env. Sensor P/J214 4 8 DADF Regi. Motor

P/J200 19 1 Fuser Fuse P/J214 28 6 Drum Motor K PWB (8pin)


P/J201 4 3 DADF Nudger Solenoid P/J215 4 13 DADF Tray Motor
P/J201 C 11 11 Dispense Motor C P/J215 28 1 Drum Motor Y,M,C PWB (2pin)
P/J201K 11 13 Dispense Motor K P/J216 28 2 Drum Motor Y,M,C PWB (10pin)
P/J201 M 11 9 Dispense Motor M P/J261A 4 1 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch
P/J201 Y 11 7 Dispense Motor Y P/J261B 4 14 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

P/J202C 11 3 Cartridge Motor C P/J217 28 8 2nd BTR Retract Cam Drive Clutch

P/J202K1 11 1 Cartridge Motor K1 P/J218 28 9 Deve K Drive Clutch

P/J202K2 11 2 Cartridge Motor K2 P/J219 20 6 Dup. Motor

P/J202M 11 4 Cartridge Motor M P/J220 30 1 Tray 1-4 Feed Lift Motor

P/J202Y 11 5 Cartridge Motor Y P/J221 23 6 Invert Motor

P/J222 23 4 Exit Motor


P/J203 4 5 DADF Take Away Clutch
P/J223 23 5 Invert Gate Solenoid
P/J203 13 1 IBT Drive Motor
P/J224 23 1 Release Invert Solenoid
P/J204 3 11 Connector (3pin)
P/J225 16 3 MSI Feed Motor
P/J204 13 2 IBT Drive Motor
P/J226 16 12 MSI Lift Motor
P/J205 3 12 Connector (4pin)
P/J227 16 11 MSI Nudger Solenoid
J205 28 3 Deve Y,M,C Driver Motor (2pin)
P/J229 17 1 Pre Ragi Motor
P/J206 28 4 Deve Y,M,C Driver Motor (8pin)
P/J230 17 10 Regi Motor
P/J209 28 11 Main Motor (2pin)
P/J231 26 1 UFP Fan
P/J210 4 6 DADF Platen Motor
P/J233 35 8 Takeaway Motor
P/J210 28 10 Main Motor (8pin)
P/J234 35 6 Takeaway Clutch 1
P/J211 4 9 DADF Exit Motor
P/J235 35 7 Takeaway Clutch 2
P/J211 28 21 Fuser Drive Motor (2pin)
P237 22 13 Connector (Connect to J237)
P/J212 4 2 DADF Feed Motor
J237 37 1 Exit Fan (Connect to P237)
P/J212 28 20 Fuser Drive Motor (8pin)

1749 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J238 28 12 V-Tra. Fan J321 7 8 Connector-FFC (Connect to P321)

P/J239 21 7 CC Intake Fan J330 25 5 Controller PWB (Connect to DIMM 4GB)


P/J240 28 5 Rear Cooling Fan J322 25 13 Controller PWB (Debag NOR Flash)

P/J241 28 22 Fuser Exhaust Fan P335 25 21 Controller PWB (Connect to J335)


P/J242 33 6 Blower Fan J335 26 8 BP PWB (Connect to P335)
P/J243 22 11 Inverter Front Fan P336 25 15 Controller PWB (Connect to J336)
P/J244 22 8 Rear Add Fan
J336 6 6 Connector-FFC (Connect to P336)
P/J244A 22 1 Exit Roll Fan 1
J340 25 9 Controller PWB (LAN)
P/J244B 22 2 Exit Roll Fan 2
P341 9 2 LDD PWB Y/C (Connect to J4A R1)
P/J244C 22 3 Exit Roll Fan 3
P341 9 8 LDD PWB M/K (Connect to J4A R2)
P/J244D 22 4 Exit Roll Fan 4
P/J345A C 9 6 LDD PWB Y/C
P/J245 23 10 Dup. 1 Fan
P/J345A Y 9 22 LDD PWB Y/C
P/J246 23 12 Dup. 2 Fan
P/J345B C 9 7 LDD PWB Y/C
P247Y 29 2 Connector (Connect to J7 R1)
P/J345B Y 9 21 LDD PWB Y/C
P247C 29 4 Connector (Connect to J7 R2)
J346 25 11 Controller PWB (USB_A)
P/J248C 10 12 Erase Lamp C
P348 26 6 KEI PWB (Option) (Connect to J348)
P/J248K 21 3 Erase Lamp K
J348 25 14 Controller PWB (Connect to P348)
P/J248M 10 9 Erase Lamp M J351 25 6 Controller PWB (EPSV)
P/J248Y 10 8 Erase Lamp Y P380 25 7 Controller PWB (Debag Serial)
P/J250 29 7 CC Cleaner Motor P390 25 12 Controller PWB (Connect to J390)
P/J251 26 2 Cont Box Fan J390 3 16 Connector (50pin) (Connect to P390)
P/J 252 14 3 1st BTR Retract Motor
P391 25 1 VSEL PWB (Connect to J391)
P/J253 13 8 IBT Steering Motor
J391 26 7 BP PWB (Connect to P391)
P300 25 20 Controller PWB (Connect to J300)
P/J400 24 9 MCU PWB
J300 27 20 Controller PWB (Connect to P300)
P/J401 24 10 MCU PWB
P/J302 25 4 Controller PWB (HDD) P/J402 24 22 MCU PWB
P/J310 25 3 Controller PWB (HDD) P/J403 24 19 MCU PWB
P/J313 26 12 BP PWB P/J404 24 21 MCU PWB
P321 25 16 Controller PWB (Connect to J321)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1750


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J405 24 17 MCU PWB P/J435 27 16 IOT Drive PWB

P/J406 24 13 MCU PWB P/J436 27 18 IOT Drive PWB

P/J407 24 14 MCU PWB P/J437 27 15 IOT Drive PWB

P/J408 24 11 MCU PWB P/J438 27 19 IOT Drive PWB

P/J409 24 16 MCU PWB P/J439 27 13 IOT Drive PWB

P/J410 24 20 MCU PWB P/J440 27 14 IOT Drive PWB

P/J411 24 25 MCU PWB P/J442 27 17 IOT Drive PWB

P/J412 24 26 MCU PWB P/J443 27 2 IOT Drive PWB

P/J413 24 23 MCU PWB P/J444 27 1 IOT Drive PWB

P/J414 24 24 MCU PWB P/J460 35 17 TM Drive PWB

P/J415 24 15 MCU PWB P/J461 35 9 TM Drive PWB

P/J416 24 12 MCU PWB P/J462 35 19 TM Drive PWB

P/J417 24 28 MCU PWB P/J463 35 16 TM Drive PWB

P/J418 24 18 MCU PWB P/J464 35 14 TM Drive PWB

P/J420 24 8 MCU PWB (NVM PWB) P/J465 35 10 TM Drive PWB

P/J 421 24 27 MCU PWB P/J466 35 15 TM Drive PWB

P425 24 7 MCU PWB (Connect to J425) P/J467 35 18 TM Drive PWB

J425 26 10 BP PWB (Connect to P425) P/J468 35 11 TM Drive PWB

P/J430 27 9 IOT Drive PWB P/J469 35 13 TM Drive PWB

PA/JA431 24 4 MCU PWB P/J501 33 15 LVPS N11A

PB/JB431 24 6 MCU PWB P/J502 33 14 LVPS N11A

P/J431 27 11 IOT Drive PWB P502 26 5 KEI PWB

PA/JA432 24 3 MCU PWB P/J503 33 13 LVPS N11A

PB/JB432 24 5 MCU PWB P/J504 33 5 LVPS CC4

PA/JA433 24 2 MCU PWB P/J505 33 10 LVPS CC4

PB/JB433 24 30 MCU PWB P/J506 33 4 LVPS CC4

P/J433 27 4 IOT Drive PWB P508 33 1 LVPS N11A

PA/JA434 24 1 MCU PWB P/J509 33 2 LVPS N11A

PB/JB434 24 29 MCU PWB P/J510 34 8 AC Power Supply N11A

P/J434 27 10 IOT Drive PWB P/J511 33 16 LVPS N11A

1751 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J512 33 3 LVPS N11A DJ606 29 19 Connector (Connect to DP606)

J580 35 3 HVPS S5C (DB Y) (Connect to P585) DP607 18 3 Connector (Connect to DJ607)

J583 35 2 HVPS S5C (DB M) (Connect to P585) DJ607 29 18 Connector (Connect to DP607)

P/J514 34 5 AC Power Supply N11A P/J608 17 3 Connector

P/J581 14 2 1st BTR HVPS CD02 P/J609 17 2 Connector

P/J582 35 5 2nd BTR HVPS S2C DP612 19 7 Fuser (Connect to DJ612)

P/J584 21 1 HVPS S4 DJ612 29 22 Connector (Connect to DP612)

P/J585 21 4 HVPS S5C (DB K) P/J616 15 1 Connector

P585 27 8 HVPS S5C (DB C) (Connect to J586) P/J620 22 6 Connector

P585 35 2 HVPS S5C (DB M) (Connect to J583) P/J621 22 7 Connector

P585 35 3 HVPS S5C (DB Y) (Connect to J580) P/J624 10 4 Connector

P586/J588 27 6 HVPS CD01 P/J625 10 5 Connector

J586 27 8 HVPS S5C (DB C) (Connect to P585) P/J629 20 1 Connector

P/J587 27 5 HVPS CD01 P/J630 17 4 Connector

P/J 589 14 1 1st BTR HVPS CD02 P/J637 29 20 Connector

P/J591 21 8 HVPS S4 P/J638 16 2 Connector

P/J592 21 2 HVPS S5C (DB K) P/J639 16 1 Connector

P/J642 19 6 Connector
P/J592 27 7 HVPS S5C (DB C)
P647 12 5 Marking Drawer Unit (Connect to J647)
P/J592 35 4 HVPS S5C (DB Y)
J647 29 3 Marking Drawer Unit (Connect to P647)
P/J592 35 20 HVPS S5C (DB M)

P/J593 27 3 HVPS CD01 P648 12 6 Connector (Connect to J648)

P601 13 4 IBT Belt Unit (Connect to J601) J648 29 1 Connector (Connect to P648)

J601 29 12 Connector (Connect to P601) P/J650 29 10 CC Assy Fuse

P602 13 5 IBT Belt Unit (Connect to J602) P/J653A 10 11 Low Toner Sensor PWB

J602 29 13 Connector (Connect to P602) P/J653B 10 10 Low Toner Sensor PWB

P/J603 29 6 Connector P/J659 35 23 Connector

P/J604 29 17 Connector P/J660 31 12 Connector

P/J605 29 16 Connector P/J661 31 11 Connector

DP606 18 4 Connector (Connect to DJ606) P/J662 31 7 Connector

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1752


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J663 31 9 Connector P/J725 7 1 Platen Angle Sensor

P/J664 31 8 Connector P/J727 6 8 Platen Interlock Switch


P/J665 31 1 Connector P/J728 6 2 IIT Regi. Sensor
P/J666 31 10 Connector P/J745 4 12 DCDC PWB
P/J667 31 6 Connector P/J746 4 10 DCDC PWB
P/J668 31 5 Connector J750 3 17 Connector (36pin) (Connect to P/J7501)
P/J669 32 1 Connector
P/J751 4 27 DADF PWB
P/J670 32 8 Connector
P/J752 4 26 DADF PWB
P/J671 32 7 Connector
P/J753 4 20 DADF PWB
P/J672 23 9 Connector
P/J754 4 18 DADF PWB
P/J673 23 7 Connector
P/J755 4 21 DADF PWB
P/J674 23 8 Connector
P/J756 4 15 DADF PWB
P/J675 17 9 Connector
P/J757 4 24 DADF PWB
P/J676 29 24 Connector
P/J758 4 23 DADF PWB
J667 1 2 Power Switch
P/J759 4 22 DADF PWB
DP678 29 15 Connector
P/J760 4 25 DADF PWB
DP679 29 14 Connector (Connect to DJ679)
P761 4 19 DADF PWB
DJ679 16 14 Connector (Connect to DP679)
P/J762 4 17 DADF PWB
DP/DJ680 35 22 Connector (Connect to J801) P/J768 4 16 DADF PWB
P/J681 26 3 Connector J801 8 4 Connector (Connect to DP680)
P/J682 26 4 Connector P/J803 8 5 OCT Motor
P/J696 35 1 Connector P/J804 8 1 Connector
P/J700 6 5 CCD PWB P/J805 8 3 Rear Position Sensor
P/J701 6 7 CCD PWB P/J806 8 6 Front Position Sensor
P/J710 7 5 IIT Trans PWB P/J807 8 2 Tray Full Sensor
P/J720 7 7 IIT Trans PWB
P903 35 12 Connector (for Accessory)
P/J721 7 11 IIT Trans PWB
P920 28 23 Connector
P/J722 7 6 IIT Trans PWB
P998 4 28 DADF PWB
P/J723 7 4 IIT Trans PWB
P999 4 29 DADF PWB

1753 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure Item Figure Item


P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect) P/J No. No. No. Remarks (where to Connect)

P/J1305 36 2 USB HUB PWB (Option) SJ1 28 19 Shorting Plag (WHITE) 1,5:GRY / 2-4,6:ORN

J1306/USB_J2 36 1 USB HUB PWB (Option) SJ2 28 18 Shorting Plag (WHITE) 1-6:VIO

J1312 25 17 Controller PWB (Fax) SJ3 28 16 Shorting Plag (BLACK) 1-4:VIO / 5-8:GRY

J1314 25 18 Controller PWB SJ4 28 15 Shorting Plag (BLACK) 1-4:ORN / 5-8:VIO


J1315 25 10 Controller PWB (USB_B) SJ5 28 17 Shorting Plag (BLACK) 1-3:VIO / 5-8:GRY
P/J1332 25 22 Controller PWB (Memory Card) SJ33 16 13 Shorting Plag
J1344 25 8 Controller PWB (WIFI) SJ41 28 13 Shorting Plag (WHITE) 1-4:ORN
P/J 1352 25 19 Controller PWB SJ42 28 14 Shorting Plag (WHITE) 1-4:VIO
P/J1353 26 9 BP PWB
SJ802 8 7 Shorting Plag
J1355 36 6 USB HUB PWB (Option)
USB 1 1 USB Connector (Front)
J1356 36 5 USB HUB PWB (Option)
USB_J1 36 7 USB Connector (Option)
J1357/USB_J1 36 4 USB HUB PWB (Option)
USB_J1 36 8 USB Connector (Option)
J1358/USB_J1 36 3 USB HUB PWB (Option)

P/J1371 26 11 BP PWB

P/J7001 6 1 LED Lamp PWB

P/J7192 7 9 IIT Trans PWB

P/J7211 7 2 Carriage Motor

P/J7261 6 3 APS Sensor 1

P/J7262 6 4 APS Sensor 2

P/J7461 4 11 DCDC PWB

P/J7501 7 10 IIT Trans PWB (Connect to J750)

CN1 33 11 LVPS N11A (LVPS Fan)

CN1 37 2 Exit Fan PWB (Option)

CN2 37 5 Exit Fan 1

CN3 37 4 Exit Fan 2

CN4 37 3 Exit Fan 3

FS64 19 15 Thermo-Stat

FS65 19 14 Thermo-Stat

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1754


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Plug/Jack Location Maps

1755 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1756


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1757 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1758


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

P341

1759 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1760


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1761 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1762


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1763 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1764


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1765 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1766


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1767 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1768


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1769 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1770


7.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

1771 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 I OT A C H

Figure 1 IOT ACH

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1772


7.2.1.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 I OT A C N

Figure 1 IOT ACN

1773 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.2
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7.2.1.3 ESS +3.3VDC

Figure 1 ESS +3.3VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1774


7.2.1.3 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 4 I OT + 3 . 3 V D C

Figure 1 IOT +3.3VDC

1775 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.4
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7.2.1.5 ESS +5VDC

Figure 1 ESS +5VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1776


7.2.1.5 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 6 E S S 3 . 3 V RT N / 5 V RT N / 2 4 V RT N

Figure 1 ESS 3.3V RTN/5V RTN/24V RTN

1777 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.6
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 7 I OT + 5 V D C - 1

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC-1

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1778


7.2.1.7 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 8 I OT + 5 V D C - 2

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC-2

1779 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.8
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 9 I OT + 5 V D C - 3

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC-3

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1780


7.2.1.9 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 0 I OT + 5 V D C - 4

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC-4

1781 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 1 I OT + 5 V D C

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1782


7.2.1.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 2 I OT + 5 V D C - 6

Figure 1 IOT +5VDC-6

1783 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.12
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 3 I OT D C C O M - 1

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-1

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1784


7.2.1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 4 I OT D C C O M - 2

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-2

1785 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 5 I OT D C C O M - 3

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-3

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1786


7.2.1.15 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 6 I OT D C C O M - 4

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-4

1787 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.16
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 7 I OT D C C O M 5

Figure 1 IOT DC COM 5

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1788


7.2.1.17 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 8 I OT D C C O M - 6

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-6

1789 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.18
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 1 9 I OT D C C O M 7

Figure 1 IOT DC COM 7

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1790


7.2.1.19 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 0 I OT D C C O M - 8

Figure 1 IOT DC COM-8

1791 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.20
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7.2.1.21 ESS +24VDC

Figure 1 ESS +24VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1792


7.2.1.21 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 2 I OT + 2 4 V D C - 1

Figure 1 IOT +24VDC-1

1793 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.22
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 3 I OT + 2 4 V D C - 2

Figure 1 IOT +24VDC-2

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1794


7.2.1.23 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 4 I OT + 2 4 V D C - 3

Figure 1 IOT +24VDC-3

1795 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.24
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 5 I OT + 2 4 V D C - 4

Figure 1 IOT +24VDC-4

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1796


7.2.1.25 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 6 I OT + 2 4 V D C - 5

Figure 1 IOT +24VDC-5

1797 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.26
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 7 I OT + 2 4 V R T N - 1

Figure 1 IOT +24V RTN-1

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1798


7.2.1.27 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 8 I OT + 2 4 V R T N - 2

Figure 1 IOT +24V RTN-2

1799 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.28
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 1 . 2 9 I OT 2 4 V R T N - 3

Figure 1 IOT 24V RTN-3

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1800


7.2.1.29 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 3 0 I OT 2 4 V R T N - 4

Figure 1 IOT 24V RTN-4

1801 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.30
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7.2.1.31 IIT +5VDC

Figure 1 IIT +5VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1802


7.2.1.31 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 1 . 3 2 I I T 3 . 3 V RT N / 5 V RT N / 2 4 V RT N

Figure 1 IIT 3.3V RTN/5V RTN/24V RTN

1803 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.1.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7.2.1.33 IIT +24VDC

Figure 1 IIT +24VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1804


7.2.1.33 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 5 3 . 1 DA D F 2 5 0 + 5 V D C

Figure 1 DADF 250 +5VDC

1805 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.53.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 2 . 5 3 . 2 DA D F 2 5 0 + 2 4 V D C

Figure 1 DADF 250 +24VDC

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1806


7.2.53.2 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 2 . 5 3 . 3 DA D F 2 5 0 D C C O M

Figure 1 DADF 250 DC COM

1807 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.2.53.3
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

1. How to Use BSDs 2 . Sy m b o l o g y


Table 1 Symbol definition
1. Enter the Chain directed in the Troubleshooting chapter.
Symbol Description
2. Or enter the appropriate Chain by referring to the contents.
This symbol is used to refer to Notes usually described on the same
3. Diagnose the failure in the appropriate Chain, using test data. page.
4. If where the failure has occurred can be located, refer to the Parts List No. or Adjustment No. on
the location to go to the index of parts or the appropriate adjustment.
Figure 1 9050
WARNING: Turn off the Main Power Switch and disconnect the Power Cord from the
wall outlet before removing /installing any part. This symbol is used to refer to test data usually on the same page for
reference in case the voltage value shown on the BSD id different from
the measured value.
Otherwise, there would be a danger of electrical shock or injury.

Figure 2 9051

PL 7.7 This symbol is used to refer to the Parts List. PL stands for Parts List and
7.7 denotes Plate No. This shows the appropriate part is shown on the
indicated plate. This symbol is added to all the replaceable parts on the
BSD.

This symbol is used to refer to the adjustments in the Repair and Adjust-
ment chapters. The number 7.7.1 shows the adjustment procedure is
found as ADJ 7.7.1 in the Adjustment chapter.

Figure 3 9053

This symbol identifies a variable resistor adjustable in the field.

Figure 4 9054

This symbol identifies a test point of a signal.

Figure 5 9061

This symbol is used to show where the input into the functions comes
from. This example shows the input comes from the Group Functions in
Chain 1-3.

Figure 6 9055

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1808


1. How to Use BSDs Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Symbol Description Symbol Description

This symbol is used to show where the output from the functions go. This symbol shows the power output line in Chain 1.
This example shows the output goes to the Group Functions in Chain 6-
1.

Figure 7 9056 Figure 14 9047

This symbol shows signal lines are connected vertically. This symbol shows frame ground.

Figure 8 9041 Figure 15 9025

This symbol shows signal lines are connected horizontally. This symbol represents a twisted pair of wires.

Figure 9 9042 Figure 16 9062

This symbol shows a signal line is connected to a specific location in the This symbol shows a signal runs from right to left in the opposite direc-
same function. This example shows the destination the signal line goes tion of the usual one.
to is marked in Zone (E-3).

Figure 10 9043 Figure 17 9048

This symbol shows a signal line is connected to a specific location in the This represents a feedback signal.
same function. This example shows the location the signal line starts
from is marked in Zone (E-4).

Figure 11 9044 Figure 18 9049

This symbol shows a signal line is connected to a specific location in an- This symbol shows a mechanical linkage to a part.
other sheet (shown at lower right of the BSD).This example shows the
destination the signal line goes to is marked in Zone (A-2) in BSD 80.5.

Figure 12 9045 Figure 19 9037

This symbol shows a signal line is connected to a specific location in an- This symbol represents a mechanical drive signal and shows the direc-
other sheet (shown at lower right of the BSD).This example shows the tion in which the signal runs.
location the signal line starts from is marked in Zone (H-4) in BSD 80.5.

Figure 13 9046 Figure 20 9038

1809 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 2. Symbology
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Symbol Description Symbol Description

This symbol represents a document or paper and shows the direction in This symbol shows that an electrically conductive material such as a leaf
which it runs. spring and a plate is used for connection.

Figure 21 9039 Figure 28 9067

This symbol represents a heat, light or air signal and shows the direction This symbol shows the part the arrow points to has been modified by
in which it runs. 1V.

Figure 22 9040
Figure 29 4001
This symbol shows Control Logic.
This symbol shows the part the arrow points to has not been modified
by 1V. It still has the previous configuration.

Figure 23 9063
Figure 30 4002
This symbol shows a double plug connector.
This symbol shows the whole figure or the framed illustration is modi-
fied by 1V.

Figure 24 9064
Figure 31 5005
This symbol shows a drawer plug connector.
This symbol shows the whole figure or the framed illustration has not
been modified by 1V. The area still has the previous configuration.

Figure 25 9065
Figure 32 5006
This symbol shows a shorting plug connector.
This symbol shows derection the air flows.

Figure 26 9066
Figure 33 9074
This symbol shows the fasten is used for connection.
This symbol shows switch and is also used as Interlock Switch.

Figure 27 9028
Figure 34 9075

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1810


2. Symbology Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Symbol Description 3. Signal Name


This symbol shows the Cheater type of Interlock Switch. Signal Name Structure

• Input Component

Figure 35 9076

This symbol shows the Chip Fuse.

Figure 36 9077

Figure 1 9069

The example indicates that when paper is sensed, the signal level is (L) and that when paper is
not sensed, the signal level is (H) with the voltage +5VDC.

• Output Component

Figure 2 9073

The example indicates that when the component is ON, the signal level is (L) and that when it is
OFF, the signal level is (H) with the voltage +24VDC.

1811 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 3. Signal Name
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

4 . D C Vo l t a g e 5. Other Descriptions
A measurement of DC voltage is made between the particular test point and the frame unless oth- DC330 Input Component Voltage Leve l
erwise specified by note and test data. The measured DC voltage is in the range below: • The voltage levels (H/L) shown on the BSDs are the levels that are measured by the tester.
Table 1 LVPS N09A DC voltage specification
• Some of them are therefore different from H/L displayed on the PSW.
LVPS Voltage Level Range
Wire Color
LVPS N11 +5VDC (H) +4.59 ~ +5.35VDC
• Wires are distinguished by color in port of the BSDs for this model.
+24VDC (H) +22.05 ~ +26.95VDC
• The colors of wires are shown below the signal lines in their respective abbreviations listed
AC Power Sup- +24VDC (H) +21.38 ~ +26.95VDC
ply N11 below:

Table 1 Wire color coding


Table 2 LVPS DC voltage specification
Contracted
LVPS Voltage Level Range Form Color
LVPS CC4 +24VDC SQ (H) +23.27 - +25.73VDC BRN Brown

RED Red

ORN Orange

YEL Yellow

GRN Green

BLU Blue

VIO Violet

GRY Gray

WHT White

BLK Black

GN/YL Green/yellow

PNK Pink

SKY Sky

Table 2 Wire color by voltage specification


Voltage Wire Color

ABSD Brown

ACN Blue

+3.3VDC Yellow/Green

+5VDC Gray

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1812


4. DC Voltage Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Voltage Wire Color

+24VDC Orange

DC Common Violet

Note: Actual wire color may differ from BSD colors listed.

Figures on the BSDs

• The grayed-out portion of the figure shows the path from motor solenoid to parts to drive.

1813 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 5. Other Descriptions
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 1.1 - 1.13

Figure 1 BSD 1.1 Main Power ON (for 208V-240V)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1814


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 1.2 M/C Power Control

1815 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 1.3 DC Power Generation (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1816


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 1.4 DC Power Generation (2/2)

1817 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 1.5 DC Power Generation (+5VDC)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1818


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (1/2)

1819 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 7 BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation (+24VDC) (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1820


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 8 BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation IIT +24VDC

1821 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 9 BSD 1.9 Interlock Switching (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1822


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 10 BSD 1.10 Interlock Switching (2/2)

1823 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 11 BSD 1.11 Interlock +24VDC Distribution

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1824


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 12 BSD 1.12 Power Management

1825 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 1.1 - 1.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 13 BSD 1.13 PWB Location

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1826


BSD 1.1 - 1.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

BSD 2.1 - 2.4

Figure 1 BSD 2.1 S104 UI Switches

1827 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 2.1 - 2.4
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 2 BSD 2.2 S104 UI LED

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1828


BSD 2.1 - 2.4 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 3 BSD 2.3 S104 LCD Control

1829 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 2.1 - 2.4
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 4 BSD 2.4 S104 Touch Panel and UI LED

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1830


BSD 2.1 - 2.4 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

BSD 3.1 - 3.8

Figure 1 BSD 3.1 PWBS Communication (Controller-MCU)

1831 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 3.1 - 3.8
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 2 BSD 3.2 PWBS Communication (MCU-IOT DRV, TM DRV)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1832


BSD 3.1 - 3.8 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 3 BSD 3.3 PWB Communication (Controller - IIT Trans PWB)

1833 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 3.1 - 3.8
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 4 BSD 3.4 PWB Communication (Controller - DADF PWB)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1834


BSD 3.1 - 3.8 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 5 BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (Controller - UI PWB)

1835 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 3.1 - 3.8
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 6 BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (MCU-Finisher)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1836


BSD 3.1 - 3.8 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 7 BSD 3.7 PWB Communication (MCU - HCF)

1837 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 3.1 - 3.8
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 8 BSD 3.8 PWB Communication (Controller - VSEL)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1838


BSD 3.1 - 3.8 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

BSD 5.1 - 5.11

Figure 1 BSD 5.1 DADF Interlock and Document Set

1839 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 2 BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1840


BSD 5.1 - 5.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 3 BSD 5.3 DADF Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)

1841 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 4 BSD 5.4 DADF Document Feeding

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1842


BSD 5.1 - 5.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 5 BSD 5.5 DADF Document Transportation

1843 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 6 BSD 5.6 DADF Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1844


BSD 5.1 - 5.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 7 BSD 5.7 DADF Document Registration

1845 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 8 BSD 5.8 DADF Document Scan (Side 1)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1846


BSD 5.1 - 5.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 9 BSD 5.9 DADF Document Scan (Side 2)

1847 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 10 BSD 5.10 DADF Document Exit

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1848


BSD 5.1 - 5.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 11 BSD 5.11 Document Path & Drive Transmission

1849 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 5.1 - 5.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 10.1 - 10.14

Figure 1 BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive and Nip Control (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1850


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 10.2 Fusing Unit Drive and Nip Control (2/2)

1851 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1852


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2/2)

1853 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 10.5 Fusing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1854


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 10.6 Inverter (1/2)

1855 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 7 BSD 10.7 Inverter (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1856


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 8 BSD 10.8 Fused Paper Exit

1857 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 9 Fused Paper Exit (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1858


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 10 BSD 10.10 Duplex Transmission

1859 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 11 BSD 10.11 Duplex Paper Cooling

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1860


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 12 BSD 10.12 Fusing Unit Fan Control

1861 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 13 BSD 10.13 Exit Fan Control (Option)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1862


BSD 10.1 - 10.14 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 14 BSD 10.14 OCT (Option)

1863 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 10.1 - 10.14
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 25.1 - 25.5

Figure 1 BSD 25.1 ESS (Controller)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1864


BSD 25.1 - 25.5 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 25.2 ESS Status LED (1/5)

1865 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 25.1 - 25.5
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 25.3 ESS Status LED (2/5)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1866


BSD 25.1 - 25.5 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 25.4 ESS Status LED (3/5)

1867 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 25.1 - 25.5
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 25.5 ESS Status LED (4/5)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1868


BSD 25.1 - 25.5 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 25.2 ESS (Controller) Status LED (5/5)

1869 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 25.1 - 25.5
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 34.1

Figure 1 BSD 34.1 FAX Mini

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1870


BSD 34.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

BSD 40.1

Figure 1 BSD 40.1 Main Drive Control

1871 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 40.1
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 60.1 - 60.13

Figure 1 BSD 60.1 Platen Document Sensing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1872


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 60.2 Document Illumination

1873 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 60.3 Carriage Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1874


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 60.4 Image Input

1875 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 60.5 Video Path

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1876


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 60.6 Laser Y Control

1877 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 7 BSD 60.7 Laser M Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1878


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 8 BSD 60.8 Laser C Control

1879 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 9 BSD 60.9 Laser K Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1880


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 10 BSD 60.10 Laser Scan Y,M Drive Control

1881 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 11 BSD 60.11 Laser Scan C,K Drive Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1882


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 12 BSD 60.12 Image Registration Control (1/2)

1883 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 60.1 - 60.13
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 13 BSD 60.13 Image Registration Control (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1884


BSD 60.1 - 60.13 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

BSD 70.1 - 70.11

Figure 1 BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing

1885 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 2 BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1886


BSD 70.1 - 70.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 3 BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing

1887 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 4 BSD 70.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1888


BSD 70.1 - 70.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 5 BSD 70.5 MSI Paper Size Sensing

1889 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 6 BSD 70.6 Tray 1 Paper Stacking

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1890


BSD 70.1 - 70.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 7 BSD 70.7 Tray 2 Paper Stacking

1891 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 8 BSD 70.8 Tray 3 Paper Stacking

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1892


BSD 70.1 - 70.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 9 BSD 70.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking

1893 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 10 BSD 70.10 MSI Paper Stacking

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1894


BSD 70.1 - 70.11 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 11 BSD 70.11 Paper Path & Drive Transmission

1895 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 70.1 - 70.11
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 80.1 - 80.10

Figure 1 BSD 80.1 Tray 1,2 Paper Pre Feeding

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1896


BSD 80.1 - 80.10 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 80.2 Tray 3,4 Paper Pre Feeding

1897 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 80.1 - 80.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 80.3 Take Away Drive

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1898


BSD 80.1 - 80.10 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 80.4 Tray Paper Feeding (1/2)

1899 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 80.1 - 80.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 80.5 Tray Paper Feeding (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1900


BSD 80.1 - 80.10 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 80.6 MSI Paper Pre Feeding

1901 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 80.1 - 80.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 7 BSD 80.7 Pre Registration

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1902


BSD 80.1 - 80.10 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 8 BSD 80.8 MSI Paper Transportation

1903 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 80.1 - 80.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 9 BSD 80.9 Registration (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1904


BSD 80.1 - 80.10 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 10 BSD 80.10 Registration (2/2)

1905 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 80.1 - 80.10
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

BSD 90.1 - 90.32

Figure 1 BSD 90.1 Drum K Drive Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1906


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 2 BSD 90.2 Drum Y,M,C Drive Control

1907 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 3 BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1908


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 4 BSD 90.4 Drum Life Control (2/2)

1909 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 5 BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Life Control (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1910


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 6 BSD 90.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control (2/2)

1911 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 7 BSD 90.7 Charging and Exposure K

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1912


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 8 BSD 90.8 Charging and Exposure Y,M,C

1913 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 9 BSD 90.9 Deve K Drive Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1914


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 10 BSD 90.10 Deve Y,M,C Drive Control

1915 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 11 BSD 90.11 Development Y

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1916


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 12 BSD 90.12 Development M

1917 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 13 BSD 90.13 Development C

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1918


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 14 BSD 90.14 Development K

1919 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 15 BSD 90.15 Toner Dispense Control (1/3)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1920


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 16 BSD 90.16 Toner Dispense Control (2/3)

1921 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 17 BSD 90.17 Toner Dispense Control (3/3)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1922


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 18 BSD 90.18 IBT Belt Drive Control

1923 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 19 BSD 90.19 IBT Belt Steering Control

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1924


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 20 BSD 90.20 1st Transfer K

1925 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 21 BSD 90.21 1st Transfer Y,M,C (1/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1926


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 22 BSD 90.22 1st Transfer Y,M,C (2/2)

1927 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 23 BSD 90.23 ADC Patch and Environmental Sensing

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1928


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 24 BSD 90.24 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (1/2)

1929 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 25 BSD 90.25 2nd Transfer & 2nd BTR Cleaning (2/2)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1930


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 26 BSD 90.26 BCR and Scorotron Cleaning

1931 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 27 BSD 90.27 Drum K Cleaning

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1932


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 28 BSD 90.28 Drum Y,M,C Cleaning

1933 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 29 BSD 90.29 Waste Toner Disposal

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1934


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 30 BSD 90.30 Blower and CC Fan Control

1935 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

Figure 31 BSD 90.31 Xerograhpic Drive Transmission

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1936


BSD 90.1 - 90.32 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

Figure 32 BSD 90.32 Xerographic Component Location

1937 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation BSD 90.1 - 90.32
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 4 . 1 S e n s o r L o c a t i o n ( DA D F )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (DADF)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1938


7.4.1 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 4 . 2 S e n s o r Lo c a t i o n ( I I T )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (IIT)

1939 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.4.2
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 4 . 3 S e n s o r L o c a t i o n ( I OT Fr o n t )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (IOT Front)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1940


7.4.3 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 4 . 4 S e n s o r L o c a t i o n ( I OT R e a r )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (IOT Rear)

1941 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.4.4
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 4 . 5 S e n s o r L o c a t i o n ( I n v e r t \ D u p Fr o n t )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (Invert\Dup Path)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1942


7.4.5 Service Documentation
7 Wiring Data 2nd Issue

7 . 4 . 6 S e n s o r L o c a t i o n ( TM D r i v e Fr o n t )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (TM Drive Front)

1943 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation 7.4.6
2nd Issue 7 Wiring Data

7 . 4 . 7 S e n s o r Lo c a t i o n ( M S I )

Figure 1 Sensor Location (MSI)

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1944


7.4.7 Service Documentation
Reference Library 2nd Issue

Reference Library
Reference Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1946

1945 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer September 2021


Service Documentation
2nd Issue Reference Library

Re fe r e n c e L i b ra r y
• NVM Tables

• USB Hub Kit Instructions

• Adaptive CMYK Service Installation Guide

• Bulletin T9117-08-17

September 2021 Xerox® PrimeLink™ C9065/C9070 Multifunctional Printer 1946


Reference Library Service Documentation

You might also like